Skip to main content

Full text of "The nature-study review"

See other formats


o  s 


y 


r 


y 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY 
REVIEW 


Volume  XVII.  1921 


ANNA  BOTSFORD  COMSTOCK 

SECRETARY-EDITOR 
Cornell  University 


Published  by 

THE  COMSTOCK  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY 
REVIEW 


Volume  XVII,  1921 


ANNA  BOTSFORD  COMSTOCK 

SECRETARY-EDITOR 
Cornell  University 


Published  by 

THE  COMSTOCK  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

Ithaca.  N.  Y. 


15 


<^^'^ 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  XVII.   1921 


Jan.,  pp.  I-4S;  Feb.,  pp.  46-94;  Mar.,  pp.  95-144;  April,  pp.  145-203;  May  and  Sept.,  pp. 
205-259;  Oct.,  pp.  261-305;  Nov.,  pp.  307-348;  Dec,  pp.  349-394- 


[Names   of    contributors  are   printed   in    small    capitals. 
reviewed  are  in  quotation  marks.] 


Abbreviated   titles   of   books 


Aesthic  Side  of  Nature  Study,  The 

C.  W.  G.  Eifrig.     Pg.  327 
Alexander,  W.  P.     Nature  Study 

Paradise,  A.     Pg.  349 
"Animal  Ingenuity'  of    Today"   C. 

A.  Ealand.     Pg.  312 
Arbutus,  The     B.  O.  Gutler.Pg.  280 
"Arithmetic     Essentials"     Drushel, 

Noonan,  Whithers.     Pg.  347 
Astronomy    Notebook,    An,     Pg.  33 
Atwater,    Agnes,     Trailing    Arbu- 
tus,    Pg.  295 
Australia's  Remarkable  Lizard,     R. 

W.  Shufeldt.     Pg.  360 
Autumn,     Israel  Knoe.     Pg.  285 
Bagworm     Collections,     Edith     W. 

Warner.     Pg.  245 
Baker,    Virginia,     Study    of   Hop 

High,  The,     Pg.  390 
Balcomb,  E.  E.     California  Nature 

Study  Class.     Pg.  271 
Bee's   Eye   View,    A,        Helen   Lee 

Sherwood.     Pg.   276 
Black  Snake,  The,  Harvey  C.  Went. 

Pg.  274. 
Boyce,    M.    M.     Plants    in    Their 

Environments.     Pg.  324 
Brown,  H.  Clark.     Nature  Study 

Project.     Pg.  363 
BuRRALL,    Elizabeth    F.     Stalking 

the  Cow.     Pg.  240 
California  Nature  Study  Class,    A, 

E.  E.  Balcomb.     Pg.  271 
Children's    Civics    Clubs,     Pg.    141 
Children's  Gardens  in  A  Steel  Town, 

L.  S.  Thomas.     Pg.  131 
Constellations,  The,     Pg.  21 

Lyra,      Nellie  H.  Crosby.     Pg.  21 

Altair  &   The  Dolphin,   A.   Leah 

Gause.     Pg.  23 

Dolphin,  The,     Pg.  24 

Northern    Cross,     The,     Mildred 
Jackson.     Pg.  25 

Pleiades,    The,     Harold    G.    Dye. 
Pg.  26 

Orion,     Winifred  Bailor.     Pg.   28 

Hyades,    The,     J.    G.    Etzkowitz. 
Pg.30 

Andromenda,     Alice    M.    Phipps. 
Pg.30 
Cottonwoods    of    the    Dunes,    The, 

Stella  M.  Rowley.     Pg.  53 


Cornell    Rural    School    Leaflet    and 

Nature     Study,         E.     Lawrence 

Palmer.     Pg.  205 
Counsel   for    Councillors,        W.    G. 

Vinal.     Pg.  152. 
"Creative   Chemistry,"     Edwin     E. 

Slosson.     Pg.  305 
CuBiLLOS,  E.     Moon,  The.     Pg.  8 
Deming,  Agatha,     Learning  to  See 

and  Hear.     Pg.  167 
Disease  of   Mulberry   Fruit,     J.   J. 

Taubenhaus.     Pg.  282 
Dole,    Elea2ER    J.     Nature-Study 

in  Summer  Camps  for  Girls.     Pg. 

184. 
Do  We  Need  School  Museums,     E. 

K.  Peeples  &  E.  Dyer.     Pg.  120 
Downing,  Dr.  Elliot  R.     A  Survey 

of     Twenty     Years    Progress    in 

Measuring     Results     in     Nature 

Study.     Pg.  68 
Drushel,  J.  A.     The  Purple  Cone 

Flower.     Pg.  286 
"Early     Annals     of     Ornithology," 

H.  F.  &  G.  Witherby.     Pg.  301 
Eclipses,     Pg.  16 
Editorial,     The      Chicago      Nature 

Study  Club.     Pg.  93 
Editorial,     Dunes,     The.     Pg.     344 
Editorial,     Nature  Not  A  Member  of 

A  Union,     Pg.  300       ^ 
Editorial,     Our    Present    Need    for 

Sun-Dials.     Pg.  42 

Alpha.  Orionis  &  Mortal  Humility. 

Pg-43 
Editorial,     School  Garden  Outlook, 

The,  Trail  School,  The.     Pg.   142 
Editorial,  Pg.  394 
Eifrig,  C.  W.  G.    Aesthetic  Side  o 

Nature  Study,  The.     Pg.  327 
'  'Everyday      Adventures , ' '     Samuel 

Scoville,  Jr.     Pg.  258 
Fifteenth  Meeting  of  the  American 

Nature  Study  Society,  The.  Pg.  47 
First     Nature     Lore     School,     The, 

W.  G.  Vinal.     Pg.  145 
Forester,     The,     C.     DeW.     Scott, 

Pg.  333 
Gallaher,  Ethel.     A  Story  of  Jim, 
The  Normal  School  Squirrel.     Pg. 
249 


395 


396 


INDEX 


Gardner,  Grace  B.     Nature  Study, 

Normal  vSchool  and  vSummer  Camp 

Councillors.     Pg.  187 
Griswold,  Florence.     A  Porcupine 

at  Weetamoo.     Pg.  200 
GuLicK,  Mrs.  Charlotte,     Where 

vShould    Nature    Study    Come    on 

the  Program.     Pg.  149 
Gutler,  B.  O.     The  Arbutus,     l^g. 

280 
"How  to  Have  Bird  Neighl)ors."     Pg 

302 
Interesting     Boulder,     An,     C.     J. 

Kimmerle.     Pg.  247 
111  Wind  that  Blows  Nobody  Good, 

It  is  An,     W.   G.  Vinal.     Pg.  38 
Jones,  Anna  A.     Nature  Study  in 

Webster  Groves.     Pg.  289 
Kimmerle,  C.  J.     Interesting  Boul- 
der, An.     Pg.  247 
Knoe,   Israel.     Autumn.     Pg.  285 
Learning  to  See  and  Hear,     Agatha 

Deming.     Pg.  167 
"Lightfoot     the     Deer,"     Thornton 

W.  Burgess.     Pg.  302 
Long's  Peak  Trail  School  &  Nature 

Guiding.     Enos  A.  Mills.     Pg.  95 
Maple  Sugar  Camp,  In  The,     C.  H. 

Donnell.     Pg.  90 
Mills,  Enos    A.     The  Long's  Peak 

Trail   School    &   Nature   Guiding. 

Pg-  95 

Moggatt,  W.  S.  Why  Prairie  Flow- 
ers  Have   Disappeared.     Pg.    307 

Mong,  Martha,  Nature  Study  in  a 
College  W^oman's  Club.     Pg.  278 

Moon,    The,     E.    Cubillos.     Pg.    8 

Moon  Landscape,  The.     Pg.  1 1 

Mrs.  Grasshopper  Goes  House-Hunt- 
ing,    A.  J.    Stackepole.     Pg.    291 

Nature  Bids  You  Come,  Donald 
Thistle.     Pg.  267 

Nature  Study  at  Adirondack  Camp, 
Elias  G.  Brown.     Pg.  192 

Nature  Work  at  Aloha  Clulj.  Yoshi 
Kasuya.     Pg.  198 

Nature  Study  at  Camp  Hanoum, 
Pg.  201 

Nature  Stud\'  at  Highland  Nature 
Camp,     Allen    B.     Doggett.     Pg. 

174 
Nature    Work    at    Camp    Kehonka, 

Virginia  F.  Birdsall.     Pg.  171 
Nature  Study  at  Quanset,     Mary  L. 

Hammatt.     Pg.  188 
Nature    Study    at    Senior   Quinbeck 

Camp.      Gladys  Gordon  Fry.     Pg. 

190 
Nature  Study  in  Summer  Camps  for 

Girls,     Eleazer  J.  Dole.     Pg.  184 


Nature    at    the    Tall    Pines,     Stella 

.  M.  Brooks.     Pg.  196 
Nature  at  Teela-Wooket,     Mary  A. 

Stillman.     Pg.  180 
Nature    Study,    Normal    School    & 

Summer  Camp  Councillors,    Grace 

B.  Gardener.     Pg.  187. 
Nature  Study  in  a  College  Woman's 

Clul),     Martha  Mong.     Pg.  278 
Nature  Study  Outline,     E.  L.  Pal- 
mer.    Pg.  215 
Nature  Study   Paradise,   A.     W.   P. 

Alexander.     Pg.  349 
Nature  vStudy  Project,  A,     D.  Clark 

Brown.     Pg.  363 
Nature  Study  &  The  Reading  Room, 

M.  R.  VanCleve.     Pg.  261 
Nature   Study   in   Webster   Groves, 

Anna  A.  Jones.     Pg.  289 
"Night  Raid  Into  Space,  A",     Col. 

J.  S.  F.  Mackenzie.     Pg.  44 
Notes  on  Members  of  Chicago  Nature 

Club.     Pg.317 
Notes   on    Mrs.    MofiFatt's   Talk   on 
Twenty-five  Common  Spiders,     Pg. 

51 
"Nuova,    The   New   Bee,"     Vernon 

L.  Kellogg.     Pg.  258 
Oriole's  Lullaby,  An,   Anna  E.  Lucas. 

Pg-  275 

Palmer  E.  L.  Cornell  Rural  School 
Leaflet  and  Nature  Study.  Pg. 
205 

Palmer,  E.  L.  Nature  Study  Out- 
line,    Pg.  215 

Palmer,  E.  L.  Reaching  &  Train- 
ing Rural  Teachers.     Pg.  81 

Patterson,  Alice  Jean,  A  Survey 
of  Twenty  years  Progress  Made  in 
the  Courses  of  Nature  Study,     Pg. 

55 
Peefles,   E.   K.   &  Dyer,   E.     Do 

We  Need  School  Museums,     Pg. 

120 
Phills,    Alice    M.     Prairie    Dogs. 

Pg-  354 

Pi  ctures  on  M  emory '  s  Wall ,  Manley 
Townsend.     Pg.  288 

Picturesque  Duneland,  S.  M.  Row- 
ley.    Pg.  314 

Plants  in  Their  Environments,  M. 
M.  Boyce.     Pg.  324 

Porcupine  at  Weetamoo,  A,  Flor- 
ence Griswold.     Pg.  200 

Prairie  Dogs,     Alice  M.  Phills.     Pg. 

354- 
Program   of   the    Toronto    Meeting, 

Pg.  322 
Purple    Cone    Flower,    The,     J.    A. 

Drushel.     Pg.  286 


INDEX 


397 


Reaching  &  Training  Rural  Teachers, 
E.  L.  Palmer.     Pg.  8i 

Rogers,  Katherine  R.  A  Voyage 
of  Discovery.     Pg.  35 

Roosevelt  Field  Club,  The,  Ruth 
V.  Weierheiser.     Pg.  87 

Rowley,  Stella  M.  Cottonwoods 
of  the  Dunes,  The.     Pg.  53 

Rowley,  S.  M.  Picturesque  Dune- 
land.     Pg.  314 

Sand  Dunes  and  Forests.  W.  Whit- 
ney.    Pg.  330 

Satterthwait,  a.  F.  A  Survey  of 
Twenty  Years  Progress  in  Nature 
Study  (E)  In  Extension  Work, 
Pg.  71 

vScoTT,  C.  DeW.  The  Forester,  A 
Play.     Pg.  333 

Scott,  Carroll  DcWilton,  The 
Wise  Wood  Rats.     Pg.  268 

Shaw,  Ellen  Eddy,  A  Survey  of 
Twenty  Years  Progress  in  Nature 
Study  in  Providing  Materials  for 
Study.     Pg.  63 

Sherwood,  Helen  Lee,  Bee's  Eye 
View,  A.     Pg.  276 

Shufeldt,  R.  W.  Australia's  Re- 
markable Lizard.     Pg.  360 

Shufeldt,  R.  W.  Wild  &  Garden 
Roses.     Pg.  237 

Stackepole,  a.  J.  Mrs.  Grasshop- 
per Goes  House-Hunting.  Pg.  291 

Stalking  the  Cow,  Elizabeth  F. 
Burrall.     Pg.  240 

Stearns,  Lydia,  Wild .  Birds  in 
City  Parks.     Pg.  310 

Stebbins,  D.  C.  Three  Days  in  the 
Mountains.     Pg.  201 

Story  of  Hop  High,  The,  Virginia 
Baker.     Pg.  390 

Story  of  Jim,  The  Normal  School 
Squirrel,  A.  Ethel  Gallaher.  Pg. 
249 

Survey  of  Twenty  Years  Progress  in 
Measuring  Results  in  Nature  Study. 
Dr.    Elliot   R.    Downing.     Pg.   68 

Survey  of  Twenty  Years  Progress  in 
Nature  Study  (E)  In  Extension 
Work,  A,  A.  F.  Satterthwait. 
Pg.  71 

Survey  of  Twenty  Years  Progress  in 
Nature  Study  in  Providing 
Materials  for  Study,  Ellen  Eddy 
Shaw.     Pg  63 

Survey  of  Twenty  Years  IVogrcss 
Made  in  the  Courses  of  Nature 
Study,   A,     Alice  Jean  Patterson. 

Pg.  55 
Sun.The.     Pg.  6 
Sim  Dial  for  the  School  Garden.  I'g.  i 


Symposium  of  Garden  Supervisors 
from    Coast    to    Coast.     Pg.    103 

Taubenhaus,  J.  J.  Disease  of  Mul- 
berry Fruit,  A.     Pg.  282 

Thistle,  Donald,  Nature  Bids  You 
Come.     Pg.  267 

Thomson,  J.  C.  To  the  Woodland 
Folk.     Pg.323 

Thomas,  L.  S.  Children's  Gardens 
in  a  Steel  Town.     Pg.  131 

Thoreau's  Observations  on  Fogs, 
Clouds,  &  Rain,  F.  White.  Pg. 
296 

Townsend,  Manley,  Pictures  on 
Memory's  Wall.     Pg.  288 

Three  Days  in  the  Mountains,  D.  C. 
Stebbins.     Pg.  200 

Tides,  The.     Pg.  19 

Trailing    Arbutus.     Agnes    Atwater. 

Pg-  295 

' ' Uncle  Zeb  &  His  Friends, ' '  Edward 
W.  Frentz.     Pg.  45 

Van  Cleve,  M.  R.  Nature  Study  & 
The    Reading    Lesson.     Pg.    261 

ViNAL,  W.  G.,  Counsel  for  Council- 
lors.    Pg.  152 

Vinal,  W.  G.  First  Nature  Lore 
School.     Pg.  145 

Vinal,  William  Gould,  It  is  an 
111  Wind  that  Blows  Nobody 
Good     Pg.  38 

Voyage  of  Discovery,  A.  Katherine 
R.  Rogers.     Pg.  3=5 

Waking  up  Dead  Back  Yards,  W.  R. 
Beattie.     Pg.  99 

Warner,  Edith  W.  Bagworm  Col- 
lections.    Pg.  245 

Went,  Harvey  C.  ^The  Black  Snake 
Pg.  274 

Where  Should  Nature  Study  Come 
on  the  Program,  Mrs.  Charlotte 
Gulich.     Pg.  149 

White,  F.  Thoreau's  Observations 
on  Fogs,  Clouds  &  Rain.     Pg.  296 

Whitney,  W.  Sand  Dunes  &  Forests. 
Pg.  330 

Why  Prairie  Flowers  liavc  Disap- 
peared,    W.  S.  Moffatt.     Pg.  307 

Wild  and  Garden  Roses,  R.  W. 
Shufeldt.     Pg.  237 

Wild  Birds  in  City  Parks,  Lydia 
vStearns.     Pg.  310 

"Wild  Creatures  of  Garden  tv  Hedge- 
row,"    Frances  Pitt.      I'g.  44 

Wise  Wood  Rats,  Tlie.  (\-.rn.ll 
DeWilton  Scott.      \\.  2().S 

Woodkmd  Folk,  To  the,  j.  (\ 
Thomson,      f'g.  323 

Year's  Program  of  the  College  Wom- 
an's (dnb  of  F>rie.  I'm.,  A.      I'g.  27(1 


ASTRONOMY  NUMBER 

pftTOIJE-STODY  SEtflEW 

\  Devoted  to  Elementary  Science  in  the  Schools 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN 
OF  THE 


American 
Nature- 
Study 

So. 


'^} 


Eclipse  of  the  Sun 

Photo  by  Verne  Morton 


JANUARY, 

1921 

Vol.  17        No.  1 

Whole  No.  140 

20c  a  copy 

$1.60  a  year 


zoo  ANIMAL  OUTLINES 

By  LOUIS  AGASSIZ  FUERTES 

The  famous  bird  and  animal  artist 

These  outlines,  like  our  Bird  and  Common  Animal 
outlines,  are  printed  on  paper  suitable  for  coloring.  They 
are  especially  valuable  for  use  in  study  of  Geography  of 
Foreign  Countries.  Have  your  pupils  make  an  illustrated 
book  of  the  Zoo  in  your  city  or  of  the  circus  they  visited. 
A  sample  lesson  is  included  in  each  package.  Size  7x9^ 
inches.     Price,  50c  per  set.     $1.00  per  hundred,  assorted. 

List  of  Outlines 

Alligator  Giraffe 

Bear,  Grizzly  Gnu,  Brindled 

Bear,  Polar  Gorilla 

Beaver  Hippopotamus 

Bison  Ibex 

Camels  Jaguar 

Chimpanzee  Kangeroo 

Deer,  Virginia  Leopard 

Elephants  Lion 

Elk  Llama 

THE  COMSTOCK  PUBLISHING  CO. 

Ithaca,  New  York 


Lynx 

Mandrill 

Monkeys 

Orang-outang 

Puma 

Rhinoceros 

Sea-Lion 

Tapir 

Tiger 

Wolf 

Zebra 


Kindly  mention  The  Nature-Study  Review  when  replying  to  advertisementf 


Game    Bird    Outlines 

Drawn  by  Louis  Agassiz  Fuertes.    Printed 
on  water  color  paper.     Size   7x9  >^ 
inches.     50c  per  set.     $1.00 
per  hundred  your  assort- 
ment. 


Conservation  of  Game  Birds  is  an  important 
subject  at  the  present  time.  The  use  of  these 
Game  Bird  Outlines  with  lessons  about  game  laws 
will  appeal  to  the  youngest  as  well  as  the  older 
pupils.    Combine  with  English  and  lecture  lessons. 

LIST  OF  OUTLINES 


Brant,  The 

Grouse,  Ruffled 

Duck,  American  Eider 

Pheasant 

Baldpate 

Plover,  Black-bellied 

"       Black 

Sea-duck,  Redhead  or 

"      Butter  Ball 

American  Pochard 

"       Canvasback 

Sea-duck,  the  scoter 

"       Goldeneye  or 

Scaup 

Whistler 

Snipe 

Mallard 

Teal,  Blue-winged 

Pintail 

Teal,  Green -winged 

"       Ruddy 

Woodcock 

"       Shoveler 

Wild  Turkey 

'•       Wood 

Yellowlegs,  a  North 

Goose,  Canadian 

American  Sandpiper 

The  Comstock    Publishing  Co. 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Kindly  mention  The  Nature-Study  Review  when  replyinR  to  advertisements 


An  ancient  English,  vertical 

sun  dial  in  the  garden  of 

the  Editor 


INvSCRIPTION 


Beata 


vSola 


vSolitudo   O 

Beatitude 

Mihi  Opidum  Career  est 

et  Solitude  Paradisus 

W.  H. 

Deus  Nobiscum 

et  Corona  Manum  Opus 

Nostrum 

1663 

Vivat  Carolus  Secundus 


Translation 
Happy      solitude,      O,    only- 
happiness  to  me  the  city  a 
prison    is    and    solitude   is 
paradise 
W.  H. 
God  be  with  us 
and  crown  the  work  of  our 
hands 
1663 
Long  live  Charles  the  Second 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 

A  Sun  Dial  in  the  School  Garden 

The  Sun         -----  - 

The  Moon.     E.  Cubii.los  ... 

The  Moon  Landscape         .  .  .  . 

Eclipses         ------ 

The  Tides      ------ 

The  Constellations  by  a  Nature  Study  Class     - 
An  Astronomy  Note  Book  -      '     - 

Sunset  over  the  Pacific  Ocean.      I.  C   Shedd     - 
A  Voyage  of  Discovery.     K.  R.  Rogers. 
An  111  Wind.     W.  G   Vinal 
Editorial        ----._ 

Bookshelf 


Anna  B,  Comstock,  Editor 


ASSOCIATE    EDITORS 


Susan  Sipe  Alrertis 
Prof.  (.  Andrew   Drushel 
Prof.  foHN  Dear  NESS 
Miss  Cora  A.  Smith 


I 

6 

8 

II 

16 

19 
21 

33 
34 
35 
38 
42 
44 


Washington,  D.  C. 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

London,  Ontario 

Erie.  Penna. 


Enterd  as  second-class  matter  at  the  Post  Office  at  Ithaca.  N    Y 
under  the  A  ct  of  Marrl-  .?,  1870 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 


Vol.  17 


January,  1921 


No. 


A  Sun-dia!  made  by  pupils 


A  Sun-Dial  for  the  School  Garden 

The  construction  of  a  san-dial  and  the  setting  it  up  properly 
should  be  a  delightful  means  of  educating  the  pupils  in  a  very 

important  subject,  the  measuring 
of  time, — a  subject  which  is  given 
very  little  thought  in  this  day  of 
clocks  and  watches.  Even  during 
the  discussion  of  "time  saving" 
turning  back  the  clock  an  hour, 
very  few  understood  its  real  mean- 
ing. 

Sun-dials  are  very  ancient  of 
origin;  and  probably  the  earliest 
form  was  a  pole  fixed  in  the  ground 
with  the  spaces  covered  by  its 
shadow  during  the  da}'  divided 
and  marked  by  stones  or  in  some  other  manner.  The  earliest 
mention  of  a  sun-dial  is  found  in  Isaiah  xxxviii,  8 :  "Behold,  I  will 
bring  again  the  shadow  of  the  degrees  which  is  gone  do^vn  in  the 
sun-dial  of  Ahaz  ten  degrees  backward."  This  must  have  been 
written  about  700  years  B.  C.  but  we  have  no  idea  of  the  form  of 
this  dial.  The  earliest  dial,  the  construction  of  which  we  know, 
was  made  by  the  Chaldean  astronomer  Berossus  who  lived  about 
300  B.  C.  and  it  consisted  of  a  hollow  hemisphere  with  its  rim 
horizontal  and  a  bead  fixed  at  its  center  which  cast  a  shadow,  the 
path  of  which  was  an  arc  which  was  divided  into  twelve  equal 
parts.  This  form  of  dial  was  used  many  centuries  by  many  ])eo- 
ples. 

No  one  knows  certainly  wiien  the  first  clock  was  invented  nor 
by  whom,  but  the  use  of  clocks  in  Europe  in  the  13  th  century  has 
been  recorded.     A  clock  was  put  up  in  a  tower  of  Westminster  in 

1 


2  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 

London  in  1288  A.  D,  and  one  was  in  use  on  Dover  Castle  in  1348; 
and  by  1400  there  were  clocks  made  resembling  those  we  have  now. 
It  is  well  for  us  all  to  think  of  the  many,  many  centuries  of  hirnian 
histon^  which  passed  with  their  days  marked  only  by  the  shadow 
of  the  sun  upon  a  dial. 

In  order  to  make  the  construction  of  the  sun-dial  of  greatest  use 
in  a  school,  all  the  pupils  of  a  suitable  age  should  make  working 
plans  for  a  dial;  these  may  be  made  on  ordinar\^  drawing  paper 
and  the  gnomen  may  be  made  of  card-board  and  cut  out  and  set 
in  place  with  pins.  After  the  plans  are  made,  even  to  the  inscrip- 
tion, one  of  them  sliould  be  chosen,  because  of  its  excellence,  as 
the  model  to  be  followed  in  the  manual  training  class  in  making  the 
dial  to  be  set  up  in  the  school  yard. 


HOW  TO  MAKE  THE  PLANS  FOR  A  SUN-DIAL 

Take  a  piece  of  drawing  paper  about  16  inches  square,  find  its 
exact  center  and  draw  upon  it  a  square  with  sides  14  inches;  find 
the  center  of  the  square,  y.  Draw  on  it  with  a  pencil  the  line 
AA"  a  foot  long  and  one-eighth  inch  at  the  left  of  the  center. 
Then  draw  the  line  B  B"  exactly  parallel  to  the  line  A  A"  and  a 
fourth  inch  to  the  right  of  it.  These  lines  should  be  one- fourth 
inch  apart — which  is  just  the  thickness  of  the  gnomon. 

With  a  compass,  or  a  pencil  fastened  to  a  string  draw  the 
half-circle  A  A'  A'''  with  a  radius  of  six  inches  with  the  point  C  for 
its  center.  Draw  a  similar  half-circle  B  B'  B"  opposite  with  c'  for 
its  center.  Then  draw  the  half-circle  from  D,  D',  D",  from  c  with 
a  radius  of  five  and  three-quarters  inches.  Then  draw  similarly 
from  c'  the  half-circle  E,  E',  E".  Then  draw  from  c  the  half-circle 
F,  F',  F"  with  a  radius  of  five  inches  and  a  similar  half-circle  G, 
G',  G"  from  c'  as  a  center. 

Find  the  points  M,  M'  just  six  inches  from  the  points  F,  G; 
draw  the  line  J,  K  through  M,  M'  exactly  at  right  angles  to  the 
fine  A,  A'.  This  will  mark  the  six  o'clock  point  so  the  figures  VI 
may  be  placed  on  it  in  the  space  between  the  two  inner  circles. 
The  noon  mark  XII  should  be  placed  as  indicated  (the  "X"  at  D, 
F,  the  "11"  at  E,  G).  With  black  paint  outline  all  the  semi- 
circles and  figures. 


A  SUN-DIAL  FOR  THE  SCHOOL  GARDEN 


A"    B" 
The  face  of  the  sundial 


MATERIALS  FOR  MAKING  THE  DIAL 

For  the  dial,  take  a  board  about  14  inches  square  and  an  inch 
or  more  thick.  The  lower  edge  may  be  bevelled  if  desired.  This 
should  be  given  three  coats  of  white  paint,  so  that  it  will  not  warp 
and  check. 

For  the  gnomon  a  piece  of  board  a  half  inch  thick  and  six  inches 
square  is  required.  It  should  be  given  several  coats  of  white  paint 
so  that  it  will  not  warp.  The  standard  should  be  a  solid  post  or 
column  about  30  inches  high  after  being  set  in  the  ground  or  in 
cement.  It  is  not  necessary  to  have  the  standard  and  its  base 
elaborate  because  vines  should  be  trained  around  it;  all  that  is 
necessary  is  that  it  shoud  be  solid  and  set  evenly. 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 


[17:1— Jan..  1921 


HOW  TO  MAKE  THE  GNOMON 

The  word  gnomon  is  from  a  Greek  word  meaning  "one  who 
knows."     It  is  the  hand  of  the  sundial,  which  throws  its  shadow 

on  the  face  of  the  dial,  indi- 
cating the  hour.  Take  a  piece 
of  card-board  six  inches  square 
and  be  very  sure  its  angles 
are  right  angles.  Let  s,  t,  u,  v 
represent  the  four  angles 
draw  on  it  a  quarter  of  a 
circle  from  s  to  u  with  a  radius 
equal  to  the  line  vs.  Then 
with  a  cardboard  protractor, 
costing  fifteen  cents',  or  by 
working  it  out  without  any 
help  except  knowing  that  a 
right  angle  is  90",  draw  the 
The  gnomon  j-^^  ^^  making  the  angle  at  x 

the  same  as  the  degree  of  latitude  where  the  sundial  is  to  be  placed. 
At  Itliaca  the  latitude  is  42°,  27'  and  the  angle  at  x  measures 
42°  27'.  Then  the  board  should  be  cut  off  at  the  line  vw,  and  later 
the  edge  sw  may  be  cut  in  some  ornamental  pattern. 

TO  SET  UP  THE  SUN-DIAL 

Fasten  the  base  of  the  gnomon  by  screws  or  brads  to  the  dial 
with  the  points  of  the  gnomon  at  F,  G,  and  the  point  v  of  the 
gnomon  at  M,  M',  so  that  the  point  W  is  up  in  the  air.  Set  the 
dial  on  some  perfectly  level  standard  with  the  line  A,  A"  extending 
exactly  north  and  south.  If  no  compass  is  available,  wait  until 
noon  and  set  the  dial  so  that  the  shadow  from  W  will  fall  exactly 
between  the  points  A,  B,  and  this  will  mean  that  the  dial  is  set 
exactly  right.  Then  with  a  good  watch  note  the  points  on  the  arc 
E,  K',  on  which  the  shadow  falls  at  one,  two,  three,  four,  and  five 
o'clock:  and  in  the  morning  the  points  on  the  arc  J'  D  on  which 
the  shadow  falls  at  seven,  eight,  nine,  ten  and  eleven  o'clock 
Draw  lines  from  M  to  these  points,  and  lines  from  M'  to  the  points 
on  the  arc  E  K'.  Then  place  the  figures  on  the  dial  as  indicated 
in  the  spaces  between  the  two  inner  circles.  The  space  between 
the  two  outer  circles  may  be  marked  with  lines  indicating  the  half 
and  quarter  hours.  The  figures  should  be  outlined  in  pencil  and 
then  painted  with  black  paint,  or  carved  in  the  wood  and  then 
painted. 


A  SUN-DIAL  FOR  THE  SCHOOL  GARDEN  5 

INSCRIPTIONS  UPON  DIALS 

From  the  beginning,  a  sun-dial  seems  to  have  made  man  thought- 
ful of  life  and  philosophical  concerning  its  length  or  brevity,  as 

"Life  is  but  a  shadow, 
Man  is  but  dust; 
This  dial  says 

Die  all  we  must." 
or 

"When  thou  dost  look  upon  my  face, 
To  learn  the  time  of  day, 
Think  how  my  shadow  keeps  its  pace, 
As  thy  life  flies  away." 

Many  of  the  old  dials  have  most  lugubrious  mottoes,  but  there 
are  many  beautiful  ones  that  may  be  written  or  carved  upon  the 
lower  half  of  the  school  dial,  such  as 

"Let  others  tell  of  storms  and  showers, 
I'll  only  count  your  sunny  hours." 
"Light  rules  me 
The  shadow,  thee." 
"I  mark  not  the  hours  unless  they  be  bright." 
"Time  and  tide  tarry  for  no  man." 
"The  shadow  passes;   light  remains." 
"Amidst  the  flowers 

I  tell  the  hours." 
"Time  goes  not, 
Time  stays,  we  go." 
"Let  there  be  light;    and  there  was  light." 


Star 

From  Wind  and  Weather 

Liberty  Hyde  Bailey 
Twinkle,  twinkle,  little  star  But  I  think  that  now  I  see 

How  I  wonder  what  you  are !  What  your  twinkle  is  to  me — 

Just  a  little  friendly  light 
If  I  knew  then  I  should  learn  Set  against  the  roof  of  night 

What  some  men  shall  yet  discern —  As  the  trees  do  stand  by  day 
What  it  is  that  sets  us  here  When  I  walk  upon  my  way. 

Each  within  his  proper  sphere 

Making  plain  to  contemplate  Twinkle,  twinkle  little  star 

On  the  miracles  of  fate.  You  are  not  so  very  far ! 


The  Sun 

The  following  account  of  the  sun  is  a  part  of  an  address  by  Professor  W.  W. 
Campbell  of  the  Lick  Observatory  delivered  at  the  dedication  of  the  Warner 
and  Swasey  Obersvatory  in  Cleveland,  Oct.  12,  1920  and  printed  in  Science, 
Dec.  10,  1920. 

The  wonders  of  our  sun  are  many  and  most  remarkable,  and  Are 
but  little  known.  I  have  referred  to  its  enormous  size.  The 
quantity  of  heat  which  the  sun  is  radiating  into  surrounding  space, 
to  the  earth,  to  Mars,  and  to  all  other  objects  which  intercept  its 
rays,  is  stupendous  and  not  to  be  comprehended  by  the  astronomer 
or  the  man  of  affairs.  It  is,  and  has  been,  the  source  of  all  the 
energy  upon  which  we  draw,  save  only  a  negligible  residual.  A 
great  quantity  of  heat  is  indeed  stored  up  in  the  interior  of  the 
earth,  but  it  reaches  the  earth's  surface  in  such  minute  quantities 
that  in  all  practical  details  of  life,  save  to  those  who  labor  in  deep 
mines,  or  live  near  volcanoes,  or  are  interested  in  hot  springs,  this 
source  of  energy  may  be  neglected.  If  this  statement  should  be 
difficult  to  accept,  let  your  thoughts  travel  to  the  south  pole  of  our 
planet.  What  does  the  interior  heat  of  the  earth  do  for  that  re- 
gion? The  antarctic  continent's  perpetual  covering  of  ice  and 
snow  is  unaffected  by  it,  nor  does  the  actually  enormous  quantity 
of  solar  heat  falling  upon  that  continent  suffice  to  remove  the  white 
mantle.  If  aught  should  intervene  to  cut  off  the  sun's  energy 
from  the  earth  for  one  short  month,  the  tropics  would  attain  to  a 
state  of  frigidity  to  which  the  south  polar  continent,  as  now 
observed,  would  be  a  rose  garden  in  comparison. 

It  is  the  sun's  heat  which  grows  the  farmers'  crops,  the  trees  of 
the  forest  and  all  vegetation.  The  coal  df^posits  upon  which  we 
draw  toda}^  for  the  running  of  trains,  ships,  factories  and  rolling 
mills,  are  but  the  solar  energy  of  an  earlier  age,  compressed,  trans- 
formed and  preserved  for  our  comfort  and  power.  In  the  moim- 
tainous  regions  of  our  land,  where  water  can  be  stored  in  high  level 
reservoirs  and,  passing  through  water  wheels  at  lower  levels,  be 
made  to  generate  electric  power  for  lighting,  for  heating  and  for  the 
running  of  motors,  it  is  the  sun's  energy  which  is  transformed 
to  meet  the  needs  of  men.  The  sun's  rays  evaporate  the  surface 
waters  of  the  oceans,  lakes,  streams  and  lands;  the  winds,  genera- 
ted by  the  unequal  solar  heating  of  our  atmosphere,  transport 
some  of  the  water  vapor  to  the  high  mountains,  where  it  is  deposited 
as  rain  or  snow.     It  is  merely  the  descent  of  these  waters  to  the 

6 


THE  SUN  7 

lower  levels  that  is  controlled  by  man  and  transformed  into  electric 
power  for  his  own  purposes. 

It  would  take  more  than  two  billion  earths  placed  side  by  side 
to  form  a  continuous  spherical  shell  around  our  sun  at  distance 
equal  to  the  earth's  distance,  and  thus  to  receive  the  total  output 
of  solar  heat.  Therefore  less  than  one  two-billionth  part  of  that 
output  falls  upon  the  earth.  The  earth's  share  of  solar  energy, 
expressed  in  horse-power  or  other  familiar  units,  is  too  great  to  set 
down  in  figures.  If  you  should  happen  to  own  250  acres  of  land  in 
one  of  the  tropical  deserts  of  the  earth,  you  will  be  interested  to 
know  that  your  quota  of  the  solar  energy,  near  the  middle  of  a 
summer  day,  is  falling  upon  your  tract  of  land  at  the  rate  of  about 
one  million  horse-power — more  than  enough  heat  and  power  to 
supply  all  the  needs  of  this  great  city — and  this  is  but  two-thirds  of 
the  sun's  good  intentions  toward  you,  for  some  40  per  cent,  of  the 
energy  is  intercepted  by  the  atmosphere  overlying  your  farm,  and 
returned  forthwith  to  outer  space. 

Your  neighbor's  tract  of  250  acres  is  also  receiving  solar  energy  at 
the  rate  of  one  million  horse-power.  Figuring  backward,  if  one 
farm  area  receives  a  million  horse-power  and,  there  are  more 
than  a  hundred  million  such  farm  areas  on  the  earth  turned 
toward  the  sun  at  one  time,  and  the  whole  earth  intercepts  less 
than  one  two-billionth  of  the  sun's  energy  output,  is  it  any  wonder 
that  sun  worship  became  one  of  the  recognized  religions?  Ac- 
curate knowledge  saves  us  from  that,  but  it  is  becoming  in  us  to 
give  the  sun  our  due  respect. 

A  great  problem  ahead  of  the  scientific  world  is  the  storage  of 
the  sun's  beneficent  heat  rays  for  release  as  needed.  Astronomers 
are  seeking  intently  for  the  sources  of  the  sun's  outpouring  of 
energy :  how  can  the  sun  maintain  the  supply  for  tens  of  millions 
of  years,  as  it  undoubtedly  is  doing?  One  important  source  has 
been  found — -the  sun's  own  gravitation  which  tries  constantly  to 
pull  every  particle  of  its  material  to  the  sun's  center — but  another 
and  greater  source  seems  to  await  discovery.  Does  any  one  say 
since  the  supply  of  solar  energy  will  surely  meet  our  needs  for  ten 
or  a  hundred  million  years,  why  look  further  for  the  cause?  Why 
not  let  it  go  at  that?  This  selfish  spirit,  if  applied  to  all  subjects, 
would  retrograde  our  civilization.  Even  the  possession  of  the 
truth  is  not  so  potent  for  good  as  the  desire  to  know  the  truth,  and 
the  struggle  to  discover  it.  Practically,  a  knowledge  of  the  origin 
of  the  sun's  heat  may  be  the  key  for  locking  up  great  quantities 
of  it  on  summer  days  and  unlocking  it  when  and  wlicre  needed. 


Photo  by  Verne  Morton 

The  Moon 

E.  CUBILLOS 
Bogota,  Columbia,  S.  A. 

The  moon  is  the  nearest  body  to  us  in  all  space,  and  so  great  is 
the  distance  that  separates  us  from  the  stars  that  we  speak  as  if  she 
were  not  very  far  off,  yet  compared  with  the  size  of  the  earth  the 
space  lying  between  us  and  her  is  very  great. 

After  the  sun,  the  most  important  body  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
earth  is  probably  the  moon,  owing  to  its  variety  of  phases  and  to 
rapid  changes  of  position  in  the  skies. 

The  mean  distance  of  the  moon  from  the  earth  is  about  238,840 
miles.  Owing  to  the  eccentricity  of  its  orbit  it  is  sometimes 
252,972  miles  away  and  sometimes  only  221,614.  According  to 
the  latest  measurements,  the  diameter  of  the  moon  is  2,163  miles, 
which  is  rr.ore  than  a  quarter  that  of  the  earth.     It  travels  eastward 

8 


CUBILLOS]  THE  MOON  9 

around  the  earth  in  an  orbit  whose  circumference  is  about  1,500,680 
miles,  at  an  average  velocity  of  2,290  miles  per  hour,  and  completes 
a  circuit  in  27  days,  7  hours,  43  minutes  and  11.5  seconds,  which 
constitutes  a  sidereal  month,  the  average  length  of  the  common 
month  being  29  days,  12  hours,  44  minutes  and  2.8  seconds. 

The  mean  density  of  the  moon  is  about  three-fifths  that  of  the 
earth  and  its  mass  rather  less  than  one-eightieth,  while  the  force 
of  gravity  at  its  surface  is  about  one-sixth  that  at  the  earth's 
surface. 

The  lunar  globe  is  fotmd  to  be  devoid  of  any  bodies  of  water  and 
probably  without  any  sensible  atmosphere.  Having  no  atmo- 
sphere, there  is  nothing  to  temper  the  alternate  changes  there, 
either  from  light  to  darkness  or  from  heat  to  cold.  The  day  side 
of  the  moon  is  exposed  to  the  sun's  intense  heat  for  about  two 
weeks,  the  temperatures  probably  reaching  the  boiling  point, 
while  thru  the  long  lunar  night,  the  surface  freezes  and  the  tem- 
perature falls  very  low,  perhaps  200-250  degrees  below  zero. 

The  most  striking  phenomena  connected  with  the  moon  are  its 
series  of  changes  or  phases  which  are  repeated  every  29.5  days. 
Being  an  opaque  body  it  can  only  be  seen  as  the  light  of  the  sun 
illuminates  it.  When  the  moon  is  between  the  earth  and  the  sun, 
its  dark  side  is  turned  towards  the  earth.  It  is  then  entirely 
invisible  and  this  phase  is  the  real  new  moon.  About  two  to  three 
days  after  this  a  thin  crescent  of  silvery  light  appears,  just  after 
sunset,  this  crescent  commonly  called  new  moon.  Gradually  the 
crescent  broadens  out,  as  the  moon  moves  away  from  the  sun,  until 
on  or  about  the  seventh  day,  it  reaches  a  position  known  as  its 
first  quarter,  and  is  then  a  bright  semi-circle  off  in  the  south  at 
sunset.  During  the  next  few  days,  as  the  moon  moves  eastward, 
more  and  more  of  its  illuminating  surface  is  brought  into  view, 
until  three-quarters  of  the  disk  appears  lighted  up  and  is  then  said 
to  be  gibbous.  On  or  about  the  14th  day,  the  moon  now  opposite 
the  sun,  shows  the  whole  of  its  round  disc  illuminated,  this  is 
known  as  full  moon,  rising  about  sunset  and  setting  about  sunrise. 
Passing  on  in  its  orbit,  its  phases  recur  in  reverse  order,  the  full 
phase  giving  place  to  the  gibbous,  this  in  turn  to  the  semi-circle, 
which  phase  it  reaches  about  the  21st  day  and  is  then  seen  high  in 
the  heavens  in  the  early  morning  hours.  Step  by  step  it  draws 
closer  to  the  sun,  thinning  down  to  a  crescent  shape  again,  until 
it  is  lost  once  more  in  the  solar  glare,  only  to  re-emerge,  on  or  about 
the  28th  day,  as  new  moon,  and  begins  again  its  cycle. 


10 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW       [17:1— Jan.,  1921 


Owinjj:  to  its  eastward  motion,  a  daily  retardation  of  the  moon's 
rising  and  setting  occurs,  being  about  50 J^  minutes. 

Among  some  of  the  most  wonderful  phenomena  of  the  heavens 
are  the  limar  eclipses.  They  are  produced  only  when  the  new  or 
the  full  moon  is  at  or  very  near  one  of  the  nodes.  If  the  orbits  of 
the  earth  and  the  moon  were  exactly  on  the  same  plane,  an  eclipse 
would  take  place  every  new  or  full  moon.  However,  the  plane  of 
the  moon's  orbit  is  inclined  to  the  plane  of  the  earth's  orbit  at  an 
angle  of  about  five  degrees.  Besides  the  moon's  nodes  are  not 
stationary,  but  have  a  daily  backward  motion,  owing  to  the  attrac- 
tion of  the  sun  on  the  earth  and  moon.  As  a  result  of  this  back- 
ward motion  of  the  moon's  nodes,  eclipses  occur  on  average  about 
19  days  earlier  every  year. 


The  moon's 

surface 

showing  the 

craters 

Mercator 

and 

Campanus. 

Photo  after 
Nasmyth 


The  Moon  Landscape 

From  a  magnificent  volume  on  The  Moon  by  Naysmilh  and  Carpenter, 
two  eminent  English  astronomers. 

And  now  for  a  time  let  us  turn  attention  from  the  lunar  sky  to 
the  scenery  of  the  lunar  landscape.  Let  us  in  imagination,  take 
our  stand  high  upon  the  eastern  side  of  the  rampart  of  one  of  the 
great  craters.  Height  it  must  be  remarked  is  more  essential  on 
the  moon  to  command  extent  of  view  than  upon  the  earth,  for  on 
account  of  the  comparati\'e  smallness  of  the  lunar  sphere  the  dip 
of  the  horizon  is  very  rapid.  Such  height  however,  would  be  at- 
tained with  great  exercise  of  muscular  power,  since  equal  amounts 
of  climbing  energy  would,  from  the  smallness  of  lunar  gravity, 
take  a  man  six  times  as  high  on  the  moon  as  on  the  earth.  Let  us 
choose  for  instance,  the  hill-side  of  Copernicus.  The  day  begins 
by  a  sudden  transition.  The  faint  looming  of  objects  under 
the  united  illumination  of  the  half  full  earth,  and  the  zodiacal  light 
is  the  lunar  precursor  of  daybreak.  Suddenly  the  highest  moun- 
tain peaks  receive  the  direct  rays  of  a  portion  of  the  sun's  disc  as 
it  emerges  from  below  the  horizon.  The  brilliant  lighting  of  these 
summits  serves  but  to  increase  by  contrast,  the  prevailing  darkness, 
for  they  seem  to  float  like  islands  of  lignt  in  a  sea  of  gloom.  At  a 
rate  of  motion  28  times  slower  than  we  are  accustomed  to,  the  light 
tardily  creeps  down  the  mountain-sides,  and  in  the  course  of  about 
1 2  hours  the  whole  of  the  circular  rampart  of  the  great  crater  below 
us,  and  towards  the  east,  shines  out  in  brilliant  light,  unsoftened 
by  a  trace  of  mountain  mist.  But  on  the  opposite  side,  looking 
into  the  crater,  nothing  but  blackness  is  to  be  seen.  As  hour 
succeeds  hour,  the  sunbeams  reach  peak  after  peak  of  the  circular 
rampart  in  slow  succession,  till  at  length  the  circle  is  complete 
and  the  vast  crater-rim,  50  miles  in  diameter,  glistens  like  a  silver- 
margined  abyss  of  darkness.  By-and-by  in  the  centre,  appears 
a  group  of  bright  peaks  of  bosses.  These  are  the  now  illuminated 
summits  of  the  central  cones,  and  the  development  of  the  great 
mountain  cluster  they  form  henceforth  becomes  an  imposing 
feature  of  the  scene.  From  our  high  standpoint,  and  looking 
backwards  to  the  sunny  side  of  our  cosmorama,  we  glance  over  a 
vast  region  of  the  wildest  volcanic  desolation.  Craters  from  ii\e 
miles  diameter  downwards  crowd  together  in  countless  numbers, 
so  that  the  surface,  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  looks  v^eritably 
frothed  over  with  them.     Nearer  the  base  of  the  rampart  on  \vh\c]) 

11 


12 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 


[17:1— Jan.,  1921 


Lunar  Mountains 
Ideal  lunar  landscape  from  Nasmyth  and  Carpenter 


we  stand,  extensive  mountain  chains  run  to  north  and  to  south, 
casting  long  shadows  toward  us;  and  away  to  southward  run 
several  great  chasms  a  mile  wide  and  of  appalling  blackness  and 
depth.  Nearer  still,  almost  beneath  us,  crag  rises  on  crag  and 
precipice  upon  precipice,  mingled  with  craters  and  yawning  pits, 
towering  pinnacles  of  rock  and  piles  of  scoriae  and  volcanic  debris. 
But  we  behold  no  sign  of  existing  or  vestige  of  past  organic  life. 
No  heaths  or  mosses  soften  the  sharp  edges  and  hard  surfaces: 
no  tints  of  cryptogamous  or  lichenous  vegetation  give  a  complex- 
ion of  life  to  the  hard  fire-worn  countenance  of  the  scene.  The 
whole  landscape,  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  is  a  realization  ol  a 
fearful  dream  of  desolation  and  lifelessness — not  a  dream  of  death, 
for  that  implies  evidence  of  pre-existing  life,  but  a  vision  of  a  world 
upon  which  the  light  of  life  has  never  dawned. 


THE  MOON  LANDSCAPE  13 

Looking  again,  after  some  hours  interval,  into  the  great  cratered 
amphitheatre,  we  see  that  the  rays  of  the  morning  sun  have  crept 
down  the  distant  side  of  the  rampart,  opposite  to  that  on  which  we 
stand,  and  Hghted  up  its  vast  landsHpped  terraces  into  a  series  of 
seeming  hill-circles  with  all  the  iiide  and  rugged  features  of  a 
terrestrial  mountain  view,  and  none  of  the  beauties  save  those  of 
desolate  grandeur.  The  plateau  of  the  crater  is  half  in  shadow 
10,000  feet  below,  with  its  grand  group  of  cones,  now  fully  in  sight, 
rising  from  its  centre.  Although  these  last  are  20  miles  away  and 
the  base  of  the  opposite  rampart  fully  double  that  distance,  we 
have  no  means  of  judging  their  remoteness,  for  in  the  absence  of 
an  atmosphere  there  can  be  no  aerial  perspective,  and  distant 
objects  appear  as  brilliant  and  distinct  as  those  which  are  close  to 
the  observer.  Not  the  brightness  only  but  the  various  colours 
also  of  the  distant  objects  are  preserved  in  their  full  intensity;  for 
colour  we  may  fairly  assume  there  must  be.  Mineral  chlorates 
and  sublimates  will  give  vivid  tints  to  certain  parts  of  the  land- 
scape surface,  and  there  must  be  all  the  more  sombre  colours 
which  are  common  to  mineral  matters  that  have  been  subjected 
to  fiery  influence.  All  these  tints  will  shine  and  glow  with  their 
greater  or  less  intrinsic  lustres,  since  they  have  not  been  deterio- 
rated by  atmospheric  agencies,  and  far  and  near  they  will  appear 
clear  alike,  since  there  is  no  aerial  medium  to  veil  them  or  tarnish 
their  pristine  brightness. 

In  the  lunar  landscape,  in  the  line  of  sight,  there  are  no  means  of 
estimating  distances;  only  from  an  eminence,  where  the  interven- 
ing ground  can  be  seen,  is  it  possible  to  realize  magnitude  in  a  lunar 
cosmorama  and  comprehend  the  dimensions  of  the  objects  it 
includes. 

And  with  no  air  there  can  be  no  diffusion  of  light.  As  a  conse- 
quence, no  illumination  reaches  those  parts  of  the  scene  which  do 
not  receive  the  direct  solar  rays,  save  the  feeble  amount  reflected 
from  contiguous  illuminated  objects,  and  a  small  quantity  shed  by 
the  crescent  earth.  The  shadows  have  an  awful  blackness.  As 
we  stand  upon  our  chosen  point  of  observation,  we  see  on  the 
lighted  side  of  the  rampart  almost  dazzling  brightness,  while 
beneath  us,  on  the  side  away  from  the  sun,  there  is  a  region  many 
miles  in  area  impenetrable  to  the  sight,  for  there  is  no  object 
within  it  receiving  sufficient  light  to  render  it  discernible;  and  all 
around  us,  far  and  near,  there  is  the  violent  contrast  between 


14  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  (17:1— Jan.,  1921 

intense  brightness  of  insulated  parts  and  deep  gloom  of  those  in 
equally  intense  shadow.  The  black  tho  starlit  sky  helps  the 
violence  of  this  contrast,  for  the  bright  mountains  in  the  distance 
around  us  stand  forth  upon  a  background  formed  by  the  darkness 
of  interplanetary  space.  The  visible  effects  of  these  conditions 
must  be  in  every  sense  unearthly  and  truly  terrible,  The  hard, 
harsh,  glowing  light  and  pitchy  shadows;  the  absence  of  all  the 
conditions  that  give  tenderness  to  an  earthly  landscape;  the  black 
noonda}^  sky,  with  the  glaring  sun  ghastly  in  its  brightness;  the 
entire  absence  of  vestiges  of  an}^  life  save  that  of  the  long  since 
expired  volcanoes — all  these  conspire  to  make  up  a  scene  of  dreary, 
desolate  grandeur  that  is  scarcely  conceivable  by  any  earthly 
habitant,  and  that  the  description  we  have  attempted  insuffi- 
ciently portrays. 

A  legitimate  extension  of  the  imagination  leads  us  to  impressions 
of  lunar  conditions  upon  other  senses  than  that  of  sight,  to  which  we 
have  hitherto  confined  our  fancy.  We  are  met  at  the  outset  with  a 
difficulty  in  this  extension;  for^it  is  impossible  to  conceive  the 
sensations  which  the  absence  of  an  atmosphere  would  produce 
upon  the  most  important  of  our  bodily  functions.  If  we  would 
attempt  the  task  we  must  conjure  up  feelings  of  suffocation,  of 
which  the  thoughts  are,  however,  too  horrible  to  be  dwelt  upon; 
we  must  therefore  maintain  the  delusion  that  we  can  exist  without 
air,  and  attempt  to  realize  some  of  the  less  discomforting  effects 
of  the  absence  of  this  meditmi.  Most  notable  among  these  arc 
the  untempered  heat  of  the  direct  solar  rays,  and  the  influence 
thereof  upon  the  surface  material  upon  which  we  suppose  ourselves 
to  stand.  During  a  period  of  over  300  hours  the  sun  pours  down 
his  beams  with  unmitigate  ferocity  upon  a  soil  never  sheltered  by  a 
cloud  or  cooled  by  a  shower,  till  that  soil  is  heated,  as  we  have 
shown,  to  a  temperature  equal  nearly  to  that  of  melting  lead ;  and 
this  scorching  influence  is  felt  by  everything  upon  which  the  stm 
shines  on  the  lunar  globe.  But  while  regions  directly  isolated  are 
thus  heated,  those  parts  turned  from  the  sun  would  remain  in- 
tensely cold,  and  that  scorching  in  sunshine  and  freezing  in  shade 
with  which  mountaineers  on  the  earth  are  familiar  would  be 
experienced  in  a  terribly  exaggerated  degree.  Among  the  con- 
sequences, already  alluded  to,  of  the  alternations  of  temperature 
to  which  the  moon's  crust  is  thus  exposed,  are  doubtless  more  or 
less  considerable  expansions  and  contractions  of  the  surface  ma- 


THE  MOON  LANDSCAPE  15 

terial,  and  we  may  conceive  that  a  cracking  and  crttmbling  of  the 
more  brittle  constituents  would  ensue,  together  with  a  grating  of 
contiguous  but  disconnected  masses,  and  an  occasional  dislocation 
of  them.  We  refer  again  to  these  phenomena  to  remark  that  if  an 
atmospheric  mediimi  existed  they  would  be  attended  with  noisy 
manifestations.  There  are  abundant  causes  for  grating  and 
crackling  sounds,  and  such  are  the  only  sources  of  noise  upon  the 
moon  where  there  is  no  life  to  raise  a  hum,  no  wind  to  murmur, 
no  ocean  to  boom  and  foam,  and  no  brook  to  plash.  Yet,  even 
these  crust-crackling  commotions,  though  they  might  be  felt  by 
the  vibrations  of  the  ground,  would  not  manifest  themselves 
audibly,  for  without  air  there  can  be  no  communication  between 
the  grating  or  cracking  body  and  the  nerves  of  hearing.  Dead 
silence  reigns  on  the  moon;  a  thousand  cannons  might  be  fired 
and  a  thousand  drums  beaten  upon  that  airless  world,  but  no  sound 
could  come  from  them:  lips  might  quiver  and  tongues  essa}^  to 
speak,  but  no  action  of  theirs  could  break  the  utter  silence  of  the 
lunar  scene. 

At  a  rate  28  times  slower  than  upon  earth,  the  shadows  shorten 
till  the  sun  attains  his  meridian  height,  and  then,  from  the  tropical 
region  upon  which  we  have  in  imagination  stood,  nothing  is  to  be 
seen  on  any  side,  save  towards  the  black  sky,  but  dazzling  light. 
The  relief  of  afternoon  shadow  comes  but  tardily,  and  the  darkness 
drags  its  slow  length  along  the  valleys  and  creeps  sluggishly  up 
the  mountain  sides  till,  in  a  hundred  hours  or  more,  the  time  of 
sunset  approaches.  This  phenomenon  is  but  daybreak  reversed, 
and  is  unaccompanied  by  any  of  the  gorgeous  sky  tints  that  make 
the  kindred  event  so  enrapturing  on  earth.  The  sun  declines 
towards  the  dark  horizon  without  losing  one  jot  of  its  brilliancy, 
and  darts  the  full  intensity  of  its  heat  upon  all  it  shines  on  to  the 
last.  Its  disc  touches  the  horizon,  and  in  half  an  hour  dips  half- 
way beneath  it,  its  intrinsic  brightness  and  color  remaining  un- 
changed. The  brief  interval  of  twilight  occurs,  as  in  the  morning, 
when  only  a  small  chord  of  the  disc  is  visible,  and  the  long  shadows 
now  sharpen  as  the  area  of  light  that  casts  them  decreases.  For  a 
while  the  zodiacal  light  vies  with  the  earth-moon  high  in  the 
heavens  in  illuminating  the  scene,  but  in  a  few  hours  this  solar 
appendage  passes  out  of  view,  and  our  world  becomes  the  queen 
of  the  lunar  nij/ht. 


16  NA7  URE'STUD  Y  RE  VIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 


Eclipse  of  the  sun  May  26,  1900 

Three  stages  photographed  by  Verne  Morton 

Eclipses 

One  of  the  best  things  about  sunlight  is  that  whatever  it  illu- 
mines casts  a  shadow ;  this  would  be  a  monotonous  world  indeed, 
without  shade  to  relieve  and  emphasize  the  beauty  and  brilliance 
of  Hght.  However,  there  is  one  important  limitation  to  shadow, 
it  has  to  rest  upon  something  in  order  to  become  visible.  The 
shadow  of  the  tree  rests  upon  the  ground  or  against  a  building  or 
some  other  object ;  but  if  the  tree  were  high  up  in  the  sky,  we  should 
have  to  prove  it  had  a  shadow  by  mathematics  since  there  would 
be  no  object  below  it  to  bring  the  shadow  into  visibility.  This 
condition  of  affairs  is  what  makes  an  eclipse  so  very  interesting. 
Our  great  star,  the  sun,  shines  on,  day  and  night  illuminating  all 
his  other  planets  and  their  moons  even  as  he  does  our  earth  and  our 
moon;  and  each  one  of  these  spheres,  big  and  little  is  always  one 
half  in  the  light  and  one  half  in  the  dark,  and  each  of  them  is 
casting  a  cone-shaped  shadow,  if  science  is  to  be  trusted,  but  we 
are  quite  unaware  of  it  because  there  is  nothing  for  the  shadow 
to  rest  upon  so  that  we  can  see  it.  However,  occasionally  one  of 
these  spheres  passes  between  the  sun  and  another  sphere  and 
briefly  throws  its  shadow  upon  it  and  thus  causes  us  to  see  it  and 
we  call  it  an  eclipse. 

We  have  two  kinds  of  eclipses,  one  when  the  moon  passes  be- 
tween the  sun  and  the  earth  and  covers  the  latter  with  its  shadow, 
which  is  called  an  eclipse  of  the  sun ;  the  other  is  when  the  earth 
passes  between  the  sun  and  the  moon  and  throws  its  shadow  upon 
it,  thus  causing  an  eclipse  of  the  moon. 


ECLIPSES  17 

AN  ECLIPSE  OF  THE  SUN 

This  is  the  most  impressive  of  the  two  ecHpses  because  it  shuts 
us  away  from  the  Hght  of  the  sun  and  gives  us  a  new  appreciation  of 
the  value  of  sunHght.  It  can  only  occur  when  the  moon  is  in  the 
new  phase  and  therefore  is  between  us  and  the  sun.  The  first 
warning  of  its  approach  is  a  little  dark  notch  on  the  westward  edge 
of  the  sun's  disc;  this  gradually  moves  forward  forming  a  crescent 
of  blackness,  until  there  is  but  a  crescent  of  light  left  on  the  sun's 
eastern  margin.  If  the  eclipse  is  total,  the  entire  disc  will  be  hid- 
den from  view,  and  just  before  this  occurs,  if  w^e  have  good  glasses, 
we  can  see  the  great  jagged  mountains  of  the  moon  outlined 
against  the  waning  sun-crescent.  When  the  sun  is  completely 
hidden,  the  rosy,  subdued  light  of  the  sun's  corona  forms  an 
exquisite  ring  of  light  around  the  black  moon  disc.  This  beautiful 
shining  garment  of  the  sun,  "the  ring  with  wings"  can  be  observed 
only  during  an  eclipse.  Despite  this  misty  ring,  our  earth  is  in 
total  darkness  during  this  phase  of  a  total  eclipse,  and  birds  go  to 
roost,  the  flowers  close  their  petals,  the  little  brothers  who  are 
night  prowlers  or  night  fliers,  the  mice  and  bats  and  owls,  come 
forth,  the  sky  is  full  of  stars,  ignorant  people  are  frightened,  and 
educated  people  feel  subdued  because  of  this  impressive  phenome- 
non. A  total  eclipse  is  not  visible  everywhere  on  the  earth  but 
only  in  a  band  extending  east  and  west,  about  165  miles  in  width; 
it  appears  as  a  partial  eclipse  for  the  distance  of  about  2,000  miles 
on  either  side  of  this  band.  A  partial  eclipse  is  when  the  moon  is 
not  in  direct  line  between  the  earth  and  the  sun,  and  therefore  in 
moving  across  ,it  cuts  off  only  a  part  of  the  sun's  disc.  Sometimes, 
the  moon's  disc  is  not  quite  large  enough  to  cover  that  of  the  sun, 
depending  upon  the  varying  distances  apart  of  the  two,  and  during 
a  total  eclipse,  a  ring  of  the  sun's  disc  entirely  surrounds  the  moon, 
and  this  is  called  an  "annular  eclipse." 

There  are  records  in  China  of  an  eclipse  that  occurred  4,000  years 
ago.  One  was  recorded  in  Babylon  in  1963  B.  C. ;  many  were 
recorded  in  Assyria  in  the  following  centuries  and  the  Bible  also 
mentions  them.  Eclipses  may  be  calculated  with  accuracy  for 
centuries  to  come. 


18 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 


[17:1— Jan.,  1921 


Eclipse  of  the  moon  Dec.  i6,  1899 

Four  stages  photographed  by  Verne  Morton 


AN  ECLPSE  OF  THE  MOON 

It  is  only  when  the  moon  is  full  that  it  may  enter  eclipse,  because 
at  that  time  the  sun  is  shining  upon  the  opposite  side  of  our  earth 
and  the  moon  is  on  the  side  of  its  orbit  farthest  away  from  the  sun 
so  that  the  earth  in  passing  between  it  and  the  sun  casts  its  shadow 
upon  it.  Since  the  moon  has  no  light  to  shine  with  except  what  it 
gets  from- the  sun,  it  ceases  to  shine  when  it  passes  into  our  shadow. 
At  first  a  portion  of  the  eastern  edge  of  the  moon  becomes  dim  and 
then  disappears;  gradually  the  shadow  creeps  over  the  moon's 
bright  face  and  finally  hides  it,  but  not  entirely,  for  we  can  still 
see  it  faintly  glowing  with  a  ruddy  light;  this  is  caused  by  the 
refraction  of  the  sim's  rays  through  our  atmosphere  which  absorbs 
the  green  and  blue  rays  so  that  for  a  time  the  moon  is  bathed  in 
sunset  glow.  Joel,  the  Prophet  declared  "The  sun  shall  be  turned 
to  darkness  and  the  moon  into  blood."     If  one  could  be  stationed 


r 


THE  TIDES  19 

on  the  moon  at  this  time  he  would  see  the  ring  of  Hght  around  the 
black  earth-globe  brilliantly  crimsoned;  at  other  parts  it  would 
have  shades  of  red  and  yellow,  and  the  whole  effect  would  be  to 
make  the  "grand  earth-ball,  hanging  in  the  lunar  sky,  like  a  dark 
sphere  in  a  circle  of  glittering  gold  and  rubies." 

The  reason  there  is  no  eclipse  at  every  full  moon  is  because  the 
moon's  orbit  is  at  an  angle  of  about  five  degrees  to  the  ecliptic 
in  which  the  earth  moves  and  in  which  its  shadow  always  lies,  so 
it  is  only  occasionally  that  the  two  are  in  a  straight  line  from  the 
sun.  To  appreciate  an  eclipse  of  the  moon  we  should  try  to  think 
how  far  away  from  us  the  moon  is.  Ball  says  "An  express  train 
which  runs  40  miles  an  hour  would  travel  240  miles  in  six  hours, 
and  the  whole  distance  to  the  moon  would  be  accomplished  in 
6,000  hours,  so  that  by  travelling  night  and  day  incessantly  you 
would  accomplish  the  journey  in  250  days." 

It  seems  very  wonderful  that  our  earth  can  cast  a  shadow  as  far 
as  that. 

The  Tides 

When  Newton  discovered  the  laws  of  gravity  he  made  a  very 
great  discovery  about  something  of  which  even  at  this  late  day 
we  know  very  little.  Why  bodies  of  matter  attract  each  other 
has  seemed  a  wonderful  fact  that  we  could  not  explain.  How- 
ever the  physicists  think  they  are  on  the  hot  trail  of  the  truth  now 
and  may  be  we  shall  soon  receive  enlightenment  concerning  this 
miraculous  force  that  welds  the  stars  together  as  surely  as  it  causes 
the  little  child  to  fall  if  he  loses  his  balance. 

We  have  long  known  that  the  tides  that  sweep  over  great  bodies 
of  water  are  caused  by  the  pulling  of  the  moon.  This  is  really 
lifting  the  water  and  incidentally  pulling  it  as  the  moon  moves 
around  the  earth.  If  the  oceans  covered  the  entire  earth  the  high 
tide  would  be  regular,  but  owing  to  the  irregularities  of  the  land, 
and  the  varying  depth  of  the  water,  the  tide  is  much  affected  as  to 
height  and  direction.  It  is  easy  enough  to  understand  how  the 
moon  can  cause  one  tide  each  day,  but  it  is  not  so  evident  how  it 
causes  two.  At  the  same  time  that  the  moon  is  lifting  the  waier  in 
the  oceans  toward  it  and  away  from  the  earth,  it  is  lifting  the  earth 
away  from  the  ocean  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  earth  and  this 
results  in  a  rising  of  the  water  there  which  results  in  another  high 
tide  just  half  of  a  day  later;   thus  we  have  two  tides  each  day,  the 


20  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 

averag^e  time  between  two  tides  is  about  twelve  hours  and  twenty- 
five  minutes  and  each  day  the  tide  is  about  fifty  minutes  later 
than  it  was  the  day  before  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  moon  rises 
that  much  later  each  day.  Each  tide  consists  of  two  phases,  high 
tide  and  low  tide;  a  tide  consists  of  a  wave  moving  from  east  to 
west ;  this  wave  is  about  three  feet  in  height  on  the  ocean  but  as  it 
moves  up  against  the  land,  it  may  heap  up  until,  as  in  the  Bay  of 
Fundy,  it  is  sixty  feet  or  more  in  height.  On  Long  Island  the  tide 
is  not  more  than  three  feet  high  while  on  the  coast  of  Maine  it 
averages  ten  to  twelve  feet. 

Every  lunar  month  there  are  two  great  tides  called  spring  tides 
and  two  small  tides  known  as  neap  tides.  The  spring  tide 
when  the  moon  is  new,  that  is  when  it  is  on  the  same  side  of  the 
earth  as  the  sun  and  the  two  act  together,  the  sun  and  moon  pulling 
in  a  straight  line  and  therefore  raising  a  higher  tide.  The  neap 
tides  occur  when  the  moon  is  on  its  first  and  third  quarters,  for 
then  the  sun  and  rrioon  are  pulling  the  earth  in  different  direc- 
tions. 

The  moon  does  us  great  sendee  in  sanitation ;  the  tides  prevent 
the  stagnation  of  water  at  the  mouths  of  rivers  which  carry  away 
the  filth  and  waste  matter  from  cities  and  great  areas  of  populated 
lands.  They  wash  up  into  the  rivers  and  then  retreat  carrying 
with  them  out  to  sea  great  burdens  of  matter  that  would  breed 
pestilence  if  not  removed.  Somebody  has  very  cleverly  said  "the 
tide  is  a  toothbrush  and  antiseptic  wash  for  the  mouth  of  a  river." 


The  Measurement  of  Betelgeuse 

Professor  Albert  A.  Michelson,  the  famous  physicist,  has  devised 
a  means  of  measuring  stars,  and  has  just  announced  the  size  of 
Alpha  Orionis,  better  known  as  Betelgeuse,  the  red  star  in  the 
shoulder  of  Orion.  The  result  is  too  stupendous  for  oiir  compre- 
hension, for  the  diameter  of  this  star  is  260,000,000  miles  and  its 
voliime  is  37,000,000  times  as  great  as  our  sun;  in  the  place  of  our 
sun  this  great  fiery  ball  would  reach  almost  to  the  orbit  of  Mars. 
The  light  reaching  our  eyes  now  from  Betelgeuse  started  on  its 
journey  before  our  Revolutionary  war  was  fought,  for  it  takes  150 
years  for  light  to  reach  us  from  it. 


The  Constellations 

AS    INTERPRETED    BY    A    CLASS    IN    NATURE-STUDY 

Nellie  H.  Crosby 

I  saw  with  its  celestial  keys 
Its  chords  of  air,  its  frets  of  fire, 
The  Samians  great  Aeolian  lyre, 
Rising  through  all  its  sevenfold  bars, 
From  earth  unto  the  fixed  stars. 
— Longfellow. 

It  was  the  Persians  who  called  this  constellation  of  six  large  stars 
a  lyre.  The  early  Christians  called  it  King  David's  Harp,  the 
Britons  King  Arthur's  Harp.  To  the  Czecks  it  was  a  fiddle  in  the 
sky  and  to  the  early  Arabian  star  gazers  it  was  the  swooping  eagle 
as  contrasted  with  Aquilla  the  soaring  eagle  which  was  nearby. 
The  legend  runs  thus :  a  celestial  harp  was  presented  to  Orpheus 
by  Apollo.  With  this  harp,  when  instructed  by  the  muses, 
Orpheus  charmed  wild  beasts,  even  stones  and  trees,  upon  Olym- 
pus, and  chained  the  rivers  in  their  courses.  When  Eurydice  the 
new  bride  of  Orpheus  was  snatched  from  him  into  the  Stygian 
realms  Apollo  charmed  the  guardians  of  the  River  Styx  so  that 
they  allowed  him  to  enter.  Before  the  deities  who  presided  over 
the  kingdom  of  ghosts  he  won  favor  and  he  was  permitted  to  leave 
the  realm  with  his  young  bride  following  him  *  *  *  |^^^ 
*  *  *  he  must  not  look  back  as  he  proceeded;  this  was  too 
much  for  his  anxious  love ;  he  simply  must  see  whether  she  obeyed 
and  was  really  coming  after  him — Alas!  He  lost  her  again. 
Nevertheless  the  magic  lyre  which  could  melt  Pluto's  stem  heart, 
and  make  the  Furies  weep,  was  deemed  worthy  of  a  place  among 
the  stars.  Shakespeare  in  The  Two  Gentlemen  of  Verona  refers 
to  this  legend. 

"For  Orpheus'  lute  was  strung  with  poets  sinews 
Whose  golden  touch  could  soften  steel  and  stones, 
Make  tigers  tame,  and  huge  leviathans 
Forsake  unsounded  deeps  to  dance  on  sands." 

The  constellation  of  Lyra  contains  one  star  of  the  third  magni- 
tude, five  of  the  fourth  and  a  few  of  the  fifth  magnitude.  The 
principle  stars  outline  an  equilateral  triangle  and  a  rhomboid. 
While  the  star  Aladfar  is  outside  these  two  figures  and  is  a  con- 
tinuation of  a  line  drawn  thru  one  side  of  the  rhomboid  and  also  a 

21 


22  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:l--Jan.,  1921 

side  of  the  triangle  beyond  the  star  Vega  a  distance  practically 
the  same  as  the  side  of  the  triangle.  Epsilon,  a  yello'-Adsh  star 
of  the  fourth  magnitude,  is  one  of  the  famous  stars  of  this  family. 
It  is  at  one  angle  of  the  triangle;  a  sharp  eye  can  divide  Epsilon 
into  two  stars,  and  with  a  glass  each  of  these  stars  can  be  seen 
distinctly  as  doubles — hence  Epsilon  is  a  double,  double  star. 
Sheliak  and  Sulafat  are  at  the  angles  of  the  parallelogram  farthest 
from  Vega  and  its  triangle.  Sheliak  is  both  a  double  and  a 
variable  star;  a  noted  short  period  variable  and  one  of  the  ten 
pear-shaped  stars.  It  has  a  white  light  and  is  a  star  of  the  third 
magnitude.  A  powerful  telescope  locates  the  famous  ring  nebula 
between  Sulafat  and  Sheliak. 

By  far  the  most  famous  star  in  the  constellation  of  Lyra  is  the 
steel  blue  Vega.  It  is  the  most  brilliant  star  of  the  northern 
hemisphere.  In  fact  there  are  only  three  stars 
in  the  whole  heavens  which  surpass  Vega  in 
splendor  and  they  are  all  in  the  southern  skies; 
they  are  Sirius,  Canopus  and  Alpha  Centauri. 
Capella  and  Arcturus  are  its  only  close  rivals  in 
the  northern  hemisphere.  In  the  autumn  as 
Vega  and  her  accompanying  stars  go  down  in  the 
northwest  Capella  comes  up  in  the  northeast. 
These  two  rivals  are  usually  seen  in  the  heavens 
at  the  same  time.  At  this  time  of  the  year 
Arcturus  is  below  the  horizon.  Vega,  or  the  Harp 
Vega  and  her  train  Star  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  is  also  termed  the 
of  five  stars  Arc-light  of  the  sky.  Some  14,000  years  ago 
Vega  was  the  north  polar  star  and  it  is  calculated  that  1 1,500  years 
hence  it  will  again  occupy  that  position.  Together  with  the  other 
stars  of  the  constellation  Lyra,  it  occupies  the  region  of  the  heavens 
towards  which  our  solar  system  is  travelling — the  Apex  of  the 
Sun's  Way  being  probably  fairly  near  the  fourth  magnitude  star 
Delta.  Vega  is  35  light  years  distant  from  us  and  is  supposed  to 
give  90  times  as  much  light  as  our  sun.  It  belongs  to  the  Syrian 
type  of  stars,  while  Capella  and  Arcturus  are  of  the  solar  type; 
hence  Vega  is  supposed  to  be  much  more  rarefied  and  less  hot 
than  its  rival  companions.  It  is  travelling  toward  our  solar 
system  at  the  rate  of  about  ten  miles  per  second;  still  more  than 
half  a  million  of  years  must  elapse  before  Vega  and  our  sun  shall 
pass  each  other. 


CAUSE]  THE  CONSTELLATIONS  23 

There  is  a  Chinese-Japanese  legend  about  Vega:  A  spinning 
damsel  fell  in  love  with  a  shepherd  boy — the  father  of  the  damsel 
was  much  incensed  at  their  love  so  he  banished  them  both  to  the 
sky  on  opposite  sides  of  the  milky  way  but  gave  them  permission 
to  meet  once  a  year  providing  they  could  find  a  way  to  cross  the 
celestial  river.  Each  year  on  the  yth  of  July  Vega,  who  was  the 
spinning  damsel,  came  down  to  one  edge  of  the  milky  way  while 
her  lover,  the  shepherd  boy  Altair,  came  to  the  opposite  edge. 
Their  friends,  the  magpies,  congregated  and  formed  a  bridge 
connecting  these  two  points  and  Altair  crossed  to  meet  his  beloved ; 
after  24  hours  the  lovers  were  obliged  to  separate  for  the  magpies 
had  to  pass  to  earth  and  wait  another  year  before  going  back  to 
form  the  celestial  bridge.  Serviso  says  that  in  Corea  should  a 
magpie  be  found  in  its  usual  haunts  on  the  7  th  of  July,  the  children 
stone  it  for  shirking  its  duty.  Alas  for  the  lovers  should  it  rain  on 
the  7th  day  of  July!  for  then  the  river  would  be  too  wide  to  be 
spanned  by  the  magpie  bridge. 

Altair  and  the  Dolphin 

-A.  Leah  Gause 
Altair,  one  of  the  stars  in  the  constellation  Aquila,  or  the  eagle,  is 
a  star  of  the  first  magnitude.  It  is  situated  in  the  edge  of  the  milky- 
way  and  may  be  observed  there  from  early  in  June 
until  the  middle  of  December.  It  is  the  brightest 
Individual  in  the  "pathway  of  light"  during  the 
time  mentioned  so  even  an  inexperienced  "star 
gazer"  may  easily  locate  it  and  its  two  companions 
Beta  and  Gamma  Aquilae.     These  three  form  a 

Altair  in  the     straight  line  just  five  degrees  in  length  with  Beta 
constellation     ^    ^.^  .         1  r>  ^    x-u  .1      r  m.   • 

of  the  Eagle     to  the  south  and  Gamma  to  the  north  of  Altair. 

Very  few  people  see  Altair  early  in  the  year  although 

it  is  in  view  near  the  western  horizon  before  seven  o'clock  in  the 

evening  very  soon  after  Janus  opens  the  gate  for  the  entrance  of 

the  New  Year.     Before  many  days  it  is  indistinguishable  in  the 

"glow  of  lengthening  days"  and  may  not  be  seen  again  until  the 

following  month.    In  February,  March  and  April  Altair  rises  after 

midnight  and  may  be  seen  by  those  who  rise  before  the  dawn. 

There  is  no  burst  of  heraldry  to  announce  the  arrival  of  Altair, 

with  its  fine  white  brilliancy,  as  evening  star.     As  was  stated  it 

appears  early  in  June  and  quietly  mounts  the  eastern  sky  about 


24  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 

that  hour  of  the  evening  when  the  woodthrush  is  finishing  his 
vocalizing  and  the  whippoorwill  gives  his  first  clear  call. 

Altair  is  comparatively  near  to  the  earth  being  about  ninty-foiir 
trillion  of  miles  away  which  is  much  farther  away  than  the  sim. 
On  account  of  the  latter 's  nearness  we  receive  many  times  as  much 
light  from  it  as  from  Altair.  But  in  reality  Altair  gives  off  nearly 
ten  times  as  much  light  as  the  sun.  It  has  been  said  that  this  star 
is  approaching  the  earth  at  the  rate  of  twenty-seven  miles  a  second 
but  even  at  such  a  tremendous  speed  it  would  be  more  than  a 
hundred  thousand  years  before  Altair  could  possibly  reach  the 
position  the  earth  now  occupies. 

Just  thirteen  hours  elapse  between  the  rising  and  the  setting  of 
Altair  and  as  it  remains  so  low  in  the  sky  it  may  be  seen  throughout 
its  entire  passage  from  a  comfortable  posture.  In  the  order  of 
brightness  among  stars  it  is  classified  as  the  eleventh. 


The  Dolphin 

Delphinus,  the  Dolphin,  an  attractive  star  cluster  in  the  shape 
of  a  diamond  is  just  east  of  Aquila  and  a  trifle  north  of  Altair. 

Although  there  are  said  to  be  eighteen 
stars  in  the  group  only  five  are  clearly 
seen.  Three  of  these  are  a  trifle  varia- 
ble, one  is  a  double  star  and  another  is 
suspected  of  being  a  triple  star. 

Another  name  for  this  constellation 
The  Dolphin  or  Job's  Coffin    is  Job's  Coffin.     But  why  such  a  name 

should  be  applied  is  impossible  to 
imagine.  Of  course  in  very  early  times  men  felt  that  the  stars 
exerted  a  very  mysterious  influence.  They  noted  their  rising  and 
setting  and  tried  to  find  out  what  composed  them.  They  classified 
them  into  groups  and  gave  each  the  name  of  some  figure  or  animal 
according  to  the  position  of  the  stars  composing  the  group.  There 
is  a  real  reason  for  the  name  "dolphin"  which  comes  from  the  old 
myth  told  for  generations  concerning  this  constellation. 

Arion,  a  famous  lyric  poet  and  musician,  and  a  native  of  Lesbos 
went  to  Italy  where  his  art  enabled  him  to  amass  a  fortune.  In 
Sicily  he  once  won  a  valuable  prize  which  was  coveted  by  some 
sailors  as  he  was  returning  home.  He  was  seized  but  begged  to 
be  allowed  to  play  on  his  flute  and  as  he  did  so  many  dolphins 


JACKSON]  THE  CONSTELLATIONS  25 

attracted  by  the  music  swarmed  about  the  ship.  vSuddenly  he 
leaped  into  the  sea  and  was  carried  to  shore  on  a  dolphin's  back. 
As  a  reward  the  animal  was  given  a  place  in  the  sky. 

But  even  after  hearing  such  a  delightful  story  concerning  the 
origin  of  the  name  of  the  constellation  considerable  imagination  is 
required  to  make  it  appear  to  possess  any  animal-like  characteris- 
tics. 

The  Northern  Cross 

Mildred  Jackson 
The  Northern  Cross  is  one  of  the  few  constellations  which  really 
resemble  the  objects  they  commemorate.  It  is  a  part  of  the  larger 
constellation  Cygnus  or  "the  Swan".  The  outstretched  wings 
form  the  arms  of  the  cross.  The  head  of  the  swan  is  marked  by 
che  same  star  that  forms  the  base  of  the  cross.  The  upright  piece 
of  the  cross  lies  parallel  to  the  milky  way,  is  over  20  degrees  in 
length  and  formed  by  the  bright  stars,  Alpha,  Gamma  and  Beta, 
together  with  a  few  fainter  ones.  The  arms  of  the  cross  or  wings 
of  the  swan  are  marked  by  Delta,  Gamma,  Epsilon  and  Zeta. 
Gamma  is  a  star  of  the  third  magnitude  at  the  intersection  of  the 
upright  and  cross  piece. 

Perhaps  Deneb  is  the  star  of  chief  interest  in  this  group.     It 

lies  45  degrees  from  the  pole  star.     It  is  the  least  bright  of  the 

20  brightest  stars.     It  is  white  in  color  and 

in  an  early  stage  of  its  existance.     It  is 

the  farthest  north   of  any  of  our  bright 

stars.     It   marks   the   head   of   the   cross. 

In  the  spring  when  it  rises  in  the  north 

east,  the  cross  is  upside  down  and  Deneb 

appears   last.     When  the  cross  is   setting 

in    the    northwest    the   position    is    partly 

reversed  and  Deneb  is  the  last  to  disappear. 

Capella  is  one  degree  farther  south  than 

Deneb.     Each  appear  to  rise  from  the  same 

The  Northern  Cross,     spot  and  continue  in  much  the  same  path 

m  the  constellation  of     across  the  heavens  as  they  pass  from  rising 

to   setting.     Capella   continues   above   the 

horizon  about  one  half  an  hour  longer,  each  taking  ten  hours  to 

reach  the  highest  point  in  the  sky.     Unless  obscured  by  sunlight 

and  in  a  favorable  atmosphere  they  may  be  seen  20  hours  a  day. 


26  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  |17:1— Jan.,  1921 

Astronomers  believe  Deneb  to  be  so  far  away  from  us  that  it 
takes  the  light  from  it  3  2  5  years  to  reach  the  earth.  The  spectrum 
shows  us  that  the  star  is  approaching  the  earth  at  the  rate  of  30 
miles  a  second.  We  may  see  it  every  night  in  the  year  some  times 
between  sun  set  and  midnight.  It  is  most  attractive  during  early 
evening  in  January  and  February,  when  it  hangs  low  in  the  north- 
west. 

Alcott  in  "Star  Love  of  All  Ages"  alludes  to  the  appearance  of 
the  Northern  Cross  on  Christmas  Eve  as  "At  nine  o'clock  this 
brilliant  cross  of  stars  stands  upright  on  the  western  hills,  outlined 
against  the  sky,  as  if  beckoning  all  beholders  onward  and  upward. 
A  beautiful  symbol  of  the  Christian  faith,  glorious,  perfect  and 
eternal." 

The  Pleiades 

Harold  G.  Dye 

Throughout  all  ages  the  filmy  light  of  the  Pleaides  has  stirred 

the  imagination   of  man.     This  small   dipper-shaped  group  of 

bluish  stars  is  visible  from  every  comer  of  the 

globe.     The  myths,  legends,  and  literature 

of  every  age  and  race  are  filled  with  references 

to  this  tiny  cluster  of  twinkling  stars.     For 

over  four  thousand  years   the   poets   have 

The  Pleiades,  a  group    drawn  upon   this   bountiful   storehouse,    for 

of  six  small  stars  sur-    songs   of   delightful    sweetness    and   charm. 

light  The   sweet-voiced   Pleiades   were   described 

by  Bayard  Taylor,  as  a  cluster  of  "golden 

bees;"  and  by  Tennyson,  as  "glittering  like  a  swarm  of  fireflies"  in 

the  evening's  dusk. 

The  Pleiades  lie  on  the  shoulder  of  the  Bull  close  to  the  ecliptic. 
They  rise  in  the  northeastern  part  of  the  sk3^  The  whole  constel- 
lation covers  little  more  than  three  square  degrees.  In  this  con- 
stellation a  person  of  normal  vision  can  distinguish  six  stars, 
which  are  in  the  shape  of  small  dipper.  Exceptionally  keen 
sighted  individuals  have  been  able  to  make  out  from  seven  to 
fourteen  stars;  but  the  latter  mark  is  exceedingly  rare.  However 
with  the  telescope  nearly  three  thousand  have  been  photographed. 
These  stars  are  extremely  far  away.  Light  traveling  186,000 
miles  per  second,  night  and  day,  takes  over  three  hundred  years 
to  reach  us  from  these  far  distant  suns.     Although  they  take  up 


PYEl  THE  CONSTELLATIONS  27 

such  a  tiny  space  in  our  sky,  still  our  whole  planetary  system  could 
pass  with  ease  between  the  two  nearest  of  these  stars. 

Modem  photographs  show  the  entire  group  to  be  completely 
enshrouded  in  a  magnificent  tracery  of  nebulous  matter,  which 
stretches  in  curious  wisps  and  streaks  from  star  to  star.  From 
this  wonderful  mass  there  is  probably  a  great  system  in  the  last 
stages  of  formation.  The  six  stars  visible  to  the  average  eye  are 
Alcyone,  Maia,  Electra,  Atlas,  Merope,  and  Taygeta,  while  some 
people  can  distinguish  Celaeno,  Pleione,  and  Asterope.  If,  as  we 
believe,  these  stars  are  still  in  the  process  of  formation,  some  future 
generation  might  be  able  to  see  all  nine,  or  even  more,  with  the 
naked  eye.  But  more  probably,  the  reverse  will  be  the  case,  for 
the  whole  constellation  is  moving  away  at  the  rate  of  twenty-five 
miles  a  second. 

There  have  been  a  great  many  poems  and  articles  written  on  this 
tiny  group  of  mystic  stars,  and  upon  individuals  of  the  group. 
Alcyone,  has  received  especial  attention.  It  is  nearly  two  thousand 
times  as  brilliant  as  the  sun.  In  his  Alcyone  Archbold  Lampman 
describes  it  as : 

The  great  and  burning  star, 
Immeasurably  old,  immeasurably  far, 
Surging  forth  its  silver  flame 
■  Through  eternity. 

Some  sixty  years  ago  the  German  astronomer  Madler  imagined 
it  to  be  the  center  of  revolution  of  the  universe — the  place  of  the 
Almighty,  the  Mansion  of  the  Eternal!  This  theory  was  very 
popular  at  the  time,  and  even  today  a  few  may  be  found  who 
advocate  it. 

In  ancient  Chinese,  and  Hindu  legends  references  arefound  to  the 
Pleiades.  The  Egyptian  and  Babylonian  tablets  refer  to  the  same 
group.  Aratus  in  the  third  century  before  the  Christian  era 
thus  wrote  of  these  same  Pleiads  : 

Their  number  seven,  though  the  myths  oft  say, 
And  poets  feign,  that  one  has  passed  away. 

In  the  books  of  Job  and  Amos  in  the  Bible  we  find  the  ^^roup 
mentioned      The  Almighty  thus  addressed  Job: 

Canst  thou  bind  the  cluster  of  the  Pleiad(^s 
Or  loose  the  bands  of  Orion? 

Amos,  the  herdsman  of  Tekoa  wrote: 

Seek  him  that  maketh  the  Pleiades  and  Orion 
.     .     .     the  Lord  is  his  name. 


28 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 


[17:1— Jan..  1921 


Besides  the  many  poems  and  myths,  both  ancient  and  modem, 
concerning  this  jeweled  dipper,  we  find  November  known  as  the 
Pleiad  month.  In  this  month  are  observed  many  memorial  festivals 
from  remote  antiquity.  The  Feast  of  the  Lanterns — a  great 
national  festival  of  Japan —  All  Hallow  'Eve,  All  Saints'  Day,  and 
All  Soiils'  Day,  are  supposed  to  be  survival  of  such  memorial 
festivals.  Many  temples  were  oriented  to  the  seven  stars.  The 
most  famous  of  these  was  the  celebrated  Parthenon.  It  has  also 
been  suggested  that  the  "tors" — names  given  to  British  hilltops — 
were  connected  with  the  worship  by  the  Druids  of  this  little  group 
of  stars.  Surely  they  have  been  given  more  attention  than 
any  other  similar  group  in  all  the  sky. 


Orion 

Winifred  Bailor 

"Eastward  beyond  the  region  of  the  Bull 

Stands  great  Orion;   whoso  kens  not  him  in  cloudless  night 

Gleaming  aloft,  shall  cast  his  eyes  in  vain 

To  find  a  brighter  sign  in  all  the  heaven." 

From  late  October  to  May  Orion,  the  most  brilliant  of  the 
southern  constellations  appears  in  our  southern  heavens.  It 
cannot  be  mistaken  for  it  contains  more  bright 
stars  than  any  other  single  group,  and  has  the 
distinction  of  being  the  only  constellation 
visible  in  our  latitude  that  contains  as  many  as 
two  stars  of  the  first  degree  of  brilliancy. 

There  are  several  myths  about  Orion,  which 
makes  his  history  somewhat  shadowy  and 
uncertain,  but  all  agree  that  he  was  a  great 
hunter,  and  received  a  place  of  honor  in  the 
heavens.  The  Hebrews  claimed  that  he  was 
no  less  a  person  than  the  mighty  Nimrod  him- 
self. The  ancient  people  saw  him  still  at  his 
usual  occupation,  for  in  the  sky  he  still  hunts 
the  angry  bull. 

Perhaps  your  imagination  will  lead  you  to 
see  the  form  of  the  great  hunter  but  I  must 
confess  I  can  only  see  a  parallelogram  in  which 
there  is  a  row  of  three  very  bright  stars,  which 
form  the  belt,  and  from  this  hangs  a  curved  line  of  stars  forming 


Orion,  the  three  large 
stars  in  a  line  form- 
ing the  belt,  the 
curved  line  of 
smaller  stars  be- 
low forming  the 
sword,  Betelgeuse 
above,  Rigel  below 


bailor]  the  constellations  29 

his  sword.  It  is  the  arrangement  of  these  stars  that  makes  the 
constellation  so  conspicuous. 

Late  in  November  Orion  rises  about  ten  o'clock,  the  first  of  the 
principal  stars  to  appear  is  Bellatrix,  a  star  of  the  second  magni- 
tude and  set  in  the  left  shoulder  of  the  hunter.  Bellatrix  repre- 
sents a  female  hunter  and  according  to  the  old  astrologers,  women 
bom  under  the  influence  of  this  star  were  lucky,  and  provided  with 
good  tongues. 

A  little  later  a  little  group  of  stars  forming  the  head  of  Orion 
appears,  followed  closely  by  Betelgeuse,  of  the  first  magnitude. 
This  star  represents  a  type  of  sun  that  is  in  the  process  of  cooling 
and  has  nearly  reached  the  stage  of  extinction.  It  is  now  red'  in 
color  and  is  so  far  from  earth  that  its  distance  is  150  light-years; 
it  is  receding  from  us  very  rapidly. 

About  fifteen  minutes  after  Betelgeuse  arises  a  beautiful  blue 
'  star  comes  into  view.  This  is  Rigel,  in  the  right  shoulder  of  the 
hunter.  Rigel  is  a  new  star  of  the  first  magnitude  and  is  the 
brightest  in  the  constellation.  It  is  so  far  from  us  that  the  dis- 
tance cannot  be  measured  and  it  is  receding  from  us  faster  than 
Betelgeuse. 

Following  Rigel  the  three  bright  stars  forming  the  Belt  appears 
and  below  these  the  curved  pendent  making  his  famous  sword. 
The  stars  of  Belt  are  all  of  the  second  magnitude  all  three  are  double 
stars  and  all  are  white  in  color.  Delta  the  first  star  ia  the  Belt 
has  a  violet  companion  of  the  seventh  magnitude.  Epsilon  the 
middle  star  has  a  blue  companion  and  the  companions  of  Zeta 
which  is  a  triple  star  are  yellowish  white  and  purple  gray. 

Orion's  beautiful  sword  is  formed  of  five  instead  of  three  stars 
that  are  usually  seen.  The  middle  star  Theta  is  multiple  and 
involved  in  a  nebula. 

The  Belt  is  three  degrees  and  is  sometimes  called  the  Ell- Yard. 
Job  referred  to  it  as  Orion's  Bands. 

The  last  star  of  the  constellation  to  appear  is  Saiph,  the  fourth 
star  of  the  parellegram  and  in  the  right  knee  of  the  hunter. 

'So  famous  is  Orion,  that  the  University  of  Leipsic  1807  resolved 
that  the  stars  in  the  Belt  and  Sword  should  be  renamed  Napoleon, 
and  the  English  to  offset  this  proposed  to  name  the  constellation 
Nelson.  But  Orion  has  successfully  maintained  his  name  and 
place  although  he  flees  in  terror  from  the  scorpion  and  bravely 
opposes  the  angry  Taurus. 


30  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 

The  Hyades 

J.  G.  Etzkowitz 
Among  the  most  noticeable  winter  constellations  one  finds 
Hyades  and  Orion. 

Aldebaran  is  the  brightest  star  of  the  Bull  the  constellation 
Taurus — and  forms  the  eye  of  the  bull  in  the  mythological  figure. 
It  is  easily  recognized  by  its  red  color.  It  lies 
on  the  end  of  one  branch  of  a  V-shaped  cluster 
called  Hyades.  The  Hyades  which  Aratus 
accurately  describes  as  "Whitening  all  the 
bull's  broad  forehead,"  forms  a  most  con- 
Aldebaran  in  the  V.     spicuous  and  beautiful  group.     The  appela- 

This  is  a  part  of  usually  attributed  to  their  reputed  influence 
Taurus^°"^  ^  ation,    ^^  ^^^  weather.     In  the  showery  springtime 

they  set  just  after  the  sun,  and  in  the  stormy 
period  of  late  fall  just  before  sunrise.  The  classic  writers  again 
and  again  refer  to  them  as  the  rain  stars;  Spencer  called  them 
"moist  daughters";   and  in  Tennyson's  Ulysses  we  read : 

Thru  scudding  drifts  the  rainy  Hyades 

Vex'd  the  dim  sea. 

Aldebaran,  the  bright  star  in  the  Hyades  group  signifies 
"hindmost".  The  Arabians  so  named  it  because  it  follows  the 
Pleiades.  '  Another  popular  title  is  "the  Bull's  Eye"  from  its  posi- 
tion in  the  constellation.  The  slight  tinge  of  red  in  the  light  of  this 
star  gives  it  an  added  beauty  and  makes  it  a  conspicuous  ornament 
of  our  winter  night.  Mrs.  Sigoumey  in  "The  Stars  "  thus  finely 
portrays  it. 

Go  forth  at  night 
And  talk  with  Aldebaran;    there  he  flames 
In  the  cold  forehead  of  the  wintry  .sky. 

Andromeda 

Alice  M.  Phipps 

Andromeda,  though  far  away  she  flies, 
Dreads  the  Sea  Monster,  low  in  Southern  Skies. 

— Aratus. 

Andromeda  is  a  constellation  which  comes  to  the  meridian  in 
November.  It  consists  of  66  visible  stars,  three  of  second  magni- 
tude and  two  of  third  magnitude.     Most  of  the  others  are  small. 


PHIPPS]  THE  CONSTELLATIONS  31 

It  is  supposed  to  represent  a  beautiful  maiden  chained  to  a  rock. 
The  star  Alpha,  or  Alpheratz,  is  at  the  northern  corner  of  the  great 
Square  of  Pegasus  and  marks  the  head.  Extending  east  from 
Alpheratz,  at  almost  equal  distances,  are  four  other  stars.  Delta 
is  in  the  shoulder,  from  which  an  arm  is  extended  toward  the 
north.  Beta  or  Mirah  is  in  the  girdle  and  Gamma  or  Almach  in 
the  foot.  A  little  farther  east  is  Algol,  the  famous  variable,  which 
represents  the  head  of  Medusa  carried  by  Perseus. 

This  constellation  contains  at  least  two  very  interesting  tele- 
scopic objects.  Almach,  in  the  foot,  is  a  double  star  which 
Hercules  pronounced  the  most  beautiful  double  star  in  the  heavens, 
with  beautifully  contrasting  colors,  a  deep  yellow  and  sea-green. 
Some  authorities  claim  that  it  is  a  triple  star  and  that  the  third 
star  is  blue.  These  stars  revolve  about  each  other  and  are  mem- 
bers of  a  common  system.  Several  thousand  double  stars  are 
known  and  it  is  due  to  their  revolution  about  each  other  that  they 
are  recognized  as  doubles.  It  sometimes  requires  several  years 
to  determine  whether  they  are  connected  in  this  way  or  not. 
As  a  result  of  extensive  experiments  it  has  been  estimated  that 
one  out  of  every  five  or  six  stars  is  probably  a  system  of  stars. 
The  star  Almach  is  also  the  radiant  point  of  the  Bielid  meteors 
which  appear  in  November. 

Probably  the  object  of  greatest  interest  is  the  great  Nebula, 
which  is  sometimes  called  the  "Queen  of  the  Nebulae."  It  is 
said  to  have  been  known  as  far  back  as  A.  D.  905  and  the  Ara- 
bians called  it,  "the  little  cloud."  It  is  the  only  Nebula  which 
can  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye.  It  looks  like  a  mass  of  diffused 
light  and  has  often  been  mistaken  for  a  comet.  It  is  of  tremendous 
size,  its  length  being  estimated  as  30,000  times  the  distance  of  the 
earth  from  the  sun,  which  in  itself  is  93,000,000  miles.  It  is  im- 
possible however  to  form  any  definite  estimate  of  either  its  size 
or  distance  as  nebulae  are  such  filmy  bodies  that  they  cannot  be 
measured  with  the  precision  and  delicacy  required  for  the  deter- 
mination of  distance. 

The  nebula  seems  to  be  formed  of  a  series  of  rings  with  dark 
spaces  in  between,  which  are  evidently  gaps  between  the  rings. 
The  spectroscope  seems  to  indicate  that  it  is  not  gaseous  though 
the  most  powerful  telescope  fails  to  resolve  it  into  stars.  Although 
a  magnificent  spectacle  in  the  telescope,  it  requires  photography 
to  show  its  marvelous  extent  and  involved  structure. 


32  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 

One  star  in  that  vicinity  has  a  peculiar  history  which  shows 
that  it  was  doubtless  in  the  nebula.  It  suddenly  kindled  from 
invisibility  into  brilliancy  which  in  a  few  days  was  extremely 
increased.  This  brilliancy  can  doubtless  be  explained  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  ignition  of  meteors  in  our  atmosphere.  "If  a 
dark  star,  moving  along  at  terriffic  speed  through  space,  were  sud- 
denly to  plunge  into  a  dense  region  of  the  nebula,  heat  and  light 
must  be  evolved  in  sufficient  abundance  to  transform  the  star  into 
a  brilliant  object." 

The  raythology  connected  with  this  constellation  is  very  inter- 
esting and  can  scarcely  be  separated  from  that  of  the  other  mem- 
bers of  the  royal  family.  Cepheus  was  King  of  Ethiopia,  Cassiopeia 
was  his  wife  and  Queen  and  Andromeda  was  their  daughter. 
Cassiopeia,  the  Queen,  was  extremely  beautiful  and  boasted  that 
she  was  more  beautiful  than  Juno  and  the  sea  n3miphs.  They  of 
course  were  greatly  insulted  and  complained  to  Neptune,  who  sent 
a  frightful  monster  to  ravage  the  coast  of  Ethiopia.  Cepheus  and 
his  Queen  became  very  much  alarmed  and  consulted  the  oracles. 
They  were  advised  that  nothing  but  the  sacrifice  of  their  daughter 
Andromeda  to  the  sea  monster  would  appease  the  wrath  of  the 
enraged  nymphs.  Andromeda  was  therefore  chained  to  a  rock  to 
await  her  doom. 

Just  at  that  time  Perseus,  the  son  of  Jupiter,  who  was  returning 
from  an  expedition  in  which  he  had  secured  the  head  of  Medusa, 
one  of  the  three  Gorgons,  appeared  and  seeing  the  Princess  Andro- 
meda chained  to  the  rock,  fell  in  love  with  her. 

"Chained  to  a  rock  she  stood;  Young  Perseus  stay'd 
His  rapid  flight,  to  woo  the  beauteous  maid." 

He  professed  to  her  father  that  he  would  save  her  if  she  would 
be  allow^ed  to  marry  him.  The  King  promised  and  Perseus 
changed  the  monster  to  stone  by  turning  the  reeking  head  of 
Medusa  upon  it.  Andromeda  had,  however,  been  promised  to 
Phineus,  her  Uncle,  who  violently  opposed  her  marriage  to  Perseus. 
In  the  battle  which  followed  Phineus  was  also  turned  to  stone  by 
the  petrifying  influence  of  the  Gorgon's  head.  The  celebration 
of  the  nuptials  soon  followed  and  they  lived  happily  together 
during  life  and  were  all  transferred  to  the  sky  after  death. 


An  Astronomy  Notebook 

Recently  we  have  had  the  pleasure  of  examining  in  detail  a 
notebook  prepared  by  Miss  Carolyn  Slater  while  she  was  a  pupil 
in  high  school  in  New  York  City.  The  notebook  was  not  a  part 
of  her  school  work  but  was  an  independent  enterprise,  carried  on 
with  a  schoolmate  because  both  were  interested  in  astronomy; 
perhaps  the  excellence  of  the  notebook  is  due  to  the  fact  that  it 
was  the  outgrowth  of  her  own  interest  and  knowledge  rather  than 
a  study  in  the  curriculum. 

The  notebook  is  of  the  ordinary  kind  about  6>^  by  8>^  inches  in 
size,  with  the  owner's  name  and  "The  Star  System"  on  a  label 
on  the  cover.  The  inside  pages  are  given  to  the  sun  and  the 
planets,  the  margin  being  cut  to  form  a  thumb  index,  like  a  dic- 
tionary. The  Sun,  Mercury,  Venus,  Earth,  Mars,  Jupiter,  Saturn 
Uranus,  Neptune,  each  is  given  several  pages  of  interesting  notes 
culled  from  text  books  and  other  sources.  For  instance,  one  page 
under  "The  Sun"  is  as  follows: 

SUN  SPOTS 

"Sun  spots  are  openings  in  the  Photosphere  or  outer  shell  of  the 
sun.  The  umbra  or  dark  shadow  of  a  spot  varies  from  about  500 
to  50,000  miles  in  diameter.  The  penumbra  (less  dense  shadow) 
surrounding  the  umbra  is  sometimes  150,000  miles  in  diameter. 

The  depth  of  sun  spots  seldom  exceeds  2,500  miles  and  more 
often  is  between  500  and  1,500  miles." 

On  the  last  page  and  on  the  inside  of  the  cover  are  pasted 
envelopes  to  hold  cuttings  from  newspapers  and  journals  about  the 
sun  and  planets.  This  notebook  is  supplemented  by  another  one 
in  paper  covers  labelled  "Astronomy,  Miscellaneous."  This  is 
also  cut  as  to  its  margins  making  a  thumb  index  under  the  follow- 
ing divisions:  Constellations,  Zodiac,  Spectroscope,  Velocity, 
Gravity,  Star  Leaders,  Moon,  Comets,  Nebulae,  Astronomical 
signs  and  symbols,  Diagrams,  Greek  meaning. 

Under  Constellations  are  given  the  names  of  the  constellations, 

alphabetically  arranged  and  opposite  the  name  of  each  is  a  diagram 

showing  the  figure  made  by  the  stars  in  it,  for  instance : 

*        *  * 

Cassiopeia's  Chair 
Delphinus 


* 


34  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 

Under  "Star  Leaders"  are  given  the  names  of  the  stars  of  the 
first,  second,  third  and  fourth  magnitude  arranged  alphabetically. 
On  the  last  two  pages  of  this  book  are  pasted  four  envelopes  for 
cuttings  labelled  "Stars,  Moon,  Nebulae,  Misc. "  These  envelopes 
are  bulging  with  a  wealth  of  information  gathered  from  all  sorts 
of  sources ;  statements  of  astronomers  from  all  the  observatories 
of  the  world,  speculation  by  the  philosophically  inclined  on  the 
origin  and  destiny  of  the  universe,  pictures  engraved  from  tele- 
scopic photographs,  pictures  drawn  from  imagination,  in  fact 
the  most  interesting  collection  of  popular  data  imaginable.  These 
envelopes  proved  to  be  all  too  small  for  the  need,  and  they  are 
supplemented  by  a  veritable  bundle  of  whole  pages  from  news- 
papers, reviews,  and  magazines,  some  of  them  of  very  recent 
publication,  showing  that  Carolyn  Slater,  now  in  college  and  not 
studying  astronomy  as  a  part  of  her  course  has  kept  up  her  interest 
in  the  stars  and  that  her  daily  life  is  enriched  by  this  knowledge; 
we  have  no  doubt  that  all  her  life  she  will  pursue  and  make  her 
own  the  revelations  concerning  the  wonders  of  the  heavens  which 
astronomers  of  the  world  are  giving  to  us. 

Sunset  Over  the  Pacific  Ocean 

On  November  22,  1919  there  was  such  a  sunset  as  I  have  seldom  seen;  its 
glory  spread  itself  over  land  and  sea.  Watching  its  changing  colors  as  we  drove 
in  the  sunset  hour  through  the  wondrous  California  South  Land,  one  was 
transported  into  the  spirit  realm,  enwrapped  in  an  unearthly  radiance,  which 
uplifted  the  very  soul.  Never  have  I  seen  its  like  and  never  do  I  expect  to 
equal  it  again.  After  all  it  is  an  experience  that  cannot  be  passed  on;  it  can 
scarcely  be  shared. — ^J.  C.  S. 

Let  me  so  live  that  when  I  come  to  die — 

Be  it  today  or  after  years  gone  by. 

With  steadfast  Faith  I  may  all  fear  dispell ;  ; 

With  smiling  eyes  bid  happier  friends  farewell ; 

Yield  not  to  vain  regret,  but  leave  to  youth 

The  task  undone,  the  broken  glimpse  of  Truth; 

The  tools  of  Work  and  Play  lay  calmly  down 

Without  impatient  haste  or  lingering  frown; 

Whisper  a  word  of  cheer  to  those  I  love, 

Of  greetings  in  the  Rendezvous  above; 

Then !   my  Master  meet,  in  glad  surprise 

Amid  the  glory  of  the  sunset  skies 

John  Cutler  Shedd 


A  Voyage  of  Discovery 

Katherine  R.  Rogers 

New  Bedford,  Mass. 

The  little  waves  were  very  happy  when  the  warm  summer  days 
came  along,  and  they  rippled  gently  back  and  forth  on  the  beach, 
chasing  the  pebbles  playfully  up,  and  then  drawing  them  down 
again,  and  laughing  to  themselves  over  the  way  the  pebbles  scolded 
at  such  treatment.  Every  day,  when  the  tide  went  out,  the  waves 
went  along  with  it,  far  down  the  beach,  and  then  the  pebbles  were 
left  in  peace  and  they  got  quite  nice  and  dry,  but  it  was  a  little 
lonesome  and  they  didn't  really  mind  the  playing  of  the  waves, 
so  they  were  always  glad  to  see  them  back,  when  they  rode  in 
again  with  the  high  tide.  The  waves  were  always  full  of  life  then, 
and  ran  up  a  little  farther  every  few  minutes  with  a  rush  and  a 
roar  that  gave  the  pebbles  a  delicious  scare,  for  they  knew  it  meant 
they  were  going  to  be  caught  and  rolled  over  and  over  in  the  cool 
salt  water. 

One  day  when  the  sun  was  shining  brilliantly,  some  children 
came  to  play  on  the  beach,  with  pails  and  shovels  and  little  carts, 
and  they  ran  about  in  great  excitement,  picking  up  all  the  prettiest 
pebbles  and  shells  they  could  find,  and  trying  to  see  how  near  they 
could  get  to  the  waves  without  getting  very  wet.  Of  course,  they 
did  get  their  shoes  wet,  because  they  would  follow  the  waves  as 
they  slipped  down  the  beach,  and  the  waves  could  always  run  back 
up  the  beach  faster  than  the  children  could,  though  they  scampered 
and  shrieked  their  best,  so  finally  their  mothers  decided  it  was 
warm  enough  to  take  off  their  clothes  and  put  on  bathing  suits 
and  let  them  get  as  wet  as  they  liked.  And  then  the  waves  had 
a  glorious  time !  They  tried  their  best  to  knock  the  children  down, 
for  that  was  their  idea  of  fun,  and  once  or  twice  when  a  venture- 
some boy  got  in  pretty  deep,  they  did  make  him  turn  and  scramble 
for  the  shore,  and  they  threw  salt  water  in  his  mouth  and  eyes, 
but  he  only  laughed,  and  they  laughed  too,  and  danced  and  spark- 
led in  the  sunshine. 

Suddenly  some  larger  waves  came  rolling  in,  sent  by  a  big  boat 
going  by  out  in  the  harbor,  and  then  the  children  did  tumble  over 
and  roll  about  for  a  minute ! 

"Come  on!"  the  big  waves  cried  to  the  little  ones,  "get  on  our 
backs  and  we'll  take  you  over  to  France  and  Spain.  It's  awfully 
exciting  out  on  the  ocean!" 

35 


36  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:1— Jan.,  1921 

One  or  two  of  the  wavelets,  braver  than  the  rest,  thought  they 
would  like  to  see  the  great  world  of  water  they  had  heard  so  much 
about,  and  they  boldly  climbed  up  on  their  big  brothers'  heads 
and  shoulders,  and  shouted  good-bye  to  their  comrades,  and  were 
off,  for  the  big  ones  were  in  a  great  hurry  and  wouldn't  stop  a 
minute  for  them  to  think  about  it ! 

"Come,  we  must  be  off!  the  tide  waits  for  no  one!"  they  cried. 
And  then  the  little  waves  had  an  experience  more  wonderful  and 
thrilling  than  anything  they  had  ever  imagined  in  their  wildest 
dreams!  At  first,  it  was  great  fun,  just  rolling  smoothly  along, 
with  the  familiar  ducks  and  gulls  flying  above  them  or  settling 
down  on  the  water  for  a  rest  and  a  friendly  chat,  and  then  sud- 
denly they  were  out  far  from  land  and  they  were  raised  way  up 
on  a  big  swell,  and  looking  all  around  hurriedly,  one  little  wave 
cried,  "Why,  I  can't  see  the  shore!    Where  is  it?" 

"Don't  be  afraid,"  said  his  big  brother,  as  they  sank  swiftly 
down,  down,  down,  into  a  deep  green  trough,  "we're  just  getting 
out  on  the  ocean  now,  there  are  no  rocks  here  to  hurt  you,  and  soon 
you'll  begin  to  see  interesting  sights." 

The  next  moment,  they  began  to  rise  again,  and  as  they  reached 
the  top,  his  brother  gave  the  little  wave  a  toss  high  into  the  air, 
so  that  he  shrieked  with  delight  and  cried  out  that  he  could  see 
ships,  bigger  than  any  he  had  ever  seen  before,  steaming  by  in 
both  directions.  To  please  him,  his  brother  now  tossed  him  up 
every  time  they  rose,  and  caught  him  again  deftly,  just  in  time  to 
follow  the  movements  of  the  giant  waves  they  had  now  joined, 
and  then  for  a  time  they  were  surrounded  and  covered  by  a  thick 
fog,  so  he  could  see  nothing.  But  this  did  not  worry  him,  for  he 
was  used  to  fogs  at  home,  and  he  and  his  little  brothers  very  often 
played  "Hide  and  seek"  in  them.  Bye-and-bye  it  grew  very,  very 
cold,  and  the  little  wave  cried,  "Oh,  dear!  is  winter  coming  again 
so  soon?" 

"No,  no,"  said  his  brother,  "look  over  to  your  left  now,  the  next 
time  we  get  up  very  high,  and  you'll  see  something  very  big  and 
white  and  shining.  That's  a  big  iceberg  sailing  down  on  us,  but 
we'll  soon  get  out  of  its  way." 

So  the  little  wave  looked  and  there  was  the  most  beautiful  sight 
he  had  ever  seen !  A  great  towering  mass  of  ice,  glistening  in  the 
sunlight  with  a  dazzling  brilliancy  that  made  him  blink  and 
sparkle  in  return,  and  he  thought  how  glad  he  was  that  he    had 


ROGERS]  A    VOYAGE  OF  DISCOVERY  37 

come  on  this  voyage  and  seen  this  marvelous  berg !  Then,  as  they 
raced  on,  borne  along  by  the  giants  of  the  ocean,  soon  it  was 
warm  again,  and  then  very  warm,  and  the  little  wave  asked,  "What 
does  this  mean?     I  don't  see  anything  to  make  us  so  hot !" 

"Ah,"  said  his  brother,  "these  are  our  cousins,  the  waves  from 
the  south,  rolling  along  on  the  stream  that  comes  from  the  great 
Gulf,  and  we  are  crossing  their  path." 

"  Where  do  they  go ?  and  can't  we  go  w;^"//i  them?  They  are  so 
nice  and  warm!"  said  the  little  one. 

"All  right,  we'll  join  them,"  said  his  brother.  "They  go  up  by 
Ireland  and  Scotland,  and  over  to  Norway.  I  haven't  been  that 
way  for  a  long  time. ' '  So  they  turned  aside  and  followed  the  warm 
stream,  and  before  many  days  they  began  to  see  birds  again,  and 
then  land!  But  they  didn't  stop,  as  this  was  a  rocky  coast  and 
they  would  only  be  able  to  dash  up  against  its  sharp  sides  or  run 
into  great  dark  caves,  and  besides  that,  the  big  brother  had  some- 
thing more  to  show  the  little  waves.  They  saw  jagged  peaks  on 
the  horizon,  and  more  and  more  ice  floating  about,  and  the  days 
began  to  be  longer  and  longer,  and  finally  there  came  one  day  when 
the  sun  didn't  go  out  of  sight  at  all,  but  just  touched  the  edge  of 
the  water,  and  rose  again ! 

"Now,"  said  the  big  brother,  "you've  seen  one  of  the  most 
wonderful  sights  in  the  world,  but  we  mustn't  stay  here  too  long, 
because  by-and-bye  it  will  be  night  here  all  the  time,  and  no  day 
at  all!" 

"Oh,  I  shouldn't  like  that!"  exclaimed  the  little  wave,  "unless 
the  moon  shone  instead,"  he  added  quickly,  remembering  how 
beautiful  she  made  some  of  the  clear  nights  at  home. 

"Well,  I  think  you've  seen  enough  for  one  trip,"  said  the  big 
one.  "  It  isn't  good  for  httle  people  to  travel  too  much,  so  I  think 
we'll  be  going  now,  and  you  can  tell  the  others  all  about  it,  and 
perhaps  we'll  have  a  big  party  of  them  wanting  to  voyage  around 
the  world,  next  year!" 

So  they  sailed  away  home  again,  the  little  fellow  quite  used  to 
the  gay  life  and  motion  now,  and  after  a  good  many  wonderful 
days,  he  ran  up  the  familiar  beach,  and  kissed  all  the  pebbles  in 
turn,  he  was  so  glad  to  see  them  again ! 


It  is  an  111  Wind  that  Blows  Nobody  Good 

A  Fable  Sequel  to  Teaching  Plant  Diseases  in  the  Grades 
William  Gould  Vinal 
Rhode  Island  College  of  Education 

"Abominable  East  Wind!"  cried  the  farmer,  as  he  gazed  at  his 
potatoes;  "to  w4iat  a  woe-begotten  end  have  you  brought  my 
winter  food!" 

"The  same  old  story!"  murmured  the  wind,  in  reply.  "Always 
blame  the  weather  for  troubles  you  have  brought  upon  yourself. 
What  more  could  have  been  done  for  you?  All  this  day  have  I 
brought  water  to  your  garden  to  save  you  from  famine.  If  you 
did  not  spray  your  potatoes  to  prevent  blight,  when  warned  by  the 
Farmers'  Bulletin,  who  is  to  blame  but  yourself?" 

"I  am  unfavored,  indeed,"  rejoined  the  farmer.  "I  thought 
you  were  a  friend,  but  have  been  deceived.* 

"Not  by  me,"  replied  the  wind,  patiently.  "I  tend  to  my 
work  every  day."  I  bring  the  crops  warmth.  I  bring  them 
moisture.     I  mislead  none  but  the  superstitious  and  ignorant." 

"Superstitious!  ignorant!"  cried  the  farmer.  "How  little  do 
you  know  as  to  who  I  am.  Trustee  of  the  Academy — Superin- 
tendent of  the  Sunday  School  for  thirty  years — a  leader  of  the 
community." 

"A  leader  who  cannot  lead!  Wise,  perhaps,  in  the  laws  of  the 
village — ignorant  in  the  laws  of  nature.  You  have  mistaken 
the  friend  that  brings  a  good  harvest  for  the  pest  that  causes 
famine.  Alas  for  your  neighborhood,  if  no  better  leader  can  be 
found." 

The  farmer  turned  away,  and  the  wind  played  across  the  field. 
The  wind  danced  up  and  down  the  rows  and  mourned  his  luck- 
less fate.  "Yet,"  said  he  to  himself,  as  he  dried  up  a  muddy 
pool  about  to  decay  a  hill  of  potatoes,  "I  will  keep  on  trying. 

What  an  ignorant  farmer!" 

****** 

Scene:     The  kitchen. 

Characters:  Mother  Hubbard,  a  rich  lady  who  had  gone 
through  the  form  of  being  patriotic  by  preserving  peas  without 
being  intelligent  as  to  the  correct  method. 

Faith,  the  daughter  of  Mother  Hubbard  who  had  great  faith  in 
her  fashionable  mother. 

38 


vinal]  an  ill  wind  THAT  BLOWS  NOBODY  GOOD  39 

"These  here  peas  are  moulding,"  observed  Mother  Hubbard  to 
her  daughter  Faith,  as  she  slowly  took  one  jar  after  another  from 
the  shelf,  "Such  miserable  weather!"  Some  would  have  said 
^' just  my  luck"  but  it  comforted  the  fashionable  lady's  heart  to  lay 
all  the  blame  on  the  weather.  Faith,  however,  took  but  little 
interest  in  the  matter.  Her  mother  was  always  grumbing  about 
the  east  wind  and  her  rheimiatic  pains  which  should  have  been 
called  the  gout. 

The  door  banged  with  great  violence.  It  was  a  pity  that 
Mother  Hubbard  had  placed  some  jars  so  near  the  edge  of  the  table, 
for,  when  the  door  was  blown  to,  they  fell  with  a  crash,  and  mouldy 
peas  were  strewn  across  the  floor. 

And,  "Do  we  meet  once  again?"  said  the  Jar  Spore  to  the  Floor 
Spore,  in  whose  company  he  had  traveled  at  preserving  time. 
"Do  we  meet  once  again?"  How  pleasant,  indeed.  "I  have 
not  seen  you  since  Mother  Hubbard  locked  me  up  with  the  peas. 
Well,  well,  well.     Let  me  first  ask  how  you  are  this  morning  ?" 

"Oh,  pretty  well,"  replied  Floor  Spore,  "but  very,  very  sad." 
You  have  little  cause  to  be  sad.  You  have  had  some  fine  peas  to 
grow  upon.  But  I !  Alas,  the  cruel  wind  has  dried  me  up  and  I 
never  can  grow  again.  Most  of  the  merry  little  cousin  spores 
that  played  with  us  have  dried  up  and  died.  What  are  you 
smiling  at?" 

"I  am  smiling,"  said  the  Jar  Spore,  "at  your  calling  the  Wind  a 
cruel  being." 

"And  why  shouldn't  I?  Do  I  not  well  know?"  asked  the  Floor 
Spore?  "I  wonder.  Floor  Spore,  what  we  do  know!  People  are 
very  sure  as  to  what  they  know  and  then  they  find  out  that  it  is  a 
mistake." 

"What  makes  you  think  that?"  inquired  Floor  Spore. 

"I  have  learn' t  it,"  replied  Jar  Spore"  from  an  acquaintance  I 
have  made  here, — Mother  Hubbard.  She  just  said  that  the 
weather  caused  the  peas  to  mould  and  now — " 

Just  at  that  moment  the  door  opened.  Faith  came  in  and  began 
to  look  around  with  wide  staring  eyes.  "Why  mother,"  cried 
the  maiden,  "What  has  happened?" 

"That  horrid  wind!"  wept  the  mother  in  despair,  as  she  threw 
the  dripping  mass  into  the  garbage  pail. 

"Whew-w-w,"  said  the  Wind  angrily.  "It  is  always  some  one 
else  that  is  to  blame.  You  called  me  horrid.  Why  did  you  open 
the  window  and  invite  anything  *  horrid'  to  come  in?" 


40  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  fl7:l— Jan.,  9121 

"I  thought  that  you  would  cool  the  room.  I  mistook  your 
hateful  temper.  I  know  you  now!  Must  I  lose  my  preserves? 
Must  my  patriotism  go  for  naught?     Ay,  whistle  on  in  your  joy." 

' '  Fool !  It  is  no  joy  to  me  to  see  your  jars  of  peas  spoilt  nor  your 
m.oldy  views  upset.  It  is  my  duty  to  help  the  peas  to  grow,  to 
bring  rain  and  warmth.  I  destroy  germs.  It  is  ignorant  people 
like  you  that  turn  good  into  evil.  You  have  turned  me  toward 
your  ruin.  What  ignorant  parents  brought  you  up  and  did  not 
teach  you  the  laws  of  nature?" 

"My  poor  mother!"  wept  Faith;  "how  unkindly  you  speak  to 
her!  But  you  are  nothing  but  the  wind.  You  know  not  what 
she  does  for  me,  her  only  child.  She  takes  me  into  society,  I  have 
beautiful  gowns,  and  fairy  stories  to  read." 

"Even  so?"  swayed  the  wind,  "accomplished  in  the  laws  of 
fashion  that  changed  but  yesterday — unacquainted  with  the 
simple  realities  of  life  which  have  worked  through  the  ages.  Oh, 
that  you  knew  the  laws  by  which  I  Jive." 

The  Wind  stole  out  of  the  window  and  across  the  garden.  "I 
may  be  of  service  yet,"  said  he.     "What  a  foolish  world."  " 


Little  Truth  rambled  about  the  fields  gathering  wild  flowers  and 
running  after  birds  and  insects.  It  was  her  mother  who  first 
taught  her  where  to  find  the  gentians  and  bluets  and  about  the 
beauty  of  the  hills. 

Truth  never  wearied  of  watching  the  garden.  She  used  to  throw 
herself  upon  the  ground  and  watch  the  bean  plants.  One  day  she 
spied  rose  colored  spots  on  the  bean  pods.  She  had  never  seen 
them  before.  She  thought  she  knew,  and  running  to  her  mother, 
shouted,  "Mother!   there  are  roses  on  the  beans!" 

Truth's  mother  took  the  little  girl  on  her  knee,  and  tried  to 
explain  that  the  colored  spots  were  accidental.  Roses  could  not 
grow  on  beans.  Truth  was  very  silent,  and  then  asked,  "  "Why?" 
The  mother  sighed,  as  she  did  not  understand  these  spots  herself. 

The  next  day  was  Sunday.  Truth  and  her  mother  walked  to 
church.  Strange  to  relate  the  preacher  talked  about  the  colored 
spots  on  the  beans.  He  called  it  blight.  Truth's  heart  beat  very 
fast  for  she  was  to  hear  about  the  roses.  But,  alas!  The  pastor 
told  of  the  wicked  beans  and  the  Divine  Wrath,  and  prayed  that 
his  congregation  take  warning.     The  little  girl  began  to  cry  and 


viNAiJ  AN  ILL  WIND  THAT  BLOWS  NOBODY  GOOD  41 

the  distressed  mother  had  to  get  up  and  leave  the  church,  leading 
Truth  by  the  hand. 

The  next  day  found  Truth  in  her  favorite  haunt.  She  was 
watching  the  beans  with  a  look  of  pity  on  her  face  when  she  was 
interrupted  by  the  voice  of  a  stranger.  The  stranger  smiled  and 
said,  "What  are  you  doing  little  girl?" 

"  I  am  looking  at  the  colored  spots  on  the  bean  pods." 

"And  why  are  you  looking  so  sadly  at  the  bean  plants?" 

"I  am  so  sorry  for  them!"  cried  Truth.  "I  am  so  sorry  that 
God  is  angry  with  them." 

' '  What  makes  you  think  that  God  is  angry  with  the  bean  plants  ?' 

"Why  the  preacher  said  so  in  his  sermon." 

The  stranger  nodded  with  a  smile  and  placed  his  hand  on  Truth's 
head  and  said:  "I  will  tell  you  a  secret,  Httle  girl.  I  suspect 
that  the  preacher  never  studied  the  color  spots  on  the  bean  and 
may  not  know  very  much  about  them."  As  he  spoke  he  took  a 
lens  from  his  pocket  and  let  Truth  look  through  it  at  one  of  the 
colored  spots.  "That  is  as  much  a  plant  as  the  bean,"  continued 
the  stranger. 

Truth  could  hardly  speak.  A  look  of  admiration  came  upon 
her  face. 

Then  he  touched  the  red  spot  with  a  needle  and  placed  a  tiny 
speck  under  the  microscope.  "These  are  like  seeds  but  we  call 
them  spores, ' '  he  went  on  to  explain.  ' '  Do  you  wish  to  know  more 
about  them?"  Truth  eagerly  nodded  her  head.  The  stranger 
now  proceeded  to  explain.  "Each  of  these  little  beads  is  a  spore. 
They  are  so  small  that  we  can  only  see  them  through  the  micro- 
scope. The  wind  blows  them  around  and  when  they  land  on  the 
bean  plant  they  send  small  threads  into  the  pods  or  leaves.  The 
red  spots  then  appear  and  in  a  few  hours  there  are  thousands  of 
more  spores  ready  to  be  blown  a  round.  So  now,  little  girl,  you 
know  why  those  red  spots  are  on  the  bean  pods." 

Meanwhile  the  wind  had  heard  the  conversation  between  the 
kind-hearted  stranger  and  the  Httle  girl.  The  wind  was  happy 
now,  and  said,  "I  have  at  last  found  some  one  who  can  face  the 
truth  and  explain  it  in  simple  words.  I  am  thankful  that  some 
people  are  searching  out  the  wonders  of  nature  instead  of  blaming 
her  for  what  they  do  not  know."  With  these  words  he  whistled 
merrily  and  danced  away  to  do  his  part  in  the  world  of  natural 
laws. 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

DEVOTED  PRIMARILY  TO  ALL  SCIENTIFIC  STUDIES  OF  NATURE  IN 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

Published  monthly  expect  June,  July  and  August.  Subscription  price,  including  mem> 
bership  in  the  American  Nature  Study  Society  $1.50  per  year  tnine  issues).  Canadian  post- 
age 10  cents  extra,  foreign  postage,  20  cents  extra. 


Editorial 

OUR  PRESENT  NEED  FOR  SUN-DIALS 

"What  a  dead  thing  is  a  clock,  with  its  ponderous  embowehnents 
of  lead  and  brass,  its  pert  or  solemn  dullness  of  communication, 
compared  with  the  simple  altar-like  structure  and  silent  heart- 
language  of  the  old  dial. 

It  stood  as  the  garden  god  of  Christian  gardens.  Why  is  it 
almost  everywhere  vanished  ?  If  its  business  use  be  suspended  by 
more  elaborate  inventions,  its  moral  uses,  its  beauty,  might  have 
pleaded  for  its  continuance.  It  spoke  of  moderate  labours,  of 
pleasures  not  protracted  after  sunset,  of  temperance  and  good 
hours.  It  was  the  primitive  clock,  the  horologe  of  the  first  world. 
Adam  could  scarce  have  missed  it  in  Paradise.  It  was  the  measure 
appropriate  for  sweet  plants  and  flowers  to  spring  by,  for  the  birds 
to  apportion  their  silver  warblings  by,  for  flocks  to  pasture  and 
be  led  to  fold  by.  The  shepherd,  carved  it  out  quaintly  in  the  sun, 
and  turning  philosopher  by  the  very  occupation,  provided  it  with 
mottoes  more  touching  than  tombstones," 

No  one  has  ever  expressed  the  deeper  sentiment  for  the  sun-dial 
so  completely  and  so  satisfactorily  as  did  Charles  Lamb  in  the  above 
tribute.  Probably  there  has  never  been  a  time  in  the  history  of 
the  world  when  the  peaceful,  leisurely  influence  of  a  sun-dial  in  a 
quiet  corner  of  a  garden  was  so  much  needed  as  it  is  today.  The 
chief  characteristic  of  the  days  of  this  generation  is  that  they,  as 
Thoreau  said,  are  "minced  into  hours  and  fretted  by  the  ticking  of 
a  clock."  Every  moment  of  our  waking  time  is  apportioned  to 
some  action  of  business,  duty,  or  pleasure,  and  each  moment, 
like  a  naughty  little  boy  marching  into  school,  kicks  or  pinches 
the  one  in  front.  In  our  opinion,  we  had  much  better  abate  our 
ardor  for  "efficiency"  and  display  more  interest  in  "sufficiency"  of 
true  living.     We  are  being  propelled  through  the  years  allotted  to 

42 


EDITORIAL  43 

US  with  a  velocity  that  gives  no  time  for  contemplation  or  for 
balancing  action  with  thought.  What  a  panacea  for  this  danger- 
ous condition  of  humanity  would  be  the  establishing  of  a  sun-dial 
in  every  home  and  casting  into  the  furnace  all  the  watches  and 
clocks!  In  case  one  does  not  have  a  garden  with  roses,  which 
gives  the  traditional  environment  to  the  dial,  one  could  at  least 
have  a  "noon-mark"  on  the  window  sill  which  would  accomplish 
the  same  desirable  results. 

ALPHA    ORIONIS    AND   MORTAL   HUMILITY 

Astronomy  was  the  first  of  the  sciences  to  be  studied  and  devel- 
oped ;  and  to-day  it  is  among  the  foremost  in  the  matter  of  adding 
new  knowledge  of  the  great  facts  and  processes  of  the  machinery  of 
the  Universe.  The  telescope,  the  spectroscope,  photography  have 
each,  in  turn,  increased  our  knowledge  vastly  as  to  the  stars,  their 
composition,  distances,  movements  and  numbers.  Then  a 
geologist  gave  us  the  planetesimal  theory  to  replace  the  old  nebular 
hypothesis  of  the^  origin  of  the  Universe.  Always  the  physicists 
have  claimed  the  heavens  as  a  part  of  their  realm,  so  we  need  not  be 
surprised  that  Professor  Michelson  has  devised  a  method  for  star 
measurement  by  means  of  which  we  now  know  that  the  beautiful 
red  star  above  Orion's  belt,  Betelgeuse,  has  a  diameter  greater 
than  that  of  the  orbit  of  our  earth  around  the  sun,  and  that  if  it 
were  in  the  place  of  our  sun,  shining  upon  us  it  would  shut  from  us 
all  view  of  the  sky.  Yet  Betelgeuse  may  have  or  may  have  had 
worlds  like  our  own  whirling  around  it,  inhabited  as  is  our  world, 
and  subject  to  the  same  laws  that  govern  us;  and  Betelgeuse  and 
our  sun  are  two  only  of  forty  million  stars  that  photography  reveals 
in  our  skies.  Why  should  we  on  our  minute  dot  of  a  planet  regard 
our  afi"airs  of  such  tremendous  importance  ?     Why  worry  ^ 


NOTICE 

Index  for  volume  16  will  be  mailed 

with  February  issue 


Wild  Creatures  of  Garden  and  Hedgerow.     Frances  Pitt,  285  pp.  illustrated  with 

28  excellent  photographs,  Dodd,  Mead  &  Co. 
This  is  another  of  the  charming  and  excellent  books  on  the  living  creatures 
that  survive  in  our  Mother  Country.  To  those  of  us  who  are  in  the  habit  of 
reading  English  writers,  whether  poets,  essayists  or  novelists,  who  deal  with 
life  out-of-doors,  this  book  is  a  boon  for  it  makes  us  intimately  acquainted 
with  many  of  the  common  forms  of  animals  and  birds  which  we  have  only 
known  by  name  or  by  tantalizing  allusions.  It  is  an  ideal  nature  study  book, 
for  it  recounts  in  a  most  interesting  manner  the  author's  own  experiences 
with  these  little  brothers  of  the  garden  and  hedgerow.  Whether  it  be  the  story 
of  that  Mighty  Atom,  the  common  shrew  and  his  prowess,  or  the  fascinating 
tale  of  Whiskers  the  little  rat,  reared  and  cherished  by  Old  Puss,  or  the  way 
the  Pied  Wagtails  brought  up  their  birdlings,  the  stories  have  the  same  charm 
of  style  and  the  same  convincing  quality  of  truthfulness  and  careful  sympa- 
thetic observation.  The  chapters  of  the  volume  are  as  follows :  Bats,  The  Bank 
Vole,  Two  Common  Birds  (song  thrush  and  merle).  Shrews,  Toads  and  Frogs, 
The  Long-tailed  Field  Mouse,  'The  Little  Gentlemen  in  the  Black  Velvet 
Coat'  (common  mole).  Thieves  of  the  Night  (brown  and  black  rats).  Some 
Garden  Birds  (pied  wagtail,  willow  wren,  great  tit).  The  Hedgehog,  Three 
Common  Reptiles  (blind worm,  adder,  grass  snake),  The  Short-tailed  Field 
Vole.  The  illustrations  add  greatly  to  the  attractiveness  of  this  valuable 
book;  they  are  engraved  from  very  excellent  photographs,  which  give  us  accu- 
rate ideas  as  to  the  appearance  of  these  creatures  of  which  we  have  only  known 
heretofore  by  name. 

A  Night  Raid  into  Space.     Col.  J.  S.  F.  Mackenzie,  author  of  "Wild  Flowers 

and  How  to  Name  Them  at  a  Glance",  143  pp.  with  20  illustrations. 

J.  B.  Lippincott  Co. 

The  Story  of  the  Heavens  Told  in  Simple  Words  is  the  sub-title  of  this  little 

volume.     The  night  raid  consists  in  explaining  the  things  seen  in  the  heavens 

but  children  of  tender  age  will  find  the  explanations  rather  difficult.     The  book 

is  better  fitted  for  the  higher  grades  or  high  school.     The  following  are  the 

subjects  discussed:     Solar  System,  Birth  of  the  Earth;    Earth's  Rotation; 

The  Moon;    Gravity;    Precession  of  Equinoxes;    Year;    Longitude,  Latitude; 

Constellations;    The  Zodiac;    The  Sun;    Weighing   the  Earth;    Equation  of 

Time;    The  Seasons;    High  Moon,  Low  Sun.     The  illustrations  are  diagrams 

to  help  the  reader  comprehend  the  facts  of  astronomy.     The  discussions  of 

the  topics  are  brief  and  clear.     There  are  also  suggestions  that  are  helpful  to 

the  beginner  as:     "The  first  letter  of  each  of  the  following  eight  words,  and 

44 


THE  BOOK  SHELF  45 

which  are  easily  learned  is  the  first  letter  of  the  name  of  each  planet,  in  their 
order  as  we  go  outwards  from  the  sun:  Many  Very  Eminent  Men  Justly 
Study  Universal  Nature." 

Uncle  Zeb  and  His  Friends.  Edward  W.  Frentz,  224  pp.  many  illustrations 
school  edition,  The  Atlantic  Monthly  Press. 
It  would  be  hard  to  find  another  book  the  size  of  this  little  volume  that 
contains  52  stories  so  varied  and  so  interesting  as  these  told  by  Uncle  Zeb,  a 
kindly  man  who  lived  in  a  cabin  near  a  mountain,  and  who  made  toys  and  told 
tales  for  the  delectation  of  children .  The  stories  are  by  no  means  only  about 
the  animals  and  birds ;  in  fact,  the  human  interest  is  predominant  in  them  all ; 
but  many  of  the  tales  are  meant  to  make  the  child  humane  and  sympathetic 
in  dealing  with  little  wild  creatures.  The  way  Jessie  and  Harold  became 
acquainted  with  the  muskrat,  why  Louis  adopted  three  baby  woodchucks 
after  he  had  shot  their  mother,  how  Harry  and  Ruth  helped  Mrs.  Mouse 
move  her  family  into  the  country,  and  many  another  story  of  Uncle  Zeb's 
teaches  in  a  charming  and  convincing  manner  the  lesson  of  kind  treatment 
for  the  lower  animals.  Several  of  the  stories  bring  to  the  child  of  to-day  a 
vivid  comprehension  of  the  meaning  of  Memorial  Day  and  the  reasons  why  the 
old  men,  now  veterans,  fought  battles  when  they  were  boys  and  what  the  war 
meant  to  them  and  why  they  march  to  the  cemeteries  and  decorate  the 
graves  there  with  flags  and  flowers.  The  whole  book  is  interesting  and 
wholesome  and  is  sure  to  be  loved  by  all  the  children  happy  enough  to  possess 
a  copy. 


Around  the  World,  A  Geography  Painting  Book  for  Children.  Cunard  Steamship 
Co.  10  cents  per  copy. 
The  Cunard  Steam  Ship  Co.  deserves  much  credit  for  this  booklet  which  will 
charm  children  into  learning  some  things  about  geography  while  they  are  hav- 
ing a  delightful  time  coloring  pictures.  It  begins  with  a  picture  of  the 
Aquitania,  a  ship  that  will  take  the  child  to  all  the  places  marked  by  red  lines 
on  the  map.  Then  follows  pictures  of  the  Atlantic  with  North  America  and 
Europe,  the  Cathedral  at  Rheims,  the  tower  of  London,  the  Liverpool  docks, 
Gallipoli,  map  of  the  world.  Rock  of  Gibraltar,  Vesuvius,  the  Colosseum,  the 
Sphinx,  the  Pyramids  and  Nile,  Jerusalem,  and  the  sky  Une  of  New  York. 
The  pages  are  12  by  9  inches;  the  picture  is  printed  in  color  on  the  right  hand 
page  and  the  outline  for  the  child  to  color  on  the  opposite  page.  Children  are 
sure  to  enjoy  coloring  the  pictures  and  at  the  same  time  they  will  learn  many 
interesting  things  which  will  cultivate  their  intelligence. 


NOW  READY 

The  Flower  Outlines 

By  Miss  M.  E.  Eaton 
Botanical  Gardens,  Bronx 

The  Flower  Outlines  are  the  latest  additions  to  our  valuable 
Outline  Drawings  printed  on  suitable  paper  for  coloring  with 
either  crayons  or  watercolors, 

Miss  Eaton  has  made  some  very  lovable  drawings  of  the 
flowers  and  they  will  be  a  great  inspiration  to  further  the 
study  of  flowers. 

They  are  printed  in  large  size  so  that  even  the  kindergart- 
ners  may  use  them. 

Thirty  plates  in  set.  Size  7  inches  by  9>^  inches.  50c  per 
set .    $  1 .00  per  hundred.     $  1 0.00  per  thousand,  your  assortment. 

LIST  OF  PLATES 


Adder's  Tongue 

Evening  Primrose 

Poppy 

Arbutus 

Hepatica 

Primrose 

Bleeding  Heart 

Horseshoe  Geranium 

Spring  Beauty 

Bloodroot 

Iris 

Sunflower 

Buttercup 

Jack-in-Pulpit 

Sweet  Pea 

California  Poppy 

Lady's  Slipper 

Tiger  Lily 

Columbine 

Marsh  Marigold 

Trillium 

Crocus 

Nasturtium 

Tulip 

DafiFodil 

Pansy 

Violet 

Dutchman's  Breeches 

Pink 

Wild  Rose 

THE  COMSTOCK  PUBLISHING  CO. 

ITHACA,  N.  Y. 


Kindly  mention  The  Nature-Study  Review  when  replying  to  advertisements 


mToi;E-3TODy  qd/iew 

%  Devoted  to  Elementary  Science  in  the  Schools 


Elementary 

OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE 


r 

'M 

2* 

1 

^«r 

American 
Nature- 
Study 

Sq 


Annual 

Meeting 

Number 


The  Orange  Garden  Spider 

Photo  by  Mrs.  W.  L.  M  off  alt 


FEBRUARY,  1921 
Vol.  17    No.  2  Whole  No.  141 

20c  a  copy     $1.50  a  year 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Vol.  17  February,  192  i  No.  2 


The  Fifteenth  Meeting  of  the  American  Nature  Study 

Society 

The  morning  of  December  29,  1920  was  decidedly  wintry,  the 
thermometer  registering  three  degrees  below  zero  the  night  before. 
However,  the  University  of  Chicago  gave  us  a  greeting  warm 
enough  to  compensate.  Ten  o'clock  found  a  goodly  nimiber  of 
nature  devotees  in  Room  303,  Emmons  Blaine  Hall  which  is  a 
building  used  by  the  Chicago  School  of  Education.  Room  303 
adjoins  the  office  and  laboratory  of  Dr.  Elliot  R.  Downing  who 
acted  as  a  most  cordial  and  delightful  host  to  all  of  us  who  came 
from  afar.  The  room  was  well  filled  when  the  meeting  was  called 
to  order  by  President  Drushel,  and  since  the  first  part  of  the  pro- 
gram was  to  be  given  over  to  the  Chicago  Nature-Study  Club,  Miss 
Sue  J.  Reid,  vice-president  of  that  Club,  was  asked  to  preside  which 
she  did  with  dignity  and  dispatch. 

The  first  number  on  the  program  was  a  talk  on  Twenty-five 
Common  Spiders  by  Mrs.  W.  L.  Moffatt.  This  was  illustrated  by 
many  lantern  slides  made  from  photographs  taken  by  Mrs. 
Moffatt.  The  pictures  were  excellent,  and  if  any  one  thinks  it  is 
an  easy  matter  to  make  a  good  photographic  portrait  of  a  spider,  he 
had  better  try  it  once.  Mrs.  Moffatt's  talk  was  informal  and 
especially  valuable  and  interesting  because  of  her  many  personal 
observations  upon  the  habits  of  those  spiders  which  she  had  had 
under  careful  observation.  Many  of  her  notes  on  spider  habits  are 
entirely  new  to  science  and  should  be  published. 

Mrs.  W.  A.  Rowlee  gave  a  talk  upon  the  sand  dunes,  their  flora 
fauna  and  silva,  illustrated  by  superb  lantern  slides  made  from 
photographs  taken  by  herself  and  husband  and  charmingly  colored. 
Many  of  the  slides  were  as  beautiful  in  composition  and  color  as  the 
most  famous  landscapes  in  one  of  our  art  museums.  It  was  hard 
to  tell  whether  they  appealed  most  to  the  aesthetic  or  to  the 
natural  history  side  of  the  audience. 

47 


48  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW  [17 :2— Feb.,  1921 

The  election  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year  then  took  place  with 
the  following  results:  President,  J.  Andrew  Drushel  of  the  Harris 
Teachers'  College,  St.  Louis,  Mo.;  vice-presidents,  M.  R.  Van 
Cleve,  Toledo,  O.,  A.  E.  Satterthwait,  Webster  Groves,  Mo., 
W.  G.  Vinal,  Providence,  R.  I.,  Theodosia  Hadley,  Kalamazoo, 
Mich.,  and  W.  T.  Heilman,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

The  report  of  the  Secretary-Editor  was  as  follows:  The 
Nature-Study  Review  shows  a  steady  increase  in  nimiber  of  sub- 
scribers, its  circulation  at  present  being  about  2400,  an  increase  of 
more  than  200  since  last  year  despite  the  increase  of  price  forced 
upon  the  publishers  by  the  high  cost  of  paper  and  labor.  One  new 
club  has  been  added  to  the  subscription  list  during  the  past  year. 
This  is  a  club  of  125  members  at  Webster  Groves,  Mo.,  and  every 
member,  even  when  there  are  two  in  a  family,  subscribe  to  The 
Review.  The  St.  Louis  Club  numbers  225,  and  the  Pittsburgh 
Club  175  members,  all  subscribers  to  the  magazine.  Professor 
M.  R.  Van  Cleve,  Director  of  Nature-Study  in  the  Toledo  schools 
has  placed  the  Review  in  the  hands  of  over  100  of  his  teachers. 

The  advisability  of  having  one  or  two  ntimbers  of  the  Review 
each  year  gotten  up  by  local  clubs  was  discussed  with  the  result 
that  next  year  we  shall  make  the  trial  by  having  the  November 
number  taken  care  of  by  the  Chicago  Nature-Study  Club. 

At  noon  we  sought  refreshment  in  the  cafeteria  of  the  Ida  Noyes 
building  for  the  women  students  of  the  Chicago  University,  a 
beautiful  building  in  its  every  appointment. 

The  afternoon  session  was  given  over  to  "A  survey  of  Twenty 
Years  Progress  in  Nature-Study"  which  was  discussed  by  Miss 
Alice  Jean  Patterson,  Miss  Ellen  Eddy  Shaw,  Dr.  E.  R.  Downing, 
A.  F.  Satterthwait,  Professor  E.  L.  Palmer  and  the  Secretary- 
Editor.  The  discussion  appears  in  this  nimiber  of  the  Review,  but 
it  is  a  great  pity  that  the  many  informal  remarks  made  during  this 
very  interesting  discussion  were  not  reported  and  cannot  be  given 
to  our  readers. 

The  meeting  adjourned  at  six  o'clock,  and  it  was  the  sentiment 
expressed  by  all  present  that  it  was  the  most  successful  meeting 
ever  held  by  the  society.  We  adjourned  in  time  to  attend  the 
delightful  dinner  at  the  Atlantic  Hotel  given  to  us  by  the  Chicago 
Nature-Studv  Club. 


J.    Andrew   Drushel 

Professor  J.  Andrew  Drushel  was  unanimously  re-elected  president  of  the 
American  Nature-Study  Society  for  the  coming  year  at  the  annual  meeting  of 
the  Society  in  December.  For  the  benefit  of  the  new  subscribers  to  the 
Nature-Study  Review  the  following  account  of  President  Drushel  is  re- 
printed from  the  issue  of  last  February, 


Professor  J.  Andrew  Drushel  has  been  connected  with  the  Harris 
Teachers  College  as  head  of  the  biological  department,  including 
nature-study,  since  1905.  While  Mr.  Drushel  has  made  con- 
tributions through  scientific  investigation  along  a  number  of  lines, 

49 


60  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

including  glacial  drift  beneath  St.  Louis  loess,  and  loess  deposits, 
outlining  the  limits  of  Illinoian  and  Kansan  glacial  lobes  in  Mis- 
souri, his  greatest  work  has  been  that  of  teacher  and  leader  in 
nature-study  and  science  in  the  College  and  community.  He  not 
only  has  developed  the  course  in  science  and  nature-study  at  the 
College,  but  has  taught  these  subjects  to  more  than  twelve  hundred 
of  the  teachers  in  the  St.  Louis  schools,  who  are  now  graduates  of 
the  college  and  who,  under  his  inspiring  instruction,  are  doing 
effective  work  in  these  lines  in  the  St.  Louis  schools.  In  addition 
to  this  he  has  taught  hundreds  of  the  teachers  who  had  received 
their  appointment  before  the  College  was  estabHshed.  He  organ- 
ized in  I  QIC  and  has  been  the  central  figure  in  the  St.  Louis  Section 
of  the  Nature-Study  Society  of  America.  Through  the  loyal 
support  of  many  teachers  and  principals  of  the  St.  Louis  schools 
this  section  has  become  a  large  and  active  one.  The  present  mem- 
bership in  good  standing  is  190  of  whom  many  are  of  the  original 
100  charter  members.  The  popularity  of  the  section  is  due  in  a 
considerable  degree,  to  the  Saturday  field  trips  in  the  spring  and 
autimm  of  each  year. 

Professor  Drushel  was  bom  Nov.  24,  1872.  In  his  early  years 
he  attended  country  parochial  and  district  schools.  He  received 
his  secondary  education  in  the  preparatory  department  of  the 
National  Normal  University,  at  Lebanon,  Ohio.  He  also  took 
normal  and  collegiate  training  in  the  same  institution.  Later  he 
studied  at  Yale,  taking  there  the  degree  of  A.B.  with  Philosophical 
Oration  rank.  After  graduation  at  Yale  he  taught  the  natural 
sciences  for  two  years  in  the  East  Texas  Normal  College,  Com- 
merce, Texas,  and  then  returned  to  the  Normal  University  at 
Lebanon,  Ohio,  teaching  there  for  four  years.  He  has  held  his 
present  position  since  1905. 

Professor  Drushel  is  a  member  of  Woodmen  of  the  World, 
Masonic,  and  Sigma  Xi  fraternities.  Member  in  N.E.A.,  Fellow  in 
A.A.A'.S.,  member  of  St.  Louis  Acad,  of  Sci.  He  has  collected  and 
studied  plants  in  the  field  or  herbarium  in  39  states.  His  winter 
avocation  is  the  preparation  of  material  studied  and  collected  in 
the  field  for  illustrative  purposes  in  botany  and  nature-study 
classes. 

For  several  years  the  pubHshers  of  The  Nature-Study  Review 
have  realized  gratefully  the  staunch  support  given  to  this  periodical 
from  the  St.  Louis  contingent.     This  has  undoubtedly  been  largely 


NOTES  ON  MRS.  MOFFATT'S  TALK  ON  SPIDERS  51 

due  to  Professor  Drushel's  activities;  his  influence  has  been  ever 
widening  Hke  the  waves  started  in  the  educational  waters  always 
by  the  projecting  into  them  a  strong  and  virile  personality.  Pro- 
fessor Drushel  has  always  stood  for  the  real  thing  in  Nature-Study, 
for  he  is  an  out-of-doors  man  as  well  as  a  laboratory  instructor  and 
his  influence  has  been  exerted  to  get  the  teachers  into  the  fields  and 
to  see  for  themselves  what  is  there.  In  addition  to  his  strong 
qualities  as  a  teacher  he  has  a  whimsical  sense  of  humor  that  is 
most  delightful  and  which  enables  him  to  deal  with  difficult  situa- 
tions tactfully  and  successfully.  The  Nature-Study  Society  of 
America  is  fortunate  indeed  to  have  secured  Professor  Drushel  for 
its  president. 


Notes  on  Mrs.  Moffatt's  Talk  on  Twenty-Five  Common 

Spiders 

Mrs.  Moffatt  gave  briefly  the  habits  of  twenty-five  species  of 
spiders  common  in  the  vicinity  of  Chicago,  showing  sixty  slides 
illustrating  the  spiders,  their  webs  and  cocoons. 

She  explained  that  the  webs  of  many  species  belonging  to  the 
orb-builders  are  made  in  sunny  situations,  on  tall  weeds  and  on  the 
borders  of  woodlands  where  insects  are  in  abundance.  Others  that 
make  no  webs  in  which  to  ensnare  their  prey,  but  depend  on  their 
alertness  and  keenness  of  sight,  are  found  on  the  ground,  in  low 
grass  or  upon  the  bark  of  trees.  Nimierous  insects,  such  as  grass- 
hoppers, mosquitoes,  crickets,  aphids,  katydids,  flies,  gnats  and 
many  kinds  of  beetles  live  in  and  among  the  weeds,  sedges,  grasses 
or  on  the  trees.  As  far  as  we  know,  living  insects  are  the  spiders' 
only  food.  They  choose  to  live  where  these  insects  are  abundant. 
The  young,  when  hatched,  will  in  all  probability  receive  the  same 
kind  of  food  that  nourished  the  mother,  so  she  carefully  and 
securely  places  her  cocoon  where  these  insects  abound. 

As  the  species  eaten  by  spiders  consist  so  largely  of  kinds  that 
we  consider  injurious,  Mrs.  Moffatt  claims  that  we  must  look  upon 
the  spiders  as  beneficial;  that  some  writers  have  asserted  that  in 
the  destruction  of  noxious  insects  they  are  more  effective  than 
birds ;  that  whether  this  is  true  or  not,  we  do  know  the  benefit  they 
are  to  us  in  keeping  in  check  many  undesirable  insect  pests,  and  for 
that  reason  we  ought  to  do  all  that  we  can  to  protect  them. 


52 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 


Araneus  benjaminus  Lycosa  carolinensis 

Araneus  trifolium  Argiope  trifasciata 

Araneus  trifolium  with  egg  sac  upper  and  lower  sides 

Photographed  by  Mrs.  MofTatt 


The  Cottonwoods  of  the  Dunes 

Stella  M.  Rowley 

6812  Normal  Blvd.,  Chicago,  111. 
A  part  of  Mrs,  Rowley's  Address  before  the  American  Nature-Study  Society 

Trees,  like  people,  have  their  peculiarities  and  salient  character- 
istics. The  oak  stands  for  strength  and  solidity.  Out  West,  the 
giant  Sequoia,  the  oldest  living  thing  on  earth  typifies  immortality. 
Then  there  is  the  aspen,  trembling  always,  fearful  of  even  a  slight 
breeze. 

We  people,  who  frequent  the  dunes  that  delightful  stretch  of 
natural  parkland  reaching  from  Miller,  Indiana,  to  Michigan  City 
are  well  acquainted  with  a  comparatively  htimble,  yet,  to  us,  when 
we  come  to  know  it  well,  a  most  interesting  and  admirable  tree,  the 
Cottonwood.  In  the  succession  of  plant  life  on  the  dunes,  it  is  one 
of  the  first  trees  to  appear.  As  a  city  resident,  we  think  of  it  as  an 
untidy  tree  and  not  desirable  for  our  avenues  and  boulevards  but 
at  the  dunes,  it  comes  into  its  own  and  is  a  most  valuable  tree 
because  of  its  ability — to  adapt  itself  to  conditions.  We  all 
admire  in  the  human  family  those  qualities  of  perseverance  and 
pluck,  qualities  that  laugh  at  difficulties  and  work  on  and  on  until 
success  is  attained.  All  this  the  humble  Cottonwood  is  doing, 
each  day  of  its  life  out  among  the  sand  hills  of  Indiana, 

Even  the  casual  visitor  is  struck  by  the  evidence  of  the  constant 
struggle  between  this  tree  and  the  shifting,  stifling  sand.  We  may 
see  it  almost  buried  yet  still  alive,  its  topmost  branch,  green  and 
liixuriant.  This  is  possible  because  its  branches  so  quickly  function 
as  roots.,  .^ 

Wherever  there  is  a  little  moisture,  hundreds  of  cot  ton  wood 
seeds  germinate.  Many  of  the  plants  in  this  nursery  meet  an 
untimely  death  but  others  persist,  and  thrive  singly  and  in  groups. 

These  groups  afford  a  most  welcome  shade  and  are  a  pleasing 
feature  against  a  background  of  tawny  sand. 

Conditions  in  duneland  change  rapidly,  however,  and  the  best 
laid  plans  of  the  Cottonwood  oft  go  astray. 

When  the  wind  currents  blow  away  the  sand,  we  may  find  a 
group  of  Cottonwoods  which  have  been  buried  by  the  sands  of 
by-gone  centuries. 

At  Bald  Knob,  near  Millers,  is  a  most  interesting  group  of 
stumps,  which  a  returning  soldier  from  the  fields  of  Flanders  aptly 

53 


54 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 


Youth 
Old  age 


Making  a  good  fight 
A  dune  graveyard 


The  story  of  the  struggle  of  the  Cottonwoods  with  the  dunes 

Photographed  by  W.  A.  Rowley 


Patterson]  PROGRESS  IN  NATURE-STUDY  55 

called  a  Graveyard.  These  trees  had  a  pleasant  family  life,  until 
the  shifting  sands  killed  and  buried  them.  Fickle  and  erratic 
almost  beyond  belief,  the  dunes  shifted  in  this  particular  locality, 
leaving  the  Cottonwood  family  group  exposed.  All  around  the 
dunes,  we  find  debris,  and  here  and  there  a  twisted  gnarled  veteran 
tree,  dead  or  almost  so,  silhouetted,  gaunt  and  defiant,  against  the 
sky. 

A  Survey  of  Twenty.  Years'  Progress   Made   in   the 
Courses  of  Nature  Study 

Alice  Jean  Patterson 
State  Normal  University,  Normal,  111. 

In  taking  up  for  discussion  the  progress  made  in  the  course  of 
study  in  nature-study  during  the  past  twenty  years,  I  have  thought 
it  worth  while  to  give  a  hasty  glance  at  the  ten  preceding  years. 
These  were  the  years  which  saw  the  birth  and  early  growth  of  this 
new  school  subject,  a  subject  which  had  evolved  from  the  object 
lessons  of  the  preceding  decade  aided  by  the  introduction  of  the 
laboratory  method  into  high  school  and  college  science. 

I  recall  as  a  student  in  the  Illinois  State  Normal  University,  in 
1890  that  a  part  of  our  training  consisted  of  demonstration  lessons 
in  elementary  science.  Each  member  of  the  senior  class  planned 
a  series  of  lessons  designed  to  teach  children  some  fundamental 
scientific  principles.  These  were  taught  to  the  class  and  afterward 
thoroughly  discussed.  It  was  an  easy  step  from  the  ideas  embodied 
in  these  lessons  to  the  nature-study  idea  which  we  began  to  hear 
about  a  few  years  later. 

The  only  complete  course  in  nature-study  belonging  to  those 
early  years  that  I  was  able  to  find  was  Wilber  Jackman's  Outline 
published  in  book  form  in  1891.  However,  I  came  across  reference 
to  a  nimiber  of  others  all  of  which  planned  to  introduce  some  form 
of  nature-study  into  certain  schools  of  Minnesota,  Massachusetts, 
New  Jersey,  and  Pennsylvania.  Jackman  made  no  attempt  in  his 
outline  to  grade  the  work.  He  grouped  his  questions  under  the 
names  of  the  common  sciences  then  taught  in  high  schools — zoology 
botany,  physics,  etc.  He  evidently  expected  teachers  who  used  the 
outline  to  choose  the  material  best  fitted  to  their  own  schools  and 
classes. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  how  early  schoolmen  l^cgan  to  recognize 
the  fact  that  a  new  subject  had  appeared  upon  the  threshold  of  the 


56  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

elementary  school.  At  the  National  Educational  Association  in 
1893  Superintendent  Albert  Marble  of  Worcester,  Mass.,  in  dis- 
cussing the  topic,  "What  should  be  added  to  the  course  of  study  in 
the  elementary  school,"  said,  "There  are  various  branches  that 
should  be  added  but  should  not  displace  the  essentials  already 
named — that  is,  reading,  writing,  arithmetic,  geography,  etc. — 
These  are  embraced  under  the  general  term  nature-study,  physics, 
or  forces.  They  should  be  taught  objectively  from  the  overflowing 
abundance  of  the  teacher's  knowledge.  In  this  way  they  may 
supplement  and  vivify  the  essential  branches." 

In  1894  Charles  B.  Scott  in  the  department  of  the  elementary 
school  in  the  N.  E.  A.  makes  an  appeal  for  the  laboratory  method  in 
the  grades  and  states  that  the  new  subject,  nature-study,  furnishes 
the  best  basis  for  this  kind  of  teaching. 

In  1895  Prof.  Jackman  states  that  in  many  schools  nature-study 
holds  at  least  a  tentative  place  in  the  cotirse  of  study  for  primary 
and  grammar  grades. 

During  the  next  five  or  six  years  a  wave  of  enthusiasm  for  the 
subject  spread  over  the  entire  country.  Superintendents  and 
principals  in  both  city  and  village  schools  were  eager  to  give  it  a 
trial.  The  teachers,  however,  as  a  rule  were  not  so  ardent.  The 
large  majority  of  them  had  scarcely  heard  of  the  subject  they  were 
asked  to  teach.  Only  a  few  of  them  had  caught  a  vision  of  the 
possibilities  that  it  held  for  the  education  of  children.  They  were 
therefore  unable  to  handle  it  with  any  degree  of  satisfaction  either 
to  themselves  or  their  patrons.  They  tried  to  do  something  but  in 
many  cases  what  they  did  was  far  from  nature-study.  Those  that 
had  had  training  in  zoology  and  botany  taught  these  subjects  in 
diluted  form.  Insects,  crayfish  and  other  animals  were  dissected 
and  minute  details  of  structure  studied.  Meaningless  collections 
were  made.  I  remember  a  teacher  of  the  third  grade  showed  me 
with  great  pride  a  collection  of  butterflies  that  one  of  the  children 
had  made.  The  children  of  her  room  had  been  carrying  on  a  con- 
test to  see  who  could  catch  the  most  butterflies.  The  collection 
that  the  teacher  showed  me  belonged  to  the  winner  in  the  contest. 
I  remember  he  had  as  many  as  five  or  six  individuals  of  the  same 
species.  There  had  been  no  study  of  the  interesting  insects.  It 
was  simply  a  slaughter  of  the  innocents  due  to  misdirected  energy. 
The  worst  example  of  the  collection  craze  of  the  time  came  to  my 
knowledge  a  few  years  later.     A  country  teacher  in  her  zeal  to  do 


Patterson]  PROGRESS  IN  NATURE-STUDY  57 

something  with  nature-study  set  her  pupils  to  collecting  all  the 
different  kinds  of  birds'  eggs  they  could  find.  There  was  wholesale 
school-legalized  robbing  of  birds'  nests  in  that  region  for  several 
years  following. 

Besides  this  kind  of  deplorable  teaching  much  of  the  class  work 
was  stupid  and  uninteresting.  I  visited  a  room  while  the  teacher 
was  giving  a  lesson  on  the  dandelion.  This  was  in  1903.  She 
stood  by  her  desk  in  froht  of  the  room  full  of  children.  In  her  hand 
she  held  one  little  flowering  head  of  a  dandelion.  She  asked  ques- 
tions about  it  which  the  children  were  supposed  to  answer  from 
observation.  They  made  a  few  guesses  which  she  accepted  or 
rejected,  then  she  told  them  a  few  facts  and  the  nature-study  lesson 
was  done.  The  yard  outside  was  full  of  dandelion  plants  in  blossom 
which  held  a  world  of  interest  to  those  children  had  the  teacher 
known  how  to  use  them.  In  most  cases  superintendents  and 
principals  were  quite  as  helpless  in  dealing  with  this  new  situation 
as  were  the  teachers  upon  whom  they  had  thrust  the  burden.  The 
result  was  that  in  many  localities  nature-study  was  branded  as  a 
fad  and  dropped  from  the  curriculimi  as  a  useless  waste  of  pupils' 
time. 

This  is,  I  am  glad  to  say,  the  dark  side  of  the  picture.  In  many 
schools  real  nature-study  was  taught  from  the  first.  Teachers 
became  learners  with  their  children  and  little  by  little  the  leaven 
spread.  One  teacher  in  a  system  naturally  adapted  to  the  work 
often  became  indirectly  a  teacher  not  only  of  her  children  but  of  her 
fellow  workers  as  well.  She  helped  all  of  them  to  choose  suitable 
material  found  in  the  vicinity  of  the  school.  She,  a  real  student  of 
nature,  conducted  field  trips  for  teachers  as  well  as  pupils.  She 
suggested  how  the  material  collected  could  be  used  in  the  class- 
room. If  every  school  system  could  have  had  then,  or  could  have 
now,  one  of  these  enthusiastic  naturalists  the  causes  of  nature-study 
would  advance  much  more  rapidly  than  it  has  done. 

About  this  time,  that  is,  in  the  later  part  of  the  nineties  and  early 
in  1900,  the  leaders  in  nature-study  realizing  something  of  the 
difficulties  under  which  teachers  were  laboring  began  to  publish 
graded  courses  of  study,  with  suggestions  for  teaching,  and  outline 
lessons  for  the  different  grades. 

These  appeared  almost  simultaneously  in  different  parts  of  the 
country.  One  of  the  earliest  was  A  Manual  of  nature-study  with 
supplementary  readers  written  by  Mrs.  Lucy  Wilson  of  the  Phila- 


58  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  (17:2— Feb.,  1921 

delphia  Normal  School.  Another  was,  Handbook  of  Nature  Study 
by  Dr.  Lange  of  Minnesota.  These  early  studies  were  character- 
ized by  an  over  abundance  of  technical  terms  and  the  method  of 
college  science.  To  illustrate:  In  the  second  grade  children  were 
taught  the  names  of  all  the  organs  of  a  flower.  In  the  third  grade  a 
detailed  study  of  composites  was  made  with  all  the  technical  terms. 
Among  the  best  of  the  early  courses  and  outlines  were  the  Cornell 
nature-study  leaflets  which  emphasized  from  the  first  the  necessity 
of  "positive,  direct,  discrimination,  accurate  observation  and  of 
understanding  why  the  thing  is  so,  or  what  it  means." 

In  1902  Hodge's  Nature-Sttidy  and  Life  appeared;  a  little  later 
Holtz  Nature-Study,  then  Mrs.  Comstock's  Handbook,  and  a  nimi- 
ber  of  others.  In  fact  from  this  time  there  has  been  almost  a 
deluge  of  courses,  outlines,  and  helpful  books,  and  they  are  still 
coming. 

From  1905  to  191 5  saw  the  incorporation  of  nature-study  out- 
lines in  the  Courses  of  Study  of  almost  every  state  in  the  union. 
I  made  quite  a  detailed  study  of  a  large  number  of  these  courses 
about  eight  years  ago  choosing  them  to  represent  different  geo- 
graphical regions,  the  East,  South,  Middle  West,  Northwest,  and 
Pacific  States.  The  most  significant  thing  that  this  survey 
revealed  was  the  similarity  of  the  courses  not  only  in  material  sug- 
gested but  in  aim  and  method.     I  quote  a  few  of  the  aims : 

''The  primary  object  of  nature-study  is  to  train  and  cultivate  the 
interest  of  the  child  in  natural  objects  and  to  develop  an  intelligent 
appreciation  of  the  things  in  nature."  "The  first  reason  for  the 
incorporation  of  nature-study  is  to  widen  children's  intelligent 
interestin  nature  objects  and  processes;  the  second  to  train  the 
children  in  a  scientific  attitude  of  mind."  *Tt,  nature-study, 
should  train  children  to  investigate  carefully  and  to  make  clear, 
truthful  statements."  In  short,  not  to  multiply  quotation  the 
aim  and  purpose  given  in  composite  was:  To  bring  children  into 
intelligent,  sympathetic  touch  with  their  environment  and  to  train 
them  in  a  scientific  attitude  of  mind  toward  objects  and  phenomena 
in  daily  life. 

All  of  the  courses  choose  material  found  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
school  and  home.  This  was  carefully  graded  making  a  progressive 
stud}^  beginning  with  the  first  and  continuing  thru  the  eight  grades. 
Biological  studies  received  greatest  emphasis  in  all  the  courses. 
And  of  this  material  more  time  and  space  was  devoted  to  plants 


Patterson]  PROGRESS  IN  NATURE-STUDY  59 

than  to  animals.  Most  of  them  included  some  topics  in  physics 
and  chemistry  and  all  of  them  suggested  weather  and  sky  observa- 
tions. In  the  upper  grades  there  was  in  all  a  decided  agricultural 
trend. 

All,  so  far  as  could  be  determined  from  the  outlines  and  the 
prefatory  notes  advocated  the  nature-study  method  of  attack.  A 
few  quotations  chosen  at  random  substantiates  this  statement. 
"The  teacher  should  bear  in  mind  that  the  pupils  in  this  work  are 
discoverers  and  should  place  them  in  such  relation  to  the  subject  as 
to  make  their  investigation  profitable."  "The  teacher  must  have 
a  strong  conviction  that  nature-study,  if  it  fulfills  its  mission,  must 
bring  children  into  actual  touch  with  real  things."  "Progress  and 
results  will  depend,  not  so  much  on  the  topics  as  on  the  method  of 
presentation  and  treatment."  "The  best  teaching  consists  of  the 
minimum  of  instruction  by  the  teacher  and  the  maximimi  of  study 
and  inference  by  the  pupils."  "The  course  presupposes  that  the 
work  in  the  schools  will  be  real  nature-study;  the  children  will 
handle  and  observe  real  objects,  will  perform  experiments,  will 
work  with  their  hands  and  think  while  they  work." 

All  of  the  courses  recommended  the  correlation  of  nature-study 
with  other  school  subjects.  Emphasis  was  placed  upon  the  corre- 
lation with  language.  Geography  stood  second.  In  fact  a  number 
of  courses  had  attempted  to  outline  these  two  studies  together.  In 
every  case,  however,  after  two  years'  work  the  course  practically 
dropped  nature-study  and  taught  pure  geography.  The  reason  for 
this  is  not  far  to  seek.  The  first  studies  in  the  best  geography  teach- 
ing is  what  is  called  home  geography,  a  large  part  of  which  is  simply 
nature-study  under  another  name.  Other  subjects  for  correlation 
were  hand  work,  and  reading,  with  a  few  suggesting  history  and 
arithmetic. 

No  radical  changes  have  been  made  in  the  course  during  the  past 
five  years.  They  have,  however,  been  repeatedly  revised,  or 
rather  they  are  in  a  continuous  state  of  revision.  Some  topics  are 
shifted  from  one  grade  to  another.  Some  are  dropped  altogether, 
some  additional  ones  are  inserted,  especially  is  this  true  in  teachers 
colleges  and  normal  schools  where  opportunity  to  test  the  work  with 
classes  of  children  in  training  schools  is  possible. 

All  this  means  that  the  leaders  are  giving  more  and  more  atten- 
tion to  the  psychology  of  the  subject.     They  are  trying  to  adapt 


60  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

the  studies  both  as  regards  material  and  method  to  the  special 
needs  of  children  in  the  various  stages  of  their  development. 

In  the  lower  grades  especially  but  to  considerable  extent  in  all 
the  classes  a  greater  use  of  the  muscular  activity  of  the  children  is 
employed.  This  has  its  manifestation  in  some  places  in  a  greater 
amount  of  time  given  to  the  care  of  plants  and  animals  at  school  and 
at  home.  In  the  other  places  certain  studies  reach  their  climax  in  a 
definite  piece  of  hand  work  in  which  the  children  take  the  initiative, 
plan  the  work,  meet  problems  and  solve  them,  in  short,  express 
their  ideas  in  a  concrete  tangible  piece  of  work. 

The  larger  use  of  the  home  gardens  is  another  phase  of  the  work 
that  has  made  rapid  progress  the  last  few  years.  No  doubt  the 
war  gave  an  impetus  toward  increasing  the  nimiber  of  children's 
gardens.  But  they  would  have  increased  any  way,  because  of  the 
greater  interest  on  the  part  of  nature-study  leaders.  Twenty 
years  ago  the  courses  where  gardens  were  mentioned  at  all  advo- 
cated the  school  garden.  Now  individual  gardens  at  home  are 
recommended  wherever  this  is  possible.  The  school  garden  in 
many  places  has  become  a  sort  of  laboratory  where  the  pupils  study 
the  underlying  principles  and  the  art  of  gardening  which  they  put 
into  practice  at  home. 

The  term  "nature-study  project"  is  coming  into  use  in  many 
localities  to  designate  nature-study  exercises  of  various  kinds,  as 
garden  projects,  poultry,  rabbit,  etc.  This  is  without  question  due 
to  the  use  of  the  term  by  the  advocates  and  teachers  of  general 
science.  The  project  itself  may  have  been  used  by  nature-study 
teachers  for  years  simply  as  nature-study  lessons  and  exercises. 
Now  some  of  the  general  science  people  are  suggesting  precisely  the 
same  thing  under  a  new  title,and  acting  as  if  the  whole  thing  had 
been  thought  of  for  the  first  time.  It  is  a  question  whether  or  not 
the  term  may  not  become  as  prevalent  in  nature-study  circles  as  it 
is  in  general  science. 

Indeed,  I  find  that  a  well  planned  series  of  nature-study  lessons 
with  the  accompanying  field  and  hand  work  mean  much  more  to 
school  superintendents  if  it  is  called  a  project  instead  of  a  nature- 
study  lesson.     So  much  is  there  in  a  name. 

Another  noticeable  addition  is  health  study,  hygiene  and  sanita- 
tion. Eight  years  ago  only  three  of  the  courses  studied  included 
hygiene  in  their  outlines.  Now  a  large  number  recognize  that  this 
must  be  considered  a  part  of  the  nature-study  program.     In  the 


Patterson]  PROGRESS  IN  NATURE-STUDY  61 

best  courses  it  takes  largely  the  form  of  habit  forming  projects  with 
inspection,  health  records,  surveys  and  the  like.  In  short,  it  is  the 
nature-study  method  applied  to  this  subject.  The  old  sort  of 
recitation  physiology  is  fast  disappearing.  . 

In  our  own  school  in  the  lower  grades  we  are  giving  one  day  each 
to  the  discussion  of  health  topics  and  a  few  minutes  every  day  to 
habit  forming  reports,  inspection,  games,  etc. 

In  our  seventh  and  eighth  grades  we  are  for  the  first  time  endeav- 
oring thru  experiment  to  give  the  children  a  simple  scientific  back- 
grotind  for  their  work  in  physiology  and  hygiene. 

In  some  courses  this  kind  of  work  is  designated  as  civic  nature- 
study,  by  others  as  community  sanitation.  Some  of  the  practical 
suggestions  are  "clean  up  day,"  "street  surveys,"  "back  yard 
inspection,  fly  and  mosquito  campaigns." 

In  the  field  of  physical  science  also  the  more  recent  courses  are 
attempting  to  plan  the  work  more  in  line  with  child  life  and 
interests.  A  voider  use  of  toys,  playground  apparatus  and  home 
and  school  equipment  are  suggested.  Probably  one  of  the  best 
illustrations  of  the  use  of  toys  is  found  in  the  outline  used  in  the 
school  of  education  in  the  University  of  Chicago  and  in  Dr. 
Downing's  Laboratory  Guide  in  Physical  Nature-Study. 

In  the  use  of  games  and  playground  apparatus  the  course  by 
Gilbert  Trafton  used  in  the  Mankato  Normal  School  gives  a  num- 
ber of  suggestions  for  the  various  grades. 

The  Illinois  State  Course  revised  two  years  ago  contains  sugges- 
tions for  the  use  of  home  and  school  equipment. 

Some  other  rather  interesting  variations  in  method  are  found  in 
a  few  courses. 

In  St.  Louis,  for  example,  there  are  not  the  large  number  of  topics 
for  the  different  grades  found  in  other  courses.  Instead  one  or  two 
main  subjects  are  chosen  which  are  studied  much  more  in  detail 
than  in  other  places.  For  example  the  work  of  the  sixth  grade  for 
the  entire  year  is  based  upon  sky  study,  stars,  constellations,  moon, 
sun,  planets,  with  the  last  part  of  the  year  given  to  a  detailed  study 
of  light,  natural,  artificial,  reflection,  refraction,  etc.  A  statement 
at  the  head  of  the  course  says  that  this  new  plan  is  to  be  thoroughly 
tested  by  principals  and  teachers  before  issued  in  permanent  form. 
It  is  an  interesting  experiment.  The  question,  of  course,  that  must 
eventually  be  settled,  or  settled  as  nearly  as  maybe,  is  which  is 
more  educational,  which  will  leave  the  children  more  independent, 


62  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

more  self  reliant  better  able  to  meet  the  problems  of  daily  life  more 
appreciative  of  their  nature  environment,  a  study  of  a  number  of 
different  topics,  or  a  few  main  topics  worked  out  with  greater  care. 

In  the  last  state  course  of  Colorado  which  came  out  two  years 
ago,  called  a  war-modified  course  of  study,  nature-study  as  such  is 
omitted.  However  the  language  and  drawing  both  suggest  nature- 
study  material  for  study  and  discussion  for  the  primary  grades. 
Humane  education  has  much  good  nature-study  material. 

From  this  very  incomplete  survey  of  the  courses  the  following 
summary  may  be  given : 

1 .  The  earliest  outlines  and  courses  were  largely  in  the  form  of 
questions.  Few  of  them  made  any  attempt  to  grade  the  work. 
Most  of  them  were  over  technical  for  children. 

2.  The  period  from  about  1897  to  1905  brought  out  a  large 
number  of  graded  courses  with  many  helpful  books,  outlines,  and 
suggestions  for  teaching. 

3.  The  ten  years  from  1905  to  191 5  saw  nature-study  outlines  in 
most  of  the  state  courses  and  in  a  large  number  of  city  systems. 
The  courses  were  in  the  main  uniform  both  in  the  matter  of  material 
used  and  the  method  of  attack. 

4.  The  last  five  years  has  been  a  period  of  sifting  and  shifting,  of 
revising  and  testing  in  the  light  of  child  study  which  has  resulted  in 
a  better  adaptation  of  the  material  and  method  to  the  needs  of 
developing  children. 


Professor  L.  H.  Bailey  with  his  wife  and  daughter  are  in  Ven- 
zuela  this  winter.  Professor  Bailey  and  Miss  Ethel  are  making 
botanical  excursions  into  the  interior  which  will  undoubtedly 
result  in  giving  to  the  world  of  Science  many  interesting,  new 
facts. 


A  Survey  of  Twenty  Years'  Progress  in  Nature  Study 
in  Providing  Materials  for  Study 

Ellen  Eddy  Shaw 
Curator  of  Elementary  Instruction,  Brooklyn  Botanic  Gardens 

The  subject  assigned  to  me  shows  the  real  measure  of  progress  in 
nature-study  during  these  past  twenty  years.  This  twenty  year 
epoch,  in  my  own  case,  happens  to  be  just  the  length  of  time  I  have 
been  teaching  nature-study,  and  from  my  own  experience  and  that 
of  others  associated  with  me,  I  shall  draw  my  illustrations. 

The  progress  made  in  providing  materials  for  study  lies  first 
along  the  lines  of  choice  in  materials,  and  second,  in  the  use  of  these 
materials  after  they  have  been  chosen.  Perhaps  we  might  go  so  far 
as  to  say  that  our  progress  has  been  one  of  wisdom,  common  sense, 
and  everyday  application.  I  can  remember  with  what  zeal  I 
started  out  in  this  field,  a  zeal,  not  lessened,  but  harnessed,  at  the 
present  time.  I  can  remember  how  wise  leaders  in  this  field,  some 
of  them  at  least,  said  it  really  did  not  matter  at  all  what  you  taught 
in  nature-study,  but  any  subjects  and  any  materials  that  awake 
and  evoke  interest  were  just  as  good  as  any  other  ones.  That  I  can 
scarcely  believe  to  be  true  since  well-organized  work  must  bring 
with  it  far  better  results  than  any  haphazard  work. 

Let  us  go  back  to  the  two  points  in  progress;  one,  choice  of 
material  and  the  other,  application  or  use  of  such  material  after  it  is 
chosen.  For  one  illustration  I  should  like  to  go  to  the  east-side  of 
the  City  of  New  York,  and  mention  a  lesson  on  birds  given  twenty 
years  ago,  and  a  lesson  given  to-day.  The  material  provided  for 
this  lesson  of  twenty  years  ago  was  one  dilapidated  bird.  The 
class  was  asked  to  name  the  bird.  They  sat  there  gazing  at  the  old 
bird,  but  not  much  enthused.  After  several  repetitions  of  the 
question  by  the  teacher  one  child  raised  his  hand  and  answered, 
"It  was  a  crow  last  year."  This  story  speaks  for  itself .  Evidently 
the  poor  bird  had  been  worked  to  the  limits  in  that  school  and  pos- 
sibly had  appeared  under  different  names  in  different  grades.  This 
is  an  extreme  example  of  the  most  perfunctory  type  of  nature-study. 
The  prescribed  lesson  was  taught  without  any  doubt;  the  bird's 
beak,  feathers,  and  tail  were  all  tabulated  and  discussed.  The 
subject  was  covered.  The  period  was  over  and  the  work  was  done. 
The  same  school  at  this  time  is  sending  its  classes  with  their  little 
notebooks  and  pencils  up  to  the  Natural  History  Msucum  to  see 

63 


64  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

the  birds  just  as  they  have  been  placed  in  that  great  museum  to 
show  their  natural  habitat.  These  children  are  provided  with  a 
series  of  questions  about  the  birds,  so  that  they  may  go  from  case  to 
case  looking,  discussing  and  inspecting.  A  similar  class  is  seen  in 
the  classroom  with  bird  pictures  or  bird  riddles  or  going  to  the  little 
neighborhood  park  to  watch  the  sparrows  and  to  study  the  habits 
of  these  bothersome  little  creatures.  The  difference  in  these  two 
lessons, the  bird  lesson  of  yesterday,  and  the  bird  lesson  of  today, 
is  significant  in  that  in  one  case  any  available  material  was  used 
and  a  perfunctory  lesson  was  tuaght ;  while  in  the  other  case,  a  live 
lesson  was  taught,  the  interest  of  the  children  was  awakened  and 
they  became  acquainted  with  nature  at  the  great  museum ;  a  real 
civic  lesson  entered  in  here,  a  lesson  especially  needed  in  these  days 
for  all  of  our  children.  One  such  trio  a  term,  to  the  Natural 
History  Museimi,  the  library,  the  Children's  Museimi  or  the 
Botanic  Garden,  is  better  far  than  a  whole  series  of  perfunctory 
classroom  exercises.  Such  lessons  as  these  visits  represent,  are,  of 
course,  far  more  valuable  if,  after  returning  to  class  the  work  is 
followed  up  as  it  is  in  many  cases,  and  even  if  it  is  not,  such  a  lesson 
has  gone  toward  the  broadening  and  uplift  of  these  children. 

Another  nature  lesson  given  in  the  same  city  some  years  ago  was 
a  plant  lesson  presented  to  40  or  50  children  with  one  little  specimen 
in  the  teacher's  hand  held  up  for  classroom  inspection  and  yet  how 
impossible  it  was  to  inspect  or  see  a  bit  of  that  specimen  if  one  sat 
in  the  back  of  the  room !  A  similar  lesson  two  years  ago,  in  a  school 
in  the  same  neighborhood  on  the  lower  east-side  shows  the  children 
on  the  roof  hovering  about  boxes,  and  pails  and  pans,  in  which 
vessels,  seeds  have  been  planted  and  living  plants  are  forcing  their 
way  up.  What  keen  interest  and  delight  shown  by  these  children, 
how  many  lessons  worked  out  from  just  this  one  center  of  interest ! 
We  might  stop  here  to  ask  "How  is  it  possible  to  avoid  the  first 
type  of  lesson,  how  is  one  going  to  be  able  to  gather  a  great  deal  of 
nature-study  material  for  city  schools?"  It  is  not  always  possible 
but  if  a  few  specimens  have  been  brought  in  by  children  and  teach- 
ers, such 'materials  could  be  arranged  as  I  have  seen  them  many 
times  on  a  side  table  in  the  room.  By  each  twig,  or  branch,  or 
fruit,  or  flower-pot  is  a  definite  inscription  telling  something  about 
the  specimen,  and  in  odd  moments  before  or  after  school,  when  a 
child  has  finished  his  work  he  may  go  to  that  nature-study  table 
and  become  acquainted  with  those  things.     In  general,  I  think 


Shaw]  PROGRESS  IN  NATURE-STUDY  MATERIALS         65 

these  two  or  three  illustrations  are  rather  typical  of  the  change  in 
the  materials  provided  yesterday  and  today  in  nature-study. 

This  does  not  mean  that  there  was  not  much  excellent  and  inspi- 
rational work  done  yesterday,  nor  does  it  mean  that  some  teachers 
were  not  giving  exactly  the  same  practical  work  that  is  being  given 
today,  but  on  the  whole  the  work  of  yesterday  was  far  less  well 
thought  out,  and  far  less  well  applied  to  the  everyday  life  of  the 
child.  I  remember  a  very  wonderful  piece  of  work  carried  on  in  a 
rural  community  about  thirteen  years  ago.  Some  of  you  here  know 
Miss  Faddis  and  her  work.  We  happened  to  be  teaching  nature- 
study  together  in  the  same  New  York  State  Normal  School.  One 
of  the  grades  Miss  Faddis  was  working  with,  was  the  fifth  grade. 
They  were  doing  some  spring  work  in  nature-study  and  instead  of 
doing  a  few  exercises  in  the  classroom  on  birds  and  letting  it  go  at 
that,  Miss  Faddis  inspired  those  children  to  collect  birds'  nests  of 
different  types,  nests  that  were  deserted  and  no  longer  used.  Just 
this  last  winter  I  happened  to  see  in  New  York  one  of  the  boys  who 
was  in  that  class  and  he  said,  *'I  shall  never  forget  that  work;  it 
will  always  live  with  me.  We  fellows  scoured  the  countryside  for 
miles  around  to  get  the  specimens."  Such  work  as  that  is  of  no 
epoch  and  of  no  period.  Miss  Faddis  would  have  taught  that  kind 
of  work  twenty  years  ago,  ten  years  ago,  or  now.  Any  person  who 
has  common  sense  must  know  that  nature-study  is  not  a  matter  of 
classroom  exercises,  of  perfunctory  work,  of  sentimental  slush,  but 
it  is  a  part  of  one's  daily  life,  and  should  be  inspiring,  thought- 
evoking,  and  having  to  do  with  the  real  life  of  all  of  us,  just  as  the 
birds,  trips  to  the  museums,  planting  of  real  gardens  on  top  of  a 
roof,  are  all  things  which  do  not  today  belong  in  the  life  of  any 
person,  any  group,  any  class,  but  in  the  life  of  all  people.  So,  for 
the  first  point  which  I  have  so  sketchily  covered,  the  thought  in  my 
own  mind  is  that  materials  chosen  for  nature-study  work  today 
seem  for  the  most  part  to  be  those  which  have  more  to  do  with 
definite  living,  and  are  far  better  arranged ;  that  we  are  not  taking 
any  old  material  because  it  happens  to  be  convenient,  but  that  we 
are  reaching  out,  and  making  the  right  materials  serve  the  right 
purpose,  choosing  real  centers  of  interest,  working  from  them  and 
making  everyday  applications  to  our  everyday  lives. 

In  my  second  point,  the  use  of  these  materials,  we  have  advanced 
as  well  as  in  the  first  point.  Very,  very  few  of  us  who  are  working 
in  this  line  are  willing  to  put  in  energy  upon  materials  which  are  not 
going  to  measure  up  to  some  definite  results.     A  new  course  of 


66  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

Study  has  just  been  made  out  for  the  City  of  New  York.  If  you 
were  to  read  over  the  old  course  of  study  and  then  compare  it  with 
this  new  one,  you  would  be  much  interested  in  the  materials  chosen 
for  work  in  the  old  schedule  and  the  applications  made.  In  the  old 
course,  it  is  suggested  in  one  place,  and  in  fact  this  is  the  sort  of 
suggestion  running  through  the  entire  course,  that  in  a  certain 
grade  in  the  school  every  child  should  be  provided  with  a  specimen 
of  blossoming  arbutus.  It  was  determined  by  one  specialist  that 
if  all  the  little  second  grades  in  the  city  were  provided  with  individ- 
ual specimens  of  arbutus  all  the  arbutus  plants  an3rwhere  near  the 
City  of  New  York  would  be  put  to  use.  That  was  not  even  a 
sensible  suggestion  of  materials  to  be  used,  but  in  the  present 
course  of  study  it  suggests  that  teachers  use  any  everyday  kind  of 
material  of  the  section  in  which  the  children  live.  If  we  have 
children  from  the  outside  sections,  and  we  have  many  such  sections, 
the  new  course  suggests  using  the  common  materials  nature  herself 
provides ;  in  a  pushcart  section,  using  the  fruits  the  children  see  and 
are  familiar  with  on  the  pushcarts  and  make  these  the  center  of 
interest.  How  much  one  might  unfold  to  children  with  just  these 
common  everyday  things!  Think  of  the  plebian  onion  consumed 
in  such  quantities!  Think  how  far  back  its  history  runs — back 
even  to  the  time  of  the  pyramids.  Think  of  the  foreign  relation- 
ship that  fruits  and  vegetables  present.  Imagine  the  fascinating 
tales  one  might  unfold  if  he  were  willing  to  put  a  little  time  and 
thought  on  just  this  type  of  nature-study.  We  hear  a  great  deal  in 
these  days  about  selection  of  subjects  for  project  work.  There  is 
nothing  new  in  these  twenty  years  of  work  in  the  idea  of  projects 
and  hobbies.  Good  teachers  of  twenty  years  ago  were  giving 
children  special  pieces  of  work  to  study,  to  hunt  up,  to  describe,  and 
to  experiment  over  at  home  and  abroad.  The  fine  and  understand- 
ing teacher  always  exists.  The  use  of  material  by  a  teacher  in  her 
work  is  the  third  degree  which  reveals  the  type  of  work  that  teacher 
expects  to  do,  the  type  of  person  she  is,  and  the  results  she  is  bound 
to  obtain.  Much  of  our  best  study  of  today  is  presented  in  the 
form  of  problems  of  some  kind,  class  problems,  groups  problems, 
and  personal  problems  so  that  these  become  part  of  a  child's  thought 
and  consideration  for  some  length  of  time.  For  instance,  we  may 
teach  a  lesson  on  trees,  shall  it  be  for  example,  a  lesson  in  ev^er- 
greens?  Where  does  it  lead  us  ?  Shall  we  just  learn  to  recognize 
those  evergreens  which  are  available  or  shall  we  go  further  and 
make  our  blue-prints,  mount  them,  and  have  the  children  talk 


Shaw]  PROGRESS  IN  NATURE-STUDY  MATERIALS  67 

about  them,  making  this  a  lesson  in  written  and  oral  English  ?  As 
we  go  farther  up  in  school,  shall  we  not  add  to  this  lesson  an  inter- 
esting little  stunt  of  making  a  key  or  plan  by  which  a  Boy  or  Girl 
Scout  may  easily  recognize  any  of  these  trees  as  it  comes  to  them  in 
the  park  or  in  the  woods?  We  can  even  go  a  step  farther  and 
learn  the  difference  between  the  hard  and  soft  woods;  study  the 
fruiting  parts  of  these  trees;  understand  why  the  term  conifer  is 
better  to  use  in  this  great  group  than  evergreen ;  read  some  of  the 
interesting  stories  about  Christmas  trees  and  be  ready  to  tell  them 
in  the  assembly  to  the  children  of  the  lower  grades.  Think  of  all 
the  provocative  elements  existing  in  such  a  subject!  To  teach  a 
subject  in  nature-study,  drop  it,  and  go  on  to  teach  another  has 
always  seemed  to  me,  even  in  the  beginning  of  my  experience,  a 
most  futile  plan.  The  idea  of  life,  which  we  are  trying  to  give  boys 
and  girls  in  all  subjects  we  teach,  is  not  a  series  of  jerks,  but  ought 
to  be  a  continuous,  vital,  real  matter,  and  so  our  nature-study 
should  tie  closely  not  only  with  life,  but  with  the  life  of  our  other 
subjects  in  the  classroom. 

So  it  would  seem  that  in  using  nature  materials  in  the  course  of 
study  today  we  are  giving  special  heed  to  the  application  of  such 
materials,  both  to  the  life  of  the  child  and  to  the  rest  of  the  course 
of  study,  choosing  not  only  such  materials  as  build  up  a  complete, 
comprehensive  and  continuous  course  of  study,  as  we  did  yesterday, 
but  choosing  live  centers  of  interest,  making  those  a  real  part  of  the 
rest  of  the  course  of  study.  Great  progress  nas  been  made  in  this 
line. 

Finally,  in  summing  up  the  progress  of  the  past  twenty  years,  it 
seems  to  me  that  we  have  progressed  as  a  body  or  as  a  group  of 
people  from  a  state  of  very  scattered  and  diffused  interests  touch- 
ing the  high  points  as  we  have  happened  to;  to  a  state  where 
materials  used  are  far  more  practical  and  of  greater  life  interest  than 
ever  selected  before.  Our  field  of  work  has  not  changed.  The 
materials  we  are  using  today  were  always  with  us,  but  more  of  us 
today  are  willing  to  teach  things  as  they  are,  and  more  of  us  are 
using  those  materials  which  make  children  think,  which  apply  more 
definitely  to  their  everyday  life  a?id  also  to  the  life  we  trust  they  are 
going  to  live  as  good  appreciative  citizens,  to  support  their  parks, 
their  museums,  their  homes,  and  if  possible  their  own  little  estates. 

"The  one  or  two  who  hold  Earth's  coin  of  less  account  than  fairy  gold. 
Their  treasure  not  the  spoil  of  crowns  and  kings 
But  the  dim  beauty  at  the  heart  of  things." 


A  Survey  of  Twenty  Years'  Progress  in  Measuring 
Results  in  Nature-Study 

By  Dr.  Elliot  R.  Downing 
The  University  of  Chicago 

The  Revised  Range  of  Information  Test  in  Science 
Please  put  an  E  beside  words  and  phrases  (on  the  list  below)  that 
you  can  explain  or  define,  an  F  beside  those  you  have  heard  or  read 
about,  the  meaning  of  which  is  not  clear,  and  an  N  beside  those 
that  are  new.  Explain  or  define  the  first  five  you  mark  with  an  E, 
on  the  back  of  this  sheet. 


Nc 

).  Mark 

No. 

Mark 

Here. 

Here. 

I 

Adaptation 

26 

Inoculation 

2 

Atom 

27 

Instinct 

3 

Buoyancy 

28 

Law  of  gravitation 

4 

Candle  power 

29 

Law  of  the  lever 

5 

Center  of  gravity 

30 

Law  of  the  pulley 

6 

Comet 

31 

Migration 

7 

Conduction 

32 

Molecule 

8 

Conservation  of  energy 

33 

Momentimi 

9 

Dew  point 

34 

Natural  selection 

lO 

Disease  organisms 

35 

Nitrifying  bacteria 

II 

Drowned  valley 

36 

Orbit  of  the  moon 

12 

Eclipse 

37 

Osmosis 

13 

Electrical  resistance 

38 

Oxidation 

14 

Electro-magnet 

39 

Photosynthesis 

15 

Enzyme 

40 

Parasitism 

i6 

Eorsion 

41 

Plant  or  animal  cell 

17 

Equinox 

42 

Precipitate 

i8 

Evolution 

43 

Reversion 

19 

Family  tree 

44 

Sedimentation 

20 

Fertility  of  soil 

45 

Solar  system 

21 

Fertilization  of  egg 

46 

Specific  heat 

22 

Flood  plain 

47 

Sterilization 

23 

Fossil 

48 

The  ice  age 

24 

Gas  diffusion 

49 

Toxin 

25 

Heat  expansion 

50 

Variation 

*Copies  of  the  i-evised  test  can  be  obtained  from  the  author,  The  Universit}'' 
of  Chicago,  The  School  of  Education,  for  S.40  per  hundred. 

68 


Downing]  PROGRESS  IN  MEASURING  RESULTS  69 

Water  is  absorbed  by  the  plant  from  the  soil  largely  by  means  of 

the  root The  water  is  brought  up  from  the  deeper 

layers  of  the  soil  by  much  as  oil  is 

brought  up  to  the  flame  by  the  lamp  wick.     The  

the  spaces  between  the  soil  particles  the  more  readily  is  the  water 
brought  up.     Evaporation  goes  on  rapidly  if  the  surface  layer  of 

soil  is ,  slowly  if  it  is For  this  reason 

in  part  the  garden  is  so  as  to  prevent  excessive 

In  wet  seasons  it  would  be  unwise  to  do  this  for 

if  the  surface  layer  is rain  will  easily 

the  soil  and would  also  be  checked. 

It  has  been  shown  that pollination  produces  more 

and  better  seed  than  self  pollination  in  flowers.     Pollen  is  carried 

from  flower  to  flower  either  by or  by 

Flowers  of  the  former  sort  are  called  anemophilous  of  the  latter 

Willows   and  grasses  have   their  pollen   carried 

largely  by   and  the  pollen  is  produced  in  great 

Flowers  that  depend  on  to  carry 

their  pollen  usually  have  pleasing bright 

and  secrete  to  attract  the  Their 

form  and  structure  are  often to  the  structure  of  some 

one  sort  of Thus  flowers  with  deep  tubular  corollas 

are  visited  by that  have  a  very  long to 

enable  them  to  reach  the 

An  animal  breathes  (Check  the  best  reason  given) . 

1 .  Because  the  blood  contains  impurities  that  must  be  eliminated. 

2 .  In  order  to  get  oxygen  to  the  working  cells  so  it  may  be  com- 
bined with  their  substance  to  generate  work  power  and  in  order  to 
remove  the  wastes. 

3 .  To  keep  the  lungs  healthy. 

4.  To  destroy  disease  germs. 

5.  So  the  animal  will  have  air  enough  to  make  noises  that  are 
characteristic  of  each  species,  like  the  song  of  a  bird,  the  moo  of  a 
cow. 

A  person  should  wash  his  hands  before  each  meal  because  (Check 
the  best  reason): 

1 .  It  is  not  polite  to  come  to  the  table  with  dirty  hands. 

2.  It  helps  the  grocer  to  sell  his  soap. 

3.  The  skin  is  not  healthy  unless  it  is  washed  often. 

4.  Disease  germs  might  get  from  your  hands  onto  your  food. 


70  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

5.  Dirty  hands  show  you  do  not  belong  to  the  refined  class  of 
people. 

Milk  is  heated  to  170"  F.  (pasteurized)  before  it  is  delivered  to 
city  customers  (Check  the  best  reason). 

1.  To  kill  the  germs  of  disease  that  may  be  in  it. 

2.  Because  it  is  more  easily  digested  when  it  is  so  heated. 

3.  .To  make  the  cream  rise  to  the  top  more  readily. 

4.  To  help  keep  the  bottles  clean. 

5 .  Because  it  tastes  better  if  it  is  warmed  before  you  drink  it. 
Check  each  of  the  following  statements  which  relates  an  adjust- 
ment of  an  organism  to  its  environment. 

1 .  The  cricket  makes  his  chirping  call-note  by  rubbing  his  wings 
together.  A  tooth  on  one  wing  scraping  across  a  series  of  ridges  on 
the  other  produces  sound  somewhat  as  it  is  made  when  you  draw 
your  finger  nail  over  the  tooth  of  a  comb. 

2 .  The  dragonfly  or  snake  doctor  is  more  appropriately  called  the 
mosquito  hawk  for  it  captures  mosquitoes  and  gnats  and  eats  them 
on  the  wing.  So  you  find  it  usually  about  swamps  and  ponds 
where  such  insects  are  abundant. 

3.  The  dandelion  flower  cluster  closes  in  wet  weather  and 
snuggles  down  to  the  ground  but  opens  again  when  the  sun  shines. 

4.  During  the  recent  war  nearly  a  quarter  of  our  entire  supply 
of  walnut  trees  was  cut  to  furnish  wood  for  aeroplane  propellers  and 
rifle  stocks.  Walnut  is  strong,  does  not  readily  splinter  and  works 
well  under  cutting  tools. 

5.  Woodchuck  digs  himself  a  hole  and  after  stiiffing  his  baggy 
hide  until  it  can  hold  no  more  of  fat  he  crawls  down  a  few  feet  in  it 
through  the  winter  to  a  comfortable  temperature  more  equiable 
than  bobolink  finds  in  his  southern  home  reached  by  hundreds  of 
miles  of  weary  travel. 


T.wo  hectograph  plates,  which  were  not  engravable  were  also  used  by 
Dr.  Downing.  One  with  two  boys  upon  a  see-saw  teeter  with  the  inscription : 
"The  boys  find  the  teeter  will  not  work — one  end  stays  down.  Can  you 
tell  how  to  fix  it,  so  it  will  work  and  why?"  The  other  a  plate  with  out- 
lines of  leaves  of  elm,  tulip,  oak  and  poplar  for  identification. 

Editor. 


A  Survey  of  Twenty  Years'  Progress  in  Nature  Study 
(E)  in  Extension  Work* 

A.  F.  Satterthwait 
Scientific  Assistant,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Entomology 

In  order  to  present  the  progress  of  nature-study  during  the  past 
twenty  years  as  evidenced  in  extension  work,  it  is  necessary  to 
review  sHghtly  the  situation  at  the  beginning  of  this  period  and 
determine,  tentatively  at  least,  the  relationship  of  nature-study  and 
extension  work. 

Nature-study  is  the  acquiring  of  an  understanding  of  the  natural 
elements  and  creatures  composing  the  environment  of  which  we  are 
a  part.  As  compared  with  the  natural  sciences,  it  is  a  gentle 
approach  through  the  foreground  to  the  ultimate  fact,  rather  than 
the  fact  itself,  or  the  science,  exact  or  applied.  It  is  the  use  of  our 
natural  environment  for  developing  in  ourselves  the  ability  to 
observe,  to  analyze,  to  correlate  objects  and  ideas,  to  notice  how 
other  creatures  adapt  themselves  to  their  environment  and  to 
adapt  ourselves  more  readily. 

Nature-study  seems  to  have  been  developed  for  the  purpose  of 
rebuilding  agriculture.  It  was  taken  up  with  remarkable  prompt- 
ness, aided  by  Audubon  Societies,  Junior  Naturalist  Clubs,  and 
school  garden  classes.  Nature-study  underlies  each  of  these 
related  interests  and  is,  in  large  measure,  a  preparation  for  the 
study  of  agriculture  in  later  years.  It  has  its  greatest  value  when  it 
is  taught  at  the  earliest  ages  and  throughout  the  grades.  It  serves 
the  dual  purpose  of  reaching  the  parents  as  well  as  the  child,  and 
the  value  of  the  accomplishment  of  the  second  purpose  is  not  much 
less,  if  any,  than  that  of  the  first,  in  the  case  of  the  rural  community. 

The  story  is  told  of  a  certain  farmer  who  discovered  his  son 
catching  beetles,  and  asked  why  he  was  doing  it.  The  boy  replied 
that  his  teacher  wanted  them  to  illustrate  talks  to  the  pupils  on 
habits  of  insects,  their  ravages,  methods  of  repression,  etc.  The 
farmer  forbade  his  son  catching  any  more  "bugs,"  but  could  not 
help  noticing  that  the  little  fellow  continued  his  interest  in  them. 
He  finally  exacted  a  promise  from  the  teacher  not  to  take  his  son's 
time  from  books  "to  fool  around  with  bugs  and  worms  and  millers." 
Not  long  afterwards,  the  son  let  fall  a  remark  in  his  father's  hearing 


*Published  by  pe/mission  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

71 


72  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

about  some  noxious  insect,  which  showed  him  to  be  in  possession  of 
information  of  value  to  the  farmer.  The  father's  interest  was  thus 
aroused  and  the  ban  against  nature-study  was  removed.  He  was 
frequently  seen  in  company  with  his  son  collecting,  and  later  on 
presented  the  school  with  a  valuable  collection  of  insects  properly 
mounted.  He  had  come  to  see  that  nature-study  has  a  direct  rela- 
tion to  the  improvement  of  agriculture. 

A  normal  school  in  New  England  included  in  its  curriculiun, 
about  19 1 6,  nature-study  and  school  gardening,  but  did  not  include 
agriculture.  It  gave  the  students  thorough  and  practical  instruc- 
tion in  plant  production,  from  selecting  the  seed  to  harvesting  and 
marketing  the  crop,  and  in  banking  the  proceeds  and  checking  out 
the  money  to  pay  expenses.  In  this  case,  nature-study  was 
actually  applied  agriculture,  typical  of  extension  work. 

Extension  work  is  advanced  nature-study  work,  limited  to 
applied  agriculture  in  its  broadest  sense,  including  home  and  com- 
munity health  and  sanitation.  It  is  conducted  by  the  agricultural 
colleges  and  experiment  stations,  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureaus 
of  Soils,  Markets,  Animal  Industry,  Plant  Industry  and  Entomol- 
ogy, the  States  Relations  Service  and  Office  of  Farm  Management 
of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  with  county 
courts  and  local  organizations,  or  some  of  these  agencies,  depending 
upon  the  project. 

The  Illinois  Farmers'  Institute  started  extension  work  in  1901, 
when  its  director  sent  out  packages  of  seed  com  to  as  many  boys 
under  18  years  of  age  as  would  agree  to  enter  the  com  growing 
contest.  Each  boy  was  instructed  how  to  plant  and  was  required 
to  keep  a  record  of  the  crop  and  report  to  the  Institute  on  seventeen 
specified  points,  and  exhibit  ten  ears.  The  ten  ears  exhibited  were 
to  be  judged  by  a  prescribed  scoring  schedule  and  by  persons  known 
to  be  skilled  in  judging  corn.  This  effort  was  unsuccessful,  but  the 
following  year  500  boys  applied  for  admission  to  the  contest  and  the 
boys,  together  with  500  farmers,  came  to  the  Institute  meeting  at 
which  the  com  was  exhibited  and  judged.  The  following  year 
1,500  bo3^s  entered  the  contest  and  300  boys  and  1,500  farmers 
attended  the  Institute.  In  1904,  120,000  farmer  boys  of  Illinois 
were  invited  to  enroll  for  the  com  growing  contest  and  8,000  applied 
for  admission  and  seed.  Over  1,000  entries  of  ten  ears  each  were 
submitted  and  placed  on  exhibit  in  the  Palace  of  Agriculture  at  the 
St.  Louis  Exposition.     The  com  was  of  excellent  quality  and  quite 


Satterthwait]  nature-study  EXTENSION  73 

uniform  in  appearance  and  measurement.  The  prizes  ranged  from 
50  cents  to  $500,  and  1,250  exhibits  received  awards.  Extension 
work  in  Illinois  at  this  time  included  boys'  clubs  for  the  study  of 
com  growing,  com  judging,  live  stock,  vegetable  exhibits,  local 
crops,  variety  tests  of  sugar  beets  and  visits  to  agricultural  institu- 
tions in  other  states. 

About  1902  the  Ohio  boys  club  was  started  by  the  superintendent 
of  schools,  and  had  an  enrollment  of  700  boys  in  1904. 

About  1903  the  Texas  boys'  and  girls'  club  was  started.  It  had 
an  enrollment  of  over  1,200  by  the  end  of  1904. 

Iowa  boys'  clubs  were  started  by  the  superintendent  of  schools  in 
March,  1904,  and  an  enrollment  of  335  was  reached  by  the  end  of 
the  year.  Boys'  clubs  had  been  started  in  New  York  and  in 
Indiana  at  an  earlier  date. 

Soon  after  boys'  clubs  were  started  by  the  Illinois  Farmers' 
Institute,  similar  clubs  were  organized  in  certain  Southern  States, 
notably  Georgia,  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  and  Texas.*  This  move- 
ment had  grown  up  and  died  down  before  the  Farmers'  Cooperative 
Demonstration  Work  began  to  attract  national  attention.  This 
Demonstration  Work  in  the  South  commenced  in  1904.  A  few 
bright  boy  farmers  asked  to  be  enrolled  in  demonstration  work 
along  with  the  men.  During  the  year  1908,  boys'  club  work  was 
extended  into  several  counties  and  states.     At  the  beginning  of 

1909,  a  systematic  effort  was  made  by  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture to  place  boys'  clubs  on  a  standardized,  uniform  acre-basis  in 
all  the  states  where  the  farm  demonstration  work  was  being  con- 
ducted, which  included  every  Southern  State  from  Virginia  to 
Texas.     During  the  year,  10,54^  boys  were  enrolled,  and  during 

1 9 10,  46,225  bo3^s.  Prize  trips  to  Washington  were  offered  bv 
nearly  all  the  Southern  States  in  19 10. 

Each  boy  was  required  to  grow  an  acre  of  corn  in  his  demonstra- 
tion, and  the  basis  for  judging  was  as  follows: 

Yield    30  per  cent. 

Showing  of  Profit 30  per  cent. 

History  of  Crop 20  per  cent. 

Ten  Ear  Exhibit 20  per  cent. 

Many  of  these  boys  produced  over  200  bushels  of  com  per  acre. 
One  boy  in  Mississippi  produced  227  re  bushels  at  a  cost  of  14  cents 

*The  writer  desires  to  express  his  thanks  to  Drs.  A.  C.  True  and  C.  B.  Smith 
and  Messrs.  J.  A.  Evans  and  O.  B.  Martin,  of  the  vStates  Relations  Service  for 
supplying  data  and  correcting  manuscript  j)ertaining  to  their  work. 


74  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

per  bushel.  Another  produced  221.2  bushels  at  a  cost  of  16  cents 
per  bushel,  alongside  of  a  field  producing  40  bushels  per  acre.  One 
boy  in  Alabama  produced  212.5  bushels  at  8,6  cents  per  bushel,  and 
another,  224.75  bushels  at  19.8  cents  per  bushel.  The  plan  is  to 
instruct,  to  direct,  to  guide  and  to  train  each  boy,  and  involves  the 
cooperation  of  school  officers,  teachers  and  agents  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture.  The  making  of  a  crop  economically  and 
successfully  is  stressed,  and  particular  inspiration  is  afforded  the 
leaders  and  the  boys  when  yields  perhaps  the  greatest  ever  pro- 
duced, are  secured  at  the  low  costs  of  8.6  and  14.2  cents  per  bushel. 

In  South  Carolina  in  1909,  one  boy  raised  152.5  bushels  of  com 
on  one  acre,  while  the  state  average  was  less  than  16  bushels. 

The  Farmers'  Cooperative  Demonstration  Work  was  developed 
in  1 910  to  include  girls'  clubs.  That  year  girls'  clubs  were  organ- 
ized in  South  Carolina  and  Virginia  in  connection  with  boys'  com 
clubs,  and  325  enrolled.  The  girls  were  started  on  one-tenth  acre 
gardens,  specializing  on  tomatoes,  but  including  some  snap  beans 
and  cucimibers.  The  objects  of  the  girls'  demonstration  work  was 
to  stimulate  interest  and  wholesome  cooperation  in  the  home,  to 
earn  money  and  get  the  education  and  view  point  necessary  for  the 
ideal  farm-life,  to  encourage  the  production  of  better  food  at  lower 
cost  and  conserve  the  surplus  products,  and  to  furnish  earnest 
teachers  with  a  plan  for  aiding  their  pupils  and  their  communities. 

In  191 1,  more  than  3,000  girls,  representing  eight  states,  joined 
the  clubs.  Many  of  them  put  up  more  than  500  quarts  of  tomatoes 
from  their  crops,  besides  ketchups,  pickles  and  preserves.  A  few 
put  up  nearly  a  thousand  quarts  each. 

The  girls'  clubs  began  by  specializing  on  a  single  crop,  tomatoes, 
then  including  beans  and  cuamibers,  then  other  vegetables  and 
fruits,  progressing  upward  through  meat,  bread,  milk  products  and 
into  home  demonstration  work.  The  first  girls'  canning  club  was 
organized  in  Aiken  County,  South  Carolina. 

In  191 5,  the  enrollment  of  boys  and  girls,  both  north  and  south, 
was  250,000. 

In  19 1 6,  home  demonstration  work,  which  began  with  girls' 
canning  clubs,  had  been  taken  up  in  420  counties.  The  girls*  clubs 
in  one  county  in  Alabama  put  up  in  the  four  years  ending  in  19 16, 
172,555  cans,  valued  at  $29,400. 

Extension  work  was  greatly  forwarded  by  the  passage  of  the 
Smith-Lever  act.  May  8,   1914,  which  specifies  that  cooperative 


Satterthwait]  NATURE-STUDY  extension  75 

extension  work  shall  consist  of  the  giving  of  instruction  and  practi- 
cal demonstrations  in  agriculture  and  home  economics  to  persons 
not  attending  or  resident  in  the  agricultural  and  mechanical  col- 
leges in  the  several  communities,  and  imparting  to  such  persons 
information  on  said  subjects  through  field  demonstrations,  publica- 
tions, and  otherwise.  The  three  greatest  claimable  appropriations 
under  this  act  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1920,  were:  Pennsyl- 
vania, $169,722.91 ;  Texas,  $165,868.55;   Illinois,  $123,889.52. 

The  Vocational  Training  act,  which  passed  February  23,  1917, 
appropriated  a  maximum  sum  of  $1,000,000  for  1920.  This  act 
provides  for  teachers  of  agriculture,  trades,  industry  and  home 
economics. 

Cooperative  extension  work  in  agriculture  and  home  economics 
is  divided  between  the  South,  consisting  of  Delaware,  Maryland, 
West  Virginia,  Kentucky,  Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  Texas  and  the 
States  south  of  these,  and  the  North  and  West,  consisting  of  the 
remaining  states. 

The  chief  lines  of  activity  of  the  extension  work  are  represented 
by  the  county  agent,  the  home  economics  agent  and  the  boys'  and 
girls'  club  agent.  A  banker  of  central  New  York  said  that  "within 
three  years  after  the  Smith-Lever  act  went  into  force,  their  county 
agent  had  done  more  for  the  fanners  of  that  county  than  the  entire 
Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  state  agricultural  colleges  had 
done  for  them  during  the  fifty  years  preceding."  This  expresses 
the  appreciation  of  extension  work  felt  in  counties  which  have 
entered  into  the  spirit  of  improved  agriculture  and  of  cooperation. 

From  its  beginning  in  1862,  the  Department  of  Agriculture  has 
been  amassing  a  tremendous  volume  of  information  from  its  many 
contacts  with  agriculture  and  has  dispensed  its  information  freely 
through  its  central  outlets  and  through  the  experiment  stations. 
To  such  extent  as  the  information  was  used  by  farmers,  stock 
raisers,  fruit  growers  and  others,  they  profitted.  The  difficulty  has 
been  in  the  failure  of  the  farmer  to  assimilate  the  information. 
Having  had  none  of  the  advantages  of  nature-study  or  elementary 
agriculture  in  childhood,  he  grew  to  depend  upon  his  personal 
experience  almost  to  the  exclusion  of  all  other  information.  An 
extreme  type  is  represented  in  the  story  of  the  farmer  answering  a 
county  agent  with  the  self  exposing  assertion  that  "I've  nm 
through  three  farms,  and  I  know.  You  can't  tell  me  anything 
about  farming." 


76  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

The  county  agent,  the  home  economics  agent,  and  the  boys'  and 
girls'  club  agent  are  excellent  means  for  carrying  the  wealth  of 
information  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  to  the  farmers'  entire 
family.  There  are  many  instances  in  which  even  these  agents 
cannot  impart  the  information  they  have  at  hand  to  the  people 
most  needing  it.  As  they  have  recourse  to  the  child,  the  child  in 
such  cases  becomes  the  carrier.  Instead  of  teaching  nature-study 
as  such,  they  call  the  children  together  and  show  them  a  plan 
whereby  they  can  work  together  on  any  one  of  many  boys'  and 
girls'  club  projects. 

Children  have  faith  in  teachers  and  other  persons  who  appear 
to  have  information,  and  generally  are  very  glad  to  start  a  project. 
The  follow-up  system  of  instruction  by  letters  from  the  colleges  and 
by  visits  from  the  county  agents,  coupled  with  the  wholesome  spirit 
of  competition  with  the  other  boys  and  girls  in  the  clubs  is  rewarded 
with  completion  of  project  and  of  report  by  a  third  or  more  of  the 
enrollment  and  the  knowledge  that  the  instructions  have  favorably 
influenced  probably  all  the  enrollment  and  some  parents  or  neigh- 
bors of  each  one.  Where  precepts  fail  with  the  elders,  the  children 
are  most  useful  in  their  example,  the  successful  results  of  which  so 
often  put  to  shame  the  indifferent  results  obtained  by  the  elders. 

A  case  is  reported  from  the  southwest  in  which  one  of  the  com 
club  boys  produced  45  bushels  of  com  on  one  acre  and  showed  a 
good  report  on  his  work.  His  case  was  specially  considered 
because  he  had  such  a  small  yield.  The  father  explained  that  he 
knew  the  boy  would  not  do  any  good  in  the  project,  so  he  let  him 
use  a  comer  that  never  was  any  good.  When  asked  what  the 
yield  was  on  the  better  part  of  the  farm,  the  father  acknowledged 
that  he  produced  only  20  bushels  per  acre! 

In  eastern  Indiana,  in  19 15,  a  certain  small  boy  in  knee  breeches 
piloted  the  writer  to  a  tract  of  land  reported  to  be  infested  with 
insects,  a  part  of  which  land  belonged  to  his  father.  This  boy  was 
in  the  boys'  corn-growing  contest  and  two  years  in  succession  had 
won  a  week's  free  trip  to  Washington,  D.  C,  each  time  with  a 
purse  of  $50  in  cash.  The  lad  tendered  the  second  trip  to  the  next 
boy  in  the  contest.  These  contests  called  for  the  growing  of  five 
acres  of  com,  one  measured  acre  of  which  was  chosen  for  the 
judges,  the  whole  procedure  being  under  the  observation  of  the 
county  agent.  The  first  year  this  lad  produced  119  bushels  of  com 
to  the  acre,  the  second  year,  1 26  bushels.  The  prospects  were  very 
fair  that  he  would  win  the  third  year.     The  father  used  no  fertilizer 


Satterthwait]  nature-study  EXTENSION  77 

and  would  allow  his  boy  no  advantage  over  himself,  excepting  in 
choice  of  locality. 

The  neighboring  farmers,  in  discussing  community  affairs  at  the 
village  grocery,  became  vexed  at  the  idea  of  this  boy  winning  twice 
in  the  contest,  assuming  that  there  was  unfairness  or  favoritism. 
One  farmer  whose  house  was  just  across  the  road  from  the  lad's 
field  the  second  year  remained  silent  until  the  discussion  stirred 
him  to  speak  in  defense  of  the  boy.  He  said,  "I  do  not  know  how 
the  judging  is  done,  but  I  know  that  when  I  got  up  in  the  mornings, 
he  was  already  at  work  cultivating  that  corn.  When  I  quit  work  in 
the  evenings,  I  sat  on  my  porch  and  read  my  paper  for  a  couple  of 
hours  by  sunlight  and  he  continued  working  that  corn  till  dark. 
I  laid  my  com  by  after  working  it  three  times.  He  worked  his 
eight  times.  Our  land  is  the  same.  I  know  how  he  got  his  126 
bushels  and  how  I  got  my  40." 

These  illustrations  show  that  the  boys'  work  goes  home  to  the 
men.  Here  is  an  illustration  where  a  man's  example  failed  to  go 
home  to  his  neighbors.  In  Ohio,  the  writer  found  a  farmer  who 
was  successful  to  a  marked  degree  on  land  appearing  to  be  identical 
to  the  land  surrounding  him.  The  crops  around  him  compared 
very  unfavorably  with  his.  This  farmer  plowed  his  land  about 
eight  inches  deep,  his  neighbors  about  four  inches.  They  asked 
him  how  he  was  able  to  raise  such  crops,  and  he  explained.  It  was 
too  simple.  They  could  not  believe  it.  They  regarded  his 
answer  as  a  subterfuge  and  himself  too  mean  and  selfish  to  deserve 
neighborly  courtesies. 

These  illustrations  are  representative.  Artificial  barriers  exist 
between  the  farmer  and  "the  new  f angled  book-farming."  The 
farmer  deserves  great  credit  for  surmounting  his  difficulties  as  well 
as  he  has  done.  There  are  today  numerous  magnificent  farmers  to 
be  found  in  every  state.  Doubtless  all  of  them  have  profoundly 
influenced  their  communities  for  the  better,  and  probably  many  of 
them  have  observed  examples  of  hostile  jealousy  similar  to  that 
sourrounding  the  Ohio  farmer.  These  farmers  who  have  greatly 
raised  the  standards  of  farming  are  all  too  few.  They  are,  how- 
ever, towers  of  strength  for  their  county  farm  bureaus  and  their 
county  agents,  and  will  have  increased  companionship  when  the 
first  generation  of  the  extension  work  boys  and  <(irls  assumes 
responsibility  on  their  respective  farms. 

Extension  work  is  done  chiefly  in  county  units.  There  are  in  the 
United  States  2,936  counties.     Eventually,   2,850  of  these  may 


78  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

require  the  services  of  a  county  agent.  In  1923,  the  Smith-Lever 
act  will  have  reached  its  maximum  appropriation,  at  which  time  it 
will  be  serving  about  2,650  counties,  the  estimated  number  which 
may  profitably  employ  county  agents.  When  this  act  went  into 
effect,  930  counties  had  agents.  The  present  number  having 
agents  is  2,000.  During  the  time  this  act  has  been  in  force  the 
nimiber  of  home  demonstration  agents  has  increased  from  280  to 
nearly  800.  About  250  counties  have  also  employed  a  boys'  and 
girls'  club  agent.  Between  July  i,  191 7  and  July  i,  1918,  the 
number  of  counties  with  men  agents  increased  from  1,435  to 
2,435,  and  those  with  women  agents  from  537  to  1,715.  The  num- 
bers represent  about  the  high  mark  that  would  have  been  reached 
had  the  rate  of  increase  experienced  prior  to  the  act  of  191 7  con- 
tinued through  these  years. 

The  county  farm  bureau  is  an  institution  for  the  development  of 
a  county  program  of  work  in  agriculture  and  home  economics,  and 
for  cooperating  with  state  and  Government  agencies  in  the  develop- 
ment of  profitable  farm  management  and  efficient  and  wholesome 
home  and  community  life.  It  is  a  means  by  which  fanners  and 
their  families  express  themselves  concerning  all  matters  pertaining 
to  the  advancement  of  agriculture,  home  and  community  life. 

The  projects  carried  in  the  extension  work  include  dairy  im- 
provement, swine  production,  hog  cholera  control,  food  conserva- 
tion, cooperative  marketing,  home  gardens,  poultry  and  many 
other  projects  of  interest  to  the  community. 

The  boys'  and  girls'  club  work  includes  home  gardens,  canning, 
butter-making,  corn-growing,  calf  and  pig  clubs,  sewing,  own-your- 
own-room  clubs,  and  nimierous  other  projects. 

Extension  schools  or  short  courses  of  three  to  five  days  are  held 
as  part  of  the  extension  work,  usually  coinciding  with  the  leading 
projects  carried  by  the  Extension  Division.  In  19 18,  there  were 
691  county  short  courses  for  rural  girls,  attended  by  26,000  girls, 
colored  as  well  as  white  girls  being  reached,  in  the  extension  work, 
South. 

Demonstrations  afford  a  vital  feature  of  the  extension  work, 
applicable  to  every  person  in  the  rural  communities  and  throughout 
the  list  of  projects.  There  are  two  types  of  demonstration.  The 
first  is  conducted  by  the  person  giving  the  information,  as  exemplified 
by  the  county  agent  demonstrating  seed  com  selection,  poultry 
culling,  hog  cholera  control  and  tree  spraying,  and  by  the  home 
demonstration  agent  showing  methods  for  canning  and  drying  foods 
and  remodeling  garments.     The  second  type  is  conducted  by  the 


Satterthwait]  nature-study  EXTENSION  79 

person  acquiring  the  information,  as  exemplified  by  the  farmers' 
cooperative  marketing  organizations.  In  Prentiss  County,  Missis- 
sippi, no  cooperative  marketing  was  done  prior  to  the  fall  of  1917. 
The  county  agent  undertook  a  demonstration  of  this  second  type, 
driving  an  opening  wedge  when  a  number  of  farmers  combined  to 
make  up  one  carload  of  com  for  sale.  The  price  received  was  about 
25  cents  per  bushel  above  the  local  offering.  The  local  price  ad- 
vanced immediately  25  cents  per  bushel.  The  cooperative 'ship- 
ments of  com  were  continued  and  a  carload  of  hogs  was  tried 
cooperatively,  with  marked  success.  A  strong  organization  has 
been  perfected  and  a  volimie  of  $250,000  reached  in  the  last  twelve 
months  noted. 

The  results  of  the  extension  work  are  endless.  A  few  summaries 
will  suffice  to  indicate  the  material  results.  The  food  conserved  in 
19 1 8  under  the  direction  of  the  home  demonstration  agents  of  the 
South  included  64,604,531  containers  of  fruits  and  vegetables, 
valued  at  $15,566,456.15.  A  very  large  proportion  of  the  vegeta- 
bles canned  were  produced  in  home  gardens  and  from  the  tenth- 
acre  plats  of  the  girl  club  members.  Ten  years  ago,  modem 
methods  of  canning  were  almost  unknown  in  the  South.  In  19 18, 
855  community  canneries  were  established.  These  same  women 
and  girls,  directed  by  the  home  demonstration  agents,  put  up 
i57>6o5  cans  of  meat  and  fish,  valued  at  $56,463,34.  They  dried 
8,982,787  pounds  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  valued  at  $1,846,625.56. 
They  established  131  community  central  drying  plants.  They 
pickled  and  brined  about  1,006,222  gallons  of  vegetables,  valued  at 
$382,806.73. 

The  boys'  clubs  of  the  south  in  19 18  enrolled  204,859  regular,  and 
202,671  emergency,  members.  The  average  production  of  corn  in 
boys'  clubs,  in  spite  of  an  unfavorable  season,  was  37.58  bushels  per 
acre,  at  a  cost  of  47.3  cents  per  bushel.  Sixty-two  boys  produced 
more  than  too  bushels  per  acre  Manv  boys  cleared  over  $100 
each  at  raising  live  stock.  Boys  in  the  live  stock  clubs  are  taught 
to  raise  the  crops  necessary  to  feed  the  live  stock,  as  a  part  of  their 
club  endeavor.  The  total  value  of  the  products  of  the  boys'  club 
work  in  the  Southern  States  in  1918  is  given  at  $12,034,271.27. 

The  year's  plan  in  the  boys'  and  girls'  work  in  the  Northern  and 
Western  States  in  19 18  was  especially  directed  to  food  production. 
The  reports  of  1 15,725  of  the  243,406  garden  project  members  show 
that  the  reporting  members  cared  for  2,987,984  square  rods  of  land 
and  raised  vegetables  valued  at  $ i ,693 , 5 20.  Emergency  club  boys 
and  girls  produced  vegetables  valued  at  $1 ,954,347.     Of  the  3 1,476 


80  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

enrolled  pig  club  members,  12,847  reporting  produced  4,423,081 
pounds  of  pork,  valued  at  $947,570.  Baby  beef  club  members 
reporting  produced  589,123  pounds  of  beef,  valued  at  $106,231. 
Rabbit  and  chicken  club  members  reporting,  raised  26,322  rabbits 
and  331,072  chicks,  and  produced  133,566  dozen  eggs.  Boys'  and 
girls'  sheep  and  calf  clubs  raised  8,005  lambs  and  2,474  calves,  the 
latter  for  dairy  purposes.  In  addition,  club  members  produced 
313,  778  bushels  of  corn,  646,503  bushels  of  potatoes,  22,399  tons 
of  sugar  beets  and  2,867  bushels  of  beans. 

So  much  for  the  material  benefits.  A  county  school  superintend- 
ent reported  in  19 15  that  there  were  4,000  members  of  the  boys' 
pig  club  in  school  and  not  one  was  suspended  or  expelled.  The 
club  members  averaged  11  per  cent  better  than  non-members  in 
school  work,  except  that  they  averaged  23  per  cent  better  in  com- 
position and  1 6  per  cent  better  in  spelling.  Church  attendance  was 
5  per  cent  and  Sunday  school  7  per  cent  better  among  members 
than  non-members. 

Another  student  of  the  boys'  club  work  states  that  club  work 
makes  for  broadening  of  vision,  awakening  of  spirit  and  building 
of  character  in  the  members  and  for  spreading  the  basic  virtues 
throughout  the  community. 

County  agents  are  observing  and  reporting  the  valuable  leader- 
ship exercised  in  different  communities  by  former  members  of  boys* 
clubs  who  have  become  substantial  leaders  in  their  communities. 
The  value  of  the  club  work  as  a  means  of  solving  problems  in  pro- 
duction, organization  and  marketing,  and  of  crystalizing  the 
thought  of  the  future  at  an  important  and  impressionable  period  of 
life  can  scarcely  be  overestimated. 

Thus  the  extension  work  among  children  is  accomplishing  essen- 
tially the  same  excellent  results  that  are  found  among  the  children 
who  are  so  fortunate  as  to  include  nature-study  with  qualified 
teachers  in  their  school  work.  If  narrower  than  nature-study  in  its 
scope,  extension  work  as  we  now  see  it  has  an  advantage  in  the 
coordination  of  action  and  sympathy  in  the  multitude  of  groups  of 
the  rural  men  and  women  of  tomorrow,  whose  vocations  and 
environments  are  similar. 

The  extension  work  among  adults  is  accomplishing  an  intelligent 
unification  of  agricultural  interest  and  purpose,  with  improved 
spirit  and  breadth  of  vision.  It  also  affords  us  a  strengthened 
guarantee  that  the  necessities  of  life  will  continue  to  be  produced  in 
sufficient  quantities  for  our  entire  citizenship,  under  wholesome  and 
increasingly  attractive  home  conditions. 


Reaching  and  Training  Rural  Teachers 

E.  Lawrence  Palmer 

Cornell  Univci-sity 
New  Syllabus  in  Nature-Study,  Humaneness  and  Elementary  Agriculture,  for 

Rural  Schools 

A  plan  of  study  which  may  be  followed  in  a  system  of  schools  in 
a  city  many  times  is  not  practical  in  a  one  room  rural  school. 
There  are  many  reasons  for  this.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  the 
same  material  is  not  always  easily  available  there  is  really  no  reason 
why  a  plan  of  study  which  can  be  put  into  practice  in  a  rural  school 
should  not  prove  satisfactory  in  a  city  school  system.  For  these 
reasons,  it  would  seem  best  that  any  plan  of  study  which  is  to  be 
more  or  less  uniformly  followed  throughout  a  state  should  keep  the 
problems  of  the  rural  teacher  in  mind  at  all  times.  In  the  past, 
this  practice  has  not  always  been  observed  and  consequently  sug- 
gestions which  were  intended  to  make  the  task  of  the  rural  teacher 
lighter  have  occasionally  done  the  opposite  by  presenting  problems 
which  complicate  rather  than  simplify  the  duties  of  that  already 
sufficiently  burdened  teacher. 

A  rural  school  teacher's  school  consists  of  children  of  varied 
degrees  of  maturity  and  preparation.  A  city  teacher's  school  con- 
sists of  a  selected  group  of  children  with  a  more  or  less  uniform 
preparation.  It  is  obviously,  then,  easier  for  the  city  teacher  to 
plan  and  prepare  the  work  of  the  school  than  for  the  rural  teacher 
to  do  this.  If  the  rural  teacher  can  plan  the  work  so  that  all  of  the 
pupils  may  be  kept  busy  at  the  same  time  on  a  given  subject  so 
much  the  better.  If  but  one  preparation  is  necessary  to  care  for 
the  needs  of  eight  different  grades  at  once  then  the  proposition  is 
better  yet.  •  The  present  article  is  an  attempt  to  so  simplify  and 
organize  the  sources  of  information  available  to  rural  teachers  that 
nature-study  may  practically  take  care  of  itself. 

An  ideal  nature-study  lesson  might  be  one  based  on  anything  of 
interest  found  on  a  trip  or  brought  into  school  by  any  child.  Few 
teachers  could  give  a  real  lesson  under  the  circumstances  which 
would  arise  following  a  practice  of  this  sort  at  the  present  time. 
With  the  help  of  this  outline,  this  ideal  may  possibly  be  more 
nearly  approached  than  has  been  convenient  in  the  past. 

One  lesson  gives  us  but  a  meager  idea  of  the  possibilities  of  any 
branch  of  learning  and  in  order  to  best  appreciate  the  subject  in 
question  we  should  approach  it  from  many  angles.     For  tliis  reason 

81 


82  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  (17:2— Feb.,  1921 

a  bit  of  guidance  in  the  selection  of  material  will  possibly  produce 
better  results  than  if  we  are  allowed  perpetually  to  follow  our  own 
inclinations.  This  idea  of  "guidance"  is  not  new.  Too  fre- 
quently, however,  it  has  been  carried  to  such  extremes  that  it  has 
developed  into  "requirement."  Requirements  are  often  more  or 
less  odious  and  frequently  seriously  besmirch  an  otherwise  inter- 
esting field  of  knowledge. 

The  requirement  that  we  teach  in  nature-study  five  certain  birds 
a  year,  for  example,  may  make  it  easy  for  the  teacher  to  dish  out  an 
allotted  amount  of  information  to  the  pupils  without  much  diffi- 
culty. The  fulfillment  of  this  requirement  too  frequently  leads  to 
book  study  rather  than  nature-study.  This  same  practice  also  has 
the  disadvantage  that  nearly  every  bit  of  information  which  goes 
to  the  children  must  in  some  way  come  through  the  teacher. 
Teachers  should  find  their  work  much  easier  if  instead  of  trying  to 
teach  nature-study  to  the  children,  they  let  the  children  teach 
nature-study  to  themselves.  With  the  leaflets  which  have  been 
and  will  be  published  at  hand  this  should  not  be  difficult  in  the 
rural  schools  of  New  York  State. 

It  has  been  brought  to  my  attention  by  one  teacher  that  the 
teachers  think  that  they  are  required  to  teach  everything  which  is 
published  in  the  Leaflet  and  that  they  must  know  everything  which 
appears  in  the  Leaflet.  This  is  no  more  so  than  that  they  should 
teach  everything  which  appears  in  a  dictionary  and  should  know 
the  definition  of  every  word  in  the  dictionary.  No  one  would  deny 
that  a  dictionary  is  one  of  the  most  useful  of  books  and  it  is  hoped 
that  the  Leaflet  may  prove  to  be  a  more  or  less  attractively  organ- 
ized nature-study  dictionary  with  the  ideas  expressed  in  terms  which 
may  be  understood  and  appreciated  by  individuals  as  young  as  the 
youngest  school  child.  The  "cut-out-pictures"  and  story  sections 
of  the  Leaflet  for  example  can  teach  to  the  younger  children  in  a 
simple  way  the  more  serious  minded  facts  which  the  life  history 
chart  presents  in  a  more  orthodox  manner  to  the  older  children. 

Graded  Nature-Study 
There  is  one  danger  which  may  arise  from  an  attempt  to  grade 
nature-study  work  arbitrarily.  Some  teachers  may  think  they 
should  teach  only  the  work  outlined  for  the  third  and  fourth  grade 
whether  or  not  the  children  in  these  grades  had  had  the  work  on  the 
same  subject  for  the  lower  grades.  In  most  cases  it  would  seem 
wise  to  start  the  whole  school  with  the  work  outlined  for  the  first 


Palmer]  REACHING  AND  TRAINING  TEACHERS  83 

and  second  grades.  The  children  in  the  higher  grades  will  of 
course  finish  this  sooner  than  the  first  and  second  grade  children. 
They  can  then,  go  on  to  the  work  outlined  for  the  third  and  fourth 
grades.  The  older  children  should  finish  this  work  sooner  than  the 
children  of  the  third  and  fourth  grade  and  can  go  on  to  the  work 
outlined  for  the  fifth  and  sixth  grades.  The  still  older  children  in 
this  group  can  finish  this  work  more  quickly  than  the  younger  ones 
and  go  on  to  the  work  outlined  for  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades. 
In  taking  up  a  new  subject,  we  must  all  begin  "as  little  children." 

A   Type  Nature-Study  Period 

If  the  children  in  the  school  have  never  used  the  material  in  the 
Leaflet  according  to  any  system,  it  might  be  well  to  consider  the 
following  suggestion  to  show  how  a  lesson  may  be  taught  to  a  whole 
school  at  once  in  such  a  manner  that  all  may  be  kept  busy  and,  by 
the  way,  if  the  children  are  busy  discipline  will  as  a  rule  take  care 
of  itself. 

Suppose  for  example  at  the  beginning  of  the  nature-study  period 
some  child  reports  that  on  his  way  to  school  he  saw  some  rather 
small  birds  flying  around  in  the  air.  After  he  tells  all  that  he  can 
about  the  bird  the  teacher  may  for  guidance  refer  to  the  outline 
given  for  this  work.*  One  page  of  this  outline  deals  with  birds  and 
it  will  be  seen  that  a  part  of  this  page  deals  with  birds  found  feeding 
in  the  air.  Under  this  section,  reference  is  made  to  Volume  XIV, 
No.  4  of  the  Cornell  Rural  School  Leaflet.  This  means  that  that 
number  of  the  Leaflet  should  be  a  source  of  information  for  studying 
birds  that  feed  in  the  air  just  as  the  M  section  of  the  dictionary 
gives  you  guidance  for  information  concerning  words  beginning 
with  M. 

A  copy  of  Volume  XIV,  No.  4  of  the  Cornell  Rural  School  Leaflet 
has  been  sent  to  every  rural  school  in  the  state  and  should  have 
been  left  in  the  library.  Those  schools  whose  teachers  requested 
additional  copies  have  enough  copies  for  each  child.  Under  these 
circimistances  it  should  be  safe  to  imply  that  every  rural  school  in 
New  York  State  at  least  has  access  to  this  material. 

Volimie  XIV,  No.  4  of  the  Leaflet  contains  a  chapter  dealing  with 
birds  found  feeding  in  the  air.  These  birds  are  called  the  ceiling 
cleaners.  This  chapter  may  be  read  to  or  by  the  pupils  and  should 
give  the  school  some  clue  as  to  what  the  bird  seen  might  be.     It 


*This  will  appear  in  detail  in  the  September,  1921,  Naturk-vStudy  Revh-w. 


84  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  (17:2— Feb.,  1921 

may  be  decided  for  example  that  it  is  a  bam  swallow.  So  far  at 
least  the  lesson  may  be  carried  on  by  the  school  as  a  whole. 

Reference  to  the  outline  at  the  end  of  this  article  suggests  that 
the  work  with  cut-out  pictures  will  give  profitable  work  for  the 
children  of  the  first  two  grades.  These  children  and  others  if  they 
wish,  may  cut  out  the  swallow  and  place  it  on  the  landscape  where  it 
belongs,  in  accordance  with  the  directions  accompanying  the 
landscape. 

The  children  in  the  third  and  fourth  years  can  do  what  the 
children  in  the  first  two  grades  have  done  and  in  addition  select 
some  one  page  in  their  nature-study  note  book.  On  that  page  they 
will  keep  a  record  through  the  year  of  birds  seen  feeding  in  the  air 
and  in  particular  some  one  bird  like  the  already  mentioned  bam 
swallow  which  they  themselves  have  selected.  This  note  book  will 
contain  the  date  when  the  birds  were  first  seen,  when  and  where 
they  nested,  when  the  first  young  were  seen  and  when  the  birds 
were  last  seen.  It  is  not  necessary  that  every  school  in  the  state 
select  the  barn  swallow  for  this  study.  Any  bird  of  the  bam 
swallow  type  will  do.  The  Leaflet. has  given  help  in  the  study  of 
the  bam  swallow  and  chimney  swift  and  it  may  be  easier  for  the 
teacher  to  use  these  examples  but  any  other  bird  of  this  type  will  be 
satisfactory.  This  gives  greater  opportunity  for  the  instructor  to 
teach  from  the  material  at  hand  and  is  bound  to  make  the  work 
more  interesting.  The  "Fifty  Interesting  Things"  section  may 
prove  of  assistance  in  guiding  the  observations  of  these  children. 
In  a  bird  lesson  like  the  one  under  discussion  the  questions  dealing 
with  birds  of  the  desired  type  may  be  considered. 

The  children  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  grades  should  keep  a  note  book 
as  did  their  younger  fellow  students.  After  they  have  made  all  the 
observations  they  can  independently  they  may  refer  to  the  Life 
History  Chart  section  of  the  Leaflet  and  fill  in  the  gaps  in  their  own 
record.  They  may  incorporate  their  final  conclusions  in  a  story 
about  the  bam  swallow  in  which  they  emphasize  the  things  which 
they  themselves  have  seen.  They  should  be  able  to  appreciate  the 
work  that  these  birds  do  in  keeping  the  open  air  free  from  insects 
and  should  have  some  idea  of  how  the  birds  are  particularly  fitted 
for  the  work  they  do.  The  use  of  the  birds  to  nature  and  their 
relation  to  other  living  things  might  well  be  understood. 

In  case,  the  children  of  the  seventh  and  eighth  grade  have  had 
the  work,  just  outlined  for  the  lower  grades  or  complete  it  more 
quickly  than  their  younger  school  mates  they  may  go  further  than 


Palmer]  REACHING  AND  TRAINING  TEACHERS  85 

has  been  outlined  and  study  the  relation  of  these  birds  to  man  and 
to  agriculture  particularly.  If  desired,  they  may  construct  martin 
or  other  bird  houses  and  should  do  all  they  can  to  encourage  useful 
birds  to  lighten  the  labors  and  increase  the  profits  of  the  farmers 
and  gardeners  of  the  community.  Any  laws  dealing  with  these 
particular  birds  might  well  be  known  and  assistance  may  be  given 
the  authorities  in  making  these  laws  effective.  Any  impression 
that  the  laws  are  imperialistic  should  be  dispelled  by  an  apprecia- 
tion of  the  common  sense  back  of  them.  It  will  not  be  difficult  to 
see  the  common  sense  side,  if  the  program  outlined  above  has  been 
followed. 

At  the  beginning  of  this  section  it  was  suggested  that  the  topic 
for  study  come  from  some  child  who  had  seen  something  interest- 
ing. It  may  come  with  equal  appropriateness  from  a  child  whose 
garden  is  being  attacked  by  insects.  The  outline  shows  appropriate 
work  for  the  younger  children  while  the  older  child  is  being  helped 
with  his  problem. 

All  of  this  work  may  be  taught  at  one  time  to  a  group  of  children 
of  varied  degrees  of  preparation.  But  for  the  fact  that  all  of  the 
material  necessary  to  teach  such  a  lesson  is  available  in  every  rural 
school  in  the  state  it  would  be  folly  to  expect  that  a  program  of  this 
sort  could  be  put  into  practice.  As  it  is  it  ought  not  be  an  exceed- 
ingly difficult  ideal  to  realize. 

So  much  for  this  type  lesson  on  birds  found  feeding  in  the  air. 
Lessons  on  other  nature-study  subjects  are  outlined  in  a  similar 
manner  and  should  be  understood  without  great  difficulty. 

The  Work  of  Different  Years 
It  should  be  obvious  that  if  we  divide  the  children  into  groups  of 
two  grades  each  and  follow  the  system  already  outlined  that  there 
will  be  needless  repetition  the  second  year  if  no  effort  is  made  to 
prevent  this.  For  example,  a  child  who  enters  school  this  year  and 
studies  a  bam  swallow  this  year  would  next  year  be  in  the  same 
group  and  study  the  bam  swallow  again  in  the  same  manner.  To 
prevent  this,  the  outline  suggests  two  groups  of  birds  found  feeding 
in  the  air  and  suggests  that  one  of  these  groups  be  considered  one 
year  and  the  other  the  next  year.  In  either  case,  the  chapter  in 
Volimie  XIV,  No.  4  of  the  Leaflet  would  be  an  appropriate  intro- 
duction. One  year  you  would  consider  birds  like  barn  swallows 
and  chimney  swifts  that  are  seen  for  the  most  part  on  the  wing. 
The  next  year  it  might  be  well  to  study  the  other  group  which 


86  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

includes  birds  like  the  phoebe  and  kingbird  which  fly  up  from  a 
perch  to  capture  their  food  and  then  as  a  rule  return  to  their  original 
perch.  The  third  year  of  a  child's  school  work  he  would  return  to 
a  consideration  of  the  group  studied  the  first  year  and  he  may  or 
may  not  study  the  same  example  of  that  group.  The  fourth  year 
he  would  return  to  the  group  he  studied  the  second  year.  The 
fifth  year,  he  would  return  to  the  group  studied  his  first  and  third 
year  and  the  sixth  year  he  would  return  to  a  further  consideration 
of  the  group  studied  the  second  and  fourth  years. 

Agriculture  and  Home-Making 

A  wise  decision  was  made  when  it  was  advised  that  the  seventh 
and  eighth  years'  work  along  nature-study  lines  be  largely  voca- 
tional. The  plan  outlined  organizes  the  work  for  the  seventh  and 
eighth  grades  so  that  the  whole  matter  works  in  nicely.  This  work 
may  or  may  not  be  done  as  organized  project  work.  The  types 
selected  are  all  chosen  with  the  view  that  they  will  lead  up  to  some 
home-making  or  agricultural  project.  The  study  of  sugar  produc- 
ing plants  in  nature-study  creates  an  excellent  background  for  the 
use  of  sugars  as  food  in  a  homemaking  lesson.  The  study  of 
rabbit  tracks  as  nature-study  in  the  lower  grades  creates  an  interest 
in  rabbits  which  may  be  reared  as  projects  or  served  as  a  portion  of 
a  well  balanced  meal.  It  is  neither  necessary  or  advisable  that  any 
rural  school  take  up  all  of  the  projects  outlined  for  the  seventh  and 
eighth  grades.  The  outline  merely  shows  how  any  of  the  nature- 
study  lessons  may  be  associated  with  an  agricultural  or  homemak- 
ing project.  It  will  probably  be  found  wise  to  have  the  girls  con- 
fine their  work  to  one  project  and  the  boys  to  another  and  allow 
them  to  work  on  this  project  during  the  nature-study  period,  pro- 
viding their  services  are  not  needed  in  helping  the  teacher  with  the 
younger  children.  We  all  learn  by  teaching  and  the  older  boys  will 
grow  in  ability'  and  power  by  making  bird  baths,  bird  houses  and 
feeding  stations  for  the  school.  The  older  girls  will  learn  additional 
things  about  the  part  of  the  landscape  birds  care  for  if  they  help 
the  smaller  children  with  their  cut-out  pictures. 

This  outline  has  been  developed  tomeet  the  requests  for  assistance 
which  have  come  from  rural  school  teachers  actually  in  service  in 
rural  schools  in  New  York  State  and  in  Iowa.  The  system  is  not  a 
dream  which  I  think  ought  to  work.  The  ideas  have  been  tried  and 
found  not  wanting.  Without  exception  the  plan  has  had  the 
approval  of  teachers  and  superintendents  who  have  looked  it  over. 


The  Roosevelt  Field  Club 

Ruth  V.  Weierheiser 

Secretary  and  Treasurer,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

It  is  impossible  for  me  to  give  the  reader  a  complete  and  well- 
formed  idea  of  the  purpose  and  activities  of  this  unique  club 
without  a  short  sketch  of  its  history.  The  Roosevelt  Field  Club 
is  a  children's  organization  which  was  formed  March,  1920,  by 
Chauncey  J.  Hamlin,  President  of  the  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural 
Sciences.  The  aim  of  the  organization  is  to  instil  a  love  of  all  wild 
life  and  to  teach  children  how  to  understand  and  to  conserve  this 
life  which  is  so  often  misunderstood.  The  club  was  named  in 
honor  of  Theodore  Roosevelt  who  was  a  most  active  naturalist. 

Owing  to  the  winter  climate  of  Buffalo  being  more  inducive  of 
indoor  study  than  outdoor  hiking,  Sunday  afternoon  lectures  are 
given  from  Christmas  to  Easter.  Among  the  lecture  subjects  last 
winter  were  "Trees,"  "Wild  Flowers,"  "Fossils,"  "How  to  Make  an 
Aquaritmi,"  "Bird  Photography,"  and  the  six  reels  of  "How  Life 
Begins." 

Last  spring,  the  first  trip  was  held  at  Williamsville  on  April  the 
24th.  Although  the  day  proved  to  be  clear,  cold  and  windy,  over 
eighty  children  and  several  grown-ups  hiked  the  entire  four  miles. 
The  last  part  of  the  trip  was  devoted  to  the  exploring  of  a  limestone 
quarry  rich  in  fossils,  garter  sankes,  and  toad  and  frog  eggs.  Since 
the  Williamsville  trip,  thirteen  others  have  been  conducted,  an 
unusually  interesting  one  being  the  outing  to  Eighteen  Mile  Creek, 
on  June  12  th.  This  creek  is  very  famous  in  the  realm  of  geology, 
William  L.  Bryant  of  the  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences  hav- 
ing found  the  fossil  of  the  "Dinichthys  Magnificus"  in  the  Devonian 
rock  in  this  locality,  the  only  specimen  of  the  species  ever  found  in 
America.  Another  memorable  day  for  the  children  was  the  occa- 
sion of  the  finding  of  a  giant  puff-ball  on  a  trip  to  Toad  Hollow. 
Professor  Alexander  brought  it  all  the  way  back  to  the  city  to  have 
it  photographed. 

Since  the  26th  of  June,  when  the  club  held  a  second  trip  to  Ham- 
burg, N.  Y.,  Professor  William  P.  Alexander,  formerly  of  Cornell 
University,  has  been  the  lecturer  for  the  club.  On  such  days  you 
will  find  him  the  central  figure  within  a  circle  o£  interested  boys  and 
girls, — sometimes  the  radius  of  said  circle  being  as  long  as  ten  or 
fifteen  feet.  He  is  barely  given  time  to  eat  his  lunch,  so  anxious 
are  the  members  to  have  every  object  in  sky,  earth  and  water 

87 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 


Roosevelt  Field  Clubs  in  the  Field 

Mr.  Bryant,  Director  of  the  museum  sitting  at  the  left  in  the  lower  picture  with  Mr. 
Alexander  next;  Mr.  Alexander  standing  behind  the  upper  group  at  the  right  and 
Mr.  Bryant  near  the  center. 


Weierheiser]  the  ROOSEVELT  FIELD  CLUB  89 

explained,  and,  of  course,  all  explanations  must  be  immediately 
rendered.  No  other  human  being  could,  in  our  opinion,  be  more  of 
a  veritable  walking  nature  encyclopedia  than  Professor  Alexander 
and  the  children  delight  in  his  knowledge  of  every  living  creature 
and  plant.  His  genial  manner,  friendly  spirit,  and  great  interest 
in  Nature  have  led  the  children  to  realize  the  humane  and  economic 
side  of  this  subject  and  the  part  man  plays  in  the  scheme  of  life,  with 
an  especial  emphasis  upon  their  own  individual  parts  which  each 
must  play. 

Professor  Alexander  is  preparing  the  lectures  for  this  winter's 
Sunday  afternoon  series  of  Nature  talks  which  will  begin  in  January. 
We  have  also  planned  a  few  winter  hikes  for  the  purpose  of  identi- 
fying trees  by  their  bark  and  for  the  observation  of  winter  birds, 
such  as  the  evening  grosbeak,  chickadee  and  nuthatch.  The  club 
now  numbers  one  hundred  and  thirty-five  members,  over  half  being 
boys.  We  are  steadily  growing  week  by  week.  A  whole  column 
devoted  to  the  activities  of  the  club  appears  every  Saturday  even- 
ing in  a  local  paper.  Several  club  members  have  contributed 
articles  on  Nature-Study  subjects  which  appeared  in  this  column, 
much  to  their  pride.  The  enthusiasm  among  members  and  others 
interested  in  the  club  has  been  most  unusual  and  foretell  a  wonder- 
ful future  for  this  organization. 


Index  to  Vol.  16  will  be  mailed  with  March  Number.    Failed  to 
complete  it  in  time  for  this  number. 


The  April  issue  will  be  a  Camp  Number,  edited  by  Prof.  Wm.  G. 
Vinal,  of^Camp  Chequesset,  Head  of  Nature  Study  in  the  R.  I. 
School  ot  Education. 


In  the  Maple  Sugar  Camp 

C.  H.  DONNELL 

Principal  Troy  Hill  School,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Of  the  many  kinds  of  sugar,  the  most  common,  and  also  the  most 
important  as  a  food  product,  is  cane  sugar  (sucrose).  It  is  found 
in  the  sugar  cane,  the  beet,  the  maple,  and  many  other  plants. 

Grape  sugar  (glucose)  is  found  in  the  grape  and  in  some  other 
fruits,  but  must  be  distinguished  from  fruit  sugar  (fructose).  It  is 
not  so  sweet  as  cane  sugar,  but  sweeter  than  sugar  of  milk  (lactose). 

Sugar  and  the  other  carbohydrates  are  formed  in  the  green  mat- 
ter of  the  leaves  and  rind  of  plants  by  photosynthesis,  whereby  the 
carbon  dioxide  of  the  air  is  arrested  and  combined  with  water  to 
form  sugar,  starch,  etc.  Photosynthesis  means  combining  by  the 
action  of  light.  Were  it  not  for  this  mysterious  process,  plant  and 
animal  life  would  become  extinct. 

Plants  also  have  the  power  of  converting  sugar,  starch,  and  the 
other  carbohydrates  into  one  another  as  their  needs  require. 

-But  my  young  readers  (and  some  older  ones,  perhaps)  still  doubt 
that  maple,  beet,  and  cane  sugar  are  identical.  This  perplexity  is 
no  doubt  due  to  the  delicious  aroma  of  maple  sugar,  and  the  some- 
what unpleasant  flavor  of  partially  refined  beet  sugar. 

Let  us,  therefore,  observe  another  quality  and  function  of  plants. 
Most  persons  have  noticed  the  little  glands  in  the  rind  of  lemons  and 
oranges,  which  secrete  the  essential  oil  of  these  fruits.  Similar 
glands  are  found  in  the  roots,  stems,  leaves,  and  flowers  of  all  or 
most  plants.  The  essential  oil  secreted  by  these  glands  is  what 
gives  to  all  plants,  flowers,  fruits,  and  vegetables  their  characteris- 
tic flavor  or  fragrance.  It  is  very  volatile,  and  can  therefore  be 
separated  from  the  plant  (and  from  a  water  medium)  by  distilla- 
tion. There  are  other  methods  of  obtaining  perfimies  and  flavor- 
ing extracts;  but,  for  reasons  which  will  appear  later,  distillation 
concerns  us  most  at  present.  And  the  reader  must  remember  that 
the  distillation  of  liquors  is  not  a  mysterious  chemical  process,  like 
fermentation,  but  a  comparatively  simple  physical  process. 

If  you  put  lilac  blossoms  or  peppermint  leaves  into  a  retort 
partly  filled  with  water,  and  apply  heat,  the  volatile  oil  will  vapor- 
ize before  the  water.  If  this  vapor  be  conducted  through  a  coiled 
pipe,  cooled  from  the  outside  with  ice  water,  the  volatile  essence 
will  be  recondensed  in  the  coil  and  emerge  from  the  end  of  the  pipe 

90 


DoNNELLj  IN  MAPLE  SUGAR  CAMP  91 

as  a  liquid  (aromatic  oil  mixed  with  water).  By  redistillation  it 
can  be  made  almost  pure  if  desired. 

It  is  this  essential  oil  which  enables  us  to  distinguish  between 
sugar  made  from  maple  sap  and  that  made  from  the  beet  or  the 
sugar  cane.  When  perfectly  refined,  they  cannot  be  distinguished 
either  by  chemical  test  or  by  the  palate,  for  they  are  one.  One  way 
to  eliminate  the  flavor  of  the  plant  is  to  permit  the  sugar  to  crystal- 
lize and  then  wash  out  the  S5T*upy  residuimi.  The  rock  candy 
which  often  forms  in  the  maple  syrup-  jar,  if  washed,  becomes  cane 
sugar.  Or,  rather,  it  was  cane  sugar,  and  is  now  deprived  of  its 
maple  flavor. 

The  carbonaceous  matter  formed  in  the  maple  by  photosynthesis 
is  deposited  between  the  wood  and  the  bark  in  a  starchy  form  called 
cambium,  and  becomes  bark  and  also  forms  the  annual  layer  of 
wood. 

But  the  winter's  freezing  reconverts  much  of  the  strachy  matter 
into  sugar.  This  conduces  to  translocation  and  serves  other 
purposes. 

Permit  a  potato  to  freeze  thoroughly  and  then  to  thaw.  In  a  day 
or  so,  but  before  ultimate  decomposition  takes  place,  cook  and  eat 
the  potato.     Note  the  sugary  taste. 

Among  the  most  delightful  memories  of  my  childhood  is  the 
opening  of  the  maple  sugar  camp.  If  playing  is  work  for  a  profes- 
sional ball  team,  work  was  a  delight  to  me  when  the  labor  was  sugar- 
making,  I  stood  willing  orderly  to  my  father,  who  hewed  the 
troughs  from  split  logs,  made  the  elder  spiles,  tapped  the  trees,  and 
practiced  other  arts  beyond  my  skill. 

But  I  could  haul  or  carry  the  wood,  gather  the  sap,  and  tend  the 
fires.  This  last  was  probably  the  most  delightful,  albeit  the  most 
tantalizing,  owing  to  the  bewitching  fragrance  arising  from  the 
caldron. 

How  we  children  teased  and  tried  to  convince  father  that  the 
syrup  was  far  enough  advanced  for  trial!  Two  notions  which  I 
entertained  at  that  time  still  persist.  One  is  that  the  half-formed 
sj^Drup  tasted  better  than  the  denser  article,  and  ought  to  be 
served,  especially  while  there  is  no  danger  of  fermentation;  and 
always  after  it  reaches  the  point  where  it  is  self -preserving. 

The  other  notion  was  that  there  ought  to  be  some  way  to  prevent 
the  escape  of  the  delightful  aroma.  But  father  explained  that  the 
boiling  carried  away  the  water  in  vapor  and  left  the  sugar  in  the 


92  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

caldron,  and  that  the  sap  could  not  be  reduced  to  sugar  if  the  steam 
were  confined. 

If,  when  we  went  to  dinner,  one  of  us  carried  a  pail  of  clear  maple 
sap,  and  another  a  Sassafras  root  or  a  spray  of  Spice  Bush  (both 
sisters  of  the  Sweet  Bay),  then  at  supper  time  we  found  these 
brewed  into  ambrosial  nectar  by  the  simple  process  of  boiling  the 
spice  bush  in  the  sap  for  a  few  minutes. 

And  if  the  days  were  delightful,  what  of  the  nights, — with  the 
camp  fire,  and  the  visitors,  and  the  sugaring-off  ? 

The  sugar  contains  even  a  better  proportion  of  the  delightful 
essence  than  does  the  heavy  syrup ;  for  it  will  crystallize  at  a  lower 
gravity  than  is  required  for  thick  syrup;  and  for  every  ounce  of 
water  disposed  of,  a  considerable  amount  of  flavor  is  distilled  into 
the  air.  But  what  of  the  stupidity  of  those  farmers  who  will  even 
devise  ways  of  refining  away  the  real  charm  of  maple  sugar?  Or 
even  those  who  prefer  the  'first  run  because  it  is  whiter?  The 
fiavor  improves  as  blossoming  time  approaches,  but  beyond  a  cer- 
tain point  the  sap  becomes  ropy  and  bitter. 

Of  course,  the  first  run  should  be  harvested,  because  the  frost 
has  helped  to  convert  much  starch  into  sugar,  and  unless  there  is 
alternate  freezing  and  thawing,  there  will  be  a  poor  sap  yield. 

Before  the  sugaring-off  is  over,  I  must  remark  that  the  only 
Easter  egg  worth  while,  is  a  good  sized  goose  egg  with  the  works 
removed  and  the  case  filled  with  warm,  plastic  maple  sugar.  As 
the  sugar  continues  to  crystallize,  it  expands  to  fit  the  shell. 

When  sugar-cane  sugar  and  beet  sugar  are  cheaper  than  maple, 
as  is  usually  the  case,  housewives  often  melt  refined  sugar  and  flavor 
it  with  maple  extract.  The  result  is  good,  and  the  sugar  is  the 
same,  but  commercial  maple  flavor  is  seldom  or  never  made  from 
maple ;  probably  because  the  sesence  distilled  from  maple  blossoms 
is  a  little  different  from  that  which  pervades  the  sap,  and  is  not 
desirable. 

Maple  flavor  is  distilled  from  other  flowers  or  made  synthetically; 
and  it  is  good,  but  not  to  be  compared  with  the  real  aroma  of 
maple  syrup. 

I  am  still  waiting  for  some  ingenious  manufacturer  to  make  real 
maple  S3n:iip  in  a  retort,  and  condense  the  steam  in  a  coil ;  and  by 
redistillation  secure  genuine  maple  essence,  with  which  to  flavor 
commercial  cane  sugar,  or  to  fortify  maple  sugar. 

Yes,  maple  sugar  is  cane  sugar,  but  its  fragrance  is  found  only  in 
the  maple. 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

DEVOTED  PRIMARILY  TO  ALL  SCIENTIFIC  STUDIES  OF  NATURE  IN 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

Published  monthly  expect  June,  July  and  August.  Subscription  price,  including  mem- 
bership in  the  American  Nature  Study  Society  $1.50  per  year  (nine  issues).  Canadian  post- 
age 10  cents  extra,  foreign  postage,  20  cents  extra. 

Editorial 

The  Chicago  Nature-Study  Club 

To  a  country  person,  like  the  Editor,  Chicago  seems  a  strange 

place  for  the  forming  of  an  active,  hiking,  nature-study  club.     The 

miles  aad  miles  of  closely  "built  up"  streets,  the  swift,  endless 

procession  of  automobiles,  the  city  atmosphere  and  th^  city  noises 

would  seem  an  unsurmountable  bar  to  the  enjoyment  of  anything 

in  the  realm  of  nature.     However,  Chicago  has  the  advantage  of 

being  situated  on  the  shore  of  a  gr^at  inland  sea,  and  it  has  many 

parks  and  the  nature-study  possible  in  parks  has  never  received 

the  attention  that  it  deserves;    moreover  Lake  Michigan  has 

thrown  up  and  with  the  wind's  aid  has  sculptured  miles  and  miles 

of  dunes,  the  work  being  helped  or  hindered  by  a  willful,  adaptable, 

determined  vegetation  which  manages  to  succeed,  by  hook  or 

crook,  in  the  job  of  binding  the  waves,  which  old  Canute  failed  to 

accomplish  with  mere  chains.     But,  when  all  is  said,  it  is  people 

and  not  place  that  make  a  nature-study  club ; — people  bom  to  the 

freedom  of  open  skies,  and  wide,  flower  decked  prairies,  born  to  the 

love  of  living  things  whether  plant  or  animal,  born  with  open, 

inquiring  minds  and  with  a  desire  to  know  something  of  the  planet 

on  which  we  live.     Of  such  is  the  Chicago  Nature-study  Club 

composed.     Many  of  its  members  are  imprisoned  in  office  walls 

during  the  working  days  of  the  week  but  find  freedom  on  holidays 

and  on  Sundays  when  they  seek  a  place  to  worship*  as  did  Emily 

Dickenson  who  found  a  church 

With  a  bobolink  for  a  chorister, 
And  an  orchard  for  a  dome. 

Some  keep  the  sabbath  in  surDhce; 

I  just  wear  my  wings 
And  instead  of  toUing  the  bell  for  church, 

Our  little  sexton  sings, 

God  preaches, — a  noted  clergyman, — ■ 

And  the  sermon  is  never  long; 
So,  instead  of  getting  to  heaven  at  last, 

I  am  going  all  along. 

93 


94  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:2— Feb.,  1921 

Indeed,  this  club  is  ideal  as  to  its  membership  which  is  made  up 
on  the  one  hand  of  botanists,  zoologists,  entomologists  and  other 
scientists  of  noteworthy  achievement,  and  on  the  other  hand  of 
many  nature  lovers  who  belong  just  because  they  are  nature  lovers, 
and  who  through  association  with  other  learners  are  gaining  powers 
of  observation  and  ability  to  unravel  for  themselves  the  mysteries 
of  life  in  the  fields  and  forests  and  especially  of  the  lake  shores.  If 
Chicago  can  have  a  nature-study  club,  so  vigorous  and  successful, 
there  is  no  reason  why  any  other  city  in  the  United  States  should 
not  have  one, — ^no  reason  except  that  it  lacks  the  people  who  com- 
bine the  love  of  nature  with  enough  "pep"  to  carry  on  such  a  club 
successfully. 

The  work  of  the  Chicago  club  is  not  merely  for  the  present,  but 
is  for  future  generations  as  well,  since  it  has  taken  an  important 
and  practical  part  in  the  preservation  of  wild  life  and  the  establish- 
ment of  areas  where  it  and  the  natural  beauty  of  the  scenery  may 
be  protected  and  conserved  for  all  time. 


3n  iHemoriam 

Ada  E.  Georgia 


The  news  of  the  death  of  Miss  Georgia  which  occurred  at  Ithaca 
on  the  eighth  of  January  will  come  as  a  shock  to  many  of  our 
readers  who  knew  this  remarkable  woman  personally.  She  came 
to  Cornell  in  the  early  days  of  the  nature-study  movement  as  an 
assistant  to  "Uncle"  John  Spencer  in  his  great  work  with  the 
Junior  Naturalist  Clubs.  Later  she  assisted  the  Editor  in  carry- 
ing on  the  Home  Nature-Study  Course  and  still  later  was  associated 
with  Mr.  W.  P.  Alexander  in  teaching  and  conducting  the  field  trips 
in  Farm  Nature-Study,  in  the  Cornell  College  of  Agriculture. 

Miss  Georgia  was  always  efficient  in  her  work  as  assistant  or 
teacher;  her  mind  was  stored  with  information  on  a  wide  range  of 
subjects  for  she  was  an  indefatigable  reader;  her  knowledge  of 
plant  life  was  very  great  and  learned  largely  from  observation. 
Her  great  contribution  to  science  is  A  Manual  of  Weeds,  the  best 
book  on  the  subject  yet  published  in  America.  A  wide  circle  of 
friends  and  admirers  will  feel  her  loss  deeply  as  does  the  Editor  who 
had  the  privilege  of  close  association  with  her  for  many  years. 


\  Devoted  to  Elementary  Science 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE 


^* 

.  / 

.    r 

,* 

t'        i 

-'1 

■i 

■j^  •  "^  '^ 

\:J  ;  '< 

r- 

Study 
Society 


School  Garden 

and 

Trail  School 

Number 


Enos  Mills  exploring  the  Rockies  in  winter 


MARCH,  1921 
Vol.  17    No.  3  Whole  No.  142 

20c  a  copy     $1.50  a  year 


X- 


Are  You  Using  These  Books? 

If  not  try  a  set  Now.     They  increase  the 
efficiency  of  your  school  and  field  work. 

The  Nature  Notebook  Series 

Edited  by  ANNA  BOTSFORD  COMSTOCK 


BIRD  NOTEBOOKS  1  and  2  Comstock 

Kach  book  contains  outlines  for  field  observations  of  bird  colors 
flight,  nesting  habits,  etc.;  also  about  30  outline  drawings  on  water- 
color  paper  by  Louis  Agassiz  Fuertes. 

Pocket  size,  125  pages.     Postpaid  30c  each,  50c  set  of  2 

TREE  NOTEBOOK  Comstock 

FOR   FIELD    USE 

Outlines  of  leaves  for  40  species  as  an  aid  in  identifying. 
160  pages.     Postpaid,  30c  each 

FISH  NOTEBOOK  Embody 

Outlines  for  observing  fish  forms,  habits,  colors,  etc. 

142  pages.    Postpaid,  30c  each 

INSECT  NOTEBOOK  Needham 

Outlines  for  observations  on  insect  life,  habits,  etc.,  with  outlines  on 
water-color  paper  of  60  insects  representing  common  groups. 

143  pages.     Postpaid,  30c  each 

PLANT  NOTEBOOK  Comstock 

Outlines  for  the  study  of  plants  from  the  root  to  the  flower.  Special 
outlines  for  the  study  of  composite  flowers.  One  of  the  best  aids  in 
Botany. 

126  pages.    Postpaid,  30c  each 

COMMON  ANIMAL  NOTEBOOK  Comstock 

Outline  lessons  for  30  common  animals  with  30  drawings  for  coloring. 
126  pages,  30c 


A  set  of  above  seven,  postpaid,  $2.00.  Also  sold  separately  and  in  any 
quantity  desired  for  class  use.  Special  prices  for  quantity  orders  to 
schools  and  clubs. 

Used  and  recommended  by  students,  club-leaders  and  teachers. 

THE  COMSTOCK  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 
Ithaca,  New  York 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Vol.  17  March,  192  i  No.  3 

The  Long's  Peak  Trail  School  and  Nature  Gtiiding 

Enos  a.  Mills 

Rocky  Mountain  National  Park,  Col. 

One  year  the  last  of  August  a  clump  of  aspens  on  a  high,  rocky 
point  stood  out  like  a  golden  sheaf  in  the  sunshine.  This  autumn 
color  exhibit  was  at  least  a  month  ahead  of  normal.  But  the 
weather  was  warm  and  a  drouth  of  weeks  was  on.  All  the  apsens 
were  colored  before  frost. 

Many  visitors  attributed  the  brilliant  coloring  to  "the  severity 
of  the  mountain  frosts."  Nature  guides  when  asked  gave  facts 
concerning  leaf  coloration  and  the  frost  superstitions;  that  frost 
does  not  color  leaves;  neither  do  fairies.  Frost  is  not  a  col  oris  t; 
brightly  colored  flowers  of  summer  would  never  color  if  frost  came 
while  they  were  flowering.  Leaf  and  fruit  coloring  is  a  chemical 
process  of  earth-born  mineral  paint. 

A  nature  guide  can  incite  a  life-long  interest  in  the  wild  places. 
Every  child,  woman  and  man  who  knows  a  few  of  the  real  and 
enlivening  facts  concerning  wild  life  and  the  wonderful  geological 
story,  will  be  free  from  many  hampering  supersititions,  and  have  a 
wonderland  ever  ready  for  the  imagination. 

Our  nature  guides  are  frequently  asked  concerning  tree  distribu- 
tion, the  why  of  willows  and  firs  by  the  streams,  pines  on  sunny, 
and  spruces  on  shady  slopes.  Everyone  is  interested,  too,  in  the 
habits  of  the  grizzly,  the  beaver, *the  mountain  sheep,  and  are  glad 
to  have  the  life  histories  of  the  flowers,  birds  and  trees  of  the  region 
interpreted  in  a  live,  unscientific  story.  Old  and  young  become 
enthusiastic. 

A  few  of  the  fundamental  facts  which  we  endeavor  to  feature 
through  our  nature  guides  in  the  Trail  vSchool  are ;  that  the  wilder- 
ness is  friendly,  wild  animals  are  not  ferocious,  weather  is  not  harm- 
ful, and  that  the  outdoors  is  helpful  at  all  times.     We  also  try  to 


96  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:3— Mch.,  1921 

help  people  understand  the  essential  things  in  the  life  of  the  wild 
folks ;  that  wild  animals  have  leisure  and  much  of  this  is  spent  in 
play,  some  of  it  in  exploring  and  visiting ;  their  life  is  not  one  fierce 
struggle  for  food ;  animals  and  birds  have  a  philanthropy  of  their 
own,  form  alliances  against  the  common  enemy  and  frequently 
cooperate  within  the  progressive  realm  of  mutual  aid.  Nesting 
time,  drouths,  and  famines,  which  also  reach  wiser  folks,  are  times 
of  unusual  interest  in  the  wilderness.  Most  birds  and  animals  have 
a  home  territory  and  live  closely  within  this ;  many  birds  returning 
to  the  same  locality  year  after  year  to  nest  and  bring  up  the 
children. 

On  nearly  every  trip  outdoors  the  unexpected  happens  and  the 
rare  or  unusual  is  presented.  Although  it  may  call  for  the  casting 
aside  of  well  made  plans,  our  custom  has  been  to  seize  upon  the 
unusual  whenever  it  appeared,  allowing  the  other  plan  to  wait,  for 
the  unusual  may  happen  but  once ;  it  may  be  the  opportunity  of 
a  life  time. 

One  day  a  nature  guide  was  starting  with  a  party  to  see  the 
picturesque  timberline,  with  its  peculiarly  individual  trees,  flowers, 
birds  and  animals.  But  in  sight  of  the  house  he  came  upon  a 
gopher.  The  gopher  was  at  his  life-long  activity — ^making  a  tunnel 
through  the  earth.  Down  in  tlie  tunnel  he  dug  the  earth  loose 
with  fore  paws,  then  with  palms  forward  and  against  his  chin,  he 
pushed  this  loosened  pile  of  earth  before  him  along  the  tunnel  and 
then  outside.  The  gopher  darted  from  the  hole  a  few  inches, 
dropped  his  load  and  darted  into  the  hole  again,  backwards. 
Suddenly  he  pushed  out  a  salamander.  The  salamander  kicked 
about  and  then  slid  headforemost  back  down  the  hole.  Out  he  was 
thrown  again.  There  was  not  supposed  to  be  any  salamanders 
in  the  country  and  this  and  a  number  of  other  incidents  held  the 
crowd  around  the  salamander  for  more  than  an  hour.  Everyone 
had  an  added  interest  in  gophers,  their  enemies,  neighbors,  plant 
roots,  geology  and  other  things  outdoors. 

We  are  in  one  corner  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  National  Park,  at 
an  altitude  of  9,000  feet.  -  Within  half  a  mile  radius  of  us  there  are 
about  one  hundred  species  of  birds,  several  hundred  species  of 
flowers,  fifteen  species  of  trees  and  shrubs;  beavers,  skunks, 
coyotes,  gophers,  ground-hogs,  mink,  squirrels,  chipmunks  and 
rabbits — cotton-tail,  Jack  and  snowshoe;  and  inside  this  mile 
diameter  circle,  deer,  elk,  lion,    bobcat    and   bear   often   make 


mills] 


LONG'S  TRAIL  SCHOOL 


97 


(1)  Trees  at  Timber  Line,  vSlope  of  Long's  Peak. 

(2)  Following  a  Nature  Guidj  in  Long's  Peak  Trail  School, 
(.S)     A  Beaver  House— Note  food  pile  at  right. 

Photographs  by  Ems  Mills 


98  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

tracks.  Then  there  are  beaver  ponds,  mountain  streams,  forested 
canons,  Hchened  cliffs,  glacial  boulders,  moraines  and  an  array  of 
geological  material. 

In  the  mountains. one  has  comprehensive  views  of  life  zones  and 
the  varied  and  peculiar  life  which  each  sustains.  Plants  and 
animals  are  distributed  over  the  mountains  in  an  orderly  manner, 
each  kind  being  in  the  climatic  zone  in  which  it  may  be  said  to 
belong  naturally.  The  climatic  zones  of  the  earth  that  lie  between 
the  equator  apd  the  poles  are  also  found  on  a  small  scale  between 
the  base  and  the  simimit  of  high  mountains.  As  one  climbs  a 
mountain  or  travels  toward  the  north  he  finds  changes  of  tempera- 
ture and  a  changing  plant  and  animal  life.  The  climatic  and  plant 
life  changes  of  a  thousand  mile  journey  into  the  north  may  be 
almost  duplicated  by  climbing  one  thousand  feet  up  a  mountain. 

Many  trips  are  made  with  a  nature  guide  to  timberline  and 
above.  Day  and  night  trips  are  made  to  the  simimit  of  Long's 
Peak,  14,256  feet.  The  vast  region  which  rises  above  the  timber- 
line  carries  many  kinds  of  plant  and  animal  life.  Here  live  moun- 
tain sheep,  the  mountain  lion,  foxes,  ptarmigan  and  rosy  finches 
the  year  round;  the  sum.mer  population  embraces  m.any  kinds  of 
birds,  including  the  golden  eagle;  bears,  woodchucks,  deer  and  a 
wealth  of  wild  flowers. 

It  is  a  joy  to  see  children  take  to  the  woods,  and  also  to  the 
cliffs,  beaver  houses  and  the  clear,  swift  water.  Children  are 
primitive  folk  full  of  outdoor  interests.  Never  do  we  need  to 
arouse  their  interest  in  Nature;  but  we  watch  net  to  confuse  it  or 
pervert  it  with  ambiguous  answers  or  fairy  stories,  nor  to  discourage 
it  with  nature-study  lessons. 

Children  are  ever  interested  in  the  beaver,  and  this  animal  is 
helpfully  used  to  promote  thought  and  education.  Boys  and  girls 
who  becom.e  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  beaver,  his  adven- 
tures, labors  and  accomplishments,  acquire  interesting  information 
concerning  our  natural  resources.  Aroused  by  the  fascinating 
information  they  desire  to  know  about  the  practical  things  in  the 
lively  university  of  nature. 

There  are  wild  bits  and  wild  places  all  over  the  country.  As  a 
nature  guide  is  a  teacher  of  refreshing  kind,  one  who  quickly 
enables  the  guided  to  get  along  without  a  guide,  why  not  an  ama- 
teur or  a  professional  guide  in  every  nook  and  locality  in  the  land? 


Waking  Up  Dead  Back  Yards  and  Putting  Them  to 

Work 

W.  R.  Beattie 

Horticulturist,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 

Of  all  the  troubles  that  beset  the  boy  or  the  girl  who  undertakes 
to  make  a  garden  in  the  backyard  or  on  a  vacant  lot  that  of  getting 
the  land  in  shape  is  the  greatest.  If  an  attempt  were  made  to 
plant  a  garden  in  the  middle  of  a  cobble-paved  street  the  task  would 
often  be  easier  than  in  some  backyards  where  the  soil  has  been 
trampled  and  pounded  for  a  half  century.  Bricks  are  made  by 
pressing  wet  clay  in  a  mold  then  drying  and  burning  it  and  the  only 
difference  between  the  soil  of  many  backyards  and  bricks  is  that 
the  bricks  are  burned  and  the  soil  is  not. 

Land  that  will  grow  rank  weeds  is  good  land  and  this  proves  that 
most  of  our  vacant  lots  are  good  land,  but  they  are  in  poor  condi- 
tion for  cultivating.  Like  the  backyard  the  vacant  lot  may  have 
been  trampled  and  pounded  until  there  is  no  longer  any  life  in  it 
and  a  soil  without  life  is  in  poor  condition.  How  to  put  the  life 
into  the  dead  soil  is  the  problem.  Some  soils  are  easier  to  bring 
back  to  life  than  others  but  the  principles  involved  are  the  same 
for  all. 

Soils  need  to  be  fed  just  the  same  as  we  do  only  they  require  a 
different  kind  of  food,  in  fact  they  require  two  kinds  of  food,  the 
mineral  and  the  organic  or  vegetable  matter.  That  old  bav?kyard 
that  is  as  bare  and  hard  as  a  floor  is  asleep  and  before  we  can  feed  it 
we  must  awake  it  by  digging  it  up  and  breaking  the  clods  so  that 
it  can  take  the  food  that  we  are  going  to  give  it.  First  the  soil  must 
begin  to  breathe  more  freely  than  it  did  when  it  was  packed  so 
tightly  that  the  air  could  scarcely  get  into  it.  Then  if  we  apply  a 
coating  of  manure  to  it  there  begins  to  be  a  growth  of  myriads  of 
small  plants,  bacteria  we  call  them,  in  the  soil.  These  soil  plants 
are  so  small  that  they  can  not  be  seen  but  they  go  right  to  work  to 
make  over  the  soil  so  that  it  will  grow  crops  of  beans  and  peas  and 
radishes  and  beets  and  other  garden  plants  for  us. 

Sunshine,  showers,  snow,  freezing  and  thawing,  all  help  to  break 
up  the  soil  particles  and  get  them  in  shape  to  make  plants  grow. 
How  is  it  done  ?  First  there  comes  a  rain  on  the  lumps  of  soil  in  the 
backyard  that  were  broken  up  during  the  autumn  with  the  spade  or 
a  pick  and  a  part  of  the  water  gradually  soaks  into  those  luni])s. 

99 


100  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW  [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

Then  along  comes  Jack  Frost  and  freezes  the  water  in  the  clods. 
We  all  know  what  happens  when  a  glass  or  a  pitcher  is  left  with 
water  in  it  on  a  very  cold  night,  the  water  freezes  and  in  freezing 
swells  and  bursts  the  glass  or  pitcher.  That  is  precisely  what 
happens  to  the  clods  of  earth,  for  the  water  freezes  between  the  soil 
particles  and  forces  them  apart  so  that  by  springtime  the  clods  are 
clods  no  longer  but  loose  and  mellow  soil. 

With  the  clods  broken  up  and  the  soil  loose  and  m.ellow  it  will  be 
an  easy  matter  to  mix  a  load  or  two  of  well  rotted  manure  with  it  to 
give  it  the  organic  matter  and  40  or  50  pounds  of  fertilizer  for  the 
minerals  and  we  can  go  right  ahead  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  warm 
enough  and  plant  a  garden.  If  the  backyard  is  an  extra  large  one 
more  manure  and  more  fertilizer  will  be  needed,  but  the  amounts 
mentioned  will  be  about  right  for  a  space  20  feet  wide  and  50  or  60 
feet  long. 

Some  backyards  are  particularly  hard  to  deal  with  because  in 
digging  the  cellar  for  the  house  the  lifeless  clay  taken  from  the 
bottom  of  the  cellar  was  spread  all  over  the  yard  to  a  depth  of  a  foot 
or  two.  The  main  thing,  however,  will  be  to  get  it  broken  up  so 
that  the  weather  can  get  at  it  and  then  work  some  manure  into  it. 
When  once  in  condition  to  grow  plants  the  process  of  improvement 
becomes  quite  rapid. 

Vacant  Lot  Gardens 

When  it  comes  to  making  a  garden  on  a  vacant  lot  some  addi- 
tional problems  are  sure  to  confront  us.  Most  vacant  lots  have,  at 
one  time  or  another,  been  used  as  dumping  grounds  and  the  original 
soil,  which  may  have  been  very  good,  has  been  completely  covered 
with  cinders,  broken  bricks  and  stones,  broken  bottles,  bale  wire 
and  every  kind  of  refuse  you  can  think  of.  Even  under  these  con- 
ditions the  land  may  be  overgrown  with  weeds  showing  beyond  a 
doubt  that  the  soil  is  fertile.  The  problem  will  be  to  get  rid  of 
everything  that  will  interfere  seriously  with  cultivation.  Perhaps 
there  may  be  enough  stones  lying  over  the  ground  to  build  a  stone 
fence  along  one  side  but  what  matter,  for  it  is  a  long  time  until 
planting  time  and  the  stones  can  be  carried  off.  Broken  bottles, 
bricks  and  large  cinders  should  all  be  gathered  up  and  either  hauled 
away  or  piled  in  one  comer  of  the  plot  where  the  unsightly  pile  can 
later  be  covered  with  vines.  It  is  surprising  how  a  watermelon  or  a 
squash  vine  likes  to  ramble  all  over  a  pile  of  old  bricks  and  cinders. 


BEATTiE]  WAKING  UP  DEAD  BACK  YARDS  101 

Sometimes  vacant  lots  can  be  cleaned  up  and  spaded  or  plowed 
either  in  the  fall  or  during  the  winter.  Where  a  school  garden  is 
to  be  planted,  either  on  the  school  grounds  or  on  a  vacant  lot,  the 
land  should  be  broken  in  plenty  of  time  to  allow  the  weather  to 
mellow  the  clods.  If  the  garden  is  spaded  by  hand  and  cut  in  thin 
slices  the  clods  can  be  broken  up  with  the  edge  of  the  spade  as  the 
work  goes  along.  Where  the  land  is  plowed  shortly  before  planting 
time  it  will  be  necessary  to  disk  and  drag  or  roll  it  and  even  pound 
with  an  old  axe  or  back  of  a  heavy  hoe  until  the  clods  are  all  broken. 
If  a  nimiber  of  lots  are  to  be  plowed  it  is  often  possible  to  get  a 
farmer  to  bring  teams  and  tools  into  town  on  an  appointed  day  and 
prepare  the  garden  land  for  a  whole  community. 

Manure  is  getting  scarcer  in  cities  every  year  and  only  enough 
can  now  be  secured  to  make  a  start.  Even  old  weeds  cut  up  fine 
and  worked  into  the  soil  will  help.  After  the  first  season  the  land 
should  be  improved  by  applying  manure  if  it  can  be  secured  also 
by  sowing  rye,  barley,  vetch,  clover  or  something  of  the  kind  upon 
it  to  improve  the  soil.  This  can  be  done  just  as  the  crops  are  being 
taken  off  in  the  after  part  of  the  summer  or  early  autumn  and  the 
soil  improvement  crop  can  remain  on  the  land  all  winter. 

Lime 

Most  soils  are  improved  by  an  application  of  lime  at  the  rate  of 
loo  pounds  on  a  backyard  20  by  60  feet  in  size.  This  sweetens  and 
loosens  the  soil  and  should  be  put  on  in  the  springtime  when  the  soil 
is  being  pulverized  for  planting.  Lime  should  not  be  used  on  land 
that  is  to  be  planted  to  Irish  potatoes.  Wood  ashes,  where  they 
can  be  had,  have  the  same  general  effect  as  lime  on  the  soil.  Sifted 
coal  ashes  may  be  used  to  mix  with  heavy  clay  soils  to  loosen  them, 
I  to  2  inches  of  ashes  being  worked  into  the  soil  to  a  depth  of  8  or 
10  inches. 

Just  a  word  of  warning,  for  while  there  are  very  few  plots  of  land 
that  are  beyond  hope  from  a  gardening  standpoint,  yet  there  are 
those  that  it  would  not  pay  to  fool  with.  These  are  low  lying  and 
marshy  places  that  can  not  be  drained,  also  the  very  shallow  soils 
over  solid  beds  of  rock  that  will  surely  burn  out  during  the  summer. 
Drainage  may  help  the  wet  soil  but  the  rockbed  soil  is  almost  hope- 
less even  where  plenty  of  water  is  available  for  watering.  There 
must  be  sufficient  depth  of  soil  for  the  roots  of  the  plants  to  live  and 
work  in. 


102 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 


[18:3— Mch.,  1921 


Success  in  bringing  a  dead  soil  to  life  then  lies  mainly  in  breaking 
it  up  and  working  organic  matter  or  pianure  into  it.  Chemicals, 
called  fertilizers,  may  be  necessary  to  supply  the  minerals  but  these 
can  rarely  be  depended  upon  entirely  and  there  must  be  decaying 
vegetable  matter  in  the  soil.  Once  that  old  sleeping  soil  is  fully 
awakened  there  is  no  guessing  what  wonderful  things  it  may  do. 


Experiment  to  show  proper  treatment  of  clay  soil. 

Fill  four  pie  tins  with  clay  which  has  been  smoothly  puddled.  In  one  mix  with  the  clay  a 
small  portion  of  lime;  in  another  add  a  larger  portion  of  muck;  leave  two  with  pure  clay,  and 
place  one  cf  these  out-of-doors  where  it  will  freeze  hard.  Then  place  the  four  tins  on  a  shelf 
and  allow  to  dry.     In  which  of  these  is  the  clay  most  friable?     In  which  is  it  the  hardest? 

This  experiment  shows  that  freezing  the  clay  rendered  it  finer,  so  that  it  may  be  broken 
easily  into  particles  small  enough  to  set  closely  about  the  plant's  roots.  .The  clay  mixed 
with  lime  is  miUch  more  friable  than  the  one  mixed  with  muck,  showing  that  clay  needs  lime 
more  than  organic  matter  to  make  it  of  greatest  use.  The  pure  clay  which  is  dried  without 
freezing  hardens  into    arge,  flat  pieces,  each  being  almost  as  hard  as  stone. 


Symposium    of    Garden    Supervisors   from    Coast   to 
Coast.     Baltimore,  Pittsburgh,  Cincinnati,  Louis- 
ville, St.  Louis,  Kansas  City,  Seattle 


HOME  GARDENS  OF  BALTIMORE 

Adelaide  Derringer 
Supervisor  of  Gardening,  Baltimore,  Md. 

The  work  of  the  Baltimore  School  and  Home  gardens  is  divided 
into  three  sections,  field,  class-room,  and  special  activities.  The 
field  work  is  also  divided  into  the  school  community  gardens  and 
the  school  directed  home  gardens.  During  the  past  season  there 
were  twenty  community  gardens  located  in  the  school  yards,  vacant 
lots,  or  in  the  parks.  Here  the  child  was  given  a  plot  of  ground  for 
his  individual  garden.  He  was  directly  responsible  for  his  garden, 
learned  that  he  got  out  of  his  garden  what  he  put  into  it  in  the  way 
of  effort.  Each  child  has  been  permitted  to  carry  home  all  the 
vegetables  which  he  has  grown.  Twenty-five  schools  were  repre- 
sented in  these  gardens,  having  an  enrollment  of  1468  children. 
The  work  of  the  gardens  was  carried  on  under  the  direction  of  the 
supervisor  and  six  assistants.  Each  child  was  required  to  cultivate 
his  garden,  at  least,  once  a  week. 

An  enrollment  of  3150  children  was  obtained  from  29  schools  for 
home  gardens.  These  gardens  were  visited  during  the  summer  by 
the  garden  supervisors,  and  the  enlistment  cards  were  marked 
accordingly.  They  were  divided  into  12  districts.  To  the  three 
best  gardens  of  each  district,  prizes  $2.00,  $1.00,  and  $.50  were 
awarded  by  the  Evening  Sun.  To  all  successful  gardeners  certifi- 
cates of  merit  were  given  thru  the  Department  of  the  Interior, 
Bureau  of  Education. 

Aside  from  the  educational  and  monetary  value,  as  well  as  the 
habits  of  cleanliness  and  thrift  obtained  thru  the  home  garden,  the 
visits  to  the  garden  tend  to  form  a  link  between  the  home  and 
school.  The  garden  supervisors  were  delightfully  entertained  with 
many  of  the  children's  stories  and  doings  in  their  gardens.  One 
child  met  the  supervisor  at  the  door  with  a  very  pathetic  story 
explaining  why  she  had  no  garden  to  show.  "Its  broke,  she  said 
in  a  doleful  tone.  Not  knowing  that  a  graden  was  a  brittle  object, 
the  supervisor  asked,  "What  could  have  broken  your  garden?" 
The  answer  came  back  promptly  "The  cat  laid  on  it  and  broke  it." 

103 


104  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

Needless  to  say  the  little  girl  was  properly  consoled  and  a  plan  to 
prevent  the  interference  of  cats  with  little  girl's  gardens  was  dis- 
cussed on  the  spot. 

At  one  home  the  garden  inspector  was  proudly  escorted  by  a 
small  boy  to  his  back  yard  which  was  surrounded  by  a  tall  wooden 
fence.  The  teacher  gazed  with  wonder  and  finally  admitted  to 
herself  that  she  saw  no  garden,  so  she  asked,  "Louis,  where  is  your 
garden?"    "There  it  is,"  he  answered,  looking  heavenward. 

Sure  enough  there  it  was,  a  garden  suspended  on  a  clothes  drier! 
After  climbing  up  a  ladder  to  the  garden  the  inspector  looked  upon 
a  mass  of  green  fohage.  The  child  had  carried  two  feet  of  soil  up  to 
the  drier  and  there  had  built  his  garden  in  order  that  it  might  get 
full  benefit  of  the  sun's  rays.  Louis's  garden  has  won  the  name  of 
the  "The  Hanging  Garden  of  Babylon." 

The  quality  of  the  vegetables  shown  at  the  school  garden  exhibits 
last  fall  compared  favorably  with  that  of  their  country  cousins,  and 
proved  that  "gardening  within  the  city  limits"  can  be  successfully 
conducted.  In  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  gardens  lacked  the 
patriotic  appeal  of  the  years  of  the  war,  the  enrollment  increased 
33I  per  cent  and  the  enthusiasm  gained  proportionately. 

GARDENING  IN  THE  CITY  SCHOOL  CURRICULUM 
John  A.  Hellinger 

Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

In  the  present  crisis  of  the  school  situation,  the  kind,  amount  and 
organization  of  subject  matter  of  the  city  school  curriculum  is  of 
great  importance.  Every  individual  must  have  a  knowledge  of 
human  relations  and  of  nature  in  order  to  be  an  effective  member  of 
society.  The  race  has  depended  upon  certain  fundamentals  for 
its  development.  These  fundamentals,  be  they  human  relations 
or  the  most  common  natural  phenomena,  must  form  the  basis  of 
instruction  in  the  schools.  Education  performs  the  double  service 
of  aiding  individual  minds  to  prepare  for  the  reception  and  use  of 
knowledge,  and  of  communicating  what  men  through  periods  of 
time  have  learned  about  nature  and  humanity. 

Gardening  may  well  have  a  prominent  part  in  the  curriculimi  of 
the  city  school.  Children  should  learn  early  in  life  that  wholesome 
food  and  beautiful  flowers,  shrubs  and  trees,  can  be  grown  from  the 
soil  without  very  much  drudgery.     The  joy  of  this  work  should  be 


HELLiNGER]     SYMPOSIUM  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS  105 

constantly  emphasized.  In  this  way  interest  can  be  created  that 
may  last  a  life  time.  Especially  in  large  cities  is  gardening  needed 
to  help  in  forming  habits  of  industry,  regularity,  and  healthful 
recreation;  it  cultivates  patience,  prudence,  persistence  and 
respect  for  immutable  laws. 

Achievements  of  school  gardens  in  the  larger  cities  of  this  country 
have  not  been  of  high  order.  '  If  properly  taught,  school  gardening 
should  result  in  surrounding  every  home  with  a  plot  of  ground, 
with  green  grass,  vegetables,  flowers,  shrubs  and  trees.  Tenements 
and  slums  would  disappear.  Where  is  the  man  who  would  fight  for 
the  tenement  of  his  nativity  ?  Show  me  a  family  living  in  a  home 
with  a  plot  of  ground  around  it  under  the  powerful  influence  of  the 
open  sky,  sunlight,  stars,  fresh  air,  green  grass,  flowers  and  trees, 
and  there  will  be  evident  a  patriotic  fervor  that  secures  the  peace 
and  prosperity  of  nations. 

One  of  the  problems  of  the  twentieth  century  is  to  create  and 
maintain  proper  living  conditions  in  congested  areas.  As  verdure 
disappears  the  police  force  must  be  increased. 

School  gardens  may  be  conducted  on  ground  at  school  buildings, 
on  vacant  lots  near  the  school,  or  on  large  plots  where  the  pupils  of 
several  schools  may  be  accommodated.  Where  possible,  the  best 
school  gardens  are  those  located  on  school  ground  and  owned  by  the 
school.  These  may  be  an  integral  part  of  the  school  work.  In 
this  land  of  broad  acres  every  city  school  property  should  contain  a 
sufficiently  large  plot  of  ground  to  provide  facilities  for  some  phase 
of  gardening  in  every  class  of  the  elementary  school,  and  for  horti- 
culture courses  in  the  high  school.  Then  all  classes  up  to  and 
including  fourth  grade  might  have  their  class  plots  and  pupils  of 
grades  fifth  and  sixth  might  have  individual  plots  of  not  less  than 
60  square  feet  on  which  projects  of  about  six  easy  growing  vege- 
tables can  b"e  worked  out.  In  the  fifth  grade  each  pupil's  work 
must  be  intensive  and  very  closely  directed.  Only  about  24 
pupils  can  be  handled  by  a  teacher  at  one  time  and  each  group  of  24 
should  have  at  least  90  minutes,  twice  a  week,  in  the  garden.  If 
these  same  pupils  may  have  garden  work  in  the  sixth  grade  they 
should  be  assigned  larger  plots  and  should  be  granted  more  freedom 
in  working  out  their  project.  The  economic  and  commercial  and 
the  aesthetic  aims  should  be  more  evident  in  grade  6.  A  ])upil 
may  confine  himself  to  the  study  of  a  single  vegetable  and  a  few 
flowers.     He  mav  learn  what  are  the  necessar\'  soil  conditions  and 


106  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

how  to  bring  them  about,  the  best  variety  of  a  certain  vegetable  to 
be  grown,  the  market  demands,  and  the  production  of  seed  to 
improve  the  stock.  These  are  aims  that  call  for  keen  interest  and 
strenuous  effort. 

In  the  higher  grades  this  special  work  may  be  carried  further  and 
may  include  rather  extensive  study  of  truck  gardening,  shrubs  and 
trees,  landscape  effects,  forestry  and  lumbering.  Is  this  not  an 
important  part  of  the  education  of  our  city  youth?  If  the  only 
results  would  be  some  knowledge  of  natural  environment  and 
natural  phenomena,  a  better  attitude  towards  the  food  producer, 
and  some  appreciation  of  beautiful  effects  that  can  be  produced 
with  little  effort,  the  work  of  the  school  garden  would  be  well 
worth  while. 

Equipment  for  school  gardening  should  be  ample  for  doing  the 
work  well.  The  school  should  furnish  equipment  for  this  work  in 
the  same  proportion  as  for  any  other  work.  Would  a  truck  gar- 
dener with  ten  or  a  dozen  acres  under  intensive  cultivation  rent  his 
implements?  Would  he  hire  a  man  with  team,  plow  and  harrow 
to  till  his  soil?  For  effective  work  the  equipment  and  working 
force  must  be  at  hand  to  do  the  work  when  weather  conditions  are 
most  favorable.  Although  the  aim  is  educational  and  not  pri- 
marily production,  yet  the  most  effective  work  must  be  done  in 
order  that  the  educational  results  may  be  of  high  quality.  Garden 
land,  tools,  fertilizer  and  seeds  are  as  essential  as  school  buildings 
and  classroom  supplies.  Not  until  the  human  race  has  covered  the 
bosom  of  Mother  Earth  with  cities,  in  which  dwellings  are  crowded 
one  against  the  other;  not  until  man  and  all  other  living  things 
have  acquired  the  power  to  maintain  life  and  pursue  happiness 
within  massive  walls  of  stone,  brick  and  mortar,  without  pure  air 
and  sunlight ;  can  the  youth  of  the  race  be  effectively  educated  by 
means  of  books,  paper  and  pencils.  With  proper  organization  of 
the  curriculum  many  wastes  can  be  eliminated  and  all  necessary 
equipment  can  be  furnished. 

During  the  season  of  1920  in  a  city  of  600,000  population,  with 
acre  upon  acre  of  vacant  ground,  only  approximately  seven  acres 
were  cultivated  as  school  gardens.  The  estimated  yield  of  these 
seven  acres  was  $5,161.26  at  current  market  prices.  An  average 
of  $737.00  per  acre  is  not  a  poor  yield,  but  the  educational  results 
far  outweigh  the  m.aterial  products.  Between  2,000  and  3,000 
pupils,  or  approximately  four  per  cent  of  the  school  population, 


LAMARRE]        SYMPOSIUM  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS  107 

received  regular  instruction  in  gardening.  This  work  was  carried 
through  the  vacation  months  of  July  and  August  by  twelve  teachers 
and  one  director.  Even  this  is  worth  while,  better  than  no  disci- 
pline at  all  during  the  summer  months  with  only  the  streets  and 
alleys  as  a  rendezvous. 

Gardening  is  not  new  in  the  school  curriculum.  The  results  of 
this  work,  however,  leave  much  to  be  desired.  Advances  made  in 
the  discovery  and  invention  of  material  resources  by  the  last 
generation  decidedly  surpass  the  progress  of  education.  Immediate 
advantageous  economic  returns  seem  to  receive  more  serious 
consideration  in  our  day  than  does  the  bridging  of  the  gulf  between 
the  vicious  and  the  good.  We  must  somehow  get  into  our  scheme 
of  educating  all  the  children  a  moral  force  that  will  foster  the  joy  of 
creative  work.  The  garden,  as  a  phase  of  natural  science,  is  here 
emphatically  recommended  for  a  prominent  place  in  the  city  school 
curriculum.  If  given  a  fair  chance  it  will  undoubtedly  make  for 
the  development  of  a  right  spirit  for  the  common  good. 

SCHOOL  GROUND  IMPROVEMENT  RESUMED  IN  CINCINNATI 
Louise  Lamarre 

Kirby  Road  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Since  the  necessity  for  food  production  has  been  somewhat 
diminished  more  attention  is  paid  in  Cincinnati  to  beautifying 
school  grounds  and  the  esthetic  side  of  gardening. 

It  has  been  a  great  pleasure  to  be  located  at  a  new  school  where 
the  planting  of  the  grounds  has  been  done  entirely  by  the  pupils. 

The  opportunities  at  this  school  have  been  unusually  great  as  the 
grounds  were  graded  but  not  planted  when  the  building  was 
finished.  The  soil  being  subsoil  stubbornly  refused  to  produce  even 
weeds.     A  more  discouraging  situation  could  scarcely  be  imagined. 

However,  the  more  discouraging  the  conditions  appeared,  the 
more  determined  teachers  and  pupils  became  to  overcome  the 
difficulties.  After  persistent  efforts  quite  a  creditable  lawn  has 
been  developed  in  front  of  the  building  and  beds  of  shrubbery  are 
thriving  in  suitable  places. 

Plans  are  under  way  for  developing  the  rest  of  the  grounds  which 
occupy  about  three  acres. 

The  Civic  Club  composed  of  the  boys  and  girls  of  the  eighth 
grade  decided  that  one  of  their  most  urgent  duties  is  to  continue  the 


108  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

work  done  by  their  predecessors  by  not  only  caring  for  the  planting 
already  done  but  to  add  a  new  feature  in  keeping  with  the  example 
set  them. 

A  committee  appointed  each  month  takes  charge  of  the  plans 
which  have  been  carefully  worked  out  and  sees  to  it  that  each  group 
of  pupils  carries  out  the  task  assigned  to  it. 

A  portion  of  the  grounds,  ideally  located  for  such  a  purpose,  is 
being  developed  as  a  demonstration  garden.  When  finished  with 
bird  fountain,  garden  seats,  arches,  and  trellises  it  will  indeed  be  a 
thing  of  beauty  and  a  real  joy  as  well  as  an  inspiration  to  the  com- 
munity. 

A  group  of  scarlet  oaks  planted  as  a  memorial  to  fallen  heroes 
who  formerly  attended  the  school  is  growing  vigorously  and  will 
soon  afford  relief  from  the  hot  afternoon  sun  during  the  summer. 

While  these  activities  are  going  on  outdoors  with  every  child 
taking  an  active  part,  every  room  and  the  halls  are  brightened  with 
pot  plants  in  vigorous  condition.  While  paper-white  narcissi  were 
in  full  glory  from  Thanksgiving  until  February  first,  over  five 
hundred  tulips,  hyacinths,  and  daffodils,  potted  in  the  fall,  were 
gradually  forced  into  bloom.  Many  a  dark  day  lost  its  gloom  when 
these  unfolded  their  brilliant  blossoms. 

Spring  is  eagerly  awaited  so  that  the  work  may  begin  or  rather 
continue  in  full  force  outdoors. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  THE  SUPERVISOR'S  REPORT,  LOUISVILLE,  KY. 

Emilie  Yunker 

Supervisor 

Never  before  has  there  been  such  interest  manifested  in  school 
gardens  as  this  year.  More  intensive  gardening  has  been  practiced 
and  a  better  system  of  cropping  has  been  developed.  A  closer 
relationship  has  been  established  with  other  departments.  Excel- 
lent diagrams  were  made  in  the  drawing  department;  studies  in 
measuring,  estimating  values,  marketing  of  products  were  con- 
ducted in  Arithmetic;  reports  were  written  in  the  English  classes, 
and  flats,  window-boxes,  labels,  trellises,  flower  stands  and  tool 
racks  were  made  in  the  Manual  Training  department.  Projects 
on  broom  corn,  asparagus,  com,  peanuts,  and  others  were  devel- 
oped, thereby  laying  the  foundation  for  much  purposeful  study, 
enriched  with  knowledge  and  experience. 


YUNKER]  SYMPOSIUM  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS  109 

Special  teachers  for  the  vacation  gardens  were  selected  from  the 
training  class  of  the  Louisville  Educational  Association,  conducted 
by  the  supervisor.  Credit  is  due  these  instructors  for  their  faithful 
work,  their  splendid  results,  and  the  fine  spirit  of  companionship 
created  in  the  garden ;  also  to  the  grade  teachers  who  helped  make 
the  work  a  success.  The  closer  the  cooperation,  the  greater  the 
efficiency. 

Home  Gardens 

Arrangements  were  made  whereby  the  children  could  purchase 
seeds  at  2C  per  packet.  Knowledge  gained  in  the  school  garden 
was  applied,  and  so  far-reaching  has  been  the  good  eftect  of  these 
studies,  that  it  has  inspired  the  making  of  many  back  yard  and 
community  gardens.  Visits  were  made  by  the  garden  teachers. 
It  was  gratifying  to  observe  the  large  number  of  children  who  raised 
a  variety  of  wholesome  vegetables.  The  area  of  home  gardens  as 
reported  in  28  schools  equalled  68.5  acres.  Of  these  12 14  raised 
one  food  crop;  2048  raised  more  than  one  food  crop;  and  1631 
raised  flowers.  The  estimated  value  of  crops  was  $16,130.05. 
Commercially,  the  gardens  were  a  success ;  educationally,  we  point 
with  pride  to  our  boys  and  girls  who  continued  their  work  faithfully 
from  seed  time  to  harvest,  who  did  their  best  towards  increasing  the 
food  productions  and  who  carried  beauty  into  the  home  by  learning 
to  plant  flowers  as  well  as  vegetables  in  their  back  yards  and  on 
available  vacant  lots. 

There  is  another  side,  the  sociological,  which  is  too  often  over- 
looked. The  garden  teacher  at  Atkinson  School  reported  the  fol- 
lowing: A  truant,  appealed  to  in  many  different  ways  at  school 
and  punished  repeatedly  at  home,  made  promises  of  regularity  that 
were  seldom  kept.  His  case  was  almost  hopeless.  One  day,  in 
sheer  desperation,  the  principal  sent  him  out  into  the  garden.  He 
spaded  to  his  heart's  content.  Imbued  with  the  idea  that  he  was 
useful,  his  first  request  was  for  a  "job"  in  the  garden.  This 
granted,  he  was  made  captain  of  a  team.  So  interested  did  he 
become  in  his  work,  that  he  made  a  home  garden.  He  helped  do 
the  canning  and  developed  enough  school  spirit  to  want  his  school 
to  win  a  prize.  The  school  spirit  is  still  developing.  A  better 
quality  of  work  and  a  more  dependable  boy  is  the  result. 


110  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         (18:3— Mch.,  1921 

FUNCTIONING  THE  SCHOOL  GARDEN  WITH  THE  HOME  GARDEN 

H.  C.  Irish 

Supervisor  of  School  Gardens,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

The  school  garden  falls  short  of  its  mission  if  it  fails  to  function 
with  the  home  garden.  If  it  does  not  serve  as  a  factor  in  increasing 
the  number  of  home  gardens  or  in  bringing  about  greater  efficiency 
in  the  home  garden  it  has  missed  opportunities  and  not  reached  its 
greatest  usefulness.  In  other  words,  a  well  conducted  school 
garden  is  bound  to  increase  the  interest  in  home  gardens  and  inspire 
pupils  to  the  utilisation  of  hitherto  unused  facilities  for  growing 
ornamental  and  otherwise  useful  plants.  This  influence  will  also 
reach  out  to  other  members  of  many  households  and  the  active 
interest  of  adults  secured.  Parents  will  assist  and  encourage  the 
children  and  the  latter  will  do  much  to  help  make  a  more  profitable 
as  well  as  more  orderly  and  more  properly  arranged  home  grounds. 

A  pleasing  presentation  of  garden  matters  in  the  school  makes  the 
subject  attractive  and  should  result  in  raising  the  dignity  of  labor 
and  especially  of  the  farm  and  garden  work,  which  is  too- often 
looked  down  upon.  No  boy  or  girl  should  be  overworked  in  his 
garden  duties,  but  each  should  have  some  particular  part  in  the 
preparation  of  the  ground,  planting  of  the  seed  and  care  of  the 
crop.  Moreover,  the  inspiration  of  nimibers,  where  all  of  the 
pupils  in  a  room  have  a  part  in  this  school  demonstration  in  a 
measure  forces  an  interest  where  there  would  be  none  if  the  child 
attempted  to  work  by  himself. 

The  garden  work  at  school  during  school  hoxurs  must  be  so  con- 
ducted that  pupils  without  home  garden  facilities  may  have  equal 
opportunities  with  others.  Very  few  of  them  may  be  able,  or  even 
wish  to  continue  home  or  other  outside  garden  work.  Garden  work 
outside  the  school  room  becomes  a  specialized  occupation. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  here  to  give  details  of  operations,  but  a 
general  example  will  best  illustrate  the  beginning  of  a  school  demon- 
stration that  should  lead  to  a  better  directed  effort  at  home.  It  is 
assumed  that  the  school  garden  plot  has  been  spaded  or  plowed  by 
other  parties  as  this  operation  is  too  heavy  for  most  pupils  in  the 
elementary  grades.  A  spaded  or  plowed  plot  of  ground  in  the 
rough,  six  or  eight  feet  wide,  by  twenty-five  feet  long  with  a  narrow 
path  through  the  long  center,  answers  well  for  a  demonstration 
plot  for  an  average  schoolroom  of  forty  pupils.     The  entire  room 


IRISH]  SYMPOSIUM  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS  111 

under  the  direction  of  the  teacher  and  competent  garden  instructor, 
which  may  be  either  one  person  or  two  different  people,  assembles 
in  single  line  about  the  plot,  each  pupil  with  a  hoe  or  iron  rake. 
The  instructor  standing  in  the  central  path,  explains  how  to  use  the 
tools,  after  which  all  pupils  begin  preparing  the  ground  at  the  same 
time  and  those  who  fail  to  proceed  as  instructed  are  corrected  as 
the  work  proceeds.  In  a  comparatively  few  moments  the  ground 
is  made  fine,  mellow  and  in  smooth  condition,  ready  for  making 
rows  in  which  to  plant  seed.  Rows  are  laid  out  the  long  direction 
by  two  or  three  pupils  according  to  a  plan  drawn  to  scale,  made  in 
the  room  previous  to  coming  to  the  garden,  and  which  shows  the 
number  of  rows,  distance  apart,  and  kinds  to  be  planted.  While 
rows  are  being  made,  a  few  seeds  are  distributed  to  each  pupil  and 
when  all  is  in  readiness,  and  the  methods  for  dropping  explained, 
the  seeds  are  scattered,  first  in  the  two  outside  rows,  then  stepping 
over  to  each  succeeding  row  until  all  are  planted.  The  seeds  are 
then  covered,  either  by  hand  or  by  rake,  leaving  the  surface  even 
and  loose.  In  like  manner,  the  after  care  of  the  crops  is  given 
proper  attention  and  occasional  visits  are  made  to  the  garden  for 
observation. 

Unfortunately  many  city  schools  have  very  poor  or  even  no 
facilities  whatever  for  conducting  garden  operations.  A  hot  bed, 
a  window  box,  or  even  a  few  flower  pots,  may  often  be  advantage- 
ously used  for  such  work  as  the  examination  and  behavior  of  soils 
when  watered  and  allowed  to  dry,  and  also  in  the  germination  of 
seeds  and  the  starting  of  various  early  plants  for  the  garden,  such 
as  tomatoes,  cabbage,  and  many  flowering  plants.  Many  seedlings 
started  in  this  manner  may  be  taken  home  later  by  the  children, 
which  in  itself  will  be  a  stimulus  to  some  home  garden  project. 

By  this  work  at  school  pupils  will  have  learned  much  about 
plants,  their  culture  and  uses,  and  some  of  them,  who  have  a  place 
will  desire  to  grow  a  greater  or  less  number  at  home.  They  should 
be  assisted  and  encouraged  by  the  school  as  far  as  possible.  Ex- 
perience has  taught  that  boys  and  girls  accomplish  more  by  organiz- 
ing into  school  garden  clubs  for  the  performance  of  work  outside 
school  hours.  All  enrolled  in  this  work  from  one  school  may  con- 
stitute the  Boys  and  Girls  Garden  Club  of  that  school,  thus  making 
each  school  a  unit  of  organization. 

The  measure  of  success  and  continuation  of  the  home  project  will 
depend  much  upon  the  amount  of  supervision  given.     The  mem- 


112  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

bers  of  the  Club  should  meet  occasionally  as  a  whole,  or  in  small 
groups,  if  the  club  is  large,  for  the  purpose  of  learning  from  one 
another's  experience  and  visiting  one  another's  gardens.  These 
clubs  should  be  officered  from  their  own  numbers  by  having  a 
captain  with  subordinates,  or  a  president  with  associates.  In  addi- 
tion, there  must  be  a  responsible  leader  or  supervisor,  either  from 
the  teaching  force,  of  the  school,  or  some  outside  competent  man 
or  woman,  who  may  be  engaged  for  these  duties  or  who  may  be 
glad  to  volunteer  service  for  this  cause.  It  is  far  more  important 
that  these  supervisors  or  leaders  know  children  and  how  to  hold 
their  interest  than  to  be  expert  gardeners.  They  should  know 
much  about  gardening,  but  more  about  boys  and  girls.  Among 
teachers  in  most  schools  are  those  who  fulfil  the  requirements  as 
garden  leaders.  Many  of  them  would  be  glad  of  the  opportunity 
to  spend  their  simimer  vacation  in  this  home  garden  supervision  for 
a  reasonable  compensation,  and  thus  help  the  boys  and  girls  to 
round  out  the  year's  work  in  gardening.  Those  pupils  maintaining 
creditable  gardens  during  the  year,  as  reported  by  the  leader 
should  be  given  a  certificate  of  award  in  recognizance  of  his  faith- 
fulness in  the  work. 

SCHOOL  GARDENING  VIEWED  VOCATIONALLY 

Charles  L.  Quear 

Supervisor  of  Agriculture,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

The  aim  in  garden  work  of  the  Kansas  City  Public  Schools  has 
not  been  essentially  different  from  other  city  schools  having  similar 
courses  of  study.  While  the  work  starts  in  the  kindergarten  and 
continues  throughout  the  entire  elementary  grades,  the  garden 
work  proper  is  given  only  in  the  last  three  years  of  school.  A 
nature-study  course  in  the  first  five  years  of  school  is  designed  with 
the  view  of  prefacing  the  garden  work  so  that  the  whole  course 
represents  a  continuous  and  progressive  line  of  study.  Upon  com- 
pletion of  common  school,  in  a  broad  way,  every  pupil  is  brought  t ) 
a  keen  appreciation  of  the  things  out  of  doors  and  this  is  accom- 
plished both  directly  through  the  nature-study  and  gardening 
course  and  indirectly  through  close  cooperation  of  this  work  with 
academic  subjects. 

For  instance,  the  art  work  of  the  schools  is  given  a  practical 
application  in  the  design  of  landscape  work  on  grounds  and  gardens 


quear]  symposium  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS  113 

and  an  appreciation  of  beauty  is  instilled  through  field  work  and 
landscape  study. 

The  mechanical  drawing  is  utilized  in  making  drawings  of  the 
garden  planting  plans,  and  the  work  is  broadened  to  include  plant- 
ing plans  of  the  home  gardens,  drawings  of  the  city  block  and  in 
some  cases  even  expanded  to  county  maps  with  permanent  geo- 
graphical features  included.  Local  geography  is  largely  included 
in  the  early  part  of  the  program  of  gardening  proper,  and  the  geo- 
graphy of  the  fifth  grade  is  presented  with  this  idea  in  mind. 

The  garden  course  proper  embodies  education  similar  in  nature 
to  any  of  the  industrial  courses  in  that  the  hand  is  trained  as  well  as 
the  mind.  In  no  course  given  in  the  schools,  can  work  in  Manual 
Training,  Domestic  Science  and  Art,  be  motivated  as  in  gardening. 

Last  year  the  work  was  offered  in  43  schools  and  reached 
approximately  3570  pupils.  Instructors  in  the  industrial  depart- 
ment were  responsible  for  the  work,  the  Manual  Training  teachers 
having  charge  of  the  boys  and  the  Domestic  Science  teachers  being 
responsible  for  the  work  of  the  girls.  Work  was  begun  early  in  the 
year  with  the  making  of  planting  and  landscape  plans,  for  the 
gardens.  Each  pupil  makes  completed  drawings.  As  a  result  of 
this  work  and  the  discussions  following  either  the  best  drawing  of 
the  lot  or  a  new  drawing  combining  the  best  ideas,  is  used  as  the 
actual  planting  plan.  Then  comes  a  discussion  of  varieties  of 
vegetables,  and  preparation  of  seed  orders,  followed  by  the  prepara- 
tion of  soil  for  planting. 

Hotbed  work,  window  box  plantings,  seed  testing,  etc.,  receive 
attention  at  this  time.  From  the  time  of  the  early  plantings  until 
the  close  of  the  term,  garden  work  receives  a  full  share  of  the  time 
allotted  to  industrial  work.  There  is  no  definite  portion  of  the  time 
given  to  the  garden  work,  but  there  is  no  restriction  on  the  amount 
of  time  which  may  be  used.  While  it  receives  a  small  portion  of 
the  time  in  winter  months,  during  the  spring  and  early  fall  it  may 
be  given  the  major  portion  of  the  time  devoted  to  industrial  training. 

Boys  grew  most  of  the  vegetables  although  they  were  given  some 
assistance  by  the  girls.  The  girls  delighted  more  in  the  flowers,  did 
harvesting,  canning  and  preserving  of  certain  crops  for  cafeteria  use. 

At  no  time  has  there  been  trouble  in  holding  the  interest  of 
pupils.  Where  instructors  find  the  work  interesting  and  show  real 
effort,  the  children  have  responded  with  a  surprising  degree  of 
earnest  effort. 


114  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch..  1921 

The  teachers  in  the  Industrial  Department  are  given  definite 
instruction  in  teachers'  meetings  concerning  the  work  to  be  taken 
up,  and  important  points  discussed  so  that  a  uniform  plan  of  pro- 
cedure is  carried  out.  Industrial  teachers  are  being  selected  with  a 
view  of  their  ability  to  give  this  work  and  the  plan  of  having  the 
work  handled  by  such  teachers  seems  to  be  functioning  much  better 
than  leaving  the  garden  work  in  the  hands  of  academic  teachers. 

During  the  simimer  months,  the  school  gardens  are  in  charge  of 
teachers  who  spend  one-half  day  twice  a  week  in  the  garden.  The 
children  report  at  those  times  and  work  under  the  teacher's  direc- 
tion. As  much  of  the  produce  from  the  garden  is  given  to  the 
children  as  the  teacher  feels  they  should  receive  for  this  work. 
Surplus  produce  from  the  garden  is  used  in  the  cafeterias  or  donated 
to  charity  organizations. 

Most  of  the  gardens  are  laid  out  to  represent  typical  home 
gardens.  It  is  felt  that  a  garden  worked  by  a  group  of  pupils  gives 
them  a  spirit  of  cooperation,  produces  a  better  garden  and  is  a  more 
economical  method  of  procedure  than  allowing  each  child  a  given 
spot  of  ground. 

Attention  to  beautifying  the  garden  is  given  at  all  times,  but  it 
is  not  made  of  paramount  importance.  The  garden  work  is  con- 
ducted to  grow  vegetables  and  flowers  and  if  to  grow  the  maximum 
amount  of  vegetables  requires  that  it  be  conducted  so  as  not  to  be 
the  most  beautiful,  we  do  not  let  beauty  stand  in  the  way.  Utility 
is  emphasized  in  connection  with  the  garden,  while  beauty  is 
stressed  in  the  landscape  work. 

What  we  feel  to  be  the  feature  of  the  entire  program  is  the 
Central  Garden  plot.  This  plot  comprises  40  acres  of  ground,  35 
of  which  are  given  to  intensive  cultivation.  All  common  vegeta- 
bles and  small  fruits  are  grown  here.  Plantings  experimental  in 
nature  are  given  some  space,  and  demonstration  plots  are  main- 
tained. Specimen  plants  for  use  of  the  nature-study  classes  are 
grown.  At  present  50  hotbed  sash  are  in  use,  and  with  a  forcing 
cellar  in  operation,  the  growing  season  is  made  to  cover  the  entire 
twelve  months. 

During  the  summer  all  work  that  can  be  made  educational  is 
done  by  school  children.  We  expect  to  give  the  course  this  stimmer 
to  90  boys  and  30  girls.  Two  or  three  young  men  of  high  school  age 
will  be  employed  for  the  heavier  work  with  the  aim  of  giving  them  a 
vocational  course.     Their  wages  will   run  about  $20  per   week. 


QUEAR]  SYMPOSIUM  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS  115 

The  school  children  will  receive  about  15  cts.per  hour,  and  will 
work  only  half  days  twice  per  week.  The  half  day  will  be  divided 
into  three  and  one-half  hours  work  and  one-half  hour  lecture,  with 
four  hours  pay.  The  boys  and  girls  will  be  kept  in  separate  groups 
under  competent  teachers.  The  teacher  will  give  the  talk  and  lead 
the  discussion.  A  small  wooded  park  comprising  five  acres  of  the 
farm  furnishes  an  ideal  lunch  ground  and  place  for  the  lectures. 
The  girls  will  can  and  preserve  small  fruits  and  vegetables  for  school 
cafeterias,  using  home  methods  as  much  as  possible.  It  is  expected 
to  use  a  school  Domestic  Science  room  for  this  purpose  which  is 
located  across  the  street  from  the  Central  Garden. 

The  boys,  in  addition  to  growing  the  produce,  take  it  to  the  city 
market  and  dispose  of  it  both  wholesale  and  retail.  There  is  no 
pleasure  quite  so  alluring  to  the  boys  as  the  trip  to  market  and 
nothing  contains  more  education.  They  are  responsible  for  the 
funds,  for  the  profitable  sale  of  the  produce  and  for  maintaining  the 
business  relations  of  the  school  farm,  as  we  are  known  on  the 
market,  with  the  commission  men  and  the  public. 

Last  summer's  work  demonstrated  the  boys  can  outsell  most 
men  on  the  market.  They  are  anxious,  enthusiastic  and  pleasant. 
They  treat  every  one  courteously  and  as  a  rule  sell  out  a  load  in 
short  order. 

To  leave  a  boy  on  the  market,  with  a  load  of  produce,  giving  him 
all  the  responsibilities  of  a  grown  man  will  do  more  toward  teaching 
him  reliance,  self-confidence  and  the  business  end  of  acquiring  a 
livelihood,  than  any  one  piece  of  school  work  with  which  I  have 
ever  come  in  contact.  With  a  hope  that  we,  the  boys,  teachers  and 
I,  can  make  an  actual  profit  in  dollars  on  the  central  garden  this 
year,  the  work  is  being  planned  with  every  care. 

But  first  of  all,  everything  must  yield  to  education.  The  educa- 
tional value  is  paramount  and  vital.  The  remuneration  is  second- 
ary. The  former  is  practically  assured,  and  I  confidently  predict 
that  we  shall  win  a  fair  share  of  the  latter. 

NOTES  FROM  A  HOME  GARDEN  SUPERVISOR 

Helen  Seaman 
Seattle,  Washington 

It  was  the  good  fortune  of  being  garden  teachers  that  brought  us 
to  Seattle  last  July,  a  city  set  in  a  wonder  spot  of  beauty.  To  the 
west  is  Puget  Sound  with  its  border  of  low-lying  hiUs    -foothills  to 


116  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch,  1921 

the  majestic  Olympics ;  to  the  east  Lake  Washington,  and,  beyond, 
the  Cascades,  and  to  the  southeast  The  Mountain — Mt.  Rainier — 
clothed  in  white — ^"a  footstool  for  the  Gods."  But  the  season  was 
on  for  visiting  the  home  gardens  of  children  from  the  fourth  to 
eighth  grades,  so  we  literally  "  came  down  to  earth,"  and  in  the  five 
weeks  that  were  left  of  the  season  for  us  we  each  visited  five 
hundred  gardens. 

Altho  the  long  axis  of  the  city  is  twelve  miles,  its  distances  seem 
mainly  vertical  to  one  afoot,  as  the  glacial  action  left  this  a  hilly 
region.  Thruout  the  city  the  soils  are  largely  sand  and  clay — 
glacial  material — except  in  the  post-glacial  river  valleys  where  there 
are  rich  alluvial  deposits.  With  soils  that  were  either  sand  or 
stiff,  pasty  clay  the  new  gardeners  had  a  job  on  their  hands,  and 
those  who  had  been  at  it  for  several  years  still  had  some  problems. 
The  work  is  organized  on  the  U.S.  Garden  Army  plan,  and  we  were 
glad  to  have  the  company  of  a  garden  lieutenant  whenever  our 
rounds  coincided  with  his,  or  occasionally  he  would  go  along  as 
guide. 

With  the  use  of  fertilizers,  water,  and  industrious  cultivating 
almost  any  crop  will  flourish  in  even  the  poorer  patches,  and  in  the 
rich  soils  the  growth  is  truly  wonderful. 

Some  addresses  lead  to  the  outskirts  of  the  city,  where  the  land 
is  still  only  partly  cleared,  and  it  is  on  such  hikes  that  ones  sees  a 
great  deal  more  than  gardens.  One  day  we  found  ourselves  at  the 
edge  of  a  steep  wooded  ravine.  A  passer-by  told  us  that  our  street 
was  at  the  bottom  of  that ' '  gulch"  and  to  follow  the  steps.  But  the 
steps  were  only  an  encouragement  to  start  and  the  rest  a  slide  of 
some  two  hundred  feet.  As  a  reward  w^e  found  the  home  of  some 
mountain  beaver,  and  there  was  still  further  reward  awaiting  us. 
At  the  bottom  of  the  "gulch"  an  old  log  road  disputed  right  of  way 
with  a  half-hearted  stream,  as  it  led  between  a  row  of  shacks.  A 
stranger  was  a  curiosity,  so  there  was  no  difficulty  in  locating 
''Jimmy's  garden."  His  mother,  however,  had  wrestled  with  the 
half -cleared  slope  until  it  was  ablaze  with  color — sweet  peas,  mari- 
golds of  all  kinds,  poppies — what  a  riot!  Shasta  daisies,  forget-me- 
nots,  nasturtiums,  dahlias — a  kaleidoscope  of  color  well  displayed 
by  the  somber  setting  of  firs  and  cedar. 

Another  day  found  us  at  the  other  end  of  the  city  pushing  thru 
underbrush  of  salal  and  Oregon  grape  to  the  top  of  a  bluff  which 
shelves  out  several  feet  below,  and  there  was  our  shack  and  garden, 


seaman] 


SYMPOSIUM  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS 


117 


1.  Charles  has  the  help  of  his  small  sister  in  this  quarter  ac re  of  i)ota- 

toes,  and,  in  his  words,  he    'hands  her  a  dolhir  no  a-  and  then." 

2.  These  twins  are  justly  proud  of  their  eroj). 

3.  "Katching    Katerpillar  Krusaders,"   University   Hei^lils  Sehool, 

Seattle.  Wash. 


118  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch..  1921 

so  we  just  "dropped  in."  A  fine  little  Norwegian  family  were 
making  a  start — and  a  wonderful  site  they  had  selected.  The  trees 
had  been  cleared  to  give  a  view  out  across  the  Sound  to  the 
Olympics  rising  high  beyond.  The  boy  was  gathering  hazel-nuts, 
but  came  back  to  show  us  his  garden.  It  was  a  first  attempt  and 
the  soil  was  mostly  sand,  but  he  had  added  some  leaf -mold  and  was 
justly  proud  of  his  results.  How  those  people  loved  their  woods! 
We  explored  a  bit.  There  were  some  Lewis  woodpeckers  busy  at  a 
tall  tree,  and  then  from  another  comer  came  the  old  familiar  cry  of 
"thief,  thief."  And  a  thief  he  is,  for  here  he  has  stolen  the  blue- 
bird's cloak  and  wrapped  himself  well  in  it.  Then,  to  disguise  he 
wears  a  hooded  helmet  of  deep  irridescent  purple — a  stylish,  strik- 
ing thing,  for  how  could  a  jay  be  otherwise,  and  the  Steller  jay  will 
not  be  outdone.  Hilding  knew  where  the  robins  had  nested,  as 
well  as  the  thrush,  and  had  several  stories  to  tell  us  of  the  little 
ones.  That  was  his  world  and  he  loved  it,  and  everything  that 
grew  and  lived  there.  We  hope  that  that  love  of  the  out-of-doors, 
that  pride  in  his  garden,  will  be  a  lasting  influence,  and  one  that  will 
be  a  determining  factor  in  later  years  whenever  there  is  to  be  a 
choice  between  a  house  with  some  out-of-doors  attached  and  an 
apartment.     We  want  to  make  not  only  gardeners  but  home  lovers. 

We  found  many  fine  gardens  as  indications  of  real  industry. 
A  seventh  grade  boy  who  lived  in  one  of  the  houseboats  which 
fringe  the  Lake  at  certain  points,  had  caught  large  masses  of  muck 
that  float  down  the  Lake  at  times,  and  had  filled  in  a  goodly  portion 
of  his  shore-line,  to  be  rewarded  with  some  extra  fine  sweet  pea 
blooms.  Robert,  who  lived  at  the  top  of  the  hill,  had  pushed  many 
a  wheel-barrowful  of  such  richness  up  to  his  garden — and  a  fine 
garden  he  had  despite  the  fact  that  he  had  a  "job"  during  vacation 
as  well.  Many  families  relied  almost  entirely  on  their  young 
gardener  for  vegetables,  and  were  well  supplied.  Charles,  aged  14, 
not  only  played  the  main  part  in  the  family  garden  of  one  and  a 
half  acres,  but  with  the  help  of  his  smaller  sister,  he  worked  a 
quarter  acre  of  potatoes,  and  for  such  help  he  reported  that  he 
"handed  her  a  dollar  now  and  then. ' '  There  is  no  strong  insistance 
on  the  child  doing  the  work  entirely  alone,  in  fact  a  garden  is  a  good 
ground  for  the  seed  of  helpfulness,  and  the  family  garden  is  heartily 
encouraged. 

Last  summer  there  were  some  six  thousand  gardeners  enrolled 
from  the  fourth  to  eighth  grades  inclusive — more  than  enough  to 


KiLPATRiCK]     SYMPOSIUM  OF  GARDEN  SUPERVISORS  119 

keep  the  nine  teachers  busy — and  when  the  Autumn  Garden  Exhibit 
took  place  in  each  of  sixty  schools,  the  exhibit  rooms  were  over- 
crowded. Again  and  again  we  heard  the  remark,  *^How  much 
better  quality  than  last  year."  and  how  much  larger  the  exhibit  is. 
Not  only  were  fresh  vegetables  exhibited,  but  the  canned  fruits  and 
vegetables  which  in  most  cases  the  girls  had  raised  as  well  as  canned. 
Awards  were  made  on  the  basis  of  quality  and  effort,  and  those 
entries  receiving  blue  ribbons  were  sent  to  the  High  School  to  which 
that  school  was  tributary  to  be  a  part  of  the  agricultural  exhibit 
there.  In  that  way  another  tie  was  made  between  the  grade  and 
high  school  work. 

NATURE  GARDENS  IN  NEW  YORK  CITY 

Van  Evrie  Kilpatrick 

Director 

The  School  Garden  in  New  York  City  is  now  being  interpreted  as 
the  outdoor  laboratory  of  the  school.  All  nature  teaching  func- 
tions in  the  garden.  The  natural  and  physical  sciences  present  a 
sorry  expression  indeed  without  the  complete  organization  of  all 
the  outdoor  educational  opportunities.  Every  school  garden  is 
therefore  the  garden  of  a  particular  school.  It  is  primarily  the 
place  where  the  pupils  of  that  school  learn  through  direct  applica- 
tion about  the  natural  world. 

A  number  of  New  York  City  schools  program  classes  the  year 
round  to  the  garden  work.  When  the  seasonal  work  cannot  be  done 
outdoors  the  more  instructional  work  is  taught  indoors. 

One  of  the  first  efforts  of  the  school  garden  department  has  been 
to  organize  for  a  broader  interpretation  of  gardening.  The  raising 
of  a  few  hardy  vegetables  by  children  is  only  a  first  step. 

The  school  garden — the  outdoor  laboratory  of  nature— is  the  use 
of  every  outdoor  facility  for  nature  application.  The  school  garden 
is  raising  vegetables,  flowers,  shrubs,  vines,  rabbits,  chickens,  etc., 
at  the  homes  of  children.  It  is  applying  landscape  gardening  to 
the  front  lawn  of  the  school  grounds,  vegetable  gardening  and  small- 
fruit  gardening  in  the  rear  of  the  school  grounds.  School  gardening 
is  the  use  of  vacant  lots,  city  property,  and  park  property. 

Indoor  gardening  in  the  schoolrooms  is  becoming  more  and  more 
popular.  Eight  thousand  first  quality  paper  white  narcissus  bulbs 
have  been  grown  in  the  elementary  schools  of  Manhattan  in  order 


120  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

to  try  out,  on  a  large  scale,  the  cultivation  of  bulbs  in  the  schools. 
This  experiment  was  most  successful. 

There  are  more  schools  with  school  gardens  in  New  York  than  in 
any  other  city,  but  there  are  also  more  pupils  with  home  garden 
opportunities  than  in  any  other  city.  In  the  early  season  92,000 
circulars  encouraging  pupils  to  buy  and  plant  seeds  in  their  home 
gardens  were  circulated  in  the  schools.  This  would  indicate  that 
in  the  schools  of  the  outlying  boroughs  there  are  doubtless  100,000 
children  with  opportunities  for  home  gardening. 

It  is  estimated  that  the  season's  produce  reached  a  total  value  of 
$33.1 53 -SO-  The  early  tabulations  showed  $6,797.46  worth  of 
vegetables  taken  from  the  school  gardens  during  the  summer. 

Twenty-two  teachers  conducted  the  gardens  of  seventy-three 
public  schools.  Over  3,500  pupils  had  garden  plots  and  during  the 
summer  took  an  average  daily  produce  home  of  $135.95.  The 
value  of  all  these  vegetables  was  computed  after  countihg  or  meas- 
uring by  the  teachers  in  charge,  and  reporting  the  value  of  the 
amount  taken  out  of  each  garden  weekly.  For  example,  a  quart  of 
beans  was  rated  15  cents;  a  head  of  lettuce  10  cents;  a  carrot 
2  cents,  etc. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  understand  when  children  secure  so  much 
valuable  food  every  day  that  the  attendance  is  very  nearly  100  per 
cent,  based  on  at  least  once  a  week  cultivation.  But  in  many 
shaded  gardens,  particularly  in  Aianhattan,  where  very  little  pro- 
duce was  procured,  the  attendance  was  maintained  through  the 
natural  interest  of  the  child  to  cultivate  a  living  plant. 


Do  We  Need  School  Museums? 

Elizabeth  K.  Peeples,  Elizabeth  Dyer 
Teachers  of  Nature-Study,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Are  you  one  of  those  unfortunate  teachers  with  a  taste  for  travel 
and  a  correspondingly  ill-filled  purse  ?  Then  partially  satisfy  that 
taste  by  having  your  pupils  make  a  school  museum.  Whatever  it 
lacks  in  intrinsic  value,  rarity  or  beauty  will  be  made  up  by  enthu- 
siasm of  the  collectors,  the  joy  of  proprietorship  and  the  never- 
failing  happiness  of  seeing  the  project  grow. 

First  of  all  there  is  the  high  adventure  of  producing  out  of  nothing 
a  case  to  hold  whatever  the  children  collect.     In  accomplishing 


PEEPLES-DVEK]      DO  WE  NEED  SCHOOL  MUSEUMS  121 

what  seems  to  be  impossible  there  lies  a  mighty  charm.  An  old 
bookcase,  shelves  donated  by  an  interested  parent,  or  best  of  all 
a  case  of  open  shelves  built  in  the  carpenter-shop  by  the  boys  have 
each  been  used  by  the  writers  to  house  the  nature  collections  of 
various  schools. 

One  has  but  to  outline  to  the  children  a  plan  of  action.  They  do 
the  rest.  While  studying  trees  they  bring  wood  sections,  pieces  of 
bark,  dry  fruits,  pressed  leaves,  and  pictures.  Intent  upon  birds, 
they  specialize  upon  feathers,  deserted  nests  and  food  charts.  The 
underlying  rocks  of  the  region,  cocoons,  bagworms  tell  the  story 
of  garden  interest. 

Organization  lies  beneath  the  success  of  all  great  enterprises  so 
the  Museum_  Com.mittee  must  be  form.ed  as  well  as  the  Committee 
on 'Dusting.  Two  pupils  from  each  grade  are  sufficient  to  keep  the 
museum  in  order  and  equally  important,  in  the  foreground  of  class 
consciousness.  In  one  building  the  success  of  the  museum  has  been 
almost  wholly  due  to  the  enthusiasm  of  the  chairman,  a  cripple,  a 
victim  of  infantile  paralysis,  a  rare  spirit  with  the  ability  to  m^ake 
those  around  him.  forget  his  handicap.  He  selected  the  m.ost 
prominent  place  in  the  building  for  the  location  of  the  museum, 
just  opposite  the  main  entrance  in  the  first  floor  hall.  As  the 
nature-study  teacher  entered  the  building  one  m_orning,  she  found 
him  on  the  floor  struggling  to  replace  the  lowest  shelf.  "The 
museum  has  had  a  nervous  breakdown,  but  it  will  recover  soon." 
And  it  did,  a  little  better  arranged  than  before.  Three  times  for 
various  causes  that  sam.e  cripple  had  occasion  to  rearrange  the 
collection  and  each  time  he  has  set  himself  the  task  of  making  it 
more  satisfactory.  "This  is  all  very  well  for  you,  Ricnard,'  said 
the  teacher  one  day, ' '  but  what  about  the  other  children  ?  Do  they 
get  anything  out  of  it?" 

The  reply  was  most  reassuring.  "This  is  their  favorite  parking 
place.  Everybody  is  crazy  to  belong.  They  worry  me  to  death 
to  increase  the  membership." 

The  visiting  nature-study  teacher,  who  travels  literally  with  her 
hands  and  arms  full,  welcomes  the  help  of  a  school  museum  for  the 
interest  that  keeps  alive  her  work  between  visits.  Under  more 
favorable  conditions  where  there  is  a  teacher  in  charge  for  all 
grades  of  a  building  the  possibilities  are  unlimited.  In  one  such 
place  known  to  the  writers,  the  first  donation  was  a  fine  collection 
of  models  of  fjrehistoric  animals  made  by  a  scientist  in  the  com- 


122  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

munity.  This  was  followed  by  the  egg  of  the  ostrich  and  the  dark 
green  one  of  the  emu  laid  by  these  animals  in  the  Zoo.  To  quote 
from  the  report  of  this  teacher,  "Here's  a  piece  of  petrified  wood." 
"Do  you  know  if  this  is  gold  on  this  rock?"  "I  can  bring  some  cot- 
ton from  Georgia"  "I  have  a  coccanut  right  from  Florida,  that  my 
aunt  sent  me  with  a  stamp  stuck  on  it.  May  I  bring  it  ?"  A  very 
active  tortoise,  found  on  the  way  to  school  was  our  first  live  con- 
tribution. So  one  after  another  all  kinds  of  specimens  came  usually 
with  questions  as  to  their  identity,  which  were  sometimes  answered 
simultaneously  by  teacher  and  pupils.  We  have  our  exhibition  of 
bird  boxes.  During  Kindness  to  Animals  Week,  a  voluble  parrot, 
white  mice,  a  chameleon,  a  litter  of  puppies,  wide-eyed  bunnies,  a 
six-toed  cat,  baby  chicks  and  tortoises  eame  to  school  in  the  morn- 
ing and  returned  home  at  the  close.  As  this  laboratory  is  in  the 
center  'of  the  building  and  a  thoroughfare  for  many  classes  the 
pupils  have  more  than  class  time  to  view  the  collections.  One 
large  table  is  set  aside  for  current  donations  and  is  always  a  magnet 
of  attraction.  Bulletin  boards  made  by  a  parent  are  filled  with 
contributions  of  pictures,  magazines  and  newspaper  clippings  of  the 
out-of-doors.  One  after  another,  my  every  ready  helpers  have 
made  shelves  to  add  to  the  tiers  which  hold  our  museum.  With  a 
bird  comer,  an  insect  corner,  and  sections  for  rocks,  shells,  seeds, 
tree  and  wood  specimens,  we  have  reached  our  capacity. ' '  Looking 
back  on  my  own  schools  I  cannot  help  but  feel  that  the  future  of 
my  boys  and  girls  will  be  richer  and  happier  for  the  intimacy  they 
are  gaining  with  the  great  heart  of  nature." 

From  a  museum  like  that  described  above  to  an  out-of-doors 
room  is  but  a  short  step  if  the  room  is  available  and  the  teacher  has 
continued  interest.  To  many,  this  is  a  new  idea.  Picture  this 
room  at  the  Washington  Normal  School.  Scrub  pine  hides  the 
walls  and  gives  the  impression  of  the  pine  grove.  The  floor  is 
strewn  with  leaves  renewed  from  time  to  time.  A  large  sand  board 
has  been  converted  into  a  mossy  bank  upon  which  the  partridge 
berry  creeps;  hepatica  blossoms  and  just  now  skunk  cabbage 
peeps  through  the  dead  leaves  as  it  does  in  the  swamps  outside. 
In  one  corner  are  mounted  specimens  of  winter  birds,  a  feeding 
table  and  a  simple  bath.  In  this  environment  the  little  ones  of  the 
kindergarten,  first  and  second  grades  are  given  their  nature  lessons. 
A  group  of  little  ones  from  a  downtown  school  visited  it  one  day 
and  asked,  "Is  this  the  real  country?" 


VOTE  FOR  A  NATIONAL  TREE  123 

School  museums  should  lead  to  a  more  intelligent  use  of  public 
ones.  Watch  the  average  sightseer  passing  through  a  city  or 
national  museum.  He  is  overpowered  by  the  wealth  of  material; 
sees  but  little  and  understands  less.  He  passes  through  its  doors 
with  a  vague  conglomerate  of  historic  costumes,  Egyptian  mum- 
mies, tropical  birds,  etc.,  mentally  bored  and  physically  tired.  As 
in  travel,  he  gets  out  of  a  visit  to  a  museimi  what  he  has  to  interpret 
it  with.  Therefore  in  youth  he  should  learn  that  a  museum  is  to  be 
used  as  a  reference  to  enlarge  his  knowledge  on  definite  things; 
not  to  show  him  the  world  in  a  nutshell. 


Be  Patriotic,  Vote  for  a  National  Tree 

The  American  Forestry  Association  whose  headquarters  are  at 
Washington,  has  recently  launched  a  campaign  to  secure  wide- 
spread expression  of  what  shall  be  our  national  tree.  Editors 
throughout  the  United  States  are  being  asked  to  print  the  ballot 
and  to  urge  the  schools  of  their  respective  cities  and  towns  to  send 
their  votes  to  the  Association.  By  such  method,  however,  a  voter 
may  send  in  his  ballot  marked  "elm,"  ''oak,"  ''walnut,"  etc.,  and 
know  very  little  about  the  tree.  Education  of  the  voters  is  neces- 
sary so  the  Association  applied  to  the  Superintendent  of  Schools 
of  the  National  Capital  for  the  co-operation  of  the  teachers.  This 
was  granted  and  the  work  of  educating  the  children  and  the  public 
was  assigned  to  the  Nature-Study  Department.  This  department 
has  eight  teachers  who  visit  the  sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  grades 
every  other  week  for  a  forty  minute  lesson. 

For  two  years  tree  study  has  been  the  nature  unit  for  the  eighth 
grades.  It  was,  therefore,  deem.ed  best  to  make  an  intensive  study, 
in  that  grade,  of  a  small  number  of  trees  that  are  commonly  planted 
along  streets  or  are  found  in  the  suburban  sections,  and  through 
these  children,  educate  the  grades  below.The  white  oak,  pin  oak, 
American  elm.,  hickory,  sycamore,  apple,  tulip,  dogwood,  sugar- 
maple  and  white  pine,  were  the  trees  selected. 

A  visiting  nature-study  teacher  with  but  forty  minutes  once  in 
two  weeks  would  find  it  difficult  to  take  classes  out-of-doors  for  the 
study  of  the  complete  list.  The  larger  part  of  the  teaching,  there- 
fore, had  to  be  done  in  the  classroom  but  if  one  of  the  candidates 
was  available  nearby,  then  out-door  study  was  the  method  used. 
To  teach  trees  indoors  in  a  very  limited  time  so  that  children  can 


124 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch.,  1921 


recognize  them  in  the  open  requires  careful  lesson  planning  that 
children  may  be  inspired  to  independent  research  and  it  also 
demands  the  use  of  much  illustrative  material  on  the  part  of  the 


.1^ 

Wlj^  £ 

. '  'jsi^Bi?^ 

pffi^^'''**^Hfe-    '^M 

m 

.  ^■■'^ 

■^.^m^M 

■■■■Hi   J«E<^  ' 

«J-.*" 

¥ 

F  J 

^^    _  JSKK§ 

'La'-;' —  g  - 

f 

M^'  T' 

V 

! 

f 

V 

^^^^^H|||HHK|MiaHMMR|               ^^^^^ 

Have  you  voted  for  a  national  tree?     Charts  illustrating  the  uses  of  Pine. 
Courtesy  of  the  American  Forestry  Association 

teacher.  By  means  of  branches  of  trees;  their  fruits;  pictures; 
wood  sections  and  pieces  of  bark,  the  distinguishing  characteristics 
of  one,  sometimes  two  trees  were  taught  in  a  period.  A  spray  of 
each  tree  was  left  with  a  committee  of  children  to  press  and  mount 
on  herbarium  paper  by  the  time  the  teacher  returned.     To  secure 


BE  PATRIOTIC,   VOTE  FOR  A  NATIONAL  TREE  125 

sufficient  material  for  so  large  a  number  of  children,  permission  was 
obtained  from  the  city's  tree  planting  department  to  carefully  cut 
what  sprays  were  needed  from  the  street  trees.  Pictures  were 
obtained  from  the  U.  S.  Forest  Service;  wood  sections  and  bark 
specimens  from  wood  piles  in  suburban  sections  where  real  estate 
operators  were  "improving"  land  by  felling  trees. 

To  insure  that  the  children  would  know  the  trees  in  the  open,  at 
the  close  of  each  lesson  assignments  to  be  completed  before  the 
nature-study  teacher's  next  visit  were  left  with  committees  of 
children.  All  teachers  know,  however,  that  children's  committees 
need  the  inspiration  of  the  classroom  teachers.  The  busy  eighth 
grade  teachers  of  Washington  always  found  the  time  to  give  this 
inspiration.     A  few  local  examples  will  illustrate  the  assignments. 

There  are  magnificent  elms  in  the  White  House  Grounds,  the 
Ellipse,  the  Capitol  Grounds  and  Franklin  Park.  Visit  one  of 
these  places  and  learn  its  shape. 

The  nearest  sycamores  to  the  Ross  School  are  on  Eleventh 
Street.  Are  they  desirable  for  street  planting?  Find  out  why 
they  were  pruned  so  severely  last  spring. 

There  are  three  kinds  of  hickories  around  Washington,  the 
mockernut;  the  pignut;  the  bitternut.  Find  the  nuts  of  each. 
If  you  are  a  good  Scout  you  can. 

Learn  the  names  of  the  five  commonest  apples  for  sale  in  Wash- 
ington markets. 

What  is  there  about  dogwood  that  is  the  cause  of  its  destruction  ? 
You  know  its  berries.  Go  to  the  Zoo  before  they  fall  and  learn 
its  bark. 

Name  all  streets  that  are  planted  with  oaks  within  five  blocks 
north,  south,  east  and  west  of  your  school.  Find  the  circumference 
of  the  largest  oak  in  the  section,  measuringfour  feet  above  the  ground. 

Other  assignments  were  given  that  would  send  the  children  to 
books.  The  pubHc  libraries  decidedly  felt  the  pressure.  A  few 
illustrations  of  these  will  be  sufficient. 

Does  the  elm  grow  in  sufficient  number  of  states  to  warrant 
making  it  the  national  tree? 

There  are  pecan  trees  at  Mt.  Vernon  over  a  hundred  years  old. 
Find  something  of  historical  interest  about  them. 

The  name  dogwood  is  odd.     Is  there  a  reason  for  it? 

Are  pines  strictly  evergreen?  How  did  they  acquire  the  habit  of 
keeping  their  leaves  in  winter?     How  is  turpentine  madci* 


126  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

Describe  the  following  apples  so  they  can  be  recognized  by 
people  not  acquainted  with  them:  York  Imperial,  Winesap, 
Stayman  Winesap,  Grimes'  Golden,  Ben  Davis. 

Speak  of  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  a  fruit  tree  being 
the  national  tree. 

The  apple  lessons  were  particularly  delightful  to  city  children  who 
had  never  thought  of  apples  by  name,  or  difference  in  eating  qualities. 

As  this  educational  campaign  progressed,  the  interest  of  the 
children  led  them  to  make  articles  in  miniature  showing  the  use  of 
oak,  pine,  hickory,  hard  maple,  walnut,  etc.,  photographs  and 
diagrams  of  street  planting  in  the  vicinity  of  the  schools;  brush 
sketches  in  ink  of  trees  suggesting  devices  for  their  use  on  coins  and 
government  letter  heads ;  historical  events  connected  with  the  elm 
modelled  in  clay.  So  much  material  had  been  gathered  that  when, 
near  the  close  of  the  campaign,  the  American  Forestry  Association 
asked  that  a  greater  number  of  children  than  the  eighth  grades  be 
granted  the  voting  privilege,  an  exhibition  for  the  education  of  the 
new  voters  was  quickly  and  easily  arranged.  The  children  were 
asked  to  place  on  large  mounting  cards  material  that  would  illus- 
trate their  choice  for  the  national  tree.  These  charts  were  exhibited 
at  the  Wilson  Normal  School  for  four  days  before  the  vote  was 
taken  and  the  public  asked  to  use  them  as  a  means  of  education  and 
then  vote.  Thousands  of  people  visited  the  exhibit,  boys  and  men 
in  great  numbers.  The  interest  shown  warranted  extending  the 
exhibit  three  days. 

Three  minute  speeches  on  the  value  of  the  tree  candidates  as  a 
national  tree  were  delivered  by  the  children  of  the  eighth  grades  to 
the  children  of  the  grades  below  and  to  the  visitors  at  the  exhibi- 
tion. The  American  boy  or  girl  feels  his  country's  call  deeply,  be 
it  a  call  for  war  service  or  a  call  to  vote  for  the  national  tree. 
Speakers  in  the  recent  presidential  campaign  did  not  take  them- 
selves more  seriously  then  these  youthful  speakers.  The  speeches 
were  earnest,  sometimes  poetic,  full  of  patriotic  appeal  to  vote  for  a 
truly  American  tree  and,  best  of  all,  a  determination  that  the  voters 
should  know  reasons  for  their  choice.  It  was  not  always  the  boy 
who  spoke  "longest  and  loudest,"  as  one  boy  expressed  it,  who 
carried  his  audience,  but  the  boy  who  clearly  and  logically  made 
his  points.  i8,ooo  votes  were  cast,  7,037  for  the  oak,  but  no 
figures  can  measure  the  interest  in  trees  and  their  conservation 
that  has  spread  through  the  homes  of  the  city. 


CAMPAIGN  SPEECHES  FOR  THE  NATIONAL  TREE        127 

If  you  want  a  thoroughly  enjoyable  spring  nature  unit  start  a 
campaign  for  the  national  tree.  It  will  take  about  two  months  to 
do  it  well.  List  your  local  tree  candidates;  study  them  in  the 
open,  historically,  commercially.  Put  your  speakers  on  the  stump. 
Ask  one  of  the  leading  papers  of  your  community  to  print  the  ballot 
and  send  your  returns  to  the  American  Forestry  Association,  12 14 
Sixteenth  Street,  Washington,  D.  C.  Interest  in  trees  and  their 
conservation  is  slow  in  growth.  This  is  strictly  an  educational 
campaign  to  quicken  this  growth  and  well  worth  the  science  or 
nature-study  teachers'  best  effort. 

The  American  Forestry  Association  is  taking  a  nation-wide  vote  to  determine 
what  shall  be  America's  national  tree. 

I  vote  for 

Name 

Street  

City State 

School   

Forward  to  the  American  Forestry  Association,  National  Tree  Voting  Depart- 
ment, 1214  i6th  Street  northwest,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Campaign  Speeches  for  the  National  Tree 

THE  DOGWOOD 

Now  devoid  of  berries  and  leaves,  the  dogwood  stands  before  us 
this  new  year  of  nineteen-twenty-one  as  a  candidate  for  our 
national  tree. 

Our  national  tree  should  be  one  of  great  beauty.  Is  there  a  tree 
more  beautiful  than  the  dogwood?  You  say  the  oak  is  more 
stately.  But  can  the  oak  boast  of  beautiful  white  flowers  in  the 
spring,  and  dark  red  leaves  and  berries  in  the  fall?  Its  flowers  and 
leaves  are  known  and  loved  by  every  nature  loving  man,  woman 
and  child.  Trees  are  our  main  source  of  beauty  and  without  beauty 
this  would  be  a  dull,  work-a-day  world.  The  dogwood  is  the  most 
beautiful  of  all  trees.  The  already  beautiful  scenery  along  the 
roads  of  the  United  States,  improved  by  the  planting  of  dogwood 
trees,  would,  fifty  years  from  now,  be  the  envy  of  all  nations. 
Artists,  fully  appreciating  the  beauty  of  the  scene,  would  ])aint  it 
and  these  paintings  would  go  far  and  near,  convincing  the  world 
that  we  are  greater  lovers  of  beauty  than  money. 


128  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

The  dogwood  berries  furnish  food  for  forty-seven  different  kinds 
of  birds  during  the  fall  and  winter.  If  that  isn't  a  good  argument 
for  the  dogwood  will  someone  in  this  audience  kindly  tell  me  what  is  ? 

You  may  say  this:  "We  have  been  told  that  people  pick  and 
destroy  so  much  dogwood  that  it  is  rapidly  becoming  extinct. 
We  don't  want  that  kind  of  a  tree  for  our  national  tree."  Before 
red,  white  and  blue  became  our  national  colors  did  they  mean 
much  to  the  colonists?  Would  they  have  thought  anything  of 
cutting,  tearing  or  tramping  upon  them?  But  what  would  we 
think  of  a  person  who  would  do  such  a  thing  now?  The  same 
thing  would  hold  true  if  the  dogwood  became  our  national  tree. 
People  would  soon  learn  what  a  terrible  thing  it  would  be  to  harm 
even  one  of  its  flowers. 

We  people  living  around  Washington  and  Baltimore  should  be 
particularly  fond  of  the  dogwood.  And  why?  Because  literally 
speaking  it  grows  under  our  very  noses.  What  good  would  it  do 
us  to  have  the  redwood  of  California  for  our  national  tree  ? 

The  dogwood  has  very  little  commercial  value  but  this  is  all  the 
more  favor  in  it.  Why  take  a  tree  that  has  extensive  commercial 
value?  Money  plays  too  large  a  part  in  the  lives  of  modem 
Americans.  Take  the  dogwood  so  we  can  make  it  a  truly  orna- 
mental tree.  The  dogwood  is  a  tree  that  stands  for  all  that 
America  stands  for — the  white  of  the  flowers  for  purity,  the  red  of 
the  leaves  and  berries  for  valor  and  the  whole  tree  for  justice  and 
in  closing  I  wish  to  say: 

These  arguments  were  made  by  one,  by  me. 
But  it  lies  with  you  to  elect  the  tree. 

Martha  Mendall, 
8B,  Ross  School, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

THE  HICKORY 

Friends  and  fellow-classmates,  I  have  come  before  you  to  con- 
vince you  that  the  hickory  is  the  tree  that  should  be  made  our 
national  tree.  Do  you  realize  that  the  hickory  is  the  only  one  of 
the  nine  candidates  that  is  an  all  American  tree ;  that  natiire  has 
caused  eleven  of  the  twelve  kinds  of  the  hickory  to  grow  in  the 
United  States  ?  If  nature  has  done  this  we  can  at  least  repay  her 
by  selecting  the  hickory  as  our  national  tree. 


CAMPAIGN  SPEECHES  FOR  THE  NATIONAL  TREE        129 

The  most  important  of  the  hickories  are  the  shagbark,  mocker- 
nut,  bittemut,  pignut  and  pecan. 

The  shagbark  is  a  tall  stately  tree  seventy  to  ninety  feet  in 
height,  unmistakable  on  account  of  its  rough  flaking  bark  which 
shags  off  in  large  plates.  The  nuts  of  the  shagbark  are  the  hickory 
nuts  of  commerce.  It  is  said  that  there  is  more  nutrition  in  a  shag- 
bark-nut  than  there  is  in  any  other  nut.  The  experiment  of  cul- 
tivating the  shagbark  would  be  an  interesting  one,  certainly  it 
deserves  as  much  attention  as  the  English  walnut.  The  wood  of 
the  shagbark  is  heavy,  hard,  tough  and  close  grained  and  it  is  used 
for  agricultural  implements,  ax  handles,  wagon  stocks  and  baskets. 
It  is  said  that  a  block  of  hickory  is  as  strong  as  a  block  of  wrought 
iron  of  the  same  size.  The  shagbark  grows  in  the  United  States 
from  Maine  to  Florida  and  as  far  west  as  Kansas. 

The  mockernut  grows  to  a  height  of  one  hundred  feet.  It  gets 
its  name  on  account  of  the  shell  of  the  nut  being  thick,  hard  and 
difficult  to  crack.  It  grows  in  New  England  and  in  the  south  and 
wCvSt.  Its  wood  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  the  shagbark  and 
it  is  of  equal  value. 

Michau  calls  the  pignut  one  of  the  perfect  American  trees.  It  is 
stately  and  beautiful  in  outline.  The  pignut  received  its  name 
from  the  first  settlers  who  on  seeing  their  hogs  eat  its  fruit  with 
such  relish  called  it  the  pignut.  The  pignut  makes  a  beautiful 
lawn  tree  and  would  be  planted  everywhere  if  it  were  not  for  its 
name.  The  range  of  the  pignut  is  the  same  as  the  other  members 
of  the  genus. 

When  we  go  to  discuss  the  hickory's  opponents  we  find  that  the 
oak  was  worshipped  by  the  early  Greeks.  It  was  dedicated  to 
Jupiter  by  the  Romans  and  played  a  part  in  the  religion  of  the 
Britons  and  Germans.  Does  this  sound  American?  The  elm 
thrives  better  in  England  than  in  the  United  States.  The  dog- 
wood is  rapidly  becoming  extinct.  If  the  dogwood  supplies  food 
for  forty-seven  species  of  birds,  the  hickory  supplies  food  for 
91 ,972 ,000  people.  The  apple  caused  so  much  evil  in  the  beginning 
of  the  world  that  we  do  not  want  our  streets  lined  with  reminder 
of  what  man  might  have  been.  The  sycamore  was  used  by  the 
Egyptians  two  thousand  years  before  Christ  to  bury  their  mum- 
mies in.  Ancient  Egyptian  caskets  and  a  modern  American 
national  tree  do  not  go  together. 


130  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:2— Mch,  1921 

In  summing  up  the  points  of  the  hickory  we  find  that  it  is  stronger 
than  the  oak,  that  it  has  the  beauty  of  the  elm,  the  stateUness  of 
the  tuHp  and  the  symmetry  of  the  pine.  Friends,  I  ask  you  why  a 
tree  with  all  the  good  points  of  its  worthy  opponents  cannot  be  our 
national  tree?     The  decision  lies  with  y£)u. 

The  hickory  would  make  a  good  emblem  for  America  for  it  is  a 
beautiful  and  strong  tree  as  the  United  States  is  a  beautiful  and 
strong  nation. 

If  Andrew  Jackson  was  proud  to  bear  the  name  of  "  Old  Hickory" 
to  the  White  House,  we  should  at  least  be  proud  to  select  the 
hickory  for  our  national  tree. 

And  when  you  go  to  cast  your  ballot  remember  this  slogan, 
"An  American  Tree  First." 

Warren  Sl'mmers, 
8B,  Ross  School, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

THE  ELM  TREE 

Francis  Marshall 
8B  Force  School,  Washington,  D.  C 

Oh!  Thou  Elm  so  very  high, 
Your  only  rival  is  the  sky! 

Tall,  majestic,  ever  great, 
In  no  matter  what  the  State. 

Our  very  heart  you  take  away 
When  lighted  by  the  sun's  bright  ray! 

How  can  you  help  but  be  admired 
When  every  grace  you  have  acquired  ? 

You  are  a  sample  of  nature's  art: 
A  secret  of  God,  to  us,  impart. 

You  have  gotten,  by  some  device 
The  blessing  of  all  Paradise. 

To  you  none  other  can  compaic, 
Oh!  thou  spirit  of  the  air! 


A  home  garden  in  Duquesne 
and  the  gardener 


Near  the  end  of  the  season  in  the 
children's  gardens  in  Duquesne 


Children's  Gardens  in  a  Steel  Town 

Lena  S.  Thomas 
Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

The  Cit}^  of  Duquesne  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Monongahela  River  and  is  about  half  an  hour's  ride  by  train  from 
the  City  of  Pittsburgh.  It  is  essentially  a  manufacturing  town, 
its  growth  being  the  result  of  the  location  there  of  the  Duquesne 
Steel  Co.  founded  by  Andrew  Carnegie  himself.  The  material 
prosperity  of  the  city  is  dependent  for  the  most  i^art  on  the  pros- 
perity of  these  mills. 

The  town  might  almost  be  completely  divided  into  two  sections, 
those  east  and  west  of  the  tracks  of  the  Penn.  R.  R.  which  runs 
north  and  south  the  length  of  the  city.  To  the  east  of  the  tracks 
are  built  the  company's  mill  and  to  the  east  of  the  tracks  dwells  a 
badly  congested  foreign  population. 

I  have  been  told  that  in  the  years  before  the  ])lay-ground  and 
gardens  became  an  established  part  of  the  community  life  there,  it 
was  quite  an  unsafe  place  to  walk  the  streets.  That  condition 
must  have  long  passed  away  for  I  have  never  experienced  anything 
but  genuine  welcome  from,  these  same  foreign  i)eoi)lc. 

131 


132  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

It  can  truly  be  said  of  this  town  that  fully  one-half  does  not  know 
how  the  other  half  lives.  Children  from  the  west  side  are  for- 
bidden by  their  parents  to  go  below  the  tracks,  and  many  grown 
people  who  have  lived  in  Duquesne  all  their  lives,  have  never  been 
in  the  lower  section  and  have  no  conception  of  its  conditions. 
That  these  conditions  have  been  improved  greatly  in  the  last  ten 
years  is  no  doubt  due  largely  to  the  Welfare  Activites  of  the  Steel 
Corporation. 

In  1 9 13  the  Welfare  Department  determined  to  add  gardening 
for  children  to  its  other  activities,  and  a  teacher  was  obtained  from 
Cornell  University  to  direct  the  project. 

The  land  selected  for  the  experiment  was  some  belonging  to  the 
Steel  Co.  located  in  the  slummiest  part  of  Duquesne,  bounded  on 
the  east  and  south  by  the  tracks  of  the  Union  R.  R.  There  are 
trains  loaded  with  hot  slag  constantly  passing  and  repassing  along 
this  track  and  a  constant  shower  of  hot  cinders  is  expelled  from  the 
engines  all  over  the  gardens  below.  On  the  west  an  alley  that 
forms  the  back  boundary  line  to  a  row  of  tenement  houses  extends 
the  whole  length  of  the  gardens.  This  land  was  at  that  time  pure 
clay,  and  covered  with  as  fine  a  collection  of  tin  cans,  bottles,  rags, 
old  wire  bed  springs,  and  miscellaneous  litter  as  could  be  found  any- 
where in  the  U.  S.  A.,  the  reason  for  this  being  that  Duquesne  has 
not  taken  over  the  task  of  collecting  its  garbage,  but  allows  it  to 
be  done  by  private  individuals  who  charge  by  the  week  or  the 
barrel,  which  of  course  results  in  its  being  dumped  on  all  vacant  lots. 
Well,  the  Steel  Co.  had  this  land  cleared  and  filled  in  with  good 
loam.    Then  they  fertilized  it  and  the  gardens  were  planted^upon  it. 

The  children  who  worked  these  gardens  were  gathered  thru  the 
meditmi  of  the  public  school,  but  practically  every  child  lived  in 
this  congested  district  below  the  track,  was  born  of  foreign  parents, 
and  some  member  of  the  family  worked  for  the  Steel  Co.  This 
was  not  a  condition  necessary  to  membership,  but  simply  the  result 
of  the  location  of  the  gardens  and  the  occupation  of  the  population 
of  most  of  the  town. 

After  establishing  these  gardens,  they  turned  their  attention  to 
the  town  in  general  and  established  six  small  community  gardens 
as  they  were  called,  as  model  gardens  in  different  parts  of  the  town. 
These  were  taught  by  volunteer  women  of  the  town  who  in  turn 
received  instruction  from  the  Supervisor  provided  by  the  Steel  Co. 
There  were  six  of  these  gardens  laid  out  in  individual  plots  4x4 


THOMAS]         CHILDREN'S  GARDENS  IN  A  STEEL  TOWN  133 

feet  and  accommodating  about  eighty  children.  While  the  two 
gardens  on  the  S|:eel  Co.  property  were  respectively  loo  by  120 
feet  and  100  by  75  feet  and  accommodated  about  150  children 
(plots  10  ft.  X  10) .  The  writer  had  the  pleasure  of  visiting  all  these 
gardens  in  19 13  and  was  delighted  with  them. 

Oddly  enough  the  next  spring  a  call  for  a  teacher  for  these  same 
gardens  resulted  in  the  selection  of  the  writer  of  this  article,  who 
has  remained  there  until  the  present  time. 

The  second  year  I  was  there  we  cleaned  up  and  fenced  another 
lot  on  the  Steel  Co.  property.-  This  accommodates  about  thirty 
children  being  divided  into  larger  gardens  usually  about  sixteen 
feet  square.  These  are  reserved  exclusively  for  the  use  of  the  older 
and  more  advanced  children,  those  who  have  made  a  good  showing 
in  the  smaller  gardens,  winning  garden  or  vegetable  prizes.  There 
is  a  great  demand  for  these  larger  gardens.  They  happen  to  be 
situated  on  much  richer  ground,  so  the  growth  of  the  vegetables  is 
quite  luxuriant,  and  being  so  large  they  will  produce  enough  to 
almost  feed  a  family,  of  course  they  are  a  great  help  when ' '  We  have 
six  boarders."  So  its  woe  to  the  child  who  neglects  and  thus  loses 
a  large  garden,  his  parents  have  no  sympathy  for  him. 

The  Steel  Co.  pays  all  the  expenses  of  the  gardens  on  their 
property,  including  the  building  of  fences,  toolhouses,  repairs  on 
them,  furnishes  tools  for  all  the  children,  all  the  seeds  used,  plowing, 
fertilizing,  etc.  They  have  never  been  asked  for  anything  in  the 
way  of  equipment  that  they  have  not  willingly  furnished.  They 
have  piped  water  to  each  garden  and  this  year  have  improved  the 
system  by  laying  pipes  thru  them  so  several  hose  may  be  attached 
and  used  at  the  same  time.  During  the  first  three  years  they  fur- 
nished a  laborer  whose  services  could  be  had  at  any  time  during  the 
year.  However  it  was  decided  that  it  was  better  to  make  the 
children  feel  that  they  themselves  were  entirely  responsible  for  the 
appearance  of  the  gardens.  Now  we  have  a  laborer  to  lay  out  the 
paths  making  the  individual  plots.  This  takes  about  a  week  in  the 
spring.  After  that  the  children  do  every  bit  of  the  work,  unless  in 
case  of  sudden  emergency  after  heavy  storms. 

We  have  storms  there  that  fill  up  the  gutters  and  cau  e  the 
flooding  of  the  gardens,  sometimes  they  are  covered  with  water  a 
foot  deep  for  three  days  at  a  time.  If  the  vegetables  have  got  most 
of  their  growth  little  harm  is  done.  But  if  the  storm  comes  while 
they  are  small  many  of  the  individual  gardens  are  six)iled. 


134  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

I  do  allow  the  parents  to  help,  in  many  cases,  especially  when  at 
the  beginning  of  the  year,  I  have  many  new  and  young  children  to 
teach  all  at  once.  The  women  are  very  eager  to  do  this,  they  want 
the  vegetables.  Most  of  them  have  always  done  gardening  in  the 
old  country.  They  will  transplant  a  large  beet  with  wonderful 
success.  They  don't  bother  to  cut  back  any  of  the  leaves  and  the 
beets  don't  wither  after  transplanting. 

During  the  war  our  Community  gardens  were  turned  into  School 
gardens.  Additional  land  was  given  for  our  use.  The  size  of  the 
individual  plots  was  enlarged,  and  ever>^  effort  made  to  give  each 
child  an  opportunity  to  do  his  part,  who  wished  land.  The  school 
superintendent  of  Duquesne,  Prof.  Wolford,  has  always  done 
everything  possible  to  promote  gardening  in  Duquesne.  He  and 
the  school  board  co-operated  with  me  in  every  way,  the  board 
voting  to  pay  six  of  its  teachers  by  the  hour  to  assist  me  in  teaching 
home  and  community  gardens,  and  we  enrolled  over  five  hundred 
children  as  members  of  the  U.  S.  Garden  Army.  The  Board 
furnished  seeds  for  the  Community  gardens  and  high  school  boys 
were  excused  during  the  last  period  that  they  might  come  out  and 
dig  paths  for  the  smaller  children. 

It  might  be  well  to  explain  here  that  all  my  garden  children  are 
below  high  school  grade.  In  a  town  like  Duquesne  all  the  children 
go  to  work  for  money  the  moment  they  reach  the  age  when  the  laws 
of  the  state  permit  them  to,  and  as  a  rule  every  foreign  child  works 
during  vacation  that  can  get  a  job  of  any  kind.  During  war  times 
many  children  earned  as  much  as  grown  women  had  before.  So 
the  temptation  to  work  was  much  greater.  So  only  the  smaller 
ones  were  left  to  garden. 

Since  the  war  our  Comm.unity  garden  work  has  been  reduced  to 
a  minimum  again.  This  is  greatly  to  be  regretted  for  may  reasons. 
But  it  seems  best  because  of  the  constant  pilfering  that  occurs  on 
unfenced  lots.  When  one  set  of  children  work  all  the  growing 
season  to  produce  a  crop  and  then  have  it  harvested  for  them  by  a 
passer-by  it  produces  a  reaction  of  feeling  against  gardening  that  is 
not  conducive  to  harmony.  Therefore  this  year  we  had  just  two 
community  gardens  with  36  children.  I  did  not  ask  the  School 
Board  for  a  teacher  for  them  but  took  over  the  task  myself.  All 
the  work  on  these  gardens  has  been  done  after  six  p.  m.  when  my 
other  work  was  finished.  I  spent  three  evenings  a  week  at  these 
gardens  during  the  season. 


THOMAS]         CHILDREN'S  GARDENS  IN  A  STEEL  TOWN  135 

This  year  the  garden  work  for  the  season  began  on  April  5th,  the 
first  Monday  after  Easter.  The  first  week  was  spent  visiting  the 
schools  and  giving  the  usual  talks  to  the  children  between  the  3d 
and  7th  grades.  These  talks  described  our  plans  for  home  and 
school  gardens  during  the  coming  season.  Children  were  urged  to 
do  all  they  could  toward  cleaning  up  their  own  and  their  neighbor's 
premises  and  to  keep  them  clean. 

Following  the  custom  inaugurated  last  year,  a  Registration  Day 
for  gardens  was  held,  in  the  City  Hall.  Owing  to  very  severe  cold 
and  rainy  weather  only  100  children  registered.  But  the  usual 
crowd  appeared  for  gardens  on  opening  da}^ 

From  April  5th  to  April  2  2d  it  rained  six  days  each  week, 
Sunday  being  the  one  fair  day.  No  out  of  door  work  was  accom- 
plished but  plans  for  the  laying  out  of  the  gardens  were  made,  seed 
and  new  tools  ordered.  Paths  were  made  by  the  29th  of  April  and 
we  had  the  children  out  digging  in  their  gardens  after  school,  by 
working  till  9  p.  m.  that  evening  we  got  60  gardens  planted.  Satur- 
day we  worked  in  the  other  gardens  till  the  same  hour.  Saturday 
being  the  only  time  we  can  have  the  children  for  the  whole  day,  we 
have  to  do  all  we  can  on  them.  All  the  rest  has  to  be  done  in  the 
little  time  we  have  after  the  schools  close  at  four  p.  m. 
.  By  May  7th  most  of  the  individual  gardens  in  the  Company 
gardens  were  planted.  By  May  8th  lettuce  and  radishes  were 
showing  above  ground  in  all  of  the  gardens.  From  May  loth  until 
public  schools  closed  in  June  there  were  more  or  less  children  present 
every  single  afternoon  after  school.  If  things  were  not  large  enough 
to  be  worked  among  or  it  rained,  we  cleaned  up  around  outside  the 
gardens.  I  am  proud  of  the  record  we  made  this  season,  in  spite 
of  many  rainy  days  early  in  the  season  there  was  but  one  on  which 
I  did  not  go  to  the  gardens  and  I  always  found  some  children,  if 
only  a  few,  who  would  be  waiting  in  the  rain,  sa^dng,  "We  have 
waited  you  so  long."  It  might  rain  so  hard  we  had  to  go  home  or 
it  might  be  so  wet  we  could  only  walk  around  to  see  how  things 
were  growing,  or  later  in  the  season  gather  some  v^egetable,  but  I 
made  it  a  rule  always  to  be  there,  and  open  that  garden  for  a  little 
while.  It  keeps  up  the  interest  and  keeps  the  children  in  the  hal)it 
of  thinking  they  must  go  to  their  gardens.  Children's  memories 
are  short  and  many  of  these  children  are  "retarded"  or  mentally 
lacking  in  development.  They  do  not  understand  reasons  for 
coming  some  days  and  not  others  but  they  can  follow  a  routine. 


136  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch.,  1921 

This  is  well  illustrated  by  Steve  Wranish  and  his  garden  which  was 
No.  63.  I  was  all  summer  teaching  Steve  that  his  number  was  not 
3  but  63 .  At  the  last  he  would  say  3  but  could  think  of  the  60  when 
I  insisted.  Speaking  of  Steve  reminds  me  that  I  had  at  least  10 
children  this  year  so  mentally  deficient  I  could  not  teach  them  the 
difference  between  flowers,  plants,  or  weeds.  Two  were  so  hope- 
less I  had  to  take  their  gardens  away  and  put  them  out.  They 
would  pull  up  anything.  And  when  I  think  of  the  others,  I  wonder 
that  we  had  any  gardens  at  all. 

After  public  and  parochial  schools  are  closed  for  the  summer  all 
garden  work  begins  at  8:30  a.  m.  The  new  time  is  very  disad- 
vantageous to  garden  work  in  some  ways.  Gardens  are  so  cold  and 
wet  mornings  and  it  takes  them  so  long  to  dry  off,  w^e  have  to  work 
many  times  when  the  ground  is  unfit,  to  get  our  work  out  of  the 
way  before  the.  swimming  and  other  play  ground  activities  begin. 
(Our  gardens  border  on  the  playgrounds) . 

This  was  a  splendid  year  for  beans  and  beets,  we  never  had  nicer 
ones  and  every  thing  else  did  well.  It  seems  to  have  been  a  good 
garden  season  in  spite  of  the  preponderance  of  cold  weather..  In 
fact  I  never  heard  so  many  people  say  "How  nice  your  garden 
looks."  They  really  are  beautiful.  It  is  partially  due  to  our  new 
system  of  water  pipes  which  enables  us  to  do  the  work  more 
thoroughly  in  much  less  tim.e. 

With  the  exception  of  a  few  children  who  are  habitually  trouble- 
som.e,  it  is  the  consensus  of  opinion  among  the  playground  teachers 
and  myself  that  the  people  in  the  vicinity  of  the  playgroimds  and 
gardens  are  really  improving  very  much.  The  gardens  are  not 
destroyed  as  they  used  to  be  and  there  was  comparatively  little 
thieving.  It  is  a  noteworthy  fact  that  the  garden  situated  next  the 
bunk  houses  full  of  colored  people  and  with  many  colored  people 
living  in  the  tenements  near  it,  has  suffered  scarcely  at  all.  What 
thieving  is  done,  is  by  the  white  foreign  people.  It  is  also  interest- 
ing to  see  the  gardens  that  were  planted  this  year  in  the  yards  along 
the  alley  bordering  on  the  garden.  I  counted  eleven  individual 
gardens  fenced  off,  some  of  the  fences  being  old  beds  springs. 
Five  years  ago  they  believed  nothing  would  grow  there. 

There  has  always  been  a  popular  belief  in  Duquesne  that  the 
gases  from  the  mills  and  the  dirt  from  them  would  kill  all  vegeta- 
tion and  that  it  was  a  useless  task  to  try  to  make  anything  grow. 
Our  gardening  propaganda  has  done  much  to  correct  this  idea  and 


THOMAS]         CHILDREN'S  GARDENS  IN  A  STEEL  TOWN  137 

now  I  doubt  if  any  place  of  its  size  contains  more  gardens  than 
Duquesne.  Gardens  are  the  rule  not  the  exception,  wherever  there 
is  space  for  them.  People  have  found  that  all  hardy  vegetables 
and  flowers  will  grow  there  if  given  a  little  care.  That  the  soil 
there  is  pure  clay  and  requires  tim.e  and  heavy  applications  of 
manure  and  matter  to  make  himius  has  been  the  great  drawback, 
a  garden  can  not  be  made  out  of  it  in  one  year.  Many  people  get 
discouraged  after  the  first  effort. 

The  smoke  and  gases  discharged  'from  the  mills  do  form  a  dirty 
oily  coating  over  the  leaves  so  thick  that  they  look  almost  black. 
They  become  so  dirty  that  it  is  not  a  pleasure  but  an  unpleasant 
task  to  cut  the  flowers  we  raise.  Whatever  I  wear  while  doing  it 
becomes  as  black  as  tho  I  had  been  working  in  it  for  a  month.  I 
always  have  to  wash  the  flowers  before  giving  them  away.  We 
raise  only  hardy  blossoms  like  Zinnia  and  sunflowers,  of  which 
there  are  many  varieties  as  beautiful  as  chrysanthemimis,  and  which 
attract  to  our  garden  htimming  birds  and  yellow  warblers;  before 
raising  the  sunflowers  I  never  saw  any  birds  but  sparrows  in  the 
region  of  the  mills.  Now  they  are  a  constant  wonder  and 
delight  to  the  children. 

We  also  have  a  constant  stream  of  butterfly  visitors  and  I  think 
all  the  caterpillars  known  to  man  come  to  feed  upon  our  produce. 
I  think  probably  this  is  because  ours  is  the  only  feeding  ground 
in  that  part  of  the  town,  at  any  rate  we  have  ceased  to  enjoy  them. 
To  us  they  mean  only  more  hard  work.  We  put  on  arsenate  of  lead 
till  I  am  ashamed  to  ask^the  mill  to  buy  any  more.  It  seem.s  to  me 
that  we  never  yet  got  on  a  nice  coating  of  it  that  one  of  our  torren- 
tial rains  did  not  come  and  wash  it  all  off.  The  children  are 
many  of  them  superstitious.  They  call  it  a  sin  to  kill  the  worms. 
I  talk  till  I  am  tired  trying  to  explain  that  it  is  a  choice  between 
bugs  and  vegetables. 

Sometimes  a  chance  toad  comes  visiting  the  garden.  The 
children  know  that  the  toads  eat  the  bugs  and  there  is  mad  rivalry 
trying  to  keep  that  poor  toad  in  their  individual  garden.  They 
forget  that  it  is  a  sin  to  kill  bugs  then. 

Before  the  war  there  were  scarcely  any  colored  families  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  gardens,  the  scarcity  of  labor  resulted  in  the  bring- 
ing in  of  a  large  colored  population  as  laborers  in  the  mill.  There 
has  been  a  large  bunk  house  built  exclusively  to  house  them.  It  is 
on  a  bluff  at  the  north  end  of  my  gardens,  looking  almost  directly 


138 


NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [18:3— Mch.,  1921 


down  over  them.  Following  these,  many  of  the  tenements  in  the 
immediate  neighborhood  became  filled  with  them.  One  day  I  was 
asked  if  I  allowed  colored  children  in  my  gardens.  I  said  certainly 
if  they  were  willing  to  work  and  behaved  well.  I  now  have  about 
twenty  colored  children  on  my  list. 


Flower  Days 
Following  the  custom  of  previous  years,  two  Flower  Days  were 
held  this  year.  The  first  Thursday,  June  nth,  was  for  the  benefit 
of  the  Children's  Hospital  of  Pittsburgh,  roses  were  just  blooming 
and  we  were  sent  large  quantities  of  them  as  well  as  iris  and  peonies. 
The  flowers  were  very  beautiful,  and  we  had* three  tubs  full.     We 


Children  with  their  bouquets  ready  for  the  children's  hospital 

directed  a  number  of  girls  to  make  these  into  bouquets.  Before 
sending  these  to  the  hospital  we  had  some  pictures  taken  of  them. 
On  Monday,  August  i6th,  we  had  one  for  the  sick  and  shut-in  of 
Duquesne.  So  many  flowers  were  sent  us  that  our  short  list  of 
sick  townspeople  was  soon  exhausted,  and  four  market-baskets  as 
full  as  we  could  pack  them  were  sent  to  the  McKeesport  Hospital. 
Bouquets  were  also  sent  to  the  Duquesne  sick  in  the  Pittsburgh 
hospitals.  I  think  the  last  flower  day  brought  the  most  liberal 
response  to  our  efforts  that  we  have  had  in  several  years. 

Vegetable  Exhibits 
These  are  held  each  season,  there  being  an  exhibit  for  each  kind 
of  vegetable  fast  as  it  matures.     The  Steel  Co.  gives  on  the  aver- 
age about  sixty-five  dollars  a  year  as  prize  money,  eight  prizes  of 


THOMAS]        CHILDREN'S  GARDENS  IN  A  STEEL  TOWN  139 

$2.50  each  being  given  for  the  best  gardens,  the  rest  of  the  money 
going  for  prize  money  at  the  vegetable  exhibits.  Each  prize  vary- 
ing from  $1 .00  to  $.  50.  The  number  of  prizes  given  varies  with  the 
number  and  quality  of  the  vegetables  exhibited.  Uusually  there 
are  eight  $1  prizes. 

This  year  the  radish  exhibit  consisted  of  1 2  7  exhibits  of  1 5  each. 
Four  $1  prizes  and  four  $.50  prizes  were  awarded.  Our  bean  and 
lettuce  show  consisted  of  167  exhibits.  The  beans  being  of  unusual 
quality  and  quantity  this  year.  Sixteen  prizes  of  $.50  each  were 
given,  to  reward  as  many  children  as  possible.  We  had  such  a 
quantity  of  fine  beets,  that  we  gave  two  shows  on  two  successive 
days,  one  on  the  upper  playground  and  one  on  the  lower,  at  the 
same  time  that  the  playground  teachers  gave  their  seasonal  exhibit. 
There  were  200  at  the  first  and  171  the  second  time.  Our  carrots 
and  a  little  of  everything  else  we  happened  to  have  growing  were 
shown  as  general  exhibits  at  this  time.  Four  prizes  were  given  for 
the  best  general  exhibits. 

Our  money  is  given  in  the  form  of  thrift  stamps  in  the  hope  that 
it  will  induce  the  children  to  save  the  money.  The  actual  results 
are  disappointing,  most  of  the  children  turn  them  into  cash  in  one 
way  or  another,  and  the  money  is  spent  to  -buy  some  article  of 
clothing.  Many  of  the  children  lose  their  books  before  the  summer 
is  over.  People  who  live  in  one  or  two  rooms,  perhaps  a  family  of 
six,  have  few  places  where  they  can  keep  things  safely.  Even 
their  bank  books  get  buried  and  lost  in  that  way. 

Home  Gardens 

Each  year  we  emphasize  the  importance  of  these,  especially  now 
that  our  Community  Garden  space  is  so  reduced.  On  Registration 
Day  twenty  children  signed  for  home  gardens,  this  number  was 
afterward  increased  to  65  representing  50  different  families.  I 
attempted  visiting  these  children  once  a  month,  and  oftener  if  they 
lived  near  me.  I  m.ade  my  first  rounds  in  June,  and  altogether 
made  113  visits.  Many  of  these  gardens  are  satisfactory,  many  are 
not,  many  drop  out  in  the  course  of  the  season,  for  vacations  and 
other  reasons.  Many  are  encouraged  to  start  who  never  would 
otherwise.  One  little  girl  planted  peanuts  and  the  whole  family 
learned  that  the  leaves  folded  up  in  the  evenings. 

I  value  my  home  garden  work  most  for  the  opportunity  it  gives 
me  for  getting  acquainted  with  the  people  and  seeing  how  they 


140  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [18:3— Mch,  1921 

live,  learning  what  they  think,  finding  cases  that  can  be  helped  by- 
reporting  them  to  the  proper  agencies.  Especially  for  the  chance 
to  inform  the  people  of  the  garden  work  that  is  going  on  in  the 
town  and  of  enlisting  their  sympathy.  It  is  invaluable  as  a  means 
of  "entree"  into  all  classes  of  homes.  All  people  love  to  talk 
about  their  gardens. 

This  year  the  Steel  Co.  gardens  were  divided  as  follows : 
Garden  No.  i  8o  gardens  lo  x  lo  ft.     Open  every  Mon.  and  Thur.  A 
Garden  No.  2  48  gardens  10  x  10  ft.     Open  every  Tue.  and  Fri.  A. 
Garden  No.  3  16  gardens  22  x  22  ft.     Open  every  Wed.  and  Sat.  A. 
Garden  No.  3    2  gardens  14  x  10  ft. 

Total  area  in  gardens  .47  acres. 

Enrollment 

No.  I 79 

No.  2 48 

No.  3 18 

Total  attendance  for  season 2821 

Crop  Report  . 
Jtme 

Radishes  1778  doz.  @  $.05 $88.90 

Lettuce  26  bas.  @  $.50 13 -oo 

672  cabbages  @  $.10  per  doz 6.72 

581  Kohlrabi  @  $.10  per  doz 6.72 

75  tomatoes  @  $.01 75 

$115.28 
July 

Lettuce  1 7  heads  @  $.05   $25.85 

Lettuce  188  bas.  @  $.50 91.00 

Parsley  394  bunches  @  $.05 i9-5o 

Beets  849  qts.  @  $.10 84.90 

$227.45 
August 

Beets  285  doz.  @  $.10 $28.50 

Beans  121  qts.  @  $.10 12.10 

Parsley  266  bunches  @  $.05 i3-3o 

Kohlrabi  154 1.20 

$55-io 


CHILDREN'S  CIVIC  CLUBS  141 

September 

Beets  540  bunches  (6  per  bu.)  @  $.10 $54.00 

Beans  133  qts.  @  $.07 9.3 1 

20  doz.  Kohlrabi  @  $.10 2.00 

Parsley  97  baskets  @  $.50 48.50 

Celery  16  baskets  @  $1.00 16.00 

Corn  93  ears 3.00 

Carrots  300  bu.  (6  per  bu.)  @  $.10 30.00 

Total  crop  value  $560.64.  $162.81 

CHILDREN'S  CIVIC  CLUBS 

Washington,  D.  C,  March  30,  1920. 
To  the  People  of  Anacostia : 

We,  the  children  of  the  Ketcham  School,  have  formed  a  club. 
Its  name  is  the  "Green  Grass  Club." 

We  have  a  president,  secretary,  treasurer,  and  a  reporter,  also 
we  have  different  committees  and  each  committee  has  the  name 
and  color  of  a  bird  or  flower. 

We  also  have  badges.  On  our  badge  you  will  find  these  letters 
G.  G.  C.  which  stand  for  "Green  Grass  Club." 

If  you  see  any  one  of  us  we  will  help  you  in  any  way  we  can.  The 
object  of  this  club  is  to  keep  the  school  lawn  clean  and  your  lawn 
clean  and  our  home  lawns  clean  so  as  to  beautify  Anacostia. 

Our  method  of  working  is  to  work  ourselves  and  to  get  the  other 
children  interested  and  to  get  you  interested. 

Soon  we  will  come  and  talk  the  matter  over  with  you. 

Yours  truly,     The  Children  of  the  Ketcham  School, 

March,  30,  1920  George  Ha  skins.   Reporter,   6B. 

Clubs  similar  to  the  above  were  formed  in  every  sixth  grade  in  the 
Washington  schools  last  spring.  "The  Green  Crusaders."  "Watch 
Your  Steps."  "Give  The  Grass  a  Chance,"  were  some  of  the  apt 
names  selected  by  the  children.  These  clubs  learned  how  to  pre- 
pare the  ground  for  a  lawn  and  how  to  take  care  of  it.  In  assem- 
bly instructions  were  given  to  all  the  members  of  the  school  and 
their  co-operation  asked  not  only  in  the  care  and  protection  of  the 
school  lawn  but  the  respect  for  the  lawns  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
various  schools.  Wilful  offenders  were  dealt  with  by  committees 
from  the  sixth  grades.  A  stubborn  case  in  one  building  wlicre  a  1  )oy 
repeatedly  crossed  a  neighbor's  lawn  was  cured  b\'  a  committee 
escorting  the  boy  home  from  school  every  da\'  for  two  weeks. 


TH  E 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

DEVOTED  PRIMARILY  TO  ALL  SCIENTIFIC  STUDIES  OF  NATURE  IN 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

Published  monthly  except  June,  July  and  August.  Subscription  price,  including  mem- 
bership in  the  American  Nature  Study  Society  Si, so  per  year  (nine  issues).  Canadian  po«t* 
age  10  cents  extra,  foreign  postage,  20  cents  extra. 

Editorial 

THE  SCHOOL  GARDEN  OUTLOOK 

Readjustments  that  always  follow  wars  have  dealt  harshly  in 
some  places  with  school  gardens.  Necessary  economy,  mixed  with 
the  feeling  that  production  does  not  need  emphasis,  has  resulted  in 
their  curtailment  or  elimination.  Philadelphia — a  pioneer  in 
children's  gardens,  so  successful  that  they  attracted  attention  in  all 
parts  of  this  country,  England,  and  France — has  abandoned  them. 
While  Cleveland,  in  strong  contrast,  realizing  their  educational 
value  to  be  of  greater  importance  than  the  value  of  crops,  has 
doubled  its  budget  that  it  may  secure  the  best  of  teachers  for 
nature-study  and  gardening. 

The  vocational  trend  may  be  too  strong  in  some  sections  to 
please  those  who  look  upon  the  garden  as  the  school's  out-of-door 
laboratory,  but  by  one  method  or  another  the  school  garden  is 
becoming  a  stabilized  part  of  the  course  of  study  of  progressive, 
schools. 

THE  TRAIL  SCHOOL 

"Your  power  of  seeiag  mountains  cannot  be  developed  either  by  your  vanity 
or  your  curiosity,  or  your  love  of  muscular  exercise.  It  depends  on  the  cultiva- 
tion of  sight  itself,  and  of  the  soul  that  uses  it." — Ruskin. 

While  planning  your  summer  vacation,  do  not  forget  our 
national  parks.  If  you  want  to  feel  yourself  a  part  of  the  real 
wilderness,  Glacier  Park  in  northwest  Montana  will  satisfy  you. 
If  you  are  strong  of  muscle  and  have  the  power  to  "peg  away"  to 
the  end,  clothe  yourself  in  khaki  and  walk  the  trails.  They  are  as 
broad  and  as  wide  as  city  sidewalks  and  far  safer  for  travel  alone  or 
in  small  companies.  Horses  may  be  hired  if  you  cannot  walk  but 
the  trail  walker  is  not  bound  to  a  guide  who  must  report  at  a  certain 
place  at  a  certain  time.  Nor  is  his  appreciation  of  the  marvelous 
views  about  him  dimmed  by  the  fear  that  all  four  feet  of  his  horse 

142 


EDITORIAL  143 

will  not  stay  on  the  trail  at  the  edge  of  a  precipice  two  thousand 
feet  sheer. 

Camps  of  log  or  stone  with  comfortable  beds  and  good  food  are 
located  from  fifteen  to  twenty  miles  apart,  a  distance  that  in  rarer 
atmosphere  may  easily  be  accomplished  in  a  day  if  one  has  given 
careful  thought  to  the  comfort  of  his  feet.  •  On  a  walking  trip  one's 
pleasure  is  a  state  of  feet. 

Trail  acquaintances  are  never  forgotten.  Bear,  deer,  mountain 
goats,  bighorn  sheep,  porcupine  and  marmots  are  not  inclined  to 
tarry.  You  are  richer  for  having  seen  the  ptarmigan,  the  water 
ousel,  the  magpie,  the  mountain  bluebird  and  the  white  crowned 
sparrow.  Flowers  are  everywhere ;  meadows  and  hillsides  are  wild 
gardens.  Dogtooth  violets  and  spring  beauty  in  July  are  coming 
through  the  snowbanks  by  the  millions.  Paint  brush,  lupine, 
angelica,  squaw-grass,  gentians  are  in  the  profusion  that  one 
expects  in  a  wilderness. 

Trail  acquaintances  are  not,  however,  confined  to  wild  life. 
Western  friendliness  is  the  keynote  of  the  trails  and  the  camps,  even 
though  the  majority  of  the  people  one  m.eets  are  "easterners  who 
have  gone  west  and  loosened  up"  as  we  heard  it  aptly  expressed. 
We  have  spent  hours  with  delightful  chance  companions  and  have 
never  known  their  names  nor  from  where  they  came.  The  marvel- 
ous peaks  of  the  layered  rocks,  changing  color  as  the  sun's  position 
changes ;  the  deep  blue  and  green  of  the  glacial  lakes  make  all  akin 
in  their  awe  and  wonder  of  the  works  of  their  Creator. 

One  thing  the  government  yet  needs  to  do  for  the  traveller  in  the 
parks  is  to  make  it  possible  for  him  to  know^  the  things  around  him 
and  how  they  came  about  as  far  as  man  knows.  Enos  Mills  in  the 
Rocky  Mountain  National  Park,  has  solved  the  way  to  do  it  in  his 
Trail  School  at  Long's  Peak  Inn.  Rooms  have  been  set  aside  where 
the  flowers,  trees  and  rocks  are  named  and  where  the  usual  and  the 
unusual  in  them  are  tersely  described.  Such  a  place  in  every  park 
will  add  much  to  the  education  of  the  people  who  pass  through. 
An  expert  nature  guide  himself,  Mr.  Mills  has  quickly  recognized 
such  abiUty  in  others.  To  him  belongs  the  credit  of  training  the 
first  woman  guide  Hcensed  to  take  parties  through  the  park. 


To  A  Bluejay 

A  flash  of  blue, 

A  scolding  cry. 
Who  is  it  darts  across  the  sky? 


Upon  a  twig, 

Above  his  nest, 
He  sings,,  and  sings,  and  sings  his  best. 

"You  thief!     You  thief!" 

He  calls  aloud. 
Yet,  he's  the  one  thief  in  the  crowd. 

The  bluejay  calls, 

The  bluejay  cries. 
'Tis  he,  who  darts  across  beneath  the  skies. 

Elizabeth  L.  Langenbeck, 
7th  Grade,  Powell  School, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Mister  Crow 

Dew  in  the  morning, 

Spring's  in  the  land, 
Old  Mister  Crow 

Is  here  with  his  band. 
Shiny  and  saucy. 

The  old  fellow  I  saw,  * 

Down  in  the  corn  field, 

"Caw!     Caw!     Caw!" 

Sun  hot  and  glowing. 

Summer  is  here; 
Crow  hunting  breakfast, 

Hop,  grasshopper  dear: 
Farmer  is  coming. 

Calls  you  a  pest; 
Fly,  Mister  Crow, 

Fly  to  your  nest. 

Snow  on  the  mountains, 

Winter  is  here. 
Everything  lonesome. 

Everything  drear; 
But  up  in  the  tree  top, 
My  old  friend  I  saw, 
Saucy  and  cheery, 
"Caw!    Caw!    Caw'" 

John  Leckey, 

7th  Grade  Morgan  School, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


[iqtoi;e-3tody  qeView 

%  Devoted  to  Elementary  Science  in  the  Schools 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   OF  THE 


American  Nature-Study 


Three  Days  in  the  Mountains         ^^'''  ^^  ^-  ^-  ^''^^"'' 

See  p.  202 


The  Camp  Number 


APRIL,  1921 
Vol.  17    No.  4  Whole  No.  143 

20c  a  copy     $1.50  a  year 


LECTURES  ON   REPTILES 
AT  CAMPS 

FOR  CAMP  DIRECTORS,  COUNCILLORS 
AND  CAMPERS 

By 

ALLEN  S.  WILLIAMS 

Exhibits  Of  and  Demonstrations  With  Living  Specimens. 
The  Lecturer  is  Director  of  the  Reptile  Study  Society 
of  America  and  Founder  of  The  Camp  Directors  Asso- 
ciation of  America. 


782  East  175th  Street, 


NEW  YORK  CITY 


Tel.  5899  Tremont. 


ATTENTION 

CAMP  OWNERS 
AND  OPERATORS! 


PROTECT  yourselves  against  loss  through  injuries  to 
members  of  your  camp,  the  visiting  pubhc  and  your  em- 
ployees. 

Let  us  quote  you  rates. 


"BE  SURE  AND  INSURE" 
SANDERSON  BROTHERS 


Tel.  Union-6728. 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Vol.  17  April,  192  i  No.  4 

The  First  Nature-lore  School 

W.  G.  ViNAL 

The  summer  camp  is  evolving  a  nature-study  method  of  its  own. 
It  is  not  class-room  science.  It  is  not  camp  botany.  It  is  not 
information  at  the  expense  of  inspiration.  It  is  not  naming  birds 
and  trees.  It  is  coming  to  be  called  nature-lore  instead  of  nature- 
study.  It  is  a  spirit  unto  itself.  It  is  an  atmosphere  that  one 
must  experience  before  he  can  impart  it.  It  is  an  active  love  for 
nature. 

The  National  Association  of  the  Directors  of  Girls  Camps  at 
their  Boston  Meeting  in  the  winter  of  1920  voted  to  hold  a  Nature- 
lore  School  for  Camp  Councilors  during  the  last  of  the  following 
June.  Mrs.  Charlotte  Gulick  of  the  Luther  Gulick  Camps  and 
Miss  Laura  I.  Mattoon  of  Camp  Kehonka,  with  Mr.  William  G. 
Vinal  of  Camp  Chequesset  as  Chairman  were  appointed  as  a 
committee  of  three  to  work  out  the  idea. 

This  school  was  held  at  Camp  Chequesset,  Wellfieet,  Massa- 
chusetts, Down  on  Cape  Cod  from  June  22  to  June  29,  1920. 

Chequesset  is  located  on  the  coast  where  earth  sculpturing  is 
written  simplest  and  largest.  Lake  sh  )Te  lines  are  interpreted  by 
Cape  Cod  cliffs  and  bays.  There  are  also  young  rivers  and  mean- 
dering streams,  bog  deposits,  glacial  drift,  shifting  dunes,  and  primi- 
tive peat. 

Scientists  know  Cape  Cod  as  the  meeting  place  of  plants  and 
animals.  These  forms  find  their  way  there  from  the  cold  north 
and  the  sunny  clime  of  the  south.  Many  mountain  plants  venture 
into  the  cold  bogs.  It  is  cosmopolitan  nature,  an  ideal  spot  for  the 
naturalist. 

The  program  varied  with  the  spirit  of  the  weather.  It  consisted 
of: 

A  Half  Day  Around  Camp — Gardening,  notebook,  nature  games, 
leaf  printing,  bird  calls,  microscope,  tow-net,  aquarium,  vivarium. 

145 


146 


NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW         [14:4— April,  1921 


score  cards,  maps,  rainy  day  nature-study,  weather,  library  methods 
peculiar  to  camp  nature-lore,  camp  museum,  decoration,  nature 
photography. 

A  Half  Day  in  the  Fields — Making  friends  with  birds,  scanning 
the  shore,  conserving  wild  flowers,  protecting  the  forest,  exploring 
swamps,  gathering  minerals,  reading  hills,  traveling  by  compass, 
path-finding  by  map,  surveying  ponds,  observing  lower  plants, 
hunting  small  animals,  foraging  for  food,  cooking  out-of-doors, 
observing  the  laws  of  nature. 

Evening  Features — Hearing  noted  naturalists. 


Nature-lore  School  for  1921 

The  Review  is  glad  to  announce  that  the  Nature-lore  School  will 
be  held  the  last  week  in  June  at  Camp  Aloha,  Lake  Morey,  Fairlee, 
Vermont.  Aloha  is  noted  for  the  training  of  its  councilors  and 
graduating  them  as  camp  directors.  The  course  will  be  run  on  a 
similar  plan  to  the  1920  conference.  Those  interested  in  spending 
a  profitable  week  studying  nature  under  specialists  should  apply 
early  to  Mrs.  Edward  Gulick,  77  Addington  Road,  Brookline, 
Massachusetts. 


Chequesset  Girls  Investigating  an  Old,  Old  Story  that  reads  like  a 
myth.  This  tree  trunk  is  only  seen  at  low  tide.  When  it  grew  this  spot  was 
an  upland.  A  peek  into  one  of  the  notebooks  would  help  one  realize  that 
"truth  is  stranger  than  fiction." 


Round  Table  on  Camp  Nature-study* 

Dallas  Lore  Sharp 

Do  you  advise  the  use  of  the  Notebook?  You  don't  know  what 
you  think  until  you  put  it  down.  A  notebook  helps  to  be  accurate. 
I  am  poverty  stricken  about  a  story  I  am  writing  as  I  did  not  take 
notes  when  in  Georgia.  It  has  held  up  a  book.  Writing  is  thought 
and  feeling  and  not  knowledge.  I  use  notebooks  in  camp.  The 
notebook  habit  is  a  mighty  good  habit. 
What  is  the  most  essential  characteristic  of  a  nature  councilor? 

You  cannot  do  it  well  unless  you  feel  it  honestly.  It  is  an 
instinctive  love,  a  natural  love.  The  real  love  of  out-of-doors 
includes  not  only  the  love  of  the  rose  but  the  snake.  One  ought 
to  experience  the  great  silences.  Take  groups  out  in  the  dead  of 
night.  Take  them  out  in  a  downpour.  Call  a  butterfly  a  butter- 
fly and  not  a  fairy. 

How  would  you  start  nature-study  in  camp? 

The  work  ought  to  be  done  in  groups.  Segregate  according  to 
training  or  experience.  The  economic  side  is  appealing  to  the 
young  boy.  RecalHng  favorite  literature  is  a  good  way  to  get 
started.  Adventure  or  a  camping  expedition  causes  a  good  many 
to  go.  The  sport  side,  as  fishing,  and  the  collecting  idea,  as  insects 
may  be  a  starting  point.  Throw  out  a  challenge,  as — Can  you 
collect  the  138  flowers  in  your  trip  to  Maine  as  Thoreau  did? 
Search  for  a  rare  thing,  as  an  orchid. 

How  can  one  get  an  interest  in  nature? 

Peter  Bell. — "A  primrose  by  a  river's  brim 
A  yellow  primrose  was  to  him, 
And  it  was  nothing  more." 

Peter  Bell  had  been  to  school  to  a  botanist.  This  is  a  serious 
thing.  One  has  to  be  poet  bom  to  appreciate  nature.  Most 
of  you  were  poet  born  but  died  at  twenty.  The  use  of  the  How-to- 
know  book  is  only  the  beginning  of  the  interest.  This  is  a  round 
about  method.  It  limits  the  field  of  activity.  Kingsley  says, 
"He  is  a  good  naturahst  who  knows  his  own  parish  thoroughly." 

*This  is  not  an  article  written  by  Professor  Sharp,  but  a  compilation— made 
by  permission —  of  notes  taken  from  his  answers  to  questions  asked  at  a  Round 
Table  at  the  Nature-lore  School  held  at  Camp  Chequess-t.  We  believe  tliat 
the  notes  are  accurate  but  Professor  Sharp  is  not  rcsponsil)k'  for  them  in  the 
same  way  as  if  he  had  written  the  article. 

147 


148  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

Why  do  college  graduates  fail  as  nature  councilors? 

Athletic  councilors  can  be  found  by  the  thousands  but  not 
nature  councilors.  The  job  of  the  college  graduate  is  to  get  the 
campers  to  know  five  ferns,  five  insects,  five  flowers,  etc.  The 
college  graduate  thinks  that  you  have  to  put  nature  in  alcohol 
and  stain  it,  and  look  at  it  through  a  microscope.  Biology  is  now 
on  the  scoring  of  intestinal  parasites  of  a  flea.  Professor  Charles 
Eliot  Norton  recently  told  a  literary  club  about  a  student  who 
could  not  come  any  more  to  a  class  in  aesthetics.  He  did  not  have 
time  on  account  of  his  research  work. 

What  is  your  opinion  of  stories  not  true  to  nature? 

There  is  nothing  in  ancient  or  modem  mythology  as  wonderful 
as  the  truth.  There  is  no  ring  tailed  screamer  or  invention  of  man 
as  wonderful  as  that  invented  by  nature.  I  have  lived  in  the 
woods  all  my  life  and  have  never  seen  any  extraordinary  animal. 
I  have  seen  three  legged  muskrats  but  they  were  caught  in  a  trap. 

But  the  children  do  not  believe  these  things? 

The  real  trouble  is  that  the  authors  in  the  preface  swear  that 
they  are  true.  These  animals  are  humans  with  coats  of  feathers 
and  furs.  These  things  never  happen  out-of-doors  and  they  never 
will.  There  is  no  reason  for  not  reading  them.  They  all  start 
the  same — with  an  extraordinary  animal.  If  the  book  takes  the 
children  ouf-of-doors,  well  and  good.  This  is  a  day  of  movies  and 
they  can  understand  such  things. 

What  ought  we  to  give  the  children  to  read? 

At  the  back  of  all  great  literature,  art,  and  music,  is  the  out-of- 
doors.  Nature  gives  it  virtue.  One  is  not  educated  unless 
they  have  read :  Story  of  the  Dog  of  Flanders,  Tanglewood  Tales, 
the  Round  Table,  Wonder  Book,  Aesops'  Fables,  few  of  Hans 
Christian  Anderson's,  Mother  Goose,  Alice  in  Wonderland,  and 
Water  Babies.  I  would  give  them  books  by  Burrough'^  Gilbert 
White,  and  Jeffries. 


"Where  Should  Nature-study  Come  on  the  Program?" 

Mrs.  Charlotte  Gulick 

The  Luther  Gulick  Camps 

Until  we  introduced  gardening  we  had  no  stated  time  for  our 
nature  work.     Gardening  gave  an  excuse  for  it.     To  learn  nature 
lore  per  se  is  not  interesting  to  many  children.     Many  people 
believe  that  those  who  want  to  be  studying  and  labeling  every 
thing  are  not  the  true  lovers  of  nature.     I  have  a  friend  who  dis- 
likes to  take  a  walk  with  anyone  who  must  identify  every  bird  he 
sees  or  hears.     It  robs  him  of  the  joy  of  the  bird  itself  and  its  song. 
The  love  of  knowledge  and  the  feeling  one  acquires  through  contact 
with  nature  needs  to  be  recognized  and  taken  into  account.     Many 
children  hate  learning  names  and  yet  enjoy  the  objects  they  meet. 
It  is  a  delicate  matter  to  handle.     We  can  so  easily  make  them 
dislike  what  we  are  trying  to  m.ake  them  love  if  we  make  too  much 
of  a  list  making  occupation  of  it.     Learning  about  nature  should 
come  naturally  and  joyously.     I  know  of  a  father  who  loved  the 
sunsets  and  morning  mists  and  mountain  tops  and  was  constantly 
taking  his  little  daughter  with  him  expecting  her  to  have  on  these 
occasions  the  same  thrills  which  he  had,  but  she  dreaded  to  go  with 
him  and  he  was  heart  broken  because  his  little  daughter  did  not 
love  what  meant  so  much  to  him.    He  was  expecting  her  to  have 
experiences  beyond  her  years.     So  it  seem.s  to  me  that  we  may 
easily  do  harm — that  there  is  considerable  danger  in  this  matter. 
It  is  better  to  know  one  tree  and  love  it  than  to  know  a  dozen  and 
not  love  one. 

So,  as  I  said  before,  gardening  gave  us  many  excuses  for  learning 
about  nature.  Nature's  secrets  were  unveiled  unconsciously. 
While  cultivating  the  garden  they  heard  the  indigo  bunting  sing- 
ing, and  looking  up  saw  it  perched  on  the  tip  top  branch  of  the 
apple  tree.  Of  course  they  were  delighted  and  wanted  to  know 
what  bird  it  was.  And  when  the  bees  were  buzzing  around  the 
corn  tassles  they  wanted  to  know  what  was  happening,  giving 
a  wonderful  opportunity  for  explaining  one  of  nature's  beautiful 
secrets.  Near  the  garden  we  have  an  old  farm  house  whicli  we 
have  converted  into  a  living  museimi.  When  a  storm  comes  u]) 
it  is  the  natural  place  to  gather.  In  the  house  there  is  a  complete 
collection  of  bird  skins  of  all  the  birds  the  children  will  sec  during 
the  summer,  there  is  a  microscope  and  there  arc  beautiful  slides 

149 


150  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

which  they  adore  looking  at.  Last  summer  they  were  shown  the 
circulation  of  blood  in  a  frog's  leg  and  the  feathery  wing  of  a  butter- 
fly. Many  a  happy  half  hour  was  spent  with  the  microscope. 
We  have  the  necessary  apparatus  for  drying  specim.ens  and  mount- 
ing the  same.  The  younger  children  adore  taking  home  carefully 
mounted  specimens  of  butterflies  and  beetles.  Some  years  we 
have  collected  m-aterial  for  the  use  of  nature  study  in  the  public 
schools  of  New  York. 

In  the  farm  houses  are  also  boxes  covered  with  netting  where 
caterpillars  are  being  carefully  fed  and  watched  vmtil  they  spin 
their  cocoons,  ants  of  various  kinds  are  there  being  fed  and  watched 
from  day  to  day.  The  girls  warder  about  this  room  and  learn 
just  by  seeing  the  things  abcut  them. 

Keeping  bees  came  naturally  to  camp  when  we  had  to  conserve 
sugar,  not  that  we  profited  m.uch  in  this  way  but  it  gave  another 
excuse  for  learning  a  wonderful  art. 

Cur  camp  is  divided  into  units  of  twenty  to  a  unit,  five  councilors 
and  fifteen  girls.  In  the  morning  after  assembly  a  unit  goes  to  the 
farm,  half  of  the  unit  has  horseback  riding  and  the  other  half 
gardening  and  nature  lore.  They  then  turn  about,  the  girls  who 
had  horseback  riding  now  have  gardening  and  the  girls  who  were 
gardening  have  the  horses.  It  makes  a  happy  combination. 
In  the  afternoon  another  unit  goes  to  the  farm  and  the  same 
program  is  carried  out.  It  enables  each  girl  to  have  this  experience 
three  times  each  week. 

Besides  these  hours  at  the  farm  we  have  a  set  of  walks,  bird 
walks,  a  swamp  walk,  a  shore  walk,  when  we  go  to  the  ocean,  a 
deep  woods  walk,  a  cross  country  walk,  a  roadside  walk,  a  trail 
walk  and  the  kind  of  a  walk  one  would  take  with  a  five  year  old. 

Back  of  all  this  we  have  established  two  ranks  in  nature  lore, 
which  the  girls  may  attain  during  the  summer.  '  We  have  a  printed 
list  of  the  honors  which  they  may  win.  These  lists  serve  as  pegs 
upon  which  they  can  assemble  what  they  learn.  From  the  list 
are  selected  those  which  they  must  learn  to  attain  to  the  ranks. 
The  first  rank  is  that  of  a  Toddler.  This  name  may  seem  queer 
but  it  is  to  impress  upon  the  girl  that  she  is  not  learning  nature  lore 
for  herself  alone.  There  will  always  be  toddlers  asking  questions 
and  the  easiest  time  to  learn  how  to  answer  these  questions  is 
when  she  herself  is  young.  What  opportunities  are  lost  by  not 
being  able  to  answer  simple  questions  asked  by  a  little  child! 


GULiCK]  WHERE  SHOULD  NATURE-STUDY  COME  151 

The  second  rank  is  that  of  Walker.  This  name  also  has  an  inner 
significance.     We  want  to  make  walking  an  art. 

We  are  constantly  adding  to  and  taking  away  from  our  require- 
ments as  we  get  more  and  more  experience  and  notice  how  the 
girls  respond  to  them.  The  object  being  always  to  make  them  love 
what  they  are  getting. 

Special  occasions  are  always  coming,  as  when  we  hiked  around 
the  lake  (forty-five  miles  and  a  half) .  Instead  of  a  mob  of  thirty 
going  together  they  were  divided  into  units  of  six  each.  Each  unit 
had  a  captain  and  special  things  were  assigned  to  each  unit  to 
observe  and  report  when  the  trip  was  over.  A  record  was  kept 
of  birds  heard  and  seen,  of  flowers,  trees,  cloud  formations,  con- 
stellations seen  at  night,  etc.  Beautiful  artistic  "counts"  were 
presented  to  the  assembled  camp  soon  after  the  trip,  and  a  prize 
was  given  the  unit  giving  the  best  report.  Another  year  a  pair 
of  cedar-waxwings  nested  so  near  that  we  could  easily  see  all  that 
was  going  on.  A  record  was  kept  of  the  number  of  feedings 
and  what  they  consisted  of  from  early  dawn  until  dark.  Last 
year  a  porcupine  came  at  night  and  gnawed  at  one  of  the  under- 
pinnings of  a  bungalow  to  which  we  objected.  It  was  shot  and  next 
day  dissected.  The  quills  were  interesting  but  not  nearly  so 
interesting  as  when  our  nature  teacher  showed  the  lungs  filled  with 
air,  which  she  did  by  connecting  a  glass  tube  to  the  air  passages 
and  blowing  into  it.  It  was  a  beautiful  sight.  Every  one  was 
fascinated.  Then  the  taming  of  chipmunks  has  always  interested 
our  girls.  Every  morning  their  little  visitors  come  and  if  the  girl 
has  not  been  too  greedy  herself  she  will  have  saved  some  peanuts 
and  have  tucked  them  under  her  pillow  for  such  an  occasion. 

So  when  I  am  asked  "when  does  nature  study  come  on  my 
program"  I  cannot  answer  it.  I  wish  that  every  director  and 
councilor  could  go  to  the  nature  study  conference  in  June.  It 
seems  as  if  all  of  us  should  have  this  great  love  so  inbred  in  us 
that  children  may  catch  it  just  as  they  catch  measles  or  chickenpox. 
One  child  can  give  measles  to  many  and  I  believe  that  any  one  of 
us  may  become  the  radiating  center  from  which  this  precious 
inheritance  may  begin.  It  cannot  be  scheduled .  It  begins  at  early 
dawn  and  goes  through  the  day  and  into  the  night.  It  must  be 
lived,  it  is  a  spirit,  one  either  has  it  or  hasn't  it. 

What  we  are  trying  to  give  our  girls  in  eight  weeks  is  what  Henry 
Turner  Bailey  says  is  the  birthright  of  every  child. 


Counsel  for  Councillors 

Camp  Chequesset,  Down  on  Cape  Cod 
W.  G.  ViNAL 

Nature-Study  Leaders 

The  question  often  arises, — ^Am  I  suited  to  leading  nature-study 
trips?  or,  How  can  I  train  myself  to  become  a  nature  leader? 
The  following  notes  will  help  individuals  solve  the  problem. 

Do  you  take  walks  in  the  fields  and  woods  f  Or  do  you  prefer  th& 
movies? 

Are  you  willing  to  say  " I  do  not  know''?  If  not  you  will  not 
enjoy  leading  children.  Those  who  know  most  say  "I  do  not 
know"  with  most  ease. 

Do  you  use  ''big  words"?  Names  are  only  a  means  to  an  end. 
Never  require  the  learning  of  scientific  names.  Use  a  popular 
language. 

Do  you  tell  true  to  nature  stories?  Has  your  experience  been  rich 
enough  to  enable  you  to  round  out  a  study  now  and  then  with  a 
true  story?  Or  is  your  story  telling  limited  to  nursery  rhyme  and 
faking. 

What  kind  of  heels  do  you  wear?  The  kind  of  heels  one  wears 
proclaims  deep  facts  about  one's  innermost  self.  People  with 
common  sense  wear  low  heels.  Out-door  leaders  should  have 
common  sense. 

Do  you  carry  a  jack-knife?  Guides,  tramps,  fishermen,  boys, 
scouts,   do. 

Will  a  dog  follow  you?  There  are  people  whom  a  dog  will  not 
follow.  A  dog  makes  friends.  He  knows  them.  Do  you  make 
friends  with  dogs? 

Will  a  chicken  eat  out  of  your  hand?     This  is  a  true  test  of  worth. 

Can  you  whistle?  This  joyful  pastim.e  is  not  a  m.onopoly  for 
boys.  A  whistling  girl  is  an  asset  to  any  comm-unity.  Can  you 
imitate  bird-calls? 

Do  you  teach  nature-study?  Are  you  so  impressed  with  its  value 
that  you  cannot  help  imparting  it  to  others?  "All  foreigners" 
you  say?  "All  Americans"  I  say.  Have  you  tried  it?  By  what 
right  have  you  not? 

Did  you  ever  see  the  sun  rise?  Probably  not  if  you  went  some- 
where every  night  last  week,  and  the  same  the  week  before  that, 
ad   infinitimi.     A   regular  "m-ania"   for   going.     Sharp   contrast 

152 


viNAL]  COUNSEL  FOR  COUNCILLORS  153 

to  "early  to  bed  and  rise".     To  see  the  sun  rise  once  and  then 
again  because  it  is  so  beautiful  is  true  culture. 

Did  you  ever  sleep  out  in  the  open?  Fearlessness  of  nightly 
spooks  is  absolutely  essential  to  good  sense  in  the  day.  If  you  can 
have  a  good  time  sleeping  on  the  rough  ground  you  have  one 
quality  of  a  naturalist. 

Do  you  attract  groups  of  people  around  youf  A  councilor  must 
attract.  It  is  not  sufficient  "to  get  along"  with  people.  How  do 
you  attract? 

How  far  can  you  go  into  the  woods  without  discovering  something? 
Thoreauused  to  worry  if  he  had  gone  a  few  feet  without  seeing  news. 

Are  you  a  campfire  leader?  If  so,  you  are  interested  in  girls  an^ 
nature. 

Do  you  shrink  from  cows,  toads,  snakes,  and  earthworms?  Do 
you  add  school  girl  superlatives  when  you  retreat?  If  you  feign 
fear  it  is  because  adults  taught  you  the  example.  To  pass  this 
along  is  a  crime. 

Can  you  throw  a  hall  like  a  hoy?  This  is  a  test  to  your  early  love 
for  the  out-doors.  I  wish  there  were  more  tomboys.  It  is  a 
compliment. 

Do  you  ever  feed  the  hirds?  This  shows  an  active  or  superficial 
interest. 

In  what  way  do  you  protect  wild  life?  Do  you  leave  the  wood- 
lily  where  it  grew?  Do  you  go  around  or  through  a  beautiful  plant 
collection?  Do  you  pick  bunches  or  sprays?  Have  you  stepped 
over  or  on  worms ?     Why? 

Are  you  always  dwelling  on  the  heauties  of  some  other  place? 
You  should  not  to  do  this  unless  you  can  see  something  beautiful 
where  you  are? 

Did  you  ever  climh  a  tree?    You  should  once  even  after  twenty. 

What  pets  have  you  had?    What  became  of  them?    Why? 

Did  you  ever  dig  in  the  soil  with  your  hands?  A  child  has  this 
interest. 

What  collections  have  you  made?    And  why  did  you  make  them? 

Are  you  a  college  graduate?  It  is  not  necessary,  to  be  a  successful 
nature  leader.  Many  of  the  most  successful  ones  are  successful  in 
spite  of  their  education  in  school.  They  were  taught  in  a  woods- 
school. 

Do  you  object  to  a  tan?  How  much  talcum  powder  do  you  use 
to  avoid  this? 


154  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

Did  you  ever  go  out  into  the  rain  for  a  walk  f  Did  you  really  en  j  oy  it  ? 
Will  weeds  or  seeds  or  slips  grow  for  you?    Explain  your  answer. 
How  would  you  dress  for  a  hike?    No  hat,  huge  miiff,  low  shoes, 
muffler,  hobble  skirts,  bright  colors,  etc?  etc?  etc? 

Nature-Study  Equipment 
Aquarium 

Half-barrels  are  good  for  water  plants  and  fish. 

Battery  jars  for  glass  aquaria — Whitall,  Tatum  Co.,  New  York 
City. 

Fruit  jars  make  good  small  aquaria. 

Home-made  glass  aquaria  may  be  cemented  together.  See 
Hodges  "Nature-study  and  Life." 

Bee  Hives 

Observation  Hive  with  protection  when  not  observing.  The 
A.  I.  Root  Company,  Medina,  Ohio.  "How  to  Keep  Bees," 
Comstock,  same  Company. 

Blackboard 

Home-made  blackboard — use  linoleum  in  wooden  frame.  Paint 
black. 

Bulletin  Board 

Use  natural  color  art  burlap.  Andrew  Button,  Canal  St., 
Boston,  Mass.  Twenty-five  to  thirty  cents  per  yard.  Note:  All 
prices  are  liable  to  vary. 

Charts 
Use  unbleached  muslin.    Camp  Kehonka  uses  curtains  on  rollers  • 

Birds 

Audubon  Society,  1974  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

Miniature  Bird  Pictures,  80  subjects,  3x4  inches,  ic.  each. 
Game  of  52  Wild  Birds;  Game  of  35  Wild  Flowers,  35c.  each. 
Post  cards  in  natural  colors  of  Wild  Birds,  Animals,  etc. 
Seventy-five  leaflets,  43  colored  plates,  41  outline  drawings,  97 
half  tone  illustrations,  $1.75  postpaid.  One  hundred  fifty 
colored  lantern  slides,  80c.  each.  Bird  Charts  No.  i  and  No. 
2  especially  recommended. 
International  Harvester  Company,  Extension  Department, 
Harvester  Building,  Chicago.  Mimeographs  Copy  of  Helps 
in  Bird  Study  sent  free.  Working  drawings  for  making 
things,  IC.  each:     i.  Wren  House.     2.  Bird  Feeding  Station. 


viNALj  COUNSEL  FOR  COUNCILLORS  155 

3.  Nesting  Box  for  Robin.     4.  Plant  Protector. 

Mumford,  A.  W.,  160  Adams  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois. 
Birds  and  Nature  Picttires,  colored,  25c.  each. 

National  Geographic  Society,  i6th  and  M  Streets,  Washington, 
D.  C,  "200  pages  illuminated  with  250  matchless  subjects  in 
full  colors,  45  illustrations  in  black  and  white,  and  thirteen 
striking  charts  and  maps."     $3.00  post  paid  in  United  States. 

Perry  Picture  Company,  Maiden,  Mass.,  300  bird  pictures  in 
color,  size  6"  x  8'',  2c.  each.     Special  prices  on  large  orders. 

State  of  New  York,  State  University,  Albany.  Birds  of  N.  Y. 
$1  set. 

Winnetaska  Bird  Charts,  Dr.  John  B.  May,  Cohasset,  Mass. 
Cards  sH"  x  zH"  with  outline  drawings,  legends,  and  notes  on 
habits.  Eighteen  land  birds,  4  each  of  wading,  swimming, 
and  birds  of  prey.  30c.  per  set  post  paid.  Recommended 
for  field  work. 

Clouds 
Charts  of  cloud  forms :     (a)  Blueprints,  1 6 "  x  23 ",  5c. ;  (b)  Classi- 
fication of  clouds,  colored,  20"  x  24",  25c.     Free  through  Con- 
gressman or  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Weather  Bureau, 
Washington. 

Geography  (Pictorial) 

Land,  water  and  air,  48  sheets,  $1.00;    United  States  (Prelim.) 
,     (48  sheets)  $1.00.     Pictorial  Geography,  Dept.  B,  16  and  M  St., 
Washington. 

Insect  Breeding  Cages 

Simple  cages  covered  with  mosquito  netting.  Have  sods,  soil, 
or  potted  plants  inside.     Adapted  to  studying  the  life  histories. 

Leaf  Printing 
Need  the  following  material:    printers  roller,  tube  of  printers 
ink,  photo-mount  roller,  piece  of  glass  or  old  slate,  and  paper. 
See  Comstock's  Handbook  of  Nature -study  for  directions. 

Maps 

Most  valuable  is  the  Topographic  Map  published  by  the  U.  S. 
Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  Obtain  Monograph  60  by 
Atwood,  Salisbury. 

Maps 

Outline  maps,  made  by  means  of  mimeograph,  are  most  valuable. 
This  is  especially  true  of  the  immediate  locality. 


156  NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17:4r-April,  1921 

Minerals 

A  collection  of  the  minerals  of  the  region  and  exhibits  of  the 
local  mining  industries  should  be  in  the  Camp  Museum. 
Twenty  minerals  and  20  rocks  in  compartments,  $4.50,  Chicago 
Apparatus  Company,  32  S.  Clinton  St.,  Chicago.  Also  Ward 
Nat.  Hist.  Est.  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Museum 

Making  a  case  is  a  good  manual  training  project.  Use  vials 
for  seeds  and  soil.     Labels.     Exhibits  of  local  industries. 

Riker  Mounts  for  insects.     Kny-Scheerer  Co.,  225  4th  Ave.,  New 
York. 

Notebook 

The  Comstock  Publishing  Co.,  Ithaca,  New  York  is  putting  on  the 
market  a  loose  leaf  notebook  especially  adapted  to  nature-study 
in  the  field.  It  also  has  pages  for  accoimts,  music,  and  photos. 
The  name  of  the  camp  or  school  will  be  printed  on  the  outside. 
Every  camper  should  have  one  of  these  notebooks.  Price  about 
$1.25,  at  least  as  near  cost  as  market  conditions  will  allow. 
An  indoor  or  rainy-day  notebook  printed  by  Mr.  Marion  Weston, 
R.  I.  College  of  Education,  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  is  especi- 
ally recommended  for  this  phase  of  nature-study.  Five  to  eight 
outline  drawings  per  page,  40  pp.  8>^"  x  s}4\  8  pages  flowers, 
8  tree  leaves,  14  birds,  to  be  colored.  Other  pages  to  be  printed. 
Set  with  index  pages  and  cover,  50c.  postpaid.  Separate  pages 
2C.  each. 

Pictures 

Perry  Picture  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts.     7"  x  9'  pictures  in 
natural  colors  of  birds,  animals,  minerals,  fruits,  etc.,  2c.  each, 
assorted  as  desired.     No  order  for  less  than  25c. 
Thompson  Blue  Prints,  Syracuse,  New  York.     Subjects  general. 

Stereopticon  Lantern 
Acetylene  burner  and  prestolite  tank  for  camps  without  electric- 
ity. 

Tree  Survey 
Send  for  Horticultural  and  Pomological  Investigations,  B.  P.  I., 
Form  number  219,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Instructions  for  taking  a  Bird  Census,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric,  Bureau 
Biological  Survey,  Henry  W.  Henshaw,  Chief,  were  published 
in  1914  and  1915. 


VINAL]  COUNSEL  FOR  COUNCILLORS  167 

Trees 

Trees  in  Silhouette,  by  Henry  Turner  Bailey.     Published  by 

Atkinson,  Mentzer  and  Company,  Boston,  Mass.,  and  New  York 

City. 

Forest  trees,  each  picture  g"  x  12",  consists  of  3  pictures.     Price 

I  set,  8  sheets,  24  pictures,  40c.     Three  sets  $1.00. 

Camps  and  schools  wishing  t3  help  the  cause  of  nature-study 
and  humanity  are  asked  to  send  material  to  Mrs.  Northup,  School 
Nature  League,  25  Norfolk  Street,  New  York  City. 

These  sheets  mean  time,  labor,  and  expense.  They  are  printed 
for  the  good  of  the  work.  Please  freely  accept  and  in  return  freely 
give  of  your  ideas  and  experiences  in  nature-lore.  If  you  hear  of  a 
good  thing  pass  it  along.     That  is  what  we  are  doing. 

— For  the  cause  of  nature-study. 

The  Camp  Notebook 

A  long  and  varied  experience  of  taking  notes  in  the  field  has 
led  to  the  conclusion  that  a  camp  notebook  must  be : 

(i).  Looseleaf 

a,  as  each  camp  and  camper  will  have  individual  needs 

and  desires; 

b,  so  that  only  the  pages  needed  for  the  trip  scheduled  are 

inserted ; 

c,  so  that  the  pages  of  the  previous  trip  may  be  safely 

filed  at  camp ; 

d,  in  order  that  the  pages  may  be  arranged  at  the  end  of 

the  season  and  neatly  bound. 

(2).  Handy  size,  to  be  carried  in  a  pocket  or  attached  to  a  belt. 

(3).  Standard  size,    so   that   printed   directions,   identification 

charts,  outline  drawings,  tables,  etc.  can  be  inserted  or 

transferred  to  all  field  books. 

(4).  Firm,  smooth  covers,  that  they  may  be  used  for  a  drawing 

board  or  a  writing  desk  in  the  field. 
(5).  Durable,  to  stand  hard  usage  on  the  hike. 
Camp  directors  will  appreciate  the  fact  that  the  Comstock 
Publishing  Company  has  found  such  a  book  and  is  at  the  same 
time  placing  on  the  market  the  pages  asked  for  by  each  camp  di- 
rector.    Such  a  cooperative  policy  bodes  well  for  all  concerned. 


158  NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17 :4— April,  1921 

One  of  the  most  successful  pages  is  the  tree  chart  which  shows 
in  a  compact  space  the  outlines  of  leaves  of  our  common  trees. 
It  is  a  page  which  is  typical  of  other  key  sheets  to  be  published. 
The  bird  outlines,  already  well  known  in  schools,  have  been 
adapted  to  this  "coat-pocket"  edition. 

Several  camps  have  tried  out  the  scheme  and  the  following  notes 
describe  its  use  at  Camp  Chequesset.  The  idea  was  so  successful 
that  the  directors  of  Camp  Chequesset  wish  to  have  other  camps 
share  the  benefits,  not  that  they  will  do  it  the  same  way,  but  that 
they  may  start  according  to  their  environment  and  individuality. 
Our  slogan  is  "The  Nautical  Camp  for  Girls"  and  all  our  doings 
whisper  of  the  sea.  Mountain  camps  will  readily  translate  these 
breezes  from  the  shore  into  the  airy  vernacular  of  the  mountaineer. 
Page  One,  The  Topographical  Map. 

The  government  topographical  map  is  the  best  map  for  use  in 
the  field.  It  may  be  obtained  from  the  Director  of  the  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C,  at  $6.oo  per  hundred. 
The  Survey  publishes  a  key  map  that  shows  just  which  areas  have 
been  mapped.  It  has  also  selected  a  set  of  25  maps  that  illustrate 
an  interesting  variety  of  geographic  features.  Some  of  this  set 
have  descriptive  texts  printed  on  their  backs.  The  set  can  be 
purchased  from  the  Survey  by  any  one  for  $1.00.  In  ordering,  use 
a  money  order  or  certified  check. 

The  map  is  most  conveniently  used  when  cut  into  sections  and 
mounted  on  cheese  cloth.  The  section  most  often  used  would  be 
the  area  about  camp.  If  the  camp  is  located  near  the  center  of  a 
three  mile  radius  one  may  cut  out  a  rectangle  measuring  73/8  inches 
by  6j^  inches,  and  have  a  folding  map  that  fits  into  the  notebook. 
Using  the  lines  of  longitude  and  latitude  as  a  starting  place,  and 
mark  off  the  map  into  inch  squares.  Each  inch  represents  approxi- 
mately a  mile.  Ntimber  the  lines  and  therafter  places  may  be 
located  by  their  latitude  and  longitude. 

We  now  have  ready  one  of  the  most  useful  pages  of  the  notebook. 
Safe  pioneering,  the  compass  and  trail,  and  real  scouting  are  based 
upon  it.  The  description  of  two  ways  of  using  the  .map  at  Camp 
Chequesset  may  suffice  to  indicate  the  possibilities. 

(i).  The  King's  Highway:  The  old  King's  Highway  was  once 
the  route  of  the  saddle  horse  and  the  stage  coach.  This  was  before 
the  railroad  and  the  state  road  ran  down  the  Cape.  The  roadway 
is  then  pointed  out  on  the  map.     The  campers  are  now  told  that 


vinal] 


COUNSEL  FOR  COUNCILLORS 


159 


ye  old  highway  has  been  abandoned  to  trees  and  bushes  which 
are  rapidly  claiming  their  right  of  domain.  It  takes  a  good  scout 
to  follow  this  hidden  trail.  For  a  short  distance  it  is  seen  in  old 
wagon  ruts, — then  keener  searching  for  hub  bruises  or  blazes  on 


^^^^^sl^K 


■Mm,f' 


*,rx-»*r?^T-'^ 


Chequesset  Campers  Sketching  an  Old  Sea  Cliff.  Scouting  is  not 
limited  to  the  footprints  of  today.  Note  the  Indian  shell  heap  (A)  in  the  right 
of  the  bank.  The  dark  line  (B)  in  the  cliff  shows  the  contour  of  the  original 
hill  top.  Where  once  was  an  ancient  valley  (C)  is  now  a  hill  or  sand  dune  (D). 
The  original  hill  (E)  was  deposited  by  the  glacier.  The  exposed  roots  of  the 
bayberry  (F)  and  beach  grass  (G)  show  that  the  cliff  is  retreating.  When 
written  in  story  form  this  makes  an  interesting  chapter  in  the  past  geography  of 
the  shore  line  of  Wellfieet  Bay. 

tree  trunks, — or  just  sheer  luck  with  the  compass  along  the  valley 
they  must  have ' '  f ollered" .  The  frontiersm.an  never  had  a  grander 
opportunity  for  a  battle  of  wits.  You  will  note  that  this  byway 
is  crossed  by  longitude  70  degrees  and  by  latitude  42  degrees 
and  55  minutes  north.  Between  these  two  points  is  an  advance 
guard.  Squads  will  be  sent  at  twenty  minutes  intervals  with 
messages  for  the  Captain  of  the  guard.  As  a  parting  word  of 
advice  remember  that  haste  makes  waste,  the  fox  is  cunning,  and 
sheep  follow  a  leader  without  thought. 

(2).  Bellamys  Kettle.  Long,  long  ago  Bellamy's  Pirate  ship 
was  wrecked  at  South  Wellfieet.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Cheques- 
set  country  harvested  the  plunder  of  old  coins,  flintlocks,  and 
kettles.  Each  year  one  of  these  copper  kettles  is  hidden  near 
camp.  One  time  the  kettle  was  concealed  at  the  lowest  point  on 
the  camp  grounds.     This  proved  to  be  at  the  bottom  of  tlie  ])ond 


160  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

by  the  garden.  The  discoverers  found  something  worth  while 
jingling  in  the  kettle.  They  were  coins  found  on  Billingsgate 
Island  and  given  to  the  camp  by  Mr.  Nye  as  medals  for  the  winners 
of  this  game.  This  year  the  kettle  has  been  buried  with  a  "big 
secret"  on  the  highest  siunmit  northeast  of  camp.  Find  the  kettle 
and  bring  it  back  to  camp  without  being  captured.  You  may 
study  your  contour  maps  and  work  out  the  best  method  of  locating 
and  moving  the  trophy.  For  each  person  disturbing  the  camp 
routine,  such  as  lateness  to  a  meal,  a  point  will  be  taken  off  the  final 
score  of  that  team.  The  captain  of  each  team  will  appoint  a  place 
for  you  to  m.eet  for  council  and  maneuver.  The  success  of  the 
expedition  depends  upon  strategy.  Compasses,  field  glasses, 
pedometers,  etc.,  may  be  obtained  at  the  camp  library. 

The  Page  of  Tree  Leaves.  (A  few  suggestions  for  use) .  On  these 
trips  the  contour  map  and  the  tree  page  are  carried  in  the  note- 
book. 

( I ) .  Tree  Spying.  Stop  at  a  tree,  such  as  the  wild  black  cherry. 
Each  one  identifying  the  tree  by  use  of  the  leaf  chart  within  three 
minutes  time  is  given  a  point.  For  each  mistake  a  point  is  sub- 
tracted. At  the  end  of  the  trip  add  the  scores  and  announce  the 
winners. 

(2).  Tree  Scouting.  Appoint  leaders  to  choose  teams.  Tell 
them  to  study  the  oak  leaves  on  the  chart  and  then  at  a  given  signal 
give  them  three  minutes  to  obtain  a  white  oak  leaf.  The  tree 
given  should  be  known  to  be  nearby.  At  the  end  of  three  minutes 
blow  a  whistle.  Those  back  in  their  places  with  a  white  oak  leaf 
(no  more,  no  less)  score  a  point.  Next  send  them  scouting  for  a 
red  oak  acorn,  a  balm-of-Gilead  bud,  and  so  on.  The  team  scoring 
the  greatest  ntmiber  of  points  represents  the  group  of  best  tree 
scouts. 

(3).  Tree  Trailing.  Hide  messages  "en  route"  and  send  out 
companies  30  minutes  apart.  The  messages  may  read  as  follows: 
Take  the  valley  trail  to  the  east  until  you  see  a  large  yellow  willow. 
In  an  abandoned  flickers  home  is  a  note.  Read  it  carefully. 
This  note  may  read, — Within  sight  of  this  spot  is  a  silver  poplar. 
As  far  from  the  tree  as  it  is  high  and  in  the  direction  of  its  noonday 
shadow  is  buried  a  message  on  birch  bark.  Please  leave  this 
scroll  as  you  find  it.  The  group  following  the  directions  fartherest 
and  in  the  quickest  time  wins  the  honor  of  the  trail. 


viNAL]  COUNSEL  FOR  COUNCILLORS  161 

■  (4).  Tree  Cribbage.  This  may  be  played  for  a  time  when  on  a 
long  hike.  Assign  a  nimierical  value  to  certain  trees.  One  group 
may  take  one  side  of  the  road  and  the  other  the  opposite  or  the 
points  may  go  to  the  side  recognizing  the  tree  first.  In  this  case 
it  leads  to  a  long  range  recognition  by  form.  (Trees  "en  masse" 
and  silhouettes  suggest  interesting  rainy  day  projects  for  the  note- 
book). 

Taking  the  Notebook  on  Special  Trips.  As  an  example  of  this 
sort  of  use  of  the  notebook  we  will  describe  our  trip  called, — "To 
the  Hermitage":  Every  bailiwick  has  its  hermit.  Ours  is  a 
grizzly  sea-dog  who  has  taken  to  land  some  two  miles  from  the 
coast.  He  is  a  Thoreau-like  individual  reminding  one  considerably 
of  that  famous  naturalist  who  walked  the  length  of  the  Cape 
some  three-quarters  of  a  century  ago.  The  present  recluse  has 
squatted  on  the  site  of  his  great  grandsire's  claim  and  his  tract 
reaches  unto  the  shores  of  the  same  pond.  From  the  cedar  swamp 
in  back  he  has  lugged,  dragged,  and  rolled  in  turn  the  logs  for  the 
framework  of  his  hut.  The  adz,  an  heirloom,  has  again  plaved 
its  part  and  the  timbers  have  been  slowly  hewn  into  shape  for  the 
sills  and  rafters.  A  clump  of  lilacs,  he  will  tell  you  all  this,  marks 
the  east  bedroom  of  the  old  homestead — long  since  tumbled  and 
gone.  Of  the  old  days — naught  remains  to  suggest  ancestral 
fortitude  or  thrift  but  scraggly  apple  trees,  decrepit.  g:narled.  and 
windblown,  with  a  few  belichened  fence  lails. 

Our  equipment  for  this  trip  is  the  nDtebook  with  a  map,  two 
pages  of  drawing  paper,  two  pages  for  notes,  colored  crayons, 
a  reverence  for  the  crudities  of  pioneer  days,  an  eagerness  to  hear 
and  understand  a  backwoods  language, — a  woodsy  speech  which 
has  all  but  disappeared,  and  a  desire  to  express  the  experience  in 
writing  and  in  sketch  with  an  understanding  heart.  Following  a 
preparation  in  spirit  it  was  suggested  that  the  campers  might  like 
to  make  a  list  of  the  evidences  of  an  early  homestead,  the  methods 
of  a  pioneer,  the  reasons  for  believing  that  he  has  a  love  for  nature, 
and  quaint  expressions.  What  greater  wealth  of  material  could 
one  wish  for  a  future  school  essay  (if  one  can  forgive  such  trespass- 
ing) or,  if  the  spirit  of  the  letter  has  not  been  killed,  for  the  very 
joy  of  writing  Hterature  (note  spelling  with  a  small  1). 

Note,  then,  that  every  camp  region  has  its  hermit.  Hermits 
vary.  It  ought  not  to  be  necessary  to  say  "know  your  liermit". 
Hermitages  vary  as  also  does  the  region  there-abouts.     Therefore, 


162  NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

every  camp  has  an  experience  unto  itself  with  respect  to  hermits. 
Not  only  that  but  every  individual  camper  has  a  different  reaction 
to  the  experience.  The  stories  and  drawings  therefore  show  an 
individuality  of  response.  A  few  of  these  are  selected  at  random 
from  the  notebooks.  These  quotations  have  not  been  changed. 
They  are  borrowed  from  the  personal  property  of  the  owner  for  a 
definite  cause  and  not  for  criticism.  And  let  it  be  emphasized 
that  nature  councilors  are  not  to  trespass  o.n  this  private  property 
with  a  red  eye  or  a  red  pencil  for  spelling,  split  infinitives,  or 
vertical  twists  to  the  penmanship.  The  nimiber  of  poets  and 
writers  killed  off  by  this  method  will  never  be  revealed  but  let 
us  not  kill  the  spirit  in  camps.  And  as  Mrs.  Comstock  says  in  her 
Handbook  oj  Nature-Study  "These  books,  of  whatever  quality,  are 
precious  beyond  price  to  their  owners.  And  why  not?  For  they 
represent  what  cannot  be  bought  or  sold,  personal  experience 
in  the  happy  world  of  out-of-doors." 

Mr.  Dyer  {The  Hermit).  From  the  field  book  of  "Btmips",  age 
eleven  years,  the  youngest  girl  at  Chequesset. 

'*  His  grandfather  settled  here  years  ago.  The  pond  was  named 
for  him.  The  lilac  bushes  and  the  fruit  trees  indicate  the  great 
age  of  the  place.  The  Hermit  has  planted  boughs  on  the  north 
side  of  his  com  to  protect  it  from  the  cold.  He  also  made  a  wheel- 
barrow with  much  patience  and  care.  He  has  made  a  little  bird 
house  on  the  top  of  a  stick  driven  into  an  old  stump  which  has  been 
there  for  many  years.  He  has  some  timbers  left  from  those  used 
to  build  his  house.  Back  of  his  house  he  has  made  a  chicken  coop 
of  pine  boughs.  He  has  placed  boards  on  either  side  to  weigh 
the  boughs  down  and  keep  them  together.  He  shows  his  interest 
in  flowers  and  trees  by  planting  and  taking  care  of  both.  Around 
his  garden  is  a  fence  to  prevent  the  deer's  (they  are  seen  frequently 
in  this  region)  from  eating  all  the  beans  over  night  as  they  did  one 
year.  Years  ago  the  house  used  to  be  almost  up  to  the  water's 
edge  but  the  new  house  which  Mr.  Dyer  made  himself  is  back 
much  farther.  Mr.  Dyer  seems  to  take  an  interest  in  camp  girls 
and  is  not  a  bit  timid  about  answering  questions." 

Photo  Mount  Sheets :x  These  are  special  sheets  for  snapshots. 
These  little  "pleasantries"  like  the  principal  on  compound  interest, 
double  in  value  in  a  few  years.  Is  it  any  wonder  that  this  book, 
probably  Volume  I  of  the  author,  becomes  so  highly  prized  as  years 
roll  on  ? 


vinal]  counsel  for  COUNCILLORS  163 

The  Bulletin  Board  is  an  important  adjunct  to  the  notebook. 
At  the  end  of  a  trip  a  few  of  the  best  and  most  original  sketches, 
stories,  poems,  snapshots,  and  collections  are  exhibifed  on  the  bul- 
letin board.  This  bulletin  board  is  not  a  place  for  drying  or  airing 
ideas.  It  is  a  live  place  because  it  is  newsy.  Yesterday's  hike 
differs  from  today's  story  and  tomorrow's  game.  The  blackfish 
are  playing  in  the  offing, — It  is  a  kind  of  whale, — ^Watch  for  any 
proof?  The  bluefish  are  running  down  the  Bay, — Ten  fishermen 
are  wanted,  on  the  wharf  at  3  p.  m.  Beach  plimis  are  ripe, — Follow 
Barbara  right  after  breakfast.  The  sand  pipers  are  hatching, — • 
'Nuf  sed!'  Poultry  men  sign  here  for  tura  to  collect  the  eggs. 
There  is  always  something  going  on.  It  is  refreshing.  It  is  a 
medium  for  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  more  than  one  good  resolu- 
tion is  made  to  an  ideal  (not  idol)  at  this  shrine  of  activity  (not 
sanctum  sanctorum). 

Nature-study  Forms  (Bird,  animal,  and  flower  plates). 

A  resolution  was  made  at  Chequesset  that  no  study  of  plant  or 
animal  life  should  be  made  except  it  be  alive  and  in  its  native 
haunt.  It  is  surprising  how  many  of  these  opportunities  are 
waiting  for  the  one  who  looks  for  them.  When  ordering  our 
supplies  for  the  camp  notebook  we  limit  the  order  to  the  living 
things  at  hand. 

Last  June  we  knew  that  the  barn  swallow  was  feeding  her  young 
on  the  bungalow  porch ;  that  the  chickaree  had  rented  the  mail- 
box in  the  pines;  that  a  chippy,  a  robin,  and  a  pine  warbler  were 
within  30  feet  of  the  dining  room  door;  that  Bufo  the  toad  was 
beneath  the  steps;  that  the  blue-birds  were  rearing  their  second 
families  in  the  boxes;  that  red  perch  would  be  caught  at  Gull 
Pond ;  that  the  squid,  and  the  skate,  and  the  hermit  crab  would 
be  seen  on  the  shore ;  that  the  swamp  azalea  would  scent  the  ponds 
and  arethusa  dot  the  meadows.  We  knew  many,  many  friends 
that  would  be  at  camp  and  because  we  knew  these  friends,  we  knew 
just  which  outlines  to  order  from  the  publishers. 

Then  when  simamer  came  with  a  rainy  day  there  were  those  who 
were  anxious  to  color  in  the  outline  of  the  bam  swallows  as  they 
fed  the  young  under  the  eaves  of  the  piazza.  And  just  because 
Someone  was  interested  in  doing  this,  others  became  interested. 
Then  so  many  caught  the  spirit  that  it  was  quite  the  fashion. 
And  just  because  it  was  not  a  school  there  were  others  who  did 
not  care  or  shall  we  say  did  not  have  to  "join  in".     They  had  found 


164  NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

something  more  interesting, — perhaps  they  were  reading  Cap'n 
Eri,  or  were  making  fudge,  or  a  pine  needle  basket,  or  were  just 
gazing  at  the  tolors  of  a  drift-wood  fire.  What  ever  they  were 
doing  it  was  genuine.  And  we  believe  that  it  was  all  making  for  a 
broader  intelhgence. 

The  pine  warbler  arrar  ged  her  class  room  for  a  sunny  day.  She 
had  built  a  nest  in  a  small  pitch  pine  about  six  feet  from  the  ground. 
In  this  case  a  sm.all  table  was  moved  to  the  side  of  the  tree.  Here 
a  camper  could  sojourn  with  water  colors  or  merely  pause  for  a 
peep  at  the  young  on  the  way  to  mess.  She  who  studied  the 
swallow  might  not  care  for  the  pine  warbler  or  might  have  some 
other  interest — and  at  the  camp  the  interests  are  varied  and  m,any. 
Several  passerby s  so  gained  the  confidence  of  the  mother  bird  that 
they  were  able  to  stroke  her — not  a  m.ean  accomplishment  in  itself. 
And  to  that  nervous  little  som_ebody  from  so  far  away  this  touching 
of  a  wild  bird  was  a  contact  with  something  far  greater — it  was  a 
mom.entary  connection  with  steadiness  of  motion — better  than 
notebooks  or  rubies — for  therein  was  the  foreglow  of  self  composure 
and  calmness.  To  all  this  the  nattu-e  councilor  must  subscribe 
in  vision  and  sympathy.  What  one  should  do  on  a  particular 
occasion  cannot  be  forecast.  It  is  not  preparing  prescriptions 
nor  is  it  dealing  out  patent  medicines.  It  is  furnishing  oppor- 
tunities for  the  love  of  the  beautiful  and  timely  suggestions  for 
companionship  with  out  door  Hfe.  If  in  this  the  councilor  be 
sincere  her  companions  will  be  many. 

Chequesset  Nature-cards.  Plate  number  VI  shows  another 
source  of  instruction.  It  is  a  story  told  by  four  pictures.  These 
pictures  are  taken  from  the  camp  environm.ent  and  arranged  to 
tell  an  important  truth  or  serial  event  in  nature.  The  cards  are 
given  out  as  a  surprise  after  having  studied  the  phenomena  or  they 
may  serve  as  a  suggestive  basis  for  the  written  description.  In 
either  case  they  form  a  bright  spot  in  the  complexity  of  future 
living  when  the  writer  has  a  minute  to  pause  for  nature  reminis- 
cences of  camping  days. 

Garden  Competition 

This  was  a  novel  competition  in  establishing  boat  gardens  in  old 
seventeen  foot  dories  sunk  in  the  ground.  The  flower  guide  sheet, 
to  be  published  for  the  coming  summer,  would  have  aided  greatly 
in  the  game.     Wellfleet  is  an  ideal  gleaning  ground  for  such  a  fete. 


vinal] 


COUNSEL  FOR  COUNCILLORS 


165 


Chequesset  Nature  Cards.  No.  1 — From 
Ponds  to  Reclaimed  Land.  Questions :  Cause  of 
ponds?  How  do  long  ponds  become  round  ponds? 
How  are  round  ponds  conquered  by  vegetation? 
Uses  of  meadows? 


lee  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

When  the  villagers  turned  their  trade  from  whaling  in  the  deep 
sea  to  quahauging  down  the  bay  the  houses  were  gradually  moved 
from  the  ocean  side  of  the  Cape  to  the  harbor  shore.  The  pretty 
posies  if  the  old  fashion  gardens  were  abandoned  to  fate  and  now 
come  camp  girls  scouting  for  the  choicest  bloomers  to  ornament 
their  boat  plots.  Tansy,  iris,  spurge,  house  leeks,  yuccas,  and 
dusty  miller  were  delegated  to  their  proper  places  alongside  the 
Hudsonias  and  stonecrops  from  the  wilds.  The  opposing  teams 
looked  on  with  admiration  as  finishing  touches  were  placed  here 
and  there  before  the  arrival  of  the  judges. 

And  then  came  the  judges  with  their  notebooks — the  art  coun- 
cilor, the  nature  councilor,  and  a  senior  camper.  The  gardens 
were  viewed  most  critically — with  a  fine  tooth  rake  as  it  were. 
First  the  judges  took  notes  as  to  color,  then  as  to  choice  and  variety 
of  m.aterial,  the  arrangement  and  symmetry  of  form,  how  the 
material  was  planted,  and  then  the  originality.  Oiie  crew  had 
made  a  sundial  while  the  other  had  purchased  a  sailor  windmill 
and  this  was  against  them  as  they  had  spent  money  rather  than 
ingenuity.  And  the  idea  of  permanency, — one  garden  showed  a 
tendency  to  run  to  plants  that  were  in  blossom  for  the  time  being. 
Even  the  trimness  of  the  ground  around  the  boats  did  not  escape 
their  scrutiny.  Solomon's  garden  in  all  its  glory  could  not  have 
been  surveyed  as  were  both  of  these. 
A  Final  Word  as  to  Notebooks. 

We  have  been  dilating  about  the  opportunities  and  some  of  the 
uses  of  note  books  at  Camp  Chequesset.  If  you  are  to  use  a 
similar  scheme  you  must  get  on  deck  and  look  at  the  beauties  of 
your  own  harbor.  There  are  no  more  beautiful  skies,  no  more 
sweeter  song  birds,  no  greater  history,  no  stauncher  patriotism 
in  any  harbor  than  at  Wellfleet  and  these  things  are  not  better  in 
Wellfleet  than  in  your  town.  Some  day  we  hope  to  come  over  the 
mountain  and  hear  about  the  notebook  on  your  side. 


Due  to  large  amount  of  material  for  this  number,  we  had  to  omit  a  recom- 
mended list  of  books  for  camps.  This  information  will  be  mailed  upon 
request. 


Camp  Chequesset — The  Boat  Garden  and  the  Winners 

Learning  to  See  and  Hear 

Agathe  Deming 

Camp  Miramichi 

Nature-study  is  so  much  a  part  of  camp  life  that  it  is  difficult 
to  discuss  the  subject  from  the  point  of  view  of  methods  used. 

Even  if  we  had  not  been  interested  in  nature,  circum.stances 
would  have  forced  that  interest  upon  us,  because  it  is  impossible 
to  live  for  even  a  few  weeks  in  the  Adirondack  woods  without 
coming  intimately  in  contact  with  one's  neighbors  of  the  forest. 

At  one  time,  when  our  kitchen  was  a  canvas-covered  building, 
open  on  two  sides,  we  had  nightly  visitations  from  a  family  of  coons 
who  ate  our  cereal  out  of  the  double  boilers  on  the  coal  range,  and 
could  not  be  discouraged  by  any  weights  which  we  placed  on  the 
lids.  One  night  we  treed  three  little  ones  in  a  big  hemlock  and 
routed  the  whole  camp  out  of  bed  so  that  with  the  aid  of  flash- 
lights, and  in  spite  of  the  threatening  sounds  m.ade  by  the  mother 
coon  in  the  nearby  woods,  the  girls  might  see  at  close  range  the 
beautiful  little  felloWs  with  their  pointed  ears,  black  m.arkings  and 
eager,  wild  eyes.  We  had  acquaintance  too  with  a  porcupine, 
but  found  him  less  attractive  as  he  attem.pted  to  eat  the  kitchen 
itself,  and  destroyed  a  number  of  our  young  hemlocks.  vSquirrcls 
and  chipm.unks  made  free  with  our  out-door  dining  room.,  stealing 
bread  and  even  whole  oranges  from  the  tables  just  l)cf(-re  we 
came  tj  meals.      In  our  explorations  we   came   ui)()n    tlic  work 

167 


168  NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17:4r-April,  1921 

of  beaver,  and  were  often  obliged  to  carry  our  canoes  Dver  their 
dams.  We  saw  large  poplars  which  they  had  felled  and  others 
partially  gnawed  through,  and  took  delight  in  walking  along  the 
tops  of  their  larger  dams,  as  strong  as  man-made  masonry.  In  the 
evenings  we  heard  the  resounding  smack  of  the  scout's  broad  tail 
on  the  water  as  he  warned  his  colony  of  the  approach  of  our  canoes. 
In  the  early  morning  and  at  dusk  the  white  throated  sparrow  and 
the  hermit  thrush  sang  to  us. 

In  the  northern  Adirondacks  we  have  not  found  traces  of  coon 
or  beaver,  but  we  were  welcomed  to  our  new  camp  site  by  a  family 
of  wrens  which  established  themselves  in  an  abandoned  phoebe 
nest  on  the  veranda  of  the  main  house.  Two  broods  were  raised 
during  the  same  season  the  first  year.  Last  summier  they  selected 
the  cam.p  post-office  and  to  insure  privacy  began  a  nest  in  each  of 
the  eight  compartments,  finally  completing  one  on  the  top  row. 
We  had  an  unusual  opportimity  to  watch  the  whole  process  of  nest 
building  and  then  the  feeding  of  the  little  ones  and  their  first 
attempts  at  flight.  Cam_p  life  is  full  of  such  associations  and 
adventures. 

In  crder  to  obtain  tangible  results  from  their  observations  the 
cam.pers  are  encouraged  to  work  for  certain  standards  of  our  own 
making,  and  for  the  "coups"  of  the  Woodcraft  League.  This  does 
not  m.ean  that  a  girl  m^erely  learns  by  name  ten  or  twenty-five  or 
fifty  flowers  or  bir^s,  but  that  she  can  identify  them  in  the  field 
and  knows  som.ething  of  their  habits.  The  use  of  books  or  aid 
in  identification  and  the  m.aking  of  smoke — or  blue-prints  for  the 
preservation  of  a  record,  in  the  case  of  flowers  or  ferns,  are  en- 
couragements to  accuracy.  Then,  too,  one  girl  may  make  her 
knowledge  surer  by  helping  another,  and  they  give  each  other 
preliminary  tests  before  taking  the  final  one  which  entitles  them  to 
credit. 

We  have  found  the  "scout  reports",  which  are  a  feature  of  the 
Woodcraft  Council,  a  valuable  stim.ulus  to  the  "seeing  eye". 
The  m.ost  interesting  observations  are  often  saved  for  the  weekly 
council  and  there  is  friendly  rivalry  developed  which  does  not, 
however,  tend  to  interfere  with  accuracy  as  any  scout  report  may 
be  challenged  in  council  and  must  be  true  to  fact. 

It  is  not  only  on  specially  arranged  "  nature  walks"  that  campers 
becGm.e  acquainted  with  nature.  The  chief  prerequisites  are  eyes 
that  see  and  ears  that  hear.     Every  trip  that  goes  out  from  camp, 


deming] 


LEARNING  TO  SEE  AND  HEAR 


169 


whether  a  hike  of  a  few  hours,  an  all-day  canoe  trip,  or  an  afternoon 
spent  in  cutting  a  trail  through  the  woods,  brings  back  something 
of  interest  to  the  whole  camp.  A  rare  variety  of  grape  fern  was 
found  by  one  girl  on  a  mountain  climb ;  one  group  while  looking  for 


t  ^^^  ■  ""^^^mm 

If:                   , '  ,     "■""' 

'%^^'^i 

Lf 

WB^if 

M 

■K 

^^S 

a^c^ 

4^  /' 

•>»         # 

i^HR^^.^^^jK^^^^^^^I 

fHL^^ 

i'%.'  .* 

-^- 

C^ 

'M 

-mm:^' 

H 

mmm 

fcli«M^..JL.^ 

SS£ 

mMXjm 

V 

m 
r    ^ 

^,.-...^     t. 

k^ 

k 

■% 

'*.      >   .-v-- 

1 

^ 

,  4f  ■  ^  ■     ^ 

.,  '^         * 

i 

^ 

'^tm^r 

*•.*** 

— 1 

^HMK 

<#MIHHi 

A  Lesson  in  Learning  to  See  and  Hear  at  Camp  Muranichi 


a  camping  place  cam.e  within  a  few  feet  of  a  bittern ;  first  comers 
to  the  dip  one  m.oming  found  a  loon  near  the  dock,  and  at  another 
time  they  saw  a  great  blue  heron  resting  on  the  raft. 

Sometim.es  on  our  all-day  trips  one  group  will  challenge  the  rest, 
before  starting,  to  equal  their  record  of  observations  for  that  day. 
In  the  evening  a  spokesman  from  each  group  is  chosen  to  give  an 
account  of  her  trip,  listing  the  observations  of  special  interest,  and 
judges  are  appointed  to  decide  which  trip  made  the  best  record. 
Before  certain  trips  it  may  be  decided  that  special  attention  be  paid 
to  birds  or  flowers  or  ferns,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  order  to  improve 
the  record  of  the  camp  along  that  line,  and  the  records  of  the  indivi- 
dual campers  who  are  working  for  coups. 

If  the  leader  has  in  mind  a  definite  object,  as  for  instance  to 
make  sure  that  each  child  in  her  group  shall  l)e  a1)lc  to  distinguish 
between  the  different  evergreens  of  the  region,  she  may  play  tJie 
following  games  on  a  hike.     The  leader  should  stand  by  a  tree 


170  NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

near  the  trail  and  as  the  girls  pass  her  in  single  file  have  each  one 
whisper  to  her  the  name  of  the  tree.  Those  who  are  right  should 
then  stand  on  the  right  side  of  the  trail,  the  others  on  the  left. 
When  all  have  had  a  chance  let  one  of  the  "rights"  explain  to  the 
"lefts"  the  distinguishing  features  by  which  she  recognized  the 
tree.  The  next  time  the  leader  should  select  a  different  kind  of 
tree,  but  in  the  course  of  the  afternoon  select  the  sam.e  kind  often 
enough  so  that  no  child  returns  from  the  walk  without  knowing 
very  well  three  or  four  trees,  and  something  about  them.  Informa- 
tion which  is  useful  to  the  girls  as  campers  will  stimulate  interest 
and  make  the  trees  som.ething  more  than  names  or  part  of  the  land- 
scape. For  instance,  the  fact  that  balsam  boughs  make  an  excel- 
lent bed  and  spruce  do  not ;  that  hemlock  stumps  are  an  imfailing 
source  of  tinder  for  a  campfire  in  any  weather. 

One  of  our  camp  traditions  is  that  every  group  which  goes  on 
an  overnight  or  longer  trip  makes  up  a  sort  of  saga  telling  of  all 
their  adventures,  which  is  sting  to  the  rest  of  the  camp  upon  their 
return.  In  these  songs  nature  plays  an  important  part.  Mention 
is  made  of  such  things  as  the  kingfisher  that  followed  some  canoes 
downstream,  diving  whenever  he  heard  the  splash  of  a  paddle, 
evidently  mistaking  the  sound  for  the  jtimping  of  a  fish;  of  the 
great  mass  of  cardinal  flowers  glowing  on  the  banks  of  the  same 
stream;  of  the  white  violets  blooming  in  August  in  a  clearing;  of 
the  deserted  nests  of  a  colony  of  herons  on  a  mountain  side;  of 
the  deer  that  stood  near  the  tents  of  a  camping  party  when  they 
awoke  one  July  morning;  of  the  glorious  Northern  lights  with  their 
pulsating  purples,  greens  and  rose  color,  seen  just  before  bedtime. 

A  favorite  evening  occupation  at  camp  is  the  study  of  the  constel- 
lations. The  best  time  for  beginners  is  early  when  only  the  bright- 
est stars  such  as  Vega,  Deneb,  Altair  and  Arcturus  are  visible. 
When  the  position  of  each  is  learned  the  others  as  they  appear 
can  be  related  to  them  and  very  quickly  the  campers  come  to  know 
ten  to  fifteen  star  groups  and  something  about  at  least  one  bright 
star  in  each.  When  on  the  lake  at  night  such  information  may 
prove  of  practical  value. 

Among  the  night  visitors  to  cam.p  are  the  great  barred  owls 
which  come  near  the  tents  in  twos  and  threes  and  from  some  high 
branch  send  down  unearthly  sounds  disturbing  to  the  peace  of 
inexperienced  campers.  The  great  homed  owls  too  make  their 
voices  re-echo  through  the  still  woods  late  at  night.     During  the 


birdsall]  nature  WORK  AT  CAWP  KEHONKA  171 

day  around  camp  the  trees  are  full  of  warblers,  finches,  thrushes 
and  sparrows  in  their  seasons,  giving  the  children  an  opportunity 
to  becoro.e  familiar  with  their  appearance  and  to  learn  their  notes. 
A  large  birch  near  the  eating  porch  is  a  favorite  haimt  for  warblers 
and  has  caused  us  to  form  the  habit  of  coming  to  meals  armed  with 
field  glasses.  The  juncos  are  so  tame  as  to  eat  crumbs  off  the  floor 
while  we  are  at  table. 

Once  they  have  learned  to  see  and  hear,  campers  find  twenty-four 
hours  a  day  an  all  too  short  ''Nature  Study  Hour". 

Nature  Work  at  Camp  Kehonka 

Virginia  Field  Birdsall 

"Afoot  and  lighthearted  I 
take  to  the  open  road." 

It  was  with  a  sense  of  eager  anticipation  that  I  started  for  Camp 
Kehonka  last  summer,  after  a  most  inspiring  week  at  the  confer- 
ence of  nature  leaders  on  Cape  Cod.  The  camp  is  situated  on  the 
shore  of  New  Hampshire's  most  picturesque  lake — Winnipesaukee. 
All  about,  the  country  is  rich  in  m.aterial  for  nature  study.  The 
lake  shores  are  heavily  wooded  with  hemlock,  pine,  fir,  and  birches. 
Following  the  winding  trails  along  the  shore  one  comes  upon  many 
a  brook  widening  out  to  the  blue  waters  of  the  lake.  Back  of  the 
woodland  is  the  open  country  stretching  away  to  the  unfolding 
hills  beyond.  Little  wooded  islands,  like  green  ferneries,  are 
scattered  throughout  the  lake,  making  it  a  veritable  "  Waters  of  the 
Wondrous  Isles." 

Our  first  problem,  at  the  opening  of  camp,  was  to  arrange  a 
locus  operandi  for  our  work.  All  the  camp  buildings — the  shop, 
the  loom  house,  the  central  lodge  itself — were  filled  to  their  utmost 
capacity.  The  only  available  space  seemed  to  be  the  front  room 
of  a  sm.all  building  known  in  camp  parlance  as  the  "Pullman". 
In  a  few  days  our  "Treasure  House,"  as  we  subsequently  called  it, 
was  ready  for  its  housewarming.  We  had  arranged  tiers  of  sliclves 
in  one  end  for  our  nature  library,  one  long,  low  shelf  for  collections 
of  nests  and  other  "finds",  and  a  table  for  our  comixmnd  micro- 
scope. On  the  walls  were  hung  our  bird  and  flower  calendars, 
designed  and  executed  by  the  girls,  on  large  sheets  of  colored  card- 
board. The  best  designs  had  been  selected  in  ()i)cn  (M)ni])clili()n 
and  were  most  successful.     The  central  S])ace  was  left  in  each 


172 


NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 


calendar  for  the  insertion  of  the  names  of  birds  and  flowers  ob- 
served. Outside  the  house  a  long  window  box  was  placed  to  hold 
ferns  and  other  plants  brought  from  the  woods,  and  on  the  porch 
a  large  square  table  held  our  aquarium,  and  terrarium..  Now — 
with  a  Iccal  habitation  and  a  nam.e — we  were  ready  for  work. 

Our  aim — first,  last,  and  always — was  to  m.ake  nature  study  at 
carri.p  a  joy  and  an  adventure, — never  an  irksome  task.  Having 
served  for  several  years  as  head  of  an  outdoor  school  where  the 
woodcraft  work  was  given  prominence,  I  had  learned  to  value  the 
woodcraft  council  as  an  aid  to  nature  study  and  decided  to  intro- 
duce it  into  cur  summer's  program.  The  notice  of  our  first  council 
as  posted  on  the  cam.p  bulletin  board,  was  written  in  the  Indian 
Picture  Writing  ar d  read  as  follows : 


Trwttir^l^^ 


^^\ 


The  interpretation  of  the  drawing  is : 

"On  the  Tenth  Sun  of  the  Thunder  Mcon  (the  loth  day  of  July) 
we  shall  take  the  trail  by  cance  to  the  hem.lock  grove  on  the  edge 
of  the  water.  There  we  shall  hold  a  council.  Scout  reports  of 
flowers,  birds  and  wild  anim_als  will  be  brought  in.  We  shall  also 
have  a  poetry  contest.  If  it  rains  the  council  will  be  held  in  the 
lodge." 

The  council  was  opened  by  singing,  with  uplifted  hands,  the 
Om.aha  Tribal  Prayer,  after  which  scout  reports  were  asked  for. 
These  were  brief  accounts  of  birds,  flowers,  or  wild  anim.als  ob- 
served. The  first  scout  to  see  any  flower  or  bird  "claimed"  it  in 
council  and  this  fact  was  noted  on  our  nature  calendars.     At  the 


BiRDSALL]  NATURE  WORK  AT  CAMP  KEHONKA  173 

end  of  the  season  the  campers  having  the  greatest  num.ber  of  claims 
were  rewarded  with  bird  and  flower  guide  books.  There  was 
always  great  enthusiasm  in  bringing  in  interestiag  reports.  Occa- 
sionally nature-poetry  contests  were  held.  Although  the  leaming 
of  poems  was  never  required,  there  was  always  a  large  number  of 
contestants.  The  poem.s  were  given  in  the  form  of  challenges 
between  two  members  of  the  same  or  of  different  bands,  and  the 
winner  was  decided  by  a  vote.  Poetry  given  in  this  way — under 
the  open  sky,  with  the  sunset  light  shining  from  the  "Promised 
Land"  over  the  waters  of  the  lake — took  on  a  real  m.eaning  and  led 
the  campers  to  see  through  nature  to  the  great  Creator  of  all  things. 
One  of  the  most  interesting  features  of  our  sum.m.er's  work  was 
the  weekly  Kehonka  Nature  Exhibit.  This  was  placed  through- 
out the  sum.m.er  at  the  Public  Library  of  Wolfeboro,  a  town  some 
three  miles  distant  from  our  cam.p.  We  started  it  as  a  sort  of 
connecting  link  between  the  cam.p  and  the  town  and  as  a  m.eans 
of  sharing  with  the  townspeople  some  of  our  more  interesting 
discoveries.  Each  week  a  com.m.ittee  of  two  m.embers  was  ap- 
pointed by  the  campers  to  assist  the  nature  counselor  in  assem.bling 
the  exhibit  for  the  week.  These  exhibits  took  various  forms. 
One  week  we  showed  all  the  evergreens  to  be  found  in  the  region. 
We  gathered  a  fruiting  branch  of  each  variety,  which  we  inserted 
in  a  small  cross-section  of  the  wood.  Another  week  all  the  birches 
with  their  leaves,  bark  and  fruit,  made  a  beautiful  collection. 
We  had  great  luck  in  finding  a  variety  of  nests,  am.ong  them  some 
rather  unusual  ones;  such  as  the  ovenbird's  nest,  the  sandpiper's 
nest,  and  a  phoebe's  nest  in  which  bum.ble  bees  had  m.ade  their 
homes.  These  nests  proved  to  be  one  of  the  m.ost  interesting  of  our 
Hbrary  exhibits.  Towards  the  close  of  the  season  we  proudly 
exhibited  a  number  of  bird  houses  made  by  the  cam.pers.  These 
were  of  all  sorts  and  sizes,  m.ade  according  to  standard  m.easure- 
ments,  from  a  cunning  little  rustic  wren's  house  to  a  huge  birch- 
bark  affair  suitable  for  a  screech  owl.  With  each  exhibit  there 
went  a  short  description  written  in  technical  language  and  with 
some  appropriate  reference  to  poetic  literature.  We  were  much 
gratified  when  our  Kehonka  Nature  Exhibit  was  noted  several 
times  in  the  Granite  State  News,  the  town  paper.  But  aside  from 
this  mark  of  appreciation  we  felt  well  repaid  for  the  time  and  effort 
spent  in  this  work  by  the  real  enjoyment  which  we  expcricncx^l 
in  our  search  for  new  material. 


174  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

The  limited  space  of  an  article  of  this  nature  leaves  many 
points  of  interest  untouched.  We  have  simply  noted  some  of  the 
high  spots.  We  should  like  to  tell  about  some  of  our  woodland 
pets — our  "m.ost  dear"  tree  toad,  for  example — or  of  our  observa- 
tion ant  nest.  In  these  few  paragraphs,  however,  one  can  give 
only  enough  to  indicate  the  spirit  of  the  summer's  efforts.  This 
was  that  nature  study  should  m.ean  to  these  girls  som.ething  bigger 
than  the  naming  of  ten  ferns  and  twenty-five  flowers  and  thirty 
trees, — som.iething  which  would  make  their  "hearts  leap  up  when 
they  beheld  a  rainbow  in  the  skies"  and  would  lead  them  to  be, — 
like  God's  good  world, — ^"rugged  and  wholesom.e  and  true." 


Nature  Study  at  Highland  Nature  Camp 

Allen  Barrows  Doggett 
2331  Foster  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

The  stmimer  camps  for  boys  and  girls,  scattered  from  Maine  to 
Colorado,  are  nature's  own  schools — ^with  study  halls  by  every 
road  and  lakeside,  text  books  in  every  tree  and  opening  flower, 
and  hours  that  are  set  neither  by  the  rising  of  the  sun  nor  the 
fading  of  the  stars.  The  Director  of  nature  study,  in  any  camp, 
may  do  little  more  than  unlock  the  doors  and  introduce  his  or  her 
students  to  a  few  familiar  friends  and  faces;  leaving,  always, 
however,  a  strong  desire  to  know  and  see  m.ore.  Such  a  desire 
can  hardly  be  awakened  except  by  one  who  is  familiar  with  nature 
and  her  ways  and  able  to  impress  upon  awakening  nature — intelli- 
gence the  beauties,  the  lovable  qualities  and  the  peculiar  relation- 
ships of  this  or  that  tree  or  flower  or  woodland  creature. 

At  our  camp  (Highland  Nature),  we  began  with  the  Jimiors 
because  they  had  the  least  acquaintance  with  nature.  Some  had 
seen  little  of  real  country  before;  they  were  eager  to  learn  and  had 
fewer  interests  in  the  more  strenuous  camp  activities.  We  felt 
that  every  new  experience  should  and  would  make  a  lasting  im- 
pression upon  their  lives;  they,  in  turn,  would  fill  up  the  ranks 
of  the  Camp  Nature — lovers,  as  they  returned,  year  after  year, 
and  became  interested,  observing  Intermediates  and  Seiiors. 

Our  method  was  to  take  a  little  group  of  perhaps  twenty  (always 
about  ten  too  many)  for  a  walk,  telling  them  that  before  reaching  a 
certain  bridge,  a  few  hundred  yards  away,  we  should  find  at  least 


DOGGETT]  NA T URE  STUDY  AT  HIGHLA ND  CA MP  175 

twenty-five  different  plants  or  flowers.  This,  of  course,  was  an 
astonishing  number  to  them  and  they  would  go  about  the  hunt  in 
a  very  unsystematic  scramble.  First  they  were  called  back  to  look 
at  a  little  chickweed,  with  its  delicate  mouse-eared  flower,  that  was 
just  at  their  feet;  near  it  they  found  a  white  clover,  then  a  red 
clover,  a  daisy,  an  Am.erican  plantain — which  some  recognized  as 
"bird  seed"  and  remembered  how  mother  or  auntie  had  gathered 
the  seed  whips  for  the  canary  bird  at  home.  So  we  walked  on, 
finding  flower  after  flower  until  we  came  to  a  damp  spot  by  the 
roadside,  with  some  smartweed  growing.  All  were  invited  to  take 
a  little  bite  of  the  leaf  and  chew  it  for  a  moment.  The  result 
was  an  uprorar  of  laughing  and  screaming,  while  not  a  few  leaves 
were  gathered  to  be  given  to  "best  friends"  later  on. 

As  we  came  nearer  to  the  water,  there  was  some  slightly  marshy 
ground  and  here  we  picked  a  few  yellow  flowers  which,  when 
rubbed,  smelled  unmistakably  of — ^mustard. !  Then  the  girls  were 
asked  to  kick  around  a  little  in  the  high  grass  and  sedges.  Again, 
an  unmistakable  odor,  but  one  of  the  happy  associations,  was 
promptly  and  excitedly  recognized  as  "chewing  gum"!  Needless 
to  say,  we  were  in  a  marsh  fllled  with  spearmint.  But  this  was 
not  the  climax  of  the  expedition,  although  we  had  reached  our 
quota,  b}^  this  time.  We  soon  ran  across  some  jewel  weed,  or 
*  *  silver  leaf ' .  When  the  leaves  were  put  under  water  and  turned  a 
most  beautiful,  pure  silver,  we  almost  had  a  riot  and  one  of  the 
girls,  in  her  eagerness  to  apply  the  test,  slipped  into  the  water  on 
all  fours. 

Every  one  of  those  common  roadside  flowers,  introduced  to  that 
group  that  day,  became  well-remembered  friends.  On  the  train 
that  took  the  girls  back  to  the  noisy,  dusty  city,  the  experiences  of 
the  simimer  were  lived  over  again,  and  the  names  of  the  flowers, 
learned  on  that  first  nature  walk,  were  recalled  in  lively  competi- 
tion. 

This  same  method  was  carried  out  with  the  trees  and  larger 
shrubs.  The  difference  between  the  leaves  of  the  spruce  and  hem- 
lock was  noted;  the  different  number  of  leaves  on  the  several 
varieties  of  pine;  the  teeth  on  the  poplars ;  the  thorns  of  the  thorn 
apple  and  locust;  the  bright  red  rootlets  of  the  willows,  growing 
by  the  water — all  of  these  were  new  and  wonderful  to  the  younger 
campers.  The  witch  hazel  made  the  strongest  impression,  as  tliey 
learned  that  what  was  used  at  home  for  s])rains  and  l)ruiscs  came 
from  this  curious-flowering  tree. 


176  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

The  witch's  wand  or  fork,  for  locating  water  or  spring,  was 
explained  and  trials  were  made.  In  the  hands  of  a  few  of  the  older 
ones  the  wand  did  "dip" ;  and  you  know  that  when  once  it  begins 
to  "dip",  there  is  no  stopping  it.  We  had  a  time  of  wild  excite- 
ment and  carried  several  of  the  forked  sticks  back  to  camp. 

One  of  the  most  difficult  lessons  the  Nature  Counsellor  has  to 
impress  upon  young  people,  is  to  keep  them  from,  picking  the 
flowers.  The  rarer  they  are,  the  harder  it  is  to  leave  the  flowers 
where  Nature  placed  them.  I  remember,  once,  showing  to  a  group 
the  root  of  the  Indian  Cucumber.  Later  in  the  season — alas! — 
there  were  no  cucimiber  plants  to  be  found  in  our  neighborhood. 
At  another  time,  on  one  of  our  long  * '  hikes' ' ,  we  had  found  a  * '  bla?  ing 
star".  We  left  it  where  it  was,  and  the  following  season,  on  a  trip 
to  the  same  place,  one  of  the  group  seem.ed  unduly  anxious  to  go 
on  ahead  of  the  party.  She  told  me,  secretly,  that  she  wanted 
to  be  the  first  to  find  the  "blazing  star"  that  we  had  seen — and 
spared — the   previous   year. 

With  bird  study,  the  problem,  is  a  very  difficult  one.  In  the 
first  place,  we  go  to  camp  too  late  to  see  the  birds  as  they  come 
north  to  find  their  nesting  places.  Again,  we  often  see  but  a  flit 
of  color  and  our  bird  is  gone.  It  is  very  difficult  to  identify  even 
our  com.rr.on  birds  from  the  positive,  but  mistaken,  description  of 
color  and  size,  noted  by  the  inexperienced  eye.  A  strange  and 
wonderful  "red  bird"  may  prove  to  have  been  but  a  bluebird  or 
robin. 

Of  course  there  are  a  few  birds  that  all  may  see  and  study: 
swallows,  phoebes,  robins,  wrens  and  others. 

An  unusual  experience  of  last  simimer  was  when  many  of  the 
campers  saw  a  "flock"  of  humming  birds.  Several  of  us  had 
repeatedly  seen,  at  a  certain  place,  as  many  as  five  together;  so 
we  gave  the  promise  of  this  quite  unusual  sight  to  Dr.  Fisher,-  of 
the  New  York  Museum  of  Natural  History,  who  was  our  guest 
for  the  day.  We  went  to  a  bank  near  the  water,  where  a  great 
m.ass  of  jewel  weed  was  in  full  blossom,  and  there — exceeding  our 
fondest  expectations — we  saw  nine  himimiing  birds  at  one  time. 
It  was  on  this  same  walk  with  Dr.  Fisher  that  I  questioned  the 
identity  of  a  large  bird,  frequently  seen  near  the  spot  we  were 
passing,  which  I  had  hardly  dared  to  call  the  bald  eagle.  To  our 
great  joy  and  satisfaction,  at  this  moment,  the  great  bird  flew  over 
us  and,  alighting  on  a  pine  tree  not  far  away,  was  authoritatively 


doggett]  nature  study  at  highland  camp  177 

identified  by  our  eminent  guest.  I  afterwards  saw  this  eagle 
several  times  on  the  Songo  river;  twice,  on  the  sam.e  tall,  dead 
tree,  where  he  m:ade  a  fitting  top  to  a  fin^flag  pole,  which  lacked 
only  the  Am.erican  colors  to  bring  our  party  to  attention  and  salute. 

Our  m.ost  prized  nature  trips  were  made  in  the  early  m.oming. 
A  "war"  canoe  was  loaded  with  Hfe-preserver  cushions,  a  few  boxes 
of  crackers  and  six  or  m.ore  happy  and  excited  children.  We 
slowly  and  quietly  followed  the  shallow  shores  of  the  river  or  lake 
and,  although  out  after  birds,  we  always  saw  m.uch  of  interest 
in  the  way  of  cranberries,  lillies  and  other  aquatic  plants. 

Because  it  was  quite  near  our  starting  point,  we  always  passed  an 
overhanging  tree,  where  some  kingbirds  had  m.ade  their  nest. 
The  mother  bird  was  usually  on  the  nest  and  the  father,  perched 
on  a  limb  nearby.  As  we  approached,  the  m.ale  bird  would  fly 
excitedly  from  perch  to  perch;  then  the  mother  would  leave  the 
nest  and  both  would  scream,  in  fright  and  anxiety  and  sweep  down 
towards  us,  so  near  that  the  children  in  the  canoe  had  to  be 
reassured  and  cautioned  to  ignore  the  noisy  dem.onstration.  One 
day  we  found  the  eggs  gone  and  the  nest  slightly  tipped  to  one  side 
— the  work,  evidently  of  som.e  woodland  enemy  who  had  no  fear 
of  the  poor  birds'  loud  but  ineffectual  m.ethods  of  home  protection . 
We  did  not  visit  the  place  again  for  som.e  tim.e;  but  then,  to  our 
astonishm.ent,  we  found  two  eggs  in  the  nest  once  more.  Another 
pair  of  kingbirds,  with  whose  home  we  were  familiar,  located  in  a 
little  cl-um.p  of  bushes  growing  on  a  sandbar,  quite  a  distance  from 
the  shore.  We  watched  these  birds  from  day  to  day ;  saw  the  eggs 
and  then  the  young,  as  they  grew  and  prospered,  until  they  were 
big  enough  to  fly.  Then,  as  so  often  happens,  tragedy  overtook 
them.  The  distance  to  the  shore  was  so  great  that,  probably,  all 
were  drowned;    for  we  found  one  little  helpless  bird  in  the  water. 

Other  interesting  friends  in  our  bird  study,  were  the  sandpipers. 
They  were  always  running  along  the  shore  and  flying  from  point  to 
point  am.ong  the  floating  logs  and  tree  stum.ps,  in  search  of  food. 
Their  curious  little  "tip-up"  or  "teeter",  from  which  they  get 
their  comir.on  nam.e,  is  unmistakable.  Our  friend  the  kingfisher 
was  often  near,  as  his  vigorous  rattle  told  us.  He  often  darted 
from  his  perch  on  a  dead  tree  to  get  his  early  breakfast  from  tlie 
water. 

Sometines  when  we  heard  a  crow  in  the  distance  and  felt  sure 
that  we  had  not  been  seen  by  him,  we  woukl  ])ad(llc  into  a  little 


178  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

cove  and  give  the  call  of  a  young  crow.  Many  times,  the  old 
birds,  in  groups  of  four  or  five,  would  fly  above  us  to  investi- 
gate. 

A  sandbar,  about  a  mile  fj*om  Camp,  was  usually  the  goal  of 
these  morning  trips.  Here  we  had  reason  to  expect  the  great  blue 
heron — and  only  a  few  tim.es  did  we  fail  to  see  him.  We  always 
saw  his  tracks — as  large  as  a  man's  hand — in  the  sand  on  the  beach, 
or  under  the  water  where  he  had  walked  or  stood  to  fish. 

These  trips,  in  the  early  morning,  left  on  the  young  minds  the 
most  lasting  impressions  of  the  summer.  When  we  started,  before 
six  o'clock,  quiet  was  necessary,  lest  we  disturb  a  sleeping  camp; 
and  quiet  was  willingly  m^aintained,  as  our  canoe  glided  noiselessly 
along,  in  order  that  nothing  should  be  missed — ^neither  sight  nor 
sound — during  that  peaceful  hour  that  seemed  to  be  Nature's 
best.  We  always  returned  with  some  regrets  to  an  awakened 
camp,  with  its  shrill  voices,  its  movement  and  its  discordant 
sounds — even  though  the  return  meant — breakfast. 

Second  to  the  early  morning  trips,  were  a  few  taken  in  the  even- 
ing, in  the  same  way,  with  some  of  the  Seniors,  for  the  study  of 
the  stars — reflected  in  the  clear  mirror  of  the  lake  as  brilliantly 
as  they  shone  in  the  heavens  above  us.  The  stars  we  have  always 
with  us ;  and  any  clear  evening  we  may  call  attention  to  a  partic- 
ular star  or  planet  or  constellation.  The  interest  in  camp  always 
centers  about  the  Dipper  and  Cassiopea,  on  account  of  their  rela- 
tion to  the  North  Star.  When  on  camping  trips,  sleeping  in  the 
"open",  we  go  to  bed,  rolled  comfortably  in  our  blankets,  seeing 
these  constellations  in  a  certain  position.  We  wake  up  in  the  early 
morning  and  find  them  quite  upside  down,  as  they  follow  their 
path  around  the  North  Star.  The  few  enthusiasts  who  are  deter- 
mined to  be  awake  to  see  their  first  sun  rise,  find  some  of  the  winter 
groups,  also,  such  as  Orion  and  the  Pleiades. 

So  the  summer  goes.  Something  is  always  waiting  for  us — an 
open-book,  if  we  will  but  read. 

We  have  little  opportunity  to  study  animals  at  H.  N.  C,  for 
quadrupeds  are  not  very  numerous  in  our  neighborhood.  Porcu- 
pines, squirrels,  woodchucks  and  an  occasional  skunk  or  mink, 
may,  perhaps,  be  studied  or  only  recognized.  I  once  saw  a  mink 
carry  off  a  young  catbird;  and,  on  another  occasion,  saw  two 
little  minks  playing  together  like  kittens.  I  was  alone  at  the  time, 
in  a  canoe,  in  the  very  early  morning. 


doggett]  nature  study  at  highland  camp  179 

We  found  quite  a  number  of  interesting  and  beautiful  snakes 
which  some  of  the  braver  of  our  girls  kept  as  pets  for  a  time.  Mr. 
Williams  brought  to  camp  his  very  unusual  collection  of  snakes 
and,  aside  from  the  valuable  information  he  gave  us  about  his  pets, 
he  did  much  to  remove  the  aversion — tinged  som.etimes  with  fear — 
that  is  the  accepted  attitude  of  so  many  young  people  in  regard 
to  these  harmless  and  useful  creatures,  found  in  variety  in  almost 
all  localities. 

Perhaps  the  most  unique  experience  of  our  summer  came  nearly 
at  its  close  and  was  shared  by  a  small  group  of  Counsellors. 

We  were  "off  duty"  at  the  time,  and  enjoying,  in  canoes,  the 
quiet  beauty  of  a  smaller  and  less  frequented  lake  than  our  own 
Sebago.  In  the  party  was  one  with  unusual  ability  to  imitate  the 
calls  of  birds. 

We  had  paddled  clear  across  the  lake  to  a  cove  that  seemed  to 
promise  shade  and  absolute  solitude,  when  we  saw  a  large  loon 
on  the  water,  at  some  distance  from  us.  The  silence  was  broken 
by  a  voice  from  our  canoe — that  high,  weird  call  that  is  so  uncan- 
nily human  when  it  com.es  from  the  throat  of  a  bird,  but  in  this  case, 
was  so  bird-like  that  it  deceived  our  friend  in  the  water.  There 
came  promptly,  from  the  loon,  an  answering  call;  then,  a  louder 
note  from  our  canoe — and  the  dialogue  or  duet  was  in  full  swing. 
There  was  no  sound  but  this  strange,  wild  call,  sent  back  and  forth 
across  the  water.  The  loon,  now  joined  by  three  others  of  his 
tribe,  came  nearer  and  nearer — answering  more  quickly  and  sharply 
as  he  approached.  They  came  so  near,  at  times,  that  some  of  our 
party  began  to  question  what  would  happen  to  our  canoes  should 
the  excited  birds  close  in  upon  us,  in  response  to  what  might  have 
been — for  aught  we  knew — a  challenge,  or  a  call  to  battle. 

Another  canoe  put  out  from  the  opposite  shore,  where  a  lone 
fisherman  had  established  his  camp.  He  hurried  over  to  see  what 
all  this  wild  commotion  might  mean.  He  was  in  time  to  see  two 
specks  appear  in  the  sky,  circling  nearer  and  lower,  while  they  sent 
down  to  us  a  slightly  different  cry  that  was,  apparently  answered 
to  their  satisfaction,  from  the  canoe,  again  and  again.  The  l:)irds 
in* the  water  finally  left  us;  but  those  above  continued  their  circling 
and  their  conversation  until  our  conspirator  in  the  canoe  lost  her 
voice  completely.  One  of  the  loons  then  sailed  away  over  the  tree- 
tops,  with  a  dignity  of  motion  that  seemed  to  indicate  liis  s(X)ni 
for  poor  earth-bound  creatures  such   as  we.     The  other  came 


180  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

down  to  the  water  quite  near  us — the  female,  probably — as  though 
to  satisfy  a  very  natural  curiosity  as  to  who  and  what  we  were. 
With  great  wings  outspread  she  struck  the  water  like  a  hydroplane, 
making  a  very  noisy  splashing  on  the  surface,  for  some  distance — 
a  demonstration  that  we  could  see  as  well  as  hear.  Turning  her 
swanlike  neck  for  a  last  scornful  look,  she  took  a  graceful  dive,  in 
her  own  loon-ey  way,  and  disappeared  completely. 

Nature  at  Teela-Wooket 

Mary  A.  Stillman 

In  the  day's  order  at  the  Teela-Wooket  camps  nothing  is  required 
except  the  setting-up  drill  in  the  morning.  Sports  and  activities 
of  various  kinds  are  offered,  and  from  these  the  campers  choose 
such  as  appeal  to  them.  Of  course  the  riding,  swimming  and  other 
sports  have  to  have  a  regular  time  schedule  so  that  they  will  not 
interfere  with  each  other,  but  the  nature  work  goes  on  all  day  long 
whenever  anyone  feels  so  inclined. 

Our  bungalow,  deUghtfully  situated  upon  a  hillside  which 
brings  the  windows  on  a  level  with  the  bird-filled  tree  tops  has  been 
set  aside  for  nature  headquarters.  Half  of  this  is  the  sleeping 
room  of  the  Nature  Councilors,  and  the  other  half  is  the  nature 
workrooms.  Here  are  books,  pictures,  and  charts  for  reference; 
also  an  herbariimi,  collections  of  birds'  nests,  insects,  cocoons, 
stones,  etc.  Here  the  girls  bring  their  flowers,  ferns  and  leaves, 
and  also  living  specimens  which  they  keep  for  awhile, — tadpoles, 
toads,  salamanders,  snakes,  caterpillars,  grasshoppers  and  helpless 
birds  which  have  fallen  out  of  nests. 

These  treasures  often  begin  to  come  before  the  councilors  are 
dressed,  and  the  procession  continues  all  day  until  just  before  taps. 
There  are  often  from  forty  to  sixty  voluntary  pupils  a  day,  and 
when  too  many  come  at  once  to  allow  of  individual  instruction 
they  divide  into  groups  and  teach  each  other.  The  interest  in 
nature  is  not  confined  to  the  girls,  but  includes  several  councilors, 
bookkeepers,  waitresses  and  others  connected  with  the  camp. 
Even  the  riding  master  has  contributed  maiden  hair  ferns,  and  the 
village  minister  a  modest  sphynx  moth ! 

Besides  the  identification  of  specimens  the  work  includes  leaf- 
printing,  the  pressing  of  ferns  and  flowers,  some  Girl  Scout  nature 
instruction,  and  the  coloring  of  Kellogg's  bird  and  animal  outlines. 


STiLLMAN]  NATURE  AT  TEELA-WOOKET  181 

Many  field  trips  have  been  taken,  sometimes  just  to  see  what 
could  be  found,  but  usually  with  a  definite  object  in  view, — to 
gather  greens  for  decorating  the  camp  fireplace,  to  pick  raspberries 
for  the  table,  to  find  rare  ferns,  to  visit  a  gorge  or  a  marble  quarry, 
or  to  take  supper  upon  the  top  of  a  favorite  hill.  On  all  the  trips 
the  girls  are  astonished  to  find  how  many  interesting  things  appear 
along  the  way. 

One  little  camper  remarked:  "If  I  had  known  that  nature 
meant  going  out  into  the  woods  and  seeing  things  I  should  have 
signed  for  it  before.  At  school  we  have  nature  study  all  out  of 
books  and  it  is  horrid.  But  I  just  love  this !  I  live  in  the  country 
where  it  is  lonely,  but  if  I  can  learn  something  here  about  nature  I 
need  never  be  lonely  any  more." 

Very  many  girls  who  did  not  sign  at  first,  thinking  that  they  had 
not  tim.e  for  it,  have  found  during  the  summer  that  they  wished 
to  take  up  nature  work.  They  come  with  their  specimens  when- 
ever they  have  leisure.  Sometimes  they  become  so  much  inter- 
ested that  they  forget  to  go  to  their  next  regular  appointment. 
Often  and  often  they  have  said,  ''I  had  no  idea  that  nature  was 
so  interesting!"  or  "Oh  joy,  I  have  fifteen  minutes  more  for 
nature!" 

In  all  the  activities  at  Teela-Wooket,  as  a  recognition  of  work 
accomplished,  various  kinds  of  insignia  are  awarded.  The  nature 
councilors  have  designed  some  insignia  for  their  department 
which  meet  the  requirements  here  and  which  might  be  adapted 
with  slight  changes  to  any  locality.  The  finished  token  is  a  circle 
of  white  felt  upon  which  is  stencilled  a  six-pointed  star.  Each 
line  is  of  a  different  color,  representing  a  different  phase  of  nature 
work.  These  bands  may  be  won  in  any  order,  and  are  awarded 
as  soon  as  any  list  is  completed.  The  colors  and  what  they 
represent  are  as  follows : 

Violet — 25  flowers. 

Red — 25  birds. 

Green — 15  trees. 

Yellow — 15  ferns  and  club  mosses. 

Orange — 15  small  animals. 

Blue — 15  insects. 

For  special  interest  and  for  identifying  more  than  the  required 
niimber  there  is  added  a  gold  colored  center  (a  brass  spHt  ])in). 


182  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW         [17:4— Apr|l,  1921 

The  campers  are  encouraged  to  bring  in  their  own  specimens, 
because  in  making  the  collections  they  have  a  chance  to  see  the 
things  in  their  natural  environment.  Sometimes  the  collections 
are  posted  and  a  test  given  to  see  how  many  names  are  known. 
Three  hundred  and  forty  tests  have  been  passed  during  the  season 
by  eighty-five  different  girls.  Eleven  girls  have  made,  instead  of 
the  required  no  points,  from  122  to  187  points,  and  have  been 
awarded  the  special  insignia  with  the  gilt  center.  These  final 
stars  were  stencilled  in  an  interlaced  pattern  more  pleasing  than 
the  simple  double  triangle,  and  were  awarded  on  banquet  night 
with  the  other  high  honors. 

One  afternoon  a  bird  pageant  was  given  in  a  natural  out-of-door 
theatre.  Simple  costumes  of  crepe  paper  were  designed  to  por- 
tray the  correct  coloring  of  about  thirty  birds,  and  one  especially 
talented  camper  whistled  the  bird  calls  as  each  entered.  With 
music  by  the  orchestra  and  glee  club  and  a  few  folk  dances  inter- 
spersed, an  enjoyable  and  instructive  entertainment  was  provided. 

The  beauty  of  the  voluntary  system  of  nature  work  is  in  the  joy 
which  it  enkindles.  No  obligation  is  laid  on  anyone  who  is  not 
interested;  but  one  who  is  interested  may  spend  her  leisure  time 
profitably  whenever  the  spirit  moves. 

Who  can  suggest  a  more  delightful  way  to  spend  a  few  minutes 
than  in  watching  baby  hermit  thrushes  open  their  orange-lined 
beaks?  The  nests  that  were  found  included  those  of  the  house- 
wren,  the  robin,  the  junco,  the  song  sparrow,  the  bam  swallow  and 
the  hermit  thrush.  Caterpillars  which  spun  their  cocoons  in  the 
Nature  Bungalow  were  luna,  cecropia,  promethea,  polyphemus 
and  dagger  moth.  Every  new  discovery  brought  joy,  even  the 
imequal  balance  of  an  elm  leaf. 

To  one  of  the  campers  near  the  end  of  the  season  came  a  great 
sorrow, — a  telegram  brought  the  news  of  the  death  by  drowning 
of  three  of  her  relatives.  She  said  to  the  nature  councillors: 
"In  this  crisis  nature  has  meant  more  to  me  than  anything  else. 
I  had  to  get  away  from  people,  but  I  went  into  the  woods  and 
found  comfort."  This  gave  them  the  greatest  satisfaction  of  any- 
thing in  their  summer's  work,  for  they  felt  that  they  had  led  the 
girls  through  nature  to  a  realization  of  nature's  God. 


A  Night  With  Nature 

By  A  Teela-Wooket  Nature  Student 

Last  night  I  had  a  strange  and  curious  dream: 
I  gazed  at  mushrooms  circHng  through  the  air, 

I  wandered  by  a  Hmpid,  winding  stream_, 
And  gathered  birds  that  grew  in  clusters  there. 

I  filled  my  sweater  pockets  with  the  stars 
That  lay  within  the  streamlet's  pebbly  bed; 

Altair  seemed  bright  until  I  chanced  on  Mars 
Beneath  a  mossy  rootlet,  gleaming  red. 

I  rode  upon  the  graceful  ostrich  fern. 

We  flew  above  the  earth,  thru  airy  space; 

Wild  flowers  nodded  close  at  every  turn — 
The  yellow  water  lily  brushed  my  face. 

Descending  from  my  steed  I  watched  the  newt 
Building  his  nest  upon  a  lofty  crag; 

He  filled  it  with  the  luscious  maple  fruit, 
And  decorated  it  with  purple  flag. 

I  carved  the  Latin  names  of  all  the  trees 
Upon  their  foHage;   this  labor  done 

Beside  the  winding  stream  I  sat  at  ease 
And  knew  that  my  insignia  was  won ! 


CAMPS  DESIRING  COUNCILLORS 
Camp  Wigwam 

A.  Mandelstrom,  230  West  107th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Camp  Algonquin 

Edwin  De  Meritte,  1404  Raleigh  Ave.,  Norfolk,  Va. 

Camp  Wildwood 

Sumner  R.  Hooper,  Rockwood,  Maine. 

One  for  Ornithology,  one  for  Biology,  one  for  Nature  Study. 


183 


Nature  Study  in  Summer  Camps  for  Girls 

Eleazer  Johnson  Dole 
The  Tall  Pines  Camp,  Bennington,  N.  H. 

To  correct  a  possible  misconception  let  us  at  first  emphasize 
the  fact  that  a  simimer  camp  is  not  merely  a  playground.  It  is 
or  should  be  a  place  for  recreation  and  play,  but  it  is  also  essentially 
an  educational  institution,  such  an  institution  as  educators  have 
long  theorized  and  dreamed  about,  but  have  rarely  succeeded  in 
realizing.  It  is  not  a  school,  for  formal  instruction  has  no  place  in 
it,  but  it  is  a  place  for  education  in  the  literal  sense  of  the  word. 
The  children  are  busied  chiefly  with  out-of-door  activities,  such  as 
hiking,  games,  riding,  water  and  athletic  sports,  and  nature  study, 
with  a  portion  of  each  day  set  apart  for  spontaneous  play. 
Such  institutions  present  several  unique  and  important  problems 
for  the  expert  in  education;  unique  because  such  camps  are 
comparatively  new,  and  important  because  they  are  bound  to  play 
a  more  and  more  prominent  part  in  the  training  of  children.  In 
such  activities  as  those  mentioned  above,  the  normal  girl  should 
acquire  an  interest  in  and  love  for  out  door  life.  Perhaps  she  will 
not  show  a  love  for  nature,  but  if  she  does  manifest  a  love  for  the 
type  of  life  which  the  camp  offers,  the  genuine  love  for  nature  will 
come  later  when  the  child  is  more  mature.  Now  there  is  very 
little  difficulty  in  developing  an  interest  in  camp  life.  Every 
normal  girl  already  has  it.  But  there  are  certain  very  good  prob- 
lems which  the  nature  study  instructor  has  to  face  in  the  develop- 
ment of  his  particular  phase  of  camp  activities. 

It  is  the  writer's  opinion  that  nature  study  is  one  of  the  most 
important  phases  of  summer  camp  work  and  he  has  an  equally 
strong  belief  that  too  much  emphasis  can  be,  and  generally  is, 
placed  upon  it.  Those  of  us  who  have  tried  to  teach  nature 
work  have  too  often  had  the  disappointing  experience  of  having 
the  children  manifest  very  little  interest  in  the  lesson,  or  even  turn 
away  from  it  altogether.  If  we  have  wondered  why,  and  been 
honest  with  ourselves,  we  have  generally  concluded  that  the 
trouble  was  with  the  lesson.  In  m,ost  cases  it  was  too  formal 
and  reminded  the  children  too  much  of  school.  In  the  case  of  other 
camp  activities,  the  child  learns  to  do  things  by  doing  them.  She 
learns  tennis  by  playing  it.  She  learns  hand  work  by  doing  it, 
and  learns  to  swim  by  swimming.     This  is  not  possible  with 

184 


DOLE]  NATURE  STUDY  IN  SUMMER  CAMPS  185 

nature  work.  She  can  not  learn  what  a  bird  is  by  flying,  nor  how 
a  grasshopper  hops  by  hopping.  She  must  be  told  how  to  dis- 
tinguish an  elm  tree  from  an  oak,  and  the  problem  is  how  to  do  it. 
Let  the  instruction  be  ever  so  informal,  the  girl  soon  realizes  that 
her  instructor  is  asking  her  to  work  with  her  head  rather  than  with 
her  hands,  and  rightly  resents  it.  The  writer  of  this  article  does 
not  wish  to  be  understood  as  advocating  m.ental  idleness  during 
the  summer,  but  it  is  his  experience  that  a  girl  will  not  take  a 
nature  lesson  presented  as  such  and  do  it  gracefully.  She  finds 
ample  opportunity  for  m.ental  activity  in  other  lines  and  does  not 
wish  to  burden  her  mind  with  the  distinguishing  features  of  differ- 
ent classes  of  birds  and  plants.  Another  factor  which  tends  to 
make  nature  instruction  in  simimer  camps  difficult  is  the  use  of 
the  unfortunate  term,  "Nature  Study".  Courses  of  instruction 
in  this  subject  are  now  offered  in  a  large  number  of  public  and 
private  schools,  and  when  the  girl  combes  to  camp  and  finds  the 
same  subject  on  her  list  of  activities,  she  generally  concludes  at 
once  that  she  doesn't  like  nature.  The  psychological  effect  is 
bad. 

We  believe  that  these  difficulties  may  be  overcome,  at  least  in 
part,  by  making  the  nature  work  largely  incidental  to  other  camp 
activities.  The  writer  even  doubts  the  advisibility  of  including 
nature  work  as  a  formal  part  of  the  day's  program.  The  instructor 
should  be  an  almost  constant  companion  to  the  girls,  and  should 
choose  the  psychological  m.om.ent  for  talking  nature.  He  should 
always  be  on  hand  to  see  a  strange  bird,  a  new  flower,  a  misshapen 
tree,  or  other  object  of  interest.  Especially  should  he  accompany 
the  girls  when  they  go  away  from  the  camp  grounds  to  neighboring 
mountains  and  lakes  where  the  flora  and  fauna  may  be  different 
from  that  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  camp.  It  m.ay  be  that 
the  camp  grounds  afford  comparatively  few  things  in  nature  which 
will  attract  the  child's  interest  and  attention,  and  those  who  come 
back  to  camp  year  after  year  will  soon  find  nature  irksome  because 
they  observe  the  same  things  again  and  again.  More  of  our  work 
in  nature  should  be  devoted  to  trail  making,  camping  in  the  open, 
tramping  through  the  woods,  with  a  compass,  etc. ;  upon  these 
activities  which  may  be  grouped  under  the  term  "Wood  Craft." 
We  believe  that  this  term  is  preferable  to ' '  Nature  Study".  These 
are  the  things  which  the  girls  desire.  They  are  as  far  removed 
from  school  work  as  possible,  do  not  call  for  any  memory  work, 


186  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

and  at  the  same  time  afford  ample  opportunity  for  acquiring  an 
interest  in  out-of-door-life  and  indulging  in  as  much  love  for  nature 
as  may  be  desirable.  Of  course,  the  details  of  such  a  plan  would 
have  to  be  worked  out  by  the  individual  instructor.  Modifications 
will  be  necessary  to  meet  individual  needs,  but  the  plan  is  perfectly 
feasible.  It  will,  however,  require  a  great  deal  of  thought  and  care 
on  the  part  of  the  instructor.  It  is  firmly  believed  that  the 
results  will  be  well  worth  the  time  and  efforts  devoted  to  elaborating 
the  method.  * 

The  ideal  nature  teacher  is  a  man.  The  writer  is  well  aware 
that  the  women  who  are  doing  this  sort  of  work  are  accomplishing 
a  great  deal  of.  good,  but  it  is  nevertheless  his  opinion  that  a  man 
is  better  adapted  to  nature  work  of  the  type  indicated  here  than 
is  a  woman.  It  is  conceivable  that  a  man  might  teach  embroidery 
as  well  or  better  than  a  woman,  but  a  man  in  such  a  position  would 
be  an  absurdity.  The  same  sort  of  absurdity  would  exist,  although 
in  a  much  lesser  degree  in  a  woman  teaching  this  sort  of  nature 
work.  Not  only  is  a  man  better  fitted  by  nature,  but  he  has 
better  access  to  interesting  swamps  and  hills,  to  caves  on  the 
mountain  side,  and  to  the  tops  of  trees  where  bird's  nests  may 
be  found.  He  may  be  very  agile,  but  he  will  scarcely  reach  places 
which  are  inaccessible  to  the  girls.  He  should  not  be  a  professional 
teacher,  for  in  spite  of  hi-s  efforts  to  the  contrary,  such  a  man  is 
generally  an  instructor  rather  than  an  educator.  Neither  should 
he  be  a  trained  naturalist.  It  is  far  more  important  that  he  should 
see  Aurora  in  the  sunrise  than  that  he  should  explain  the  phenom- 
enon as  light  rays  reflected  from  particles  of  dust  suspended  in  the 
atmosphere.  Better  than  he  should  find  elves  in  the  woods  and 
nymphs  in  the  water,  than  that  he  should  see  nothing  but  decaying 
organic  matter  in  the  forest  and  find  the  water  swarming  with 
bacteria.  Here  again  the  writer  does  not  wish  to  be  understood 
as  advocating  the  introduction  of  fairies  into  nature,  but  of  the 
two  extremes  it  is  better  that  he  should  find  the  woods  peopled 
with  these  creatures  than  that  he  should  see  in  nature  only  the 
recurring  processes  of  life,  death,  fermentation  and  decay.  In 
other  words  the  ideal  nature  teacher  should  have  a  genuine  love 
for  nature  rather  than  a  technical  knowledge  of  biological  and 
physical  sciences. 


Nature  Study,  Normal  Schools,  and  Summer  Camp 

Councillors 

Grace  Brown  Gardner 

State  Normal  School,  Framingham,  Massachusetts 

Probably  no  subject  in  the  normal  school  curriculiim  has  had  a 
more  varied  career  than  that  now  designated  by  the  general 
term  of  nature  study.  Natural  history,  which  was  taught  in  a 
desultory  manner  and  at  irregular  intervals  during  the  earlier 
years  of  the  normal  schools,  early  became  differentiated  into 
botany  and  zoology.  These  subjects  were  taught  from  a  strictly  scien- 
tific standpoint.  Botany  dealing  largely  with  the  analysis  and  classi- 
fication of  plants  and  the  m.aking  of  herbaria,  and  zoology  with  the 
structure  and  classification  of  anim.als  and  the  formation  of 
comparative  collections.  Later,  with  the  aid  of  the  compound 
microscope,  these  two  subjects  were  studied  in  regard  to  cell  and 
tissue  structure.  This  technical  work  dealing  largely  with  dead 
material  was  superseded  by  the  study  of  biology,  with  the  emphasis 
placed  upon  the  life  processes  of  living  organisms.  The  constant 
change  of  aim  and  content  in  the  subject  is  indicated  by  the  nomen- 
clature, "Biology",  ''Biological  Science",  "Natural  Science", 
"Elementary  Science",  "  Plants  and  Animals",  "Practical  Science", 
and  "Nature  Study".  We  find  the  collections  of  the  earher 
period  giving  way  to  field  trips  and  excursions  and  living  material 
in  the  school  room,  with  the  purpose  of  arousing  in  the  pupil  an 
intelligent  interest  in  his  environment.  We  find  abstract  ideas 
becoming  concrete  in  the  project  method  of  teaching,  and  the 
community  spirit  developed  in  the  home  and  school  garden 
movement.  Is  it  not  possible  to  vitalize  the  subject  still  further 
by  cooperation  with  the  nature  lore  work  of  the  summer  camps? 

In  every  normal  school  class  there  are  some  students  who  by 
reason  of  early  training  or  natural  aptitude  are  particularly 
interested  in  nature  work.  If  such  students  are  informed  as  to 
the  possibiHty  of  fitting  themselves  for  nature  lore  councillors, 
and  are  placed  in  touch  with  those  seeking  candidates  for  such 
positions,  it  should  be  of  value  both  to  the  normal  schools  and  to 
the  svimmer  camps. 

Summer  camp  work  enables  the  student  to  increase  knowledge 
of  the  subject  matter  while  enjoying  a  healthful  vacation  with 
inspiring  companionship.     It  furnishes  an  opportunity  to  work 

187 


188  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

with  children  in  groups,  and  acquire  experiences  that  will  be  of 
value  in  later  teaching.  It  often  aids  the  student  to  secure  a 
superior  teaching  position  at  the  end  of  the  normal  school  course. 

Normal  school  students  furnish  summer  camps  with  leaders 
who  are  young  and  inexperienced,  but  who  are  interested  in  chil- 
dren and  who  have  had  experience  in  working  with  them.  Their 
whole  course  has  fitted  them  for  this  leadership.  Add  to  this  an 
enthusiastic  working  knowledge  of  subject  matter  and  an  open  and 
receptive  mind,  and  the  right  personality  should  make  an  ideal 
combination. 

The  best  time  for  beginning  summer  camp  work  is  before  the 
senior  year.  Pupils  either  have  secured  positions  by  June  of  the 
senior  year,  or  must  hold  themselves  in  readiness  to  meet  superin- 
tendents dtiring  the  summer  vacation.  Under  these  conditions 
they  hesitate  to  undertake  new  work,  feeling  the  need  for  rest 
before  the  fall  teaching.  If,  however,  camp  work  has  been  done 
the  previous  simimer  the  student  may  be  willing  to  continue  it. 

The  enthusiastic  and  fresh  outlook  on  nature  which  the  coun- 
cillor can  hardly  fail  to  bring  back  from  a  well  conducted  summer 
camp  should  not  only  make  the  work  in  the  normal  school  more 
vital,  but  through  the  normal  school  should  vitalize  all  nature 
study  work  in  the  public  schools. 

Nature  Study  at  Quanset,  the  Cape  Cod  Camp  for  Girls 

Mary  L.  Hammatt 

Quanset  began  in  1905.  In  those  early  years  we  studied  birds, 
had  the  Audubon  pictures,  and  gave  honors  and  prizes  for  the  best 
lists.  We  mounted  and  named  all  the  wild  flowers  of  the  neigh- 
borhood. Almost  from  the  start  we  learned  the  poison  Amanitas, 
as  we  did  the  poison  ivy,  so  as  to  avoid  them.  On  long  mushroom 
hunts  we  gathered  and  named  the  more  common  edible  mush- 
rooms. I  find  that  little  mushroom  suppers  over  the  open  fire 
appeal  to  the  girl's  imagination  as  well  as  to  her  palate.  I  always 
pass  on  every  mushroom  before  it  goes  into  the  pan.  Spore  prints 
are  interesting.  Government  bulletins, ' '  Atkinson 's  Mushrooms' ' , 
and  later  "  Mcllvaine"  are  aids  to  the  beginner.  The  compound 
and  the  dissecting  microscope  are  helpful  always. 

We  used  to  chase  butterflies  with  a  net;  we  collected  more  or 
less;   but  many  girls  cringe  at  pinning  an  insect,  and  I  am  glad  they 


HAMMATTj  NA T URE  AT  QUA NSE T  189 

do.  We  watched  the  caterpillar  spin  its  cocoon  under  glass;  we 
kept  this  till  the  imago  emerged.  But  better  than  this  they  have 
always  loved  to  watch  life  in  its  habitat.  They  get  so 
excited  when  they  first  see  the  pupa  of  the  cicada  climb  up  a  tree 
trunk,  crack  down  the  back,  and  the  winged  adult  crawl  out. 
This  they  never  forget  (I  find  they  can  forget  whole  lists  of  flowers, 
ferns,  mushrooms  from  one  season  to  the  next.)  They  will  linger 
long  at  the  spring  watching  the  mudwasp  roll  up  her  ball  of  clay 
and  fly  off  with  it  to  her  house  (for  which  one  must  look,  at  once, 
of  course).  And  the  paper  wasp  does  not  escape  the  eye  as  it 
gathers  its  material  from  the  old  grey  rail  fence  and  pastes  it  on  the 
community  house  not  far  away.  Last  year  that  house  was  under 
my  lodge  window,  visible  from  within  and  without.  (No,  they 
never  get  stung).  Inside  the  room  I  had  a  wasp's  nest  torn  open 
to  show  the  cells. 

What  a  mad  whirl  in  the  air  when  the  Quanset  bees  swarm! 
And  what  a  stampede  of  girls  for  the  bee  yard!  Why  shouldn't 
they  love  that  and  the  "  secrets  of  the  hive,"  and  best  of  all  perhaps, 
the  fresh  honey  on  warm  biscuits  I  Mrs.  Comstock's ' '  How  to  keep 
Bees",  makes  everything  so  clear,  and  Maeterlinck  is  such  delight- 
ful reading. 

What  young  girl  or  boy  lacks  interest  in  the  ever  present  ant 
hill,  the  turtle  eggs  fotmd  buried  in  the  sand,  the  mosquito  larvae 
and  all  the  wonders  of  the  pond,  the  box  turtle  that  shuts  up  so 
neatly,  the  spider  with  her  young  swarming  over  her  back,  the  hoot 
owl  with  her  wierd  cry,  the  nest  of  darling  little  rabbits,  the  snake 
that  has  just  swallowed  a  frog,  the  dead  weasel,  in  summer  dress, 
found  beside  the  path?  This  last  the  little  girls  smoothed  and 
looked  at,  and  then  buried  lovingly  with  all  the  ceremonies, — 
minister,  choir  and  mourners, — ^headstone  even.  (We  do  not  aim 
to  make  scientists  of  our  girls.  We  just  want  them  to  live  with 
nature,  love  it,  and  learn  from  it  rather  than  about  it.)  The  fat 
woodchuck  living  all  too  near  the  garden,  is  not  forgotten.  There 
are  many  to  watch  while  the  men  drown  him  out  of  his  hole. 
A  nest  of  flickers  in  a  hollow  tree,  and  more  seldom  found,  the  Bob 
White's  nest  under  a  tuft  of  beach  grass  (a  mother  bird  brought 
her  whole  Httle  flock  to  feed  close  to  our  lodge  once),  the  gulls  on 
the  island,  their  eggs  and  little  ones,— on  a  never  to  be  forgotten 
day;  these  are  things  that  make  a  picture  in  the  mind  of  a  girl  or 
boy.     Why  tell  them  or  let  them  learn  out  of  a  book  what  the 


190  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

long  snakeskin  in  the  field  or  the  spider  skins  or  the  cast  shells 
of  Crustacea  will  tell  at  a  glance.  Our  girls,  big  or  little,  love  to 
play  with  the  limulus  (Quanset's  totem,  by  the  way)  turn  him 
over,  see  how  the  spines  and  hairs  of  his  legs  lead  the  food  down 
to  his  mouth  which  lies  between  them,  and  learn  of  his  ancient 
lineage.  One  morning  a  host  of  squid  had  been  chased  up  near 
our  shore.  Will  the  girls  who  saw  them  ever  have  to  be  told  how 
the  squid  swims  or  how  he  protects  himself?  Ripple  marks  on 
the  beach,  miniature  sand  dunes,  circles  in  the  sand  made  by  wind- 
blown blades  of  beach  grass,  magnetite  grains  drawn  from  the  sand 
by  a  magnet, — all  are  sources  of  joy. 

The  Quanset  "Nature  Q"  stands  with  our  younger  girls  for  a 
definite  accomplishment,  along  "Woodcraft"  lines. 

The  inspiration  of  the  season  last  year  was  the  visit  of  Dallas 
Lore  Sharp,  the  naturalist,  with  Mrs.  Sharp  and  the  two  younger 
boys.  He  gave  us  all  such  a  delightful  talk  on  the  community 
life  of  the  bees,  their  wonderful  specilization  for  fatherhood,  for 
motherhood,  for  work.  How  the  girls  gathered  about  the  observa- 
tion hive  to  see  the  queen,  the  workers,  the  grubs,  the  eggs,  even 
the  young  bees  emerging  from  the  cell!  They  "adored"  his  bird 
stories — even  ghost  stories — and  begged  eagerly  for  more.  And 
he  took  the  whole  camp  across  country  on  a  hike  to  see  a  snowy 
heron  with  a  broken  leg,  taken  captive  in  a  salt  marsh  and  later 
sent  up  to  Franklin  Park.  The  fine,  keen  minded  boys  enjoyed 
the  novel  experience  of  sleeping  on  board  our  Tioga  with  our  skip- 
per. It  was  a  delightful  family, — and  all  too  short  a  stay  for  our 
girls  and  for  us  all. 


Nature  Study  at  the  Senior  Quinibeck  Camp 

By  G  LADYS  Gordon  Fry 

Six  A.  M.  and  most  of  Camp  Quinibeck  is  asleep,  but  here  and 
there  from  the  bungalows  appear  girls  who  meet  in  a  small  group  at 
the  central  house  from  where  they  set  out  with  their  teacher, 
Gladys  Gordon  Fry  for  the  early  morning  bird  walk. 

Over  one- third  of  the  150  girls  chose  natiu"e  study  as  one  of 
their  definite  activities,  from  among  the  number  of  interests 
offered  at  Quinibeck,  and  these  girls  are  divided  into  groups,  each 
group  having  its  appointed  morning  for  the  pre-breakfast  stroll. 


ITRY]  NATURE  STUDY  AT  QUINIBECK  CAMP  191 

That  walk  to  hear  birds  in  song,  with  the  dew  on  the  grass  with 
the  sweet  freshness  of  the  sunrise  air  is  one  of  the  rare  camp 
•experiences. 

After  breakfast  at  assembly  Mrs.  Fry  may  make  announce- 
ments relative  to  her  work, — the  nature  studies  that  will  be  made 
•on  the  coming  all  day  hike,  the  weekly  breakfast  picnic,  the  evening 
class  in  the  big  skiff  on  the  lake,  those  who  have  won  honors  in 
nature. 

Mid-morning  finds  her  with  other  groups — in  the  flowers  and 
ferns — or  perhaps  again  the  birds  or  trees,  the  classes  again  being 
■systematically  arranged. 

She  is  always  in  her  bungalow  during  the  afternoons  at  certain 
hours  and  there  is  a  steady  stream  of  girls  who  call  on  their  way  to 
the  bathing  beach.  It  is  interesting  to  be  behind  the  scenes  at 
that  time.  One  girl  comes  to  pass  on  another  5  of  the  28  species 
■of  ferns  at  Quinibeck,  a  test  for  securing  another  point  in  her 
nature  credit.  Another  com_es  to  report  a  special  bird,  one  of  the 
76  species  found  at  camp — or  to  secure  help  in  the  identification 
of  a  flower.  If  the  day  has  been  rainy  an4  the  walks  impossible 
the  classes  meet  indoors  and  Mrs.  Fry  has  unusual  bird  games  with 
beautiful  bird  cards.  And  she  has  collected  mounted  flowers  and 
ferns  which  she  used  to  supplem.ent  her  out-of-door  work  and  her 
library  is  at  the  disposal  of  the  girls. 

The  evening  walk  is  a  time  of  charm — the  evening  songs  of  the 
hermit  thrush  and  bobolink — and  it  is  an  opportunity  to  meet 
another  group. 

No  two  days  are  alike — the  camp  program  is  too  full — too  many 
adjustments  must  be  arranged  with  the  various  interests  clamoring 
for  each  girls  9,ttention — but  the  regular  walk  hours — the  after- 
noons at  her  bungalow  insure  each  girl  who  is  taking  nature  as 
part  of  her  camp  work,  adequate  attention. 

When  a  girl  has  mastered  10  flowers,  or  5  ferns,  or  10  birds,  or 
5  trees  she  has  won  a  point.  Ten  points  are  needed  for  the  "N" 
for  nature  and  when  a  girl  has  won  that  her  name  is  posted  on  the 
Camp  Honor  Board  as  a  candidate  for  the  Blue  Q.  An  "N"  is 
one  of  the  requisites  together  with  various  other  activity  credits 
for  the  highest  camp  honor,  the  white  C.  Q.  for  Camp  Quinibeck. 
Thus  the  incentive  of  competition  and  awards  is  added  to  the 
intrinsic  interest  of  the  nature  study  itself. 


Nature  Study  at  Adirondack  Camp  on  Lake  George 

Elias  G.  Brown,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Director 

From  the  founding  of  Adirondack  camp,  i8  years  ago,  the  Direc- 
tor has  felt  that  he  could  do  nothing  better  for  or  that  would 
afford  greater  interest  and  pleasure  to  his  boys  than  to  give  them 
the  opporttinity,  which  camp  life  in  the  great  out-of-doors  should 
afford,  to  learn  to  really  know  nature,  if  only  the  right  leader  and 
method  is  supplied.  For  several  years,  under  different  men, 
various  plans  were  tried;  but  little  interest  was  shown  by  the  boys. 
Analysis  of  our  unsuccessful  efforts  to  create  an  active  nature 
department  convinced  us  that  our  difficulty  was  due  to  our  not 
having  found  a  leader  for  that  work  who  had  the  faculty  of  arousing^ 
enthusiasm  among  and  leading  boys,  our  not  having  a  plan  of 
activity  under  which  definite  but  varied  work  would  be  done, 
and  to  the  fact  that  the  nature  department  had  not  been  made 
to  fit  in  or  coordinate  with  our  various  other  departments  which 
were  very  active — athletics,  aquatics,  sailing,  shooting,  shop 
work,  photography,  music,  scout  work  and  trips.  Working  to 
correct  these  fundamental  defects,  we  finally  evolved  a  nature 
department  which  yearly  interests  such  a  proportion  of  our  boys 
as  to  prove  it  to  be  well  worth  while. 

The  following  principles  are  considered  by  the  writer  to  be  the 
important  factors  underlying  the  success  of  the  nature  study  work 
in  Adirondack  Camp  : 

Of  most  importance  is  an  attracting  leader. 
All  nature  study  should  be  voluntary  work. 
It  should  be  conducted  under  a  definite  plan. 
There  should  be  considerable  variety. 

During  the  season  there  should  be  credit  given  for  work  done, 
and  at  the  close  of  the  season  special  credits  or  awards. 

The  leader  of  the  department  must  attract  boys  to  the  study  of 
nature.  Nature  is  interesting  and  the  study  of  nature  fascinates 
many  boys  when  they  get  in  it;  but  boys  easily  pass  it  over  for 
the  more  conspicuous  activities  of  camp  life.  To  successfully 
draw  any  number  of  boys  to  the  study  of  nature,  above  everything 
else  one  thing  is  necessary.  Other  departments  or  featiires  of 
camp  have  special  attracting  feattires.  For  instance:  baseball 
has  its  crowd  and  noise;  shop  work  its  things  made  that  can  be 
seen  and  admired  and  used ;    sailing,  the  sight  of  that  beautiful 

192 


BROWN]  NATURE  STUDY  AT  CAMP  ON  LAKE  GEORGE      193 

boat,  and  then  the  experience  of  excitement  as  she  leans  to  the  wind 
and  pitches  in  the  waves.  But  the  study  of  nature  is  quiet.  It 
is  necessary  that  the  leader  in  this  line  should  have  within  himself 
the  power  of  drawing  boys — the  personality.  It  is  true  that  very 
different  personalities  may  make  successful  leaders  in  this  work, 
and  we  cannot  state  the  necessary  combination  of  qualifications; 
but  we  must  have  for  the  counselor  in  charge  of  nature  study  for 
boys,  a  leader  with  the  right  personaHty.  We  must  not  expect 
or  require  boys  to  undertake  nature  study — the  work  should  be 
voluntary  and  they  must  be  led  to  be  interested  in  it.  Then,  tooi 
we  should  have  a  definite  plan,  with  considerable  variety;  for  with- 
out a  plan  the  work  will  be  random  and  interest  will  not  continue 
to  be  aroused,  and  without  variety  interest  will  be  lost.  Of  cotirse 
it  is  characteristic  of  human  nature  that  credit  for  work  done 
serves  greatly  to  stimulate  effort  and  sustain  interest.  With  this 
end  in  view  a  bulletin  may  well  be  kept  in  this  department  as, 
indeed,  in  all  others,  showing  the  progress  and  attainments  of  all 
campers  in  nature  work,  with  blank  spaces  opposite  names  of 
inactive  boys.  And  the  work  accomplished  should  contribute 
towards  the  attainment  of  certain  honors  or  emblems. 

At  Adirondack  Camp  we  have  adopted  a  plan  of  work  for  nature 
study  that  we  carry  out  from  year  to  year,  notwithstanding  an 
occasional  change  of  the  counselor  in  charge ;  but  within  this  plan 
there  is  abundant  opportunity  for  the  counselor  in  charge  to  work 
according  to  his  own  special  knowledge  and  interests  and  ability. 
Under  our  plan  we  specialize  in  the  study  of  birds  during  July 
and  in  the  study  of  trees  during  August.  Wild  flowers  are  studied 
every  stimmer  and  special  credits  are  given.  Of  course,  birds, 
trees,  and  wild  flowers  do  not  absorb  our  entire  interests  at  any 
time.  Birds  are  studied  usually  by  small  groups  going  out  before 
breakfast,  trees  by  groups  going  out  for  short  periods  whenever  it 
is  advisable  to  organize  such  trips.  With  wild  flowers  it  is  our 
object  to  learn  to  recognize  as  many  as  possible,  to  know  the  most 
interesting  facts  about  some  of  them,  and  to  understand  the  typical 
structure  of  a  flower.  This  work  is  done  either  on  definite  trips 
or  on  quiet  informal  rambles.  But  the  bulletin  and  the  definite 
records  kept  and  the  desire  to  obtain  credits  and  camp  prizes  serve 
to  keep  this  apparently  informal  work  from  being  neglected. 

Each  evening,  at  a  certain  time  and  place,  the  nature  study 
counselor  meets  a  group  of  interested  boys  for  a  nature  "talk". 


ig4  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1921 

There  is  a  definite  outline  of  subjects  to  be  covered;  but  this  is 
departed  from  whenever  a  question  by  one  of  the  boys  makes  it 
seem  advisable  to  take  up  the  subject  of  that  question.  This 
method  gives  added  interest.  Often  the  subject  is  one  on  the  list, 
in  which  case  the  leader  checks  it  off.  It  is  not  at  all  necessary 
to  follow  any  order  in  these  informal  but  most  int^esting  evening 
** nature  talks".  Almost  every  day  the  nature  study  counselor 
conducts  a  walk  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  in  the  fields  or  in 
the  woods  the  subjects  or  object  brought  out  in  the  evening  group; 
or  the  reverse  takes  place — the  ramble  serves  to  suggest  a  subject 
for  evening  talk. 

A  room  is  reserved  for  microscope  or  other  instruments,  and  for 
specimens  and  collections,  and  gives  a  place  for  some  of  the  more 
careful  work  that  some  boys  wish  to  do. 

A  nature  library  is  maintained,  and  for  quiet  hours,  or  the  oc- 
casional rainy  day,  the  books  in  this  collection  are  much  sought. 

The  counselor  in  charge  of  nature  study  will  have  special 
subjects  that  he,  rather  than  another  man,  can  interest  boys  in,  as 
in  the  study  of  the  stars  or  the  weather,  and  he  has  abundant 
opportunity  to  add  his  specialties  to  the  regular  outline  of  the 
course  that  we  have  adopted. 

Many  a  grown-up,  needing  rest  and  recreation,  finds  that  when 
he  goes  **to  the  country",  he  is  unable  to  get  much  pleasure  from 
the  out- 3f -doors  that  should  give  him  renewed  health,  because  of  a 
lack  of  knowledge  of  nature.  Sometimes  it  may  be  of  supreme 
value,  often  it  can  be  of  great  pleasure  and  health  to  one  to  have  a 
considerable  knowledge  of  nature.  With  the  object  of  adding 
to  his  future  happiness  and  well-being,  and  of  giving  him  an  added 
interest  in  camp,  by  the  above  outlined  plans  and  methods  we  have 
perfected  our  nature  department,  so  that  now  every  year  a  large 
nvmaher  of  boys  become  drawn  to  and  learn  much  about  the  too 
often  hidden  "secrets"  of  natiu-e. 


Stop,  Look  and  Listen  at  Camp  Cowasset 

.  Katherine  Watters  Henry 

During  the  stimmer  of  1920  I  had  the  very  pleasant  opportunity 
of  being  the  nature  counselor  at  Camp  Cowasset. 

It  was  such  a  joy  to  see  how  surprised  the  girls  would  be  when 
after  a  few  trips  away  from  camp  that  right  at  the  door  or  within  a 


henry]         stop,  look  and  LISTEN  AT  CAMP  COW  ASSET       195 

few  feet  of  their  tents  or  their  bungalows  they  would  find  so  many 
friends  nodding  cheerfully  at  them  if  they  stopped  and  looked. 

As  my  specialty  is  birds,  moths  and  butterflies,  I  was  very  much 
disappointed  to  find  so  few  birds,  due  to  the  havoc  of  the  Gipsy 
Moth  caterpillar.  The  eight  weeks  that  I  was  there  I  could  find 
only  43  different  birds. 

We  were  very  fortunate  to  have  several  birds  build  their  nests 
right  near  the  main  bungalow. 

Within  20  feet  of  the  bungalow  Mr.  and  Mrs.  King  raised  their 
family  of  four.  The  parents  were  very  conspicuous  as  the  flag  pole 
was  a  short  distance  from  their  nest.  Those  that  are  familiar  with 
the  characteristics  of  the  kingbird,  know  why  they  spent  so  much 
time  on  top  of  the  flag  pole  before  they  visited  the  nest.  I  cannot 
remember  a  time  that  we  had  drill  but  that  one  of  them  would  be 
perched  on  top  of  the  flag  pole.  They  never  forgot  to  stop,  look 
and  listen,  watching  us  as  though  reviewing  our  progress,  then 
dart  to  report  to  their  family  of  four.  One  morning  I  missed 
them  from  the  pole  but  during  the  day  I  discovered  that  they  had 
moved  their  family  a  short  distance  away  to  a  scrub  oak.  There 
they  were  all  lined  up  on  a  branch.  The  four  close  together  line 
formed  often  as  we  were  during  drill,  when  the  following  command 
was  given.  "Right  about  face."  One  evidently  hadn't  heard  the 
command.     They  remained  in  that  tree  five  days. 

I  had  never  been  fortunate  enough  before  to  find  a  peewee's 
nest.  I  considered  it  a  rare  find  and  treat  to  discover  a  family 
of  them  near  the  main  road  leading  out  of  camp,  a  very  short 
distance  from  the  main  btmgalow  and  near  the  stable  of  the  riding 
horses.  Peewees  are  also  found  more  in  high  dry  woods  where 
they  build  their  little  moss-covered  houses  on  horizontal  boughs 
at  quite  a  height  from  the  ground.  This  one  was  near  the  road 
leading  from  Senior  to  Junior  Camp,  on  a  horizontal  branch  about 
eight  feet  high.  The  girls  could  climb  up  into  the  tree  to  see  the 
baby  birds.  The  question  that  bothered  us  was  how  could  these 
baby  birds  stay  in  such  a  small  nest.  They  were  so  crowded  and 
seemed  to  hang  over  the  nest,  which  is  a  wonderful  creation, 
composed  of  plant  fibres,  quilted  together  and  ornamented  with 
lichens. 

I  was  also  keenly  disappointed  in  not  finding,  any  niglit  flying 
moths — not  one  did  I  see — even  the  butterflies  were  cons])icuous 
by  their  absence,  just  a  few  mourning  cloaks,  cabbage,  and  red 
admirals. 


196  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW        [17:4— April.  1921 

But  the  flowers !  I  never  saw  so  many  different  kinds  and  such 
wonderful  ones. 

The  girls  that  wished  to  work  for  their  nature  point  were 
required  to  be  able  to  recognize  25  birds;  25  flowers;  15  each  of 
the  following:  trees,  insects,  small  wild  animals,  moths  and 
butterflies. 

The  birds,  butterflies  and  moths  were  what  gave  them  the  most 
trouble  as  they  were  so  hard  to  find  when  we  walked  over  two  miles 
from  camp;  but  as  we  led  such  a  busy  life  that  was  not  often  per- 
missable. 

I  am  very  sure  that  there  were  very  few  spots  on  the  Camp 
grounds  but  what  at  any  time  you  could  find  at  least  twenty 
different  kinds  of  flowers  blooming  within  a  radius  of  20  to  30  feet. 
Such  wonderful  ones!  Such  joy  to  stop  and  look.  I  found  132 
different  kinds  while  there  and  at  least  20  that  I  did  not  know  or 
find  in  any  of  my  books.  Remember  please  that  that  was  during 
the  months  of  July  and  August.  What  beautiful  ones  must  be 
there  in  May  and  June,  also  in  September  and  October. 

O,  that  more  people  would  learn  what  wonderful  joy  and  happi- 
ness there  is  in  being  able  to  recognize  the  friends  of  the  woods  and 
field.     Just  learn  to  stop,  look  and  listen,  a  habit  worth  while. 


Nature  at  the  Tall  Pines 

By  Stella  Mayo  Brooks 

One  could  hardly  imagine  a  more  beautiful  environment  in  which 
to  arouse  interest  in  nature  than  is  found  at  The  Tall  Pines, 
Bennington,  New  Hampshire.  Here  within  the  camp  grounds 
are  found  the  sky  warbler  and  the  noisy  sandpiper,  the  delicate 
lady  slipper  and  the  sturdy  daisy,  the  low  fern  and  the  lofty  pine. 
With  such  surroundings  the  problem  of  the  nature  worker  resolves 
itself  into  the  question  of  the  place  of  that  subject  in  camp  life. 
Its  primary  object  should  be  the  opening  of  untrained  eyes  to  the 
beauty  about  them  with  the  ultimate  purpose  of  awakening  an 
interest  in  that  beauty,  which  should  add  to  the  true  enjoyment  of 
life.  Most  of  the  girls  who  enjoy  the  privilege  of  simimer  camps 
come  from  the  city  where  noise  and  confusion  dull  a  mind  naturally 
awake  to  the  beautiful,  and  make  indifferent  a  mind  closed  to  the 
quiet  places  of  nature.  Who  can  have  witnessed  this  apathetic 
attitude  and  not  have  longed  to  break  through  that  apathy? 


BROOKS]  NATURE  AT  THE  TALL  PINES  197 

The  avenues  of  approach  open  for  development  are  many.  To 
one,  nomenclature  may  make  the  appeal,  to  another,  structure. 
Again,  there  is  the  relation  of  the  simple  to  the  complex  among 
plants;  and  the  points  of  similarity  between  a  unicellular  plant 
and  the  same  type  of  animal  offer  interesting  analogies. 

To  a  girl  new  to  the  laws  of  nattire,  routine  nomenclature  of 
ferns,  trees,  flowers,  and  birds  becomes  monotonous  unless  some 
idea  of  the  relation  of  individuals  can  be  brought  to  her.  Walks, 
the  aim  of  which  is  to  acquaint  her  with  different  plant  societies 
and  on  which  she  learns  that  a  plant  of  the  roadside  society  would 
live  most  unhappily  in  a  bog  society,  give  names  a  meaning  to  her. 
Blazing  trails  afford  the  lure  of  the  new  and  introduce  her  uncon- 
sciously to  the  flora  of  the  deep  woods.  The  life  history  of  a  fern 
or  moss  plant,  couched  in  simple  language,  may  reveal  a  phase  of 
life  entirely  unknown  to  her,  wonderful  because  of  its  minuteness. 
The  capsule  of  the  moss  awakens  interest  when  its  purpose  is 
laiown. 

A  means  of  gaining  interest  which  has  been  found  satisfactory 
•with  the  girl  who  has  become  familiar  with  names  is  the  use  of  the 
microscope  to  relate  the  simple  to  the  complex.  For  the  older  girl 
the  structural  likeness  of  the  pleurococcus,  the  spirogyra,  the  moss, 
the  fern,  and  the  flowering  plant  can  be  made  to  suggest  interrela- 
tion. To  the  younger  girl,  wonder  at  the  revelations  of  the  micro- 
scope makes  its  constant  appeal. 

Thus  gradually  there  can  be  established  a  plant  by  which  to 
l^ridge  the  differences  between  plants  and  animals.  The  compari- 
•son  of  a  protozoan  and  an  alga  of  the  one-celled  type  serves  to 
•connect  these  two  groups.  A  simple  explanation  of  the  physiologi- 
cal functions,  bases  of  many  questions  asked  by  the  new  student 
of  nature,  tightens  the  bond  of  relationship.  Protective  resem- 
blance and  mimicry  form  another  fascinating  link.  From  this  it 
is  but  a  short  step  to  the  absorbing  life  histories  of  our  lower  animal 
friends.  A  walking-stick  or  a  hill  of  ants  may  introduce  an  inter- 
•esting  lesson.  And  it  is  true  that  knowledge  of  the  less  obvious 
increases  the  ability  to  appreciate  the  obvious. 

Few  girls  can  spend  a  summer  at  camp  and  go  away  quite  so 
impervious  to  the  beauty  of  a  stony  brook,  to  the  grace  of  an  elm, 
or  to  the  song  of  a  bird  as  when  they  came.  Names  may  still  be 
meaningless  to  them,  but  the  development  of  the  power  of  a])pre- 
■ciation  must  rem,ain  and  that  is  the  purpose  of  vacation  nature 
study. 


The  Nature  Work  at  Aloha  Club* 

YosHi  Kasuya 

"We'll  meet  under  the  birch  tree."  Miss  Shearer  never  ended 
her  announcement  without  coming  to  this  birch,  and  we  girl& 
could  not  do  anything  without  first  gathering  under  the  big  high 
tree  near  the  bungalow,  and  say  how-do-you-do  to  the  little  birch 
family  up  among  the  branches.  Yes,  this  birch-tree  was  every- 
thing to  us,  and  Miss  Shearer,  who  was  as  tall,  as  steady  and  serious^ 
as  the  birch,  and  yet  her  speech  as  full  of  himior  and  inspiration 
as  the  whispers  in  the  fbliage,  was  our  leader,  friend  and  every- 
thing. And  we  girls  were  just  as  happy  as  little  birds  or  daisies 
when  we  were  engaged  in  "Nature  work." 

"Come  to  the  fern-walk!"  was  the  first  call  of  nature  when  we 
went  up  to  the  club  with  our  minds  as  blank  as  white  paper 
toward  nature.  We  had  seen  things,  it  is  true,  but  not  with  our 
mind's  eye.  Miss  Shearer  called  and  we  followed ;  we  just  couldn't 
help  it.  There  was  some  charm  in  nature  work,  we  did  not  know 
what.  Well,  what  do  you  think  we  saw?  Ferns,  of  course?  Yes, 
but  can  you  imagine  how  many  kinds  of  ferns  we  found?  Miss- 
Shearer  picked  up  one  after  another,  and  showed  us  the  peculiari- 
ties of  each.  Our  eyes  rolled,  our  mouths  were  wide  open.  At  the 
end  of  the  pleasant  walk  in  twilight  through  beautiful  woods,  over 
trickling  streams,  our  hands  were  full  of  ferns,  and  our  minds 
treasuring  seventeen  names  of  them.  How  rapturous  we  weref 
I  brandished  some  Ostrich  ferns  and  felt  as  triumphant  as  the 
Roman  Conqueror.  I  decked  my  tent-mates'  hair  with  dainty 
lady  ferns,  and  how  I  purred  the  seventeen  names  into  their  aston- 
ished ears ! 

"A  tree- walk?  What  fun!"  We  whispered  to  one  another 
when  the  walk  was  announced.  And  one  morning  all  the  trees 
about  the  camp  had  a  nice  visit  from  us.  The  Balsam  firs  were 
caressed,  the  Aspen  poplar  talked  with  us,  and  at  least  fifteen  other 
trees  crept  into  our  hearts.  And  how  proud  we  were  when  we 
could  tell  which  was  pitch  and  which  was  white  pines ! 


*Note:  This  article  was  written  by  Yoshi  Kasuya,  a  Japanese  girl  from- 
Tokio  and  now  a  sophomore  at  Wellesley.  She  received  highest  honor  in  nature 
work  at  Aloha  Club  in  1920.  This  young  lady  has  been  in  this  country  a 
little  over  one  year.  The  article  is  printed  just  as  it  came  from  the  writer  and 
we  feel  that  it  is  remarkable  not  only  for  its  English  but  for  the  appreciation^ 
that  it  shows  for  nature. 

198 


KASUYA]  NATURE  WORK  AT  ALOHA   CLUB  199 

"Do  you  know  all  the  flowers  hereabouts?"  This  was  a  gentle 
hint  from  Miss  Shearer,  and  almost  all  the  camp  were  out  on  the 
road  down  the  hill,  eagerly  learning  the  names  of  the  beauties. 
When  you  see  pretty  dolls,  you  have  a  vague  sense  of  pleasure. 
But  when  you  make  a  step  forward,  and  find  their  names,  you  feel 
as  if  those  dolls  were  partly  in  your  possession.  So  it  was  with  us, 
with  flowers.  We  had  liked  flowers  but  we  had  not  cared  for  wild 
ones.  But  now,  when  we  looked  at  each  one  of  them  carefully  and 
found  a  sweet  and  interesting  name  attached  to  it,  such  as  jewel- 
weed  or  Jack-in-the- Pulpit,  we  could  not  but  cherish  it  with  fondest 
afl^ection.  Twenty -five  was  the  number  of  flowers  which  we  had 
to  identify  in  order  to  get  a  cross  on  the  chart,  but  how  could  we 
stop  there?  There  were  hundreds  of  them  waiting  for  our  visit. 
And  it  is  not  strange  that  Miss  Shearer  was  besieged  by  girls  with 
some  unknown  flowers  and  thousands  of  questions  about  them. 

Then  came  a  bird-walk.  At  dawn,  when  the  delicate  pink  in  the 
east,  peeping  from  the  purple  mist,  was  gently  waking  up  Lake 
Catherine,  and  when  the  mountains  were  still  in  deep  slimiber, 
wrapt  in  dreamy  haze,  we  were  up  walking, — no,  not  walking,  for 
we  put  one  step  after  another  as  softly  as  we  could.  All  was  quiet, 
and  we  never  felt  ourselves  so  calm  and  so  full  of  sweet  sensations. 
From  far,  a  long  silvery  note  with  an  exquisite  tremor  broke  this 
blessed  quiet.  **A  white-throat  sparrow,"  somebody  whispered. 
Then,  as  the  day  broke  and  the  trees  gradually  emerged  from 
thick  purplish  gray  vapor,  a  heavenly  chorus  of  little  birds  began 
to  fill  the  balmy  air.  We  listened  and  we  learned  how  to  dis- 
tinguish one  note  from  another,  and  thus  each  tree  inhabitant,  of 
the  Catherine  Shore  was  fixed  in  our  minds  with  its  characteristic 
note. 

The  Plant  Association.  That  was  one  of  the  most  charming 
subjects  of  study.  This  sounds  quite  solid  and  scientific,  but  it  is 
nothing  but  a  pleasant  trip  around  and  on  the  lake  to  see  which 
flowers  have  what  kind  of  neighbors,  which  plants  are  very  fond 
of  water  by  place  and  so  forth.  Thus  when  the  trip  was  made, 
even  the  most  inconspicuous  liverworts  were  visited  and  their 
tiny  spore  cups  were  admired  just  as  much  as  butter-cups. 

Our  nature  walk  was  not  limited  to  the  knowledge  of  flowers, 
ferns  and  birds,  but  by  and  by  our  aspiration  went  high  up  into 
heaven,  and  finally  the  little  twinkling  stars  became  the  sources 
of  inspiration.     One  evening  we  all  lay  down  on  the  soft  grass,  and 


200  NA TURE-STUD Y  REVIEW         [17:4— April,  1 

we  were  charmed  by  the  stories  of  Great  Orion  and  Pleiades  and 
many  other  constellations  and  those  diamonds  in  heaven  at  once 
became  our  intimate  friends. 

This  is  not  all.  We  had  countless  pleasant  trips  in  search  of 
nature's  mysteries.  I  have  to  write  pages  and  pages  if  I  try  to  tell 
you  how  we  happened  to  get  acquainted  with  some  new  bom 
babes  in  a  bird's  nest,  or  who  produced  masterpieces  of  sketches 
or  who  wrote  as  wonderful  a  song  as  Wordsworth.  We  were  so 
happy  all  through  simimer, — ^we  the  girls  of  natiire  work.  And  I 
am  sure  the  old  birch  tree  near  the  bungalow  must  miss  the  cheerful 
little  friends  in  middies  and  bloomers. 


A  Porcupine  at  Weetamoo 

By  Florence  Griswold 

Yes,  that  was  the  largest  porcupine  I  have  ever  seen.  If  I 
remember  correctly,  it  was  soon  after  breakfast  one  Saturday  morn- 
ing that  a  "mile-away"  neighbor  stopped  at  Camp  with  the  greet- 
ing, "There  is  a  big  porcupine  down  the  road  a  ways.  Don't  you 
want  to  see  it?" 

Most  of  the  campers  were  putting  their  tents  in  order  for  inspec- 
tion but  the  big  gong  soon  called  them  to  the  bungalow.  Such  an 
opportunity  to  study  a  real  live  porcupine  was  not  to  be  missed, 
and  soon  the  entire  camp  was  half  way  to  the  scene  of  action. 

We  saw  Mr.  Porcupine  walk  slowly  across  the  road  and  dis- 
appear. Our  exclamations  of  regret  must  have  frightened  him 
for  in  a  moment  he  came  into  sight  part  way  up  a  rather  small 
tree.  He  climbed  with  ease  and  considerable  rapidity.  As  two 
brave  girls  hurried  forward  to  the  tree  for  a  nearer  view,  some  one 
excitedly  exclaimed,  "Don't  go  near.  He  will  shoot  his  quills 
at  you."  No  one  took  time  just  then  to  make  known  the  fact 
that  that  theory  had  been  exploded.  All  were  intent  upon  watch- 
ing the  porcupine.  No  unnecessary  words  were  passing  back  and 
forth.     The  watching  was  done  in  aknost  breathless  suspense. 

Someone  shook  the  tree  and  Mr.  Porcupine  easily  climbed  over 
onto  the  limb  of  a  bigger  stronger  tree.  One  of  the  men  brought  a 
pole  and  drove  him  from  one  branch  to  another  until  at  last  he 
went  on  one  so  small  that  his  weight  bent  it  do"s\Ti  and  he  was 
forced  to  drop  to  the  ground. 


NATURE  STUDY  AT  CAMP  HANOUM  201 

How  much  we  wanted  to  keep  that  porcupine  and  try  the  effect 
of  our  camp  spirit  upon  his  disposition.  It  was  not  to  be.  He  had 
been  wounded.     All  decreed  that  he  must  not  be  allowed  to  suffer. 


Nature  Study  at  Camp  Hanoum 

Nature  study  at  Camp  Hanoum  is  very  informal  in  presentation. 
It  is  rather  made  an  aspect  of  other  camp  activities — tramps  and 
hikes,  mountain  climbs  or  canoe  trips,  though  frequent  natiu-e 
walks  are  organized,  to  search  out  and  identify  the  flowers,  trees, 
ferns  and  birds  that  are  so  abundant  in  the  Vermont  hills.  Over 
night  parties,  stretched  out  on  ponchos  and  blankets,  study  the 
stars  from  the  hilltops. 

Last  season  a  naturalist  and  forester  lived  among  us  and  stimu- 
lated our  interest,  not  only  in  identification,  but  in  all  the  practical 
side  of  wood-craft — ^the  kinds  of  wood  most  useful  for  certain 
kinds  of  fires,  and  for  shelters,  and  which  trees  to  cut  and  which  to 
spare,  and  why. 

Among  the  younger  children,  the  Nature  study  took  the  form  of 
games.  Sometimes  two  groups,  starting  out  in  different  directions, 
would  meet  in  a  specified  time  and  compete  for  the  largest  number 
of  specimens  of  ferns,  flowers  and  tree-leaves  gathered  and  cor- 
rectly identified. 

Another  favorite  game  of  the  little  children — clues — gave  train- 
ing in  other  lines  than  mere  Nature  lore.  The  group  was  told 
where  the  first  clues  would  be  found, — perhaps  in  the  lowest 
crotch  of  a  big  tree.  Here  they  would  find  a  paper  saying,  "next 
direction  at  the  foot  of  oak  tree,  loo  feet  east."  Here  another  clue 
would  direct,  "look  under  cinnamon-fern  by  elm  tree,  200  feet  due 
north."  Long  trails  could  be  laid,  the  clues  always  to  be  replaced 
for  other  players.  The  training  in  judging  distances  and  direc- 
tions was  very  valuable  to  young  children. 

The  children  are  encouraged  to  bring  in  specimens  of  lichens, 
fungus,  abandoned  birds'  nests,  geological  specimens,  insect  galls, 
caterpillars,  butterflies  and  moths, — whatever  they  see  that  inter- 
ests and  attracts  them.  These  specimens  are  collected  in  a  little 
museimi  very  popular  with  the  children. 


Three  Days  in  the  Mountains 

D.  C.  Stebbins,  Hiking  Counselor 
Camp  Wildwood,  Bridgton,  Me. 

Very  much  the  same  feeling  comes  over  me  each  year  as  we  are 
preparing  for  the  Mt.  Washington  trip.  We  had  watched  the 
mountain  for  days  from  the  Lodge  porch.  We  had  lived  in  an 
atmosphere  of  excited  anticipation.  At  last  the  morning  arrives. 
And  at  four- thirty  sun  time,  fifteen  sleepy  maidens  are  just  be- 
ginning to  feel  that  it's  going  to  be  a  cool,  bracing  day.  A  couple 
of  hotirs  after  we  are  rolling  away  from  camp  in  the  "Reo"  toward 
the  land  of  the  mountains — through  the  quaint  old  town  of 
Fryeburg  which  is  just  rousing  to  its  m^oming  activities  as  we 
pass  through,  to  the  blue  mountains  all  about  North  Conway, — 
then  on  and  on,  and  always  more  m.ountains  till  we  are  almost  at 
home  among  them.  By  the  time  Jackson  is  reached  we  have  had 
our  first  view  of  Mt.  Washington.  The  long  up  grade  from  Jack- 
son to  the  Pinkham  Notch  is  to  me  one  of  the  most  thrilling  parts 
of  the  ride,  especially  as  one  looks  up  at  the  Summit  House  on  the 
brow  of  the  mountain,  so  clear  and  cold  and  high.  We  stopped  at 
the  falls  of  the  ElHs  River,  climbed  down  the  Glen  and  looked  up 
at  the  pure  white  stream  which  timibled  sixty  feet  froiS  its  rocky 
channel  into  an  Emerald  pool  at  our  feet,  and  then  in  a  series  of 
lesser  cascades  passes  out  of  sight  down  the  valley.  Then,  on  to 
the  Glen  House,  where  we  stopped  to  look  up  at  the  solemn  array 
of  peaks,  Washington,  Jefferson,  Adams  and  Madison.  This  is 
the  spot  to  get  one's  bearings.  At  one-twenty  we  had  finished 
our  luncheons,  and  had  begun  the  ascent  of  Madison  by  the  Valley 
Way.  The  heat  and  hardship  of  a  mountain  climb  is  forgotten 
when  one  comes  to  a  rushing  stream.  Twice  we  crossed  Snyder 
Brook,  and  drank  and  cooled  ourselves  in  its  waters.  All  the  way 
up  to.  the  Madison  huts  we  were  never  far  from  its  course.  The 
huts  were  reached  about  six  o'clock,  and  here  we  found  the  source 
of  the  mountain  brook,  great  clear  springs  in  the  soHd  rock,  sending 
out  little  purling  rivulets  which  ran  mysteriously  under  the  low 
scrubby  growth  and  finally  gathered  together  into  the  rushing 
stream  which  had  refreshed  us  earlier  in  the  day.  After  a  pleasant ' 
supper  and  a  quiet  night's  sleep  in  the  huts  we  were  ready  for  our 
climb  the  next  day  over  the  Peaks.  The  trail,  six  miles,  is  entirely 
above  the  timber  line,  and  marked  by  cairns.  We  all  took  turns 
following  the  trail,  which  is  most  interesting  as  one  has  to  look 
sharply  all  the  time.     We  stopped  frequently  as  we  wound  up  over 

202 


STEBBINS]  THREE  DAYS  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS  203 

the  side  of  Adams.  We  were  in  a  dififerent  world  all  that  day. 
Now  our  attention  was  caught  b}^  wave  after  wave  of  blue  moun- 
tains. Now  cloud  and  shadows,  again,  we  stood  at  the  edge  of 
some  ravine  ,and  listened  to  the  wind  sweeping  through  the  trees 
hundreds  of  feet  below  us,  and  heard  the  sighing  rush  of  some  river 
winding  its  way  across  the  floor  of  the  ravine.  After  a  day  filled 
with  joyous  exertion  we  were  at  last  climbing  Mt.  Washington, 
our  goal,  the  Stimmit  House,  in  full  view.  That  ecstatic  feeling 
familiar  to  all  mountain  lovers  at  the  end  of  a  long,  hard  day, 
shone  in  each  face  as  we  heartily  ate  our  suppers.  We  were  not 
favored  with  a  sunrise  from  Mt.  Washington,  but  the  trip  was 
crowned  with  a  descent  thro  Tuckermari's  Ravine.  The  previous 
day  had  been  one  of  widest  views  and  far  horizons,  the  last  day 
gave  us  an  intim.ate  acquaintance  with  a  mountain  ravine.  It  is 
one  thing  to  stand  and  look  down  a  ravine,  and  another  thing 
hour  after  hour  to  slowly  make  one's  way  down  its  precipitous 
sides,  now  and  then  pausing  to  look  up  at  its  menacing  walls. 
Thousands  of  little  streams  flowed  over  the  rocks,  sometimes  on 
our  very  path,  bright  splotches  of  mountain  flowers  were  found  on 
some  high  rocky  ledge.  When  we  reached  the  bottom  of  the  head 
wall  we  found  the  snow  arch.  We  had  great  fun,  making  snow 
balls,  but  were  careful  not  to  get  too  near  the  arch.  At  Hermit 
Lake  Camp  we  stopped  to  eat  our  luncheon  at  half  past  two. 
It  was  good  to  hear  the  fire  crackling  in  the  fire  place  as  we  broiled 
our  bacon.  After  a  short  rest  we  continued  the  descent,  through 
the  forest  now.  The  five  small  brooks  we  had  seen  on  the  wall 
of  the  Ravine,  were  now  a  m.agnificent  stream,  and  we  stayed  a 
long  time  at  the  Crystal  Cascade.  By  six  o'clock  we  were  down 
and  had  rejoined  the  girls  who  had  left  us  in  the  morning  to  go 
down  by  the  carriage  road.  Our  ride  home  in  the  evening  was 
deUghtful,  we  enjoyed  our  supper  at  the  Pine  Tree  Tea  Room  in 
North  Conway,  and  arrived  at  Camp  about  ten  o'clock. 

In  a  little  newspaper  "Above  the  Clouds,"  I  once  found  this 
poem.  If  you  read  it  carefully  I  think  you  will  find  that  it  reflects 
much  of  your  own  feeling : 

"The  mountains  lift  their  lofty  heights  above  the  land, 
Silent,  mysterious,  beautiful,  complete  they  stand, 
Clothed  in  new  splendours  as  the  passing  hours  unfold, 
Of  morning's  purple  shadows  and  the  sunset's  gold. 
Gazing  I  pause  and  wander  on  my  lonely  way. 
Till  from  those  lofty  peaks  a  still  voice  seems  to  say, 
Cast  off  thy  bonds  of  self  that  hold  thee  to  thy  sod, 
Come  to  the  mountain  heights  if  thou  wouldst  know  thy  God." 


Daddy! 

They  say  Camp  IVJ^jvam 

do es    more^ tfrtfrTusrt ?/s 


That  settles  it 
—we'll  make  it 
Wigwam. 


Camp  JVigwam  makes  its  main  appeal  for 
patronage  on  the  strength  of  a  personnel,  nationally 
recognized  for  leadership  in  educational  and  rec- 
reational fields. 

A  PRICELESS  PRIVILEGE  OF  INTIMATE  ASSOCIATION  TO  SELECTED  BOli 
TWENTY-FIVE   LIVE,    INSPIRING,    TRAINED,    CULTURED    LEADERS  | 

A  CAMP  WITH  WHOLESOME  TRADITIONS— THE  PRODUCT  OF  ELEVEN  YEA 
OF  SINCERE,  EARNEST  SERVICE 

EARLY  APPLICATION  IS  ESSENTIAL— ONE  HUNDRED  EIGHTY  APPLIED  T' 

LATE  LAST  YEAR 


Kindly  mention  The  Nature-Study  Review  when  replying  to  advertisements 


li 


Devoted  to  Elementary  Science  in 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE 


American  Nature-Study 


CHIPMUNK 


The  Nature  Study  Outline  Number 


MAY  and  SEPTEMBKK,  1921 
Vol.  17    Nos.  5  and  (>  Whole  No.  145-^ 

20c  a  copy     $1.50  a  year 


I 


OUTIINE  DRAWINGS  OF 

BIRDS     AND     ANIMALS 

By  LOUIS  AGASSIZ  FUERTES 

Outline    Drawings   of  FloAvers 

By  MARYE.  EA'ION 

Printed  on  watercolor  paper  for  coloring  with  cither  crayons  or  watercolors. 

In  use  by  hundreds  of  teachers  in  Nature  Study,  Art  Work  and 

co-relation  with  other  subjects. 


COMMON  BIRDS    (55  in  set,  size  47^  by  7  inches)  50c. 
COM.MON  ANIMALS    (34  in  set,  size  41^  by  7  inches)    30c. 
GAME  BIRDS    (25  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)    50c. 
ZOO  ANIMALS    (31  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)    50c. 
FLOWER  PLATES    (30  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)    50c. 
MOTH  &  BUTTERFLY  PLATES    (10  in  set)    20c. 

Sold   in   Sets   or  Assorted  by  the   Hundred  and   Thousand 


The  Comstock  Publishing  Co. 


Ithaca,  New  York 


X- 


DUES 

Annual  membership 
inU.  S.,  ^1.50; annual 
membership  abroad 
^1.75;  Canada,  ^1.60. 
Please  make  remit- 
tance payable  to  The 
American  Nature 
Study  Society. 


RECOMMENDATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 


IN  THE 


AMERIGAK  NATURE  STUDY  SOCIETY 

President.  J.  A.  DRUSHEL.  St.  Louis 
Secretary.  ANNA  B.  COMSTOCK.  Ithaca.  N.  Y. 

The   Membership   Fee  Includes  Subscription   to    the 
Nature  Study  Review 


PLEASE    DETATCH    AND    FILL    IN    BLANK    BELOW    AND    SEND    TO   THE    SECRETARY 


192 


To  the  American  Nature  Study  Society 
Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

I  nominate 

Business  or  Profession 

Address 


for  membership  in  the  Society 


Name  and  Address  of  Nominating  member 


(It  is  suggested  that  you  inform  the  Nominee  of  your  recommendation  and  of  the 
benefits  of  membership) 


i 


THE 

NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

Vol.  17  May  and  September  Nos.  5-6 

The  Cornell  Rural  School  Leaflet  and  Nature-Study 

Dr.  E.  L.  Palmer, 
Cornell  University.     Copyrighted  192 1  by  E.  L.  Palmer. 

As  stated  in  the  February  1920,  REVIEW,  the  Cornell  Rural 
School  Leaflet  is  a  periodical  published  by  New  York  State 
through  the  Department  of  Rural  Education  of  the  New  York 
State  College  of  Agriculture  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  Its  aim  is  to 
provide  guidance  and  subject  matter  for  the  teaching  of  Nature 
Study  and  Humaneness  and  to  furnish  a  background  for  an 
intelligent  appreciation  of  agriculture. 

Each  of  the  four  numbers  issued  during  the  school  year  are 
sent  to  the  rtiral  schools  of  the  state  through  the  District  Super- 
intendents. The  first  number  of  each  year  is  a  teacher's  number; 
the  others,  children's  numbers. 

The  Review  this  month  presents  an  outline  of  study  for  which 
the  above  mentioned  leaflets  provide  the  subject  matter.  This 
outline  should  be  of  general  interest  and  use  even  to  those  who 
do  not  receive  the  Leaflets.  Unfortunately  the  editions  of 
Leaflets  are  so  small  that  the  publications  are  not  available  for 
free  distribution  except  to  the  rural  schools  of  New  York  State. 
It  is  hoped  that  at  some  later  date  the  material  may  be  made 
available  in  a  revised  form  for  more  general  distribution. 

Space  does  not  permit  the  publication  of  any  of  the  stories 
of  the  "story  section"  of  the  Leaflets.  This  is  immaterial  as 
other  stories  may  possibly  be  used  satisfactorily  in  their  places. 

One  of  the  "landscape  and  cut-out  picture"  sets  is  ])ublished 
in  this  number  and  directions  for  their  use  are  given.  An  ex- 
ample of  the  "fifty  interesting  things"  section  cannot  be  includ- 
ed in  this  number  for  lack  of  space  but  one  of  tlic  "life  liistory 
charts"  is  given. 

205 


206  NA TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

A  New  Outline   in   Nature   Study,    Humaneness   and 
Elementary  Agriculture. 

A  plan  of  study  which  may  be  followed  in  a  system  of  schools 
in  a  city  is  not  practical  many  times  in  a  one  room  rural  school. 
But  aside  from  the  fact  that  the  same  material  is  not  always 
easily  available  there  is  really  no  reason  why  a  plan  of  study 
which  can  be  put  into  practice  in  a  rural  school  should  not  prove 
satisfactory  in  a  city  school  system.  For  these  reasons,  it  would 
seem  best  that  any  plan  of  study  which  is  to  be  more  or  less  uni- 
formly followed  throughout  the  State  should  keep  the  problems 
of  the  rural  teacher  in  mind  at  all  times. 

A  rural  school  consists  of  children  of  varied  degrees  of  ma- 
turity and  preparation.  A  city  school  consists  of  a  selected  group 
of  children  with  a  more  or  less  uniform  preparation.  It  is  ob- 
viously, easier  for  the  city  teacher  to  plan  and  prepare  the  work 
than  for  the  rural  teacher  to  do  this.  .  If  the  rural  teacher  can 
plan  the  work  so  that  all  of  the  pupils  may  be  kept  busy  at  the 
same  time  on  a  given  subject,  so  much  the  better.  If  but  one 
preparation  is  necessary  to  care  for  the  needs  of  eight  different 
grades  at  once,  then,  it  is  better  yet.  This  outline  is  an  attempt 
to  so  simplify  and  organize  the  sources  of  information  available 
to  rural  teachers  that  nature  study  may  practically  take  care 
of  itself. 

An  ideal  nature  study  lesson  might  be  one  based  on  anything 
of  interest  found  on  a  trip  or  brought  into  school  by  any  child. 
Few  teachers  could  give  a  real  lesson  under  the  circumstances 
which  would  arise  following  a  practice  of  this  sort  at  the  present 
time.  With  the  help  of  the  outline  which  follows,  this  ideal 
may  possibly  be  more  nearly  approached  than  has  been  possible 
in  the  past. 

One  lesson  gives  us  but  a  meager  idea  of  the  possibilities  of 
any  branch  of  learning  and  in  order  to  best  appreciate  the  subject 
it  should  be  approached  from  many  angles.  For  this  reason,  a 
bit  of  guidance  in  the  selection  of  material  will  possibly  produce 
better  results  than  if  teachers  are  allowed  perpetually  to  follow 
our  own  inclinations.  This  idea  of  "guidance"  is  not  new.  Too 
frequently,  however,  it  has  been  carried  to  such  extremes  that 
it  has  developed  into  "requirement."  Requirements  are  often 
more  or  less  odious  and  frequently  seriously  besmirch  an  otherwise 
interesting  field  of  knowledge. 


PALMER  CORNELL  RURAL  SCHOOL  LEAFLET  207 

The  requirement  that  we  teach  in  nature  study  five  certain 
birds  a  year,  for  example,  m.ay  make  it  easy  for  the  teacher  to 
dish  out  an  allotted  amount  of  inform.ation  to  the  pupils  without 
much  difficulty.  But  the  fulfillm.ent  of  this  requirem.ent  too 
frequently  leads  to  book  study  rather  than  nature  study.  This 
same  practice  also  has  the  disadvantage  that  nearly  every  bit  of 
information  which  goes  to  the  children  m.ust  in  some  way  come 
through  the  teacher.  Teachers  will  find  their  work  much  easier 
if  instead  of  trying  to  teach  nature  study  to  the  children,  they  let 
the  children  teach  nature  study  to  themselves.  With  the  help 
of  the  Leaflets  which  have  been  and  will  be  published  this  should 
not  be  difficult  in  the  rural  schools  of  New  York  State. 

Teachers  sometimes  m.ake  the  mistake. in  thinking  that  they 
are  required  to  know  everything  and  teach  everything  published 
in  the  Leaflets.  This  is  no  more  so  than  that  they  should  tea:h 
everything  which  appears  in  a  dictionary  and  should  know  the 
definition  of  every  word  in  the  dictionary.  No  one  would  deny 
that  a  dictionary  is  one  of  the  most  useful  of  books  and  it  is  hoped 
that  the  Leaflet  may  prove  to  be  a  more  or  less  attractively  organ- 
ized nature  study  dictionary  with  the  ideas  expressed  in  terms 
which  may  be  understood  and  appreciated  by  individuals  as  young 
as  the  yoimgest  school  child.  The  "cut-out  pictures"  and  "story 
sections"  of  the  Leaflet,  for  exam.ple,  can  teach  to  the  younger 
children  in  a  simple  way  the  m.ore  serious -minded  facts  which 
the  life  history  chart  presents  in  a  m.ore  orthodox  manner  t3  the 
older  children. 

Graded  Nature  Study. 

There  is  one  danger  which  m.ay  arise  from,  an  attem.pt  to  grade 
nature  study  work  arbitrarily.  Som.e  teachers  may  think  they 
should  teach  only  the  work  outlined  for  the  third  and  fourth 
grade  whether  or  not  the  children  in  these  grades  had  had  the  work 
on  the  sam.e  subject  for  the  lower  grades.  Generally,  it  is  wise 
to  start  the  whole  school  with  the  work  outHncd  for  the  first  and 
second  grades.  The  children  in  the  higher  grades  will  cf  course 
finish  this  sooner  than  will  the  primary  children.  They  can 
advance  to  the  work  outlined  for  the  third  and  fourth  grades. 
The  older  children  should  finish  this  work  sooner  than  the  children 
of  the  third  and  fourth  grade  and  can  proceed  to  the  work  out- 


208  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

lined  for  the  fifth  and  sixth  grades.  The  still  older  children  in 
this  group  can  finish  this  work  more  quickly  than  the  younger 
ones  and  go  on  to  the  work  outlined  for  the  seventh  and  eighth 
grades.  In  taking  up  a  new  subject,  all  must  begin  as  "little 
children." 

A  Type  Nature-Study  Period, 

If  the  children  in  your  school  have  never  used  the  material 
in  the  Leaflet  according  to  any  system,  it  is  well  to  consider 
the  following  suggestion  showing  how  a  lesson  may  be  taught 
to  a  whole  school  at  once  in  such  a  manner  that  all  may  be  kept 
busy. 

Suppose  for  example  at  the  beginning  of  the  nature  study 
period  some  child  reports  that  on  his  way  to  school  he  saw  some 
rather  small  birds  flying  around  in  the  air.  After  he  tells  all 
that  he  can  about  the  birds  the  teacher  may  for  guidance  refer 
to  the  outline  given  at  the  end  of  this  article.  One  page  of  this 
outline  deals  with  birds  and  it  will  be  seen  that  a  part  of  this  page 
deals  with  birds  found  feeding  in  the  air.  Under  this  section, 
reference  is  m.ade  to  Volume  XIV,  No.  4  of  the  Cornell  Rural 
School  Leaflet.  This  means  that  that  number  of  the  Leaflet 
should  be  a  source  of  information-  for  studying  birds  that  feed 
in  the  air  just  as  the  M  section  of  the  dictionary  gives  you  guid- 
ance for  information  concerning  words  beginning  with  M. 

A  copy  of  Volume  XIV,  No.  4  of  the  Cornell  Rural  School 
Leaflet  has  been  sent  to  every  rural  school  in  the  state  and  should 
have  been  left  in  the  library.  Those  schools  whose  teachers 
requested  additional  copies  have  enough  copies  for  each  child. 
Under  these  circumstances  it  should  be  safe  to  imply  that  every 
rural  school  has  access  to  this  material. 

Volume  XIV,  No.  4  of  the  Leaflet  contains  a  chapter  dealing 
with  birds  found  feeding  in  the  air.  These  birds  are  called  the 
ceiling  cleaners.  This  chapter  m.ay  be  read  to  or  by  the  pupils 
and  should  give  the  school  some  clue  as  to  what  the  bird  seen 
might  be.  It  may  be  decided  for  example  that  it  is  a  bam  rwal- 
low.  So  far  at  least  the  lesson  m_ay  be  carried  on  by  the  school 
as  a  whole. 

Reference  to  the  outline  at  the  end  of  this  article  suggests 
that  the  use  of  the  cut  out  pictures  will  give  profitable  work  for 


PALMER  CORNELL  RURAL  SCHOOL  LEAFLET  209 

the  children  of  the  first  two  grades.  These  children,  and  others 
if  they  wish,  may  cut  out  the  swallow  and  place  it  on  the  land- 
scape where  it  belongs  in  accordance  with  the  directions  accom- 
panying the  landscape. 

The  children  in  the  third  and  fourth  years  can  do  what  the 
children  in  the  first  two  grades  have  done  and  in  addition  select 
some  one  page  in  their  nature  study  notebooks.  On  that  page 
they  will  keep  a  record  through  the  year  of  birds  seen  feeding 
in  the  air  and  in  particular  some  one  bird  like  the  bam  swallow 
which  they  themselves  have  selected.  This  notebook  will  con- 
tain the  date  when  the  birds  were  first  seen,  when  and  where 
they  nested,  when  the  first  young  were  first  seen  and  when  the 
birds  were  last  seen.  It  is  not  necessary  that  every  school  in 
the  State  select  the  bam  swallow  for  this  study.  Any  bird  of 
the  barn  swallow  type  will  do.  The  Leaflet  has  given  help  jn 
the  study  of  the  bam  swallow  and  chimney  swift  and  it  may  be 
easier  for  the  teacher  to  use  these  examples  but  any  other  bird 
of  this  type  will  be  satisfactory.  This  gives  greater  opportunity 
for  you  to  teach  from  the  material  at  hand  and  is  bound  to  make 
the  work  interesting.  The  "Fifty  Interesting  Things"  section 
may  prove  of  assistance  in  guiding  the  observations  of  these  chil- 
dren. In  a  bird  Iseson  like  the  one  under  discussion  the  questions 
dealing  with  birds  may  be  considered. 

The  children  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  grades  should  keep  a  note 
book  as  did  the  younger  students.  After  they  have  made  all 
the  observations  they  can  independently  they  may  refer  to  the 
Life  History  Chart  section  of  the  Leaflet  and  fill  in  the  gaps  in 
their  own  record.  They  may  incorporate  their  final  conclu- 
sions in  a  story  about  the  bam  swallow  in  which  they  emphasize 
the  things  which  they  themselves  have  seen.  They  should  be 
able  to  appreciate  the  work  that  these  birds  do  in  keeping  the 
open  air  free  from  insects  and  should  have  some  idea  of  how 
the  birds  are  particularly  fitted  for  the  work  they  do.  The  use 
of  the  birds  to  nature  and  their  relation  to  other  living  things 
might  well  be  understood. 

If  the  children  of  the  seventh  and  eighth  grade  have  had  the 
work,  just  outlined  for  the  lower  grades  or  if  they  have  complet- 
ed it  more  quickly  than  their  younger  schoolmates  the\^  may 
go  beyond  the  work  outlined  and  study  the  rclati(Mi  of  tlicsc 
birds  toman  and  to  agriculture  j^articularly.     If  desired,   tlicy 


210  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

may  construct  martin  or  other  bird  houses  and  should  do  all 
they  can  to  encourage  useful  birds  to  lighten  the  labors  and  in- 
crease the  profits  of  the  farmers  and  gardeners  of  the  commun- 
ity. Any  laws  dealing  with  these  particular  birds  should  be 
known  and  assistance  should  be  given  the  authorities  in  making 
these  laws  effective.  Any  impression  that  the  laws  are  imper- 
ialistic should  be  dispelled  by  an  appreciation  of  the  common- 
sense  back  of  them.  It  will  not  be  difficult  to  see  the  common- 
sense  side  if  the  program  outlined  above  has  been  followed. 

At  the  beginning  of  this  section  it  was  suggested  that  the  topic 
for  study  come  from  some  child  who  had  seen  something  interest- 
ing. It  may  come  with  equal  appropriateness  from  a  child  whose 
garden  is  being  attacked  by  insects.  The  outline  shows  appro- 
priate work  for  the  younger  children  while  the  older  child  is  being 
helped  with  his  problem. 

All  of  this  work  may  be  taught  at  one  time  to  a  group  of  chil- 
dren  of  varied  ages  and  in  different  grades.  Since  all  of  the  mater- 
ial necessary  to  teach  such  a  lesson  is  available  in  every  rural 
school  in  the  State  it  is  only  natural  to  expect  that  a  program  of 
this  sort  can  be  put  into  practice. 

So  much  for  this  type  lesson  on  birds  foimd  feeding  in  the  air. 
Lessons  on  other  nature-study  subjects  are  outlined  in  a  similar 
manner  and  should  be  understood  without  great  difficulty. 

The  Wcrk  of  Diferent  Years. 

It  should  be  obvious  that  if  we  divide  the  children  into  groups 
of  two  grades  each  and  follow  the  system,  already  outlined  that 
there  will  be  needless  repetition  if  no  effort  is  made  to  prevent 
this.  For  exam_ple,  a  child  who  enters  school  this  year  and  studies 
a  bam  swallow  this  year  wotdd  next  year  be  in  the  same  group 
and  study  the  bam  swallow  again  in  the  same  manner.  To 
prevent  this,  the  outline  suggests  two  groups  of  birds  found  feed- 
ing in  the  air  and  suggests  that  one  of  these  groups  be  considered 
one  year  and  the  other  the  next  year.  In  either  case,  the  chapter 
in  Volimie  XIV,  No.  4  of  the  Leaflet  would  be  an  appropriate 
introduction.  One  year  you  would  consider  birds  like  bam 
swallows  and  chimney  swifts  that  are  seen  for  the  m.ost  part 
on  the  wing.  The  next  year  it  might  be  well  to  study  the  other 
group  which  includes  birds  like  the  phoebe  and  kingbird  which 
fly  up  from  a  perch  to  capture  their  food  and  then  as  a  rule  return 


PALMER  CORNELL  RURAL  SCHOOL  LEAFLET  211 

to  their  original  perch.  The  third  year  of  a  child's  school  work 
he  would  return  to  a  consideration  of  the  group  studied  the  first 
year  and  he  may  or  may  not  study  the  same  example  of  that 
group.  The  fourth  year  he  would  return  to  the  group  he  studied 
the  second  year,  and  so  on  through  the  eight  years. 

Agriculture  and  Home  Making. 

A  wise  decision  was  made  when  it  was  advised  that  the  seventh 
and  eighth  years  of  work  along  nature-study  lines  be  largely 
agricultural.  The  plan  outlined  organizes  the  work  for  the  sev- 
enth and  eighth  grades  so  that  the  whole  field  of  subject  matter 
works  in  nicely.  This  work  may  or  may  not  be  done  as  organ- 
ized project  work.  The  types  selected  are  chosen  with  the  view 
that  they  will  lead  up  to  some  home-making  or  agricultural  proj- 
ect. The  study  of  sugar-producing  plants  in  nature  study  creates 
an  excellent  background  for  the  use  of  sugars  as  food  in  a  home- 
making  lesson.  The  study  of  rabbit  tracks  as  nature  study 
in  the  lower  grades  creates  an  interest  in  rabbits  which  may  be 
reared  as  projects  or  served  as  a  portion  of  a  well  balanced  meal. 
It  is  neither  necessary  or  advisable  that  any  rural  school  take 
up  all  of  the  projects  oiitlined  for  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades. 
The  outline  merely  shows  how  any  of  the  nature  study  lessons 
may  be  associated  with  an  agricultural  or  homemaking  project. 
It  will  probably  be  found  wise  to  have  the  girls  confine  their  work 
to  one  project  and  the  boys  to  another  and  allow  them  to  work 
on  these  projects  during  the  nature  study  period,  providing 
their  services  are  not  needed  in  helping  the  teacher  with  the  young- 
er children.  We  all  learn  by  teaching  and  the  older  boys  will 
grow  in  ability  and  power  by  making  birds  baths,  bird  houses 
and  feeding  stations  for  the  school.  The  older  girls  will  learn 
additional  things  about  the  part  of  the  landscape  birds  care  for 
if  they  help  the  smaller  children  with  their  cut-out  pictures. 

Humaneness. 

The  New  York  State  law  requires  that  humaneness  be  taii^lit 
in  the  schools  of  the  State  and  it  includes  a  clause  to  t]ie  effect 
that  the  assistance  of  state  money  may  be  withheld  from  tliose 
schools  which  do  not  live  up  to  this  requirement.     Many  teacli- 


212  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

ers  have  asked  how  they  are  to  teach  humaneness  and  what  they 
are  to  teach  about  it.  Any  boy  or  girl  who  knows  the  life-history 
story  of  a  wild  creature  whether  it  be  bird  or  beast  will  treat  that 
creature  in  an  infinitely  more  hum.ane  manner  than  if  he  knows 
nothing  about  it.  Children  and  others  hate  to  be  preached  to. 
Preaching  would  be  unnecessary  if  teaching  was  correctly  done. 
The  material  outlined  in  these  nature-study  lessons  should  create 
a  spirit  of  humaneness  in  your  school.  Humaneness  is  common 
sense  and  most  htiman  beings  will  develop  common  sense  provid- 
ing they  have  a  chance.  Common  sense  demands  fair  treatment 
for  all  creatures  and  practice  of  the  Golden  Rule.  If  a  gener- 
ation of  children  with  greater  common  sense  can  be  developed, 
the  ideas  of  conservation  and  patriotism  will  take  care  of  them- 
selves. But  first  of  all  to  have  common  sense  in  matters  of  this 
sort,  the  teachers  must  have  some  knowledge  and  the  present 
outline  should  help  them  to  gain  it. 

The  Required  Work. 

Instead  of  requiring  that  certain  animals,  birds  and  insects 
be  studied  each  year,  this  outline  requires  that  at  least  one  ex- 
ample of  each  type  be  studied  at  some  time  during  the  year.  One 
lesson  niay  conveniently  consider  one  or  two  types  and  with 
a  minimum,  of  two  lessons  a  week  through  the  year  there  should 
be  no  difficulty  in  covering  the  ground.  Much  of  the  work  may 
be  conveniently  co-related  with  geography,  drawing  and  language 
and  suggestions  to  this  end  are  incorporated  in  the  outline. 

This  outline  has  not  been  drauni  up  for  the  sake  of  making 
extra  work  for  teachers.  .  It  has  been  developed  to  grant  the 
requests  for  assistance  which  have  come  from  niral  school  teach- 
ers actually  in  service  in  rural  schools  in  New  York  State  and 
in  Iowa.  The  system  is  not  a  dream  which  ought  to  work.  The 
ideas  have  been  tried  and  found  not  wanting.  Without  exception 
the  plan  has  had  the  approval  of  teachers  and  superintendents 
who  have  looked  it  over  and  if  the  rural  teachers  of  the  state  in 
their  work  find  any  way  in  which  it  can  be  improved  or  can  point 
out  any  particularly  weak  spots  you  are  asked  to  write  me  about 
it.  Without  question,  it  can  be  improved.  It  must  not  be 
judged  too  quickly.  The  plan  must  be  given  a  fair  trial  and  the 
teachers  may  count   upon   the   cooperation    of    the    Supervisor 


PALMER  CORNELL  RURAL  SCHOOL  LEAFLET  213 

of  the  Leaflet  in  making  their  teaching  a  success.  The  cooper- 
ation of  the  teachers  will  help  to  perfect  a  plan  which  will  make 
the  teaching  of  nature  study  easier  for  the  next  generation  of 
teachers  and  more  profitable  and  interesting  to  the  children  oi 
the  schools  of  the  State. 

How   The  Landscape  and   Cut-out  Pictures  May  he   Used. 

This  section  is  designed  prim.arily  for  use  by  the  children  of 
the  lower  grades.  They  m.ay  need  some  assistance  in  prepar- 
ation from  the  older  pupils  but  they  seem  to  be  helped  m.ore  by 
this  section  than  by  any  other  except  possibly  the  story  section. 
The  landscapes  are  designed  to  help  teach  the  children  to  recog- 
nize various  forms  of  living  things  and  to  know  where  these  forms 
are  most  commonly  found.  A  sandpiper  is  a  part  of  our  con- 
cept of  the  shore  of  a  waterway  and  a  bat  a  part  of  the  sky  at 
dusk.  The  placing  of  the  pictures  of  these  creatures  in  the  proper 
place  on  the  paper  landscape  helps  fix  the  observations  which 
the  children  may  have  m.ade  out  of  doors.  It  fixes  them,  in  a 
m.anner  different  from  what  results  from  m.erely  the  spoken 
word. 

To  make  a  landscape  the  following  suggestions  m.ay  prove 
useful. 

1.  Remove  the  parts  of  the  landscape  from  the  back  of  this 
number  being  careful  not  to  tear  the  m.ore  or  less  brittle  paper 
on  which  they  are  printed. 

2.  Trim  off  the  right  hand  m.argins  of  all  sections  except 
those  which  will  make  the  right  hand  part  of  the  landscape. 

3.  Paste  the  proper  sections  to  their  right  hand  neighbors 
using  the  untrimm.ed  left  hand  m.argins  as  a  region  of  attachment. 

4.  Trim  off  the  low^er  margin  of  the  pasted  upper  section  and 
paste  these  sections  to  the  untrimm.ed  upper  margin  of  the  lower 
sections. 

5.  Paste  the  whole  landscape  sm.oothly  to  S9m.e  good  tough 
wrapping  paper. 

6.  Cut  a  number  of  horizontal  half  inch  slits  through  the 
landscape  and  paper  in  various  parts  of  the  landscajjc. 

7.  Color  with  wax  crayons  or  water  colors. 

8.  Mount  the  whole  landscape  on  a  good  stiff  card  ])asting 
it  down  around  the  border  only.  This  leaves  an  unpasted  area 
between  the  card  board  and  the  wrapping  jjaper. 


214  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

9.  Mount  the  life  history  chart  on  the  back  of  the  landscape. 
Mark  a  narrow  black  frame  or  border  around  the  whole  land- 
scape using  ink  or  crayon  or  passe-par-tout. 

10.  Mount  the  animals,  on  good  stiff  wrapping  paper  or  cloth; 
then  paste  them  to  a  thin  but  tough  card. 

11.  Cut  them  out  leaving  a  vertical  flap  at  the  bottom  about 
a  half  inch  wide  and  an  inch  long. 

12.  Color   the  pictures   with   crayon   or  water-color. 

13.  Paste  the  printed  name  on  the  back  of  the  animal  or  bird 
or  fish. 

14.  Paste  an  envelope  to  the  back  of  the  landscape  to  hold 
the  cut-out  creatures  when  not  in  use  in  class  room  work. 

Use  of  the  landscapes. 

The  landscapes  would  not  justify  inclusion  in  the  Leaflet  if 
the"  busy  work"  attendant  upon  their  preparation  were  their  only 
merit. 

The  landscapes  have  been  found  effective  when  used  as  games 
and  when  used  in  a  m,ore  seriously-minded  manner  to  teach  by 
personal  experience  facts  which  might  otherwise  be  more  quickly, 
though  not  necessarily  lastingly,  learned  from  the  experience 
of  others. 

One  method  of  using  the  landscape  is  as  follows.  The  best 
landscape  in  the  school  is  hung  on  the  wall  in  the  front  of  the 
room.  If  a  child  reports  in  the  nature  study  period  that  he  saw 
a  rabbit  or  rabbit  tracks  in  the  woods  he  is  allowed  to  place  a 
paper  rabbit  there.  It  remains  there  until  some  child  sees  a  rab- 
bit elsewhere  than  the  woods.  The  paper  rabbit  is  then  placed 
in  the  new  locality.  The  sam.e  practice  is  observed  with  the 
other  animals  and  birds.  Sooner  or  later  it  will  dawn  upon 
the  child  that  certain  creatures  confine  their  activities  to  certain 
more  or  less  definite  parts  of  the  landscape.  When  they  have 
come  to  this  conclusion  as  to  a  number  of  forms  they  are  ready 
to  go  on  and  find  out  how  the  forms  under  discussion  are  par- 
ticularly fitted  to  maintain  an  existence  in  that  part  of  the  en- 
vironment in  which  they  are  found.  The  life  history  chart 
on  the  back  of  the  landscape  will  always  be  handy  for  the  teacher 
to  check  up  on  the  children's  observations  and  avoid  the  draw- 
ing of  any  reriously  erroneous  conclusions. 


PALMER  CORNELL  RURAL  SCHOOL  LEAFLET  215 

NATURE-STUDY  OUTLINE 

How  TO  USE  THIS  SECTION 

1.  Read  the  article  on  A  New  Outline  for  Nature  Study, 
handbook  of  Humaneness,  Elementary  Agriculture  and  Hcme- 
making  (preceding  pages.) 

2.  Turn  to  the  page  following  these  directions  and  open  the 
infolded  page. 

3.  Decide  in  which  group  of  topics  on  these  pages  the  sub- 
ject you  wish  to  be  assisted  in  should  be  found.  For  example, 
a  squirrel  would  appear  on  the  mammal  study  pages  under  the 
group  of  mam^ials  found  in  trees. 

4.  See  if  the  name  of  the  particular  creature  you  desire  to 
study  is  included  in  the  list  of  topics  under  the  group.  If  so, 
you  may  find  additional  help  in  the  num.ber  of  the  Leaflet,  refer- 
ence to  which  is  m.ade  either  after  the  nam.e  of  the  example  or 
after  the  group  nam.e.  For  example,  13-3  m.eans  that  in  Vol  time 
13,  No.  3  of  the  Cornell  Rural  School  Leaflet  you  will  find 
a  life-history  chart  and  other  information  which  will  help  you 
mith    your    problem. 

5.  To  find  appropriate  material  for  any  particular  grade, 
select  the  grade  from  the  list  on  the  left  of  the  infolded  sheet, 
read  through  the  infolded  sheet  and  under  the  appropriate  topic. 

6.  Material  of  assistance  in  various  projects  may  be  found 
under  the  following  columns.  These  suggest  nature  study  ma- 
terial related  to  each  organized  junior  project.  (See  lower  sec- 
tions particularly.) 

Foods,-  6,   10,  11,   12,   15,   16,  17,  22,  29,  35,  42. 

Clothing,-    19,    26,   29,   35. 

Gardening,-   1,   2,   3,    17,   21,   22,   25,   31,   32,   33,   34. 

Potato  growing,-  1,  2,  3,  15,  22,  25,  31,  32,  33,  34. 

Corn  growing,-  1,  2,  3,   15,  22,  25,  31,  32,  33,  34. 

Bean  growing,-  1,  2,  3,   16,  22,  25,  31,  32,  33,  34. 

Calf   raising,-    16,    29. 

Pig    raising,-    16,    29. 

Sheep    raising,-    16,    29. 

Poultry    raising,-    38,    42. 

Rabbit  raising,-  25. 


INDEX  TO  TOPICS  CONSIDERED  IN  THIS  OUTLINE 


Numbers  refer  to  proper  column  on  following  pages 


A.  Adder's  tongue 
Air  2 

Alfalfa   i6 
Ant     33 
Aphid   30,    31, 
Apple  II 
Arbor  vitae  13 
Arbutus  14 
Army  worm  31 
Ash  13 
Asparagus  17 
Aurora  2 

B.  Back  swimmer  7 
Bacteria  22 
Barberry  14 
Bass  10 
Basswood  13 
Bat  23 
Bean  16 
Beaver  26 
Bed-bug  34 
Bee  35 
Beechnut  12 
Birch  12 
Birch-  borer  30 
Bittersweet  14 
Black  fly  77 
Blueberry  11 
Blue  jay  40 
Bobolink  38 
Brown    creeper 
Burdock  18 

p.  Cabbage  17 
]     Cabbage  but 'fly 
j     Caddis  fly  9 
Carrot  17 
Cat  28 
I     Catalpa  14 
j     Cat  bird  37 
i     Cat  tail  6,  15 
'     Cattle  29 
i     Cecropia  30 
;     Cedar    13 

Cedar  waxwing 
Celery    17 
Centipede  34 
Chestnut  12 
Chicken  42 
Chickadee  37 
Chicor>^   17 
Chipmunk  25 
Cicada  30 
Clematis  14 
Clickbeetle  31 
Clover    16 
Cockroach  33 
Colors    2 
Com    15 
Cottonwood  13 
Cow    29 
Cow  bird  40 


20 


32 


31 


36 


Cowslip  6 
Crayfish  9 
Cricket  31 
Crow   40 

Currant  11  I. 

Cut  worm  32 

D.  Day  i  J. 
Daisy  20 
Damsel  bug  34 
Damsel  fly  8 
Dandelion  21 
Deposition  4  L. 
Diving  beetle  8 
Dobson  fly  8,  9 
Dock    18 
Dog   28 
Dogbane   19 
Dragon  fly  8 
Drone  fly  9 
Duck    42                  M 

E.  Earth   5 
Earthworm  32 
Eel  grass  6 
Elm    13 

Elm  leaf  beetle  30 
Erosion   4 
Evening  primrose20 

F.  Fall   I 
Fern  20 
Flax    19 
Fog  2 
Fox    28 
Frog    9 
Frost  2 
Fungus  22 

G.  Geography  5 
Giant  water  bug  8 
Ginseng   18 
Goat  29 
Goldfinch  38 
Goldenrod  20 
Goose  42  N. 
Gooseberry  11 
Crackle  40 
Grape  11 

Grasshopper  31        0. 
Ground    beetle    34 
Gull  40 
Halo  2 
Hair  Snake  8 
Hare  25  P. 

Hawk  41 
Hazel   12 
Heal-all  21 
Heat  I 
Hemlock  13 
Hemp  19 
Hepatica  20 
Heron  39 
Hickory  12 
Hill  4 


H 


Horse  29 
Horse  tail  21 
House  fly  33 
Hummingbird  37 
Ice  2 

Ichneumon  fly  34 
Junco  38 
June  beetle  31 
Juniper  14 
.  Katydid  31 
King  bird  36 
Lace  wing  34 
Lady  beetle  34 
Lambs  quarters  21 
Leaf  hopper  31 
Leech   9 
Lettuce  17 
Light  I 

.Mandrake  20 
Maple  II 
Marsh  plants  6 
May  beetle  31 
May  fly  7 
Midge  7 
Milkweed  19 
Millipede  33 
Mink  26 
Mold  22 
Mole  25 

Monarch  but 'fly  31 
Moon    5 
Mosquito  35 
Moss  20 
Motherwort  18 
Mouse,  deer  25 
Mouse,  house  27 
Mouse,  meadow  25 
Mullein  18 
Mushroom  22 
Muskrat  26 
Night  I 
Nighthawk  36 
Nightshade  18 
Nuthatch  37 
Oak  12 
Oat  15 
Onion   17 
Otter    26 
Owl  41 
Pansv  20 
Pea  16 
Peach  II 
Pear  11 
Peewee  36 
Peppergrass  17,  21 
Pheasant  42 
Phoebe  36 
Pickerel  10 
Pickerel  Weed  6 
Pig  29 


Pigeon  42 

Pigweed  21 

Pike  10 
^  Pine  13 
"*    Plantain  21 

Plant  louse  30 

Plover  39 

Plum  II 

Poison  hemlock  18 

Poison  ivy  12 

Pond  weed  6 

Porcupine  24 

Potato  15 

Potato  blight  22 

Powdery  mildew  22 

Punkie  8 
Q.  Qxiail  42 
R.  Rabbit  25 

Raccoon  24 

Radish  17 

Ragweed  21 

Rain  2 

Raspberry     1 1 

Rat  27 

Rattlesnake  root  18 


Red  cedar  13 
Rice  15 
Rock  3 
Rose  14 

Rust,    wheat   22 
S.  Salamander  9 
Salmon  10 
Salsify    17 
Sandpiper  39 
Sassafras  12 
Scale  insect  30 
Scavenger  beetle  9 
Seasons  i 
Sediment  4 
Sheep  29 

, Shepherds  purse  21 
Shrew  25 
Shrike  41 
Shrimp  9 
Silkworm  35 
Skunk  25 
Sky  2 
Slug  32 
Smut  22 
Snail  9,  32 
Snake  8 
Snow  2 
Soil  3 

Sow-bug  9,  32 
Sparrow  38 
Spice  bush  12 
Spider  34 
Spittle  insect  31 
Spring  I 
Spring  beauty  20 
Spruce  13 


Squash  bug  31' 

Squirrel  24 

Stars 

Steam  2 

St.  John's  Wc 

Stinkbug  31 

Stone  3 

Stone  fly  8 

Strawberry    1 1 

Sucker  9 

Summer  i 

vSun  I 

Swallow  36 

Sweet  clover 

Swift  36 
T.  Tamarack  13 

Teasel  21 

Tent  caterpillar  30 

Thistle  21 

Toadstool  22 

Trillium  2 

Trout  100 

Turkey  42 

Turtle  9 

Tussock  moth  30 
V.  Valley  4 

Velvet  weed  19 

Vervain  21 

Violet  20 

Virginia  creeper  14 

Vulture  40 
W.Walmt  12 
Warbler  37 
Wasp  34 
Water  2 

Water  boatman  7 
Water  bug  8 
Water  hemlock  18 
Water  lily  6 
Water  plant  6 
Water  scorpion  8 
Water  strider  8 
Weasel  28 
Wheat  15 
Whirligig  beetle  8 
Whitefish  10 
White  grub  32 
White   vervain    21 
Wild  carrot  17 
Wild  lettuce  17 
Wild  r>'e  15 
Willow  13 
Wind  2 
Winter  i 
Witch  hazel  12 
Woodbine   14 
Woodchuck  25 
Woodpecker  37 
Wren  37 
Y.  Yarrow  20 
Yew  14 


216 


EARTH  STUDY     (continued) 


Rocks  And  Soils, Volume   15,   Number   3 


Rocks 


Collect  different  kinds  of 
pebbles  at  a  brook  or 
in  the  road;  which  of 
these  are  the  hardest 
and  will  scratch  others 


Besides  a  difference  in 
hardness  rocks  are 
"put  together"  dif- 
ferently, in  layer; 
which  separate  solid 
and  uniform  and  made 
up  of  glistening  parts 
collect    each 


Soils 


Earth  Changes,  Volume    15,    Number    3 


Erosion,  hills  and  valleys 


Notice  how  after  rains 
the  roofs  and  high 
places  are  washed  clean 
of  dust  and  fine  dirt 
notice  the  color  of 
brooks  following  a  rain 


Make  mud  pies  of  differ 
ent  kinds  of  soil  includ- 
ing sand;  some  soils 
stick  together  better 
than  others ;  appear- 
ance of  gravel  and  mud 
walks  after  a  rain 


Crystal  study,  using  salt 
sugar,  blue  vitriol;  life 
story  of  two  rock  types 
relation  between  na- 
ture of  brooks  and  kind 
of  rocks;  minerals  as 
food 


Determine  from  soil  maps 
the  rocks  lying  under 
your  farm  or  home 
garden;  need  and 
source  of  fertilizers 


When  stocking  your 
aquarium  note  how 
much  muddier  the 
water  is  if  you  have 
garden  loam  instead  of 
sand  on  bottom;  note 
variety  of  things  in  soil 


What  animals  do  you  find 
changing  the  nature  of 
the  soil;  how  do  angle 
worms  for  example 
change  it;  what  kind 
of  plants  grow  best  on 
certain    soils 


Prepare  soil  for  garden 
and  crop  projects  prop- 
erly so  as  to  sappiy 
plants  with  a  ready 
supply  of  food  and 
water 


Notice  how  running 
water  cuts  its  way 
through  mud  and  sand 
or  snow  and  ice;  find 
in  the  mud,  valleys, 
hills,  divides,  gorges, 
and  other  land  and 
water  forms;  work  of 
frost 


Why  stones  have  to  be 
picked  off  hillside 
farms;  find  influence  of 
this  on  the  value  of  the 
farm  and  upon  the 
products  of  the  farm- 
what    prevents    erosion 


Why  not  cultivatf 
straight  up  and  down 
hillside;  study  geolog- 
ical survey  maps  of 
school  district;  plan 
drainage  on  farm 
value  of  trees  on  h;ill- 
side 


Deposition 


Notice  how  gutters  get 
clogged  with  waste; 
slush  in  the  spring 
should  illustrate  con- 
ditions favorable  and 
unfavorable  for  depo- 
sition 


Does  swift  water  or 
-  slowly  moving  water 
fill  in  more  rapidly; 
are  large  particles 
placed  together  with 
small  ones;  where  is 
soil 'deepest 


Influence  of  sediment  on 
value  of  farm  lands  and 
products;  land  forma- 
tion by  sediment; 
'14-T)  "Ooze        and 

Slime;"  plant  and    sed- 
iment   relationships 


Plan  ponds  on  your  farm 
which  wMl  make  good 
fishponds,  swimming 
ponds,  <ir  watering 
plarcs 


217 


EARTH  STUDY     (concluded) 


5 
Earth  And  The  Universe.    Volume  is. 
Number  3 

6 
Plants,  Volume    13,    Number   4 

Earth    study    and    local 
geography 

Star     study     and     moon 
study  13-3.  4;  i-l-i.  2  : 
rs-i 

Underwater  plants,  13-4; 
pond      weed,      13-4: 
water    lilies,    13-4;    eel 
grass,  13-4 

Vlarsh  plants,   13-4;  cat- 
tail   13-4.    14-3;    Pick- 
erel-weea,     13-4;    cow- 
slip or  marsh  marigold. 
13-4 

Leam  to  locate  your  seat 
in  Schoolroom;  learn  to 
tell    others  how  to  go 
to     your     home     from 
school  or  to  some  one 
rise's    home 

Collect    and    identify    at 
least     one     of     these; 
note  how  weak  stems 
are 

Keep  track  of  appearance 
of    moon    at    different 
times  of  month;  learn 
a  few  myths  and  stories 
about  moon  and  stars; 
recognize    one    constel- 
lation 

Collect  and  identify  at 
least  one  of  these,  more 
if  desired;  stems  us- 
ually stronger  than  in 
water   plants 

Map  of  the  school  district 
showing  location  of 
your     farm     and     the 
farms  of  your  neighbois 

Note  air  storage  and  food 
storage      areas      under 
water;  note  nature  and 
position    of    flowers    if 
present 

Be  able   to  locate   north 
star  and  at  least  three 
constellations;       notice 
change    In    position    in 
seasons  and  at  different 
hours   of  night;   notice 
different      appearances 
of   the    moon 

Note  air  storage  and  food 
storage  areas;  means 
of  seed  dispersal;  ene- 
mies 

Where  water  from  creek 
in  your  district  goes  or 
what    are  1  nearby    sta- 
tions  on   the   railroads 
or  state  roads;  see  geo- 
logical     survey      maps 
and  otherr. 

Determine     reason     why 
fowers    are    commonly 
at  surface;  relation  of 
these   plants    to   water 
creatures  as  food   and 
protection;       make 
mounts 

Give  some  idea  of  consec- 
utive    movements     of 
moon;  the  signs  of  the 
zodiac  and  their  mean- 
ing 

Relation  of  plants  to  ani- 
mals  and  insects; 
methods  of  pollination; 
importance  in  making 
marsh  landscape  so  dif- 
ferent from  others 

Devote    time    to    regular 
geography  work 

Establish  plants  in  your 
schoolroom  or  personal 
aquarium;       determine 
how     many     creatures 
can    prosper    with    the 
amount  of  plants  pres- 
ent 

Devote    time    to    regular 
geography    work 

Summarize  uses  of  forms 
(cat-tails,  for  example) 
to  man  in  weaving,  as 
a  possible  food  source 
and  in  other  ways 

218 


LIFE  OF  WATERWAYS 


7 
Plant  Eaters,  Vor  UME    14,    Number    2 

8 

Preying  Creatures,  Volume    13      Number    4: 

Volume  14,  Number    2 

May    flies,     14-2;    water 
boatmen,  14-2;  midges. 
14-2 

Black     flies.     14-2;     May 
flies,  J  4-2 

Dragon  flies,    14-2;  dam- 
sel    flies,     14-2;     back 
swimmers,    14-2;   water 
scorpions,     14-2;    giant 
water     bugs,      14-2; 
punkies,     14-2 ;     diving 
beetles,      14-2;    whirli- 
gig beetles,  14-2;  snakes, 
i.S-4 

Stone    flies,     14-2;    water 
striders,     14-2 ;    dobson 
flies,     14-2 

Note   adults  and   if   pos- 
sible   immature    forms 
and      where      each      is 
found;    study    method 
of  locomotion  in  aqua- 
rium or  outdoois;  where 
forms    are    found 

Decide  upon  part  of  pond 
where  selected  form  is 
commonly  found;  note 
any  peculiarities  in  po- 
sition or  use  of  eyes  and 
legs,    identify    conspic- 
uous   stages 

Notice  adult  and  imma- 
ture    stages ;     adults 
common  in  air;  larvae 
common    and    conspic- 
uous on  rocks  in  mov- 
ing   water    mostly 

Type  of  water  in  which 
forms  are  most  com- 
monly found;  head  up 
or  down  stream;  move- 
ments  and    how    made 

Method    of    breathing    if 
conspicuous;  enemies 
and  means  of  escapinc 
them ;  food  and,  if  pos- 
sible,     how      obtained; 
diff'erence  in  swift  and 
still-water  types 

Note  means  of  collecting 
food  and  kinds  of  food; 
enemies    and     how 
avoided;     connect     im- 
mature     and      mature 
stages 

Enemies    of    each    stage 
and  means  of  escaping 
them;  food  of  adults  if 
evident;  homes  of  lar- 
vae or  means  of  stay- 
ing on  bottom 

Food  and  means  used  in 
capturing,  holding,  and 
eating  it;  peculiarities 
of  structure  and  rea- 
sons for  them:  omemies; 
connect    stages 

Relation    of   these    forms 
to  others  in  your  aqua- 
rium;    will     they     eat 
others  or  will  others  eat 
them;     helpless     stages 

Relation    of   these    forms 
to    other   life    in    same 
environment;      relative 
abundance  of  these 
forms  and  plant  eaters 

Relation    of   those    forms 
to   other   creatures   in- 
cluding man;   value  as 
food  to  fish;  means  of 
getting    food 

Relation  of  these  forms 
to  other  forms  in  same 
environment:  relative 
abundance;  decide 
dpon   usefulness 

Sto  ck    aquarium    with 
these   plant    eaters   foi 
the   rest   of  the   school 
or  put  in  time   makinc 
a  scl-.ool  aquarium  (see 
Volume   14,  Number  i) 

Study     additional     form? 
or    put    in    time    con- 
structing    or     stocking 
aquaria  for  the   school 

Study  additional  forms  or 
put   in   time   making  a 
flowing-water    or    still- 
water    aquarium 

Study  additional  t...ins  or 
])ul    in    time   ronstnu't- 
inr  or  slockiiu;   a(iu.iri;« 
f,,r    tin-     srlM.ol 

219 


LIFE  OF  WATERWAYS     (concluded) 


9 
Waste  Eaters.  Scavengers;  Volume  23.  Num 
BER  4;  Volume  14.  Number  2 

10 
Direct  Economic  Interest,  Volume   13,   Num- 
ber 4 

Fresh-water  shrimps, 
14-2;  drone  flies,   14-2: 
flops  and  salamanders, 
15-4;     clams,    snails 
turtles,     is-4 

Scavenger     beetles, 
14-2;     dobsons,      14-2; 
caddis     worms,      14-2; 
crayfish,  suckers,   13-4: 
leeches 

Pike.        13-4;       pickerel, 
13-4;        bass.          13-4; 
white-fish.    J3-4;   other 
still-water     game     and 
food  fish 

Brook  trout,  13-4:  brown 
trout.      13-4;      salmon 

Forms    found    commonly 
in  waters  well-supplied 
with    decaying    plants 
or   animals;    means   of 
locomotion,      peculiari- 
ties of  form  if  any 

Type  of  water  in  which 
different      forms       are 
found;   form    of  body: 
type  of  mouth  and  sizf 
and  type  of  food;  use 
of     fins     and     tail     in 
swimming 

Recognize    at    least    one 
form   which   cleans   up 
waste         in       moving 
waters;    notice    peculi- 
arities   of    locomotion 
if  any 

Type  of  water  in  which 
forms  are  found;  read 
"A  Dare  but  Plav 
Fair",     type     of     fo'vd 

Means  of  collecting  food 
in       different       stages, 
peculiarities   of   mouth 
or  other  parts:  enemies 
and    their     avoidance ; 
connect    stages 

Eggs  and  nests  and  care 
of     young     in     certain 
forms;      enemies;      list 
things  in  pond  contrib- 
uting to  food  supply  of 
these     fishes 

Food   and   means   of.  ob- 
taining it;  peculiaritic- 
of  structure   and   their 
advantages;        connect 
stages;      enemies      and 
protection    from    them 

Vests  and  egg  laying, 
enemies  and  protec- 
tion from  them;  list  of 
other  things  found  in 
s(reams  which^serve  in 
giving    a    food    supply 

Relation    of   these   forms 
to    other    animals    and 
to  plants  in  ponds,  in 
destroying    waste    and 
in     making     food     for 
larger  forms;  rear  tad- 
poles if  convenient 

Dependence      of      abun- 
dance    of     fish      upon 
food;   decide  upon  im- 
provement of  food  pro- 
ducing areas  in  nearby 
ponds;  b/eeding  habits 

Value  of  forms  in  clean- 
ing up  waste  material; 
relative         abundance; 
decide  upon  usefulness 
and      number      to     be 
allowed  in  an  aquarium 

Dependence  upon  clean 
waters;  cooperate  in 
reporting  violations  in 
water  contamination; 
locate  fish  hatcheries 
in   state 

Emphasize  great  value  of 
forms    like    frogs    and 
toads  and  lesser  values 
of  snakes,  clams,  snails, 
and     the     like;     slock 
aquarium 

Learn  game  laws  and  re- 
lation     between      laws 
and     breeding     season; 
cooperate   in   reporting 
violations;     iearn     that 
laws  a'-e  common  sense; 
fish    as    food    in    foods 
protect 

Study     additional     formr- 
and  put  in  time  stock- 
ing or  building  aquaria 

Learn  the  game  laws; 
cooperate  with  game 
warden;  save  trout  in 
drying  streams;  locate 
suitable  places  for 
planting  young  trout; 
salmon     indastn.' 

220 


WOODY  PLANTS 


Sugar  Producers 


Maple,  IS-2;  apple,  1S-2 
cherry,  15-2;  peach, 
pears,    plum 


Form  of  tree  and  shape 
of  leaf;  type  of  fruit; 
abundance  of  selected 
form  in  school  district 


Additional  e[xamples; 
flowers  when  and  how 
produced;  seedlings; 
year's  growth  as  told 
by     twigs     and     wood 


Enemies  of  these  trees 
andi|.efrect  of  weather 
upon  them;  product 
chart  showing  wood, 
leaves,  fruits  and  other 
things;  leaf  prinis 


Estimate  of  valae  of 
fr.uits  or  sugar 
produced  in  school  dis- 
trict; help  in  planning 
spraying  campaigns; 
use  of  sugars  as  foods 
in  food  projects;  can- 
ning 


Grape,  15-2;  raspberry 
1S-2;  I'urranl,  IS-2, 
gooseberry,  blueberry- 
strawberry 


Form  of  entire  plant; 
share  of  leaf;  identifi- 
cation of  fruits;  recog- 
nition of  flowers  and  in 
some     cases     of     bark 


Recognition  of  last  year's 
growth;  decide  upon 
which  year's  growth 
fruits  are  borne  most 
abundantly 


Relation  of  insects  to  the 
plant;  nature  of  injuries 
caused ;  decide  upon 
treatment  as  was  done 
in  insect  study;  make 
leaf  prints  and  product 
chart 


Prune  vines  and  shrubs 
intelligently;  treat  for 
insect  pests  and  for 
fungous  diseases;  use 
of  sugars  in  food  proj- 
ects;    canning     work 


Fat     Axd     Oa     Producers,   Nut  Trees 


Spice  bush,  15-2;  sassa- 
fras, 15-2;  birch,  15-2: 
poison  ivy.  15-2-  witch 
hazel 


Recognition  of  plant  by 
means  of  leaves  or  by 
fruit,  twigs,  or  bark; 
general  form  of  plant, 
whether  shrub  or 
climber   or   tree 


Recognition  of  additional 
forms  ;  of  years' 
growth;  of  the  fact  that 
poison  ivy  does  not 
aflFect    us   all   alike 


Make  leaf  prints  and  a 
mount  showing  wood . 
fruit,  flowers,  bark, 
and,      if     possible,     oil 


Recognize  value  of  some 
of  these  in  landscape 
work;  plan  to  have  at 
least  one  planted  on 
grounds      Arlior      Day 


Hickory,  15-2;  walnut 
15-2;  chestnut.  15-2, 
beechnut,  15-2;  hazel 
bush,    15-2;    oak,    1,^-2 


Recognition  of  plant  by 
leaves,  fruits,  and  bark: 
general  shape;  use  of 
fruits  as  food;  nature 
of  wood 


Protection  of  fruit :  use  of 
fruit  to  animals;  use  of 
animals  in  planting 
seeds 


Relation  of  animals  and 
insects  to  tree;  recog- 
nize injuries  caused  bv 
fungi;  recognition  of 
wood-  leaf  prints  and 
profUtct     chart 


Plant  ..lie  nt  1 
somrwtirrc  i 
srlH.nl  (listrirt 
Dav;  use  nt  n 
fu.HJs    in    fo,.,i 


1  tvpc 
Vdur 
.Arbor 
oils  :is 
luj.Tts 


221 


WOODY    PLANTS     (concluded) 


TiMiER  And   Pui.p    Producfrs 

Ornamentals 

Pine,     1S-2;     hemlock 
1S-2;  spruce,   1 5-2;  fir 
15-2;       tamarack       or 
larch,    15-2 ;  red   cedar 

Cottonwood,     1S-2;    ash 
1S-2;    elm,     IS-2;    wil- 
low,    13-2;    basswood 

IS-2 

Catalpa,     IS-2;      iuniper 
1S-2;       arbor        vitae 
15-2;    wild    rose,    bar- 
berry, yew 

Virginia  creeper.  15-2; 
bittersweet,  15-2; 
clematis.  15-2;  arbu- 
tus.     15-2 

Recognition   of  plant   by 
means  of  cone,   needle, 
twig,     general     shape 
use   Christmas  tree  af 
a  lesson 

Recognition  of  plants  by 
form,  by  leaves,  or  by 
other    parts 

Recognition  of  plant  b:' 
leaves,  form,  and  bark- 
use  cut-out  pictures  to 
fix    shape    in   mind 

Recognition  of  plants  by 
form,  by  leaves,  or  by 
fruits  or  flowers;  means 
of  getting  above 
ground 

How    trees    avoid    being 
broken  by   snow,   how 
they    heal    wounds    ir 
their  bark;  seeds  inside 
cones;    kinds   of   cones 

Recognition      of     leaves 
flowers,    and    fruit    of 
form;     beauty    in    the 
landscape     caused     by 
these    plants 

Note  means  used  by  tree 
selected     in     spreading 
fruit ;      recognition      of 
flowers     and     time     of 
flowering 

Recognize  additional  ex- 
amples in  this  or  other 
types;  get  notes  on 
time  of  flowering  and 
bearing  of  fruit j 

Relation    of    squirrels    tc 
the  seeds;  necessity  of 
protecting    seeded 
areas;    product    charts 
and     mounts;     pollina- 
tion 

Relation    of   these    forms 
to  insects  and  pollina- 
tion; relation  to  plant 
diseases,    if    any;    seed 
dispersal ;             product 
mount   if   desirable 

Relation  between  weather 
conditions    and    life    of 
the  plant;  use  of  trees 
in      paper      production 
and    in    orotecting 
watershed  product  chart 

Dependence  of  plants 
upon  others;  beauty  of 
these  plants  and  need 
for    their    preser-^^ation 

Plant    at    least    one    and 
if   possible    more    trees 
of    this    type    in    your 
district  on  Arbor  Day: 
how  much  land  in  your 
district    is    idle    which 
might    produce    timber 

Conduct             campaigns 
against     shrubs     which 
serve  as  hosts  for  un- 
desirable   fungi    or    in- 
sects;   set    out    one    or 
more  *  desirable     forms 
Arbori,  Day 

Plant  one  of  this  type  ir 
your  district  on  Arbor 
Day;    how    much    idle 
land    in    your    district 
might      be      producinp 
paper    pulp? 

Set   out   one   or  more   of 
these  plants  on  school 
ground  and  aid  in  their 
protection 

222 


NON-WOODY  PLANTS 


Starch    Producers, 
Grasses 


Wild  rye,  14-3;  wheat, 
13-1;  oats,  13-1;  corn, 
13-1;    rice 


Recognize  plants  and 
seeds  of  at  least  one  of 
these ;  see  suggestion 
Volume  13.  Number  3 
p.  no;  recognize  tassel 
and     ears     if     present 


Cat-tail.      14-3;     potato, 
13-1 


16 
Protein  Producers,  legumes 


Alfalfa,     13-1 
clover,      T4-3; 


sweet 
cloverc 


Beans,  13-1;  peas,  13- 1; 
Lesson  124.  Farm 
Crops  Series,  Cornell 
Reading  Course  for  the 
Farm 


Recognize  at  least  one 
clover  by  its  leaves  or 
flowers;  type  of  ground 
where  the  kind  of 
clovers  is  found  most 
commonly 


Work  done  by  each  part 
of  the  plant,  roots 
stems,  leaves,  fruiting 
head ;  survive  because 
of  abundance;  plant 
seeds  and  note  stages 
in   growth 


Recognize  plants  by 
leaves  at  least;  notice 
part  storing  food 


Relation  to  animals,  as 
forage  and  grain;  re- 
lation to  the  soil;  pol- 
lination; diseases; 
weather  and  growth 
and  pollination;  test 
germination;  judge  ears 


Carry  on  corn  project; 
see  project  manual;  use 
of  starches  in  foods  as 
shown  In  food  projects 
canning  corn  in  proj 
ects 


Work  done  by  each  part; 
how  these  plants  repro 
duce  themselves,  but 
rarely  by  seed;  list 
plants  you  know  are 
planted     by     ctfttings 


Recognize  other  kinds 
notice  nodules  on  roots 
and  type  of  roots ;  com 
pare  stems  above 
ground  in  different 
clovers;  recognition  by 
leaves,  seeds,  and 
flowers 


Recognize  by  plant  and 
seeds;  types  of  plant; 
bush  and  pole  beans 
and  pess  including 
sweet     peas 


Plant  sweet  peas  or  gar- 
den peas  or  beans  and 
watch  development  of 
seeds;  value  of  cultiva- 
tio.n;  identi  fy  addi- 
tional   types- 


Relation  of  plants  to 
insects;  p  oil  i  nation; 
honey  production;  fer- 
tility of  soil;  type  of 
soil  adapted  to  clovers 


Relation  of  plants  to  ani- 
mals; kind  of  soil  best 
adapted  to  each  plant; 
relation  to  insects  and 
plant  diseases;  selec- 
tion   of    seed    potatoes 


Carry  on  potato  project 
see  project  manual ;  use 
of  starches  as  foods  as 
shown  in  food  projects 


Use  information  in  ani 
mal  projects  in  deter 
mining  proper  rations 
in  crop  projects  in  de 
termining  crop  rota 
tion;  in  bee  project: 
use  as  forage 


Relation  to  insects; 
study  plant  lice  and 
lady  beetles  on  sweet 
peas;  diseases;  proper 
planting  and  harvest- 
ing   methods 


Carry  on  l)iMn  project; 
see  project  iii.niii.!l;  use 
of  proteins  as  foods  in 
foods  projorts;  can- 
niiiM  <  f  licans  in  cm- 
iiin^;    proj.Ht'^ 


223 


NON-WOODY  PLANTS     (continue  d) 


17 
Mineral  Pood  Producers 

Medicine    Poducers  And  Poisonous   Plants 

Wild  carrot,     14-3;   chii- 
ory,  14-3;  wild   salsify 
i4-.r,  radish;  and  othe 
root   crops 

Wild  lettuce,    14-3;  pep- 
per   grass,     14-3;    cab- 
bage,   lettuce,    aspara 
gus,    celery,    onion 

Curled  dock  14-3;  rattle- 
snake    root,     14-3 
motherwort.  14-3;  bur- 
dock,     14-3;      mullein 
14-3;  ginseng 

Poison     hemlock ;     black 
nightshade.            water 
hemlock,    7-r 

Recognize  some  one  plani 
of  the  above  either  by 
leaves,      flowers,     01 
roots,  or  b:-  whole  plant 

Recognize    one    of   these 
plants  in  summer  and 
winter    condition;     get 
some  idea   of  whether 
they  are  annual,  bien- 
nial,  or  perennial 

Recognize    one    or    more 
plants  of  this  group  by 
the    most    conspicuous 
part;    if    eaten,    which 
part;  type  of  ground  on 
which  most  commonly 
found 

Recognize    as    many    of 
these  as   possible;   not 
necessary     to     empha- 
size    poisonous     quali- 
ties too  much;  merely 
point    out    danger 

Plant    seeds    and    watch 
development;  notice 
that      when     food     is 
crowded  into  root, 
seeds  are  not  being  pro- 
duced and  that  food  in 
roo<-  is  used  in  produc- 
ing    seeds 

Study   selected    plant    in 
seedling,  flowering  and 
fruiting   and   other 
stages;  plant  and  grow 
some   one   kind 

Recognition    of    seed    as 
well  as  plant;  means  of 
sprouting  of  seeds;  na- 
ture   of    roots,    stems, 
leaves,  and  flowers 

Continue     to     recognize 
additional  forms;  parts 
of  plants   most   to   be 
avoided;   places   where 
eajch  is  found 

Determine     ideal     condi- 
tions for  growing  these 
crops,  or  of  eradicating 
these  weeds;  insect  and 
other  enemies  and  how 
controlled;    use    to    all 
animals 

Method  of  seed  dispersal ; 
pollination;  insect  and 
other  enemies;  possible 
use  of  plants  as  cover 
for  other  living  things 

Means  used  by  plant  in 
spreading    seed    nor- 
mally; insect  and  plant 
diseases  as  enemies  and 
means    of    control 

How     poisons     can     be 
counteracted    if    t  aken 
accidentally ;      ani  mals 
which  sufl^er  because  of 
these    plants 

Carry  on  garden  project; 
see  project  manual;  use 
of  mineral  in  foods  in 
food  projects;  canning 
of  garden   products   in 
canning      projects 

Use    of    plants    to    man; 
devote  time  to  projects 
of  any  sort;  raise  gin- 
seng as  an  independent 
project 

Carry  on  garden  project; 
see  project  manual ;  use 
of  minerals  as  foods  in 
food  projects;   canning 

of    garden     products    in 
canning  projects 

Devote  time  to  projects 
of  any  sort;  eradicate 
most   plants   likely   to 
prove  dangerous  to  the 
community 

224 


NON-WOODY  PLANTS     (continued) 


19 
TiiiER  Producfrs 


Dogbane,        14-3; 


flax  Milkweed,     14-3;    velvet 
weed,    14-3;    hemp 


Identify  at  least  some  one 
fiber  plant;  notice  how 
tovtgh  is  bark  of  dog- 
bane,   for   example 


Identification  of  plant  at 
different  seasons  and 
stageg;  most  common 
str;ges;  method  of  re- 
production 


.Seed  dispersal;  pollina- 
tion if  possible;  if  flax 
is  used  discuss  use  of 
seed  fis  food;  enemies 
and    how    discouraged 


Use   of  flax   as   fiber 
clothing  projects 


Goldenrod,  14-3;  yarrow, 
14-3;  St.  John's-wort, 
14-3;  daisy,  evening 
primrose,     14-3 


Recognize  at  least  one  of 
above  group;  type  of 
ground  occupied;  color 
and  shape  of  flowers 
and   time   of   flowering 


Recognize  different  stages 
in  life  history;  nature 
of  stems,  roots,  fruits, 
and  other  parts 


Pollination     if     possible ; 
seed  dissemination ; 

enemies      and  how 

warded  off 


Use  of  fiber  plants  in 
making  textiles  in 
clothing      projects 


20 
Ornamentals 


Recognize  as  many  beau- 
tiful flowers  of  open 
field  as  possible;  learn 
where  to  look  for  them 


Identify  plants  in  winter 
and  summer,  as  seed 
seedlings  and  mature 
plants,  roots,  stems, 
flowers,  and  other 
parts;  time  of  flowering 


Seed  dispersal;  if  possible, 
pollination;  enemies 
and  why  plants  can 
survive     their     attacks 


Plant  a  few  ornamental 
forms  at  unsightly 
places  on  scho(5l 
grounds;  plan  to  have 
some  flowering 
throughout      the     year 


Heptica,  trillium,  spring 
beauty,  adder's  tongue, 
mandrake,  violet, 
pansy,     ferns,     mosses 


Recognize  as  many  wood- 
land flowers  as  possible; 
report  time  of  flower- 
ing but  practice  pre- 
serving flowers  rather 
than  picking  and  des- 
troying    them 


Follow  some  one  form 
through  the  year 
identifying  it  by  roots, 
flowers,  leaves,  and 
fruits;  study  other 
forms  if  desired;  how 
commonly     reproduced 


Insect  visitors,  pollina- 
tion or  spore  dispersal; 
seed  dispersal  if  seeds 
are  produced ;  protec- 
tion of  plants  in  winter 


Transplant  a  few  dcsir- 
al.lc  forms  to  srhix-I 
j;rotniils  and  plant  in 
approi.rial.-    pla.TS 


225 


NON-WOODY  PLANTS     (concluded) 


2\ 

Cover  For  Waste  Land.    Volume  14,  Number  3 

22 
Waste  Eliminvtors,  Volume  14,  Number  3; 

Pigweed,    14-3;   ragweed, 
14-3;     white     vervain. 
14-3;       teasel.      i4-3; 
lambs-quarters.     14-3; 
bull-thistle,        14-3 
horsetails 

Narrow-leaved     plantain, 
14-3;       heal-all.     14-3; 
peppergrass,            id -3; 
dandelion;     shepherd's 
puTSie 

Potato    blight;    powdery 
mildew,    potato    wart, 
1 4-1;    wheat   rust;   oat 
smut 

Shelf     fungi;     toadstools 
and  mushrooms;  bread 
mold;    mother   of   vin- 
egar; bacterial   growth 

Identify  as  many  of  these 
as    possible    either    in 
winter  or  summer  con- 
dition or  both 

Notice  that  some  plants 
do    not    thrive      well; 
notice  t-icir  appearance 

Recognize  a  few  of  these 
weeds    by    any    mean? 
de.ired 

Notice  growth  of  fungi  on 
decaying     logs     or     in 
woods      on      decaying 
plant      material,      also 
on     molding     clothing 

Identify    plants    particu- 
larly   as    seedlings    in 
your  gardens;  learn  to 
prevent     weeds     from 
going  to  seed;  identify 
by   leaves,    flowers,    or 
other    parts 

Some  seedlings   may   die 
suddenly;     if     possible 
find  cause;  if  there  are 
stages  on  other  plants 
like  barberry  stage  of 
wheat     rust     note     it 

Grow  some  one  kind  in  a 
corner    of    the    garden 
through  the   year;   no- 
tice  time   of   flowering 
and      manner      and 
method     of     spreading 
seeds 

Point  out  that  decay  is 
necessary      to      create 
room     and     food     for 
gro-wing    things;    some 
decays      desired      and 
some    not    desired 

Decide    length    of    time 
from     germination     to 
maturity ;     method     of 
seed    dispersal    and,    if 
possible,  of  pollination, 
forage,   and  protection 
for  some   animals 

Learn     how     some     one 
plant    disease    spreads 
and  how  it  mav  be  con- 
trolled,   examine   stab- 
ble  in  fields  and  plants 
in  deserted  gardens  for 
sources  of  trouble 

Compare     weeds     grown 
unhindered     in       open 
with     weeds     crowded 
together,     as     to     size, 
strength,    and    appear- 
ance;  use   of  roots    in 
holding        soil        from 
washing 

Conditions    under    which 
decay        acts         most 
rapidly;  how  it  may  be 
controlled;     results    of 
decay  and  use  of  prod- 
ucts    and     bi-products 

Point  out  in  garden  proj- 
ects that  weeds  require 
hoeing    and    hoeifli 
helps  conserve  moisture 
in   soil   so    weeds   help 
garden ;    weeds    shotild 
not  be  allowed  to  seed 

Influence    of    plant     dis- 
eases   on    crops    raised 
as  projects;  campaigns 
to    control    spread    of 
plant  disease  in  school 
district 

Point  out  in  garden  proj- 
ects that  weeds  plowed 
under  when  green  make 
a  more  or  less  desirable 
fertilizer;      also      point 
out   undesirable    quali- 
ties 

Role   of  fungi   in   bread- 
making    and     canning, 
brought  up   in  connec- 
tion with  f 00  ds  projects 
and    canning     projects 

226 


MAMMAL     STUDY 


FEEbiNC  In  O;  en  Air,    Volume   14,    Number   i 


Feeding    Among    Trees  And  Shrubs  Vo  lume  i  3 
Number  3 


Red  bat,  ij-i;  hoary  bat, 
14-1 ;    other   bats 


Active  mostly  at  twilight 
and  daybreak;  com- 
mon about  woods  and 
country;  wonderful 
Piers;  sleep  head  down- 
ward; really  good  in- 
stead  of  bad 


Little  brown  bat,  14-] 
silver-haired  bat,  14- ] 
big    brown    bat,     14- 


Why  found  near  lights, 
insects  there  at  same 
time;  food  entirely 
i  nsects  ■  caught  on 
wing;  use  of  tail,  teeth 


A  kind  of  bat  for  each 
type  of  landscape  and 
for  different  degrees  of 
darkness;  enemies  and 
protection;  migration 
map 


Emphasize  that  public 
opinion  is  not  always 
just  in  its  judgments 
do  not  jump  at  con- 
clusions; work  on  pro- 
ects 


Active  mostly  at  twilight 
and  daybreak;  com- 
mon in  towns  about 
lights;  wonderful   fliers 


When  first  seen  and  last 
seen  in  year;  which 
migrate  and  which  do 
not ;  compare  length 
and  use  of  bats  fingers 
and  toes  and  ours; 
teeth 


Migration  map;  enemies; 
home  life;  relation  to 
insects;  swallows  do  by 
day  what  bats  do  by 
night 


Relation  of  insects  to  dis 
ease    and    of    b-^ts    to 
insects;      which      m 
desirable 


Gray   squirrel,    13-3;   red 
squirrel,     13-3 

Plying  squirrel,    14-1, 
raccoon,     13-3;    porcu-; 
pine,      ij.-r 

Most  active  in  daytime; 
noisy;  learn  tracks  and 
how     made ;      Problem 
page     I,     Volume     13, 
Number  3;  use  of  hind 
limbs    in    running,     of 
front    limbs    in    eating 

Most  active  at  night;  if 
possible,  learn  tracks  of 
raccoon     at     leasi      as 
seen   in   snow    or   mud 

Read     tracks     and     cails 
expressing  caution, 
fear,  and  otTier  feelings: 
use  of  tail  as  a  balan- 
cer;   home    life;    teeth 

Compare  tracks  with 
squirrel  tracks;  if  pos- 
sible, note  large  eyes  of 
flying  squirrel  and  com- 
pare with  owl  and  with 
own  eyes  in  dark;  calls; 
teeth 

Preparation     for     wintei 
and    relation    to    qthei 
animals;     why     migra- 
tions  are   unnecessary; 
study     additional     ex- 
amples, distribution 
map 

See   or   read    about   food 
habits  of  a  pet  raccoon 
or  sauirrei;  enemies 
and   means   of   protec- 
tion;  distribution    map 

Game   laws   dealing   with 
these   forms;  fur  values 
fliscussed ;      why      pro- 
tected during  brccdiiv^ 
season 

Game    laws,     reii'inns    fur 
protecting      porcui-i'ic- 
in      j>art  iciilar:     fnr 
v.ihics 

227 


MAMMAL     STUDY     (continued) 


Feeuing     Ov 


TiiE  Ground, 
Number  3 


Volume      13, 


Cottontail  rabbit,  13-3: 
varying  hare,  13-3 
meadow  mouse,  13-3 
woodchuck.  14-1;  deer- 
mouse  ,  I  3-3;  chip 
munk.     14-1 


Activity;  learn  to  know 
tracks  and  how  made; 
which  feet  make  larger 
tracks  and  why;  read 
"Raggylug"  in  "Wild 
Animals  I  Have 
Known" 


Skunk.  13-3;  common 
shrew,  13-3!;  mole 
shrew,  13-3;  common 
mole,  1 4-1;  star-nosed 
moL. .     14-1 


Pead  tracks  in  .'lelds  and 
on  problem  pages;  food 
habits;  use  or  neglect 
of  use  of  tail  and  rea 
son-;   home  life;  teeth 


Winter  activities;  ene 
mies  and  means  of  prO' 
tection  :  storage  in 
stinct  developed  or  un- 
developed and  infill 
ence   of   this   on  habit; 


Economic  value  of  mice, 
rabbits,  and  wood- 
chncVs;  mean"  of  con- 
trolling them;  laws; 
rabbit  project  may  be 
cariied    on 


Fovmd  on  ground;  ander 
leaves,  or  underground; 
all  eating  same  type  of 
food  and  have  much 
same  type  of  teeth; 
read  "Cock  Robin": 
food;    tracks 


26 
Peeping    Along    The  Waterways,  Volume  13, 
Number  3 


Miiskrat,     13-3;     beaver  Mink,  13-3; otter 


Acti -e  night  or  day, 
mostly  at  night,  seen 
commonly  in  or  about 
water;  tracks  as  seen  in 
the  mud  and  runways 
rmder    water 


Compare  varia tion  of 
form  of  bodies  of  forms 
seeking  insects  above 
ground  and  beneath 
types  of  feet  and  rea 
sons  for  types;  teeth 
track    reading 


V'early  activity;  why  sur 
face  feeders  must  be 
difTerent  in  winter 
preparation  from  un 
derg round  feeders 
abundance  of  food;  use 
of   skunks   and   shrews 


Value  of  skunks  to  farm- 
ers in  destroying  po- 
tato bugs,  turtles  eggs 
and  insects;  value  of 
shrews  for  same  reason ; 
fur   value;   laws 


Use  of  tail  and  hind  legs 
in  swimming;  method 
of  eating,  of  warning; 
nature  of  fur;  interpret 
problem  page  Volume 
14,  Number  3  and  real 
tracks;    teeth 


Active  night  and  day, 
mostly  niv?ht;  use  fiu-s 
as  introduction  if  ani- 
mal cannot  be  studied; 
sly  habits ;  powerful ; 
swimmer,  fish  story 
13-4;  tracks. 


Home  life  and  home 
building;  additional 
track  interpretations 
enemies  and  means  of 
protection ;  calls ;  d  i  s 
tribution      map 


Game  laws  and  neces- 
sity of  them;  fur  val- 
ues; means  of  trapping 
humanely;  reason  for 
laws  against  shooting: 
effect    on    skin 


Track  interpretations 
(14-3)  and  outdoor 
food  habits;  roaming 
disposition ;   teeth ;   fur 


Yearly  activity;  relation 
to  muskrat  and  to 
other  forms  including 
game  !ish;  method  of 
capturing  prey  and 
reason  for  no  mljira- 
tion;  distribution  map 


Game  laws;  fur  values; 
destruction  of  vermin 
or  poultry;  which  of 
greater  value  to  farmer 


228 


MAMMAL     STUDY     (continued) 


Feeding    On   Wast-^    Rcacengers,  Volume  i3 
Number  3 


Common  mouse,'  14-1 ; 
use  white  mice  for 
studv      if      you      wish 


Active  night  and  day; 
common  about  houses 
and  barns;  timid;  dust- 
colored  and  not  easily 
seen;  long  whiskers, 
long   tail;    food 


Common  rat,  14-1:  use 
white  rats  for  study  if 
you  wish. 


Active  night  and  day; 
too  common  about 
dwellings  and  store- 
houses; vicious  dispo- 
sition; food;  clever- 
ness,  braveness 


Use  of  tail  when  climbing 
about  a  trap  or  over 
high  places;  method  of 
eating;  enemies;  calls; 
tracks  in  snow  or  dust, 
especially      tail      track 


Home  life,  especially 
nesting  material  and 
nature  and  number  of 
young;  show  that  ab- 
•  sence  or  protection  of 
food  is   a  preventative 


Means  of  controlling  in- 
creasing abundance  of 
mice;  relation  to  health 
and  wealth  of  a  house- 
hold ;  superiority  of 
traps  and  poisons  over 
cats 


28 


Preying   Animals,    Volume    13,    Number   3 


Red  fox.  13-3;  dog 


Most  active  at  night; 
covers  wide  range  of 
territory;  type  of  tracks 
and  how  made;  use 
furs  as  approach  if 
necessary;  read  "Uncle 
Remus" 


Use  of  tail  in  climbing 
and  of  fore  feet  in  eat- 
ing; tracks  and  their 
interpretation;  length 
of  fore  and  hind  feet 
and  hobbling  gait;  calls; 
enemies 


Home  life,  especially 
number  of  young  and  of 
broods;  relation  of  rats 
to  destruction  of  gar- 
bage; compare  damage 
done  by  rats,  skunks, 
and    other   forms 


Means  of  eradication; 
amount  of  damage  to 
supplies;  skunks  do 
mostly  good,  rats  al- 
most none;  which  get 
the     worse     treatment 


Track  i  n  t  e  rpretations ; 
toe  marks;  nature  of 
food  and  teeth;  man- 
ner of  eating;  wisdom; 
call;  use  of  tail,  when 
running,  when  lying 


Cat,  14-4;  common  wea- 
sel, 13-3;  least  weasel, 
13-3 


Naturally  most  active  at 
night;  types  of  tracks 
and  how  made;  play; 
stealthiness;  ears  and 
tail  and  what  they  can 
tiill    you;    food 


Home  life:  relation  to 
rabbits,  mice,  -and 
game;  additional  track 
i  n  t  e  rpretations ;  ene- 
mies and  cleverness  in 
nrotecting    self 


Game  laws;  fur  values; 
value  of  dogs  and  foxes 
to  man 


Track  interpretations; 
method  of  catching 
food;  absence  of  toe 
marks  and  reason ; 
mean?  of  keeping  claws 
sharp 


Care  of  young;  nature  of 
young;  enemies  and 
means  of  protection ; 
relation  to  birds,  game, 
and     mice 


Real  and  ai-ccpted  value: 
Id  mm.  rho  ilitTorcnro'^ 
y-Anu-      laws 


229 


MAMMAL     STUDY     (concluded) 


Domestic    Animals,  Volume   13,   Number   i 

30 
Feeding  On  Trees  And  Shrubs.  Volume  16. 

NUMPER    2 

Cattle.    1 3-1;  pigs,    13-1; 
sheep,   1 31;  goats 

Horses,  13- 1 

Tent     caterpillar,      13-1; 
tussock      moth,      16-2; 
birch    borer.    16-2;   ce- 
cropia,    13-1;   elm  leaf 
beetle.     13-1 

Plant  lice,  13-1;  16-2; 
cicada,  16-2;  scale  in- 
sects,   16-2 

At  home  on  the  ground; 
manner  of  getting  up 
and  lying  down;  tracks 
and     why     similar     in 
these    forms 

Found  in  all  four  stages; 
emphasize      caterpillar 
and  adult  stages  here; 
nature    of    imjury    to 
plant;  method  of  loco- 
motion 

At  home  on  the  ground; 
manner   of   getting   up 
and  lying  down;  tracks 
and  why  different  from 
cattle,  disposition;  food 

- 

Not  in  four  stages,  em- 
phasize adult  here; 
method  of  locomotion; 
nature  of  injury  to 
plants  and  kinds  of 
plants  on  which  found 

Track       interpretations; 
means    of    protection ; 
method   of  eating  and 
type    of    teeth;    types 
and     breeds    of    cattle 
and    sheep;    voice 

Notes  on  eggs  and  pupae ; 
show  necessity  of  rest- 
ing   stage    for    change 
from    larva    to    adult; 
manner  of  getting  food 
and  of  wintering;  ene- 
mies 

Track       i  n  t  e  rpretations 
method  of    eating;  use 
of   lips       and        teeth ; 
method    of   uncovering 
food   in    winter;   types 
and   breeds   of   horses; 
voice;   protection  from 
elements 

Sucking  mouth  parts  to 
get  the  food;  if  pos- 
sible find  immature 
stage  and  watch  them 
shed  skins;  rear  plant 
lice;  enemies  and  pro- 
tection 

Care  of  young;  products 
and      jjroduct      maps ; 
proper   foods   to    bring 
about     desired     result? 

Complete      life      history; 
method    of    protecting 
self    during    all    times; 
use  as  food  to  enemies; 
decide   in   which   stage 
insects  are  most  at  our 
mercy;   means   of  con- 
trol 

Ability    of    types    to    do 
appointed     tasks     and 
reasons    why    each    is 
fitted   for  task;   proper 
and    humane    methods 
of  harnessing  and  hous- 
ing;   feeding 

Complete  life  history  of 
some  one  form;  weak 
stages  in  life  history; 
influence  of  weather 
conditions  upon  devel- 
opment; means  of 
control 

Calf,  pig,  or  sheep,  proj- 
ect;   see    project    man- 
ual;  use   of   wool   as   a 
textile  in  clothing  proj- 
ect   and     of     fish     as 
meat   in   foods   pro  jeer 
and  in  canning  project 

Estimates      of       damage 
done  in  local  region  by 
forms;    organize    cam; 
paigns  to  assist  in  con- 
trolling spread  if  inju- 
rious     forms;      use    in 
garden  and  crop  proj- 
ects 

Real   use   to   man;    sum- 
marize   farm    practices 
dependent  more  or  'ess 
upon  horses;  put  time 
on    project    work 

Estimates  of  damage 
done  and  control  cam- 
paigns against  spread 
of  injurious  forms;  use 
in  garden  and  crop 
project 

230 


INSECTS    AND     THEIR    KIN 


Feeding  On  L'^av  Plants,  Volume   i6, 
Ntjmber  2 


May  beetle.  13- 1.  16-2; 
potato  beetle,  13-1. 
16-2;      click      beetle, 

■  16-2;  monarch  butter- 
fly, 13-1.  16-2;  army 
worm,  cabbage  butter- 
fly, 1 3-1;  grasshopper, 
13-1,  16-2;  katydid, 
cricket,  13-1.  if'-2 


Emphasize  adult  stage 
and  a  conspicuous  im- 
mature stage;  kinds  of 
plantF  on  which  found; 
locomotion 


Decide  whether  form  is 
like  tent  caterpillar  or 
plant  louse  in  life  his 
tory;  calls  if  any  and 
how  made;  manner  of 
eating  food  and  of  win 
tering;  enemies;  rear 
one  form 


Squashbug,     13-1,     16-2; 
stinkbug,      16-2 ;     leaf- 
hoppe     T6-2;     spittle 
insecis,    t6-2 


Emphaci/^e  adult  stages 
kind  of  plants  on 
which  found  and  na- 
ture of  injur>'  if  any 
means     of     locomotion 


FEEniNG  On  Or  Beneath  The  Ground,  Vol- 
ume  16.  Number  2 


Cutworms,  16-2;  root 
aphids;  white  grubs. 
16-2 


Earthworms;  slugs;  land- 
snails;  pill  bugs 


Lay  no  great  emphasis 
on  this  gioup  in  these 
grades;  cutworms  and 
white  grubs  may  be 
recognized:  note  habit 
of   living    underground 


Decide  whac  cutworms  or 
white  grubs  or  other 
underground  insects 
develop  into:  choice  of 
food;  method  of  eating 
nature  of  injury;  meth- 
od  of  locomotion 


As  many  stages  as  possi- 
ble, include  additional 
examples;  enemies; 
means  of  breathing  and 
method   of  ea'ing 


M  ethod  of  prote  c  t  i  n  g 
self;  food  at  different 
stages;  is  food  and  the 
method  of  getting  it 
always  the  same?  De- 
cide upon  weakest 
stage  in  life  history; 
control 


Estimate  damage  done 
in  local  region;  find  out 
means  of  control  and 
if  necessary  practice  it 
in  conn  ection  with 
garden  or  crop  projects 


Weak  stages  in  life  his 
tory;  decide  value  of 
each  form,  if  it  has 
any;  poison  or  film  for 
control 


Lay  no  great  emphasis 
on  this  group  in  early 
grades;  if  found,  merely 
notice  any  peculiar 
actions  they  may  make 


Complete  the  life  cycie 
and  study  relation  to 
other  insects  as  rela- 
tion between  ants  and 
aphids;  determine  most 
helpless  time  in  life 
history 


Note  method  of  locomo- 
tion; injuries  caused  to 
plants  if  any;  note 
mounds  thrown  up  by 
earthworms  and  point 
out  advantage  to  plant 


Estimate  local  daniage 
and  prevent  multipli- 
cation of  forms  on 
crops  and  gardens 
under  school's  influ- 
ence; garden  and  food 
projects 


Practice  means  of  con- 
trolling these  insects 
which  may  be  injaring 
gardens  and  crops  car- 
ried     on     as     projects 


Compare  method  of  loco- 
motion in  earthworm, 
snail,  and  pill  bug;  life 
history  of  one;  relation 
between  weather  and 
abundance ;  enemies 
and    protection 


Practice  ccnitrol  methods 
with  gardens  and  crops 
if    necessary 


281 


INSECTS    AND     THEIR    KIN     (continued) 


Fekding    On   Wastk    (scavenger),  Volume  i6, 
Nlmber  2 


House    fies,    13-1.    16-2: 
millipede,    16-2 


Emphasize  adult  stage: 
ability  to  care  for  self; 
\'ariety  of  places  found ; 
large  eyes;  care  of  body 


Means  of  locomotion 
foods,  and  how  ob 
tained;  sanitation,  if 
any;  relation  to  human 
sanitation,  breeding 
places;  rear  flies  in  a 
caged    box 


Ideal  conditions  for  mul- 
tiplication; desirable 
and  undesirable  quali- 
ties; decide  upon  means 
of  preventing  multipli- 
cation ;     enemies 


Recognize  any  values 
which  may  exist;  list 
breeding  places  and 
suggest  or  put  into 
practice  controls;  rela- 
tion of  flies  to  foods  in 
food    projects 


Ants,    13-1,    16-2;    cock- 
roaches,   I 3- I,    16-2 


34 
Fee  iiNG  On  Insects  Or  Ammals.  Volume  16, 
Number   2 


House  spider,  13-1,  16-2; 
wasps,  13-1.  16-2; 
other  spiders  and 
wasps      and      hornets 


Emphasize  adult  stage 
ability  to  care  for  self 
care  of  parts  of  body 
home,  if  any 


Ant  nest  desirable;  care 
of  immature  stages ; 
food  and  means  of  eat- 
ing;  comparative 
strength",  enemies  and 
means  of  detecting 
danger;  types  of  indi- 
viduals 


Relation  of  forms  to 
other  insects;  to  plants 
and  animals;  ideal  and 
poor  conditions  for 
multiplication ;  desir- 
able and  undesirable 
qualities 


Conduct  campaigns  mak- 
ing these  forms  comply 
with  man's  needs;  put 
to  practice  in  making 
garden  projects  more 
effective 


Emphasize  adult  stages 
home  and  whw-e  found ; 
persistence;  disposition 
to  fight  if  necessary  but 
peaceful    if    let    alone 


Method  of  making  home 
and  carts  of  body  used 
in  each  act;  food  and 
how  obtained ;  eggs  and 
5'^oung  if  available ; 
wintering  habit 


Relation  to  the  lives  of 
other  insects;  different 
kinds  of  spiders  or 
wasps  and  types  of 
homes  and  food  of  each 


Collect  some  evidence 
that  these  forms  have 
helped  or  injured  gar- 
den and  crop  projects 


Lady  beetle,  13-1,  16-2: 
damsel  bug,  16-2  : 
stink  bug,  x6-2;  ground 
beetle,  13-X,  16-2; 
centipedes,  16-2;  bed- 
bug, 16-2;  lace  wing. 
16-2;     icheumon      Pies 


Emphasize  adult  stages, 
if  conspicuous,  study 
immature  stages;  activ- 
ity; means  of  detecting 
danger  and  of  finding 
food;    activity 


Food  and  how  obtained; 
enemies  andh  ow 
avoided;  inconspicuous 
stages;  wintering  habit 


Relation  to  other  insects 
and  anim  a  Is  and 
plants,  desirable  or  not 
and  why;  conditions 
favoring  multiplication 


Collect  evidence  proving 
that  these  forms  help 
or  injure  man  in  his 
everyday  life  and 
adopt  means  of  en- 
couragement or  dis- 
couragement 


232 


INSECTS    AND    THEIR    KIN     (concluded) 


35 
Of   Direct  Economic   Interest,  Volume     i6, 
Number  2 

36 
Feeding  In  Open  Air,Volume    14,    Number  4 

Bees.    13-1,    14-1 

Silkworm,    16-2;   mos« 
quito,    13-1,    14-2 

Barn    swallow,    .4-4; 
chimney     swift,     14-4; 
nighthawk,  any  similar 
form 

Cedar    waxwing,     14-4; 
kingbird,  14-4;  phoebe 
peewee    or    similar 
forms 

Emphasize   adult    stage; 
seen   commonly    about 
fragrant  flowers;  indus- 
trious; peaceful  unless 
annoyed;     home 

Inhabit  open  air  high  up; 
graceful  flight;  capture 
insects    on    wing;    soci- 
able 

Study    adult    mosquitoes 
and      wigglers;      learn 
connection     between 
them;     study     actions 
and     noises    produced ; 
if  possible,  watch  silk- 
worm    work 

Care  for  open  air  near 
ground;  capture  insects 
on  wing  but  return  to 
perch;  less  sociable 

Parts   of    body  used  for 
different  acts;  types  of 
individuals    and    their 
duties;    have    observa- 
tion   hive    if    possible; 
expressions   of   content 
and  anger;  enemies 

Notes  of  the  year;  when 
first     seen,     last     seen; 
nesting;  why  good  flier; 
food;     calls;     compare 
wings    and    legs    with 
those    of    other    types 

Rear  some  mosquitoes  in 
a     screened     aquarium 
in    school;    distinguish 
between      types      and 
sexes;      recognize      all 
stages;      if      desirable, 
rear  silkworm  caterpil- 
lars 

Poorer  flier  than  swal- 
lows; how  wings  diff'er 
from  theirs;  food;  calls 

Relation  of  bees  to  seed 
production;    conditions 
necessary   for   prosper- 
ity of  a  hive;  influence 
of  weather  and  food  on 
production     of     honey 

Make  migration  map  for 
the  year;  continue  find- 
ing additional  informa- 
tion 

Study  relation  of  mosqui- 
toes    to     health     and 
pleasure  of  man;  decide 
upon  weak  place  in  life 
history;  make  product 
chart   for  silkworm 

Make  migration  map  if 
possible;  discuss  metVi- 
od  of  getting  food:  var- 
iety of  food;  why  some 
scay  in  winter  when 
others     must     g" 

Carry  on  bee  project  or 
make,  stock,  and  carry 
on  an  observation  bee- 
hive 

Make    martin    houses    or 
put    in    time     learning 
how  to  attract  these  or 
other    birds 

Carry    on    campaign 
against       -nosqu^to 
breeding     grounds     01 
rear    silkwoim    accord- 
ing to  directions;  use  of 
silk     as     a     textile     in 
clothing    project 

(■(.liiH-l  n(.tcs  from  Aiuhi- 
lum  SiuictN-  i.caf'cts  mi 
value  of  th.sr  t)inl;. 
and  of  otli.T  ins.Tt 
caters  to  fanners  and 
,,thers 

2.-^8 


BIRD     STUDY 


37 
Feeding  Amomg  Trees    And  Shrubs,     Volume 
14, Number  4 

38 
Feeding    On    The  Ground.    Volume     14. 
Number  4 

Humming      bird,       14-4; 
yellow    warbler,     14-4; 
catbird,    14-4;    chicka- 
dee.    13-3;    wren 

Brown      creeper,        14-4; 
downy           woodpecker 
14-4;        red-headed 
woodpecker,       14-4; 
flicker,         14-4;       nut- 
hatch,  13-3 

Goldfinch.    14-4;   English 
sparrow.      14.4;      song 
sparrow,     14-4;     bobo- 
link.   14-4;  junco;  ves- 
per   sparrow 

Robin,     14-4;    bobwhite. 
14-4;       towhee,     14-4; 
pheasant;  partridge 

Found  in  and  among  deli- 
cate   parts    of    vegeta- 
tion;   active;    light    in 
weight;     "Sir     Downy 
and     Miss    Chicadee. 
Volume  13.  Number  3 

Found     most    commonly 
on  the  ground;  pick  up 
food  as  it  may  happen 
to  lie;  poor  fliers 

Found    on    more    sturdy 
parts    of    trees;    notice 
typical     positions; 
"Three   Friends."   Vol- 
ume   XIV,    Number   3 

Found  on  ground  most 
commonly;  get  food 
from  beneath  ground 
surface  if  necessary; 
learn  to  know  tracks 
in   snow  or  mud,    13-3 

Notes  of  the  year;  discuss 
value  of  light  weight  to 
these  birds;  calls;  food 
and    how   secured 

Nature  of  food;  relation 
of     shape     of     bill     to 
nature  of  food ;  more  or 
less  clumsy;  calls;  track 
interpretations 

Use    of   tail   and   legs   in 
getting      about       tree; 
method  of  getting  food ; 
peculiarities     of     body 
helpful  in  getting  food : 
calls 

Method  of  getting  food 
from  beneath  ground; 
perching  birds  have 
hind  toe  different  from 
scratching  birds  as 
shown  in  track,  why; 
calls;   food 

Make    migration   map   if 
possible;    discuss    why 
most  of  these  birds  are 
not  with  us  in  the  win- 
ter and  why  so  many 
are    in    spring 

Food  changes  during  the 
year;       color     changes 
during   the   year:    why 
some    of    these    forms 
stay  while  others  leave ; 
migration  map 

Make    migration    map    if 
possible ;    discuss    what 
these  birds  can  do  that 
other  cannot  do;  effect 
of    their    absence 

Compare  food  in  winter 
and  in  summer;  inter- 
pret tracks  made  by 
feet,  wings,  and  tails 
to  understand  their 
different    uses 

Establish  feeding  station 
at  school  window;  plan 
to    make    grounds    at- 
tractive  for   birds 

Relation    of    sparrow    to 
agriculture ;    good    and 
bad  points  about  them; 
which  forms  more  and 
which  less  desirable 

Use   of   woodpeckers   and 
like  birds  in  caring  for 
trees;  which  forms  ase- 
ful  and  which  not.  and 
why 

Make  a  study  of  value  of 
these  birds,  particu- 
larly the  quail;  plan 
how  they  may  be  pro- 
tected in  your  county 

234 


BIRD     STUDY     (continued) 


39                                                                                                      4'^ 
Feeding  Along    Waterways,   Volume   14,         Feeding  On  Waste  (Scavengers)  ,  Volume  14. 
Number  4                                                                      Number  4 

Green  heron,   14-4;  spot- 
ted     sandpiper,     ;r4-4 
killdeer    plover:    snipe 
bittern 

Canvasback    duck,    14-4;  Crow,     14-4;     blue     jay.  Bronzed     grackle,      14-4; 
kingfishers,    14-4;   mal-      14-4;  cowbird;  English       herring  gull,   14-4;  tur- 
lard;  teal;  wood  duck;      sparrow,    14-4                       key  vulture,  14-4 
loon;     hell-diver 

Found    in    a    variety    of 
places;      intelligent; 
strong,    reliable    flight; 
noise ;     cooperation     of 
members    of    a    flock; 
tracks 

Found      mostly        a,long 
shores,  "haunt  of  coot 
and  hern;"  poor  fliers; 
peculiarities    of    flight; 
how  legs  and  neck  are 
held   in   flight 

Found  feeding  in  deeper 
water;      can      remain 

more   or    less    stationary 
over   food,    how;   posi- 
tion of  legs;  movement 
on  land  in  air  and  on 
water;     flocks 

?ound    in    a    variety    of 
places;  sociable  or  not; 
quiet    or    noisy;    food; 
reoognition    of   migrat- 
ing flocks 

Explain     why     legs     and 
beak  are  without  feath- 
ers; longer  the  legs,  the 
longer   the    neck;  why; 
calls  and  how  made 

Variety      of      food      and 
method   of      getting; 
enormous     appetite; 
means      of     expressing 
joy,    fear,    anger,    and 
caution    by    calls    and 
tracks    (13-3,    14-3) 

^ 

Method    of   getting   food 
from  beneath  water  by 
diving     from      air     or 
water     surface;     calls: 
food;  nature  of  feet  and 
of    bills 

Why    good    fliers;    where 
nesting;    habits    about 
nest      and      elsewhere; 
calls    and    method    of 
making      them;      daily 
and      seasonal      migra- 
tions 

What  can  these  birds  do 
that  others  cannot  do 
and  why  they  can  do 
it;  compare  muddy  and 
gravelly     shore     forms 
and     movements 

Food   through   the    year; 
great  migration  unnec- 
essary because  of  food 
variety;  home  life;  re- 
lation    to     other     bird 
torms 

' 

Nature    of   young;    nests 
and     care     of     young; 
reason    for    migration 
home    life,     in     spring 
particularly;    unity    oi 
family 

Make   migration   map,   if 
possible;  care  of  young; 
necessity   of  the   exist- 
ence   of    these     types: 
enemies     and     how 
evaded 

Value  of  sandpipers  and 
plover    to    farmers;    a 
shore   without  a   sand 
piper  is  as  unreal  as  a 
marsh  without  a  heror 

Use  to  farmer;   desirable 
and   undesirable    quali- 
ties;  means   of  encour- 
aging   or    discouraging 
visits 

Game    laws;    reason    fo 
closed  season  in  spring 
to   save   broods   f)f  th 
year;  report   violation 
to    game    warden 

r 
5 

Means      of      control.      if 
du  si  nil  lit-;      vahii-      to 
fanner   if    value   exists; 
re^■o^;Ilition      of     useful 
and    useless    forms 

28r) 


BIRD     STUDY     (concluded) 


236 


Type  of  Garden  Rose 
Photo  by  Dr.  Shufeldt 

Wild  and  Garden  Roses 

Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Of  all  the  flowers  in  our  country  probably  none  are  better 
known  than  the  roses;  and  surely  one  would  have  to  hunt  a 
long  time  to  find  either  a  boy  or  a  girl  who  did  not  know  a  wild 
rose  or  any  of  the  kind  we  have  in  our  gardens  the  instant  the 
flower  was  seen.  But  to  know  a  rose  is  one  thing,  and  to  know 
about  roses  is  quite  another  thing;  and  you  must  not  be  sur- 
prised when  you  hear  it  said  that  many  a  person  has  devoted 
a  lifetime  to  the  study  of  these  familiar  flowers,  and  then  mas- 
tered but  very  little  of  all  there  is  to  be  known  about  them.. 

In  the  first  place  you  must  know  that  wild  roses  ^^^vow  in  a 
great  many  places  over  a  large  part  of  the  Northern  ITcmis])licrc'. 
and  that  there  are  fewer  wild  ones  in  our  countr}^  Jiere  than  we 

237 


238  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

meet  with,  for  example,  in  Europe  or  the  Old  World.  Those 
who  describe  and  write  about  roses  tell  us  that  upwards  of  an 
hundred  kinds  of  wild  ones  have  already  been  named,  and  this, 
mind  you,  does  not  include  the  numerous  kinds  of  garden  roses. 
So,  taken  together,  there  may  be  as  many  as  a  thousand  differ- 
ent kinds  of  roses  that  have  been  described  for  us  in  the  books 
that  treat  about  them. 

As  you  know,  some  of  the  garden  roses  are  perfect  wonders, 
when  we  come  to  consider  their  size,  form,  and  delicate  colors. 
Still,  beautiful  as  they  all  are,  you  must  bear  well  in  mind  that 
any  one  of  these  elegant  varieties  have  been,  through  cultivation, 
derived  from  a  wild  rose  of  some  kind.  Ages  upon  ages  ago 
the  florists  undertook  this  delightful  work  —  so  long  ago  in- 
deed, that  no  one  now  living  really  knows  when  it  was  first  start- 
ed. Little  does  it  matter  how  handsome  any  one  of  these  gar- 
den roses  may  be  —  if  planted  in  the  woods  or  fields  again,  and 
neglected,  it  will,  should  it  live  along  from  year  to  year,  soon 
come  to  be  a  common,  wild  rose  again,  of  one  kind  or  another. 

Roses  are  the  favorite  flowers  of  every  nation  where  they 
are  known,  so  much  so  that  in  England  it  is  the  national  emblem. 
Then,  too,  when  great  wars  are  over,  and  victorious  soldiers 
march  in  parade  down  the  principal  avenue  of  the  capital  of 
their  country, — be  it  London,  Paris,  Rome,  or  our  own  Wash- 
ington, the  people,  often  including  hundreds  of  little  boys  and 
girls,  cast  scores  of  roses  before  them,  in  the  line  of  their  march. 
In  fact,  all  through  history  roses  seem  to  be  mingled  with  every 
great  event  in  our  lives,  including  baptisms,  weddings,  and 
funerals;  and  to  wear  a  rose  has  a  great  many  meanings 
among  the  different  peoples  of  the  countries  where  this  flower 
of  history  is  found. 

So  great  is  the  number  of  kinds  of  garden  roses  that  have 
been  derived  from  the  various  sorts  or  species  of  wild  ones,  that 
to  name  and  describe  them  here  would  be  quite  out  of  the- ques- 
tion. As  you  already  know,  they  vary  wonderfully  in  form, 
size,  and  c  )lor~some  being  sm.all  plants,  som.e  big,  bushy  ones, 
and  still  others  are  known  as  ramblers,  because,  if  allowed  to 
grow  to  the  limit,  a  rosebush  will,  in  time,  climb  all  over  a  good- 
sized  cottage,  or  even  an  ordinary  city  house. 

Ciiltivated  roses  are  of  various  colors  in  addition  to  being 
ptire  white.     We  meet  with  pink  ones  of  all  shades;     red  ones; 


SHUFELDT  WILD  AND  GARDEN  ROSES  239 

those  of  deep  carmine  shades,  and  it  would  seem  that  som.e  one 
has  even  bred  a  blue  rose.  Still  others  are  of  a  delicate  tea  color, 
and  there  are  no  end  of  the  shades  of  yellow  and  chromes. 
It  is  wonderful  how  all  this  has  been  brought  about,  especially 
when  you  come  to  know  that  few,  if  any,  wild  roses  depart  from 
either  white  or  pale  shades  of  pink.  Our  best  known  wild  roses 
are  the  Pasture  Rose,  of  which  we  have  a  colored  figure  here; 
the  Swamp  Rose,  the  Sweetbrier,  the  Dog  Rose,  the  Meadow, 
and  the  Climbing  Roses.  But  this  is  by  no  means  the  whole 
list,  as  any  boys'  and  girls'  flower-book  will  tell  you.  These 
are  only  a  few  of  the  principal  and  best  known  ones;  and  when 
you  come  to  know  them  well,  a  study  of  the  others  is  easy. 
To  gather  them  in  the  woods  and  fields,  bring  them  home,  and 
go  to  your  books  to  find  out  their  names,  soon  com.es  to  inter- 
est you  so  much  as  to  be  one  of  the  pleasantest  of  your  pastimes. 

Note  in  the  Pasture  Rose  of  the  fields,  and  in  the  garden  one, 
how  different  their  forms  are;  still, nearly  all  this  difference  is  due 
to  the  fact  that  in  the  wild  rose  we  find  but  a  single  circle  of 
pink  petals,  while  in  the  garden  species  these  are  considerably 
multiplied.  This  is  brought  about  by  careful  cultivation,  and  we 
never  meet  with  any  kind  of  a  true  rose  in  nature  that  possesses 
any  such  nimiber  of  petals.  This  is  a  good  point  to  know  about 
wild  and  garden  roses.  Then  you  should  collect  and  study  the 
different  kinds  of  rose  leaves,  the  various  forms  of  the  thorns,  and 
the  manner  of  growth  of  the  plant  itself.  Rosebuds  also  differ 
greatly,  and  are  very  interesting,  as  are  the  red  seed  pods,  called 
hips  or  heps,  that  w^e  find  in  the  autum.n  when  roses,  with  all  oth- 
er flowers,  have  "gone  to  seed." 

Sometimes  the  Pasture  Rose,  just  mentioned,  will  put  forth 
a  flower  or  two  late  in  the  fall,  just  as  though  it  hated  that  the 
summer  had  passed;  which  is  also  the  case  with  most  little 
boys  and  girls.  For,  from  vacation  days,  with  their  green  fields 
and  wild  roses,  it  is  back  to  books  and  benches  again — with 
snow  and  sleds  for  a  change.  Well,  so  much  the  better; 
for  we  will  welcom.e  and  appreciate  the  wild  roses  all  the  more 
when  the  sum.mer  comes  round  again,  which  it  surely  will. 


Nature  Study  Excursion  to  dairy  with  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  grade  children. 
Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Stalking  the  Cow. 

Elizabeth  Prayer  Burnell,  A.     M. 

Assistant  Supervisor  of  Nature  Study,  Los  Angeles  City  Schools, 

Stalking  wild  game  is  royal  sport.  The  unfamiliarity  of  the 
cow  has  made  her  equally  exciting  quarry  for  many  a  child  of 
the  apartm.ent  house  district.  It  is  not  exceptional  to  find  city 
children  who  know  less  of  a  cow  than  of  an  elephant.  That  will 
no  longer  be  applicable  to  Los  Angeles  children,  however.  The 
cows  have  been  star  actors,  and  m.ovies  at  that,  in  the  educational 
system,  of  the  city  for  the  m.onth  of  January.  Serene  bossys 
on  their  way  hom.e  from,  pasture  have  been  formally  saluted  by 
inquisitive  youngsters  who  have  discovered  a  new  interest  in 
heel  joints  and  elbows.  Fathers  have  taken  clamouring  children 
to  neighboring  lots  to  see  how  a  cow  walks.  "Does  she  move  her 
right  hand  and  left  foot  together  or  her  right  hand  and  right  foot?" 

The  Nature  Study  Department  in  the  Los  Angeles  City  schools, 
under  the  directorship  of  Dr.  Charles  Lincoln  Edwards,  co- 
operate with  various  departm.ents  of  the  city  such  as  the  parks, 

240 


I 


BURNELL  STALKING  THE  COW  241 

the  zoos  and  the  museums.  Nature  Study  bulletins  have  been 
scheduled  to  synchronize  with  city  wide  interests  such  as  the 
stock  shows  and  the  pigeon  shows  and  the  children  have  been 
given  a  place  among  the  exhibitors  at  the  city  Dog  Show.  For 
the  study  of  the  cow  during  January  the  Milk  Inspection  De- 
partment of  the  city  has  given  helpful  and  enthusiastic  support 
in  preparing  a  list  of  the  dairies  of  the  city  with  reference  to 
school  excursions. 

Dairy  owners  have  been  helpful  and  cordial  in  explaining  the 
use  of  equipment  and  in  showing  school  groups  around  the  dairies. 
A  regular  tour  of  inspection  has  included  the  milking,  the  strain- 
ing and  cooling  of  the  milk,  and  the  bottling.  The  children 
have  had  vivid  demonstrations  of  the  care  and  expense  necessary 
to   fulfil    the   requirements   for   certified   and   guaranteed   milk. 

Eighty-five  children  gathered  around  a  corral  to  watch  the 
cows.  Mischievous  boys  found  greater  excitement  in  seeing 
who  could  first  win  over  the  confidence  of  timid  calves  than  in 
putting  them  to  fiight  with  noisy  teasing.  Here  was  a  new  in- 
centive for  being  quiet  in  order  to  encourage  the  cattle  who  were 
slow  to  accept  the  advance  of  their  visitors.  For  this  was  a  Nature 
Study  Excursion  and  not  a  picnic.  Tradition  had  established 
the  requirements  which  they  would  be  expected  to  meet.  With 
notebooks  and  pencils  the  young  reporters  prepared  to  explain 
their  observations  to  their  school-mates  and  their  families  at 
home. 

Jersey,  Holstein,  Guernsey,  Durham,  and  Ayrshire  cattle 
have  been  added  to  the  list  of  friends  of  the  children  of  the  city. 
Even  fastidious  little  girls  have  put  their  fingers  inside  the  mouths 
of  the  calves  in  their  interest  to  feel  the  lower  incisors  and  the 
bare  gums  above.  Two  tame  cows  near  a  school  peaceably  sub- 
mitted to  inspection  and  to  having  their  m.ouths  opened  by 
boys  of  the  school  group. 

Ask  a  Los  Angeles  child  why  teeth  are  interesting  and  you  will 
start  him  on  a  long  story  which  will  include  the  flesheaters  of  whicli 
he  will  assure  you  the  dog  is  one,  and  the  grasseaters  of  wJiich 
he  has  studied  the  horse  and  the  cow.  Several  thousand  children 
know  more  about  teeth  of  horses  and  cows  than  is  known  l)y  m.an>' 
of  their  elders. 

Picture  exhibits  have  been  used  to  help  visualize  ilic  animal 
relationships.     These  have   proved   a  splendid   asset,   esj)eciall>' 


242  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  REVIEW 

when  the  mateiial  has  been  collected  by  the  children  and  when 
they  have  helped  to  mount  and  arrange  the  pictures.  Groups 
of  pictures  large  enough  to  be  seen  at  a  distance  have  shown 
the  Cud-Chewers :  cows,  sheep,  goats,  deer  and  camels.  Post- 
ers have  been  made  to  illustrate  graphically  the  fact  that  the 
hippopotamus  walks  on  four  fingers  of  each  hand,  that  the 
pig  has  two  on  which  he  walks  and  two  smaller  ones,  and  that 
members  of  the  cattle  group  have  the  third  and  fourth  fingers 
developed  for  use  while  the  second  and  fifth  are  mere  vestiges. 
These  exhibits  have  beea  arranged  in  the  Nature  Room  where 
the  school  had  ore.  In  even  the  most  crowded  schools  where 
space  is  at  a  premium  it  has  been  possible  to  find  a  central  hall 
or  a  well -lighted  passageway  where  the  pictures  have  been  exhibit- 
ed. They  have  helped  to  make  a  lasting  impression  not  only 
of  zoological  classification  but  also  of  our  kinship  with  the  animal 
world.  The  fourth-grade  boy  who  was  excited  over  the  dis- 
covery that  the  arms  of  a  cow  were  "just  like  my  own"  is  on  the 
road  to  new  intellectual  achievements, 

A  big  truck  took  35  children  to  one  of  the  most  famous  dairies 
of  the  state,  m.aking  a  twelve  mile  round  trip  from  the  school. 
The  children  were  much  impressed  to  watch  392  cows  each  taking 
her  place  in  her  own  stanchion.  They  were  interested  to  find 
that  each  milker  knew  his  cows  by  name.  The  white  caps  and 
suits  of  the  milkers,  the  care  in  washing  the  cows,  the  precaution 
against  dirt  in  the  care  of  the  pails — all  contributed  to  building 
up  in  the  child  a  new  conception  of  the  relation  of  cleanliness 
to  health. 

Som.e  seventh  grade  girls  started  out  as  unenthusiastic  m.em- 
bers  of  one  school  excursion  to  see  a  neighborhood  cow.  They 
"knew  all  about  cows".  When  the  excursion  was  over  they  were 
the  most  reluctant  to  leave. 

A  wide  awake  Nature  Study  teacher  took  80  of  her  Russian 
and  Mexican  children  to  visit  the  Hauser  Packing  plant.  Com- 
pare this  excursion  with  the  results  obtained  by  the  teachers 
who  taught  lessons  on  burning  and  fuel  without  attempting  a 
single  experiment  in  the  classroom.  Children  were  told  to  light 
a  candle  at  home  and  place  it  under  an  inverted  tumbler  to  see 
what  would  happen.  The  chief  hope  of  the  supervisor  is  to 
stimulate  the  teacher  to  bring  live  material  into  the  classroom 
and  to  increase  the  frequency  of  field  trips  for  every  child. 


BURNELL  STALKING  THE  COW  343 

An  Italian  fifth  grade  youngster  became  the  leading  figure  of 
the  school  when  he  conducted  classes  to  his  back  lot  to  see  his 
billy-goat  and  nanny-goat.  No,  he  had  never  seen  them  chew 
their  cuds.  So  we  asked  for  his  m,other  and  she  assured  the  child- 
ren that  they  chewed  their  cuds  "just  like  chewing  gum".  The 
foreign  neighbors  gathered  around  in  curiosity  to  see  why  teachers 
were  coming  to  see  the  goats  so  we  conducted  an  Extension  Course 
in  Nature  Study — ^mentioned  the  fact  that  the  goat  is  a  near  relative 
of  the  cow  about  which  we  were  studying,  and  asked  the  children  to 
explain  the  difference  between  its  arms  and  legs.  They  demon- 
strated with  their  own  joints  saying  that  goats  were  like  ourselves 
"the  heel  bends  backwards  and  the  knee  bends  forwards." 
It  gave  an  excellent  opportunity  not  only  for  observing  but  for 
that  best  of  educational  processes  of  at  once  sharing  with  others 
who  are  interested  listeners  a  new  bit  of  infonnation. 

Visits  have  been  made  to  goat  dairies  and  the  children  encour- 
aged to  find  out  everything  that  they  could  about  the  relative 
merits  of  cow's  milk  and  goat's  milk,  of  the  relative  cost  of  feed 
and  of  the  care  of  the  animals.  "How  do  they  compare  in  intel- 
ligence with  the  cows,"  we  asked,  and  the  children  who  owned 
goats  were  quick  to  speak  up  for  their  own  pets. 

Some  165  principals  have  been  stimulated  to  find  out  not  only 
the  present  environment  of  their  children  but  also  their  back- 
ground. How  m.any  of  them  are  the  product  of  an  apartmxnt 
house  and  how  many  have  ever  been  in  the  country?  Ask  a  room 
full  of  children  how  many  of  them,  have  ever  seen  a  cow  chew  its 
cud.  One  hundred  thousand  children  have  had  their  experience 
widened  by  a  month's  nature  study  of  the  cow.  Three  thousand 
teachers  have  to  a  greater  or  less  degree  taken  advantage  of  the 
opportunities  to  enlarge  the  horizon  of  their  children  beyond  the 
school  room  walls. 

Vital  questions  of  the  community  life  have  been  discussed — 
where  is  the  feed  for  the  cattle  raised  and  how  much  of  the  year 
can  the  dairymen  depend  upon  pasturage'  for  their  cows ;  what  is 
done  with  the  surplus  milk;  where  is  the  butter  of  the  city 
made?  The  children  have  returned  from  excursions  with  samples 
of  cotton-seed,  of  silage  and  of  beet  pulp  tied  up  in  their  handker- 
chiefs. They  have  discussed  the  use  of  fertilizers  and  the  service 
of  cattle  in  connection  with  rotation  of  crops. 


244  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Discussion  of  different  breeds  of  cattle  has  brought  a  review  of 
the  lessons  earlier  in  the  year  on  the  breeds  of  dogs  and  of  pigeons. 
Reversion  to  type  and  ancestral  patterns  are  problems  that  can 
be  made  of  great  interest  to  the  grammar  school  child. 

There  has  been  much  stimulus  not  only  to  visit  dairies  but  to 
revisit  the  zoos  and  to  see  the  relatives  of  the  cow.  Some 
rooms  are  keeping  Nature  Study  Honor-rolls  with  records  of  child- 
ren who  have  watched  animals  chewing  their  cuds,  scoring  points 
for  the  camel  and  the  giraffe  in  proportion  to  the  unfamiliarity 
of  the  animal.  The  children  have  found  new  things  to  look  for. 
They  have  discovered  that  Nature  Study  in  the  words  of  Liberty 
Hyde  Bailey  is  "Seeing  what  one  looks  at  and  drawing  correct 
conclusions  from  what  one  sees." 

Field  exciirsions  give  laboratory  experience  of  the  highest  type. 
Hoofs  and  horns  and  teeth  take  on  new  meaning  after  seeing 
horses  and  cows  and  camels  and  studying  them  first  hand.  Big 
principles  of  evolution,  of  animal  breeding,  of  zoological  classi- 
fication, of  the  interrelations  of  the  plant  and  animal  world  have 
been  brought  within  the  horizon  of  every  child.  It  is  such  neighbor- 
hood and  more  distant  field  excursions  which  link  Nature  Study 
with  the  true  scientific  spirit  of  the  high  school  and  the  university. 

The  County  and  City  School  Libraries  for  Visual  Education 
have  cooperated  in  supplying  slides.  These  have  illustrated 
butter  and  cheese  making,  breeds  of  cattle  and  tanning  leather. 
The  teachers  as  well  as  the  children  have  expressed  the  greatest 
enthusiasm  over  these  illustrated  talks. 

The  child  is  not  asked  to  memorize.  He  is  taught  that  it  is 
his  ability  to  observe  and  to  draw  correct  conclusions  which 
counts.  The  child  who  has  stroked  a  beautiful  Jersey  cow  and 
felt  her  soft  coat  will  never  answer  merely  by  rote  that  "the  cow 
is  a  fur-bearing  animal  like  ourselves."  The  best  education  is 
that  which  comes  from  intimate  contact  with  real  things  as  they 
appeal  not  only  to  the  eye  but  also  to  the  hand  and  the  ear. 

The  individual  who  hsis  stalked  a  timid  cow  in  a  corral  and  made 
friends  with  her  has  a  source  of  intellectual  pleasure  and  interest 
not  to  be  found  in  books  alone. 


The  Winners 

Fiom  left  to  right  standing:  Charles  Hagner  (school  winner),  Dorothy  Logan,  Florence 
Banks,  Loleta  Chalmers,  Elsie  Carlberg  (2nd  place  where  winner  was  withdrawn),  Emma 
Shaw,  Leona  Holton,  Hilda  Hall,  Mary  Hitch. 

Seated:  David  Blair,  George  Merritt,  Ralph  Zeese,  James  Bowman,  Arnold  Fcgelgrin' 
Emerson  Wilson,  Edward  LeCarpentier. 

Bagworm  Collections  in  a  Wilmington  Del.  School 

Edith  W.  Warner 

Nature  Studv  Teacher 


From  December  17  to  24  the  Pupils  of  Grammar  School  No. 
24  of  the  Public  Schools  of  Wilmington,  Delaware  engaged  in  a 
contest  for  collecting  and  destroying  of  bagworm  cocoons.  The 
bagworms  had  been  causing  great  damage,  by  eating  the  leaves 
of  many  beautiful  trees,  and  after  studying  of  these  caterpillars, 
the  children  were  given  one  week  for  collecting  the  cocoons; 
at  the  end  of  the  given  time,  each  pupil  gave  an  account  of  his 
cocoons  and  the  class  then  went  out  to  a  spot  back  of  the  school 
where  a  bonfire  was  made  of  cocoons  and  paper  to  make  the  cocoons 
burn  well.  The  children  enjoyed  the  bonfire  very  much.  Owing 
to  bad  weather,  at  that  time  only  313  children  took  ])art  in  iIk' 
contest,  but  this  number  destroyed  the  total  number   of  67.530 


cocoons. 


245 


246 


NA  TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 


The  Winners  of  the  different  classes  were  as  follows- 


Class 


8A' 
8A2 
8A3 
8B1 
8B2 
8B3 
8B^ 
7A^ 

7A3 
7A^ 
7B1 
7B^ 
7B^ 
7B^ 
7B-' 
7B« 
6A1 
6A2 
6Bi 


Winner 


Emily  Foster 
Lucy  Bittner 
George  Smith 
Emma  Shaw 
Loleta   Chalmers 
Ralph  Reese 
Charles   Hagnei 
Margaret    Brown 
Mary    Hitch 
Edward  Le  Carpentier 
Emerson  Wilson 
Dorothy  Logan 
Hilda  Hall 
Florence  Banks 
George  Merritt 
Arnold   Fogelgrin 
Samuel  Jones 
Leona  Holton 
James  Bowman 
Joseph  Fisher 


Number  of  Cocoons 

Number  of  Cocoons 

brought  by  winner 

brought  by  class 

300 

1314 

600 

2477  . 

658^ 

1944 

1015 

5264 

600 

5045 

1700 

5728 

4369 

12916 

550 

1855 

804 

4199 

200 

2706 

200 

969 

950 

2270 

350 

3958 

1650 

4015 

202 

523 

115 

319 

745 

3160 

415 

1392 

2100 

3575 

1017 

3801 

As  is  shown  by  the  above  chart  8B'*  class  was  the  winning  class,  and  its 
winner,  Chailes  Hagner  was  the  winner  for  the  entire  school.  Three  other 
boys  of  the  same  class  did  splendid  work  but  owing  to  the  high  numbei  col- 
lected by  their  winner  they  did  not  re;eive  any  honors;  these  boys  were: 
David  Blair  with  2135 
Lester  Truman  with  2000 
Howard  Sparks  with  1000 

Every  child  who  took  part  in  the  contest,  worked  hard  to  win 
honor  for  himself  and  his  class;  and  it  was  surprising  how  much 
the  girls  accom.plished  where  it  was  often  necessary  to  climb 
trees,  but  no  accidents  resulted  from  the  work.  During  the 
gathering  of  the  cocoons  the  children  were  careful  not  to  break 
even  small  twigs  from  the  trees;  as  it  was  explained  to  them 
that  this  injures  the  tree  as  much  or  more  than  the  bagworms. 
After  destroying  this  large  number  of  cocoons;  some  of  which 
were  opened  by  the  children,  and  the  eggs  counted,  were  found 
to  contain  as  high  as  250  eggs;  we  hope  to  have  many  more 
beautiful  trees  in  our  city  unmolested  by  the  greedy  caterpillars. 


An  Interesting  Boulder 

C.    J.    KiMMERLE 

Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

In  a  cool,  dark  ravine,  cutting  thru  the  m.ountain,  is  a  rock 
which,  like  a  full  and  beautiful  life,  attracts  the  attention  and 
admiration  of  all  who  see  it.  And  the  rock  has  lived  a  real  life, 
for  it  has  lived  in  various  places  and  seen  m.uch,  and  now  it  is 
helping  to  beautify  the  ravine. 

Many,  many  centuries  ago,  this  limestone  boulder  was  a  part 
of  a  limestone  ridge  far  away  in  the  north;  then  in  the  course 
of  tim.e  perhaps  by  a  fracture  in  the  rock  or  from.  som.e  other 
cause,  it  was  broken  off,  and  on  its  sides  could  be  seen  little 
fossils  of  queer  little  shells  which  told  of  the  form.ation  of  the 
rock.  After  staying  in  this  resting  place  for  many,  many  years, 
suddenly,  one  day,  it  was  picked  up  by  a  huge,  slowly  m.oving 
body  of  snow  and  ice,  and,  along  with  m.any  other  boulders, 
it  was  carried  southward.  For  years  and  even  centuries  it  was 
borne  along,  until  it  m.ust  have  become  weary  of  being  scraped 
over  the  earth  and  ground  against  the  rocks.  On  and  on,  south- 
ward it  went,  but  gradually  the  burden  pressing  on  it  became 
lighter.  A  strange  thing  was  happening.  The  snow  and  ice 
were  gradually  melting  and  loosening  their  hold  on  the  bould- 
ers, and  one  day,  after  long  weary  years  of  travelling,  our  bould- 
er was  finally  deposited  in  a  perm.anent  resting  place. 

Its  resting  place  was  a  lovely  ravine  with  hemlock  covered 
slopes.  Other  boulders,  too,  were  there,  and  am.ong  them,  play- 
ed and  raced  a  strong,  little  mountain  stream.  This  stream 
was  a  playful,  friendly  stream  and  it  delighted  in  m.aking  the 
acquaintance  of  each  rock.  And  so  it  tumbled  over  a  hinder- 
ing rock  and  flowed  around  and  past  our  boulder,  and,  as  it  dash- 
ed by,  it  playfully  threw  up  a  handful  of  spray.  Each  tim.e 
it  went  by  it  repeated  this  action  and  the  rock  was  thankful 
for  the  cool  moisture. 

But  in  the  midst  of  all  this  beauty  the  reck  felt  sad  and 
ashamed,  for,  looking  down  in  the  water,  it  saw  how  bare  and  stern- 
ly gray  were  its  own  sides  while  everything  else  about  it  was 
bright  and  beautiful.  The  slopes  of  the  ravine  were  covered 
with  the  dark  beauty  of  hem.lock   trees;     the  stream,  sparkled 

247 


248  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

like  a  gem  in  the  sunlight  and  in  the  shade  reflected  the  green 
of  the  trees;  and  all  the  other  boulders  had  a  soft  tho  thin 
covering  of  bright  green  moss.  The  large,  gray  boulder  alone 
looked  stem  and  forbidding. 

Many  years  passed  and  now  the  old  gray  boulder  is  the 
proudest  and  happiest  dweller  in  the  ravine.  Let  us  look 
back  and  see  what  has  happened.  Every  day  as  the  little  stream 
played  about  and  raced  down  the  ravine,  it  continued  to  throw 
handsful  of  spray  on  the  old  rock  which  it  had  grown  to  love, 
and,  as  time  went  on,  little  particles  of  waste,  such  as  dead  leaves 
and  bits  of  bark,  fell  on  the  rock  and  were  held  there  by  the  moist- 
ure. To  this  was  added  bits  of  decaying  rock  and  soon  tiny 
bits  of  soil  filled  the  fissures.  Into  these  fissures  the  wind  car- 
ried the  spores  of  mosses  growing  in  the  ravine,  and  one  day, 
when  the  old  rock  looked  down  at  the  sparkling  water,  it  caught 
sight  of  its  own  reflection.  But  the  boulder  was  so  surprised 
at  what  it  saw  that  it  could  scarcely  recognize  itself.  Its  sides 
were  no  longer  bare  and  unsightly,  but  enveloped  in  a  thick 
covering  of  dark  green  moss,  a  much  thicker  and  lovlier  garment 
than  that  worn  by  any  other  rock.  Some  of  the  mosses  had 
starlike  tips,  others  were  colored  with  bright  red,  another  kind 
was  long  and  feathery,  and  still  another  looked  like  tiny  rosettes. 
How  proud  and  happy  the  old  boulder  was! 

But  it  was  to  be  made  still  more  lovely  and  wonderful.  One 
day  a  new  little  plant  called  the  walking  fern  appeared  on  the 
rock.  The  leaves  of  the  new  plant  grew  from  queer,  little  round 
leaves  to  long  tapering  fronds,  and  when  they  were  full  grown 
they  buried  their  tips  down  into  the  soft,  moist  moss,  and  in  a 
few  weeks  new  little  plants  had  been  formed,  until  today  one 
whole  side  and  parts  of  the  others  are  covered  with  these  busy 
interesting  plantr.  And  besides  this,  another  fern  has  choesn 
the  old  boulder  for  its  home.  This  fern  is  called  polypody,  and 
all  year  round  its  green  fronds  grace  the  top  of  the  rock. 

And  so,  if  you  were  to  visit  Wild  Cat  Ravine,  you  would  at 
once  notice  and  admire  the  old  rock.  Sometimes  in  the  evening 
a  veery  stops  here  and  sings  his  weird,  beautiful  song.  All  year 
round  the  rock  is  green,  matted  with  moss  and  the  fronds  of  the 
walking-leaf,  and  crowned  with  polypody.  The  old  boulder  is 
happy  indeed! 


A  Story  of  Jim  the  Normal  School  Squirrel 

Ethel  Gallaher 

Western  Normal,  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

One  fine  day  when  our  nature  study  class  met  we  were  sur- 
prised to  find  in  the  cage  in  which  Jacob  the  guinea  pig  lived, 
a  tiny  baby  squirrel.  He  looked  far  from  happy.  He  couldn't 
open  one  eye  and  he  was  so  weak  that  he  kept  tumbling  over 
each  time  he  tried  to  sit  up.  He  gave  us  a  good  example  Df 
perseverance  as  he  sat  trying  with  all  his  might  to  eat  a  wilted 
cabbage  leaf. 

We  found  that  the  little  fellow  had  fallen  from  his  nest,  had 
been  saved  from  an  inquiritive  dog  and  brought  to  the  place 
where  all  creatures,   happy  or  otherwise,   are  always  welcome. 

The  r-abbits  refused  to  share  their  home  with  him.  They 
jtimped  on  the  poor  terrified  little  fellow  and  thumped  their 
hind  legs  on  the  bottom  of  the  cage  showing  their  anger  and 
contempt  for  the  intruder.  So  there  was  no  place  for  Jim,  the 
new  baby,  except  in  the  office. 

A  few  days  in  his  new  home  and  a  plentiful  supply  of  warm 
milk  and  bread  made  Jim  a  happy  squirrel.  He  liked  carrots, 
lettuce,  dandelions,  and  all  the  nuts  we  would  crack  for  him. 
When  offered  bread  and  butter  he  would  dig  into  the  bread  and 
smack  his  lips  while  eating  the  butter. 

It  was  still  quite  cool  weather  and  Jim  discovered  that  the 
most  comfortable  place  to  sleep  was  on  a  box  near  the  radiator. 
There  he  would  curl  with  his  tail  wrapped  around  him  and  sleep 
most  of  the  day.  He  soon  began  to  play.  Altho  he  was  an 
amiable  little  fellow  he  would  let  one  know  that  he  had  four 
sharp  little  teeth  when  he  became  excited. 

Just  about  this  time  vacation  came  and  to  me  fell  the  pleasure 
of  Jim's  company  during  the  summer.  He  travelled  to  his  new 
home  in  a  bird  cage.  It  must  be  confessed  that  neither  Jim 
nor  I  had  any  pleasure  in  the  trip.  He  was  so  terribly  fright- 
ened and  I  so  sorrowful  that  our  beloved  Httle  Jim  should  go 
thru  such  a  trial.  A  sack  of  nuts  had  been  placed  in  the  cage 
and  into  that  bag  crawled  the  poor  baby.  He  seemed  to  feel 
that  this  was  the  safest  place  he  could  reach,  for  he  stayed  there 
perfectly  motionless  during  the  thirty  mile  drive  and  for  some 
hours  afterward. 

249 


250  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

I  prepared  my  room  for  him  by  taking  up  the  rug,  spreading" 
an  old  comforter  over  the  bed  and  removing  everything  that 
I  thought  could  possibly  attract  his  attention.  Before  the  sumjner 
was  over  there  were  only  two  things  he  had  not  tried  to  taste — 
the  iron  bed  and  a  much  treasured  old  chest. 

When  Jim  first  came  out  of  his  cage  he  was  nearly  as  fright- 
ened as  when  he  was  in  it.  When  he  got  outside  of  those  terrible 
ban^  his  fears  soon  vanished.  He  was  still  too  young  to  do  much 
jumping  so  he  crept  about  sticking  his  inquisitive  nose  into  every 
comer.  He  discovered  a  piece  of  old  carpet  in  the  door-way 
and  his  terrible  journey,  the  cage,  the  strange  place  and  all  his 
troubles  were  all  forgotten.  He  grabbed  that  carpet  in  his  teeth, 
gave  it  a  few  pulls  and  tosses  and  rolled  over  and  over  with  it 
exactly  as  a  kitten  plays  with  a  string.  When  the  game  had 
ended  Jim.  felt  quite  at  home. 

Soon  darkness  began  to  fall  and  then  Jim.  looked  around  for 
a  bed.  A  comer  by  a  trunk  was  chosen  and  there  he  slept  for 
several  nights. 

One  day  I  put  him  up  on  the  window-sill.  This  pleased  him. 
He  soon  learned  to  crawl  up  by  him.self.  Up  a  pile  of  books, 
across  the  desk,  then  down  the  window-sill  he  would  go,  a  rather 
round-a-bout  way  but  one  that  required  but  very  small  jumps. 
Now  the  weather  was  warm  and  Jim  very  wisely  decided  that 
the  window-sill  was  a  more  comfortable  bed  room  than  was  the 
comer  by  the  trunk.  So  there  he  curled  himself  at  bed  time 
and  went  to  sleep.  In  the  night  I  heard  a  great  scratching  and 
scrambling.  I  hurried  to  the  window  and  was  just  in  time  to 
save  Jim  fr3m  a  fall.  In  some  way  he  had  slipped  and  was  hang- 
ing by  his  fore  paws  from  the  sill. 

Not  many  days  afterward  he  found  that  by  a  short  leap  from 
the  window-sill  to  a  chair  and  up  the  chair  back,  he  could  reach 
the  bureau.  Here  he  slept  comfortably  for  some  weeks.  At 
first  he  curled  up  between  two  boxes.  If  those  boxes  were  not 
in  place  at  bed  time  he  would  hunt  around  and  seem  very  unhappy* 
Later  he  was  given  a  shoe  box  and  a  piece  of  woolen  cloth  that 
he  pulled  over  him  just  as  any  one  pulls  up  the  bed  clothes. 
From  the  scrap  box  he  chose  a  piece  of  blue  voile  and  from  the 
bureau  drawer  he  took  a  stocking. 


GALLAHER     A  STORY  OF  JIM,  THE  NORMAL  SCHOOL  SQUIRREL  251 

One  day  Jim  made  a  sad  mistake.  He  chewed  up  part  of  his 
bed  and  tipped  what  was  left  to  the  floor.  That  was  all  right 
while  it  was  bright  and  sunny  but  bitterly  did  he  repent  when 
it  grew  dark  and  cold.  When  I  cam.e  hom_e  that  night  some 
thing  was  stirring  over  by  the  trunk.  I  guessed  that  Jim  was 
in  trouble  and  soon  had  him  in  my  arms.  A  very  tired  and  sleepy 
baby  he  was,  perfectly  willing  to  snuggle  up  close  while  I  found 
what  was  left  of  his  bed.  I  put  the  bed  clothes  in  the  box  and 
put  Jim  in.  He  stretched  out,  rolled  over  on  his  back  and  was 
almost  instantly  asleep. 

Som,e  time  after,  in  the  course  of  his  investigations,  he  dis- 
covered that  the  back  of  the  bureau  drawer  was  a  good  place 
to  chew.  He  chewed  for  some  time  and  then  found  that  he 
could  climb  into  the  drawer.  After  that  no  other  bed  suited 
him.  He  did  not  object  if  I  opened  the  drawer  and  petted  him 
as  he  lay  curled  up  in  a  fluffy  ball.  On  hot  nights  he  didn't 
mind  if  I  opened  the  drawer  half  way.  When  once  he  had  gotten 
into  his  bed  he  liked  to  have  his  ears  rubbed.  He  would  roll 
over  on  his  back,  stretch  out  his  tail  and  his  four  paws  and  close 
his  eyes  in  bliss.  Som.etim.es  he  would  take  m.y  finger  in  his 
little  forepaws  and  half  nip  and  half  suck  it. 

Oh,  Jim.  was  a  most  lovable  little  creature  at  bed  tim,e!  There 
were  a  number  of  cool  nights  during  the  sum.m,er  and  on  those 
nights  he  curled  into  a  ball  with  his  tail  close  about  him.  Often 
we  would  spread  a  blanket  over  him.  and  there  he  would  lie, 
cosy  and  warm,  sometimes  the  entire  night. 

Jim  was  very  particular  about  his  personal  appearance  and 
seemed  specially  proud  of  his  lovely  bushy  tail.  It  was  a  never 
ending  source  of  enjoyment  to  watch  him  m,ake  his  toilet. 
As  soon  as  he  got  out  of  bed  he  would  climb  to  the  window-sill, 
sit  there  and  wash  his  face  over  and  over  with  his  fore  paws. 
Then  he  would  seize  that  beloved  tail,  fluff  it  out  and  nip  it  with 
his  teeth.  Next  he  would  stretch— and  such  stretches!  He 
even  spread  out  his  tiny  fingers,  at  the  sam.e  time  yawning 
and  sticking  out  his  wee  red  tongue.  Then  he  was  ready  for 
breakfast.  In  fact  I  never  saw  the  time  when  Jim  was  not  ready 
to  eat.  His  com  was  kept  in  a  tin  coffee  box.  He  learned  to 
tip  it  over  and  push  ofi"  the  cover  with  his  teeth.  So  I  jmt  it 
in  a  drawer  where  he  couldn't  get  it.  Jim  soon  learned  where 
it  was  kept  and  when  I  started  for  the  bureau  he  would  hurried- 


252  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

ly  climb  to  the  top,  lean  over  as  far  as  possible  and  watch  that 
drawer  until  the  can  was  brought  out.  Then  he  would  dive 
in  and  seize  as  many  kernels  as  his  m.outh  would  hold  and  then 
begin  to  chew  as  hard  as  he  could.  He  was  always  a  great  be- 
liever in,"gettin'  while  the  gettin's  good".  I  have  seen  him 
with  one  hazel  nut  in  his  mouth,  get  angry  because  he  couldn't 
get  another  in  at  the  same  time. 

At  first  his  nuts  had  to  be  cracked.  By  August  he  did  not 
hesitate  to  tackle  a  walnut.  He  was  fond  of  bread  and  milk, 
raw  potatoes,  lettuce,  dandelions,  apples  and  tomatoes.  Green 
peas  he  shelled,  cast  the  shells  aside,  and  caused  the  peas  to 
disappear  most  rapidly.  For  some  unknown  reason  he  refused 
to  eat  carrots  which  he  had  loved  when  a  little  baby.  The  des- 
sert he  liked  the  best  was  watermelon.  How  he  did  like  nice 
juicy  watermelon !  He  would  hold  a  piece  in  his  paws  and  gobble 
while  the  juice  ran  down  upon  the  floor  at  his  feet.  When  he 
had  finished  the  melon  he  drank  the  juice  and  began  eagerly 
looking  for  more. 

Jim  was  also  very  fond  of  cookies  and  chocolate  candy. 
He  discovered  a  box  upon  the  bureau  one  day  and  it  was  inter- 
esting to  watch  him.  He  went  at  that  box  as  if  he  were  digging 
for  gold  and  had  almost  reached  it.  It  really  seemed  cruel  to 
take  it  away  from  him,  he  was  so  eager.  But  it  would  have 
have  been  more  cruel  to  have  let  him  have  his  heart's  desire, 
for  a  very  small  piece  of  candy  is  enough  for  a  wee  squirrel. 

Before  Jimmie  had  been  with  us  many  weeks  he  had  learned 
to  climb  and  leap.  He  could  even  climb  the  post  of  the  iron  bed. 
Much  time  was  spent  in  running  and  leaping  from  one  piece 
of  furniture  to  another  and  it  was  perfect  joy  to  get  into  the 
hall  and  run  up  and  down  the  stairs.  Sometimes  he  overesti- 
mated his  ability  and  fell  to  the  floor,  usually  striking  his  nose. 
Then  how  he  would  shake  his  head  and  sneeze  and  rub  his  nose 
with  his  paws. 

As  a  special  treat  Jim  was  permitted  to  go  into  other  bureau 
drawers  than  his  own.  How  he  did  enjoy  burrowing  amongst 
the  neckties  and  handkerchiefs!  If  he  could  find  a  nail  brush, 
or  tooth  brush  he  would  quickly  seize  it,  carry  it  out  of  the  drawer, 
and  begin  chewing  with  so  much  gusto  that  he  could  be  heard 
in  the  other  rooms.  • 

One  day  he  discovered  a  piece  of  chamois  skin  and  from  that 


GALLAHER  A  STORY  OF  JIM-THE  NORMAL  SCHOOL  SQUIRREL      253 

moment  it  was  his  and  his  alone.  When  I  wanted  it  it  was 
sure  to  be  in  Jim.'s  bed.  When  I  tried  to  use  it,  he  would  run 
up  my  arm.,  grab  the  comer  and  pull  with  his  might.  When  he 
finally  got  his  treasure  he  would  sit  holding  it  in  his  paws  and 
licking  it,  One  day  he  began  to  lick  a  piece  of  velvet  in  the  same 
way.  So  I  decided  it  was  the  softness  that  he  liked.  Still  when 
he  was  given  another  piece  of  chamois  skin  he  cared  nothing 
for  it.  So  it  is  difficult  to  say  what  did  attract  the  little  creat- 
ure. 

I  never  allowed  Jim  in  my  desk  drawer.  For  that  reason  I 
suppose,  it  was  very  attractive  to  him.  If  he  was  in  another 
part  of  the  room  and  I  started  to  open  the  drawer,  he  would 
make  a  dash  for  it.  Into  it  he  would  go,  seize  a  roll  of  passpar- 
tout  paper  or  a  paint  brush.  Those  two  articles  seemed  most 
desirable  to  him. 

One  could  never  imagine  a  pet  more  playful  then  little  Jim. 
He  dearly  loved  to  run  up  and  down  over  one,  playing  a  regular 
gam.e  of  tag  if  one  pretended  to  catch  him.  Just  once  I  tried 
writing  letters  when  Jim  was  around.  When  he  grabbed  my 
pen  a  few  tim.es  and  my  arm  a  few  more  times  I  decided  that  such 
an  occupation  did  not  meet  with  his  approval.  He  played  with 
a  piece  of  cloth  or  carpet  in  regular  kitten  fashion  but  really 
seemed  to  enjoy  playing  with  people  more.  Such  fine  times 
as  we  did  have  on  the  bed !  I  held  a  handkerchief  by  the  corners. 
Jim  seized  it  and  then  I  gave  him  a  toss  into  the  air.  Down  he 
would  come,  turn  over  two  or  three  summ.ersaults  on  the  bed 
and  then  rush  back  for  another  toss.  When  he  tired  of  romping 
he  would  stretch  him.self  out  at  full  length,  all  of  his  paws  and 
his  tail  extended,  and  rest  a  short  tim.e.  Then  back  he  would 
come  ready  to  continue  the  gam.e.  Often  he  would  come  over 
to  the  bed  before  I  was  awake  in  the  morning.  It  was  also  a 
favorite  trick  of  his  to  pull  out  m.y  hair  pins  and  comb. 

Little  Jim.  never  seemed  to  dislike  being  petted  except  when 
at  his  meals.  Toward  the  end  of  the  summer  he  demanded 
petting.  He  was  especially  fond  of  having  his  ears  and  face 
rubbed.  It  seemed  a  pleasiu-e  to  him.  to  lick  one's  liand  and  often 
he  would  rim  his  mouth  over  one's  face,  taking  little  nii)s  witii  his 
lips.     These  two  acts  seem.ed  to  be  his  expression  of  affection. 

He  was  a  very  friendly  little  chap,  so  long  as  his  visitors  were 
of  the  female  sex  he  showed  no  fear.     But  if  a  man  entered  tlic 


254  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

room  he  ran  for  his  bed.  There  he  either  burrowed  under  his 
bed  clothes  or  sat  up  with  his  paws  on  the  edge  of  his  box  and 
peeped  over.  He  would  condescend  to  take  food  from  the  hands 
of  a  man  if  he  were  coaxed  a  bit. 

Frequently  he  was  seized  with  the  idea  of  thrift.  He  would 
work  hard  carrying  nuts  about  the  room  and  storing  them  away. 
He  was  not  particiilar  as  to  whether  they  were  out  of  sight  or  not. 
He  would  even  hide  them  in  my  lap  or  on  the  floor  in  plain  sight. 
He  always  gave  them  a  few  pushes  with  his  mouth  and  a  few  pats 
with  his  paws.  Then  the  operation  was  complete.  The  bed 
was  quite  a  favorite  hiding  place,  and  there  was  always  a  shower 
of  nuts  every  time  the  bed  was  made.  It  was  too  bad  to  disturb 
his  store  but  he  never  seemed  to  mind  hiding  the  same  nuts  over 
and  over  again. 

All  summer  our  little  visitor  was  as  happy  as  any  little  squir- 
rel could  be,  eating  playing  and  growing.  But  at  last  vacation 
was  over  and  back  to  the  Normal  travelled  Jim.  He  was  very 
m.uch  insulted  at  being  put  into  his  travelling  cage  again  and 
tore  at  it  with  all  his  might.  Unfortunately  he  had  forgotten 
about  his  former  home  and  every  thing  was  strange.  Worse 
than  all  there  were  terrifying  men  everywhere.  Jim  was  per- 
fectly miserable.  Then  an  open  door  and  an  open  window  showed 
him  the  road  to  happiness.  Like  the  wise  little  squirrel  he  was 
Jim  took  it.  We  have  seen  him  out  on  the  campus  playing 
in  the  trees.  He  peers  thru  the  branches  at  us  but  refuses  to 
come  down. 


Notice 
Reprints  of  the  Outline  of  Nature-Study  (including  the  general 
directions  and  cutout  pictures)  by  Dr.  E.  L.  Palmer  will  be  on 
sale  about  Oct.  1st,  1921.     Every  teacher  should  have  a  copy. 
Write  for  quantity  price. 


THF 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

DEVOTED  PRIMARILY  TO  ALL  SCIENTIFIC  STUDIES  OF  NATURE  IN 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

Published  monthly  except  June,  July  and  August.  Subscription  price,  including  mem- 
'bership  in  the  American  Nature  Study  Society  $1.50  per  year  (nine  issues).  Canadian  post- 
.age  10  cents  extra,  foreign  postage,  20  cents  extra. 

Editorial 

John  Burroughs. 

In  the  nation-wide  expression  of  sorrow  occasioned  by  the 
passing  of  our  great  interpreter  of  the  teeming  life  of  woods  and 
fields,  little  has  been  said  concerning  the  fact  that  his  life  was 
well-rounded  and  well  finished.  We  could  so  illy  spare  him 
■even  tho  he  had  attained  the  age  of  84,  surely  a  good  old  age, 
that  we  could  not  bring  ourselves  to  think  of  him  as  other  than 
young  and  vigorous.  He  had  lived  happily  doing  the  work  that 
he  loved;  he  was  still  keen  in  interest  and  young  in  spirit;  and 
he  gave  us  the  secret  of  his  perpetual  youth  when  he  wrote: 
rust,  rot  and  mildew  come  to  unused  things' ' .  "Oh,  the  blessedness 
■of  work,  of  life-giving  and  sustaining  work!  The  busy  man  is 
the  happy  man;  the  idle  man  is  the  unhappy."  "Oh,  the 
blessedness  of  motion,  of  a  spur  to  action,  of  a  current  in  one's 
days,  of  something  to  stimulate  the  will,  to  help  reach  a  decision, 
to  carry  down  stream  the  waste  and  debris  of  one's  Hfe." 

Perhaps  no  one  has  summed  up  the  lesson  of  his  life  better 
than  he  hirr.self  when  he  wrote:  "In  every  man's  life  we  may 
read  some  lesson.  What  may  be  read  in  mine?  If  I  myself 
see  corrrectly  it  is  this:  that  one  may  have  a  happy  and  not 
altogether  useless  life  on  cheap  and  easy  terms;  that  the  essen- 
tial things  are  always  near  at  hand;  that  one's  own  door  opens 
upon  the  wealth  of  heaven  and  earth;  and  that  all  things  are 
ready  to  serve  and  cheer  one.  Life  is  a  struggle,  but  not  a  war- 
fare, it  is  a  day's  labor,  but  labor  on  God's  earth,  under  the  sun 
and  stars  with  other  laborers,  where  we  may  think  and  sing 
and  rejoice  as  we  work." 

255 


256  NA  TURE-STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

Cornell  University  and  Nature-Study 

Nature-study  was  undertaken  at  Cornell  through  a  mandate 
of  the  New  York  Legislature  in  an  attempt  to  better  agricultur- 
al conditions  in  this  great  state.  The  farmers  were  experiencing 
hard  times  during  the  years  preceding  and  following  1893.  Meas- 
ures of  relief  were  considered,  and  mainly  through  the  advice  of  Mr. 
George  T.  Powell,  then  Director  of  Farmers  Institutes,  the  intro- 
duction of  Nature-study  into  the  Rural  Schools  was  regarded 
favorably  as  a  means  of  interesting  farm  children  in  farming  and 
retaining  their  services  in  improving  agriculture.  Cornell  did 
not  ask  it,  but  when  the  State  gave  an  appropriation  to  the  Uni- 
versity to  be  used  to  establish  Nature-study  in  the  rural  schools, 
the  obligation  was  accepted  in  all  seriousness  and  in  1896  began 
a  propaganda  which  has  extended  beyond  New  York  and  has 
reached  beyond  even  National  boundaries. 

With  Professor  L.  H.  Bailey  as  leader  and  with  John  W.  Spen- 
cer, Alice  McClosky,  Edward  Tuttle,  Ada  Georgia  and  the  Editor 
as  a  staff  of  regular  workers  and  with  the  help  of  many  others  tem- 
porarily, and  with  the  co-operation  of  the  N.  Y.  State  Department 
of  Education  the  work  has  been  established  on  a  permanent  and 
practical  basis.  Death  and  other  duties  have  taken  away  the 
original  staff  of  workers  at  Cornell  and  the  work  in  the  future  will 
be  carried  on  by  Dr.  E.  Laurence  Palmer  who  brings  to  his  task 
enthusiasm  and  understanding  that  ensrues  success.  Because  his 
Leaflets  are  so  vital  and  inspirational  we  have  given  the  Septem- 
ber Number  of  the  Review  the  pleasant  task  of  placing  his  meth- 
ods of  work  bef  Dre  teachers  who  are  not  fortunate  enough  to  be  on 
the  New  York  State  mailing  list. 


^^ 


VS 


\ 


f 


mVA  Wh 


Rat 

Muskrat 

Squirrel 


Deer  mouse 
House  mouse 
Short- tailed  shrew 
Meadow  mouse 


PLATE  OF  ANIMALS 
(To  be  used  on  landscape) 

Cut  out  animals  carefully ;  if  desired,  mount  on  a  card  and  cut  out  again,  leaving  a  slender  vertical 
slip  at  base.  Cut  slits  in  the  landscape  in  proper  places,  and  through  these  insert  the  slips.  The  plates 
of  animals  are  furnished  and  copyrighted  by  the  Comstock  Publishing  Company,  which  publishes  them 
in  larger  form  on  water-color  paper 

Cat  Racoon 

Skunk  Mink 

Pox  Rabbit 


^ORTH 


^€^f. 


^*>:'^''*pirf'^^ 


V^9^:* 


(JLI 


^^^%s 


South 
THE  STAR  MAP  FOR  SEPTEMBER 

The  most  notable  of  the  constellations  to  be  studied  in  September  are  as 
follows:  The  Big  Dipper  is  in  the  north-western  sky  with  the  handle  up, 
curving  toward  the  west;  continue  the  curve  about  twice  the  length  of  the 
handle  and  it  ends  in  the  splendid  star  Arcturus;  this  brilliant  star  is  at  the 
sharp  angle  of  the  kite  that  marks  the  constellation  Bootes  which  is  very  near 
the  western  horizon;  above  Bootes  is  the  circlet  of  stars  which  make  the 
Crown.  Cassiopeia,  or  the  Queen's  Chair,  is  east  of  the  North  Star;  east  and 
below  the  Queen's  Chair  are  the  four  bright  stars  in  a  line  that  mark  Andro- 
meda; the  southern  star  of  the  four  marks  an  angle  of  the  great  square  of 
Pegasus.  Almost  directly  overhead  is  Cygnus,  the  Swan,  also  called  the 
Northern  Cross;  the  great  star  Deneb  is  at  the  head  of  the  cross.  West  of 
this  and  almost  overhead  is  beautiful  blue  Vega  in  the  Lyre.  South  and 
lower  down  may  be  seen  the  little  diamond -shaped  constellation  called  Del- 
phinus,  the  Dolphin,  also  known  as  Job's  Coffin.  West  of  this  are  three 
stars  in  a  row,  the  big  star  in  the  middle  being  Altair,  these  mark  Aquila, 
the  Eagle. 

The  Planet  sisters  of  our  P^arth  which  we  call  morning  and  evening  stars 
are  not  so  placed  as  to  give  us  a  bright  evening  star  this  month.  However, 
Venus  shines  brilliantly  in  the  skj^  of  the  early  morning  and  red  Mars  may 
also  be  seen  in  the  Lion  in  the  morning. 


SUMMER 

(A  Definition) 

By  Hope  H.  Girard 


1.  Hungry    robins, 
Clear  blue  skies; 
Flying    swifts 
Darting    flies. 

2.  Open    barn    doors, 
Cooing    ring-doves ; 
Tell-tale   echoes, 
Downy    foxgloves. 

3.  Modest    harebells, 
Brier  roses; 
Honey  suckle. 
Morning-glories. 

4.  Busy  wasps. 
Loaded  trees; 
Fields  of  clover, 
Working  bees. 

5.  Waving   cornfields. 
Pale  full  moon; 
Silver   wheat   fields. 
Early  dawn. 


6.  Dancing    shadows, 
Tumbling   rills. 
Fleecy  clouds, 
Verdant  hills. 

7.  Sparkling  eddies, 
Rollicking  falls; 
Nestling  ferns, 
Woodland  calls. 

8.  Dewy  grassplots, 
Gushing  showers, 
Leafy  arbors, 
Loafing  hotirs. 

9.  Treasures    hidden. 
Colors   brightened; 
Quiet  growth, 
Fancy   ripened. 

10.     Beauty's   splendor, 
Harvest  alluring; 
Growing  in  fullness, 
Life-right    assuring ! 


II.     Full ^of  glories 
Without   number, 
Is  the  season, 
Our  summer! 


257 


jmmammm 
|TME  BOoR   SHELF 

Nuova,  The  New  Bee,  Vernon  L.  Kellog,  150  pgs.,15  full  page 
illustrations  and  drawings  by  Milo  Winter,  Houghton  Mifflin  Co. 

Before  Dr.  Vernon  Kellogg  helped  Mr.  Hoover  feed  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  French  and  Belgian  sufferers  in  the  war- 
zone  and  before  he  was  Secretary  to  the  National  Research  Coun- 
cil he  was  a  Professor  of  entomology  and  wrote  learned  volumes 
that  will  remain  for  all  time  as  bulwarks  in  that  vast  section  of 
science.  But  he  found  time  even  then  to  write  a  volume  of  In- 
sect Stories  for  children  which  for  charm  of  style  and  interest 
has  few  rivals.  Now  again  he  has  given  us  "A  Story  for  Child- 
ren of  Five  to  Fifty"  equally  well  written  and  equally  facinating; 
and  his  talented,  versatile  wife  has  embellished  it  with  happy 
little  songs.  It  is  a  story  of  a  rebellious  worker  bee  who  found 
the  established  Drder  of  things  in  the  hive  not  at  all  to  her  liking. 
The  author  is  very  careful  to  give  accurately  in  every  detail 
the  habits  and  wonderful  activities  of  the  bee  -folk  and  only  allows 
his  fancy  to  deal  with  the  psychology  and  acts  of  the  attractive 
little  rebel  and  with  the  successful  outcome  of  her  romance. 
The  illustrations  by  Milo  Winter  are  fitting  and  charming.  The 
story  of  Nuova  should  be  on  the  shelf  of  honor  in  every  child's 
library. 

Everyday   Adventures,   Samuel  Scoville  Jr.,  241  pages,  24  full- 
page  illustrations  from  photographs.  The  Atlantic  Monthly  Press. 

Mr.  Scoville  is  a  lawyer  and  a  city  dweller  but  he  lives  his 
real  life  in  the  fields  and  woods,  and  he  has  the  power  of  reveal- 
ing to  us  just  the  joy  he  experiences  in  his  various  excursions. 
Hi?  descriptions  are  so  vivid  and  he  has  such  a  keen  dramatic 
sense  that  he  takes  us  with  him  willy-nilly.  His  various  excur- 
sions are  described  under  the  following  chapters;  Zero  Birds 
Snow  Stories,  A  Runaway  Day,  The  Raven's  Nest,  Hidden  Treas- 
ure, Bird's  Nesting,  Treasure  Hunt,  Orchid  Hunting,  Marsh 
Dwellers,   Seven  Sleepers,   Dragon's  Blood. 

258 


THE  BOOK  SHELF  259 

Occasionally  he  takes  his  children  along  and  this  makes  the 
volume  very  good  reading  for  Boy  Scouts  and  Cam.pfire  Girls 
and  by  no  m.eans  detracts  from,  its  charm,  for  adult  readers.  The 
following  from  the  account  of  his  hunt  for  the  Raven's  Nest  is  a 
good  exam.ple  of  the  vivacious  style  of  this  interesting  book: 

"For  fifteen  freezing  m.iles  we  clambered  over  and  around 
three  of  the  seven  m.ountains.  By  the  middle  of  the  afternoon 
we  reached  a  cliff  hidden  behind  thickets  of  rhododendron.  In 
the  m.eantime  the  snow  had  changed  to  a  lashing  rain,  probably 
the  coldest  that  has  ever  fallen  on  the  North  American  continent. 
Ploughing  thru  slush,  the  black  rhododendron  stems  twisted 
around  us  like  wet  rubber,  and  the  hollow  green  leaves  funneled 
ice- water  down  our  backs  and  into  our  ears.  Breaking  thru 
the  last  of  the  thickets,  we  at  length  reached  a  little  brook  which 
ran  along  the  foot  of  the  cliff.  A  hundred  feet  above,  out  from 
the  middle  of  the  cliff  stretched  a  long  tongue  of  rock.  Over 
this  the  cliff  arched  like  a  roof,  with  a  space  between  which  wid- 
ened toward  the  tip  of  the  tongue.  In  a  niche  above  this  cleft 
a  dark  mass  showed  dimly  thru  the  rain.  'The  nest!'  m.ut- 
tered  the  Collector  hoarsel}^  pouring  a  pint  or  so  of  rain-water 
down  my  neck  from  his  hat-brim  as  he  bent  toward  m.e.  I  stared 
with  all  my  eyes,  at  last  one  of  the  chosen  few  to  see  the  nest 
of  a  Pennsylvania  raven." 

Everyday  Adventures  is  a  delightful  addition  to  our  present 
day  Nature  literature. 


REFERENCE    BOOKS 

Ror  the   Library 

MEDICAL  ENTOMOLOGY 

Wm.  A.  Riley  and  O.  A.  Johannson 

A  handbook  of  disease  carrying  insects  and  their  allies,  with  tables 
for  determining  the  species.     A  valuable  book. 

340  pages.     Illustrated.     Cloth  $2.00 

THE  MANUAL  FOR  THE  STUDY  OF  INSECTS 

John  Henry  Comstock 

The  leading  college  text  and  high  school  reference  book  on  the 
subject.  Is  written  so  that  inexperienced  teachers  and  students 
can  find  out  the  principal  characteristics  of  any  family  of  insects 
occurring  in  Canada  and  the  United  States. 

1 6th  edition  ready. 

750  pages.     700  illustrations.     $4.25,  postage  on  4  lbs. 

LIFE  OF  INLAND  WATERS 

Needham  and  Lloyd 

A  presentation  of  the  scientific  aspects  of  fresh-water  biology  and 
its  rdation  to  the  economic,  civic,  aesthetic  and  physical  interests  of 
man.     The  only  book  on  the  subject  in  the  English  language. 

438  pages.         Illustrated.         Postpaid  $3.00 

GENERAL  BIOLOGY 

James  G.  Needham 

The  most  widely  used  modem  text.  A  concise  presentation  of  the 
phenomena  of  living  things,  their  structure,  functions,  modes  of  repro- 
ductions, inheritance,  etc.     Written  so  you  can  understand  it. 

500  pages.         Illustrated.         Postpaid  $2.50. 

Canadian  Representatives 

McClelland  &  Stewart,  Ltd. 

Toronto,  Ont. 


The    Comstock    Publishing    Co. 

ITHACA,  NEW  YORK,  U.  S.  A. 

Kindly  mention  The  Naturb-Study  Rbview  when  replying  to  advertisements 


mT0i;E-3T0DV  qeVieu 

%  Devoted  to  Elementary  Science  in  The   Schools 

OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE 

American  Nature-Study  Society 


Photo  by  R.  Matheson 
BOB'S  COCOON  YIELDS  ITS  TREASURE 

The  Nature  Study  Outline  Number 


Vol.  17    No.  7 


OCTOBER,  1921 

20c  a  copy     $1.60  a  year 


Whole  No.  147 


OUTLINE  DRAWINGS  OF 

BIRDS    AND    ANIMALS 

By  LOUIS  AGASSIZ  FUERTES 

Outline   Drawings  or   Flowers 

By  MARYE.  EA'ION 

Printed  on  watercolor  paper  for  coloring  with  either  crayons  or  watercolors. 

In  use  by  hundreds  of  teachers  in  Nature  Study,  Art  Work  and 

co-relation  with  other  subjects. 

COMMON  BIRDS   (55  in  set,  size  4^  by  7  inches)  50c. 
COMMON  ANIMALS    (34  in  set,  size  4]4  by  7  inches)    30c. 
GAME  BIRDS    (25  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)   50c. 
ZOO  ANIMALS    (31  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)    50c. 
FLOWER  PLATES    (30  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)   50c. 
MOTH  &  BUTTERFLY  PLATES   (10  in  set)    20c. 

Sold   in  Sets  or  Assorted  by  the  Hundred  and   Thousand 


X- 


The  Comstock  Publishing  Co. 

Ithaca,  New  York 


DUES 

Annual  membership 
n  U.  S.,  ?i. so; annual 
membership  abroad 
3i.75;  Canada,  ?i.6o. 
Please  make  remit- 
tance payable  to  The 
American  Nature 
Study  Society. 


RECOMMENDATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

IN  THE 

AMERICAN  NATURE  STUDY  SOCIETY 

President.  J.  A.  DRUSHEL.  St.  Louis 
Secretary.  ANNA  B.  COMSTOCK,  Ithaca,  N.Y. 

The  Membership   Fee  Includes  Subscription  to    the 
Nature  Study  Review 


PLEASE  DETATCH  AND  FILL  IN  BLANK  BELOW  AND  SEND  TO  THE  SECRETARY 

192 

To  the  American  Nature  Study  Society 
Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

I  nominate 

Business  or  Profession 

Address 

for  membership  in  the  Society 


Name  and  Address  0/  Nominating  member 


(It  is  suggested  that  you  inform  the  Nominee  of  your  recommendation  and  of  the 
benefits  of  membership) 


-X 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Vol.  17  October  No.  7 

Nature-Study  and  the  Reading  Lesson 

M.  R.  Van  Cleve 
Supervisor  Natty e- Study  and  Elementary  Science,  Toledo,  Ohio 

One  of  the  best  opportunities  for  teaching  nature-study  in 
schools  is  in  relation  to  the  reading  lessons;  and  for  the  very 
obvious  reason  that  much  of  the  material  in  the  readers  is  about 
nature.  It  is  so  in  the  primary  readers  where  natural  objects  are 
used  to  base  the  bulk  of  the  reading  matter  upon,  and  it  is  so  in 
the  upper-grade  readers  which  contain  nature  literature. 

Consider  the  primers  and  first  and  second  grade  readers  with 
their  numerous  pictures,  words,  sentences  and  paragraphs  portray- 
ing familiar  animals  and  plants.  It  is  evidently  assumed  by  the 
makers  of  readers  that  the  children  know  these  things  about  which 
they  talk  and  read.  But  a  little  careful  testing  by  any  teacher  will 
certainly  show  that  many  of  the  children,  particularly  those  of 
cities,  have  no  clear  percepts  of  some  of  these  things:  bluebird, 
sheep,  cow,  frog,  toad,  snail,  oak,  spruce,  pine,  cedar,  brook,  owl, 
eagle,  spider-web,  chicken,  bee,  wheatfield,  daisy  (examples  taken 
from  a  few  primary  readers).  The  chief  purpose  of  primary  reading 
is  doubtless  to  teach  children  to  recognize  and  comprehend  words 
is  it  not  ?  Too  often  the  child  gets  no  further  than  the  recognition. 
Many  of  the  words  he  learns  are  names  of  things .  They  are  but  sym- 
bols however,  not  the  things  themselves.  A  bluebird  is  not  a  combi- 
nation of  eight  letters.  Neither  is  it  just  a  flying  feathered 
creature  signified  by  the  concept  ''bird."  It  is  a  throbbing  ex- 
quisite bit  of  life  with  colors  and  songs  of  its  own  which  thrill  the 
emotional  nature  of  anyone  who  has  seen  and  heard  it  whether  it 
be  on  the  occasion  of  the  annual  renewal  of  greeting  or  in  the  mere 
recall  of  the  image  in  the  memory  where  like  Wordsworth's 
daffodils 

"They  flash  upon  that  inward  eye 
Which  is  the  bliss  of  solitude." 
261 


262  NATURE-STUDY   REVIEW 

Here  then  is  where  the  nattire-study  lesson  can  and  should 
function:  to  see  that  the  children  have  perceptual  experience  with 
these  things  about  which  they  are  reading.  This  requires,  so  far 
as  possible,  contact  with  the  actual  objects,  most  of  which  can  be 
brought  into  the  schoolroom  or  seen  on  a  short  walk  out-of-doors 
near  the  school  except  perhaps  in  the  large  cities.  And  let  it  be 
noted  here  that  any  observation  of  creature  or  other  natural  object 
indoors  should  lead  to  a  search  by  the  child  for  the  thing  in  its 
natural  habitat.  Let  the  true  success  of  intra  mural  nature 
lessons  (excepting  a  few  types)  be  gauged  just  so,  i.e.,  by  the  extent 
of  the  follow-up    —    the  out-door  observation  by  the  children. 

The  question  arises,  "May  not  the  perceptual  experience  be 
gained  from  the  illustrations  which  are  so  abundant  in  the  primary 
readers?"  To  some  extent,  yes — at  least  with  those  illustrations 
which  are  approximately  true  to  nature.  But  no  one  will  question 
for  a  moment  the  superior  value  of  experience  with  the  real  thing. 
No  one  would  claim  that  one's  perceptions  of  Niagara  Falls,  the 
Yosemite,  the  Ocean,  Japan,  gained  from  pictures  (even  moving 
pictures),  is  comparable  to  those  secured  in  travel.  Suppose  your 
only  experience  with  violets  had  been  seeing  pictures  of  them; 
that  you  never  had  smelled  or  felt  their  freshness  or  plucked  them 
in  the  quiet  woods?  Well,  that  is  all  many  children  and  perhaps 
you  yourself  know  of  some  of  the  animals  and  plants  mentioned  in 
the  readers.  As  regards  much  geographical  knowledge,  we  must 
be  content  with  the  word  and  picture  substitutes  for  the  things; 
but  with  nature  everjrwhere  about  us,  why  he  content  with  mere 
symohls  of  common  objects  in  books  ?  Lowell  wrote  in  that  splendid 
nature  poem  (too  little  known),  Sunthin'  In  the  Pastoral  Line 
"Why,  I'd  give  more  for  one  live  boblink 
Than  a  square  mile  o'  larks  in  printer's  ink." 
Here  he  was  referring  to  the  custom  of  American  poets  before  the 
time  of  Bryant  of  mentioning  only  skylarks  and  other  English  birds 
(which  perhaps  none  of  them  had  even  seen)  when  they  might  be 
writing  of  their  own  emotional  experiences  with  American  birds  and 
flowers.  Entirely  too  much  of  our  knowledge  of  nature  (and 
American  nature  at  that)  is  in  printer's  ink —  "  words,  words, 
words"  as  Hamlet  said;  yes,  even  too  much  of  it  in  the  expensive 
ink  of  colored  pictures; — and  not  enough  of  it  learned  where 
Whittier  learned,  — 

"In  nature's   unhoused   Ivceum." 


VAN  CLE  VE         NA  T  URE  STUDY  AND  THE  RE  A  DING  LESSON  263 

Furthermore,  many  of  the  illustrations  in  readers  are  unsatis- 
factory from  a  nature  study  point  of  view.  For  instance,  in 
order  to  carry  out  a  uniform  color  scheme  in  a  book,  various 
different  species  of  birds  are  depicted  in  the  same  colors,  and  fre- 
quently in  colors  entirely  foreign  to  them;  and  the  crescent  moon 
viewed  in  the  evening  sky  by  a  child  just  going  to  bed  may  be 
placed  in  any  position  to  suit  the  desire  of  the  artist  without 
regard  to  scientific  fact.  We  do  not  wish  to  quarrel  with  the  il- 
lustrators. From  their  point  of  view  it  perhaps  matters  not 
whether  colors  and  forms  are  true  to  nature,  and  they  doubtless 
are  bored  by  what  seems  to  them  the  literalness  of  the  scientists. 
We  must,  I  suppose,  for  the  sake  of  goodwill  and  deference  to 
pictorial  art,  allow  them  to  place  in  our  readers  bluebirds  with 
blue  underparts  and  white  backs,  pink  horses,  and  blue  cows  — 
such  is  the  privilege  of  art!  Very  well.  But  we  owe  it  to  the 
child  to  show  him  at  least  a  correctly  colored  plate  of  the  bluebird 
and  lead  him  as  soon  as  possible  to  know  this  fine  fellow  as  well  as 
other  birds,  insects,  flowers  and  trees,  just  as  God  made  them  in 
their  inimitable  beauty. 

As  Prof.  Vinal*  has  so  well  pointed  out,  neither  child  nor 
teacher  can  gain  much  correct  information  regarding  nature  from 
the  reading  material  in  the  primary  readers.  Some  is  truth,  much 
is  fancy.  The  writer  is  willing  to  leave  the  final  judgment  as  to 
what  is  the  best  type  of  subject  matter  and  illustration  for  primary 
readers  to  the  thoughtful  primary  teachers  of  the  country,  for 
what  they  demand  will  be  placed  in  the  readers  of  the  future 
(if  it  has  not  already  been  done).  But  even  if  fancy  in  word  and 
picture  is  to  predominate,  is  there  any  reason  why,  at  the  same 
time,  the  children  should  not  be  taught  the  truth  about  these 
creatures  of  which  they  read?*  Even  six-year  old  children  enjoy 
both  fact  and  fancy  and  if  skillfully  taught  neither  need  spoil  the 
other. 

How  then  should  the  primary  teacher  teach  the  nature-stud>^ 
suggested  by  the  reading  material?  Space  limits  will  allow  only  a 
few  brief  illustrations. 

1.     The  children  are  to  read  about  the  squirrel  and  nuts 
and  acorns.     Many  children  have  fed  squirrels  and  can  tell 
about   their   experiences.     Have   any   seen   squirrels   nests' 
♦  N.  S.  Rev.  Dec.  1918 


264  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Where?  Any  near  the  school?  What  colors  and  size  were 
the  squirrels  (determine  species).  Copy  squirrel  tracks  seen 
in  snow  or  mud.  Watch  a  sqiiirrel  bury  a  nut,  then  see  if 
you  can  find  it.  See  who  can  find  oak  trees  and  nut  trees 
near  the  school  or  near  his  home. 

2.  Here  is  a  picture  of  a  bird's  nest  with  young  in  it.  In 
April  and  May  each  child  should  find  such  a  little  family  and 
watch  it  and  report  on  it,  bringing  the  nest  to  school  after 
the  family  have  left.  Where  was  the  nest  ?  How  fastened  in 
the  tree  or  elsewhere?  What  is  it  made  of?  Where  did  the 
mother  bird  get  the  material? 

3.  Notice  this  tree  in  the  picture.  Is  its  shape  like  any 
here  about  the  school?     I  wonder  what  kind  it  is? 

4.  Have  you  seen  the  moon  look  like  that?  When  it  is 
that  shape  next  in  our  evening  sky,  we  will  notice  whether 
its  points  are  turned  just  as  in  this  picture.  Is  there  always 
a  big  bright  star  close  to  the  moon?  Watch  outdoors  and 
see.     Then  tell  me. 

6.     See  those  beautiful  clouds  in  the  picture.     I  wonder  if 

we  ever  have  clouds  like  those  in  our  sky.     We  shall  watch 

out  of  our  window  for  them  every  day,  and  perhaps  we  shall 

see  other  beautiful  kinds. 

Now  what  of  the  use  to  be  made  out  of  the  nature  literature 

selections  of  the  advanced  readers  ?     Some  of  the  prose  sections  are 

direct  excerpts  from  the  writings  of  naturalists  and  should  always 

be  used  to  stimulate  teacher  and  children  to  explore  in  their  yards, 

parks,  fields  and  woods.     And  what  of  nature  poetry? 

Many  of  the  poets  are  nature-seers,  in  two  meanings  of  the 
word:  they  have  been  good  observers  and  they  have  distilled  wisdom 
from  their  observations.  While  there  is  m^uch  fancy  in  nature 
poetry  and  sometimes  error,  there  is  enough  truth  and  more  than 
enough  inspiration  to  lead  anyone  who  wills  into  a  better  knowledge 
of  nature.  There  are  some  writers  on  nature-study  who  ridicule 
this  correlation  of  nature-study  and  literature,  stating  that  it 
spoils  both  the  poetry  and  the  science.  But  the  writer 
of  this  article  believes  that  this  correlations  an  effective 
stimulus  to  observation  and  indispensible  to  the  full  appreciation 
of  nature  literature.  To  condemn  this  correlation  is  no  more 
justified  than  to  condemn  the  writing  of  nature  poetry  itself. 


VAN  CLEVE         NA  T  URE'S  TUDYAND  THE  RE  A  DING  I^SSON  265 

The  poets  mix  fact  and  fancy  in  their  poems.     Why  cannot  we 
get  both  fact  and  fancy  from  them  and  enjoy  both? 

That  there  is  accurate  portrayal  of  nature  in  much  great  poetry 
is  known  to  all  persons  who  are  reasonably  well  acquainted  with 
nature  and  with  English  poetry.  Here  are  a  few  illustrations 
which  could  be  multiplied  many  times  from  the  writings  of  each 
author.  Scrutinize  them  and  see  if  they  are  not  good  science  as 
well  as  good  poetry. 

Shakespeare : 
"The  busy  day,  wak'd  by  the  lark, 
Hath  roused  the  ribald  crows." 

"What,  is  the  jay  more  precious  than  the  lark 
Because  his  feathers  are  more  beautiful?" 

Milton: 
"Moim tains  on  whose  barren  breast 
The  laboring   clouds   do   often  rest." 

Tennyson : 
"A  million   emeralds   burst  from   the  rub3^-budded  lime 

(linden)" 
"More  black  than  ash  buds  in  the  front  of  March." 

Shelley:    Read    the  "Cloud"  and. see    how   much  scientific 
truth  there    is    there   clothed  in   poetic   language.      One 
could  almost  use  it  in  a  class  in  meteorology. 

Wordsworth   and   Bryant:     Read    almost   anywhere. 

•  Lowell:     Here  is  a  description  of  spring  from  "Sutithin'  In 
The  Pastoral  Line:" 

"First   come   the   blackbirds   clatterin'    in   tall   trees 

And  settlin'  things  in  windy  congresses. 

Fore  long  the  trees  begin  to  show  beHef; 

The  maple  crimsons  to  a  coral  reef, 

Then  saffron  swarms  swing  off  from  all  the  willers, 

So  plimip  they  look  like  yaller  caterpillers ; 

Then  gray  hoss  chestnuts  leettle  hands  unfold 

Softer'n  a  baby's  be  at  three  days  old. 

Bloodroots    whose    rolled  up    leaves    if    you    oncurl, 

Each  on   'em's  cradle  to  a  baby  pearl." 


266  ^  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Emerson : 
"Far  distant   sounds  the  hidden   chickadee 
Close   by  my  side."    (referring  her  doubtless   to   its 
"phoebe"  song  which  is  ventriloquistic  in  its  effect). 

Let  us  take  a  few  illustrations  for  interpretation  from  the 
nature  poems  customarily  used  in  the  readers.  The  poem  begin- 
ning "There's  a  little  brown  thrush  sitting  up  in  a  tree"  probably 
refers  to  the  brown  thrasher,  one  of  our  finest  singers.  The 
children  rhould  be  showa  his  picture  (and  if  possible  the  singing 
bird — an  easy  matter  for  cotmtry  schools  and  not  very  difficult  in 
cities),  and  should  be  taught  many  things  about  him.  This 
should  be  done  with  other  bird  poems  also.  How  in  the  world  can 
a  person  really  enjoy  Bryant's  Robert  of  Lincoln  who  has  not 
seen  and  heard  this  hilarious  minstrel  with  his  Quaker  wife? 
The  bobolink  is  not  rare.  Find  out  from  some  local  botanist  in 
October  where  fringed  gentians  can  be  found  (if  Bryant's  poem  is 
there  for  you  to  teach).  Secure  only  a  very  few  to  bring  to  the 
schoolroom  to  see;  or  by  far  better,  take  them  out  to  see  them  in 
full  bloom  (but  not  to  pluck).  When  Stevenson  speaks  of  stars 
to  the  child  mind  in  his  Garden  of  Verses, 

"The  Dog  and  the  Plough  and  the  Hunter  and  all, 
And  the  star  of  the  sailor  and  Mars." 
let  us  remember  that  these  are  all  in  our  winter  evening  sky 
(excepting  Mars  occasionally)  and  therefore  can  be  made  more 
than  mere  words.  Gilder's  poem  beginning  "What  does  he  plant 
who  plants  a  tree?"  or  any  other  tree  poem,  should  be  the  starting 
point  for  a  desire  to  learn  to  know  as  many  trees  as  one  can. 
The  reading  of  Tennyson's  Brook  or  Lanier's  Song  of-  the 
Chattachooche  ought  to  drive  teacher  and  pupils  almost  to 
truancy  in  springtime  or  autumn. 

Here  then  in  the  readers,  nature  is  calling  to  children  and 
teacher.  Shall  we  refuse  to  hear  or  let  them  hear?  Comenius 
summed  the  whole  thing  up  three  senturies  ago: 

"Do  we  not  dwell  in  the  garden  of  Eden,  as  well  as  our 
predecessors?  Why  should  we  not,  instead  of  these  dead  books, 
open  to  the  children  the  living  book  of  nature?  Why  not  open 
their  understanding  to  the  things  themselves,  so  that  from  them, 
as  from  living  springs,  many  streamlets  may  flow?" 


VAN  CLEVE         NA  T  URE-ST  UDY  AND  THE  RE  A  DING  LESSON  267 

Of  course  books  are  not  so  dead  now  as  they  were  in  the  days  of 
Comenius.  Yet  they  are  indeed  very  dead  if  the  reading  of  them 
does  not  lead  us  to  understand  and  enjoy  our  fellow  men  and 
nature.  Any  effort  the  teacher  will  make  to  better  interpret 
nature-reading  and  nature-literature  by  means  of  natur- 
study,  and  to  stimulate  nature-study  by  means  of  the  inspiration 
of  nature-literature,  will  open  for  the  child  (and  he  can  hardly  do 
it  for  himself)  two  of  the  gates  to  Henry  Turner  Bailey's  Holy  City 
of  the  Spirit;  namely,  the  gate  of  nature  and  the  gate  of  literature. 


Nalwe  Bids  You  Come 

Donald  Thistle 

High  is  the  sun  in  the  Heavens, 

The  meadows  are  piuple  and  gold; 
Dotted  with  misty  whiteness 

For  yarrow  grows  there  as  of  old. 
Proud  spikes  of  the  wild  verbena 

Of  royal  hue  indeed, 
Rivalling  the  indigo  bunting 

Are  tossed  by  the  winds  and  are  freed. 

Then  come  where  the  milkweeds'  pink  clusters 
An  old  fashioned  perfimie  doth  give, 

Where  the  mullein  on  high  stalks  is  blooming, 
And  joy  is  complete,  but  to  Hve. 

Liquid  the  notes  from  the  pasture 

A  meadowlark  greeting  the  day; 
Bobolinks  mount  with  their  warble. 

While  oft  sounds  the  screech  of  the  jay. 
You  enter  the  woods  by  a  by-path. 

As  quiet  indeed  as  a  thief. 
But  policeman  jay's  sure  to  find  you. 

And  study  of  birds  comes  to  grief. 

But  come  where  the  bluebird  doth  carol, 

Where  the  bell  notes  of  wood  thrush  are  heard 

Where  the  tanager  flashes  his  crimson, 
And  the  brightest  of  jewels  a  bird. 


The  Wise  Wood  Rats 


Carroll    De    Wilton    Scott 
San  Diego,  Calif. 

(This  is  a  story  specially  for  boys  and 
girls — and  others  whose  hearts  are  still 
young.  It  is  about  the  western  wood 
rats,  the  builders  of  the  wonderful  stick 
houses  you  often  see  among  the  chaparral. 
These  rats  have  nothing  in  common  with 
city  rats  save  their  relationship.  They 
are  clean,clever,bright-eyed,  soft  of  foot 
and    live    a    woodsy,    romantic    life). 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wood  Rat  lived  in  a 
brushy  canyon  near  the  Fremont  school 
near  the  outskirts  of  the  city.  Their 
house  was  made  of  sticks  and  built  among 
the  limbs  of  a  laurel  sumac  bush.  How 
old  their  house  was  nobody  knew — ^per- 
haps ten  years,  perhaps  fifty.  Of  course 
the  same  sticks  had  not  been  there  that 
long.  If  you  had  dug  into  the  bottom  of 
the  house  you  would  have  found  a  mass 
of   decayed   leaves  and   wood   going  back 


^ 


4: 


% 


'}A 


v^ 


r^.^J 


n 


268 


SCOTT  THE  WISE  WOOD  RATS  269 

to  the  soil.  But  every  night  or  two  the  gray  builders  would  add 
a  few  twigs  of  sage  or  a  spray  of  lemonade  berry  or  a  piece  of  tin 
or  paper  or  bottle  picked  up  in  the  canyon.  So  for  years  the 
house  had  grown  at  the  top  and  wasted  away  at  the  bottom. 
But  year  in  and  out,  at  every  season  the  center  of  the  house  was 
soft,  dry  and  cozy. 

The  city  had  grown  up  around  the  wood  rats  but  as  their 
fathers  and  mothers  had  lived  there  for  a  long  time  they  did  not 
like  to  move.  It  was  true  the  house  cats  often  gave  them  a  scare. 
But  many  of  their  wild  enemies  such  as  bobcat  and  coyote  were 
frightened  away  by  the  houses  of  men  along  the  top  of  the  canyon. 
So  they  remained  where  they  were  until — 

It  was  July.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wood  Rat's  children  were  grown 
and  had  gone  to  shift  for  themselves  and  the  old  folks  were  sitting 
in  their  nest  room  munching  dried  elderberries.  Mrs  Wood  Rat 
had  been  nervous  all  day.  Suddenly  she  said,  "We  will  have  to 
move.  Those  bad  boys  who  came  today  and  poked  sticks  into 
our  house  will  come  again.     We  shallhaveno  peace  here  any  more". 

"They  can't  push  our  house  over.  It  is  built  through  the 
sumac's  limbs",  said  Mr.  Wood  Rat  confidently. 

"They  might  set  fire  to  it  or  get  their  dog  to  bite  into  it.  I 
heard  their  dog  barking  yesterday.  Besides  a  sharp  stick  may  go 
through  one  of  us  some  day.     It's  no  use — we  had  better  move." 

"All right",   agreed   Mr.   Wood   Rat,   "where  shall  we   go?" 

"On  the  other  side  of  the  canyon  is  a  big  clump  of  cactus. 
You  know  we  have  often  gone  there  for  a  drink  in  dry  years. 
We  will  build  among  the  cactus". 

"But  Mr.  Skunk  lives  there",  objected  Mr.  Wood  Rat. 

"I think  he  has  gone,"  answered  Mrs.  Wood  Rat.  "I haven't 
smelled  him  about  for  some  time.". 

"Well,  when  shall  we  move?",  asked  Mr.  Wood  Rat. 

"Tonight",    said    Mrs.    Wood   Rat   decisively. 

So  saying,  Mrs.  Wood  Rat  started  off  along  one  of  the  trails 
that  they  had  made  through  the  years  with  their  dainty  pink  feet 
on  many  a  nightly  errand.  Mr.  Wood  Rat  followed.  They  had 
gone  but  a  few  feet  when  "crash" — through  the  sage  bush  jumped 
a  huge  black  cat.  With  a  quick  side  jumj)  Mrs.  Wood 
Rat  barely  escaped.  She  scurried  on  and  soon  readied  tlie  cactus. 
She  waited  quivering  from  tail  to  vSensitivc  wliiskcrs.  Soon  Mr. 
Wood  Rat  slipped  to  her  side. 


27C  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

"He  nearly  got  me  that  time",  gasped  Mrs.  Wood  Rat.  "I 
couldn't  see  him  till  he  sprang". 

"We  are  safe  here",  answered  Mr.  Rat  looking  anxiously  around. 
"We  will  never  starve  here  anyway",  eyeing  the  rosy  cactus 
apples  above.    "Where  shall  we  build?" 

"Here — build  up  aroimd  the  trunk  of  this  prickly  pear  cactus", 
indicated  Mrs.  Wood  Rat. 

All  night  they  worked,  swiftly  as  moon  beams,  silently  as 
shadows.  They  carried  sticks  from  the  bushes  close  by.  Some- 
times they  cut  off  stems  of  green  sumac  or  the  shatp  ends  of  Span- 
ish bayonet  leaves.  They  left  three  open  spaces  for  doors  but 
all  aroiind  these  doors  they  laid  pieces  of  cactus  stems  prickly 
with  thorns.  A  clumsy  skimk  would  get  his  paws  full  of  prickles 
if  he  tried  to  enter.  A  snake  would  not  like  to  crawl  over  them. 
But  the  Wood  Rats  hopped  nimbly  over  them  like  the  fairies  that 
in  picture  books  play  leap  frog  over  toad  stools  and  were  never 
once  stuck.  In  among  two  hollows  Mrs.  Wood  Rat  stowed  dry 
grasses  and  made  cozy,  warm  nests,  one  for  each  of  them.  An- 
mother  hollow  as  a  store  room  and  dining  room. 

They  did  not  build  their  house  in  one  night  of  course.  In  the 
daytime  they  stayed  in  their  new  home.  But  at  night  they  piled 
load  after  load  of  sticks  and  leaves  on  their  house  nest  making  it 
the  shape  of  a  giant  pine  cone  to  shed  the  winter  rains.  Each 
night  they  visited  the  old  home  bringing  food  that  they  had  stored — 
cured  grasses  and  elderberry  leaves  and  seeds  of  chilicothe  and 
simmondsia. 

One  night  when  the  pair  were  about  to  enter  the  old  home  they 
heard  a  strange  sound.     A  muffled  murrmur  filled  the  whole  house. 

"What  is  it",  whispered  Mrs.  Wood  Rat. 

"Bees — let's  go — come  quickly",  answered  Mr.  Wood  Rat. 
So  away  they  scampered. 

True  enough,  a  swarm  of  bees  from  a  hive  in  the  neighborhood 
had  chosen  the  empty  nest  for  a  snug  home.  I  am  told  that  next 
day  there  were  several  swelled  faces  in  several  homes  near  the 
Fremont  school.  One  dog,  Bowser  by  name,  will  never  again  dig 
into  a  wood  rat's  nest  as  long  as  he  lives.  But  all  this  is  another 
story.  The  wood  rats  knew  nothing  about  all  this  for  they  were 
safe  in  their  new  home  munching  dried  elderberries. 


California  Nature  Study  Class  and  What  It  Did 

E.  E.  Balcomb. 

Professor  of  Nature  Study  Areata  Normal  School 

California  has  many  advantages  for  Nature  Study.  Trips  may 
be  taken  and  outdoor  work  undertaken  at  all  seasons  of  the  year. 
There  are  no  "shut-in"  months.  The  State  Normal  School  at 
beautiful  Areata  is  no  exception.  The  new  State  Normal  School 
building  is  situated  dn  a  hill  which  Nature  seems  to  have  fashioned 
especially  for  the  purpose.  Standing  in  the  entrance  to  the  new 
building  one  gets  a  magnificent  view  that  is  seldom  equaled  any- 
where in  the  world.  The  eye  rests  upon  the  surf,  the  whitecaps, 
and  then  wanders  out,  out  and  out  on  the  almost  limitless  rolling 
waters  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Sometimes  a  great  vessel  with  all 
its  white  sails  bellied  by  the  breeze  and  painted  against  the  azure 
blue  sky  may  be  sighted.  At  another  time,  it  is  an  ocean  steamer, 
proudly  plowing  Pacific's  placid  waters.  Glancing  to  the  South 
one  surveys  the  Bay, while  to  the  East  are  the  foothills  of  the 
mountains  covered  with  the  world-famous  Redwoods.  In  fact, 
not  many  years  ago  the  very  site  of  the  Normal  School  itself  was 
the  home  of  giants  of  world  renown. 

The  class  was  composed  of  girls  graduated  from  high  schools, 
and  now  preparing  to  teach — all  Juniors  except  one.  They  took 
a  great  interest  in  the  work  from  the  first  day.  Their  joy  was  the 
keenest  however,  when  they  were  on  a  field  trip. 

One  day,  they  took  their  butterfly  nets,  trowels,  knives  and 
other  instruments  for  gathering  specimens,  together  with  an  ample 
lunch,  and  started  on  a  long  anticipated  trip.  They  went  thru 
the  forest  and  rested  a  little  while  in  the  Redwood  Park  of  the 
local  city.  One  bird  was  discovered  in  the  Park,  but  birds  are 
rare  in  the  Redwoods,  and  their  stretches  strangely  silent  of 
winged  singers'  songs. 

Leaving  the  Park,  entering  the  public  road,  and  climbing  a 
famous  hill,  gave  them  a  magnificent  panoramic  view  of  the  Bay, 
the  City  and  the  famous  dairy  flats,  extending  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

They  ate  their  lunch  in  an  open  field.  The  picture  shows 
a  small  part  of  the  Class  doing  justice  to  this  very  necessary  and 
pleasant  part  of  a  long  Nature  Study  Trip.  While  eating,  they 
added  half  a  dozen  more  birds  to  their  list.     After  following  tlie 

271 


272  NATURE-STUDY    REVIEW 

road  up  the  hill  for  half  an  hour  or  more,  they  turned  to  the  left 
through  an  open  field  of  stumps  where  several  flowers  were  secured. 
The  girls  with  their  nets  had  many  a  merry  chase  following  the 
fleeting  fluttering  butterfly. 

Here,  the. class  enjoyed  observing  the  latest  discovered  species 
of  bird — the  "man  bird"  or  flying  machine.  He  played  hide  and 
seek  through  the  low  shifting  clouds  and  finally  passed  directly  over 
the  eager  watchers.  He  went  beyond  them  for  a  few  miles,  circled 
over  the  village  of  Blue  Lake  and  then  returned,  giving  them  a 
second  magnificent  view.  The  girls  endeavored  to  "get  him" 
with  the  kodak,  but  like  many  another  girl,  they  "failed  to  find 
him". 

Following  an  old  logging  road  into  the  woods,  they  found  so 
many  specimens  that  a  "council  of  war"  was  called.  It  was 
decided  as  an  "emergency  measure"  to  eat  the  cake  so  as  to 
"release"  the  basket  for  carrying  specimens.  There  were  no 
"slackers"  when  volunteers  were  called  for.  About  two  miles 
farther  on  they  discovered  the  shacks,  bams  and  other  buildings 
of  an  old  deserted  saw-mill  site.  Again  the  necessity  for  specimen 
containers  grew  apace,  and  another  halt  was  made  to  eat  the  re- 
mainder of  their  lunch.  Some  one  may  wonder  why  the  specimens 
required  so  much  room.  They  were  taken  "roots  and  all"  for 
they  were  wanted  not  dead  but  alive. 

The  teacher  conceived  the  plan  of  having  a  wild  flower  exhibit, 
and  building  a  terrarium,  and  a  miniature  model  of  the  Normal 
School  buildings,  and  grounds,  together  with  the  foothills,  ravines 
and  forests  in  the  background.  The  class  co-operated  enthusi- 
astically in  carrying  out  this  suggestion,  as  indeed,  they  did  all 
of  his  suggestions.  They  made  a  terrarium  about  7  ft.  by  4  ft. 
The  class  took  saw,  hammer  and  nails,  and  actually  built  boxes  8 
inches  deep  to  cover  the  bottom  of  this  space.  These  boxes  were 
filled  with  soil.  In  the  soil  were  planted  a  great  variety  of  plants 
especially  violets,  ferns  and  along  the  edge  some  low-growing  dai- 
sies. One  girl  planted  a  dear  little  pine  tree,  which  grew  splen- 
didly, and  bore  on  its  graceful  branchesseveral"last  years 's"  birds 
nests  These  boxes  were  set  upon  some  laboratory  tables. 
\"  X  2"  pieces  were  nailed  to  the  boxes,  and  extended  to  the  ceil- 
ing. Mosquito  netting  was  tacked  to  these  in  such  a  way  as  to 
inclose  all  the  space  above  the  boxes,  and  on  the  side  toward  the 


BALCOMB  CA  LIFORNIA  NA  T URE^STUD  Y  CLA  SS  ,        273 

two  full  height  sash  windows.  This  made  a  large,  light  and  airy- 
space  for  butterflies  and  other  winged  insects.  The  class  also  had 
a  small  glass  aquarium.  You  will  now  see  why  on  their  trips  they 
were  always  endeavoring  to  secure  live  specimens. 

But  to  return  from  this  digression  to  the  deserted  mill  and  the 
lunch. 

After  loading  everyone  with  all  the  specimens  they  could  carry, 
all  followed  down  a  rippling  stream  past  the  reservoir  of  the  City 
Water  Supply  and  many  cool  and  shady  nooks.  The  merry  party 
reached  the  Normal  School  Building  in  time  to  "plant  their 
plants"  and  make  comfortable  their  "animals."  The  only  regret 
was  that  there  were  so  many  perfectly  good  specimens  that  were 
passed  by  on  the  way,  because  of  their  inability  to  carry  any  more. 

When  the  display  was  finished  at  the  right  of  the  terrarium  and 
butterfly  cage  you  saw  for  about  12  feet  along  the  wall  in  minature 
the  foothills,  canyons  and  Redwood  forests,  while  in  the  foreground 
were  the  Normal  School  Buildings,  athletic  field  and  other  local 
features;  and  banked  among  them  were  great  gorgeous  bouquets, 
whole  arm  loads  of  rhododendrons,  azaleas,  daisies,  buttercups, 
huckleberries,  salad  berry  blossoms  and  many  others. 

On  some  other  tables  were  arranged  fruit  jars  with  only  a  few 
speciemen  flowers  in  each:  these  were  labeled  for  the  benfit  of 
those  who  wished  to  know  the  names.  One  object  of  the  exhibit 
was  to  help  the  students  become  more  familiar  with  the  wild 
flowers  of  this  region. 

Many  people  visited  the  room  during  Commencement,  and  all 
were  enthusiastic  about  the  exhibit.  Not  only  the  students  in 
the  Nature  Study  Class,  but  all  the  others  as  well,  secured  many 
ideas  and  suggestions  that  will  help  them  in  their  own  schools. 
This,  after  all  is  the  chief  function  of  a  normal  school. 

The  only  fly  in  our  ointment  of  happin3ss  was  that  the  next  day 
after  Commencement  when  the  class  came  to  take  some  pictures, 
and  show  the  exhibit  to  friends,  they  foimd  that  it  had  been 
removed.  This  had  been  done  through  a  misunderstanding,  and 
it  seemed  a  real  tragedy  to  the  Class,  for  they  all  wished  i:)ictures 
of  their  handiword  that  had  cost  so  much  hard  work  and  yet  so 
many  hours  of  pleasure. 


The  Black  Snake 

Harvey    C.    Went. 
Camp  Director's  Association  of  America 

The  article  in  the  December  issue  entitled  "Common  Snakes" 
interested  me  very  much.  I  have  never  seen  a  black  snake  en- 
circle a  tree  in  the  way  E.  B.  Whiting  mentions.  I  felt  moved  to 
write  this  through  the  remark  that  the  black  snake  was  * '  said  not  to  be 
poisonous".  There  are  but  two  poisonous  snakes  in  the  northern 
states,  except  in  the  far  west, and  these  are  the  rattler  and  the 
copperhead.  Fanners  will  generally  assure  you  that  the  flat- 
headed  adder  is  poisonous,  but  this  is  not  so 

I  made  the  acquaintance  of  the  black  snake  in  1912,  while  run- 
ning the  boy  scout  camp  on  the  Housatonic  River.  We  always 
had  a  number  of  these  creatures  in  captivity.  In  the  fall  I  secured 
a  39  inch  black  water  snake,  and  he  became  a  member  of  my 
household.  For  a  while  I  kept  him  in  a  box,  but  soon  gave  him 
his  liberty  to  roam  about  the  house  as  he  wished.  I  must  confess 
that  many  of  my  wife's  friends  stopped  calling.  As  time  passed, 
he  felt  the  desire  to  enter  upon  his  winter's  sleep  ,and  would 
disappear  into  all  Forts  of  strange  places.  Once  he  was  found 
coiled  around  the  springs  of  an  old  upholstered  chair,  and  it  was 
certainly  some  tindertaking  to  get  him  to  let  go  and  allow  me  to 
draw  him  out.  Another  time  he  was  discovered  in  the  back  of 
the  piano,  coiled  around  the  wires. 

I  was  worried  because  he  would  not  eat,  and  once  a  week  I  fed 
him  strips  of  beef,  by  forcible  means.  I  split  a  led  pencil,  rounded 
the  end  so  as  not  to  injure  Pete's  throat,  and  poked  the  meat  into 
his  mouth  and  down  his  throat,  while  my  left  hand  held  his  jaws 
open.  Sometimes  the  meat  was  returned.  He  almost  always 
fought  against  the  process,  though  once  in  five  or  six  times  he 
would  eat  a  piece  with  apparent  relish.  In  the  spring  of  1913, 
while  visiting  the  Bronx  Zoo,  I  inquired  what  to  feed  the  snake.  I 
was  advised  to  try  fish.  I  had  never  thought  of  that.  From  then 
on,  there  was  no  more  forcible  feeding.  I  would  put  Pete  in  the 
bath  tub  in  about  three  inches  of  water,  and  throw  in  some  smelt 
or  a  small  eel.  He  would  regard  the  offering  for  a  moment,  and 
then  seize  it.  When  a  snake  eats,  he  holds  his  food  with  the  jaws 
of  one  side  of  his  mouth,  while  he  advances  the  opposite  jaws  and 

274 


WENT  THE  BLACK  SNAKE  275 

secures  a  new  hold.  This  method  of  eating  is  not  pleasing  to  the 
beholder  at  first. 

I  was  nearly  always  bitten  dtiring  this  process  of  forcible  feed- 
ing, but  such  bites  are  little  more  than  scratches.  Pete  did  not 
strike  at  anyone  after  the  first  few  days  of  our  acquaintance. 
Discovering  that  people  did  not  harm  him,  he  lost  his  fear.  My 
wife  would  pick  him  up,  when  it  became  necessary.  Upon  the 
request  of  the  Y.W.C.A.  I  went  around  to  the  factories  for  a 
while  telling  stories  at  noon  time,  and  generally  carried  Pete. 
Very  often  these  requests  closed  with:  "please  bring  the  snake." 

In  the  summer  of  1913  I  went  on  a  long  hike  to  the  Catskill 
Mountains  with  a  group  of  boys,  and  we  carried  Pete  on  our  wagon. 
When  about  20  miles  west  of  Kingston,  we  lost  him.  I  trust  that 
he  is  living  happily  in  New  York's  reservoir. 

The  snake  people  are  peaceable  folk.  I  write  this  because  I 
want  boys  and  girls  to  know  the  truth  about  them. 


The  Oriole's  Lullaby. 

Ann  E.  Lucas. 

Oh  hush   ye,  my  nestlings;  o'er  hilltop  and  meadow 
The  gray  dusk  is  coming  so  surely  and  slow, 
And  far  overheaed  in  the  tree  tops'  soft  shadow 
The  night  wind  is  crooning  his  lullabies  low. 

And  blown  by  Hght  breezes  your  cradle  till  morning 
Quietly,  peacefully,  drowsily  swings. 
From  his  tower  in  the  pine  tree  the  owl  sounds  his  warning, 
Then  hush  ye,  my  wee  ones,  'neath  mother's  soft  wings. 

With    clear  —  burning    torches    aglow    till    the    dawning 
The  stars  o'er  the  earth  will  their  peaceful  watch  keep. 
The  weary  world  rests  till  the  first  gleam  of  moniing, 
So  ye,  too,  my  birdlings,  shall  hush  ye  and  sk^ep. 


A  Bee's-Eye  View 

Helen  Lee  Sherwood. 

Cornwell,  N.  Y. 

From  the  upper  porch  of  my  home  I  often  look  down  over  the 
little  flower  garden  whose  stone  path  leads  to  my  log-cabin  honey- 
house  and  my  bee  hives,  with  a  view  of  soft  moimtains  not  far 
beyond.  There  could  scarcely  be  found  a  sweeter  scene  of  flowers 
and  sunny  green  slopes  and  fields,  of  quiet  mountains  and  smiling 
skies;  and  then  there  are  bees  whirring  past  me,  sometimes  in  a 
steady  stream.  I  see  them  gleam  in  the  sun  as  they  pass  and  hear 
their  swift  wings.  Of  all  their  secrets,  the  one  I  long  most  to  know 
is  how  this  scene  looks  to  their  curious  eyes.  What  do  they  see 
from  above  the  garden  and  hives?  Sometimes  I  think  one  of 
them  stupid  and  blind  when  ^he  flies  right  against  my  face  on  her 
way,  or  when  I  wave  a  finger  a  very  few  inches  from  the  head 
of  a  resting  bee  and  she  never  moves.  The  Polistes,  those  long- 
legged  brown  wasps  who  build  their  paper  combs  under  the  eaves 
of  my  cabin,  are  very  quick  to  greet  me  when  I  wave  to  them  from 
quite  a  distance.  The  whole  family  rise  to  their  full  height  and 
face  me,  standing  at  attention. 

But  when  the  young  bees  come  rushing  out  for  their  "play 
flights"  and  soar  above  their  hives  to  learn  their  directions  they 
must  be  using  some,  at  least,  of  their  eyes  taking  in  all  the  land- 
marks by  which  they  can  find  their  homes  again.  I  have  but  to 
move  a  hive  a  foot  or  so,  or  turn  it  to  in  face  a  different  direction, 
and  the  home  coming  bees  will  fly  round  and  round  the  exact 
spot  where  their  doorway  used  to  be.  This  becomes  largely 
matter  of  habit,  no  doubt,  for  if  I  move  a  hive  at  night  when  all 
the  bees  are  in  they  fail  to  notice  the  change  in  the  morning  as 
they  go  off,  and  keep  coming  back  to  the  spot  which,  in  some 
strange  way,  they  have  learned  by  heart.  Surely  the  flower's  effort 
to  entice  them  with  colors  are  not  wasted,  for  the  bees  are  quick  to 
distinguish  colors  and  some  colors  are  much  more  pleasing  to 
them  than  others.  Could  an  artist's  eye  rejoice  more  keenly 
than  a  bee  does  in  the  most  enchanting  of  all  flower  colors — a 
piu-e,  clear  blue  when  the  sun  shines  through  the  petals? 

The  mystery  which  is,  most  likely,  forever  to  be  concealed  from 
us  is  how  the  world  looks  to  the  bee.  Does  she  see  thousands  of 
flowers  standing  on  their  heads  with  her  compoimd  eyes  and  a  few 

276 


SHERWOOD  A  BEE'S  EYE  VIEW  277 

standing  as  we  see  them  with  her  oscelH,  or  do  her  compound 
eyes  show  her  a  gay  mosaic,  or  is  it  quite  different  from  anything  of 
which  our  minds  or  imaginations  can  conceive?  Will  they  never 
tell  me  how  this  scene  that  I  love  so  to  watch  appears  to  them? 
Could  their  wings  make  such  happy  sounds  if  its  beauty  were 
nothing  to  them,  I  wonder? 

One  morning  late  in  September  I  looked  out  and  saw  nothing 
of  my  garden,  my  hives  or  my  motmtains.  A  white  fog  blotted 
out  everything  but  a  few  wheel- webs  of  spiders,  strung  with  pearls, 
and  a  dripping  branch  of  a  pear  tree  very  near  by.  An  hour  or 
so  later  I  was  working  in  the  vegetable  garden  in  front  of  the  hives 
when  I  heard  a  strange,  high-pitched  sighing  in  the  air.  There 
was  nothing  visible  through  the  fog  but  the  sound  continued, 
slowly  circling  about.  It  was  an  indescribable  soimd  such  as  one 
might  encounter  in  a  dream;  a  sound  so  full  of  despair,  so  devoid 
of  hope  that  no  one  still  living  could  utter  it,  I  thought.  It 
seemed  to  be  all  around  me  in  the  air,  a  continuous,  slow  mourning 
in  one  high  tone.  I  had  never  heard  the  meaning  of  the  word 
"lost"  so  vividly  expressed  before.  As  I  watched  I  discerned  a 
bee,  and  then  others  wandering  through  the  endless  fog  in  slow, 
despairing  circles.  Some  of  the  hives  were  dimly  visible  scarcely 
ten  feet  away,  but  the  bees  were  lost  in  the  white  air;  and  there  is 
nothing  that  lives  quite  as  hopeless  as  a  "social"  insect  that  finds 
herself  alone.  To  die  for  her  colony  is,  apparently,  a  joy,  but  to 
be  lost  from  the  colony  is  despair  beyond  human  experience  (if 
an  insect  feels  the  despair  she  seems  to  express).  However  strong- 
ly bound  by  love  or  other  ties  we  may  be  to  other  human  beings, 
it  is  not  impossible  in  the  nature  of  things,  for  one  of  us  to  live 
alone  on  a  desert  island.  But  who  can  conceive  of  a  honey  bee 
that  is  not  a  citizen,  that  has  no  country  to  serve?  Only  the 
sound  of  these  slow  wings  wandering  in  circles  through  the  blinding 
fog  can  suggest  to  us  what  that  seems  to  mean. 


Nature  Study  In  A  College  Woman*s  Club 

Martha  Mono. 
Erie,  Pa. 

Last  year  the  College  Women's  Club  of  Erie,  Pa.,  found 
the  program  of  topics  prepared  for  discussion  at  the  monthly 
meetings  especially  enjoyable.  These  topics  are  embraced  tmder 
the  general  caption,  "Studies  in  Nature."  During  the  four  years 
just  preceding,  the  Club  had  adopted  for  its  program  successively, 
studies  in  art,  opera  music,  modem  drama  aad  Greek  drama,  and 
each  program  proved  stimulating  and  interesting,  though 
the  subject  of  Greek  drama  seemed  to  make 
a  less  general  appeal  than  the  others.  For  this  reason  it  seemed 
essential  for  the  prosperity  of  the  Club  to  choose  for  1916-1917 
that  topic  which  would  appeal  to  the  largest  possible  ntimber  of 
the  membership.  So  each  member  was  asked  to  send  in  to  a 
committee  the  topic  of  her  choice.  A  list  of  all  these  topics, 
numbering  about  twenty-five,  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  each 
member,  and  at  the  June  meeting,  the  time  appointed  for  choosing 
the  subject  for  the  work  of  the  ensuing  year,  each  member  was 
asked  to  select  from  this  list  of  twenty-five,  the  ten  topics  that 
seemed  to  her  most  desirable  and  to  arrange  them  on  a  ballot  in 
the  order  of  her  choice.  As  was  to  be  expected  the  vote  did  not 
approximate  unanimity,  but  "Natiu-e  Study'.'  had  a  clear  lead. 

The  program  committee  then  had  on  hand  a  problem  of  no 
mean  proportions,  nature  study  being  as  wide  as  the  world  and  the 
meetings  of  the  club  limited  to  eight.  It  was  decided  that  a  gen- 
eral survey  of  the  field  would  be  best  and  the  following  program 
was  produced. 

In  the  presentation  of  topics,  effort  is  centered  on  making  the 
work  as  concrete  as  possible.  For  example,  a  fine  study  of  the 
history  of  Lake  Erie — prepared  by  one  member  for  the  December 
meeting  was  made  graphic  by  means  of  many  maps  drawn  to  show 
the  changes  caused  by  the  alternating  advance  and  retreat  of  the 
ice,  which  took  place  in  the  lake  bed  during  the  glacial  period.  In 
this  paper  the  fact  was  brought  out  that  the  gravel  pits  of  Erie 
being  worked  now  were  deposited  by  these  ancient  lakes,  and  that 
their  old  beaches  have  determined  the  courses  of  some  of  our  best 
roads. 

So  also  when  toads  shall  be  the  topic  of  the  evening  it  is  expected 
that  real  toads  will  be  present;  and  when  the  life  in  a  brook  is 
under  consideration,  some  squirming,  wriggling  specimens  will 
be  at  hand  for  inspection. 

278 


MONG     NA  T  URE-ST  UDYINA  COLLEGE  WO  MA  N'S  CL  UB  279 

The  attendance  at  the  meetings  thus  far  has  been  fine,  the 
members  coming  out  not  alone  for  the  social  enjoyment,but  also 
because  they  are  really  interested  in  the  topics  to  be  discussed.  So 
to  any  clubs  considering  nature  study  as  a  possible  program  of 
work  we  should  advise  a  trial,  and  we  feel  confident  that  the  effect 
will  prove  vivifying  even  as  it  has  proven  with  us. 


A  Years'  Program  Of  The  College  Woman's  Club 
Of  Erie,  Pa. 

STUDIES  IN  NATURE 

Whether  we  look  or  whether  we  listen 

We  hear  life  murmur  or  see  it  glisten.  Lowell 

OCTOBER:  TREES 

Some  Common  trees  of  the  Great  Lake  Region 

The  Life  of  a  Tree 

Famous  Tree  Lovers  and  Their  Writings 

NOVEMBER  I      STARS. 

Other  Suns  than  Ours 

The  Stars  of  the  Winter  Sky 

Maria  Mitchell 

DECEMBER:      THE   GLACIAL  PERIOD 

The  History  of  Lake  Erie 

California  Big  Trees  and  the  Glacial  Period 

John  Muir 

JANUARY :  FISHES 

The  Story  of  Fishes  in  the  Earth's  History 

Fishes  in  the  Erie  Hatchery 

Isaak  Walton— The  Complete  Angler 

FEBRUARY:      TOADS    AND   THEIR    RELATIVES 

Life  and  Habits  of  a  Toad 

Frogs,  Tree  Frogs  and  Salamanders 

Schuyler  Matthews,  -Lover  of  Toads 

march:  WILD   FLOWERS 

Stories  of  Common  Wild  Flowers 
Insects  and  Flowers 
Asa  Gray 
APRIL:  the  brook 

The  Making  of  a  Brook 
The  Life  in  a  Brook 
James  Whitcomb  Riley 

may:  FERNS 

The  Life  of  a  Fern 

Ferns  Found  in  the  Vicinity  of  Erie 

John  Burroughs 


The  Arbutus 

B.  O.  Butler. 
Easton,  Md. 

No  native  plant  has  endeared  itself  more  with  the  people  of 
New  York  and  New  England  than  the  Arbutus.  This,  sweetest 
of  all  spring  flowers  has  a  place  in  many  hearts.  Formerly  it  grew 
in  many  places  in  New  York  State,  even  up  close  to  large  cities, 
but  now  the  patches  of  this  trailing  plant,  with  glossy  green  leaves 
and  pink  faced  blossoms,  are  fewer.  The  patches  are  becoming 
smaller  and  smaller  each  year  and  in  many  instances  have  vanished. 
The  trailing  spring  flower,  tinted  like  a  shell,  grows  only  in  the  less 
occupied  spaces  of  a  region  among  the  lonely  pines  or  amid  dry 
leaves  and  mosses.  Epigiea  repens,  the  arbutus,  is  a  member  of 
the  heath  family,  which  is  restricted  to  a  nimiber  of  shrubby 
plants  having  attractive  flowers,  blossoming  early  in  the  spring. 
The  woody  stem  of  the  trailing  arbutus,  technically  classifies 
it  among  the  shrubs.  As  a  habitat  it  favors  pine  woods  when 
there  is  little  competition  for  space.  It  has  a  branching  leafy 
stalk,  trailing  close  to  the  ground  under  dry  leaves  and  grasses 
as  the  term  repens   signifies. 

In  color  the  leaves  are  green  and  rusty  and  in  shape  oval. 
The  taut,  strong  midrib  gives  the  margin  of  these  glossy  sur- 
faced leaves  an  undulating  character.  The  leaves  occur  at 
regular  intervals  alternately  upon  the  trailing  stem. 

People  show  their  love  for  the  flower  by  tearing  up  the  roots 
along  with  the  blossoms.  Such  selfish  ignorance  is  fast  reducing 
the  lovely  plant  to  a  mere  tradition  in  many  populous  districts. 
The  lowly  plant  puts  out  its  blossoms  from  under  fallen  leaves 
just  after  the  snow  has  m.elted  or  while  lingering  snow  drifts  are 
still  around.  All  winter  long  the  buds  lie  hidden  beneath  drifts 
of  snow  waiting  for  the  first  warm  breaths  of  spring  to  unclose 
them  and  as  soon  as  the  melting  snow  leaves  bare  the  groimd 
on  southern  slopes  the  buds  begin  to  open  and  the  arbutus  is  the 
charming  queen  of  Spring.  In  regions  where  it  is  fairly  abundant 
it  is  the  one  early  blossom  sought  by  all,  "its  delicate  beauty 
charming  the  eye  as  its  delightful  fragrance  appeals  to  the  sense 
of  smell".  The  blossoms  are  crowded  together  in  bunches  of 
from  three  to  eight  at  the  end  of  prostrate  hairy  stems.     The 

280 


BUTLER  THE  ARBUTUS 


28] 


flower  is  constructed  on  the  nimierical  plan  of  five.  The  tubular 
corrolla  varies  ia  color  from  a  pale  white  to  a  deeply  tinted  rose 
and  the  five  parted  pale  green  cal}^  is  set  around  with  five  bracts. 
A  cluster  of  these  blossoms  exhales  a  sweet  and  spicy  fragrance. 
The  structure  of  the  flower  is  of  decided  interest.  An  ex- 
amination of  various  flowers  reveals  a  great  variation  in  the 
relative  conditions  and  positions  of  the  stamens  and  pistils.  In 
some  we  find  anthers  which  abort  the  pollen,  in  others  only  partially 
so  while  in  others  the  pollen  is  well  developed.  We  can  find  some 
flowers  with  stigmas,  which  are  broad  and  with  upper  surfaces 
at  right  angles  to  the  style,  while  in  others  the  stigmas  are  general- 
ly to  be  found  in  flowers  with  abortive  anthers  and  vice  versa. 
The  plants  are  in  a  transformation  stage  and  are  in  reality 
dioecious.  Many  interesting  variations  are  shown  in  this  species. 
Altho  the  plants  are  related  by  descent,  the  variations  are  in- 
herited just  as  much  as  the  likenesses.  "Like  produces  like,  but 
not  just  like". 

Cross-pollination  is  being  achieved  by  variations  and  repro- 
duction is  accomplished  with  fewer  waste  parts.  This  may  be 
accounted  for  in  two  ways.  First;  by  the  elimination  of  one  sex 
from  each  flower,  and  secondly;  by  becoming  dimorphous  by 
developing  perfect  organs  at  different  heights  in  the  same  flower. 
That  there  is  a  tendency  toward  this  condition  is  shown  by  varying 
lengths  of  the  styles  and  filaments.  In  some  instances  the  plants 
blossom  profusely  but  may  set  no  fruit,  depending  upon  vegeta- 
tive growth  for  reproduction.  Whenever  both  sets  of  repro- 
ductive organs  are  found  perfect  it  may  be  considered  as  a  re- 
version to  an  early  type  of  platit. 

Insects  and  winds  are  the  agencies  by  which  pollen  is  carried 
from  anther  to  stigma.  The  flower  blooms  early  in  the  spring 
when  there  is  little  insect  life  afield,  but  the  nectar  of  the  fragrant 
blossoms  attracts  the  few  there  are  at  the  time.  The  beautiful 
orange  banded  bumble  bee  is  the  most  frequent  visitor,  since  the 
fertile  females  live  over  winter  in  some  sheltered  nook,  they  do  not 
perish  like  the  other  occupants  of  the  bee  nest,  so  arc  on  hajid  to 
seek  the  Httle  flowers  in  early  spring.  Instead  of  flitting  from 
flower  to  flower  the  bee  crawls.  Honey-flies,  with  k)ng  tongues, 
visit  the  flowers  as  likewise  do  little  vScsia  moths.  These  moths 
mimic  the  bumblebee  as  do  others  a  humming  bird.  I'nhke 
most  m.oths  this  one  flies  during  the  warmest  parts  of  sunny  days 
to  visit  the  arbutus. 


On  a  Peculiar  Disease  of  Mulberry  Fruit 

By  J-  J'  Taubenhaus. 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry 

Not  long  ago,  a  colored  preacher  nearly  caused  a  riot  among 
his  congregation  by  proclaiming  that  the  worid  was  coming  to 
an  end.  When  questioned  by  his  deacons  as  to  his  reasoa,  he 
stated  that  the  world  had  become  so  wicked  that  even  mulberry 
trees  no  longer  lived  a  true  life,  and  instead  of  producing  its  kind 
went  wrong  and  produced  popcorn.  "Popcawn",  said  the  dea- 
cons, "dat  is  impossible".  "Come  aad  see",  said  the  preacher. 
Down  they  rushed  through  the  lane  to  a  group  of  mulberry  trees 
which  were  growing  there  for  nearly  twenty  years,  producing 
mulberries  regularly  every  year  until  now.  With  anxious  looks 
and  mouths  wide  open,  the  deacons  reached  for  the  trees  and 
shouted  to  the  preacher  for  real  proof.  "Here  dey  is",  said  the 
preacher,  extending  his  hand  and  plucking  some  limbs  with  the 
mulberry  fruit  actually  covered  with  what  looked  like  popcorn 
seed.  "Impossible",  said  the  deacons,  "dis  looks  lak  witchcraft". 
"Ridiculous",  said  others,  "dis  is  some  trick  played  by  dis  preacher 
to  scare  his  flock".  Discussions  and  heated  argvunents  followed 
and  they  finally  decided  to  gather  a  quantity  of  these  "popcorn 
seed"  from  the  mulberry  and  bring  it  to  the  white  folks  who 
lived  near  by.  Sure  enough,  Mr.  Jones,  a  white  neighbor,  was 
greatly  surprised  to  see  popcom-like  seed  growing  on  mulberry 
fruit.  At  first,  he  could  hardly  believe  his  own  eyes,  and  with 
his  fingers,  tried  to  pick  out  the  seed  to  make  sure  that  no  joke 
was  played  on  him  by  the  negroes.  However,  and  with  a  sense 
of  hirnior,  he  exclaimed:  "Preacher  is  right,  de  world  am  coming 
to  an  end,  even  mulberry  trees  are  going  wrong".  When  the 
seance  was  broken  up,  Mr.  Jones  told  his  next  door  neighbor 
of  the  peculiar  mulberries  which  the  colored  preacher  had  just 
brought  to  his  attention.  "Why",  said  the  neighbor,  "I  have  a 
climip  of  mulberry  trees  on  my  own  farm  which  behave 
exactly  like  that,  and  I  am  puzzled  indeed  to  know  what  it  is." 
A  heated  argviment  began  in  which  Tom  Smith,  the  next-door 
neighbor,  tried  to  convince  Mr.  Jones  that  these  "popcorn  seed" 
(Fig.  A)  on  the  mulberry  were  a  new  creation  of  nature,  a  sort 
of  cross  between  com,  milo,  feterita  and  mulberries.  Mr.  Jones, 
however,  was  not  well  satisfied  with  these  arguments  and  induced 

282 


A  NEW  MULBERRY  DISEASE 

Figure  A. 

To  the  right,  showing  mulberry  fruit  twice  natural  size,  the  grains  of  which  are  infected.  On 
top  and  to  the  left,  two  individual  infected  grains  due  to  the  swelling,'  of  the  causal  organism 
growing  within.  When  these  fall  to  the  ground,  the  outer  coat  peels  off  exposing  the  inner 
sclerotia.     To  the  left  at  the  bottom,  two  sclerotia  held  together  by  a  gelatinous  substance. 

Figure  B. 

To  the  right,  four  normal  individual  mulberry  grains.  To  the  left,  normal  mulberry  fruit  for 
comparison. 

Figure  C. 

To  the  right  four  sclerotia  picked  out  from  infected  fruit  showing  the  teiidril-liko  tlircads 
which  hold  the  roundi.sh  spores  in  a  gelatinous  mass.  To  the  left,  two  individii.'il  silcrcjti.i 
showing  the  same. 


283 


284  •  NATURE-STUDY    REVIEW 

his  neighbor  to  send  a  quantity  of  the  material  to  the  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  at  College  Station.  The  specimens  were 
referred  to  the  Station  Pathologist  who  gave  them  a  most  careful 
examination.  It  was  found  that  similar  specimens  were  received 
at  the  office  during  the  last  three  years  with  statements  that 
whenever  such  "popcorn"  grains  were  found  on  the  mulberry 
trees,  there  was  no  normal  mulberry  fruit,  in  many  instances 
greatly  disappointing  the  kids.  In  one  instance  it  was  added 
that   the    chickens   greatly   relished   this   new  "manna". 

Careful  study  by  the  Division  of  Plant  Pathology  of  the  Texas 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station  has  conclusively  shown  that 
this  peculiar  growth  resembling  popcorn  seed  on  mulberry  fruit 
is  nothing  else  than  a  disease  of  the  fruit  which  results  in  the 
swelling  of  the  individual  grains,  (Figs.  A.  and  B)  the 
swellings  variously  reaching  the  size  and  shape  of  popcorn  seed 
or  feterita  and  sometimes  milo  grains.  While  these  studies  were 
carried  on  by  the  Plant  Pathologist  of  the  Texas  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station,  Dr.  Lewis,  Botanist  of  the  University  of 
Texas,  independently  came  across  this  same  trouble  on  mulberry 
trees  growing  in  the  vicinity  of  Austin,  Dr.  Lewis  and  the  writer 
came  to  the  same  conclusion  that  this  is  a  disease  caused  by  a 
fungus. 

While  the  whole  history  of  this  new  disease  has  not  been  en- 
tirely worked  out,  that  much  is  certain.  The  swelling  of  the 
mulberry  grains  is  caused  by  a  fungus  which  seems  to  gain  an 
entrance  in  the  fruit,  perhaps  during  pollination  or  as  the  mul- 
berry fruit  is  still  young.  The  invading  fungus  keeps  pace  with 
the  growth  of  the  mulberry  fruit.  If  one  looks  very  closely, 
he  will  find  that  early  in  the  season,  around  April  and  May, 
thcFe  swellings  may  actually  become  quite  perceptible.  As  the 
fruit  reaches  maturity,  the  swellings  of  the  individual  grains  seem 
to  have  reached  their  maximiim  size.  In  examining  with  a  hand 
lens,  some  of  these  swelled-up  grains,  one  will  find  that  at  the 
tip  end  of  each  grain  there  protrudes  a  stout,  gelatinous,  whitish 
gray  thread.  (Fig.  C)  When  this  is  dropped  in  water,  the  gel- 
atinous thread  dissolves  and  the  water  becomes  decidedly  milky 
in  appearance.  In  examining  this  under  the  microscope,  it  will 
be  found  that  the  milky  appearance  of  the  water  was  due  to  the 
presence  of  large  quantities  of  colorless,  roundish  spores,  which 


TAUBENHAUS       ON  A  PECULIAR  DISEASE  OF  MULBERRY  FRUIT  285 

are  held  glued  together  in  a  gelatinous  substance  probably  secreted 
by  the  causal  fungus  itself. 

Immediately  upon  the  maturity  of  the  fruit,  the  so-called 
"popcorn  seed"  from  the  mulberry  fruit  drop  to  the  ground. 
After  a  few  days,  or  possibly  weeks,  the  outer  coat  of  these  seed 
falls  off,  leaving  a  black  pebble-like  structure  the  size  of  a  popcorn 
seed  or  smaller.  These  black  bodies,  known  as  sclerotia,  consist 
of  a  mass  of  fungus  threads.  These  sclerotia  when  dropping  to 
the  ground,   lie  there  until  the  following  season. 

The  thing  which  has  not  as  yet  been  worked  out  about  this 
disease  is  the  significance  of  the  minute  spores  previously  de- 
scribed and  the  purpose  of  the  sclerotia.  In  other  words,  how  do 
new  infections  take  place?  Is  it  through  the  wintered-over 
sclerotia  or  through  the  minute  spores  formed  on  the  deformed 
mulberry  seed?  When  these  two  questions  are  answered,  it  is 
reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  identity  of  the  fungus  and  the 
history  of  the  disease  will  be  worked  out,  and  methods  of  control 
determined. 

If  one  examines  trees  which  are  affected  with  the  "popcorn" 
disease,  he  will  notice  in  many  cases  a  die-back  of  the  twigs  Wheth  - 
er  this  die-back  is  in  any  way  related  to  the  mulberry  fruit 
disease  is  still  unknown. 


Autumn. 

Israel  Knox. 
Age.  14 


The  radiant  and  golden  stars  depart, 
The  velvet  sky  and  silver  moon  retreat 
Before  the  heavy,  threat'ning  clouds  that  greet 

The  gloom,  and  banish  ecstasy  of  heart. 

The   rose,  sweet,  fragrant   not   long   since   in   bloom, 
And  arbutus  whose   scent's   been   created 
To  ma  tell  the  clear,  pale-husd  pearl,  have  faded, 

And   give   no   more    their   heavenly    perfume. 


A  Note  on  the  Purple  Cone  Flower,  (Brauneria  Pur- 
purea (D.  C.)  Britton). 

J.  Andrew    Drushel, 
Harris  Teachers  College,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

The  ptirple  cone  flower  is  found  from  Pennsylvania  southward 
to  Georgia  and  Alabama;  westward  and  southwestward  to 
Michigan,  Iowa,  Missouri,  Arkansas,  and  Louisiana.  In  the 
region  of  St.  Louis,  it  usually  occurs  on  limestone  slopes, 
in  open  oak  woods,  either  as  single  plants  or  in  small  colonies 
of  scattered  individuals.  The  blooming  period  extends  from 
middle  July  to  early  October.  See  cut  for  a  fine  example  of 
a  volunteer  seedling. 

The  writer  of  this  note,  in  the  late  autumn  of  1910,  removed 
two  strong  plants  of  the  above  species  from  the  woods  near  Al- 
lenton,  Missouri,  with  the  view  of  getting  a  showy  perennial 
ornamental  plant  which  would  endure  the  unfavorable  summer 
conditions  usually  found  in  St.  Louis.  The  plants  were  placed 
in  a  rich  shaded  comer  of  the  college  building.  After  thriving 
here  for  several  years  without  producing  fertile  seed  and  with 
only  a  small  increase  of  new  plants  from  the  roots  of  the  parents, 
they  were  removed  to  the  southeast  comer  of  the  college  build- 
ing, a  dry,  hot,  and  sunny  spot.  In  the  course  of  a  few  years 
these  few  plants  became  a  closely  crowded  olump  as  shown  in 
the  picttire.  This  clump  was  one  of  the  show  places  for  the 
students  of  the  1916  summer  school. 

The  first  fertile  seed  was  formed  in  1917.  From  this  seed 
many  young  plants  were  grown  both  outdoors  under  natural 
conditions,  and  indoors  tinder  greenhouse  conditions.  These 
seedlings  were  planted  in  mass,  also  as  individuals,  in  exposed 
sunny  spots  with  highly  pleasing  results.  The  writer  in  the 
spring  of  1920  set  two  dozen  young  plants  in  a  comer  on  the 
south  side  of  his  residence  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  street. 
These  plants  during  the  dry  hot  weather  of  July  and  early  Aug- 
gust  produced  a  mass  of  blossoms,  the  admiration  of  the  daily 
passers-by. 

In  view  of  the  hardiness  of  the  purple  cone  flower,  its  showy 
blossoms,  its  long  period  of  blooming,  and  its  relative  freedom 
from  enemies,  it  is  suggested  that  those  readers  of  this  note  who 

286 


DRUSHEL 


A  NOTE  ON  THE  P  URPLE  CONE  FLOWER 


287 


live  within  the  natural  range  of  the  plant  become  acquainted 
with  it  to  the  extent  of  bringing  it  from  the  woods  to  their  home 
ground.  By  doing  this,  they  will  add  another  all-around  satis 
factory  ornamental  plant  to  their  collection  and  may  prolong 
indefinitely  the  life  of  one  of  our  most  beautiful  [vanishing  spe- 
cies. It  is  also  urged  that  other  promising  perennial  native  plants 
be  given  an  opportunity  to  show  their  right  to  a  permanent  place 
somewhere  about  the  home. 


THE  PURPLE  CONE  FLOWER 


Hanging  the  Pictures  on  Memory's  Wall 

Rev.    Manley    Townsend 

The  simplest  things  can  often  furnish  us  with  the  richest  pleas- 
ures. To  find  the  uncommon  in  the  common  affords  extraor- 
dinary satisfaction.  Such  is  the  power  of  nature  study.  It 
enriches  life.  It  provides  a  perpetual  fount  of  unalloyed  delight. 
No  one  who  has  entered  into  the  treasures  of  the  natural  world 
can  ever  be  dull  or  filled  with  ennui.  Even  a  "desert"  isle  has 
no  terrors  for  him.  Wherever  he  turns  he  finds  objects  of  interest, 
old  and  new  friends  to  greet  him.  Here  it  is  a  fern,  there  a  flower, 
and  again  a  bird.  No  person  can  be  called  really  educated  who 
is  ignorant  of  the  wonderful  world  in  which  he  lives.  No  matter 
how  many  Greek  or  Latin  roots  he  may  know,  or  how  profoundly 
versed  in  mathematics  or  literature  he  may  be,  if  he  knows  not 
something  of  the  stars  in  the  heavens  above  his  head  and  the 
forms  of  animal  and  vegetable  life  on  the  earth  beneath  his  feet, 
he  is  ignorant.  His  education  has  been  seriously  neglected. 
He  has  missed  a  very  important  realm  of  knowledge,  a  realm  no 
himian  being  can  afford  to  miss.  Cf  course,  education  is  entirely 
relative.  One  may  be  highly  educated  in  one  thing  and  densely 
ignorant  in  another,  like  the  man  who  owned  the  first  volumne 
of  the  encyclopedia  and  knew  a  great  deal  about  astromomy, 
alchemy,  architecture  and  Australia;  but  who  knew  nothing  of 
physics,    chemistry,    mechanics,    zebras    or    New    Zealand. 

The  day  is  surely  coming  when  every  child  will  be  taught  in  the 
schools  to  know  and  love  the  wonder  world  in  which  he  has  been 
placed.  The  teachers  will  be  trained  for  this  purpose  in  our 
normal  schools.  A  few  minutes,  rightly  used  each  day,  can  open 
the  child's  eyes  to  a  new  world  and  introduce  him  to  an  inexhaust- 
ible treasure  house  of  perpetual  delight.  Thereafter,  life  will 
take  on  new  and  added  meaning.  We  are  continually  meeting 
people  to  whom  life  grows  gray,  dull,  insipid  in  middle  life.  It 
is  because  they  have  so  few  resources.  To  one  who  has  entered 
into  a  sympathetic  understanding  of  nature,  life  never  because 
gray  or  insipid  or  dull.  Everywhere  he  turns  he  sees  friends  that 
he  admires  and  loves,  friends  he  has  been  acquiring  through  the 
years.  He  is  rich  in  the  best  of  all  treastire,  the  priceless  wealth 
of  the  mind  and  soul.  We  do  indeed  "live  in  deeds,  not  years; 
in  thoughts,  not  breaths;  in  feelings,  not  in  figures  on  a  dial." 

288 


TOWNSEND      HA  NGING  THE  PICT URES  ON  MEMOR  Y'S  WALL        289 

The  little  colored  boy  was  perfectly  right  when  he  replied  to  the 
kind  lady  who  asked  his  age.  "If  you  goes  by  what  mudder 
says,  I'se  six;  but  if  you  goes  by  de  fun  I'se  had,  I'se  most  a  hun'- 
red". 

This  whole  marvellous  realm  of  nature,  so  prolific  of  enduring 
joy,  is  a  closed  book  to  the  average  person,  who  goes  through  the 
world  with  eyes  closed  and  ears  stopped  to  its  appeal.  The  ap- 
preciation of  nature  should  be  begun  in  childhood.  Then  is  the 
golden  time,  when  the  young,  unfolding  mind  is  most  sensitive 
to  its  environment.  Then,  if  wisely  guided,  enduring  pictures 
will  be  hiing  upon  memory's  wall, — pictures  that  will  never  fade. 


What  the  Nature  Study  Society  is  doing  in  Webster  Groves,  Mo. 

Anne  A.  Jones  Sec'y. 

The  Nature  Study  Society  of  Webster  Groves  was  organized 
in  April  of  1920  and  has  at  present  one  hundred  and  twenty 
active  and  one  hundred  and  fourteen  junior  members.  Since 
its  organization  it  has  been  holding  regular  meetings  on  the  first 
Friday  evening  each  month  (with  the  exception  of  the  summer 
months)  and  has  had  at  most  of  these  meetings,  speakers  on 
various  topics  pertaining  to  some  branch  of  nature  study,  and  all 
of  them  authorities  on  the  subjects  in  hand.  Some  of  the  talks 
were  illustrated  with  slides,  others  with  moving  pictures,  and 
others  again,  such  as  rock  formations,  wild  flowers,  etc.  with  speci- 
mens. 

Many  field  trips  have  been  taken,  sometimes  having  the  speaker 
of  the  Friday  evening  meeting  lead  a  field  trip  on  the  following 
Saturday  afternoon  in  order  to  carry  along  or  illustrate  his  talk 
of  the  previous  evening.  This  sometimes  brings  the  message 
home  more  forcibly  than  any  other  way. 

The  jimior  members  prepared  a  programme  for  one  of  the 
evening  meetings;  they  were  drilled  by  several  of  tlie  active 
members,  the  children  appearing  in  costume  and  acting  out 
their  parts  with  much   credit  to  themselves  and  tlieir  leaders. 

The  active  membership  is  divided  into  four  groups  for  the  study 
of  birds,  astronomy,  trees,  and  wild  flowers. 


290  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

The  bird  group  had,  during  the  season,  seven  monthly  meetings 
at  the  homes  of  different  members.  Audubon  charts  were  used 
to  get  acquainted  with  the  birds,  their  markings  and  comparative 
sizes. 

The  chairman  assigned  different  members  to  prepare  a  paper 
or  a  talk  on  some  particular  bird  or  class  of  birds,  gradually  getting 
around  to  all  the  members  and  most  of  the  birds  to  be  seen  in 
Webster  Groves. 

Early  morning  bird  walks  were  frequently  called,  to  see,  hear 
and  identify  birds  on  the  wing,  and  also  to  find  the  location  of  the 
best  bird  hatmts.  Other  walks  were  in  the  afternoon,  one  ex- 
tending into  the  night,  to  hear  the  whippoorwill  and  one,  a 
very  pleasant  out -door  "experience  meeting"  with  picnic  lunch, 
was  held  on  the  beautiful  lawn  of  one  of  our  members. 

Sixty-six  varieties  of  birds  were  identified  during  the  season. 
At  the  present  time  four  members  of  the  bird  group  are  operating 
government  bird  traps,  and  banding  (through  permission  of  the 
Bureau  of  Biological  Survey  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture) 
all  such  birds  as  come  into  the  traps,  recording  and  forwarding  the 
results  to  the  Biological  Survey.  In  the  few  weeks  that  they 
have  been  operating,  about  thirty  birds  have  been  banded  and 
released  and  a  large  nimiber  of  English  Sparrows  placed  where 
they  can  do  no  more  harm. 

The  astronomy  group  has  been  meeting  once  a  month ;  during 
the  summer  they  were  very  informal  and  held  in  the  pleasant 
back  yard  of  one  of  our  members,  and  through  a  three-inch  Tel- 
escope we  followed  the  movements  of  the  planets,  the  moon, 
star  clusters  and  nebulae,  and  more  than  one,  especially  of  the 
younger  members,  who  had  never  seen  the  wonderful  workings 
of  nature  through  a  telescope,  experienced  the  "thrill  that  comes 
once  in  a  life  time"  upon  seeing  Jupiter  and  his  moons,  illustrate 
in  miniature,  the  movements  of  the  solar  system. 

At  most  of  the  meetings  of  the  tree  group  during  the  winter, 
bare  branches  from  trees  were  brought  in,  and  the  tree  key  for 
winter  used  in  tracing  them  down  and  identifying  them. 

The  flower  group  did  most  of  its  work  in  field  trips.  We 
also  have  junior  groups  for  the  study  of  birds,  trees,  wild  flowers, 
insects  and  reptiles.  They  study  out  of  doors,  taking  walks, 
under  the  guidance  of  competent  active  members,  who  give 
one  day  a  week  during  the  school  year  to  this  work. 


JONES  NATURE  STUDY  SOCIETY  IN  WEBSTER  GROVES,  MO.    291 

Plans  for  this  fall  and  winter  are  under  way  for  providing  and 
caring  for  feeding  stations  for  the  birds,  the  work  to  be  carried  on 
largely  by  the  junior  members.  The  society,  in  the  face  of  m.any 
difficulties  is  at  last  the  owner  of  a  Moving  Picture  Machine  to  be 
used  by  the  society,  by  the  schools,  or  by  any  other  organization 
for  the  displaying  of  educational  films. 

And  now  just  a  few  words  about  a  very  active  body  of  workers 
known  as  the  "City  Beautiful  Committee"  who  do  not  confine 
themselves  entirely  to  beautifying  the  city  but  very  largely  con- 
sider the  health  of  the  commimity.  They  are  making  a  strong 
plea  for  the  beautifying  of  unsightly  places,  such  as  all  cities  both 
large  and  small  are  burdened  with,  and  to  see  that  all  trees  are 
properly  pruned   and  cared  for  and  replaced  when  necessary. 

They  are  activly  engaged  in  civic  work,  organized  the  "clean  up 
campaign"  and  worked  hard  for  the  proper  car6  of  stagnant  pools 
and  disposal  of  "tin  cans"  because  both  are  not  only  unsightly, 
but  a  menace  to  health,  being  the  breeding  places  of  the  malaria 
carrying  mosquito.  This  is  slow  work  and  sometimes  very  dis- 
couraging but  they  believe  that  by  preaching  it  wherever  there 
is  an  ear  to  hear,  it  will  eventually  accomplish  much  good. 


Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  Goes  House  Hunting 

A.  J.  Stackpole. 

Berkeley,   California 

A    Story   for   Primary    Grades 

The  hillside,  this  morning,  is  flooded  with  bird  and  insect  life. 
Among  the  busiest  of  the  insect  ladies,  is  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper 
with  the  red  hind-legs,  who  is  starting  upon  a  househunting  ex- 
pedition. 

From  a  tuft  of  grass— nearly  the  color  of  her  wing  shields— slie 
jumps  upon  a  rise  in  the  hillside,  and,  with  those  big,  compound 
eyes  in  her  forehead,  as  well  as  little  eyes  in  the  middle  of  lier  face, 
looks  about  her  for  a  suitable  store  room  for  her  eggs. 

Just  now  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  flies  and  jumps  more  clumsily 
than  her  maiden  sisters  and  her  slender  brothers;  for  she  is 
weighted  with  the  responsibility  of  carrying  and  storing  a  half- 
thousand   tiny,    yellow,    larvae-eggs. 


292  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

The  odd  little  ears  at  the  base  of  Mrs.  Grasshopper's  wings 
are  deafened  this  morning  to  the  shrill  voices  which  rent  the  very- 
air  about  her.  Her  hundreds  of  young  brothers  are  scraping 
their  drums  with  the  queer  files  fastened  to  their  hind  legs.  Some- 
where in  this  throng  of  musicians  is  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper's 
husband;  but  his  drum  sotmds  very  faint,  for  his  heart  is  sad. 
He  is  trying  to  forget  his  wife  who,  so  soon  after  their  wedding 
feast,  spread  out  her  wings  and  left  him. 

Thinking  not  of  her  lonely  husband,  but  only  of  finding  a  firm, 
dried  reed  suificently  long  and  thick  to  cradle  her  young,  Mrs. 
Gray  Grasshopper  hurries  on.  Not  for  the  briefest  second  will 
she  stop  even  to  listen  to  the  booming  of  the  Bee-  soldiers'  guns, 
as  they  fly  from  blossom  to  blossom.  Nor,  will  she  listen  to 
the  rasping  scale  coming  from  Billy  Quail's  violin;  neither  will 
she  heed  the  doleful  air  Father  Meadowlark  scrapes  from  his 
'cello. 

What  cares  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  for  this  lively  music?  What 
cares  she  for  anything  but  a  place  to  store  her  little  ones  during 
the  long  months  of  Fall  and  Winter.  But  she  should  stop  now, 
for  only  a  moment,  as  the  Cricket  Brothers  in  the  bushes  close  by, 
are  ringing  their  tiny,  silver  bells.  And  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper 
knows  they  are  playing  some  one's  funeral  anthem. 

"I  wonder  who  it  is?"  this  gray-brown  lady  asks  of  a  very 
old  man  grasshopper  whom  she  meets  near  a  tuft  of  yellow  grass. 

"Jerry  Bluejay  is  dead,"  the  old  man  grasshopper  replies, 
"a  Human  Boy  with  a  gun  shot  him  this  morning.  You  see  lam 
an  invalid — I  have  but  five  legs  and  my  wings  are  gone." 

"I  have  no  time  to  talk  with  you,"  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper 
snaps,  striking  the  old  fellow  with  her  long  antennae,  or  whiskers, 
"and,  besides,  I  think  you  are  joking  about  your  not  having  any 
wings.     I  see  something  light  resting  upon  your  shoulder." 

"Oh,  my  dear,  watch  me.  I  cannot  fly  even  one  foot.  Bob 
White  snipped  off  my  real  wings  two  days  ago,  and  what  you  see 
upon  my  shoulder  is  only  my  wing  shields,  of  course  I  cannot 
fly  with  them.     May  I  come  along  with  you? 

"Nonsense!"  "I  cannot  bother  with  you." 

On  and  on  she  jimips  until  she  reaches  a  small  hazel  busii 
standing  upon  a  barren  knoll. 

**0h,  this  is  splendid."  says  she.  "I'll  stop  here  for  a  moment's 
rest  and  and  a  bite  to  eat.     Also,  I  must  keep  my  big  eyes  open 


STACKPOLE       MRS.  GRASSHOPPER  GOES  HO  USE  H UNTING  293 

for  that  Bob  White  who  snipped  off  my  husband's  leg  and  wings." 

With  her  six  padded  feet  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  climbs  upon 
the  first  branch  and  proceeds  to  chew  the  edge  of  a  tender  leaf. 
Then  she  decides  that  a  sip  of  tea  would  be  just  the  thing  for  her 
nerves;  so  she  sets  to  work  with  her  strong  mandibles,  digging 
and  scraping  the  bark  until  the  tiniest  drop  of  sap  appears.  As 
the  sap  flows,  she  washes  her  face  with  her  long  whiskers  and  dries 
it  with  her  front  feet.  And  now  she  is  ready  to  sip  her  tea.  But 
just  as  she  is  about  to  take  a  long  draught,  something  dreadful 
happens.  A  sudden,  creepy,  chilly  sensation  causes  her  to  draw 
up  those  red  hind  legs,  spread  out  her  wings  and  fly  as  far  from  the 
hazel  bush  as  she  possibly  can.  What  has  happened?  Is  she 
afraid  to  investigate  the  cause  of  her  sudden  fright? 

Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  does  not  know  that  a  score  of  thirsty 
black  ants  from  their  nest  at  the  foot  of  the  hazel  bush  smelled  the 
sap  the  very  instant  it  began  to  flow,  and  hustled  themselves  up,  up 
the  limb,  ready  to  drive  her  away  by  tickling  her  hind  legs  with 
their  wiry  antennae,  and  reap  for  themselves  the  harvest  of  her 
toil. 

Will  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  never  learn  that  the  ant  family 
are  ever  upon  her  track,  waiting  to  steal  water  from  her  fountain, 
and,  the  moment  her  heart  stops  beating,  make  a  luncheon  of  her 
juicy  hind  legs?  Also,  how  is  she  going  to  learn  about  her  worst 
enemy,  Mrs.  Gnat? 

Like  most  parasitical  people,  Mrs  Gnat  is  a  great  talker;  it 
is  she  who  buzzes  about  the  ears  of  Htmians  when  they  sleep  out 
of  doors,  keeping  them  awake  and  causing  them  to  say  and  think 
wicked  things  about  her.  It  is  Mrs.  Gnat  who  wears  a  dainty, 
transparent  gown  and  is  quite  invisible  in  the  sunshine.  But 
the  noise  she  makes !  It  is  a  great  wonder  the'  little  black  ants 
who  are  deaf  cannot  hear  her  buzzing! 

Now,  instead  of  building  a  nest  of  her  own  as  any  respectable 
insect  should,  Mrs.  Gnat  follows  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  about 
from  the  time  she  leaves  her  husband,  waiting  to  lay  a  ruinous  egg 
in  each  compartment  which  Mrs.  Grasshopper  fashions  for  her 
own  little  ones. 

Such  ladies  as  noisy  Mrs.  Gnat  may  be  essential  to  this  world, 
for,  were  she  not  to  destroy  so  many  of  Mrs.  Gray  Grassliop])cr's 
eggs,  there  would  be  so  many  little  Grasshoppers  to  feed,  that 


294  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

there  might  not  be  enough  fruit  and  vegetables  for  Human  Babies 
to  live  upon. 

But  what  cares  Mrs.  Grasshopper  for  Human  Babies?  Her 
only  concern  is  to  find  a  store. room  where  her  own  little  ones  shall 
be  safe  from  the  snows  and  blasts  of  winter. 

At  last  she  finds  what  pleases  her.  For  several  moments  she 
investigates  a  dead  reed  about  one  inch  thick  and  a  little  more 
than  a  foot  tall.  With  her  strong  mandibles  she  pricks  the  bark 
to  learn  whether  it  is  sufficiently  strong  and  thick  to  keep  out 
other  prying  insects,  and  the  pith  inside  the  bark  warm  and  soft 
enough  to  shelter  her  babies  imtil  springtime. 

Having  climbed  up  the  reed  an  inch  from  the  ground,  Mrs. 
Gray  Grasshopper  proceeds  to  dig  with  her  homy  tail  a  small, 
funnel  -  shaped  hole  in  which  she  deposits  twelve  or  fourteen 
little  eggs.  Then  covering  the  hole  with  a  kind  of  gluey  sub- 
stance, she  measures  another  space  with  her  mandibles  and  moves 
on.  But  into  the  first  little  nest  whose  gluey  door  the  sun  has  not 
yet  hardened,  comes  gay  Mrs.  Gant  ready  to  lay  her  own  eggs. 

Unconscious  of  what  is  taking  place  behind  her,  Mrs.  Gray 
Grasshopper  patiently  climbs  on,  fashioning  and  filling  dozens 
of  little  cradles  which  are  placed  one  above  the  other,  in  a  kind  of 
spiral  line. 

Mr.  Faber,  the  great  French  Naturalist,  tells  us  that,  during 
her  egg-laying  process,  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  always  keeps  her 
back  to  the  sun,  therefore  she  moves  with  the  earth  as  we  move 
from  the  sun!  Thus,  the  mystery  of  the  spiral  line  running  from 
base  to  top  of  the  Grasshopper's  lodging  house,  is  solved! 

Now  that  dusky  shadows  are  covering  the  yellow  hillside,  we 
wonder  what  is  to  become  of  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper.  Where  is 
she  to  spend  the  night?  She  answers  the  question  by  climbing 
to  the  very  tip  top  of  the  apartment  house  and  drawing  her  wings 
and  legs  very  close  to  her  weary  body.  And,  with  the  tiny  eyes 
in  the  center  of  her  head  and  also  with  the  other  pair  of  great, 
compotind  eyes  in  her  forehead,  she  stare?  vacantly  at  the  milky 
shadows  a  new  moon  casts  upon  the  land.  The  odd  little  ears 
at  the  base  of  her  wings  are  open  to  the  notes  of  tired  musicians. 

Quite  distinctly  now,  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper  hears  the  tolling 
of  tiny,  far-off  silver  bells.  Can  it  be  that  a  Human  Boy  has 
slain  another  Jerry  Bluejay? 


STACKPOLE     MRS.  GRASSHOPPER  GOES  HOUSE  HUNTING  295 

No  Mrs.  Gray  Grasshopper,  the  Cricket  Brothers  dressed  in 
their  shiny  mourning-cos tirnies,  are  playing  some  one  else's 
funeral  anthem. 

Play  a  little  softer,  will  you,  boys?  The  ant  family  may  feel 
the  vibration  of  your  music  and  reach  the  dead  reed  before  a 
certain  little  heart  stops  beating.  Already  they  are  smacking 
their  lips  in  anticipation  of  juicy  red  legs  for  their  midnight 
banquet. 


Trailing  Arbutus 

Agnes  At  water 

Thought  of  the  summer  in  winter's  heart  lying. 
Tenderly  nestled  when  snowflakes  are  flying. 
Flushed  with  the  Hght  of  a  cold  northern  sky, 
Delicate,  fragrant,  lovely,  and  shy. 
Wax-like  and  rose-white,  wee  stars  of  perfume, 
Sweet  heart  of  springtime  breaking  in  bloom! 

Low  in  the  dead  leaves  and  pine-needles  hiding, 

The  rust  of  last  year  on  its  green  leaves  abiding, 

Close  to  the  earth  its  slender  vine  clinging. 

In  each  fibre  feeling  the  vague  impulse  springing,  ^ 

Filled   with    earth's    sweetness,    thrilled   with    earth's   power, 

Spring  heart  of  ecstacy  burst  into  flower! 


Thoreau's  Observations  on  Fogs,  Clouds  and  Rain 

Florence  White, 
Yorktown,  N.  Y. 

Thoreau,  a  lover  of  nature,  and  a  keen  observer  in  all  that 
pertains  to  it,  made  most  of  his  observations  from  the  standpoint 
of  a  camper.  He  had  that  gift,  so  rare  in  many  of  us,  that  of  find- 
ing pleasure  and  something  interesting  in  ordinary  things  which 
most  of  us  call  micjfortunes.  It  is  for  this  reason  I  have  chosen  to 
gather  his  writings  on  fogs,  clouds  and  rain  and  put  them  in  to  un- 
ified form. 

In  speaking  of  joys  he  tells  of  a  camping  trip  and  quotes  Bel- 
knap the  historian  of  Mass.  as  saying  "  'In  the  neighborhood  of 
fresh  rivers  and  ponds  a  whitish  fog  in  the  morning  lying  over  the 
water  is  a  sure  indication  of  fair  weather  for  that  day,  and  when 
no  fog  is  seen,  rain  is  expected  before  night'.  That  which  seemed 
to  us  to  invest  the  world  was  only  a  narrow  and  shallow  wreath  of 

vapor  stretched  over  the  channel  of  the  Merrimack The  fog, 

as  it  required  more  skill  in  steering,  enhanced  the  interest  of  our 
early  voyage  and  made  the  river  seem  indefinitely  broad.  A 
slight  mist  through  which  objects  are  faintly  visible,  has  the  effect 
of  expanding  even  ordinary  streams  by  a  singular  mirage  into 
arms  of  the  sea  or  inland  lakes.  In  the  present  instance  it  was 
even  fragrant  and  invigorating  and  we  enjoyed  it  as  a  sort  of  earl- 
ier sunshine,  or  dewy  and  embryo  light." 
Again  he  quotes  but  does  not  give  the  source, 

"Low-anchored  cloud, 

Newfoundland  air. 

Fountain  head,  and  source  of  rivers. 

Dew  cloth,  dream  drapery. 

And  napkin  spread  by  fogs; 

Drifting  meadow  of  the  air. 

Where  bloom  the  daised  banks  and  violets. 

And  in  whose  fenny  labyrinth 

The  bittern  booms  and  heron  wades ; 

Spirit  of  lakes,  and  seas  and  rivers, 

Bear  only  perfumes  and  the  scent 

Of  healiag  herbs  to  just  man's  fields!" 
"In  the  mountainous  parts  of  the  country,  the  ascent  of  vapors, 
and  their  formation  into  clouds  is  a  curious  entertaining  object. 

296 


WHITE  OBSER  VA  TIONS  ON  FOGS,  CLO  UDS  &  RA  IN  297 

The  vapors  are  seen  rising  in  small  volumes  like  smoke  from  many 
chimneys.  When  risen  to  a  certain  height,  they  spread,  meet, 
condense  and  are  attracted  to  the  mountains  where  they  either 
distil  in  gentle  dews  and  replenish  the  springs  or  descend  in  showers, 
accompanied  with  thunder."  In  still  another  place  he  speaks  of 
the  fog  in  much  the  same  way. 

"Fogs  and  clouds  which  conceal  the  overshadowing  motmtains 
lend  the  breadth  of  the  plains  to  the  mountain  vales.  Even  a 
small  featured  country  acquires  some  grandeur  in  stormy  weather 
when  clouds  are  seen  drifting  between  the  beholder  and  the 
neighboring  hills.  The  most  stupendous  scenery  ceases  to  be 
sublime  when  it  becomes  distinct,  or  in  other  words  limited  and 
the  imagination  is  no  longer  encouraged  to  exaggerate  it." 

How  many  people  find  interest  in  plain  ordinary  clouds  ?  Here 
is  what  Thoreau  says.  "At  length  I  was  entered  within  the  skirts 
of  the  cloud  which  seemed  forever  drifting  over  the  summit,  and 
yet  would  never  be  gone,  but  was  generated  out  of  that  pure  air 
as  fast  as  it  flowed  away;  and  when  a  quarter  of  a  mile  farther  I 
reached  the  summit  of  the  ridge — I  was  deep  within  the  hostile 
ranks  of  clouds  and  all  objects  were  obscured  by  them.  Now  the 
wind  would  blow  me  out  a  yard  of  clear  sunlight  where  I  stood, 
then  a  gray  dawning  light  was  all  it  could  accomplish,  the  cloud 

line  ever  rising  and  falling  with  the  wind's  intensity. It  was 

like  sitting  in  a  chimney  and  waiting  for  the  smoke  to  blow  away. 
It  was  in  fact  a  cloud  factory — -these  were  the  cloud  works  and 
the  wind  turned  them  off  done  from  the  cool  bare  rocks." 

Few  people  love  the  rain  except  just  after  a  drought  but  read 
Thoreau  and  you  will  get  a  different  idea  of  it.  He  says,  "Some  of 
my  pleasantest  hours  were  during  the  long  rain  storms  in  spring  or 
fall,  which  confined  me  to  the  house  for  the  afternoon  as  well  as 
the  morning,  soothed  by  their  ceaseless  roar  and  pelting;  when 
an  early  twilight  ushered  in  a  long  evening  in  which  many  thoughts 
had  time  to  take  root  and  unfold  themselves." 

Again  on  a  camping  trip  he  says,  "The  best  nights  were  those 
when  it  rained  for  then  we  were  not  troubled  with  mosquitoes. 
Some  who  have  leaky  roofs  in  towns  may  have  been  kept  awake 
but  we  were  soon  lulled  to  sleep  by  a  steady  soaking  rain." 

Then  he  tells  of  a  walk  in  the  rain,  "The  rain  is  good  for  tliou.i^ht. 
It  is  especially  agreeable  to  me  as  I  enter  the  woods  and  licar  the 
soothing  dripping  on  the  leaves.  It  dom.iciliates  me  in  nature. 
The  woods  are  m.ore  Hke  a  house  for  the  rain ;  the  few  slight  noises 
sound  more  hollow  in  them,  the  birds  ho])  nearer;  tin-  vcrv  \vccs 
seem  still  and  pensive.  ,  The  clouds  are  but  a  higher  roof.     Hie 


298  NA  TURE'STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

clouds  and  rain  confine  me  to  near  objects,  the  surface  of  the 
earth  and  trees." 

Speaking  of  an  April  rain,  he  says, 

"Then  the  rain  comes  thicker  and  faster  than  before,  thawing 
the  remaining  frost  in  the  ground  and  you  turn  your  back  to  it 

full  of  serene  contented  thought ^more  at  home  for  being  abroad, 

more  comfortable  for  being  wet,  sinking  at  each  step  deep  into  the 
thawing  earth,  and  gladly  breaking  thru  the  gray  rotting  ice." 

"One  would  say  that  frost  in  the  grotmd bred  rain,  if, 

indeed,  its  evaporations  do  not  create  it.  Expect  rain  after  rain 
till  the  frost  is  completely  out.  The  melted  frost  rising  in  the  form 
of  vapor,  returns  perhaps,  in  rain  to  liberate  its  kind  still  im- 
prisoned in  the  earth. 

In  speaking  of  rain  on  a  river,  I  think  he  gives  a  splendid  de- 
scription. "Rain  again  and  we  take  shelter  tmder  a  bridge  and 
again  under  a  pine  tree  and  again  under  our  boat.  It  is  worth 
while  to  sit  or  lie  thru  a  shower  thus  tmder  a  bridge  or  boat,  be- 
cause the  rain  is  a  much  more  interesting  and  remarkable  phen- 
omenon under  these  circtmistances.  The  surface  of  the  stream 
betrays  every  drop  from  the  first  to  the  last,  and  all  the  variations 
of  the  storm,  so  much  more  expressive  is  the  water  than  the  com- 
paratively brutish  face  of  earth.  We  no  doubt  often  walk 
between  drops  of  rain  falling  thinly,  without  knowing  it,  tho  if  on 
water  we  should  have  been  advertised  of  it.  At  last  the  whole 
surface  is  nicked  with  rebounding  drops  as  if  the  surface  rose  in 
little  cones  to  accompany  or  meet  the  drops,  till  it  looks  like  the 
back  of  some  spiney  fruit  or  animal,  and  yet  the  different  colored 
currents,  light  and  dark  are  seen  thru  it  all;  andthen,  when  it  clears 
up,  how  gradually  the  surface  of  the  water  becomes  more  placid 
and  bright,  the  dimples  growing  fewer  and  finer  till  the  pro- 
longed reflection  of  trees  are  seen  in  it,  and  the  water  is  lit  up  with 
a  joy  which  is  in  sympathy  with  our  own,  while  earth  is  compar- 
atively dead," 

Another  quotation  I  like  is  this. 

"It  rains  so  easy — has  a  genius  for  it  and  infinite  capacity  for  it. 
Many  showers  will  not  exhaust  the  moisture  of  April." 

This  of  coiirse  is  not  all  that  Thoreau  says  on  these  subjects  but 
I  have  selected  those  I  thought  would  best  illustrate  my  point, 
that  Thoreau  could  find  beauty  and  much  interest  in  the  duller 
things  of  nature.  There  is  much  the  he  has  to  say  about  clouds 
and  their  colors  but  I  chose  to  confine  myself  to  the  duller  forms 
and  I  hope  this  mere  gathering  together  of  a  great  nature  lover's 
thoughts  on  such  subjects  may  help  someone  find  something  of 
interest  in  life's  duller  side. 


West 


STAR  STUDY  FOR  LATE  OCTOBER  AND  EARLY  NOVEMBER 

October  and  November  are  ideal  months  for  star  study.  The  nights  are  not  too  cold  and 
darkness  falls  early  enough  so  that  children  are  able  to  make  their  observations  before  bedtime. 

The  Big  Dipper  is  below  the  Pole  Star,  with  its  handle  toward  the  West,  very  near  the  North- 
ern Horizon;  the  Little  Dipper  also  hangs  down  from  the  Pole  Star  in  the  Northwest,  and  the 
tail  of  the  Dragon  may  be  seen  between  the  two  Dippers  but  his  head  with  the  two  bright  eyes 
may  be  seen  just  north  of  Vega;  the  Crown  has  almost  dropped  out  of  sight  in  the  Northwest. 
The  Northern  Cross  has  its  foot  to  the  westward  but  brilliant  Deneb  at  its  head  is  nearly  over 
head.  Vega  with  her  train  of  five  stars  illumines  the  western  sky  and  souih  of  her  Altair  in  the 
Eagle  vies  with  her  In  brightness.  Job's  Coffin  is  higher  up  and  east  of  che  Eagle.  Cassopeia 
is  climbing  up  the  East  and  on  November  16th  is  nearly  overhead.  The  three  stars  curved  be- 
low the  Northern  stars  in  Cassopeia  which  mark  Perseus  may  be  easily  seen :  Andromeda  and 
Pegasus  are  well  up  in  the  eastern  sky.  Carry  a  straight  line  through  the  Big  Dipper  to  the 
Pole  Star  and  continue  it  on  to  the  southern  part  of  the  sky  and  ic  will  come  very  near  to  a 
bright  star  Shining  alone, — this  star  is  Fomalhaut.  It  is  a  sun  that  gives  twenty  times  ns 
much  light  as  our  sun  and  it  takes  light  21  years  to  reach  us  from  it.  In  the  East  may  be  seen 
the  misty  little  swarm  of  stars,  the  Pleiades  and  below  them  the  V-shaped  Hyadcs  willi  red 
Aldebaran  at  the  end  of  the  lower  arm  of  the  V. 

The  planets  are  so  placed  that  Venus,  Mars,  Jupiter  and  Saturn  are  all  morning  stars. 


299 


THF 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

DEVOTED  PRIMARILY  TO  ALL  SCIENTIFIC  STUDIES  OF  NATURE  IN* 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

Published  monthly  except  June,  July  and  August.  Subscription  price,  including  mem- 
bership in  the  American  Nature  Study  Society  $1.50  per  year  (nine  issues).  Canadian  post- 
age 10  cents  extra,  foreign  postage,  20  cents  extra. 

Editorial 
Nature  Not  a  Member  of  a  Union 

To  read  about  strikes  in  the  newspapers  and  to  be  in  one  ac- 
tively or  passively  are  two  quite  different  matters.  We  do  not 
know  how  it  seems  to  be  in  a  strike  actively  for  during  a  long  career 
we  have  never  struck  for  anything  whatever.  If  the  powers  above 
us  seemed  to  treat  us  unjustly  we  just  plodded  on  and  consoled 
ourselves  with  the  thought  that  the  hepaticas  were  sure  to  bloom 
in  April  and  Iris  in  June.  However,  during  the  past  m.onth  we 
have  been  suffering  passively  from  the  printers'  strike  and  we 
wish   to   announce   emphatically   that  the  effect  is  demoralizing. 

The  complete  manuscript  for  the  May  Number  of  the  Nature 
Study  Review  was  in  the  hands  of  the  printer  in  April;  what  hap- 
pened to  it*the  unfortunate  subscribers  of  the  Review  know.  The 
strike  is  still  on  and  it  is  with  sodden  discouragemert  that  we  get  a 
nvimber  of  the  Nature  Study  Review  ready  to  print ;  meanwhile  an 
earthquake  could  not  increase  our  feeling  of  helplessness. 

There  is  probably  no  factor  more  important  as  a  moral  force 
than  regularity  in  business  routine.  If  a  m.an  of  great  importance 
in  the  business  world  and  of  absolute  integrity  were  suddenly  placed 
where  he  could  have  no  regular  duties  or  regularity  of  eating  and 
sleeping,  he  would  surely  become  frivolous,  crooked,  or  insane. 
Therefore,  no  one  need  be  surprised  to  learn  that  the  editor  of  this 
periodical  has  turned  to  aviation  or  become  a  football  fan. 

This  result  may  only  be  avoided  through  the  contemplation  of 
Nature.  October  has  brought  the  vivid  scarlet  to  the  simaachs.  The 
old  shag-bark  is  glowing  yellow  and  the  white  ash  has  spread  a 
purple  veil  over  her  golden  foliage.  The  tall  monkshood 
racemes  stand  intensely  blue  in  the  garden  border.  All  these 
things  are  reassuring.  Mayhap  the  time  will  come  again  when  our 
little  magazine  which  tries  to  represent  Nature's  ways  faithfully 
may  again  appear  with  the  months  to  which  it  purports  to  belong. 

300 


Early  Annals  of  OrnHhology.  H.  F.  and  G.  Witherby,  326  High 
Holbom,  London,  1921,  sm.     8vo,  240  pp.;    many  illustrations. 


When  Mr.  J.  H.  Gumey,  of  Norwich,  England,  writes 
any  sort  of  book  about  birds,  our  ornithologists,  of  every  class, 
krow  full  well  that  they  have  a  treat  coming  to  them  when  the 
volume  is  in  hand  to  read.  We  are  all  familiar  with  Gumey's 
recent  and  most  beautiful  work  on  "  The  Gannet,  a  bird  with 
a  History;"  and  now,  following  close  upon  its  issue,  we  have 
his  ''Early  Annals  of  Ornithology.'' 

As  our  author  points  out  in  his  Preface,  "The  idea  with  which 
this  little  volume  originated  was  to  collect  all  the  ancient  pas- 
sages about  birds,  of  any  special  interest,  but  more  particularly 
those  which  concerned  British  Birds,  and  to  string  them  to- 
gether in  order  of  date." 

This  task  has  been  achieved  in  the  most  satisfactory  and  inter- 
esting way  possible,  the  first  chapter  of  the  book  being  devoted 
to  " Pre-historic  Birds";  and  then,  from  Chapters  II.  to 
XIV.  inclusive,  we  have  each,  with  very  few  exceptions,  de- 
voted to  the  literature  •  of  the  century  with  which  it  has  to  do. 
As  to  the  exceptions,  we  have  Chapters  VIII.  —  X.  inclusive 
dealing  with  the  pixteenth  centiuy,  the  matter  being  divided 
into  three  parts,  while  Chapter  XI.  treats  of  "The  Crane, 
Bustard,  Spoonbill,  and  Bittern."  There  are  36  illustrations, 
consisting  of  old  cuts  of  birds;  portraits  of  early  writers  and 
others  interested  in  birds  during  those  early  times;  maps; 
facsimiles    of   letters;    birdrocks,    and    some   few    others. 

The  entire  treatment  of  the  subject  is  made  most  interest- 
ing and  is  of  great  value;  and  from  Preface  to  include  the  ex- 
cellent Index,  every  page  of  the  volume  bears  the  trademark 
of  orderly  presentation  of  matter;  of  a  thorough  knowledge 
of  the  subject,   together  with  the  emplojonent  of  the  choicest 

301 


302  NATURE-STUDY     REVIEW 

and  most  refined  language  wherewith  the  facts  recorded  are 
communicated  to  those  whose  privilege  it  will  be  to  read  this 
elegant  little  work. 

Dr.     R.     W.     Shufeldt. 

Lightfoot  the  Deer,   Thornton  W.     Burgess.    205   pages,    8 
full-page  illustrations  in  color  by  Harrison  Cady. 

Thornton  Burgess  is  today  the  literary  Pied  Piper,  followed 
wherever  he  goes  by  thousands  upon  thousands  of  delighted 
children.  It  is  one  of  the  great  experiences  of  life  to  be  present 
at  a  lectiire  given  by  Mr.  Biirgess  to  a  house  filled  and  over- 
flowing with  his  happy,  wriggling,  enthusiastic  little  admirers. 
We  had  this  experience  in  Ithaca  recently  and  the  mem^ory  of 
it  will  be  a  joy  for  the  rest  of  hfe.  The  story  of  Lightfoot  the 
Deer  is  given  with  the  imderlying  thought  of  the  protection 
afforded  by  law  to  the  deer  which  have  become  again  the  in-, 
habitants  of  our  "green  forests".  Sammy  Jay  and  Bobby  Coon 
and  Reddy  Fox  and  Paddy  Beaver  and  other  bed- time  friends 
of  the  children  also  have  their  parts  in  this  story  of  Lightfoot 
and  it  forms  another  attractive  volume  for  the  happy  young- 
sters who  have  started  a  Burgess  library. 

How    to    Have    Bird    Neighbors.  S.     Louise     Patteson. 

31  pages  102  illustrations  from  photographs,  D.  C.  Heath  Co. 

This  is  a  chatty  and  beguiling  little  voltime  that  cannot  help 
but  have  great  influence  for  good  on  the  boy  or  girl  who  reads 
it.  Each  chapter  is  a  story  of  the  author's  own  experience  with 
birds  and  from  these  experiences  much  may  be  learned  of  methods 
for  enticing  birds  and  making  them  comfortable  upon  one's 
premises.  The  following  account  of  how  the  martins  took  pos- 
session of  their  house  and  ousted  the  sparrows  which  were  squat- 
ters in  it  affords  a  good  example  of  the  style  of  the  writer  :- 
"By  this  time  the  English  sparrows  had  begun  nesting  in  some 
of  the  rooms. 

The  martins  perched  on  the  wires  in  front  of  the  house  and 
made  a  saucy  chatter,  calling  the  sparrows  all  sorts  of  names, 
I  suppose.  The  sparrows  jabbered  back  at  them.  In  about 
an  hour  the  martins  left.     Early  the  next  morning  another  flock 


THE  BOOK  SHELF  303 

of  martins  came.  Some  perched  on  the  wires,  some  on  the  roof, 
and  some  on  the  porches  of  the  martin  house.  Others  flew  around 
in  big  circles.  All  were  twittering  and  calling  in  their  happiest 
manner. 

I  had  driven  the  sparrows  away  the  night  before,  and  this  is 
how  I  did  it:  I  put  a  few  big  nails  into  a  tin  can,  then  closed 
the  can  and  tied  it  to  a  big  stick.  With  this  stick  I  banged  the 
can  against  the  martin  house  pole  again  and  again.  It  frightened 
the  sleeping  sparrows.  By  the  moonlight  I  could  see  v^ix  come 
out  and  fly  away;     but  I  think  there  were  more. 

Two  pairs  of  sparrows  came  back  in  the  morning.  They 
had  made  their  nests  side  by  side  in  the  third  story.  Long  grasses 
were  hanging  out  from  the  entrances.  Perhaps  the  martins 
were  sorry  for  them;  anyway,  it  looked  as  if  they  were  willing 
to  play  fair.  They  did  not  chase  them  off  any  more;  and  the 
sparrows  being  now  so  few,   no  longer  molested  the  martins. 

The  martins  now  began  to  clean  house.  There  were  wads 
of  chicken  feathers  and  some  broken  eggs  arn.ong  the  rubbish 
which  they  threw  out.  This  was  soon  replaced  by  straws  and 
sticks  which  they  brought  for  their  own  nesting.  I  could  only 
count  twelve  pairs  of  martins,  so  that  there  was  plenty  of  room 
for  them  and  the  martins  too.  I  suppose  one  reason  why  the 
sparrows  were  unwelcome  is  because  they  are  such  untidy  house- 
keepers  as   to   render  close  neighboring  with  them  insanitary." 

The  following  subjects  are  treated  in  the  twelve  chapters: 
My  first  bird  neighbors,  New  adventtires  in  birdland,  Real  troub- 
les in  birdland.  The  bluebird's  bungalow,  The  wren's  apartment 
house.  The  boy.  The  chimney  swifts,  Birds  not  of  a  feather, 
The  martins'  aircastle,  More  about  the  boy.  The  cardinals.  My 
bird  family. 

The  many  pictures  made  from  photographs  by  the  author 
are  very  attractive  and  truly  illustrative  and  add  very  much 
to  the  interest  of  the  little  volume. 

Animal  Ingenuity  of  Today-  C.  A.  Ealand,  M.  A.  312 
pages,  26  full  page  illustrations,  J.  B.  Lippincot  Co. 

It  is  small  wonder  that  after  iom:  years  of  war  men  should 
find  relief  in  reading  and  writing  about  the  wonderful  doings 


304  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

of  the  lower  animals;  it  is  probably  because  of  this  that  we 
have  so  many  interesting  books  today  which  discuss  the  wisdom 
and  the  clever  craftmanship  of  our  little  brothers  of  the  fields. 
This  book  on  animal  ingenuity  is  an  excellent  example.  It 
begins  with  a  discussion  of  the  ways  of  the  social  bees  and  wasps 
and  then  of  the  solitary  bees  and  wasps  and  of  ants  and  white 
ants.  Nests  and  eggs  of  birds,  their  plumage  and  courtship 
are  illustrated  and  discussed.  There  are  chapters  on  mimicry, 
queer  friendships,  migration,  animal  engineers,  sappers  and 
miners,  seasonal  changes,  reptiles,  frogs  and  toads,  crabs  and 
lobsters,  spiders,  shellbearers,  corals,  worms,  and  parasites  and 
predators.  The  following  account  of  the  Omithorynchus  will 
give  a  fair  idea  of  the  author's  clear  method  of  presenting  his 
facts:  "Such  a  miner  is  the  duckbill  of  Australia,  most  anom- 
alous of  animals  from  that  land  of  animal  anomalies.  The 
duckbill  is  possessed  of  a  bill  like  a  duck,  its  name  tells  us  as 
much,  and  feet  strangely  J  resembling  that  bird's;  moreover 
it  lays  eggs;  yet  withal  it  is  a  mammal.  As  might  be  guessed 
from  an  inspection  of  its  strongly  webbed  feet,  the  duckbill  is 
an  expert  swimmer  and  as  such  makes  its  biurows  in  the  banks 
of  some  favored  stream..  To  every  duckbill  burrow  there  are 
two  entrances,  one  above  and  one  below  the  water  level. .  The 
former  is  always  situated  beneath  a  clump  of  vegetation,  so  that 
detection  is  well  nigh  impossible.  From  below  the  water  the 
tunnel  ascends  at  a  fairly  sharp  angle,  but  it  winds  hither  and 
thither  through  the  soil  of  the  river  bank  and  in  all  is  many  feet 
in  length.  It  terminates  in  a  broad  oval  chamber,  which  is 
well  stocked  with  dried  grasses.  The  young  duckbills  remain 
in  their  underground  nursery  till  they  are  more  than  half  grown, 
and  it  is  lucky  for  them  that  their  parents  will  tend  them  so 
long,  for  they  are  helpless  Httle  creatures." 

The  full  page  illustrations  are  from  drawings  and  are  graphic 
and  in  many  instances  dramatic.  The  author  has  brought 
together  in  this  volume  many  interesting  accounts  of  a  large 
number  of  animals,  and  it  will  give  enjoyment  to  many  readers. 


THE  BOOK  SHELF  305 

Creative  Chemistry, 'Et>wi^1^.^i.ossoi^,M.  S.  Ph.    D.   311  pages, 
37  pages  full  page  illustrations,  The  Century  Company. 

One  now  and  then  finds  a  work  of  fiction  so  fascinating  that 
he  will  not  lay  it  down  till  he  has  read  the  last  page.  He  wiU 
find  the  chapters  of  Creative  Chemistry  as  enthralling  as  any 
novel,  and  to  him  who  reads  it  the  common  things  which  he 
uses  every  day,  food,  clothing,  colors,  perfumes,  metals,  will 
have  become  things  of  magic.  There  is  a  chapter  on  "Fighting 
with  Fumes"  as  well  as  one  on  "Feeding  the  Soil";  one  on 
"Metals  Old  and  New"  and  one  on  the  "Rival  Sugars."  In 
all  there  are  fourteen  chapters,  each  chapter  a  revelation,  and 
so  simply  and  clearly  written  that  previous  knowledge  of  sci- 
ence is  not  necesssry  to  understand  it.  Not  the  least  interesting 
is  the  first  chapter  on  the  "Three  Periods  of  Progress,"  but  many 
a  true  scientist  will  not  agree  with  the  statement  that  "Nature 
is  our  treacherous  and  unsleeping  foe,  ever  to  be  feared  and 
watched  and  circumvented",  though  all  who  know  her  at  first 
hand  will  admit  that  we  should  and  must  learn  from  Nature  and, 
indeed,  wrestle  with  her,  for  it  is  by  discovering  and  using  her 
laws  that  man  has  become  the  wielder  of  power,  instead  of  its 
victim.  The  introduction  reveals  the  serious  purpose  of  the 
book  and  there  is  a  list  of  Reading  References  for  each  chapter 
that  adds  greatly  to  its  value.  If  each  of  the  "Centtiry  Books 
of  Useful  Science"  of  which  series  this  is  the  first,  is  written  by 
as  successful  an  interpreter  as  Mr.  Slosson,  those  who  read 
"Creative  Chemistry''   will   not   fail   to   read  them  all. 

M.       E. 


REFERENCE    BOOKS 

Ror  th©   Library 

MEDICAL  ENTOMOLOGY 

Wm.  A.  Riley  and  O.  A.  Johannson 

A  handbook  of  disease  carrying  insects  and  their  allies,  with  tables 
for  determining  the  species.     A  valuable  book. 

340  pages.     Illustrated.     Cloth  $2.00 

THE  MANUAL  FOR  THE  STUDY  OF  INSECTS 

John  Henry  Comstock 

The  leading  college  text  and  high  school  reference  book  on  the 
subject.  Is  written  so  that  inexperienced  teachers  and  students 
can  find  out  the  principal  characteristics  of  any  family  of  insects 
occurring  in  Canada  and  the  United  States. 

1 6th  edition  ready. 

750  pages.     700  illustrations.     $4.25,  postage  on  4  lbs. 

LIFE  OF  INLAND  WATERS 

Needham  and  Lloyd 

A  presentation  of  the  scientific  aspects  of  fresh-water  biology  and 
its  rdation  to  the  economic,  civic,  aesthetic  and  physical  interests  of 
man.     The  only  book  on  the  subject  in  the  English  language. 

438  pages.         Illustrated.         Postpaid  $3.00 

GENERAL  BIOLOGY 

James  G.  Needham 

The  most  widely  used  modern  text.  A  concise  presentation  of  the 
phenomena  of  living  things,  their  structure,  functions,  modes  of  repro- 
ductions, inheritance,  etc.     Written  so  you  can  understand  it. 

500  pages.         Illustrated.         Postpaid  $2.50. 

Canadian  Representatives 

McClelland  &  Stewart,  Ltd. 

Toronto,  Ont. 


The    Comstock    Publishing    Co< 

ITHACA,  NEW  YORK,  U.  S.  A. 

Kindly  mention  The  Naturb-Study  Review  when  replying  to  advertisements 


-A 


\  Devoted  to  Elementary  Science 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  TH  I 


LEGISLATIVE  LiBRARr 
!AN  171922 
American  Nature-Stu4y'AS.oiG!i®ty&uiLDiNGs 

TORONTO 


■ «-! 

^^fe^ 

/W^ 

id^i^ 

1 
i 

■ 

i      __    ,._ 

^^.^S^^isi^^ 

11^11 

Photo  byW.A.  Rowley 
A  SILENT  SENTINEL  OP  THE  DUNES 


NOVEMBER,  1921 


Vol.  17    No.  8 


Whole   No.  148 


20c  a  copy     $1.50  a  year 


OUTLINE  DRAWINGS  OF 

BIRDS    AND    ANIMALS 

By  LOUIS  AGASSIZ  FUERTES 

Outline   Drawings   of  Flowers 

By  MARYE.  EA'ION 

Printed  on  watercolor  paper  for  coloring  with  either  crayons  or  watercoiors. 

In  use  by  hundreds  of  teachers  in  Nature  Study,  Art  Work  and 

co-relation  with  other  subjects. 


COMMON  BreDS   (55  in  set,  size  4^  by  7  inches)  50c. 
COMMON  ANIMALS    (34  in  set,  size  4%  by  7  inches)    30c. 
GAME  BIRDS    (25  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)   50c. 
ZOO  ANIMALS    (31  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)   50c. 
FLOWER  PLATES    (30  in  set,  size  7  by  10  inches)    50c. 
MOTH  &  BUTTERFLY  PLATES   (10  in  set)    20c. 

Sold   in  Sets  or  Assorted  by  the   Hundred  and   Thousand 


The  Comstock  Publishing  Co. 

Ithaca,  New  York 


X 


DUES 

Annual  membership 
n  U.  S.,  ?i.SO;annual 
membership  abroad 
3i.7S;  Canada,  ?i.6o. 
Please  make  remit- 
tance payable  to  The 
American  Nature 
Study  Society. 


RECOMMENDATION  FOR  MEMBERSHIP 

IN  THE 

AMERICAN  NATURE  STUDY  SOCIETY 

President,  J.  A.  DRUSHEL,  St.  Louis 
Secretary.  ANNA  B.  COMSTOCK,  Ithaca.  N.  Y. 

The  Membership   Fee  Includes  Subscription  to    the 
Nature  Study  Review 


PLEASE  DETATCH  AND  FILL  IN  BLANK  BELOW  AND  SEND  TO  THE  SECRETARY 


ig2 


To  the  American  Nature  Stitdy  Society 
Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

I  nominate 

Business  or  Profession 

Address 


for  membership  in  the  Society 


Name  and  Address  of  Nominating  member 


(It  is  suggested  that  you  inform  the  Nominee  of  your  recommendation  and  of  the 
benefits  of  membership) 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Vol.  17  November  No.  8 

Why  Illinois  Prairie  Flowers  Have  Disappeared 

Dr.  W.  S.  Moffatt, 
Wheaton,  111. 

Chief  among  the  causes  of  disappearance  of  Illinois  wild  flowers 
are: 

1.  Breaking  up  of  the  prairies  and  tilling  of  the  soil. 

2.  The  destruction  of  timber. 

3.  The  drainage  of  lowlands. 

Among  causes  less  potent  may  be  mentioned  the  close  grazing 
of  woodlands,  particularly  by  sheep;  the  mowing  of  country 
roads  and  railroad  rights  of  way  for  the  purpose  of  destroying 
weeds;  the  mowing  of  low  prairie  lands  late  in  autumn  and  the 
establishment  of  forest  preserves  in  the  vicinity  of  cities. 

Illinois  is  commonly  called  a  prairie  state.  But  it  is  not  all 
prairie.  A  line  drawn  from  Terre  Haute,  Indiana,  across  Illinois 
to  a  point  opposite  the  city  of  St.  Louis  will  mark  pretty  accurately 
the  southern  limit  of  the  prairie.  South  of  this  line  much  of  the 
land  is  hilly  and  broken  and  was  originally  heavily  timbered. 
There  are  many  rocky  canyons  and  deep  ravines,  affording  scenery 
that  is  a  delight  to  the  artist.  Most  of  the  soil  is  a  whitish  or 
yellowish  clay,  with  a  subsoil  of  hardpan.  Many  localities  are 
well  adapted  to  fruit  growing,  producing  abundant  crops  of 
apples,  pears  and  peaches,  while  the  product  of  the  Catawba 
vineyards  has  a  nation-wide  reputation.  This  part  of  the  State 
is  known  as  ''Egypt."  The  southern  portion  is  of  particular 
interest  £0  the  botanist,  as  it  marks  the  meeting  of  the  Northern 
and  southern  floras.  The  wild  flowers  are  in  little  danger,  except 
from  forest  fires. 

North  of  the  line  above  indicated  lies  the  great  prairie  region, 
extending  across  the  state  from  east  to  west,  and  northwardly 
a  distance  of  about  150  miles.  Here  in  general,  the  surface  is 
level  or  slightly  undulating.     There  is  a   little   timber,   chiefly 

307 


308  NA  TURK  STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

along  streams.  The  soil  is  a  rich  black  loam,  one  to  two  feet  in 
depth,  underiaid  with  the  clay  of  the  drift.  This  part  of  the 
state  is  known  as  Central  Illinois,   or  the  "Com  Belt." 

North  of  the  prairie  the  country  is  more  diversified.  In  the 
eastern  portion  is  the  Valparaiso  moraine,  characterized  by  rolling 
prairie  with  occasional  clay  or  gravel  hills,  with  rich  bottom 
lands  along  the  streams.  In  the  extreme  northwestern  part  of 
the  state  is  an  unglaciated  area.  In  the  greater  part  of  northern 
Illinois    dairying    is    an    important    industry. 

As  an  inspector  of  farm  lands  for  many  years,  I  was  able  to 
watch  the  development  of  the  prairie  region.  When  I  first  knew 
it,  it  was  in  a  transition  state  between  grazing  and  general  fann.ing. 
During  the  grazing  period  an  enterprising  stockman  would  gather 
together  ten  or  twelve  hundred  cattle  and  allow  them  to  feed 
upon  the  prairie  grasses.  There  were  no  fences.  One  m,an's 
range  was  separated  from  that  of  his  neighbor,  perhaps  20  miles 
away,  by  som.e  stream.  The  soil  was  fertile  and  the  ground 
not  closely  pastured,  so  that  the  wild  flowers  suffered  but  little. 
In  the  springtime  one  could  see  masses  of  the  prairie  phlox  extend- 
ing as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach;  a  little  later  large  areas  of  the 
yellow  sensitive  pea,  while  in  autumn  the  whole  prairie  above 
the  tall  grasses  was  covered  with  the  reds  of  the  blazing  star 
and   the  yellows  of  Silphium.s,   Sunflowers  and   Coreopsis. 

But  gradually  settlers  began  to  creep  in.  A  m.an  would  buy 
a  160-acre  tract,  paying  $1.50  to  $2.50  per  acre.  He  would  plow 
up  twenty  or  forty  acres  of  this,  and  plant  a  crop.  Each  succeed- 
ing year  he  would  plow  more  land  and  plant  more  crops.  Every 
acre  so  plowed  caused  the  destruction  of  the  wild  flowers  growing 
upon  the  tract.  With  such  lands  now  selling  at  from  $350.00 
to  :$5oo.oo  per  acre  it  is  not  surprising  that  there  are  no  wild 
flowers  left  on  the  prairies.  Occasionally,  along  a  railroad  fence 
there  is  a  strip  of  no-man's-land,  a  foot  or  two  wide  where  one 
can  yet  see  a  few  specimens  of  blazing  star  or  sunflower  that  have 
escaped  the  scythe  and  the  competition  of  ragweed  and  thistles. 

The  disastrous  effect  of  cutting  down  trees  and  putting  wood- 
land areas  under  cultivation  is  so  well  known  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  dwell  upon  it. 

Equally  serious,  but  not  so  immediate  in  its  results,  is  the 
drainage  of  lowlands.     After  plowing  up  and  putting  into  culti- 


MOFFATT  ILLINOIS  PRAIRIE  FLOWERS  309 

vation  all  the  available  prairie,  the  land  owners  tiimed  their 
attention  to  draining  the  lakes,  ponds  and  small  streams.  In- 
num.erable  ditches  were  cut  and  tile  drains  laid.  The  effect 
has  been  to  lower  the  water-table  several  feet  and  to  crowd  out 
all   the   native  moisture-loving  plants. 

Among  the  minor  causes  of  the  disappearance  of  the  native 
flora  is  the  state  law  providing  that  weeds  shall  not  be  allowed 
to  seed  along  highways  and  railroads.  Cutting  the  weeds  of 
course  takes  the  flowering  plants  also.  Along  the  railroads, 
however,  there  are  a  few  low-growing  species  that  escape  the 
scythe.  Among  these  are  the  wild  strawberry,  bluets,  Polygalas 
and  the  violets. 

The  establishment  of  forest  preserves  near  large  cities  is  some- 
what recent,  and  has  not  yet  received  from  flower-lovers  the 
attention  that  it  deserves.  The  forest  preserve  idea  is  an  admir- 
able one,  insuring  as  it  does  the  conservation  of  some  of  our 
finest  tracts  of  woodland.  But  the  effect  of  the  tramping  of  many 
feet  over  these  grounds  has  been  overlooked.  The  1920  report 
of  the  president  of  the  Cook  County  (Illinois)  preserves  shows 
that  3,115,000  persons  visited  them  during  the  year;  that  714,000 
of  these  visits  were  made  during  the  month  of  August.  If  these 
preserves  are  kept  open  to  the  public,  the  choicest  areas,  in  a  few 
years  will  have  become  as  barren  of  vegetation  as  a  school  play- 
ground  or   a   baseball   park. 

Obviously,  our  wild-flower  lovers  are  suffering  from^an  over- 
production  of  people. 


The  Bulb  to  Alice 

Yes,  you  may  bury  me,  put  me  away, 

Think  I  am  dead,  but  I'll  rise  some  day, 

Rise  from  the  darkness  into  the  light, 

Though  I  slumbered  long  through  the  Winter  night, 

Fragrant  and  lovely  my  flowers  shall  be 

And  my  joy  in  life  shall  be  joy  to  thee; 

To  cherish  me  now  in  my  duller  days, 

Hope  with  my  hope  to  win  the  praise 

Of  all  who,  living  upon  this  earth 

Are  bom  again  with  the  Spring's  new  birth. 

T.  D.  A.  COCKERELL 


Wild  Birds  in  City  Parks 

Lydia   Stearns 

Mankind  could  scarcely  hope  for  greater  joy  on  earth,  than 
that  experienced  by  the  writer,  during  the  past  summer,  when  a 
quest  for  raspberries  led  us  into  the  native  haunts  of  the  white- 
throated  sparrows.  The  surrounding  pine  woods  seemed  filled 
with  them,  singing — not  one,  but  hundreds  of  them — their  plain- 
tive,   unselfish,    peaceful, 

"Oh,  come  dwell  with  us,  dwell  with  us,  dwell  with  us'" 

One  did,  indeed,  long  to  dwell  with  them,  in  their  cool,  wooded 
haunts;  but  those  who  may  not  have  that  privilege  may  at  least 
become  acquainted  with  the  songster  tribe.  There  is  simply 
no  excuse  for  not  knowing  the  birds.  Here  are  some  we  met  in 
a  two-hours'  stroll,  in  Lincoln  Park,  Chicago,  one  April  morning : 

It  was  just  the  day  for  birds — ^and  for  people  who  love  to  hie 
them  away  from  city  noise  and  be  "made  new"  in  the  ecstacy 
of  a  frolic  with  these  most  bewitching  of  God's  creatures.  The 
sun  was  warm.,  the  air  clear  and,  being  morning,  the  people  not 
too  many. 

Scarcely  had  we  stepped  over  the  threshold  of  the  park,  from 
Dearborn  Avenue,  before  a  soft,  repeated  note  caught  the  ear. 

"Sh !  Not  a  sparrow,"  and  the  glasses  were  pointed  aloft.  There 
he  was,  a  sentinel  of  the  gate — and  a  warbler,  surely,  with  flashing 
of  olive-yellow  wings  and  yellow  breast,  but  the  tree  was  so  very 
high  and  birdie  so  very  lively  we  could  not  see  his  markings  well 
enough  to  be  sure,  except  that  he  was  there  and  a  warbler  as  we 
knew  by  his  few  notes  and  his  color. 

If  we  are  to  know  the  names  of  these  beautiful  wild  song-birds, 
there  are  certain  points  we  must  notice,  in  order  to  identify  them 
from  the  book  descriptions  and  the  museum  specimens.  We 
must  notice  the  size  and  shape  of  bill  and  tail;  we  must  try  to  see 
any  peculiar  markings  over  the  top  of  the  head  and  around  or 
across  the  eye  and  the  ear;  we  must  notice  the  wings,  looking 
for  bars  of  color  across  them  or  patches  of  color  upon  them,  and 
look  for  any  difference  in  the  color  of  the  tail  feathers ;  we  must 
carefully  observe  the  breast,  its  colors  and  marks;  also,  very  care- 
fully, the  back. 

310 


STEARNS  WILD  BIRDS  IN  CITY  PARKS  31 1 

Here  comes  one,  though  not  a  warbler.  We  cannot  mistake  him, 
however,  as  with  flash  of  white  and  gleam  of  red,  he  pops  down 
upon  a  branch  and — peck,  peck  goes  his  saucy  scarlet  head,  for 
he  is  the  red-headed  woodpecker  with  white  belly  and  great  white 
patches  on  his  wings  which  are  daintily  edged  with  black,  to  match 
his  shoulders .  There  were  many  of  these  handsome  fellows  through- 
out the  park,  darting  here  and  there,  hammering  along  trunk  and 
branch,  or  lying  flat  to  sun  themselves. 

But  look— quick — your  glasses!  What  is  that  large  bird, 
winging  his  way  from,  the  lake?  There  is  something  trailing 
behind   him — 

"His  long  legs,  of  course,"  comes  the  verdict,  "that  is  a  heron." 

Very  good,  but  let  us  on  to  that  nook  where  we  saw  the  merry 
juncos,  weeks  before.  Scarcely  were  we  started  when,  coming 
up  over  the  side  of  a  knoll,  we  saw  a  flash  of  color.  Had  a  bit 
of  bluest  sky  dropped  to  the  grass? 

The  glasses  again — is  it  a  blue-bird,  like  that  we  had  seen 
down  by  the  museum? 

No,  there  is  no  red  breast,  but  look  at  the  beautiful  bronze- 
brown  wings,  in  striking  contrast  to  the  deep,  almost  indigo 
blue  of  the  back,  breast  and  head — all  blue,  except  for  bronze 
wings  and  tail,  glistening  in  the  sun.  See  how  graceful  that 
curve  of  his  head  and  neck,  so  slender,  as  he  holds  them,  erect, 
looking  for  insects!  There  were  a  "flock  of  him,"  for  we  soon 
saw  many  more.  We  wrote  it  all  down,  our  hearts  a-dance, 
and  found  him.  in  the  book,  when  we  got  home, — the  indigo  bunt- 
ing. We  saw  a  "lady  bunting,"  too,  with  olive-brown  back  and 
light  olive  or  buffy-whitish,  underneath. 

Our  heads  were  constantly  upward  turned,  now,  and  soon  a 
more  modest  bird  was  seen.  Him  we  recognized  at  once  as  the 
black-throated  gray  warbler,  his  head,  throat  and  chest  black, 
with  white  streaks  on  the  sides,  pure  white  on  the  under  part 
of  him,  white  streaks  on  his  sides,  and  the  back  gray,  black- 
streaked.  On  the  wings,  also,  are  two  white  bars,  a  streaked  fellow, 
surely,  and  easily  recognized,  when  once  you  have  m.adc  his 
acquaintance. 

But  what  is  that  peculiar  whistle— not  a  robin,  not  a  black- 
bird? On  we  crept,  very  softly,  locating  his  tree,  following  to 
the  next,  when  he  flew,  until  we  could  be  sure  of  liim.     a  thrush. 


312  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

The  park  seemed  literally  full  of  thrushes.  Always  between  the 
rarer  birds,  we  saw  Mr.  Thrush,  usually  olive-backed,  though 
once  we  saw  the  willow  thrush,  the  wedge-shaped  spots  on  his 
breast  less  distinct  and  of  softer  fawn-color  on  the  pale,  buffy 
chest. 

Now  comes  a  fly-catcher,  the  real  crested  one,  with  olive  back, 
grey  breast  shading  to  olive  yellow,  below.  Over  all,  in  the 
sunlight  and  the  blue,  soared  the  swallows  in  graceful  curves, 
swinging  and  circling  almost  wherever  one  looked,  if  the  look 
went  high  enough. 

But  there  is  more  to  see — yet  stay,  what  was  that  softly-moving 
bit  of  brown,  among  those  low  shrubs,  by  that  rustic  bridge? 
We  draw  very  near,  without  giving  alarm,  and  have  a  fine  view 
of  the  exquisitely  speckled,  dainty  wren. 

Soon  a  flutter  led  us  to  another  low  bush  where  we  had  an 
excellent  view  of  a  m,odest,  graceful  bird,  all  in  soft  brownish- 
gray,  with  a  wee,  triangular  spot  upon  his  wing  and  a  delicately 
penciled  curve  of  white  above  and  below  his  bright,  dark  eye. 
A  little  early  for  vireos,  yet  this  fellow  looked  very  like  Hutton's. 

A  little  farther,  and  we  come  to  a  gay  fellow  in  black-and-white, 
more  raggedly  streaked  than  the  black-throated  gray  warbler, 
his  wings  decidedly  striped,  a  patch  on  the  side  of  his  head,  belly 
gray,  a  black  patch  for  a  cap,  and  every  other  distinguishing 
feature  a  black-and-white  warbler  should  have,  for  so  he  was. 

A  festive  bird  about  the  size  of  a  warbler,  but  with  longer 
tail,  which  seemed  to  form  a  peculiar  little  fan  just  at  the  end, 
when  he  flew,  still  remains  a  mystery.  Then  came  more  thrushes 
and  then  the  royal  scarlet  tanagers — brilliant  males  in  scarlet 
and  Madam  Tanager,   in  her  harmonious  olive  robe. 

Noted  in  passing  was  a  fox  sparrow,  scratching  for  his  dinner 
after  the  style  of  the  barn-yard  hen;  and  we  also  said  good-morning 
to  a  phoebe-bird,  eying  the  under  side  of  a  bridge  for  a  good 
nesting  comer.  Near  black-bird  island,  too,  we  lingered  to 
watch  the  antics  of  the  grackles. 

Enough  for  one  day.?  Never  enough,  but  we  were  obliged  to 
turn  south  again,  to  be  in  time  for  dinner,  having  been  in  the  park 
just  an  hour-and-a-half,  when  we  spied  the  "dearestest"  of  all. 
Draw  near  to  this  little  pine  tree  and  look  well  at  these  clearly 
"penciled,"  strong,  curving  lines  of  black,  symmetrically  drawn 


STEARNS  WILD  BIRDS  IN  CITY  PARKS  313 

down  the  sides  of  a  glorious  fellow.  Look  at  the  jetty  necklace 
he  wears  over  his  brilliant  yellow  vest  and  note  that  patch  of 
gray  on  the  very  top  of  his  head,  those  flashes  of  white  on  his 
wings  as  he  flutters,  tip-tiltingly  for  you  to  see.  There  are  white 
strips  over  his  eye,  and  we  must  note  all  well,  for  unless  you  know 
him,  this  fellow  is  not  so  easily  found  out.  No  bird-book  seems 
to  do  him.  justice,  though  when  one  knows  him,  the  magnolia 
warbler  always  brings  particular  joy. 

Scarcely  had  we  torn  ourselves  away  from  admiring  him,  and 
wondering  at  the  sleeping  man  beneath  the  tree,  unconscious, 
like  too  many  a  wide-awake  one,  of  the  glorious  things  about  him., 
when  we  encountered  still  another  bird,  m.uch  like  the  one  just 
described,  but  with  m.arkings  less  distinct,  and  two  white  wing 
bars.     This  we  found  to  be  the  mate  of  the  magnolia  warbler. 

Satisfied,  indeed,  we  turned  homeward  in  earnest,  though  we 
could  not  shut  our  eyes  when  we  spied  Mr.  Black-billed  Cuckoo, 
nor  could  we  resist  a  brief  flirtation  with  such  friends  as  the 
golden  crowned  kinglets,  a  brown  creeper,  the  northern  hairy 
woodpecker  at  his  game  of  hide-and-seek  around  a  tree,  a  yellow- 
bellied  sap-sucker,  and  a  Baltimore  oriole  that  flashed  across  our 
vision. 

Late  in  the  afternoon  we  sought  the  museum,  for  the  sure 
identification  of  some  of  the  more  unusual  specimens  we  had  seen, 
but  we  were  late  and  as  the  "all  out"  was  soon  sounded,  we  again 
turned  homeward,  scarcely  looking  for  birds  now,  so  thronged 
was  the  park  with  people.  But  there  was  no  need  to  look  for 
the  evening  frolic  of  a  gaily  attired  chap  that  now  flaunted  himself 
before  us. 

Was  ever  bird  so  well  satisfied  with  his  new  spring  coat?  No 
wonder  he  was  very  proud  of  those  great  squares  of  clear  orange, 
tipped  with  black;  no  wonder  he  turned  this  way,  and  now  that, 
to  give  us  a  full  view  of  those  glorious  epaulettes  and  breast 
plates  of  the  radiant  hues,  the  "brawest  hielanman  o'  them  a'  " — 
rightly  named  redstart,  displaying — ^why,  of  course,  the  sunset 
colors   at   the   close   of   a   glorious,    happy   day. 

Even  as  I  write  a  yellow  warbler  chatters  saucily  in  the  trees 
of  our  city  street,  and  seems  ever  to  call  to  nerve-racked  and  weary 
ones. 

"Oh,  come  out  among  the  birds  and  let  your  ]icart  bubble!" 


Photo  by  W.  A.  Rowley 
LAKE  MICHIGAN  IN  A  TEMPERAMENTAL  MOOD 


Picturesque  Duneland 

Stella   M.   Rowley 
Chicago  Normal  School 

It  is  a  great  pleasure  to  write  for  a  group  of  nature  lovers 
about  so  wonderful  a  place  as  the  Dunes.  Extending  from  Millers, 
Indiana,  to  Michigan  City,  is  a  region  so  fascinating,  so  full 
of  nature's  richest  gifts  that  after  the  first  visit  one  seems  im- 
pelled, as  if  by  some  mystic  force  to  return  to  it  again  and  again. 
It  has  been  said  *'A  prophet  is  not  without  honor  save  in  his  own 
country."  This  is  just  as  true  of  a  great  scenic  wonder  as  it  is 
of  an  individual.  How  many  people  there  are  who  live  within 
an  hour's  ride  of  the  Dunes  and  know  nothing  of  its  wonders, 
who  have  never  seen  a  "Blowout",  have  never  climbed  "Bald 
Knob"  or  "Mt.  Tom,"  have  never  followed  the  trails  which  lead 
through  the  dells,  the  glades  and  along  the  quiet  pools  with  their 
interesting  plant  life.  Various  outdoor  clubs  have  done  much 
toward  bringing  Duneland  into  its  own,  introducing  its  beauties 
to  many  people.     Not  the  least  of  these  is  the  Chicago  Nature 

314 


ROWLEY  PICTURESQUE  DUNELAND  315 

Club,  which  has  for  years  realized  what  a  treasure  house  is  at  its 
very  door,  for  if  we  consider  nothing  but  the  flora  of  this  region 
that  alone  is  sufficient  to  make  nature  trips  of  real  value. 

The  Dunes  are  beautiful  and  picturesque  at  all  seasons  of  the 
year.  We  may  go  out  in  the  Spring  after  the  Winter  has  gone 
and  all  nature  seems  quite  secure  in  another  year  of  growth. 
Then  we  find  the  lovely  lupine  in  blossom.  It  grows  so  abundant- 
ly and  luxuriantly,  that  at  times,  we  seem  to  be  looking  not  at 
the  earth, .but  at  a  sea  of  blue.  When  we  behold  such  glory, 
we  feel  like  saying,  "Spring  is  indeed  the  most  beautiful  season 
of  the  year  at  the  Dunes." 

In  summer,  to  many  it  is  simply  a  hot,  dry  place.  We  will 
admit  it  is  not  the  season  one  would  choose  for  long  excursions 
but  it  is  the  time  to  enjoy  the  lake.  Along  that  whole  length 
of  shore  line  is  a  beach  that  cannot  be  surpassed.  It  is  also  the 
time  of  year  for  glorious  sunrises  and  sunsets,  not  only  do  we  see 
the  beauty  in  the  heavens  but  that  beauty  is  reflected  in  the 
wet  sands  along  the  shore.  In  looking  at  these  sunsets  we  feel 
like  saying  with  the  poet  of  old,  "The  heavens  declare  the  glory 
of  God  and  the  firmament  showeth  His  handiwork." 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  artist,  perhaps  no  season  of  the 
year  is  so  beautiful  as  the  Auttimn,  when  the  leaves  change  their 
colors  and  the  yellow  of  the  witch-hazel  and  sassafras  blend  so 
beautifully  with  the  reds  and  browns  of  the  oaks  and  maples. 

But  what  has  the  Dunes  for  us  in  the  winter?  An  abundance 
of  oxygen,  sand  hills  not  entirely  covered  with  snow  but  a  sufficient 
amount  to  m.ake  a  background  for  the  trees  and  twigs,  making 
them  appear  like  etchings.  We  make  our  own  trails  through 
the  snow  and  we  often  stop  to  admire  the  long  shadows  of  the 
trees,  the  brown  leaves  and  grasses  that  refuse  to  remain  hidden, 
making  a  striking  contrast  in  color  to  the  whiteness  of  the  snow. 
The  combination  of  water,  sky  and  tawny  sands  of  the  dunes 
produces,  at  times,  marvelous  and  even  spectacular  atmospheric 
effects.  At  sunset,  especially,  we  may  see  the  Alpine  Glow  of 
distant  Switzerland  reproduced  on  minature  Mount  Blancs 
and  Matterhoiiis  of  sand.  Is  it  any  wonder  that  each  year  our 
unique  and  beloved  Dunes  grow  in  favor?  We  who  know  them 
well  return  again  and  again  as  to  a  place  enchanted,  never  tiring 
of  their  endless  charms  and  of  the  opportunities  they  oiler  for 
a  fuller  appreciation  of  the  wonders  of  nature. 


Photo  byW.A.  Rowley 

Above-Typical  Dunes 

Below-Pools,   seldom  more  than  9  feet  in  depth,   add   a   picturesque  touch    to 
Dune  landscape. 


316 


Notes  by  Members  of  the  Chicago  Nature  Study  Club 

Dragon-flies   and    Monarch    Butterflies. 

'Twice  the  writer  has  had  the  privilege  of  seeing  a  migration 
of  the  large  dragon-fly  come  from  Michigan,  across  the  lake, 
to  the  Illinois  shore.  Mingled  with  the  myriad  dragon-flies 
there  has  been  each  time,  a  fair  sprinkling  of  the  monarch  butter- 
fly. At  first  one  wondered  why  the  gentle  butterfly  should  ven- 
ture forth  upon  so  long  and  dangerous  a  journey  with  so  great 
a    crowd    of    the    fierce    dragon-flies. 

The  question  was  answered  in  a  forest  of  northern  Minne- 
sota. Walking  down  a  road  in  the  forest,  the  writer  noted  a 
violent  movement  upon  a  tree  trunk.  Closer  observation  re- 
vealed a  giant  dragon-fly  literally  devouring  the  heart  out  of  a 
monarch  butterfly  whom  it  held  firmly  pinned,  wings  pitifully 
fluttering,  against  the  tree  trunk.  No  lion,  devouring  its  still 
living  prey,   could  have  given  a  more  ferocious  impression. 

But  it  was  one  of  natures  tragedies.  She  creates  no  creature 
without  providing  food  for  it.  May  we  not  conclude  that  the 
migrating  dragon-fly  host  is  to  some  extent  provided  with  food 
on    its   long   flight   by   the   attendant   butterflies? 

Dr.  Holmes. 


Wise,    and   Yet   Unwise. 

In  a  second  reader,  used  in  our  schools  long  years  ago,  there  was 
a  short  story  about  a  wren.  One  sentence  in  that  lesson  has 
never  left  my  memory,  "The  wren  is  a  tiny  bird  but  it  is  a  wise 
one."  Long  after  I  had  left  the  second  reader  behind,  I  .had  the 
truth  of  the  quotation  proved  most  delightfully  in  my  garden. 

A  small  starch  box  with  the  correct  opening  for  wrens,  had  been 
nailed  up  on  the  wall  of  the  house.  Two  wrens  happily  built 
their  nest  in  it  filling  the  air  the  while  with  their  cheerful  songs. 
Shortly  the  box  began  to  separate  into  its  elements  so  I  procured 
a  better  box  and  nailed  it  upon  the  wall  some  twenty  feet  away 
from  the  first  box  among  sheltering  vines.  During  the  absence 
of  the  wrens  I  detached  the  first  box  and  placed  it  upon  the  new 
one. 

317 


3i8  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

Presently  one  wren  returned  and  flew  to  the  home  spot.  Her 
apparent  astonishment  was  very  interesting.  She  fluttered 
a  moment  then  dropped  to  the  ground  just  under  the  spot  and 
lay  there  looking  up.  She  then  flew  to  the  roof  above  the  spot, 
singing  loudly  while  looking  down  over  the  edge.  Again  she  flew 
to  the  spot,  fluttered  there  a  few  moments  and  retired  to  an  over- 
hanging tree  to  sing  and  stare. 

Presently  she  flew  away. 

I  have  never  ceased  to  regret  that  I  then  left  the  garden  for 
a  half  hovu",  for  when  I  returned  the  old  home  had  been  discovered 
and  the  process  of  moving  was  well  under  way. 

Now  see  if  the  childhood  lore  was  not  proven.  They  did  not 
move  the  sticks  from  the  old  home  into  the  new  directly.  No, 
the  sticks  were  torn  out  and  dropped  to  the  ground,  and  from 
the  ground  the  proper  sticks  for  the  foundation  of  the  nest  were 
once  more   selected  and   very  rapidly  the  nest  was  rebuilt. 

Then  the  old  box  was  removed  and  my  family  looked  forward 
to  the  joy  of  watching  the  rearing  of  a  nestful  of  baby  wrens. 
But  we  were  sorely  disappointed.  The  Fourth  of  July  was  cele- 
brated with  unusual  enthusiasm  that  year.  Doubtless  the 
intense  patriotism,  with  its  terrifying  noises  and  odors,  disturbed 
the  birds.  They  flew  away  never  to  return  to  the  little  house. 
In  this  they  were  not  wise,  for  nowhere  would  they  and  their 
children   have  been  more  welcome  or  better  protected. 

Dr.    Holmes 

Back  Yard  Observations 

One  June  morning  an  excited  overgrown  eighth  grade  girl 
burst  into  my  Nature-Science  room  exclaiming,  "My  mother 
found  the  queerest  animal  in  our  back  yard  yesterday!  It  looks 
something  like  a  brown  gray  frog  but  it  has  prickles  all  over  its 
back  and  two  horns." 

"Why,  Antoinette,  your  description  sounds  like  that  of  a 
homed  toad.  But  how  could  a  desert  animal  be  roaming  around 
Chicago?" 

The  next  day  Antoinette  appeared  with  a  quart  bottle  con- 
taining a  homed  toad  fully  as  large  as  a  woman's  hand.  The 
poor  creature  looked  very  uncomfortable  in  the  slimy  grass  and 


NOTES  B  Y  MEMBERS  OF  CHIC  A  GO  CL  UB  319 

water  from  which  I  quickly  rescued  him  and  put  him  in  an  insect 
cage.  He  was  very  calm  and  pufifed  himself  up  double  his  normal 
size  as  forty  eager  children  made  his  acquaintance.  A  half 
dozen  boys  lingered  behind  as  the  class  was  dismissed  eager 
to  buy  this  strange  pet. 

As  the  next  class  came  into  the  room  one  small  girl  looked 
very  much  delighted.  "Why,  that  is  our  homed  toad,"  she  ex- 
claimed, "We  brought  it  up  from  Arizona  last  fall.  His  name 
is  Christopher  Coltimbus.  Bob  and  I  took  turns  in  taking  it 
out  for  exercise  and  one  day  Chris  slipped  the  string  over  his 
head  and  escaped." 

Later  Bob  came  in,  picked  up  the  formidable  looking  pet 
which  snuggled  in  his  hand  and  offered  no  resistance  to  the  friendly 
strokes.  Bob  too  was  sure  that  it  was  the  Christopher  Columbus 
which  had    escaped  from   captivity  the  previous  autimin. 

Since  the  winter  of  1920-21  was  a  mild  one  it  seems  probable 
that  this  homed  toad  had  successfully  hibernated  in  the  Chicago 
area.  At  least  not  being  able  to  determine  anything  further 
as  to  ownership  Bob  carried  home  his  strange  pet  with  a  great 
deal  of  satisfaction. 

Do  you  remember  how  Goldie  Locks  happened  to  visit  the  home 
of  the  three  bears  just  in  time  to  taste  of  their  breakfast  while 
they  were  waiting  for  the  porridge  to  cool?  Something  very  like 
that  happened  in  a  garden  in  River  Forest  one  hot  autumn  day. 
A  young  Sapsucker  on  his  journey  to  the  South  selected  a  crab 
apple  tree  that  was  brightly  decorated  with  beautiful  red  apples. 
With  carpenter  like  precision  he  drilled  rows  of  holes  a  half  inch 
apart  on  a  branch  about  two  inches  thick. 

Then  Mr.  Sapsucker  went  aw^ay  expecting  to  come  back  to 
find  each  cavity  overflowing  with  sap  and  richly  flavored  with 
any  insects  that  might  have  been  snared.  Flies  and  bees  came 
to  the  spot  and  hummed  about  as  noisily  as  a  whole  swarm  of 
bees. 

Mouming  Cloak  Butterfly  sniffed  something  good  in  that  crab 
tree  and  drank  and  drank  of  the  sweets  Mr.  Sapsucker  had 
intended  for  himself.  The  smaller  insects  annoyed  the  beauty 
in  black  and  white  and  he  opened  and  closed  his  wings  in  angry 
jerks. 


320  NA  TURK  STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

A  bright  Red  Admiral  appeared  zig  zagging  among  the  branches 
of  the  tree.  He  drank  deeply  of  the  well  filled  cups  but  was  not 
a  little  disturbed  by  flies  and  bees  lighting  on  him.  The  four 
marks  of  red  on  the  upper  surface  of  his  wings  appeared  and  dis- 
appeared like  an  electric  sign  as  he  vainly  attempted  to  dislodge 
them. 

A  sharp  "Pit"  announced  the  arrival  of  a  Ruby-throated  Himi- 
mingbird.  He  perched  for  a  m.oment  two  feet  from  the  banquet 
table  then  hovered  over  the  buzzing  center  sipping  eagerly  from 
hole  after  hole.  The  insects  were  quite  agitated  at  the  appearance 
of  this  visitor  and  dared  not  perch  on  him..  Every  few  moments 
Ruby  throat  rested  on  a  near  by  branch  and  eagerly  eyed  the 
insects  as  they  feasted  on  the  sap.  The  whir  of  his  wings  was 
the  signal  for  small  insects  to  fly  away. 

For  two  hours  this  program,  continued  when  suddenly  on  swift 
wings  the  Sapsucker  appeared.  This  was  the  signal  for  uninvited 
guests  to  disappear  and  the  hard  drinker  went  from  hole  to  hole, 
changing  his  position  from  time  to  time,  then  gazing  off  into  space 
trying  to  imagine  what  had  happened  to  his  overflowing  cups. 

Five  year  old  Elizabeth  was  quite  excited  upon  seeing  the 
large  bird  appear.  Being  told  that  the  Sapsucker  was  really 
injurious  to  trees  she  said,  "I'll  not  let  him  spoil  my  daddy's 
crab  tree."  So  she  walked  boldly  up  to  the  tree  with  a  club  and 
pounded  on  the  trunk.  Mr.  Sapsucker  played  peek-a-boo  with 
her  for  two  or  three  minutes  then  darted  away  with  lively  jerks 
from  the  garden. 

He  was  back  in  a  few  minutes  however  busily  engaged  in  deepen- 
ing the  holes  and  snaring  an  occasional  insect  which  the  sap  at- 
tracted. Htimjningbird  and  the  insects  kept  a  safe  distance 
away  when  the  head  carpenter  surveyed  his  work.  Elizabeth's 
daddy  prized  his  crab  tree  more  than  its  occupant  and  soon 
Sapsucker  was  the  victim  to  one  who  had  given  good  service 
in  the  reserve  militia.  More  luxuriant  vegetation  in  one  garden 
spot  marks  the  place  where  the  unwelcome  guest  of  the  crab 
tree  was  buried. 

Esther    A.    Craigmile 


NO  TES  B  Y  MEMBERS  OF  CHIC  A  GO  CLUB  32 1 

Bluebirds 

The  Genie  conveyed  me  to  the  foot  of  a  great  mountain  that 
stretched  before  us  terrace  on  terrace  till  it  seemed  to  mingle  with 
the  clouds.     Pointing  upward,  he  bade  me  climb. 

No  scene  could  be  more  wonderful.  The  waters  were  falling 
down  the  mountain  side  and  over  the  plateaus  in  showers  that 
flashed  in  the  sunlight  and  reflected  every  color  of  the  rainbow. 
Great  pools  of  the  clearest  blue  gave  back  the  azure  of  the  clouds. 
Everywhere  the  eye  discerned  masses  of  white  crystallization 
that  took  the  form  of  pinnacles,   domes  and  towers. 

We  had  been  mounting  steadily  upwards  when  we  came  to 
a  level  space  covered  with  stunted  pine  and  cedar  trees. 

Suddenly  an  arrow  of  blue  flame  passed  in  front  of  me,  between 
the  trees,  then  another  and  another.  I  grasped  the  arm  of 
my  companion! 

"They    are    the    mountain    bluebirds,"    he    whispered. 

And  then  in  that  fairyland  I  saw  these  beautiful  creatures,  the 
symbol  of  happiness  itself,  flitting  from  tree  to  tree,  tripping 
rapidly  over  the  white  ground,  or  sweeping  in  curves  around  us. 
They  were  of  the  softest,  lightest  blue,  so  beautiful  in  form, 
in  motion  and  color,  that  they  were  in  perfect  harmony  with  the 
wonderful  place  in  which  I  wandered. 

These  were  the  bluebirds  of  the  Rocky  mountains  and  I  was 
on  Jupiter  Terrace  in  Yellowstone  Park,  learning  with  humble 
heart  how  Nature  constructed  her  most  marvelous  creations,  and 
full  of  the  joy  of  life. 

R.     A.     WiDDOWSON 

The  Periodical  Cicada 

During  the  last  week  in  May  or  the  first  week  in  June  of  the 
coming  year,  Brood  V,  of  the  Periodical  Cicadas  will  appear  in 
Northern  Illinois,  Northeastern  Iowa,  a  few  counties  in  Southern 
Wisconsin,  and  the  Dunes  region  of  Northern  Indiana.  The 
life-history  of  these  insects  is  fairly  well  known,  but  it  has  not 
yet  been  determined  whether  they  are  injurious  to  vegetation 
during  their  long  larval  existence  underground.  As  they  often 
live  under  fruit  trees  when  there  are  no  forests  nearby,  it  will  be 
interesting  to  note  whether  the  trees  from  under  which  the  pupae 


322  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

emerge  in  large  numbers  are  less  vigorous  than  those  where  there 
are  few  or  none  of  the  insects. 

In  making  these  observations  one  should  take  into  consideration 
local  changes  that  may  have  occurred  during  the  past  seventeen 
years,  such  as  surface  drainage,  erosion,  cultivation  and  fer- 
tilization of  the  soil  under  the  trees,  in  order  that  the  compari- 
sons may  be  free  from  error.  W.    S.    Moffatt 


Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Nature 
Study  Society. 

Toronto,    Canada.     Thursday,    December    29,    1921. 
Room  38,  Medical  School  Building 

Program 

Morning  Session — lo  A .  M. 

Sky  Phenomena — W.  H.  Tuke,  Principal  High  School  and  Mining 

Institute^  Haileybury,  Ont. 
The  Appeal  of  Bird-life  to  Children — Miss  Laura  B.  Durand, 

Deputy  Game  Warden  of  Ontario. 
Nature  Study  of  the  Farm, — Dr.  John  D.  Detwiler,  Instructor 

in  Entomology  at  Cornell  University. 
Election  of  Officers 
Report  of  Secretary-Editor 

Afternoon  Session — 2  P.  M. 
WHAT  NEXT  IN  NATURE  STUDY 

Possibilities  of  the  Moving  Picture  in  Nature  Study  Instruction— 
F.  R.  MouLTON,  Chicago  University. 

A  system  for  caring  for  some  of  Children's  Nature  Study  In- 
terests, Dr.  E.  Laurence  Palmer,  Cornell  University. 

The  Use  of  Nature  Materials  in  Intelligence  tests — twenty 
minutes,  E.  R.  Downing,  Chicago  University. 

The  Project  Organization  in  the  Primar}^  Grades — twenty  min- 
utes, Margaret  E.  NoonaN,  New  York  University. 

The  Contribution  of  the  Simimer  Camp — '20,  William  G. 
Vjnal,  Providence,  R.  I. 


O,  thou  merry  brook  that  gurglest  on 
And  makest  all  so  happy  on  thy  way, 
Scorn  not  the  songs  I  sing  to  thee; 
And  every  time  the  wood  peewee 
And  all  thy  songsters,  full  of  glee, 
Sing  on  thy  merry  happy  banks  all  day. 
Answer,  untiring. 
With  thy  murmuring. 

O,  thou  sky-lark,  high  in  cloud-decked 

sky. 
Who  carolest  in  joy  for  everyone, 
Thou  weariest  not  when  nestlings  cry 
For  parents  dear.  Until  they  fly 
High  in  the  sky  to  sing  with  thee 
Thou  takest  care  of  each  and  every  one. 
And  art  sore  grieved 
When  they  have  gone. 

O,  thou  woodland  folk,  come  nigh  to  me 
For  I  am  come  to  sing  glad  songs  of 

thee; 
But    condescend    to    hear    my    song 
That  I  be  singing  all  day  long. 
I'd  have  good  times  with  thee  along. 
And  roam  abroad  with   all  the   crea- 
tures free. 

Nor  think  nor  care. 

But  just  be  glad  with  thee. 


323 


'Visit  the  plant  in  its  native  heath,  Consider  its  ways' 


Plants  in  Their  Environments 

Mary   M.   Boyce. 
"Environed  they  are  with  many  foes." 

We  hear  rn.uch  of  the  origin  of  species,  natural  selection,  etc., 
but  until  lately  little  on  the  "at  homes"  and  foreign  travel  of 
plants  as  they  march  steadily  over  the  world.  Warming  has 
published,  in  Danish,  a  work  on  (Ecology,  being  a  study  of  vegeta- 
tion in  existing  environments,  and  really  the  sociology  of  plants. 
He  advocates  data-collecting  by  studying  the  plants  in  the  field 
instead  of  on  the  laboratory  table,  as  has  been  done  in  the  past. 
He  shows  how  form.s  and  functions  are  modified  to  serve  purposes 
for  food,   water,   heat,   and   protection   for  reproduction. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  the  characteristics  of  plants  in  regions 
with  marked  physical  conditions.  Plants  share  the  elements 
with  anim.al  life.  Suspended  in  the  air  are  found  bacteria.  We 
may  trust  microscopists  when  they  tell  of  the  communities  abid- 
ing around  us  with  never  ending  struggles  for  mastery  and  life. 
Lichens  are  nourished  in  the  atmOvSphere;  algae  and  yeast  are 

324 


BOYCE  PLANTS  IN  THEIR  ENVIRONMENTS  325 

suspended  in  liquids;  truffles  are  surrounded  by  soil;  water- 
lilies  are  found  enjoying  a  mixed  media  of  earth  and  water;  Hygro- 
phytes,  those  plants  which  love  to  live  exclusively  in  water, 
stand  in  bold  contrast  to  the  Xeroph^^tes,  which  belong  to  the 
desert  solely.  The  camel  has  imitators  in  the  last  mentioned 
group,  as  they  absorb  water  rapidly  and  store  it  carefully.  Be- 
lievers in  comm.unities  and  co-operative  kitchens  find  their  follow- 
ers in  the  plants  dependent  upon  each  other,  as  Symbiosis,  a 
helpful  living  together  has  been  found  in  all  the  great  groups. 
The  algae  and  fungi  are  perhaps  the  most  noted  examples.  These 
last  are  important  individuals,  as  the  chief  sources  of  soil  and 
food  supplies  in  certain  regions.  Not  the  least  of  their  efforts 
is  the  habit  of  giving  up  previous  duties  to  companion  plants 
and   assum.ing   another  work   in   the   Symbiotic  relation. 

Dependent  individuals  may  find  their  followers  in  the  plants 
which  belong  to  the  Micorhiza  group,  which  depend  upon  an- 
other plant  for  hfe,  as  in  the  filamentous  fungus  which  interweaves 
among  the  rootlets  of  the  Legumes,  or  the  root  tubercles  of  the 
Leguminosae.  The  ubiquitous  clover,  it  has  long  been  known, 
can  always  be  an  annual  crop  on  any  kind  of  soil.  This  is  possible 
through  the  nitrifying  bacteria  which  swarm  in  the  tubercles. 

The  problem  of  protection  against  animal  depredations  is 
successfully  solved  by  many  plants;  in  the  acrid  juice  of  the  Aco- 
nite; felty  coverings  of  the  Mullein;  thorn  of  the  Rose;  in  the 
objectionable  odor  of  the  Skunk-Cabbage;  the  tough  skin  contain- 
ing silica  of  the  Bear-berry;  the  water  receptacles  of  other  plants; 
the  stinging  hairs  of  the  Nettle,  and  the  metamorphosed  leaf 
of  the  Barberry. 

A  curious  defense,  mentioned  by  many  authors,  is  a  friendly 
anny  of  ants,  to  whom  all  other  insects  and  caterpillars  are  intruders. 
When  the  environments  are  cold,  the  green  tissue  exposes  itself 
as  little  as  possible  and  generally  with  a  coating  of  felt.  Close 
setting-  of  leaves  protect  from  cold.  Then,  it  is  not  possible 
to  sufficiently  admire  the  devices  for  shedding,  collecting,  ab- 
sorbing and  conducting  rain.  The  Ombrophilous,  or  rain-lovers, 
are   here   contrasted  with  the   Ombrophobic,   or  rain-haters. 

Linnae  discovered  Myctitropis  Phenomena,  and  styled  it  the 
"Sleep  of  plants."  He  watched  carefully  for  a  certain  flower  to 
bloom,  but  the  leaves  so  skillfully  hid  the  blossom  that  the  gar- 


326  NA  TURE  STUDY  RE  VIEW 

dener  failed  to  find  it.  Darwin  pinned  the  cotyledons  down 
and  the  plumule  died  of  chill.  This  shows  the  exquisite  instinct 
of  the  delicate  plant.  Plants  take  some  precaution  against 
drought.  No  matter  how  lovely  the  weather  may  be  the  leaves 
remain  furled  until  moisture  appears. 

Very  feeble  are  vegetable  growths  without  adaptations  for 
environments.  Some  growths,  such  as  grass  which  wrinkles  and 
moss  which   rolls,   show  flexible  peculiarities  to  protect  life. 

"The  best  laid  plans  of  mice  and  men,"  as  well  as  those  of  plants, 
"gang   aft   a 'glee,"    and   their   cunning   devices   often   fail. 

Not  the  least  among  plant  organs  is  the  seed,  and  marvelous 
are  the  tales  told  of  the  distances  travelled,  cold  and  heat  en- 
dured. Darwin  surpasses  all  competitors  in  that  direction. 
He  tells  of  experim.ents  with  seeds  which  show  wonderful  resistance 
to  adverse  environments.  He  and  others  have  soaked  seeds 
in  salt-water,  with  the  result  of  tie  survival  of  the  fittest — a 
large  percent.  We  read  of  drift  timber,  carcasses  of  birds,  crops 
and  feet  of  birds,  bodies  of  fishes,  and  surprising  to  relate,  of 
icebergs,  as  carriers  of  seeds.  When  plants  are  identical,  though 
separated  by  hundreds  of  miles  on  the  siunmits  of  mountains, 
we  turn  to  Agassiz'   glacial  theory  for  the  answer. 

Frail,  indeed,  are  the  individuals  of  the  great  plant  families, 
but  mighty  are  the   efforts  put  forth   for  perpetuation. 

Many  are  the  problems  awaiting  the  lovers  of  plants — problems 
which  have  never  been  solved,  and  the  field  for  work  is  large. 
Visit  the  plant  on  its  native  heath,  learn  of  it,  consider  its  ways, 
and  with  the  wisdom  so  acquired  exclaim  with  the  ancient  writer, 

"How  wonderful   are   Thy  works!" 


What's  a  flower?     A  bit  of  brightness 
Sprung  unconscious  from  the  sod. 
Yet  it  lifts  us  in  its  lightness 
From  our  earthliness  to  God. 

D.  H.  R.  Goodale 


A  Practical  Angle  in  the  Aesthetic  Side  of 
Nature  Study 

C.  W.  G.  ElFRlG    River  Forest,  111. 

Much  has  been  said  and  written  about  the  aesthetic  value  of 
Nature  Study.  By  this  we  really  mean  the  result  of  such  study, 
a  speaking  acquaintance  with  nature.  When  one  considers  the 
endless  variety  of  nature's  forms,  the  whole  gamut  of  forms  and 
colors  in  the  flowers  and  leaves  of  plants,  the  endless  variation 
in  the  colors  and  songs  of  birds,  the  ever-changing  beauty  in 
the  outline  and  tint  of  the  clouds  above  and  of  the  minerals  below, 
the  variegated  patterns  of  color  and  outline  in  insects,  shells,  even 
snakes  and  batrachians,  not  to  speak  of  the  almost  fairy-tale-like 
mysteries  in  the  life-histories  of  many  of  these  creatures,  even  the 
lowliest  plant,  then  one  realizes  that  only  the  A  in  the  ABC 
of  this  great  topic  has  been  written. 

In  these  lines  I  would  dwell  upon  a  practical  angle  or  aspect 
of  Nature  Study  in  the  sense  of  loving  appreciation  of  the  beauties 
and  wonders  of  the  great  out-doors.  I  say  practical,  for,  while 
aesthetic  enough,  it  has  practically  helped  me  over  otherwise 
uninteresting,  dreary  hours  or  days.  And  that  I  think  is  of  prac- 
tical value  and  importance  in  our  life,  which,  despite  all  said  to 
the  contrary,  seem.s  to  me  to  be  depleted  m.ore  and  more  of  idealism, 
and  is  daily  being  lowered  to  a  m.ere  battle  for  existence,  a  battle 
with  hostile  forces  over  which  often  we  have  no  control,  and  which 
tends  to  take  the  joy  out  of  life. 

Now  for  instances  to  show  what  I  m.ean :  While  living  in  Canada, 
in  its  beautiful  capitol,  I  frequently  had  occasion  to  go  to  places 
away  from  any  railway,  in  fact  one  does  not  have  to  go  far  there 
to  be  away  from,  our  common  carrier.  I  would  go  as  far  as  1 
could  on  the  railway — railroad  is  unknown  there— and  then 
I  would  be  driven  in  some  ancient  vehicle  25  or  40  miles  across 
country.  This  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  and  the  return  drive 
was  often  made  from  one  to  seven  o'clock  a.  m.,  frequently 
in  severe  cold  weather.  These  trips  would  have  been  highly 
unpleasant  or  at  least  monotonous,  had  not  nature  study  or  a 
speaking  acquaintance  with  nature  rendered  them  higlily  in- 
teresting.  At  night  one  would  hear  the  rare  call  of  the  Saw-whet 

327 


328  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

owl,  sounding  for  all  the  world  like  the  filing  of  a  saw,  or  the 
"blood-curdling"  yells  and  hoots  of  the  Great  Homed  and  Barred 
Owls,  or  the  dreamy  sleep  song  of  some  smaller  bird.  Now  and 
then  I  would  take  a  mental  census  of  the  species  of  birds  seen 
along  the  way  when  the  trip  was  in  day-time,  and  at  the  end  ask 
my  companion,  the  driver:  "How  many  kinds  of  birds  do  you 
think  we  saw  today?"  He  would  say,  "Oh,  five  or  six."  Where- 
upon I  would  report,  "No,  30  species,"  which  he  considered  im- 
possible until  I  would  enum.erate  them..  All  this  besides  watching 
the  ever-changing  aspect  of  the  flora  along  the  way,  the  coming 
and  going  of  the  flowers  and  leaves,  some  rare  or  especially  early 
or  late  occurrences  and  the  like.  On  the  brink  of  one  lake  we 
would  pass  was  the  largest  colony  of  the  fly  mushroom,  Amanita 
muscana,  I  had  ever  seen.  Or  some  shy  and  perhaps  rare  habena- 
ria  or  other  orchid  would  make  me  halt  the  rig  in  order  to  get 
down  and  investigate  more  closely.  Riding  in  the  crisp,  cool 
air  of  autumn,  we  would  spy  the  first  Snow-buntings,  Plectro- 
phenax  n.  nivalis  of  the  season,  together  with  a  belated  Bluebird; 
further  on,  several  Pine  Grosbeaks,  Pinicola  enucleagor  leucura, 
would  be  eating  of  the  sumac  berries,  or  a  Goshawk  would  be 
seen  foraging.  Thus  hardly  a  minute  passed  without  some  in- 
teresting fact  to  note,  to  be  afterwards  duly  recorded  in  the 
notebook  and  "ledger".  In  spring,  one  would  hear  from  the 
moss-covered  stumps  in  the  woods  on  either  side  of  the  road 
the  exquisite  song  of  the  Winter  Wren,  a  well-modulated,  sustained 
performance  in  an  extremely  high  pitch,  making  the  impression 
of  a  slender  thread  of  silver  being  woven  or  spun  over  the  dark 
green  hemlock  and  spruce  boughs.  The  Hermit  Thrush  and 
Veery  would  add  their  charming  chorus  while  a  Pilated  or  Arctic 
Three-toed  Woodpecker  would  keep  tune  with  his  hammered 
tattoo.  Nature  lovers  and  nature  students  are  often  popularly 
looked  upon  as  cranks,  are  termed ' '  nuts"  or  whatever  slang  happens 
to  be  in  vogue,  especially  if  your  nature  person  be  an  entomologist, 
sweeping  about  him  with  an  insect-net,  or  your  botanically  in- 
clined one,  going  out  with  a  vasculum.  Even  a  physician  once 
opened  a  vasculum  of  a  friend  of  mine  who  was  returning  from 
an  outing,  and,  seeing  the  plants  inside,  asked,  "Have  these 
any  commercial  value?" — these  people  are  really  to  be  pitied. 
They  are  surrounded  by  beautiful,  interesting  things,  but  see  and 


EiFRiu  A  PRACTICAL  ANGLE  329 

hear  them  not.  How  much  richer  the  life  of  one  who  knows  a 
little  about  the  common  forms  in  nature,  to  whom  every  tree, 
flower,  bird  and  insect  conveys  a  story  of  the  wonders  of  life 
hidden  in  them. 

Take  another  case.  How  often  travellers  on  railroads  com- 
plain of  ennui,  of  being  bored  and  tired  by  the  trip!  Not  so 
your  nature  lover !  He  will  eagerly  drink  in  with  his  eyes  not  only 
the  large  aspects  of  scener}^  vale  and  mountain,  but  he  will  also 
eagerly  search  out  the  details.  Here  he  notices  a  flower  never 
seen  before,  but  he  can  guess  whereabout  it  belongs;  there  a  tree 
new  to  him  is  passed  close  by ;  and  then  he  will  recognize  old  and 
new  friends  among  the  birds  flitting  away  from  before  the  moving 
train.  Recently  I  visited  Mammoth  Cave,  Kentucky.  From 
Glasgow  Junction  to  the  cave  one  has  to  ride  on  a  train  of  one 
coach  of  the  most  primitive  type,  and  apparently  about  to 
break  to  pieces.  It  must  be  a  relic  from  "before  the  war,"  if 
not  from  before  the  flood.  And  as  if  not  enough  to  expect  one  to  be 
jolted  and  banged  around  in  this  disreputable  conveyance,  they 
extort  ^2.16  for  the  trip  of  eight  miles  coming  and  going.  Nor 
are  the  eight  miles  thru  especially  attractive  scenery;  only 
small  wooded  knolls,  with  the  second  growth  often  coming  up 
to  the  track.  How  soothing  then  to  one's  ruffled  feelings  to  look 
out  and  appreciate  the  new  trees  one  sees.  I  saw  for  the  first 
time  on  this  ride  the  Sorrel-tree  or  Sour-wood,  Oxydendrum 
arboreum,  also  the  Hercules  Club  or  Angelica  Tree,  Aralia  spinosa, 
growing  wild,  as  well  as  about  all  the  different  oaks  to  be  found 
in  Hough. 

Or  take  that  bete  noir  of  the  traveller  on  the  railroad,  the 
being  compelled  to  wait  for  another  train  at  some  lonely  junction, 
where  there  is  only  a  miserable  village  or  not  even  that.  At  such 
a  junction  in  Minnesota  I  once  heard  my  first  Western  Meadow- 
lark,  Sturnella  neglecia,  sing.  In  fact  I  always  look  forward 
to  such  stops  with  glad  anticipation  for  the  chance  it  gives  one 
to  hear  or  see  something  new  in  nature. 

Also  auto  rides  are  enhanced  in  pleasure  immensely  in  this  way. 
Recently  I  was  driven  to  Centralia  from  Vandalia,  Illinois,  through 
flat,  monotonous  country,  over  bad  roads,  not  even  fine  farms 
being  there.  But  when  one  family  after  another  of  Mocking- 
birds flew  across  the  road,  and  now  and  then  a  flock  of  Prairie 


330  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

Chickens  sailed  on  outstretched  wing  further  afield,  all  dis- 
agreeableness  was  more  than  overcorne.  Among  the  dust- 
covered  weeds  of  the  roadside  even  I  noticed  something  new  to 
me,  the  Bracted  Plantain,  Plantago  aristata. 

An  otherwise  monotonous  lesson  is  the  classroom  often 
enlivened  by  the  call  of  the  Meadowlark  or  Killdeer,  Bluebird 
or  Goldfinch.  In  the  trees,  before  my  study-room  windows 
in  Ottawa  I  often  watched  the  Red-eyed  and  Warbling  Vireos, 
the  Wood  Pewee  and  Yellow  Warbler,  the  Least  Flycatcher  and 
Robin  singing  or  nest-building. 

In  this  manner  and  otherwise,  nature,  after  one  has  made 
her  acquaintance,  cheers  one,  makes  life  more  pleasant  and  agree- 
able, inspires  one  anew  continually  and  revives  the  sometimes 
drooping  spirit.  This  I  would  call  the  practical  side  of  the 
aesthetic   value   of   Nature   Study. 


Sand  Dunes  and  Forests 

WoRRALLO   Whitney 

5743  Dorchester  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

There  are  many  phases  of  the  struggle  that  is  ceaselessly  going 
on  between  plants  and  the  sand  dunes  of  the  Lake  Michigan 
shores.  Among  the  most  interesting  and  really  tragical  of  these 
is  the  burial  of  forests  by  the  moving  sand. 

The  dunes  have  many  approaches  in  their  destructive  work. 
In  some  cases  the  dune  comes  on  as  an  avalanche  of  sand  many 
feet  in  height — often  towering  above  even  the  tallest  trees  of 
the  forest.  The  forest  has  no  chance  against  such  an  advance. 
It  is  utterly  destroyed,  the  trees  being  engulfed  as  they  stand, 
and  we  have  literally  a  buried  forest.  The  dune  usually  keeps 
moving  on,  piling  the  sand  up  in  its  front  and  removing  the  sand 
in  its  rear.  Thus  the  buried  forest  may  be  uncovered  long 
after  its  burial.  Then  we  have  what  is  known  on  the  Michigan 
shores  as  a  "forest  graveyard."  The  dead  trees  stand  stark  and 
bare  like  so  many  skeletons  to  tell  the  story  of  the  advance  of  the 
dune  over  a  once  luxuriant  forest. 

The  approach  of  the  sand,  instead  of  forming  a  steep  slope, 
is  often  very  gradual,  with  gentle    slopes.     In  this  case  the  sand 


A  dense  young  forest  of  firs  is  being 
threatened  with  destruction  by  the  sand 
which  appears  to  be  approaching  rapidly. 

The  dune  has  stopped  its  forward 
march  on  the  forest.  Numerous  signs  of 
its  destructive  v;ork  are  evident. 

The  sand  has  been  blown  away  from 
these  Cottonwood  trees  revealing  the 
secondary  roots  formed  when  the  sand 
was  piled  several  feet  in  depth  around  the 
trunks  cf  the  trees. 


The  steep  slope  of  an  approaching 
sand  dune  is  shown,  much  higher  than  the 
trees.  The  partly  covered  trees  on  the 
slope  are  still  alive. 

A  forest  graveyard.  The  dune  has 
moved  on  uncovering  the  buried  forest  in 
its  rear. 

Cottonwoods  partly  covered  by  the 
advancing  sand.  Their  growth  each 
year  equals  the  rise  of  the  sand. 


331 


332  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

may  rise  very  slowly,  a  few  inches  each  year.  Some  trees  are 
capable  of  resisting  such  an  approach.  The  cottonwood,  one 
of  the  most  common  trees  of  the  living  dunes,  is  capable  of  pro- 
ducing secondary  or  adventitious  roots  along  its  stem.  Most 
people  know  that  if  a  cottonwood  twig  is  put  into  damp  soil, 
it  will  put  forth  roots  and  grow  into  a  tree.  When  sand  piles 
up  slowly  over  trees  possessing  this  power,  new  roots  are  pro- 
duced on  the  stem  above  the  level  of  what  was  once  the  earthline, 
As  the  primary  roots  of  the  tree  are  buried  too  deep  for  respir- 
ation these  new  roots  take  their  place.  This  may  go  on  indefi- 
nitely so  long  as  the  sand  does  not  rise  faster  than  the  growth 
of  the  tree  upward.  Only  the  tops  of  the  buried  trees  appear 
like  climips  of  vigorous  young  trees  growing  in  the  sand.  But 
we  know  what  is  happening  down  below  in  the  sand,  for  seedling 
trees  could  not  get  a  start  here  in  the  drifting  sand. 

Some  trees  such  as  the  birch  and  basswood  are  very  tenacious 
of  life  under  adverse  circimistances  and  may  live  with  their 
roots  buried  very  deeply  in  the  sand.  One  of  the  accompany- 
ing pictures  (fig.  5)  shows  a  birch  which  had  been  partially  buried; 
then  the  sand  was  blown  away  revealing  the  story  of  its  burial 
and  successful  struggle  for  life.  Though  not  capable  as  the 
cottonwood  of  putting  forth  adventitious  roots  it  had  retained 
life  with  its  roots  buried  at  one  time  more  than  ten  feet  under  the 
sand. 

When  the  dune  has  passed  or  has  ceased  to  move  forward,  as 
sometimes  'happens,  the  surface  sand  becomes  more  stable, 
moving  only  in  a  small  way.  Dune  grass  {Ammophila)  gradually 
binds  the  sand  with  its  creeping  roots  and  the  surface  finally 
becomes  sufficiently  responsive  to  allow  the  germination  of  seeds 
of  trees  and  shrubs.  If  seed  trees  of  the  forest  are  near  enough 
for  the  transportation  of  their  seeds  to  such  spots  a  new  forest 
is  soon  begun  on  the  now  dead  sand  dune.  The  sand  dune  has 
done  its  destructive  work  but  nature  is  resilient  and  forests  rise 
again  to  clothe  the  wounds  with  their  verdure. 


The  Forester 

Carroll   De   Wilton   Scott 
San  Diego,  California 

ACT   I.        THE    CAMPERS 

Time,  late  summer;  scene,  a  natural  park  in  the  California 
mountains,  altitude  about  6,000  feet;  in  a  forest  of  oak,  fir  and 
incense  cedar.  A  group  of  campers  are  just  finishing  their 
breakfast  under  a  black  oak.  Their  camp-fire  is  still  smoulder- 
ing ;  it  is  built  against  an  old  stump .  The  party  is  James  Williams 
a  rich,  retired  cattleman,  his  wife,  his  daughter,  MoUie  and  a 
hunter  friend,  Fred  Wymans.  Their  camp  auto  is  near  by. 
WILLIAMS 

Well,     Fred,     what's     our    program    today? 
WYMANS 

I  hate  to  go  back  without  a  buck.     Do  you  think  we  would 
have   any   luck   on    Big   Horn    Mountain? 
WILLIAMS 

I  think  we  might  start  a  buck  in  there.  I  used  to  get  one  in 
there  any  time  in  the  old  days.  You  know  Fred  I  used  to  control 
all  these  mountains — ran  20,000  head  of  cattle  in  here  once. 
But  the  government  with  its  meddling  forest  rangers  has  sur- 
veyed and  cleared  and  fenced  and  postered  the  land  until  it's 
like  a  city  park.  We  did  what  we  liked  in  the  old  days — no  fences, 
no  laws,  no  supervisors.  And  deer — why  they  were  tame  as 
calves.  And  lions  too — also  tame.  Let  me  see  I  think  it  was 
right  on  this  slope  that  I  had  a  tiff  with  a  big  cat.  I  had  shot 
a  deer  and  laid  it  on  a  fallen  trunk.  An  hour  later  when  I  re- 
turned a  huge  mountain  lion  was  quietly  eating  my  deer.  Do 
you  think  he  sneaked  off  and  left  me  the  remainder?  Not  much  ! 
He  bristled  up  and  snarled  at  my  intrusion  like  a  pussy  with 
a  mouse,  as  much  as  to  say,  "all  the  deer  in  this  forest  belong  to 
me."  I  was  so  taken  aback  by  his  bluff  that  I  just  stared  at 
him  while  he  walked  away  with  the  half-eaten  buck. 
WYMANS 

The  cats  are  as  wild  as  the  deer  now  and  as  scarce.     The  old 
days  are  gone  forever. 

333 


334  NA  TURE  STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

MOLLIE 
We  should  not  regret  that  because  so  many  more  people  can 
enjoy  the  forests  now-a-days. 

WILLIAMS 
Here's  one  of  those  advance    guards    of  civilization    now. 
(the  forester  comes  round  a  bend  in  the  road,  approaches  and 
salutes   the   company.) 

FORESTER 
Good    morning.     Any     luck    with     the    deer?  • 

(there  is  an  embarrassing  pause.) 

WYMANS 
Not    yet.     We    hope    for    better    luck    today. 

FORESTER 
You  might  try  Big  Horn  Mountain.  I  jumped  three  bucks 
over  there  last  week  (he  notices  the  camp-fire  against  the  old 
tree  trunk)  I  say,  gentlemen,  that's  dangerous — ^will  you  be 
very  sure  to  put  out  your  fire?  There's  a  dry  northeaster  blowing 
and  the  brush  would  bum  like  tinder. 

WILLIAMS  (rising  to  his  feet) 
Young  man,   I   camped  in  these  mountains  when  you  were 
learning  to  read.     I  guess  I  can  manage  my  own  camp-fire. 

FORESTER  (coolly) 
No  offence  meant  gentlemen.     We  have  certain  rules  for  the 
protection  of  the  forest  from  its  greatest  enemy,  fire,  and  one 
of  them  is  that  camp-fires  must  not  be  built  against  tree-trunks. 
Please  be  sure  to  put  out  your  camp-fire,     (starts  to  go) 

WILLIAMS  (angrily) 
Yes,  you've  plastered  the  trees  with  your  petty  rules  till  a  man 
can't  move  without  violating  them.  You  rangers  think  you  own 
the,  mountains.  I  tell  you  now  you  can't  order  me  around. 
(He  starts  toward  the  forester.  Mrs.  Williams  and  Wymans 
have  walked  to  one  side.) 

MOLLIE  (catching  hold  of  her  father.) 
Father  — come — the  Forester  must  carry  out  his  orders.     He 
is  acting  for  the  government. 
FORESTER 
Yes,  for  the  government — the  whole  people.     I  represent  them, 
(steps  toward  Williams)  Mr.  Williams,  you  and  your  kind  had  your 


SCOTT  THE  FORESTER  335 

day.  You  logged  over  the  mountains,  wasted  three-fourths 
of  the  timber,  burned  up  the  young  trees,  dried  up  the  streams, 
overstocked  the  ranges  and  left  the  land  a  barren  waste.  But 
your  day  has  passed.  These  national  forests  are  for  all  the  people — 
the  home-seeker,  the  careful  liimberman,  the  camper,  the  farmer 
in  the  lowlands  dependent  on  the  streams  for  irrigation — in  short 
the  present  generation  as  well  as  future  generations —  and 
the  sooner  you  learn  this  the  better.  Good  morning,  (the 
Forester  turns  and  leaves.) 

WILLIAMS 
You  contemptible  upstart — I — 

MOLLIE 
Father — please  come  with  me — the  Forester  must  treat  every- 
body alike. 

WILLIAMS 
Daughter,  I  would  not  have  taken  that  from  any  man  if  you 
had  not  been  here,     (he   strikes  a  match,  lights    his  pipe    and 
throws  the  match  in  the  grass.)     The  Devil  take  his  rules. 

MOLLIE  (looking  for  the  match) 
Oh  father,  you  must  not  do  that — you  might  set  the  woods  on 
fire. 

WILLIAMS 

What's  the  difference.  A  little  blaze  would  give  these  loafing 
rangers  something  to  do.  Come  on  daughter.  Fred  and  I 
must    get    started.     Can    we    have    a    lunch? 

(Curtain) 

ACT   II.     THE    DREAM    PAGEANT 

Time,  about  mid-day  of  same  day.  vScene,  a  glade  in  the  forest 
through  which  a  stream  flows.  Late  summer  flowers  are  in 
bloom  near  the  stream — tiger-lily,  golden-rod,  columbine,  coreopsis. 
Elsewhere  the  grass  is  dry  and  brown  save  where  a  spring  makes 
a  green  oasis  under  some  oak  trees.  The  Forester  is  sawing  a 
dead  limb  from  an  oak  tree.  Near  by  is  his  ax.  The  Forester 
stops  sawing,  wipes  the  persj^iration  from  his  face  and  leans 
against  the  oak  tree  where  he  commands  a  fine  view  of  the  moun- 
tain  landscape. 


336  NA  TURE  STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

FOREvSTER 

I  wish  more  people  could  enjoy  my  forests.  Few  ever  see  them 
at  all  and  fewer  still  enjoy  them  as  they  might.  They  come 
whirring  through  here  in  touring  cars  frightening  the  birds  and 
squirrels  and  deer,  perhaps  camp  a  day  or  night  and  think  they 
have  seen  the  mountains.  Little  they  know  of  mystery  and 
color  and  wild  life.  As  for  the  rest  of  himianity  in  the  lowlands 
they  stay  cooped  up  in  their  stuffy  houses  and  die  there  without 
knowing  what  clean  air  and  clear  water  taste  like.  I'll  get  me 
a  drink  of  that  spring  water  right  now.  (he  goes  to  the  spring 
and  drinks  and  then  reclines  restfully  on  the  grass.) 

I  alone  here  to  enjoy  all  this  beauty.  I  alone  the  prospector 
of  this  beauty  and  this  wealth — worth  millions  just  for  lumber — 
and  millions  more  for  health  and  recreation — I  alone  the  guar- 
dian of  it  for  generations  to  come,  (he  is  silent  for  a  few  mornents. 
Then  the  warm  sun  and  weariness  from  labor  make  him  drowse — 
and    dream.)     This    is    what    he    dreams: 

(enter  a  wood-fairy,  Chipmunk.  He  tip-toes  up  to  the  sleeping 
forester  and  peeps  under  his  hat.  Then  he  beckons  to  his  five 
companions,  Nuthatch,  Himimer,  Vireo,  Bush-tit  and  Lizard, 
who  come  in  silently  and  roguishly  and  trip  about  the  Forester 
on  the  grass.) 

CHIPMUNK 
Say  fellows,  let's  do  the  sleep  magic  over  the  Forester.     We 
haven't  played  a  joke  on  him  for  many  moons. 

VIREO 
I  say  jolly.     It  is  time  we  had  some  fun.     Hallowe'en  is  too 
long  to  wait. 

BUSH-TIT  (in  a  fearful,  whining  voice.) 
But  suppose  some  harm  comes  to  the  forest  while  the  Forester 
is  under  the  spell.     The  Guardian  Spirit  of  the  Woods  would 
be  very  angry  with  us. 

CHIPMUNK 
Oh  Bush-tit,  you  are  always  afraid  (he  dances  about  and  says 
half  singing.) 

A    frolic    today    does    Chipmunk    say 

While  the  breezes  play  and   the   tall  trees  sway. 

Come  let  us  be  gay,  there's  none  to  speak  nay. 


SCOTT  THE  FORESTER  337 

(all  jump  about  noiselessly,  clap  their  hands  softly  and  swing 
their  arms  signifying  their  willingness,  save  Bush-tit  who  looks 
solemn  and  shakes  his  head.) 

CHIPMINK  (continued) 
Well,  let's  get  busy — ^he  might  wake  up.  Nuthatch,  you 
bring  the  milkweed  tassels.  Vireo,  you  gather  a  sheaf  of  spider- 
webs  of  the  Black  Widow  and  bind  up  his  legs  and  arms.  Lizard, 
find  some  poppy  petals  with  the  dew  still  on  them.  I  will  make 
the  magic  sleep  potion  out  of  the  purple  juice  of  this  nightshade 
and  some  blue  elderberry  wine  (he  gathers  these  berries  as  he 
speaks  slowly)  mixed  with  the  sap  of  the  yerba  manza.  Hummer, 
get  me  some  yerba  manza  by  the  spring  and  a  bit  of  resin  from 
the  sugar  pine. 

(while  Hummer  brings  some  yerba  manza  and  a  bit  of  resin. 
Chipmunk  is  mixing  the  potion  in  an  acorn  cup  of  the  Maul 
oak.  Bush-tit  takes  no  part  in  the  proceedings.  Vireo  comes 
in  with  the  spiderwebs  and  begins  to  bind  up  the  Forester's  limbs) 
Nuthatch  arrives  with  the  milkweed  seeds  and  toys  with  them, 
blowing  them  away  singing: 

Oh    who    will    sail    with    me 
Upon   a  golden  sea, 
A    sailor    brown    as    a    pine-seed's    wing 
And    every   whit   as   free. 

Then    brother    let   us    go 
While  winds   of   summer  blow 
For   soon  will   come  the   cruel  Frost   King 
To   lay   our   shelter  low. 

And    what    shall    be    our    stars 
To  guide  our  silver  spars? 
Oh  we  will  sail  till  we  meet  the  Spring 
We  roving  milkweed  tars! 

CHIPMUNK 
I  wonder  why  Lizard  is  so  long— Oh  here  he  is !     (Lizard  comes 
in    breathlessly   with    the   dewed   petals.) 

LIZARD 
I  had  a  hard  time— finding— the  dewed  petals— and  I'm  afraid— 
the  Guardian  Spirit — spied  me. 


338  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

CHIPMUNK 
Well,  then,  we'd  better  hurry.     Come  Nuthatch.     (Nuthatch 
floats  the  seeds  over  the   Forester's  head,   saying:) 
As  the  milkweed  tassels  blow 
O'er    you    as    you    lie    asleep, 
Thus    may    cares    and    worries    go 
Leaving  you  in  slumber  deep. 
One    for    noon,     for    morning    one, 
Wake    not    till   the    set    of   sun. 

CHIPMUNK 
Now  I'll  smear  the  potion  on  the  poppy  petals  and  paste  them 
on  his  eyelids.  (Chipmunk  pastes  the  petals  on  the  Forester's 
eyelids.  Then  all  the  brownies,  Bushtit  reluctantly,  make  a 
circle  with  hands  arid  walk  thrice  round  the  Forester,  once  in  one 
direction,  twice  in  the  other.  Then  they  sing  the  following 
song    to    the    accompaniment    of    pantomime) 

Bind    up    his    limbs   with    cobweb    twine 

Gathered   by    elves   of   the    Magic   Sign; 

With    poppy    petals    fresh    with    dew 

Seal    up    his    eyes    with    elfland    brew. 

Let    all    his    cares    and    worries    sail 

Off    on    the    milkweed    tassels    frail; 

Sweet    be    his    dreams   without    a    frown 

He  will  not  wake  till  the  sun  goes  down, 
(the  brownies  begin  to  dance  joyfully  round  the  Forester  in  cele- 
bration of  their  sport  when  in  walks  the  Guardian  Spirit  of  the 
Woods.     At  sight  of  him  they  scatter  and  disappear,  save  Chip- 
munk who  lingers  at  the  edge  of  the  forest.) 

GUARDIAN  SPIRIT. 
Mischief-makers,    what    have    you    been    doing? 

CHIPMUNK  (sings  in  glee) 

Sweet    be    his    dreams   without    a    frown 

He  will  not  wake  till  the  sun  goes  down !     (he  disappears) 

GUARDIAN  SPIRIT 

They  have  put  their  sleep  spell  over  somebody  (approaching 

the  Forester)  Why — it  is — the  Forester !     Oh  those  mischievous 

elves.     I  ought  to  have  followed  Lizard  faster.     This  is  no  time 

for  the  Forester  to  be  asleep — ^warm  weather,  a  dry  east  wind, 


SCOTT  THE  FORESTER  339 

campers  in  the  forest.  But  only  one  thing  can  break  the  spell 
before  sunset.  The  Forester's  favorite  tree  must  wave  a  spray 
three  times  above  his  head  and  say  the  right  words.  Would 
that  I  knew  his  favorite  tree!  I  must  stmmion  them  all.  (he 
steps   to   the   edge   of   the   forest   and   calls.) 

Trees    of    the    woodland    all    come    here, 

Danger    perchance    to    us    is    near; 

Come,    wake   the   sleeping   Forester; 

Come,    Pine    and    Redwood,    Oak    and    Fir, 

Cedar  and  Maple,   Sycamore, 

Willow    and    Elm    I    do    emplore; 

Come    speak    until    his    favorite    tree 

Shall  break  the   spell  and   set  him  free, 
(enter  the  trees,  each  with  a  branch.     They  follow  one  another 
each  speaking  their  words  slowly  and  waving  their  spray  three 
times  over  the  Forester's  head  and  passing  on.     Guardian  Spirit 
stands  to  one  side  intensely  watching  silently  during  the  pageant) 

THE  PINE 

You    meet    my    shaft    on    every    height 
Where    any    tree    for    life    may    fight; 
And    in    the    cities    on    the    plain 
For   men    I    brave    the    storms    again. 

THE  REDWOOD. 

Wealth    of   the   centuries   stored   in   me. 
Giant    of   plants — the   redwood   tree. 

THE  OAK 

I    give    you    shade    for    summer    days 
And    make    your    winter    hearth-fire    blaze. 

THE  FIR 

Grand    mountain    vistas    for    your    eye 
The   while    I    live,    and   when    I   die 
Lumber    for    vShips    and    houses    high. 

THE  MAPLE. 

Fires    on    autumn    hills    I    bring, 

Sweets    for   winter,    green    leaves    for    Spring. 

THE  WILLOW 

I    fringe    the    streams    with    waving    green 
And    breezes    flash    my    silver    sheen, 
While    at    my    feet    the    rushes    lean. 


340  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

THE  ELM. 

Perhaps    on    some    far    distant    shore 
I    grew    beside    your    childhood    door. 

THE  SYCAMORE. 

Of    valued    wood    I    cannot    boast 
But   there   are   some   who   love   me   most; 
My    gold-green    branches    in    their    pride 
So    many    happy     bird     homes    hide, 
(when  Sycamore  finishes  speaking  the  Forester  begins  to  move.) 

GUARDIAN  SPIRIT. 
The    spell    is    broken!    The    Forester    awakes! 
(Guardian  Spirit,   all  the  trees  including  Eucalyptus,   Walnut 
and  Cedar  who  are  following  Sycamore  disappear  quietly  and 
rapidly   as   if  fading   away.) 

FORESTER, 
(suddenly  rising  as  if  with  effort  breaking  bonds  and  lifting 
a  weight)  Why,  I've  been  asleep!  What  a  remarkable  dream! 
I  thought  I  was  tied  down  and  being  covered  up  with  branches, 
(he  smells  the  air)  Good  Heavens!  I  believe  I  smell  smoke — 
I  ought  to  be  in  my  watch-tower,     (he  hurries  out.) 

(Curtain) 

ACT    III.  THE    FOREST    FIRE. 

Scene,  a  rocky  point  of  the  mountain  on  which  the  Forester  has 
his  lookout  platform.  The  Forester  is  just  ascending  this  tower. 
A  Ranger  comes  up  excitedly.  The  telephone  station  is  slightly 
distant  from  the  tower. 

RANGER. 

I  couldn't  get  you  over  the  phone — it  must  not  be  working 
so  I  came  to  find  you.     There's  a  big  smoke  down  on  Bear  Creek. 

FORESTER. 
Which  side? 

RANGER. 

South  side,  near  Great  Forks.  Jim  says  there  was  a  party' 
of  campers  in  there  this  morning. 

FORESTER. 
When  did  you  sight  it? 


SCOTT  THE  FORESTER  341 

RANGER. 

About  noon — its  got   an  hour's   start  on  us. 
FORESTER  (after  a  moment's  reflection.) 

Take  ten  men,  Frank,  and  make  a  stand  on  the  Crest  Trail — 
back  fire  carefully.  Better  take  a  couple  of  pack  horses  and  pro- 
visions for  twenty-four  hours. 

RANGER. 
Can   I   take  Jim   Cramer? 

FORESTER. 
No,  leave  him  for  emergencies.     Work  quickly  Frank.     You've 
got  an  awful  wind  against  you — thirty  miles  here — good  luck 
to  you.     Say  Frank,  tell  my  wife  to  come  up  and  answer  telephone. 
RANGER 
All  right, 
(the  Ranger  goes  out  and  the  Forester  climbs  his  watch-tower 
with  field  glasses  in  hand  and  looks  out  over  the  mountain  land- 
scape.    He    talks    to    himself.) 

FORESTER 
Pretty  bad  blaze  already — lucky  I  didn't  sleep  any  later.     All 
this  loss  and  trouble  and  danger  due  to  some  one's  carelessness. 
(his  wife  comes  up.)     Why,  Grace,  how  did  you  get  here  so  soon? 

GRACE 

I  was  on  my  way  when  I  met  Frank — thought  you  would  need 
me.  The  wind  is  furious — nearly  blew  me  off  the  trail,  (the 
phone  rings.) 

FORESTER 
Just  answer  the  phone  for  me,  Grace — I've  got  to  watch  the  fire. 

GRACE  (at  the  phone) 
Hello— yes— all  right— (calling   to   the   Forester)  Wilbur,   Jim 
says  the  Auto  campers  are  surrounded  by  flames — auto  burned — 
the  party  in  peril  of  their  lives — must  be  rescued  immediately. 

FORESTER 
Tell  Jim  to  go  at  once  with  what  help  he  needs. 

GRACE 
Hello — ^Jim— Wilbur  says  to  go  at  once  with  necessary  help- 
do  be  careful  Jim— goodbye— Jim— (hangs  up  phonc)-"hc  was 
too  excited  to  say  goodbye.  (Grace  climbs  to  the  ])latf()rm  and 


342  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW 

watches  with  the  Forester  a  few  moments.    The  phone  rings 
again  and  she  goes  to  answer.) 

Hello — yes — ^isn't  it  too  bad — poor  old  man.  Brother  Jim 
has  gone  to  rescue  the  auto  party — goodbye,  (calling  to  Forester) 
Frank  says  all  the  south  side  of  Big  Horn  Mountain  is  burned 
over  and  the  flames  are  nearing  the  top.  They  are  back-firing 
on  the  Crest  Trail.  Mr.  Thompson's  big  dairy  bams  are  gone 
and  old  Mr.  Shepherd  has  lost  ever3^hing — ^house,  bam  and  three 
hundred  stands  of  bees — ^all  he  had  in  the  world,  (she  goes  up 
and  gazes  at  the  fire  with  the  Forester.) 

FORESTER  (no  longer  able  to  suppress  his  angry  and  excited  emotions) 
Oh  this  awful  waste  of  natural  wealth  year  after  year !  Forests 
going  up  in  sm,oke,  rich  soil  washed  into  the  ocean  by  floods, 
animals  exterminated  that  man  can  never  .replace.  It's  like 
war — ^blind,  senseless  destmction.  Thompson  has  lost  his  pasture. 
Old  man  Shepherd  has  lost  his  bees.  In  one  year  the  grass  returns, 
but  it  will  take  three  more  to  bring  the  sage  bloom  back,  and 
seventy-five,  a  man's  life-time  to  restore  the  timber,  even  if 
there  are  no  more  fires;  but  the  soil  will  never  come  back,  (the 
phone  rings  again.) 

GRACE  (at  phone.) 
Yes — Grace — ^won't    I    do? — all    right — (calling    to  Forester) 
Wilber,  one  of  the  men  with  Jim  wants  to  speak  with  you.     (clasp- 
ing her  hands.)     Oh  I  hope  nothing  has  happened  to  Jim. 

FORESTER  (at  phone) 
Hello — yes — all  the  party  safe — what — Mollie  Williams  terribly 
burned — (after  a  pause)  Oh  no,  Bert  it  can't  be  true — (after 
another  pause)  I'll  be  down  as  soon  as  possible,  (he  hangs 
up^the  receiver  in  a  dazed  manner  and  puts  his  hands  over  his 
eyes.) 

GRACE 

What  is  it,  Wilbur?  Can't  you  tell  me?  Oh  I  was  afraid 
of  it.  Oh  why  should  it  be  Jim!  (she  buries  her  face  in  her 
hands.  The  forester  has  recovered  his  composure  and  is  standing 
beside  his  wife.  Suddenly  she  rises  and  calls  wildly)  I  don't 
believe  it — he  wouldn't  leave  me  that  way — ^without  sayng 
goodbye — ^he  is  just  overcome  by  the  smoke  and  flames — I  am 
going  to  him — I  must  (she  starts  to  run  and  the  Forester  catches 
hold  of  her  arm.) 


SCOTT  THE  FORESTER 


343 


FORESTER 
Grace,  be  brave —  I  an  here — I  will  go  with  you  presently. 
(Grace  kneels  down  with  her  hands  over  her  eyes.  The  Forester 
climbs  the  tower  for  a  last  look  at  the  fire.  The  phone  rings 
and  the  forester  comes  down  to  answer.)  Hello — Frank — 
thank  Heavens!  (calls  to  Grace)  Grace,  Jim  is  not  lost — ^he 
reached  Frank's  camp  by  another  trail — got  separated  from  his 
party. 

GRACE  (rising) 
Oh,  I  am  so  thankful! 

FORESTER  (still  at  phone) 

Well,  better  stay  over  there  tonight  for  safety.  All  the  men 
safe? — ^that's  good — goodbye,  (addressing  Grace)  I  think  we 
can  go  now,  Grace,  Frank  says  the  wind  is  changing  and  the  fire 
is  checked  on  the  Crest  Trail.  Jim's  hands  are  just  badly  burned, 
but  he  needs  you.  You  can't  lose  Jim  in  the  woods — ^he  knows 
the  trails  like  a  fox. 

(the  Forester  and  Grace  are  picking  up  their  belongings,  pre- 
paring to  go  when  Williams  appears,  out  of  breath,  hatless,  with 
clothes  torn  and  dishevelled.  The  Forester  looks  at  him  but  does 
not  speak.) 

WILLIAMS 
Mr.    Graham — I    came  up — to    surrender   myself.     I   was   to 
blame  for  this  fire — and  all  the  suffering  it  has  brought.     God 
knows — I  have  suffered  too — ^my  only  daughter  is  disfigured  for 
life,     (he  cannot  speak  for  a  few  seconds.) 

FORESTER 
I  am  very  sorry  for  your  daughter,   Mr.   Williams. 

WILLIAMS 
I  can  never  repay  you  for  our  rescue.     This  is  one  of  those 
tragic  days  that  changes  a  man's  life.     I  see  things — differently — 
now. 

FORESTER,  (deliberately,  his  eyes  on  the  far-off  mountains.) 
No  truth  is  ever  won  without  sacrifice.  I  think  you  have  learned 
the  lesson  of  the  national  forest — the  wealth  of  the  land  is  for  the 
benefit  of  all  the  people.  If  you  will  spread  that  truth  the  trials 
of  this  day  will  not  have  been  in  vain.  Let  us  go  down  tlic  moun- 
tain. (Curtain.     End.^ 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

DEVOTED  PRIMARILY  TO  ALL  SCIENTIFIC  STUDIES  OF  NATURE  IN 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

Published  monthly  except  June,  July  and  August.  Subscription  price,  including  mem- 
bership in  the  American  Nature  Study  Society  $1.50  per  year  (nine  issues).  Canadian  post 
age  10  cents  extra,  foreign  postage,  20  cents  extra. 


Editorial 

The  Dunes 

To  one  who  lives  in  a  locality  where  vegetation  runs  riot, 
where  the  hills  are  patched  with  forests  and  the  valleys  green 
with  the  meadow  lands,  and  the  untilled  fields  are  exuberant 
with  many  colored  weed  blossoms,  the  dune  lands  look  dreary 
and  hopeless,  even  though  one  can  see  the  purple  in  the  shadows 
that  allure  the  painter  and  the  artist. 

How  different  seem  the  shifting  sands  to  those  who  love  and 
understand  Nature's  ways.  To  such  they  are  teeming  with  life 
and  there  are  evinced  the  many  intricate  ways  of  outreaching 
vegetation  to  bind  the  sands  and  reclaim  the  region  for  plant 
and  animal  life.  Never  was  there  a  better  example  of  the  glamour 
which  enthralls  the  naturalist  than  is  shown  by  the  members  of 
the  Chicago  Nature  Study  Club  in  their  love  for  and  study  of 
the  dunes  of  Lake  Michigan,  where  they  watch  the  struggle  be- 
tween the  sand  and  the  wind  on  one  side  and  organic  life  on  the 
other.  It  is  a  region  where  Nature  is  ever  house-hunting  and 
masterfully  pitches  her  tents  where  she  may  not  build  of  sterner 
materials.  These  dime  lands  offer  many  problems  of  surprising 
interest  that  will  for  years  engage  the  energies  of  the  very  energetic 
and  enterprising  members  of  this  Nature  Study  Club. 


344 


EDITORIAL  345 

A  Disarmament  of  Nature 

The  relation  of  food  supply  to  abundance  of  life  was  never 
better  exemplified  than  by  the  return  of  and  multiplication  of 
beasts  of  prey  on  the  land  reservations  where  animals  are  protected. 
Under  this  protection  the  deer  multiplied  in  nimibers  as  did  many 
of  the  smaller  herbivorous  anim.als  and  wherever  this  occurred 
wolves  again  appeared  in  the  region.  The  timber  wolf  was  ex- 
terminated years  ago  in  the  New  England  and  Middle  States 
but  as  soon  as  the  deer  became  plentiful  in  the  forest  preserves 
they  mysteriously  appeared  again.  In  1907  we  spent  a  simimer 
in  the  high  Sierras  and  our  guide,  a  man  of  experience  and  good 
judgement,  declared  that  if  the  Government  wished  to  protect 
the  deer,  it  would  have  to  send  hunters  to  kill  the  mountain  lions 
which  were  destroying  large  numbers  of  deer  every  year. 

The  Government  has  now  done  this  and  during  the  past  six 
years  nearly  700  mountain  lions  have  been  killed  and  more  than 
3,000  timber  wolves  and  more  than  100,000  coyotes  have  been 
exterminated  by  official  hunters.  However,  the  cunning  of  these 
wary  animals  will  insure  that  enough  elude  the  traps  and  the 
guns  of  the  hunters  to  start  a  new  generation  that  will  multiply 
and  flourish  in  the  region  of  plentiful  food. 

How  like  our  Disarmament  Conference  this  is!  Though  we 
scrap  the  dreadnoughts  and  limit  their  nimiber  there  will  still 
be  enough  left  for  war  if  a  nation  decides  to  undertake  it. 
Meanwhile  the  chemists  are  working  on  deadly  gases  that  the 
aeroplanes  may  distribute  over  wide  areas  and  exterminate  whole 
populations.  Not  until  the  nations  have  learned  loyalty  to  the 
Prince  of  Peace  will  Wars  end. 


NORTH 


SOUTH. 


Explanation  of  Star  Map 

NC.  Northern  Cross 

NS.  North  Star  or  Pole  Star 

O.     Orion 

P.    Pegasus 

Per.  Perseus 

PI.  Pleiades 

Pr.  Procyon 


Little  Dog  Star 
QC.  Queen  Cassiopeia's  Chair 
R.    Rijel  in  Orion 
S.     Sirius.  Great  Dog  Star 
T.    The  Twins 
V.    Vega  in  the  Lyre 
W.  Whale  or  Cetus 


Al.    Aldebaran  in  Hyades 

An.  Andromeda 

Aq.  Aquarius 

B.     Betelgeuse  in  Orion 

BD.  Big  Dipper 

Cap.  Capella  in  Auriga 

Ce.   Cepheus 

D.    Deneb  in  Northern  Cross 

Dr.  Dragon 

F.     Fishes 

Fo.  Fomalhaut 

Hy.  Hyades 

JC.  Job's  Coffin  or  The  Dophin 

LD.  Little  Dipper 

As  November  wanes  and  December  comes,  the  attention  of  the  Star  observers  are  turned  to 
the  East,  where  magnificent  Orion  makes  beautiful  the  Southeastern  heavens.  This  is  the 
most  beautiful  of  all  the  constellations.  It  is  identified  by  the  three  stars  which  make  the 
belt  which  is  just  three  degrees  long.  The  sword  hanging  below  the  belt  is  really  a  curved 
line  of  five  stars  although  the  naked  eye  detects  only  three.  Above  the  belt  glows  the  great 
red  star,  Betelgeuse  which  was  measured  last  year  and  found  to  have  a  diameter  of  260  million 
miles.  Below  the  belt  glitters  white  sparkling  Rijel.  Above  Orion  is  beautiful  Aldebaran, 
in  the  V-shaped  Hyades,  and  still  above  them,  the  misty  Pleiades.  To  the  North  of  Orion 
may  be  seen  the  Twins  and  below  them  Procyon,  the  Little  Dog  Star,  and  his  companion, 
like  a  second  pair  of  twins.  At  nine  o'clock  about  December  1st,  we  may  see  a  wonderful 
white,  glittering  star  rising  in  the  East;  this  is  Sirius,  the  Great  Dog  Star.  If  we  imagine  a 
straight  line  drawn  from  the  Pole  Star  direct  to  Rijel,  a  little  above  its  middle,  it  will  pass 
through  a  brilliant,  yellow  star  which  is  Capella  in  the  constellation  Auriga.  During  De- 
cember in  the  early  evening  Queen  Cassiopeia's  Chair  is  nearly  above  our  heads;  the  three 
stars  that  mark  Perseus  extend  South  below  the  chair  in  a  curve  while  Andromeda  and  Pegasus 
stretch  over  the  Western  skies  and  low  near  the  Western  horizon  may  be  seen  the  Northern 
Cross,  Lyra,  Altair  and  Job's  Coffin. 

Uranus  is  the  only  evening  star  and  is  not  easily  seen.  However,  there  is  a  splendid  group 
of  morning  stars.  Venus  rises  about  an  hour  before  the  sun  and  Mars,  Jupiter  and  Saturn  are 
in  the  constellation  of  the  Virgin  and  light  the  Eastern  skies. 

To  use  the  Star  Map  to  find  the  constellations,  hold  it  above  the  head  with  the  North  at 
the  North  and  the  South  toward  the  South. 


346 


Arithmetic  Essentiats.  Drushel,  Noonan,  Whithers.  Three  vol- 
tunes  illustrated,  published  by  Lyons  and  Camahan,  Chicago 
&  New  York. 

As  one  recalls  the  various  arithmetics  that  have  been  written 
in  the  past  fifty  years,  one  doubts  if  there  could  be  anything 
new  in  a  text  of  this  basic  study.  However,  these  three  volumes 
are  new,  for  on  every  page  they  get  at  the  principles  of  arithme- 
tic from  the  angle  of  arousing  the  interest  of  the  pupil.  Book  I 
is  for  the  little  folks  and  its  aim  is  to  make  the  children  realize 
many  of  the  uses  of  arithmetic.  Games  of  mathematical  sorts 
are  introduced, — dominoes  for  children  to  make  them  count, 
playhouses,  marbles,  the  buying  of  play  things,  postage  stamps, 
tickets  for  the  movies,  fruit,  candy,  pie,  chocolate,  nine-pins, 
furniture,  clocks,  baseball,  all  used  to  interest  the  children  in 
numbers.  Book  II  deals  with  the  interests  of  grown-ups  that 
may  also  interest  children  of  the  intermediate  grades,  using  as  a 
means  the  problems  of  the  thrift  garden,  of  elementary  business, 
drawing  to  a  scale,  making  maps,  etc.  Book  III  is  for  the  seventh 
and  eighth  grades  and  teaches  the  use  of  graphs,  tables,  and 
equations  in  problem  solving.  Business  forms  and  practices, 
construction  and  the  measurement  of  surfaces,  time  reckoning 
and  travel,  taxation  and  interest,  and  thrift  saving  accounts  and 
many  other  interesting  means  are  used  to  train  the  pupils  in  the 
principles  and  practices  of  arithmetic. 

This  series  is  as  interesting  as  it  is  practical  and  is  practical 
because  it  is  interesting.  The  authors  are  teachers  of  high 
standing  and  broad  experience.  They  are  J.  Andrew  Drushel, 
A.  B.,  Teacher  of  .the  Pedagogy  of  Arithmetic,  Harris  Teachers 
College;  Margaret  E.  Noonan,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of  Elementary 
Education,  New  York  University;  and  John  W.  Withers, 
Ph.  D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Education,  New  York  University. 

These  arithmetics  are  already  in  use  and  the  following  is  the 
testimony  of  the  Principal  of  one  of  the  most  noted  schools  in  the 

347 


348  NA  TURE  STUD  Y  RE  VIEW 

South:  "Our  experienced  teachers  who  have  long  found  it  an 
almost  impossible  task  to  pilot  the  immature  and  natively  slow 
mind  through  the  mazes  of  arithmetic,  now  feel  with  rejoicing 
and  even  with  enthusiasm  that  their  problem  has  been  solved. 
Of  course  the  looked  for  improvement  will  not  come  in  a  day. 
Only  by  degrees  and  thru  a  series  of  years  will  the  excellent 
result  that  may  fairly  be  counted  on  be  wholly  realized.  But 
already  they  see  that  the  admirable  method  of  presentation  in 
the  Essentials  arouses  the  child's  interest  and  enables  the  mind 
that  has  been  painfully  groping  to  have  a  clear  vision  instead  of 
a  stray  glimpse  thru  a  fog.  I  am  not  going  too  far  in  saying 
that  thru  adopting  the  Essentials  we  have  taken  one  of  the  most 
notable  steps  forward  we  have  made  in  recent  years." 


WHY  IS  THE  NATURE  STUDY  REVIEW  LATE? 

It  is  late  this  month  for  the  same  reason  that  it  was  late 
last  month  and  for  the  same  reason  that  it  will  be  late  next 
month,  -  because  the  presses  of  our  printer  are  overwhelmed 
and  overworked  by  the  great  congestion  of  matter,  text  books 
etc.  held  up  by  the  long  printer's  strike  so  that  we  have  to 
await  our  turn.  The  composition  on  the  December  number 
is  now  going  on  and  we  shall  try  to  catch  up  by  making 
January  and  February  issues  into  a  double  niunber.  We  en- 
treat our  subscribers  to  be  patient,  because  really  there  is 
nothing  else  to  do. 


|1PI5E-5T0DY 

%  Devoted  to  Elementary  Science  in  The 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE 


American  Nature-Study  Soci 


Photo  by  W.  p.  Alexander 

NATURE-STUDY  IN  THE  ROOSEVELT  CAMP 


DECEMBER,  1951 

Vol.  17     Xo  9  Whole   Ko.  149 

20c    a  copy     $1.50  a  year 


How  To  Know  The  Butterflies 

A  Manual  of  the  Butterflies  of  the  Eastern  United  States,  by 
JOHN  HENRY  COMSTOCK 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Entomology,  Cornell  University 

AND 

ANNA  BOTSFORD  COMSTOCK 

Professor  of  Nature-Study,  Cornell  University 

This  work  contains  descriptions  of  152  species  and  varieties 
of  butterflies  This  includes  all  of  the  species  and  their  named 
varieties  found  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  United  States  ex- 
cepting a  few  extremely  rare  forms. 

There  are  45  plates  with  312  figures  showing  the  insects  in 
their  natural  colors  and  49  figures  in  the  text. 

The  work  is  written  in  popular  form  without  being  super- 
ficial, and  will  serve  as  a  Baedeker  among  Butterflies  to  the 
casual  observer  or  the  close  student  of  this  most  picturesque 
phase  of  nature. 

A  new  edition  nov)  ready 


12mo. 
Cloth. 
$3.50  net; 
postage, 
20c.  addi- 
tional. 


THE  COMSTOCK  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

Ithaca,  New  York 


Some  of  Our  Lists 
Agriculture 
An.  Morphology 
Algm  &  Fungi 
Birds  &  Their  Food 
General  Botany 
Entomology 
Evolution 
Native  Ferns 
Nature  Study 
Plant  Ecology 
Plant  Morphology 
Play  Grounds 
Portraits 
Public  Parks 
Trees  &  Forests 
Wild  Flowers 


Lantern  Slides 

-AND- 
PROJECTION    APPARATUS 

30  SETS  ON  30  SUBJECTS 

100.000  OF   OUR   SLIDES    IN   USE 


Educational  Slides    Our  Specialty 


Send  for  decriptive  lists.  If  you  will  send 
your  name  and  official  position,  and  state  the 
subject  in  which  you  are  interested,  we  will 
place  your  name  on  our  mailing  list  and  send 
you  literature  from  time  to  time. 


PROJECTION  FOR  SCIENCE  TEACHERS  AND  LECTURERS 
Is  a  booklet  of  76  pages  containing  descriptive  lists  of  slides  and  appa- 
ratus and  it  will  be  sent  to  teachers  and  lecturers  who  make  the  request, 
giving  name  and  official  position  plainly  written.     Please  refer  to  this  ad. 

Conrad  Slide  and  Projection  Co. 

4028  JACKSON  BOULEVARD,  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


Kindly  mention  The  Nature-Study  Review  when  replying  to  advertisements 


THE 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Vol.  17  December,  1921  No.  9 

A  Nature-Study  Paradise  in  Western  New  York. 

W.  P.  Alexander 
Buffalo  Museum  of  Natural  History 

In  the  fall  of  1920,  the  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences 
to-^ether  with  the  Erie  County  Society  for  the  Protection  of 
Birds,  Fish  and  Game,  started  a  movement  to  have  the  State 
acquire  for  the  people  of  Western  New  York  a  tract  of  wild  moun- 
tainous country  that  would  be  to  the  western  half  of  the  State 
what  the  Palisades  Interstate  Park  is  to  the  east:  a  great  tract 
suitable  for  recreation,  Nature  Study  and  health  building.  Under 
the  masterly  leadership  of  Mr.  C.  J.  Hamlin,  president  of  the 
Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences,  a  committee  composed  of 
prominent  men  from  several  counties  in  this  part  of  New  York 
began  its  work  which  was  consummated  with  the  signing  of  the 
Ames  Park  bill  by  Governor  Miller  on  May  2d  of  this  year. 
The  initial  purchase  of  7000  acres  was  made  directly  after  the 
Park  Commission  was  appointed  by  the  Governor  on  June  6tb , 
and  as  Mr.  C.  J.  Hamlin,  an  energetic  man,  became  one  of  the 
Commissioners  it  was  decided  to  put  the  new  Park  to  immed- 
iate use  by  establishing  a  camp  therein  for  the  benefit  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Roosevelt  Field  Club,  an  active  auxiliary  organization 
of  the  Society  of  Natural  Sciences  devoted  wholly  to  field  Nat- 
ure-Study. 

Where  the  New  Park  is  located.  The  Alleghany  River  flowing 
from  Pennsylvania  enters  our  State,  and  making  a  gigantic 
bow  through  the  mountains  of  Cattaraugus  Co.,  sweeps  back 
into  the  Keystone  State  again  looping  within  its  50  odd  miles  of 
valley  the  wonderfully  picturesque  highlands  that  forms  the 
New  State  Park  domain.  At  least,  when  the  Park  Commission 
has  completed  its  work  of  extending  the  present  nucleus,  the  entire 
65,000  acres  bounded  by  the  Alleghany  river  on  the  east,  north 

349 


350  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

and  west  and  by  the  Pennsylvania  State  line  on  the  south  will 
be  the  playground  of  Western  New  York  and  the  Nature-Study 
Paradise  of  which  this  article  treats.  The  territory  is  wholly 
mountainous  in  character;  the  Alleghany  Valley  being  1390  feet 
above  sea  level  is  not  included,  owing  to  the  fact  that  at  present 
most  of  it  is  comprehended  as  the  Alleghany  Indian  Reservation 
and  consequently  cannot  be  touched,  but  the  Park  area  with  its 
more  elevated  valleys,  and  richly  forest-clad  mountains,  can  well 
do  without  the  valley  of  the  river,  for  within  it  are  scenic  beauties 
comparable  to  much  of  the  Adirondacks  and  the  far  famed  Cat- 
skills  in  the  East.  The  peaks  often  reach  an  elevation  of  2500 
or  2600  feet  and  the  valleys  extending  from  east  to  west  contain 
clear,  stony  mountain  brooks  that  in  the  vernacular  of  the  region 
are  called  runs.  Thus  we  have  Quaker  Run,  Stony  Run,  Coon 
Run  and  m.any  other  fine  trout  streams  that  are  equal  to  any 
that  the  writer  has  seen,  and  these  gurgle  their  musical  way 
through  gorge,  hollow  and  broad  valley  to  empty  their  limpid 
waters   into   the   turbid   and   black   currents   of  the   Alleghany. 

Five  or  six  miles  from  the  broad  black  river  up  the  beautiful 
Quaker  Run  Valley,  the  Roosevelt  Field  Club  Camp  of  the  Buf- 
falo Society  of  Natural  Sciences  was  established.  The  Camp 
site  was  ideal,  being  situated,  as  it  was,  in  a  grove  of  young 
deciduous  trees  on  the  banks  of  Quaker  Run  with  noble  Mount 
Seneca  towering  above  and  protecting  it  to  the  north.  The 
Camp  was  a  model  institution  large  enough  to  accommodate 
100  campers  at  a  period.  It  was  opened  on  Aug.  1st  and  ran 
for  5  weeks  filled  to  capacity  by  young  and  old  Nature  Students 
alike,  to  the  closing  date.  The  writer  was  in  charge  of  the  field 
work  at  the  camp. 

Why  the  New  State  Park  is  a  Nature-Study  Paradise.  In  age, 
the  region  is  mainly  upper  Devonian  although  the  early  Carbanif- 
erous  is  represented  on  some  of  the  loftier  peaks.  Geology, 
then,  played  an  important  role  in  the  field  studies  undertaken 
by  the  visiting  students.  In  some  fine  outcropping  ledges  fossils, 
mainly  Devonian,  were  found  in  abundance.  Brachiapods  and 
Crinoids  created  great  interest  among  the  students,  owing  to 
their  fine  state  of  preservation  and  extraordinary  numbers.  The 
Olsan  Conglomerate,  most  beautiful  of  all  the  conglomerates, 
owing  to  the  abundance  and  beauty  of  the  pebbles  found  in  it. 


ALEXANDER 


NATURE-STUDY  PARADISE 


351 


forms  ledges  on  several  of  the  mountains,  and  on  Mount  Onondaga 
two  small  caves  have  been  located  formed  by  the  splitting  and 
toppling  -of  gigantic  fragments  of  this  rock.  Originally  the 
mountains  of  the  present  Park  domain  were  covered  by  an  ahnost 
pure  stand  of  giant  hemlocks.  Some  30  or  40  years  ago  this 
virgin  forest  was  wholly  destroyed,  the  timber  being  cut  for 
tan  bark  chiefly.  The  mountains  today  are  reclothed  by  second- 
growth  deciduous  trees  of  which  the  hard  woods  are  most  in 
evidence.  Hard  Maple,  Yellow  Birch,  Shagbark  Hickory, 
Pignut,  Chestnut,  Beech  and  Hophombeam  are  the  predominat- 
ing species.  The  Conifers  are  but  sparsely  represented,  White 
Pine  and  Hemlock  being  the  only  kinds  noted  by  the  writer. 
Am.  Yew  is  quite  abundant  in  most  parts  of  the  park  area.  There 
is  a  curious  overlapping  of  the  Canadian  and  Austral  floras  and 

faunas  in  the  Alleghan^^ 
State  Park,  making  the 
area  more  interesting  in 
many  ways. 

Among  the  more  beau- 
tiful trees  that  are  com- 
mon here  but  reach  their 
maximimi  development 
south  of  New  York,  are 
the  Cucimaber  and  TuHp. 
These  are  found  on  all 
the  mountains,  but  the 
oaks  are  few  in  number. 
White,  Red  and  Chest- 
nut being  the  only  kinds 
found.  Sassafras  and 
Sourgum  also  And  a  place 
in  the  park  and  here  and 
there  one  finds  excellent 
specimens  of  the  rather 
unusual  Black  Maple. 
Of  the  shrubs  Mountain 
Laurel,  L  c  a  t h  e  r w o  o d, 
Moosewood  and    Moun- 

,.    .  •  tain    Maple    arc    al)un- 

Mr.    Alexander    with    some   lively    specimens  „   1  1  1     1       1  1 

for  Nature-Study  classes.  dant.      Hobble  bush   and 


352  NA  TURK-STUDY  REVIEW 

the  Alternate-leaf  Dogwood  sparingly  represent  the  Viburnums 
and  Dogwoods  although  the  writer  discovered  a  single  plant  of 
Flowering  Dogwood  and  the  tiny  Cornel  known  as  Bunch-berry 
is  quite  a  typical  plant  of  the  new  Park  flora.  Of  the  plants 
growing  in  the  Alleghany  Park  region  25  species  of  ferns,  5  club 
mosses,  17  true  mosses,  325  flowering  plants  and  187  species  of 
fungi  were  listed.  It  should  be  remembered  that  this  list  in- 
cludes hardly  any  of  the  spring  species  and  when  these  are  added 
the  catalogue  will  be  materially  increased. 

Twenty-one  species  of  fish  occupy  the  waters  of  the  park  streams 
proper;  of  these  three  species  are  trout,  the  Brook,  Rainbow, 
Brown.  The  new  domain  will  prove  a  bird  paradise,  it  is  felt,  for 
102  species  were  listed  during  the  first  brief  season  of  the  new 
playgrotind's  existence.  Two  pairs  of  bald  eagles  were  seen,  and 
it  is  highly  probable  that  this  great  bird  nests  within  the  terri- 
tory of  the  Park.  It  is  also  worthy  of  note  that  the  Hermit 
Thrush  is  the  common  thrush  of  the  region.  Five  species  of  harm- 
less snakes  were  taken,  the  Ringneck,  Red  Belly,  Garter,  Milk 
and  Water  being  rather  common.  Unfortunately  the  Tim- 
ber Rattler  is  also  a  denizen  of  one  Valley  at  least,  a  fine 
four  foot  specimen  having  been  killed  in  Wolf  Run  about  the 
middle  of  August.  The  mammals  of  the  Park,  however,  made 
Nature  Study  a  genuine  pleasure.  Black  bear  abounds.  The 
two  small  caves  already  mentioned  in  this  article  were  discovered 
to  be  regular  winter  dens,  excrement  to  the  depth  of  a  foot  having 
been  found  in  each.  Bear  tracks  were  disclosed  on  every  field 
trip,  often  palpably  fresh  and  these  never  failed  to  awaken  keen 
interest  in  the  nature  students.  Deer  tracks  and  fresh  evidence 
of  browsing  were  also  frequently  seen.  Fox  dens  were  of  frequent 
occurrence  in  all  parts  of  the  Park.  The  most  common  larger 
mammal  that  was  actually  seen  was  the  Porcupine;  it  is  thicker 
than  the  proverbial  Spatterdock  in  the  Alleghany  State  Park, 
and  several  of  these  grotesque  animals  could  be  seen  most  any 
evening  on  an  old  hemlock  bridge  not  far  from  camp,  a  structure 
that  they  were  bent  on  wrecking  with  their  powerful  gnawing 
teeth.  Raccoon,  Woodchuck,  Snowshoe  Rabbit,  Cottontail, 
Skunk,  Redback  and  Deer  Mice,  Red  Squirrel  and  Chipmunk 
as  well  as  Little  Brown  and  Red  Bats  were  regular  denizens  of  the 
Park  and  numerous.     Weasel  and  Mink  were  also  reported  but 


ALEXANDER 


NATURE-STUDY  PARADISE 


353 


the  Gray  Squirrel  was  conspicuous  by  its  absence.  Chipmunks 
and  Deer  Mice  swarmed  i^i  the  camp  and  of  the  latter  several 
litters  were  bom  in  the  tents  of  the  campers  during  the  camping 
season.  All  of  this  afforded  great  opportunity  for  intensive 
Nature  Study  and  such  occasions  were  made  the  best  of  by  all 
concerned. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  next  season  that  many  more  nature  lovers 
will  avail  themselves  of  this  splendid  New  Park  and  enjoy  the 
experience  that  so  many  had  this  past  season,  that  of  being 
thrilM  by  finding  here  in  Southwestern  New  York  a  mountain- 
ous region  comparable  to  the  much  vaunted  Adirondacks.  It  is 
wholly  accessible  by  railroad  or  by  automobile;  one  has  but  to 
travel  to  Salamanca  and  from  that  point  either  by  train  or  auto, 
a  ride  of  a  dozen  miles  through  the  picturesque  Reservation  of 
the  Seneca  Indians  will  take  the  visitor  to  Quaker  Bridge  on  the 
Alleghany  River  which  is  the  gateway  to  the  new  State  Park. 

The  visitor  wishing  to  camp  in  the  Park  will  find  August  an 
ideal  month  in  which  to  enjoy  the  open  life  of  the  forest.  The 
days  are  pleasantly  warm,  never  oppressive,  however,  and  the 
nights  are  cool  and  refreshing;  in  fact  the  entire  region  is  aston- 
ishingly salubrious  and  invigorating.  There  are  no  m.osquitoes 
or  biting  fiies  to  fight,  there  being  few  places  in  which  these  pests 
can  breed  in  the  entire  region.     Campers  will  appreciate  the  lack 


-r  :■   '■  ■    ■    ,,^ 

■■ "■■-inMiiinifT - 

«^«;l;  ,.*' 

WB^kMT:m^t^m 

,  .,  Jfe 

fe^MliK^^.  ......  , 

^i^ifh^l^    ,-• 

jSM^MBB|^^^y  ^Zf^B^^HK 

HPPPIHH^  m-    ' 

Wll^gmLfJ^' ^' '^     '■- 

^ML^lM^I^E^Sii^M^  <  Z^^^IBIn 

^^H 

a-'-^sc:: 

im.  . 

^^KS^'  .  {^^  C-   •: 

-jT.^ 

:^i 

mg/K^m^ 

*.*:;^ 

WM^i"^ 

^^--   '■■ 

Pholo  by  \V.  P.  Alexander 
Studying  the  denizens  of  the  stream. 


354  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

of  insect  attention  that  is  conspicuous  during  the  season  in  which 
the  Park  is  open,  at  any  rate,  and  this  is  but  one  feature  that 
goes  to  make  the  place  a  paradise  for  nature  lovers.  Those 
wishing  further  information  on  the  subject  should  write  the 
Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences,  Public  Library  Building. 
Buffalo.  New  York. 


Prairie  Dogs 

Alice  M.  Phipps, 
Buffalo,  N.Y. 

The  Cynomys  were  first  called  Prairie  Dogs  by  the  early  French 
explorers  and  trappers  in  the  West  although  they  are  not  dogs 
but  rather  typical  rodents.  The  name  was  doubtless  given  them 
because  of  their  cheerful,  puppy-like  actions.  While  their  cry 
could  hardly  be  called  barking,  it  is  more  like  the  short,  quick, 
yet  weak-toned  barking  or  yelping  of  very  young  puppies.  They 
are  quick,  and  somewhat  petulant,  and  seem  full  of  sport,  business 
and  public  affairs.  The  prairie  dog  is  bright  and  vivacious, 
showing  a  hearty  enjoyment  of  life,  and  is  probably  the  most 
cheerful  object  of  the  western  plains.  Washington  Irving  says, 
however,  that  when  hard  pressed  they  assume  a  look  of  impotent 
wrath  and  defiance.  They  were  also  called  "Barking  Squirrel" 
by  Lewis  and  Clark,  who  were  the  first  to  give  a  detailed  descrip- 
tion of  the  little  animals. 

They  are  from  fourteen  to  seventeen  inches  in  length  and 
weigh  from  one  and  a  half  to  over  three  pounds.  They  are  brown 
in  color  and  have  a  very  short,  flat  tail  about  two  inches  long. 
They  are  robust  little  creatures  with  very  strong  limbs  and  claws. 
Homaday  says  of  one,  "His  legs  are  so  short  that  when  he  is 
running  along  he  looks  as  though  he  were  on  casters,  and  his 
short,  black  bordered  tail  seems  at  first  to  be  a  mere  after- 
thought." 

Although  there  are  five  species  they  are  divided  into  two  groups. 
The  most  widely  distributed  and  best  known  group  has  its  tail 
tipped  with  black,  while  the  tails  of  the  other  group  are  tipped 
with  white.  They  can  be  distinguished  from  the  ground  squirrels 
by  their  larger  size,  and  shorter  tail  and  from  the  gray  gophers 
of  the  Canadian  plains  by  their  slightly  larger  size,  distinctly 
brownish  color  and  very  short  black-tipped  tail. 


356  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Prairie  dogs  are  found  exclusively  in  the  interior  of  North 
America,  not  only  on  the  treeless  western  plains  and  valleys  from 
North  Dakota  and  Montana  to  Texas  but  also  extending  west 
across  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  Utah  and  Arizona  and  southward 
into  Mexico.  Their  vertical  range  is  from  2000  feet  on  the  plains 
to  above  10,000  feet  in  the  mountainous  parts  of  Colorado  and 
Arizona. 

Their  gregarious  instinct  is  very  strong  and  their  "towns" 
may  be  found  scattered  all  over  the  districts  named.  These 
"towns"  are  of  every  size,  containing  from  a  few  individuals  to 
millions  in  one  "town"  or  colony,  which  ntimber  into  the  htmdreds 
of  millions.  Towns  twenty  to  thirty  miles  long  are  not  rare. 
Probably  the  largest  colony  of  all  is  in  Texas  and  covers  2500 
square  miles. 

These  little  animals  are  early  risers,  and  the  well-beaten  tracks 
like  lanes  and  streets  thru  the  towns,  are  frequently  used  in 
making  early  morning  calls  on  their  neighbors.  There  is  little 
grass  or  vegetation  in  the  "towns."  This  is  probably  for  pro- 
tection but  is  exceedingly  injurious  to  cattle  ranges.  When 
the  town  becomes  over-crowded  the  citizens  wander  many  miles 
away  to  start  a  new  colony. 

They  are  very  easy  to  introduce  but  hard  to  exterminate.  The 
only  way  to  keep  them  within  bounds  in  zoological  parks  is  to 
build  walls  of  solid  masonry  down  to  bed  rock. 

Their  burrows  are  from  four  to  five  inches  in  diameter  and  are 
located  on  fiat  or  gently  sloping  ground.  They  descend  abruptly 
from  eight  to  sixteen  feet  and  then  turn  at  a  sharp  angle  and 
extend  horizontally  from  ten  to  twenty-five  feet.  There  are 
several  branches  from  the  main  channel  which  usually  end  in 
rounded  nests,  family  rooms,  or  storage  chambers  for  fodder 
or  refuse,  altho  they  sometimes  return  to  the  main  passageway 
or  form  a  second  entrance  at  some  distance  from  the  first.  A 
little  niche  about  five  feet  below  the  surface  and  at  one  side 
of  the  entrance  tube  provides  a  convenient  resting  place  when 
they  are  forced  to  flee  from  danger.  Here  they  stop  and  bark 
until  notified  that  the  danger  is  past  or  are  warned  to  retreat 
further  in  to  their  burrows. 

The  black  tailed  prairie  dogs,  which  are  more  numerous  on 
the  plains,  pack  the  soil  which  they  have  dug  from  their  burrows 


358  NA TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

around  the  mouth  of  the  opening  in  a  crater  shaped  pyramid, 
which  is  made  finn  by  a  great  amount  of  tramping  and  pressing 
with  their  noses.  It  is  often  from  one  to  two  feet  high  and  three 
or  four  feet  in  diameter,  and  serves  not  only  as  a  dyke  to  keep 
out  the  water  but  also  as  an  observation  tower  where  the  owner 
can  sit  and  watch  for  the  enemy  or  sprawl  out  and  bask  in  the 
sunlight.  The  white  tailed  prairie  dogs  pile  the  dirt  in  a  great 
mound  on  one  side  of  the  entrance. 

Only  one  family  of  from  four  to  six  young  are  raised  during 
a  season  and  when  about  half  grown  they  scatter  and  prepare 
burrows  of  their  own.  In  fact,  in  spite  of  the  gregarious  habits 
of  the  prairie  dog,  it  is  seldom  that  there  is  more  than  one  occupant 
to  a  burrow. 

They  hibernate  during  the  most  severe  weather.  In  the  south 
the  hibernation  is  irregular  and  may  last  for  only  a  few  days, 
while  in  cold  climates  they  sleep  five  or  six  months. 

Burrowing  owls  often  live  and  breed  in  deserted  dog  holes  but 
never  when  the  dogs  are  present  as  many  people  believe. 

The  prairie  dog's  food  is  mostly  grass  and  herbage,  including 
clover,  lettuce,  celery  tops,  carrots,  potatoes,  apples  and  the 
stems  and  roots  of  gramagrass  as  well  as  any  native  fruits. 
It  also  eats  grasshoppers,  but  is  very  destructive  to  grain, 
alfalfa,  and  other  cultivated  crops,  as  well  as  converting  fertile 
grass  covered  cattle  ranges  into  dreary  wastes  by  cutting  irrigation 
canals  across  them,  with  great  loss  to  the  cattle  owners.  It  is 
said  that  2500  prairie  dogs  eat  as  much  as  a  cow,  and  the  pasture 
consumed  by  the  large  colony  in  Texas  would  support  over  1,500,- 
000  cattle. 

There  is  a  common  belief  that  their  burrows  go  down  to  water 
but,  as  water  is  practically  inaccessible  in  many  of  the  regions 
which  they  inhabit,  this  cannot  be  true.  Like  many  rodents, 
however,  they  have  the  ability  by  chemical  action  in  the  stomach 
to  transform  starchy  food  in  the  stomach  into  water.  They  do 
not,  therefore,  require  water. 

They  have  many  enemies  in  the  fox,  coyote,  wild  cat,  eagle, 
hawk  and  especially  the  rattle-snake  and  other  serpents.  It  is 
claimed  that  when  a  snake  glides  into  a  burrow  the  owner  gives 
a  special  kind  of  bark  and  immediately  all  his  neighbors  come 
and  fill  up  the  hole  with  dirt,  packing  it  hard  and  burying  the 


PHipps  PRAIRIE  DOGS  359 

snake  alive.  Badgers  and  blackfooted  ferrets,  however,  are 
their  worst  enemies  as  they  can  easily  dig  up  a  burrow  and  capture 
the  occupants.  It  is  even  said  that  the  Navajo  and  Pueblo 
Indians  are  extremely  fond  of  them  and  in  times  of  heavy  rains 
capture  them  by  directing  the  rush  of  water  into  their   holes. 

Since  their  plump  little  bodies  make  such  good  food  for  their 
enemies,  it  is  necessary  for  them  to  keep  continually  on  the  look- 
out for  their  foes.  This  is  done  by  sentinels  sitting  at  full  height 
on  the  watch  tower.  At  the  slightest  sign  of  danger  he  begins 
a  sharp  bark  which  seems  to  say  "Skip!  Skip!  Skip',"  at 
which  signal  all  the  other  prairie  dogs  rush  for  their  homes, 
barking,  and  vibrating  their  tails,  ready  to  disappear  in  their 
wholes  if  necessary  but,  as  they  are  very  inquisitive,  usually  waiting 
for  a  second  alarm  signal,  or,  if  they  have  disappeared,  returning 
in  a  short  time  for  another  look. 

Owing  to  the  practical  extermination  of  many  of  his  natural 
enemies  and  the  increase  in  his  food  supply  due  to  the  cultivation 
of  large  tracts  of  land,  civilization  has  been  of  great  help  to 
this  little  rodent  and  he  is  fast  becoming  a  national  pest.  Both 
the  Federal  government  and  the  local  authorities  are  trying 
various  methods  of  relief  but  are  almost  helpless.  One  of  the 
most  successful  methods  is  the  placing  of  a  spoonfull  of  poisoned 
wheat  in  the  mouth  of  each  burrow.  However,  the  campaign 
of  extermination  is  on  and  they  will  doubtless  soon  disappear 
from  much  of  their  present  range. 


YARROW 

Robert  Sparks  Walker 

Dear  Friends  :- 

To  me  it  seems  an  awful  shame,  My  many  grayish,  white,  small  flow  rs, 

That  I'm  called  a  weed  by  name;  In  flat- top  clusters  catch  the  show'rs; 

Now  as  I  scatter  my  ripe  seeds,  My  rays  of  white  or  crimson  pink, 

I  join  the  ranks  of  other  weeds.  Are  rich  enough  to  make  you  think, 

My  feath'ry  leaves  are  much  ad-       To  call  me  e'er  a  flower  dear, 

mired,  And  when  you  see  my  blooms  appear, 

Their  perfume  sweet  is  oft  desired;  And  say  "a  weed"  I'll  think  you  narrow. 
My  stem  from  one  to  two  feet  high,    I  am 
Is  covered  with  soft  hairs  awry.  Your  floral  friend, 

A.  Yarrow. 


36o  NA  TU RE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Australia's  Remarkable  Lizard 

Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt 
Washington,  D.  C. 

There  are  a  great  many  extraordinary  lizards  in  the  world's 
fauna,  and  nearly  every  country  is  inhabited  by  one  or  two  of 
them.  We  here  in  the  United  States — at  least  those  who  have 
any  knowledge  of  the  species — are  of  the  opinion  that  few  forms 
in  this  group  can  vie  with  our  own  Heloderma,  or  with  the  Homed 
Lizards,  erroneously  designated  by  many  as  "Homed  Toads." 
Should  we  journey  to  Australia,  however,  we  would  come  across 
lizards  there  that  easily  take  the  palm  as  being  among  the  most 
curio\is  of  any  lacertilians  known  to  naturalists.  Without  attempt- 
ing to  enumerate  the  various  species  of  these — there  are  altogether 
too  many  for  that — attention  is  here  invited  to  the  far-famed 
Moloch  lizard  of  the  family  Molochwoe. 

A  few  months  ago,  Mr.  Dudley  Le  Souef,  Director  of  the  Zoo- 
logical Gardens  of  Melbourne,  Australia,  sent  me  an  unusually 
fine  specimen  of  one  of  these  curious  animals,  which  are  very 
rarely  seen  in  this  country.  Shortly  after  receiving  this  accept- 
able gift,  I  made  a  life-size  photograph  of  it,  a  reproduction  of 
which  illustrates  the  present  account. 

In  Australia  this  lizard  is  called  the  York  or  Mountain  Devil, 
while  science  long  ago  placed  it  in  the  Agama  family  as  Moloch 
horrtdus,  the  specific  name  having  been  bestowed  upon  it  on 
account  of  its  "repulsive"  appearance.  The  animal  is,  however, 
entirely  harmless  and  inofiensive.  These  Molochs  belong  in 
the  fauna  of  Central  and  Western  Australia;  they  rarely  exceed 
seven  inches  in  length,  the  one  at  hand  measuring  a  trifle  over 
six  inches.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  Moloch  has  a  very  small 
head,  with  minute  eyes  and  miouth.  The  bcdy  is  of  a  rich  tan 
color  or  even  darker,  with  certain  symmetrical  dark  brown  areas, 
em.arginated  with  white,  on  the  bcdy  and  limbs.  These  characters 
sink  into  insignificance,  however,  when  we  come  to  note  the 
remarkable  array  of  spines  of  various  sizes  that  cover  all  parts 
of  its  bcdy—  head,  limbs,  and  tail.  These  spines  resemble  the 
largest  thorns  of  a  rose-bush,  only  they  are  not  curved.  Re- 
gardless of  locality,  they  vary  in  size,  and  they  are  as  sharply 
pointed  as  the  sharpest  of  needles.     There  is  a  curved  one  over 


The  Moloch 


either  eye  on  the  fore-part  of  the  forehead,  and  one  on  either 
side  of  a  curious  median  tumor  on  the  back  of  the  neck.  While 
perfectly  harmless  in  every  respect,  this  lizard  must  be  picked 
up  with  great  care,  or  else  a  number  of  little  wounds,  like  these 
inflicted   by   a   bramble-briar,    will    at   once   be   rcccnved. 


362  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

In  nature  the  Moloch  is  slow  of  movement,  physically  feeble 
and  low  of  stature ;  doubtless  it  would  long  ago  have  been  extermi- 
nated had  it  not  been  for  its  defensive  armor  of  spines  and  prickles. 

Its  upper  teeth  are  directed  in  a  horizontal  plane  inward; 
but  for  what  reason  it  is  difficult  to  conjecture,  as  the  Moloch 
subsists  entirely  upon  ants,  of  which  it  will  eat  from  1000  to  1500 
at  a  single  meal.  Those  who  are  familiar  with  these  proclivities 
often,  where  ants  are  very  troublesome  keep  a  number  of  these 
lizards  about  to  exterminate  them,  or  at  least  to  greatly  reduce 
their  numbers.  The  ant  upon  which  the  Moloch  usually  feeds 
is  the  tiny  black  one  with  the  offensive  odor,  which  is  such  a  pest 
in  the  country  houses  of  the  country  where  it  is  found. 

Australia  also  has  a  most  interesting  Water  Lizard  that  gets 
up  on  its  hind  legs  and  runs  with  marvelous  rapidity.  Another 
of  its  wonders  in  this  line  is  the  Bearded  Lizard,  known  among 
the  colonists  as  the  "Australian  Jew,"  possibly  on  account  of  its 
having  a  beard.  Still  other  extraordinary  representatives  of  this 
group  in  that  most  wonderful  country  are  the  Stump-tailed 
Lizards,  the  Spine-tailed  Lizards,  and  the  great  Cyclodus  or 
Blue-tongued  Lizard,  which  has  a  large,  flat  tongue  of  a  brilliantly 
blue  color. 


NEWS  NOTES 

Professor  and  Mrs.  Liberty  Hyde  Bailey  and  their  daughter,  Miss  Ethel, 
have  again  set  sail  for  Southern  Seas  to  gain  a  closer  acquaintance  with  the 
flora  of  the  West  Indian  Islands.  They  expect  to  explore  The  Barbadoes  and 
hope  to  visit  other  islands  and  perhaps  the  South  American  mainland.  They 
do  not  expect  to  return  before  April  or  May. 


The  Nature  Lore  School  for  Camp  Councilors  is  to  be  held  the  last  week  of 
June  at  Camp  Chequasset  at  Wellfleet  on  Cape  Cod.  Those  wishing  to  at- 
tend should  write  to  Professor  W.  G.  Vinal,  State  College  of  Education, 
Providence,  R.  I. 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  363 

A  Nature-Study  Project  for  the  Grades  and 
High-School 

H.  Clark  Brown 

Charles  City,  Iowa 

No  sane  person  of  to-day  would  claim  that  the  introduction 
of  Nature  Study  into  the  school  curriculum  has  been  a  wrong 
movement.  Yet  it  seems  to  me  that  Nature  Study  as  such  is 
flat.  What  good  does  it  do  a  child  to  know  the  niimber  of  suc- 
cessive moults  of  any  given  species  of  insect  if  the  mathematical 
calculation  is  the  extent  of  his  use  of  that  knowledge?  Nature 
Study  is  following  the  beaten  paths  of  traditional  subjects  and  is 
most  certainly  going  in  the  way  of  its  own  ruin.  A  Nature 
Study  background  is  not  merely  a  good  thing  for  a  child  to  have 
acquired  in  the  schools,  but  it  is  quite  essential,  I  believe,  if  he  is 
to  understand  his  environment,  his  social  obligations,  his  instincts, 
his  emotions,  his  play  and  his  work.  But  as  soon  as  Nature  Study 
does  not  succeed  in  bringing  forth  these  values,  it  fails  in  its 
most  vital  significance.  Literature  has  failed  and  is  failing 
in  retaining  the  children's  interest  m.erely  because  there  is  no 
connection  with  life,  with  necessity,  with  humanity.  It  is  time 
that  we  got  away  from  that  old  standard  of  English  teaching 
and  that  we  adopted  a  more  real,  more  valuable  sort  of  method 
for  teaching  literature.  One  method  whereby  we  can  break 
away  from  the  old  rut  of  conservative  English  teaching,  is  in 
insisting  upon  American  literature  in  our  schools.  A  country 
which  does  not  teach  its  own  literature  is  not  worthy  of  lia\'ing 
a  literature  which  it  might  teach.  We  may  help  increase  interest 
in  our  literature  by  fostering  it  first  and  above  all  others.  Tlie 
child  may  get  the  world  literature,  later.  He  can  understand 
American  literature  because  it  came  from  the  same  conditions 
from  which  he  came.  He  knows  that  literature  because  ]ic  knows 
that  life  which  it  portrays.  There  is  a  certain  deliglitful  i)loasurc 
when  one  happens  upon  something  which  he  already  has  thought 
about  or  seen.  To  have  an  author  exi)ress  your  inexi)rcssed 
motive  gives  one  a  sense  of  familiarity,  wliich  is  ver>-  i)loasing. 
And  the  child  in  his  world  is  much  quicker  to  take  u])  rescmblnnces 
and  ideas  of  this  sort  than  we  are  usually  ready  to  acknowledge. 


364  NA TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

I  would  not  put  any  more  material  into  the  hands  of  the  school. 
We  have  too  much  there  as  it  is.  I  would  not  suggest  the  following 
program  as  an  extra.  It  is  an  attempt  to  coordinate  to  a  certain 
extent  the  work  in  the  departments  of  English,  Art,  and  Music. 
And  all  of  this  is  to  be  woven  into  and  to  be  shown  a  part  of  the 
fabric  which  is  known  as  human  life.  That  is,  Nature  is  studied 
as  the  background,  the  setting  of  the  human  stage.  The  present 
plan  then  is  a  union  of  the  nature  work  with  the  literature.  That 
is,  the  nature  aspect  of  the  American  Literature  has  been  empha- 
sized. 

Of  course  any  such  suggestion  as  this  is  in  need  of  very  great 
and  careful  revision  to  suit  the  needs  of  the  individual  class  and 
time  and  locality.  There  is  no  sense  of  finality  about  the  in- 
clusions in  any  grade,  as  the  outline  is  here  given. 

The  advantages  of  such  a  project  to  the  course  in  literature 
are  that  Nature  is  shown  to  be  a  part  of  life  and  literature.  It  is 
the  background  of  the  literary  stage.  Art  is  taught  to  be  resident 
in  the  least  labelled  thing.  Life  is  a  succession  of  tableaus,  of 
character  sketches,  of  the  man's  soul  expression  in  a  landscape  or 
a  dwelling  place. 

Unless  the  teacher  knows  music,  drama,  sculpture,  painting, 
and  poetry  quite  as  well  as  he  knows  his  prose  biography  and  prose 
tales,  he  is  not  prepared  to  carry  out  such  a  program  as  here 
represented.  In  selecting  art  and  musical  illustrations  I  have 
seldom  chosen  great  masterpieces.  The  masterpieces  of  music 
would  be  beyond  most  of  the  students,  and  the  masterpieces  of 
sculpture  and  painting  seemed  to  me  to  be  too  far  removed  often, 
rom  the  particular  interests  of  the  student.  Therefore,  I  have 
often  taken  little  things  of  minor  worth  which  seemed  to  me  to 
be  more  like  the  poetry  of  James  Whitcomb  Riley,  nearer  to  the 
heart,, than  many  another  more  elaborate,  and  less  loved  thing. 
The  American  product  has  come  first  in  our  selection  of  literature, 
and  always  first  when  possible  in  both  music  and  art.  However, 
more  often  the  exact  illustration  seemed  so  perfect  when  chosen 
from  another  land,  as  in  Millet's,  "Sower,"  etc.,  that  I  could 
not  Americanize  my  subordinate  groups. 

A  word  might  be  said  concerning  the  class  room  which  would  be 
required  for  such  a  project  as  this.  An  ideal  classroom  would  be 
well  lighted,  would  have  one  portion  screened  off  for  an  aviary. 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  365 

fountain,  gold-fish  pond,  and  conservatory.  All  of  this  should 
be  so  that  it  could  be  screened  from  the  pupils  entirely  if  the 
instructor  so  desired.  However,  the  screening  would  defeat 
many  purposes  of  the  course.  Then,  in  one  corner  of  the  room 
would  be  a  piano.  The  walls  of  the  room  would  want  a  ntimber 
of  good  prints  of  pictures  which  were  of  greatest  interest  in  the 
study.  There  should  also  be  much  in  the  way  of  framed  portraits 
of  the  great  dreamers  whom  the  class  studies.  I  think  it  a  good 
plan  to  have  an  easel  in  front  of  the  room  where  a  frame  is  always 
ready  to  retain  a  picture  as  long  as  needed  for  study  by  the  class. 
Authors  may  be  celebrated  on  their  birthdays  by  appearing 
in  this  constantly  changing  easel  frame.  This  celebration  of 
birthdays  will  work  in  especially  well  in  the  Biography  project 
of  the  fifth  grade. 

The  program  suggested  for  the  twelve  school  years  follows: 

Grade  One 

Show  the  child  in  this  grade  the  relation  of  the  out-of-doors  to 
himself.  That  is,  teach  simple  stories  about  the  naming  of  the 
flowers  and  birds.  The  story  of  the  Robin's  red  breast,  the 
old  woman  being  turned  into  a  red-headed  woodpecker,  etc. 
All  of  these  simple  tales  will  fascinate  the  children.  Always 
have  many  pictures  of  birds  and  beasts  which  are  studied,  around 
the  room.  Make  use  of  Mother  Goose  rhymes  of  such  stories 
as  that  one  about  the  old  woman  who  lost  her  sixpence.  Bring 
in  nonsense  jingles  and  lullabies.  Few  writers  will  be  found 
more  valuable  to  the  children  of  this  age  than  Eugene  Field  and 
Robert  Louis  Stevenson.  The  former  in  his  "Love  Songs  of 
Childhood,"  and  many  another  book  of  verse  will  be  found  to 
suit  this  age.  The  latter  in  his  "Child's  Garden  of  Verse"  has 
constructed  a  child's  world  which  can  not  be  equalled  in  my 
estimation  by  any  other  sort  of  teaching  material  which  can  be 
found  in  the  whole  realm  of  literature.  The  human  rclationsliip 
of  the  boy  to  his  nurse  as  shown  in  the  dedication,  and  then  the 
freedom  and  joy  which  comes  from  swinging  so  high  that  tlie 
boy  gets  a  glimpse  beyond  the  garden  wall,  seeing  "rivers  and 
trees  and  cattle  and  all,"  this  is  a  thing  which  most  cliildren 
have   experienced   and   which    they   can   inten)rct. 


366  NA  TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

From  Field's  "Love  Songs  of  Childhood,"  the  following  seem 
to  me  to  possess  the  greatest  values  for  the  first  grade  pupils: 

1.  "The  Night  Wind." 

2.  "Picnic  Time." 

3.  "Swing   High   and   Swing   Low." 

4.  "The  Brook." 

Use  the  fourth  of  these,  which  is  a  lullaby,  with  such  songs  as 
the  "Cradle  Song"  from  Brahms,  or  the  similar  one  from  Schubert. 
The  song  "  Sweet  and  Low"  might  be  introduced  at  this  time.  Not 
for  the  children  to  sing,  but  for  them  to  interpret  and  come  to  love. 
The  group  singing  wants  to  be  stressed,  of  course,  but  that  more 
in  connection  with  such  things  as  "Mary,  Mary  Quite  Contrary," 
Twinkle,  Twinkle  Little  Star,"  etc. 

Much  interesting  material  can  be  found  for  the  first  grade 
teaching.  Every  now  and  then  one  will  come  across  little  verses 
which  do  not  seem  to  be  great,  yet  which  have  a  simple  loveliness 
about  them  which  makes  them  very  well  worth  while  for  teaching 
material.  Edwin  Markham's,  "Little  Virgil's  Window,"  is 
such  a  four-lined  verse  as  could  be  understood  and  interpreted  by 
the  first  grade  children.  Let  them  have  many  flowers  about 
them.  The  teacher  should  bring  them  in  from  the  woods  and 
gardens  as  often  as  possible,  and  discuss  them,  with  the  children. 
Let  them  know  the  superstitions  about  some  of  the  flowers. 
Let  them  see  the  little  man  with  his  feet  in  a  tub  which  the  violet 
shows. 

Second  Grade 

We  pass  from  Mother  Goose  and  childhood  jingles  to  folk-lore. 
I  think  that  it  is  desirable  that  the  children  be  introduced  through 
the  teacher  to  the  folk-lore  of  our  country.  The  negro  stories, 
the  Indian  and  then  from  them,  some  of  the  old-world  tales  can 
be  brought  in.  The  stories  of  St.  Nicholas  are  good  m-aterial. 
Let  the  children  see  how  stories  about  animals  talking  might 
arise,  how  im.possible  stories  about  a  man  are  built  up.  The 
origin  of  such  literature  may  illustrate  the  need  of  discriminating 
in  acceptance  of  much  which  is  mere  legend.  The  children  should 
become  acquainted  with  the  animals  and  birds  of  their  own 
locality.     The  Mimiford  colored  bird  plates  can  be  hung  around 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  367 

the  room,  and  the  children  might  be  encouraged  to  copy  some 
of  them  in  colors.  They  will  enjoy  drawing  and  coloring  some. 
The  teacher  can  have  printed  outlines  ready,  such  as  the  Audubon 
societies  and  the  Comstock  Publishing  Co.  furnish,  and  thus 
reduce  accuracy  of  the  student  to  merely  the  color  observation. 
Let  the  students  make  up  stories  of  their  own  about  what  a  bird 
which  they  have  come  to  know  might  say  to  another,  or  about 
how  the  turkey  got  his  gobble,  or  the  bluebird  his  russet  breast. 
Let  them  retell  some  of  the  stories  read  by  the  teacher.  Most 
of  the  literature  will  have  to  be  read  by  the  teacher.  This  of 
course  involves  a  regular  and  definite  reading  program  to  be 
carried  out,  entirely  separate  from  the  Nature-project  work. 
That  is,  there  is  need  for  a  student  reading  program  here,  but 
I  have  not  found  any  folk-tales  which  are  simple  enough  for  the 
need. 

As  background  reading,  I  should  have  in  the  classroom  such 
books  as  Olive  Thome  Miller's,  "First  and  Second  Books  of  Birds," 
and  her  "Queer  Pets  at  Marcy's." 

Then,  for  folk-tale  literature  to  be  read  by  the  teacher,  I  should 
suggest  Indian  myths  from  any  tribe  which  lived  in  the  locality 
of  the  teaching,  and,  from  Joel  Chandler  Harris,  selection  could 
be  made  from  any  of  the  following: 

"Uncle  Remus  and  His  Friends." 

"On  the  Plantation." 

"Mr.  Rabbit  at  Home." 

"Told  by  Uncle  Remus." 

Third  Grade 

For  the  third  grade,  I  should  develop  with  great  care  what  I 
call  the  Nature  Calendar.  This  can  be  arranged  by  the  teacher 
and  should  contain  only  material  which  seems  to  her  to  be  very 
good  illustrative  and  accurate  descriptions  of  the  out-of-door 
world.  Nothing  sentimental,  nothing  having  much  ideal  sugges- 
tion, nothing  morbid  should  come  into  this  year's  work.  Tlio 
idea  is  simply  to  have  within  the  year  a  calendar  of  verses  wJiicJi 
shall  chronicle  the  changing  seasons.  Let  the  students  koc]) 
notebooks  and  copy  from  the  board  from  time  to  time  tlie  verses 
of  songs  or  poems.     Many   of   the   loveliest   little   ])oems  have 


368  NA  TU RE-STUDY  REVIEW 

been  set  to  music.  In  such  a  case,  use  the  music  always,  but  be 
certain  that  the  poem  means  something  as  a  poem  first.  Of 
course  a  copy  of  the  poem  if  placed  in  the  children's  hands  at 
a  time  of  study  will  prove  a  great  time  saver,  but  I  believe  that 
only  copying  from  the  board  will  bring  out  the  fullest  response 
from  the  children.  There  is  always  danger  in  such  a  program 
as  I  am  about  to  set  forth  that  it  will  be  taken  too  seriously. 
I  should  not  wish  this  followed  throughout  for  any  one  of  the 
grades.  But  as  a  suggestion  of  the  sort  of  calendar  which  one 
might  construct,  I  have  filled  in,  partially,  a  calendar  for  the 
third  grade.  Of  course  it  is  very  imcomplete,  but  it  will  suggest 
the  sort  of  thing  which  I  would  carry  forth.  The  year  if  it  would 
mean  anything  at  all  to  children,  should  be  a  celebration  of  great 
days.  Children  often  reckon  time  from  Thanksgiving  to  Christ- 
mas, etc.  The  main  idea  of  this  year's  work  then,  is  to  give 
to  the  children  some  interpretations  of  the  days  which  go  to  make 
up  a  year's  calendar.  Interpretations  in  terms  which  they  may 
understand,  so  that  the  days  of  that  and  of  other  years  will  bring 
back  memories  and  recollections  which  shall  make  the  days  more 
wonderful  in  spirit,  more  lovely  in  the  thought  element  which 
compose  them.  The  school  year  is  divided  in  such  a  way  as  to 
render  impossible  the  study  of  patriotic  motives  at  the  Fourth 
of  July  when  they  should  be  studied.  However,  I  have  put 
that  motive  in  the  calendar  in  the  year  schedule  rather  than  the 
school  program.  Tie  thing  can  be  carried  out  by  studying  as 
the  very  last  thing  in  June,  the  patriotic  motive. 
New  Year's  Poem  and  Stones. 

Lowell — ^A  New  Year's  Greeting. 
New  Year's  Eve,   1850. 
General  Background. 

Riley—A  Child's  World. 

Morning — (Illustrate  with  Inness — Early  Morning,  Tar- 
pon Springs.)     Story  and  picture  of  Aurora, 
and    Michael    Angelo's    figure    of    Dawn. 
February  12. 

Song— "The  Little  Log  Cabin." 

Tributes  to  Lincoln.     Story  of  "A  Perfect  Tribute" — Mary 

S.   Andrews    Stories  of  Lincoln's    boyhood,   especially    those 

which  deal  with  the  himianity  of  the  boy.     The  pig  story, 

the  turtle,  etc. 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  369 

February  14. 

Valentine  verses.  Origin  of  the  day.  Story  of  the  Saint. 
February  22. 

Song — ^" Where  Potomac's  Stream  is  Flowing." 
Tributes   to   Washington,    incidents   of   early   life,   etc. 
February  27 . 

Story  of  Longfellow's  love  for  children.  Account  of  children 
passing  his  place  at  the  time  of  his  death.  The  chair  gift,  etc. 
March  17. 

Story  of  the  Exotic.  St.  Patrick's  life  and  some  of  the  best 
legends. 

Songs — Oh  Paddy  Dear. 

St.  Patrick  Was  a  Gentlemen. 
Wearing  of  the  Green. 
Spring  Motive. 

Field— The  Robin  and  the  Violet. 
Riley — Green  Fields  and  Running  Brooks. 
Markham,  E. — ^Joy  of  the  Morning.     (Illustrate  with  Breton's 

Song   of   the    Lark.) 
All  of  these  themes  can  be  used  in  coordination  with  the  following 
in  art: 

Metcalf — Ice-Bound.     (Painting.) 
Rousseau — Spring.     (Painting.) 

Bringhurst,  Robert,  Awakening  Spring.  (Sculpture.) 
For  music — Beethoven's  Minuet  in  G  will  give  something  of  the 
joy  and  easy  lilt  of  the  season.  Songs  of  wakening  flowers  and 
bird  songs  may  be  used.  "Pussy  Willow  Has  a  Secret" is  typical. 
This  is  kite  time  and  the  kite  literature  should  be  made  a  day's 
study.  Such  interest  in  the  things  which  are  being  done  at  that 
time  by  the  children  will  prove  valuable.  Adapt  the  story  of 
the  old  settler  from  Carleton  and  the  quatrain  giving  the  lesson 
will  be  clear, 

"Boys   flying   kites  haul   in   their  white-winged   birds, 
We  can't  do  that  when  we  are  flying  words,"  etc. 
May. 

Story  of  the  May-pole. 

Irving — May   Day   Customs — and   May    Day   From  "Brace- 
bridge  Hall." 

Mother's   Day    suggestion.     Use  some  favorite  poem  of  the 


370  NA  TU RE-STUDY  RE  VIEW 

teacher  concerning  Mother.     Illustrate  with  Whistler's  *  *  Mother. ' ' 
Bird  Motive. 

Sharp — Spring  of  the  Year. 

Van  Dyke — Bird  Poems.  (Select  especially  those  which  imitate 
in  words  the  song  and  rhythm  of  the  bird's  notes.)  Use  Victor 
bird  records  in  connection  with  this  study.  Encourage  repetition 
of  bird  calls  on  part  of  students.  Hold  guessing  contests  of  calls 
in  which  the  teacher  does  the  imitation.  Give  these  contests 
not  alone  for  notes,  but  for  quality  of  tone,  and  for  rhythms. 
That  is,  let  the  woodpecker's  various  drums  and  tatoos  be  used. 
For  spontaneity  and  rhythm  and  joy  use  with  the  songs  such 
sculptural  illustrations  as  Troubetzkoy's  Danseuse.  Alexander 
Wilson's  bird  poems  can  be  used  to  good  advantage  here. 

Lanier — The    Mockingbird. 

Abbott,  C.  C. — Blunders  in  Nest  Building. 

— My  Elm  Tree  Oriole.     From  Birdland  Echoes. 
— A    Morning    in    May. 
Plant  Motive. 
Arbor  Day. 

Meaning  and  History.  (Let  the  class  actually  share  in  the 
meaning,  and  plant  a  tree.) 

Carry^  over  the  bird  element  throughout  the  spring,  making 
use  of  Grinnell's,  Our  Feathered  Friends,  and  Birds  of  Song 
and  Story.  Use  Bryant's  nature  poems  with  great  care.  Look 
out  for  the  moral.     There  is  plenty  of  time  for  that  in  future  time. 

The    Planting    of    the    Apple    Tree — Bryant    and 

Robert  of  Lincoln — Bryant,  seem  to  me  to  be  good  illustrations 
of  points  which  the  students  can  understand  and  appreciate  if 
rightly  taught,  at  this  time.  The  Goodales,  both  Elaine  and 
Dora  Reed,  have  written  some  delightful  seasonal  verses  for 
children  about  this  age.  The  poem,  "Apple  Blossoms,"  which 
is  found  in  their  collection  of  verses,  is  good  as  an  example  of  the 
sort  of  material  which  the  teacher  of  this  plan  wants  to  be  on 
the  watch  for  in  building  up  the  plant  phase  of  this  work.  The 
Carey  Sisters  have  done  much  in  the  way  of  nature  poetry.  A 
great  deal  can  be  got  from  them  for  all  of  the  year's  work.  Helen 
Hunt  Jackson  has  also  written  many  very  splendid  nature  verses. 

Eugene  Field,  in  "Lullaby  Land,"  can  be  used  here  with  such 
poems  as  "Buttercup,  Poppy,  Forget-me-not,"  and  "Telling  the 
Bees." 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  371 

This  brings  us  to  the  June  program. 
Summer  Motive. 

Insect  life 

Emerson — Humble-B  ee 

Field— The  Oak  and  the  Ivy. 

— The  Mouse  and  the  Moonbeam. 
—Frost,Robert— Blueberries. 

Irving — The   Angler. 

Whittier— The  Barefoot  Boy. 

Markham— The  Butterfly 
—The  Cricket 

Larcom,  Lucy — Rock  and  Rill. 
— In  the  Rain. 
— Nature  the  Book  and  other  nature  verses. 

Emerson — Holidays 

Illustrate  all  of  the  summer  motive  with  such  works  as: 

Inness — ^After  a  Summer  Shower.     (Use  legend  of  pot  of  gold.) 

Corot — Summer    Woods.     (For    dreaminess    and    nymphs.) 

MacDowell — To   a   Wild   Rose.     (For  pure   idyllic  purpose.) 
Patriotic  Motive. 

Holmes — Old  Ironsides. 

Whittier — Barbara  Frietchie. 

Ballads.     Develop  the  idea  of  the  ballad,  its  origin  and  value. 

Illustrate  with  group  singing. 

Yankee  Doodle  and  the  earlier  natonal  songs  can  be  shown  as 
coming  from  the  ballad  form. 

Use  any  simple,  easily  understood  flag  or  histrionic  poem  or 
prose  bit. 
Fall  Work. 

I  think  that  as  an  introduction  to  the  fall  work,  a  few  days 
spent  with  birds  and  pets  would  be  interesting  That  is,  lead 
up  to  an  interest  in  birds  through  an  interest  in  pets.  Black 
Beauty  will  well  illustrate  the  sort  of  side  reading  story  which 
boys  will  like.  Again,  Muir's  "Stickeen"  will  be  well  studied 
in  this  place.  Bring  out  the  heroism  of  animals.  The  endurance, 
the  strength,  the  nobility  of  some  animal  characters  can  be  em- 
phasized. Stickeen  should  be  studied  in  class. 
Next,  the  following  course  could  be  followed: 

Whittier— The    Huskers. 


372  NA  TU RE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Frost — ^After  A^^ple  Picking. 

Riley — ^"When  the  Frost  is  on  the  Pumpkins." 

Larcom — The  Indian  Summer. 

Abbott — ^An   October   Outing. 

Halloween  songs  and  ghost  stories  may  be  brought  in. 
For  painting,  I  should  use  such  as 

Inness — ^Autumn  Woods. 

Van  Marcke — Golden  Autumn  Day 
and  some  works  of  Monet. 
Thanksgiving  Motive. 

Bowell— The    First    Snowfall. 

Bryant — The    Twenty-Second   of    December. 

Hemans — Landing  of  the  Pilgrims. 

Warner — Snowfall  in  the  Woods. 

Field—Ezra's  Thanksgivin'  Out  West.     (In  Profitable  Tales) 

Larcom — ^Watching  the  Snow. 

Seton — Thanksgiving  and  the  Yule-Log.     (Country  Life  19:37) 

Longfellow — Woods  in  Winter. 

Emerson — The  Snow-Storm. 

Kilmer — Thanksgiving. 
— The  Snowman. 

A  special  program  should  be  held  at  which  students  might  present 
some  of  the  results  of  their  work  on  this  motive.  At  such,  a 
play  might  well  be  presented  in  which  the  various  Piu^itan  charac- 
ters would  enter.  Or,  the  play  might  be  allegorical  and  introduce 
the  Thanksgiving  turkey,  cranberry  sauce,  etc.  There  are  all 
manner  of  great  possibilities  here. 
Christmas  Motive. 

This  should  be  the  most  emphasized  of  all  the  year's  projects. 
The  legends  of  St.  Nicholas,  the  stories  of  Christmases  of  other 
lands,  and  the  miracle  legends  about  the  birth  of  Jesus  with  the 
other  birth  stories  can  be  used.  Such  material  can  be  supplemented 
with  the  following: 

Clark — ''  *Twas   the  night  Before   Christmas." 

Christmas  Carols  of  all  sorts  (Longfellow — Christmas  Bells 
God   Rest   Ye   Merry   Gentlemen,    Silent   Night,    etc.) 

Field— The    First    Christmas  Tree.     (In    Profitable    Tales) 

Longfellow — The  Arrow  and  the  Song.  (To  illustrate  the 
meaning  of  the  carol,  At  Christmas  Time.) 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  373 

Abbott — Christmas  Out  of  Doors. 

Irving — Christmas   in    England.     (Sketch-Book.) 

— Christmas  Day. 

— Christmas  Eve. 
Poe— Bells. 
Van    Dyke— The    Other    Wise    Man. 

The  Fourth  Grade 

I  should  divide  the  work  of  the  fourth  grade  into  the  four 
major  divisions  of  Nature  work,  Legend,  Conservation  and 
Patriotism.  The  first  would  have  three  distinct  minor  topics, 
and  these  would  play  into  and  between  the  other  divisions.  The 
program   as   outlined,    therefore,   would  be  much   as  follows: 

I  should  open  the  work  of  the  term  with  a  few  days  discussion 
of  pets.  Children  enjoy  telling  about  their  pets.  They  will 
often  go  into  quite  detail  about  them,  and  they  thoroughly  under- 
stand a  person  who  can  enthuse  over  a  new  rabbit  or  white  rat, 
or,  on  a  larger  scale,  a  pony,  or  a  horse.  I  think  that  in  our  school 
work  we  have  neglected  this  interest  whereas  w^e  might  well 
indeed,  have  turned  it  to  good  account.  I  should  have  the  teacher 
or  the  pupils  read  the  story  by  Sydney  Lanier,  "Our  Mockingbird." 
This  would  lead  to  stories  by  the  children  of  birds  which  they 
have  had.  Again,  John  Burrough's  "Squirrels  and  Other  Fur 
Bearers"  might  well  be  read.  And  certainly  no  more  charming 
account  of  pets  can  be  found  anyw^here  than  in  Marshall  Saunders's 
volume  entitled,  "Our  Pets."  Use  as  illustrative  art  material 
for  this  part  of  the  work,  such  things  as  Rude's,  "Neapolitan 
Fisher  Boy  Playing  with  a  Tortoise,"  Landseer's,  "Saved" 
and  Troubetzky's,  "Little  Girl  and  Dog." 

This  essay  into  the  pet  world  will  have  afforded  a  good  intro- 
duction to  the  sort  of  work  which  I  plan  to  follow  it  with.  The 
next  phase  of  fourth  grade  work  I  have  termed  Animal  Biography. 
The  former  introductory  work  will  have  been  mostly  in  telling 
things,  and  in  writing.  The  students  may  have  written  stories 
on  such  subjects  as  "My  Favorite  Pet,"  "My  most  beautiful 
pet,"  "My  most  troublesome  pet,"  etc.  Now  we  turn  to  a  reading 
phase.  There  need  be  Httle  written  work  in  connection  with 
animal  biographies,  but  a  great  mass  of  reading.     As  a  background 


374  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

for  this  work,  such  a  book  as  Homaday's,  "American  Natural 
History,"  should  be  in  the  room  for  reference.     The  material 
chosen  for  the  reading  work,  will  be  from  such  a  list  as  the  following : 
Hawkes,  Clarence — Black  Bruin. 
— Shaggy  coat. 
— Shovelhoms. 

— King    of    the    Thundering    Herd,    etc. 
Roberts,  Charles  G.  D. — Haunters  of  the  Silences  (and  other 
works). 

Seton,    Ernest    Thompson — Biography    of   a    Grizzly. 

— Biography    of    a    Silver    Fox, 
— Further  Annals  of  a  Hollow  Tree. 
(Country  Life  22:64) 

(Excellent  material  to  encourage  observation  and  stories  upon 
a  favorite  tree  and  its  inhabitants  of  which  each  pupil  will  probably 
have  a  choice.) 

— Lives    of    the    Hunted. 
—Trail  of  a    Sandhill   Stag. 
— ^Wild  Animals  I  have  Known.     (Prob- 
abl}^  the  best  specimen  of  animal  and  bird  biography  in  our  present 
day  literature.) 

In  connection  with  this  work  the  teacher  may  do  well  to  invent 
games.  That  is,  let  the  children  make  up  animal  biographies 
in  class,  giving  their  contribution  aloud,  each  child  adding  one 
sentence  to  the  story.  As  soon  as  anything  which  is  not  natural 
to  the  animal  is  brought  in,  that  child  is  ruled  out.  Much  in- 
terest is  shown  in  keeping  close  to  Nature,  so  that  they  can 
be  among  the  last  few  left,  as  the  game  draws  to  a  close.  Let 
the  children  make  miniatures  of  some  such  individuals  as  "Wild 
Animals  I  have  Known"  or  the  "Biography  of  a  Silver  Fox" 
pictures.  Then,  by  use  of  a  home-made  stage  and  magnets, 
act  out  the  animal  biography  before  the  class.  It  will  make  it 
very  real.  Visit  zoos  if  possible,  and  museums  also,  for  sketching 
work,  and  for  habits  of  the  animals  discussed. 

My  next  project  for  the  fourth  grade  is  an  introduction  to  the 
world  of  legend.  Lay  this  foundation  carefully,  and  go  slowly. 
It  is  very  easy  to  go  wrong  here.  Lead  up  to  the  study  by  intro- 
ducing bits  of  description  of  foreign  countries.  Such  a  thing 
as  Jackson's,  "Bits  of  Travel"  will  serve  well.     Then  take  Haw- 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  375 

thome's  "Tanglewood  Tales,"  adapt  the  stories  to  the  need  of 
the  grade,  take  his  "Fire  Worship, "and  other  bits  of  exotic  de- 
scription, weaving  all  into  the  foreign  background.  Then  begin 
with  the  Greek  and  Roman  hero  and  legend  material.  There 
is  no  need  to  go  into  the  detail  of  sculpture  which  would  be  in 
place  here.  The  ''Wrestlers,"  the  "Discus  Thrower,"  and 
many  others  will  illustrate  the  life  and  games  of  the  people  who 
created  the  myths,  as  well  as  illustrating  the  games  in  which  the 
heroes  themselves  indulged.  There  is  a  wealth  of  material 
such  as  is  too  great  to  present  in  such  a  broad  outline  as  this. 
Everyone  knows  Greek  and  Roman  sculpture  and  would  have 
no  difficulty  in  picking  out  the  things  which  are  most  worth 
presenting  as  illustrations  of  the  stories. 

Then  come  back  once  more  from  this  wonderland,  and  close 
the  legend  project  with  a  glimpse  of  what  our  writers  have  done 
to  our  little  characters  of  this  country.  That  is,  take  up  the 
modification  of  the  folk-tale  in  the  "Legend  of  vSleepy  Hollow," 
"Rip  Van  Winkle,"  etc. 

The  conservation  project  which  I  should  next  include  would  come 
in  the  Spring.  The  hero  and  legendary  material  will  have  occupied 
the  winter  months.  Then,  when  the  sap  begins  to  mount  in  the 
tree  branches,  and  the  flowers  waken  and  the  birds  come,  strike 
hard,  hard  as  ever  you  have  done,  and  then  harder  still,  on  the 
theme  of  conservation.  Teach  this  by  any  method  you  please, 
save  the  old  wishy-washy  one  of  sen tim.en tali ty.  The  boy  doesn't 
care  whether  it  is  nice  to  kill  a  bird  or  not,  but  if  he  can  see  that 
the  bird  is  the  farmer's  helper,  if  he  can  see  that  the  bird  is  a 
living,  feeling,  thing,  then  he  will  not  be  so  wantonh^  cruel.  Be 
certain  to  extend  the  work  to  the  protection  of  hawks  for  they 
are  among  our  most  abused  and  our  m.ost  noble  of  bird  helpers. 
Good  poems  always  help  in  the  nature  work.  Markham's.  "A 
Blossoming  Bough"  is  good  in  having  caught  the  quick,  eager 
spirit  of  Spring.  Saintaine's  "Picciola''  will  make  the  wonder 
of  plant  life  greater.  The  "Song  of  the  Cardinal"  In'  Gone 
Stratton-Porter  teaches  bird  protection  without  the  usual  moral- 
istic accompaniment.  Let  the  children  make  notebooks  in  wliich 
bird  poems  are  kept.  Emerson's  "The  Titmouse."  and  many 
other  simple,  beautiful  things  will  find  place  lierc.  'Hie  teacher 
may  do  well  to  use  frequently  such  works  as   Mat  old    Baynes, 


376  NA TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

"Wild  Bird  Guests."  Interest  the  children  in  bird  houses.  The 
manual  training  department  can  be  brought  into  coordination 
with  the  other  work  in  this  particular. 

Next,  I  should  introduce  a  short  discussion  of  the  circus.  I 
know  that  this  is  a  long  departure  from  the  orthodox  method 
of  doing  things,  yet  much  can  be  learned  from  the  wild  animal 
side  of  the  circus  which  is  lacking  in  any  other  project.  Bostock's, 
"Training  of  Wild  Animals,"  brings  out  the  individuality  of 
animals  as  few  books  do.  It  also  emphasizes  the  animals 
treatment  of  men.  Their  contempt  for  certain  bad  traits  in  the 
human  species,  etc.  Barrie,  of  our  American  animal  sculptors, 
and  Bonheur  of  France  in  her  lion  heads.  Land  seer  of  England, 
and  Thorwaldson  with  his  powerful  "Wounded  Lion,"  are  all 
excellent  material  to  draw  from.  Then,  in  music,  there  is  a 
series  of  circus  pieces,  among  which  I  think  that  the  "Snake- 
Charmer"  is  one  of  the  most  perfect.  Riley's  enjoyment  of  the 
circus  can  be  brought  in  here.  Also,  other  circus  poems,  such 
as  Joyce  Kilmer's  "The  Big  Top."  Carl  Hagenbeck's,  "Beasts 
and  Men,"  is  very  splendid  material  for  use  in  this  project.  It 
has  the  advantage  of  being  autobiographical,  and  thus  leading 
up  to  the  next  year's  work,  and  also  has  a  distinctly  nice,  precise 
and  perfect  style. 

Then  I  should  close  the  year  with  the  patriotic  appeal  as  it 
comes  from  such  poems  as  Longfellow's,  "Paul  Revere's  Ride," 
and  Emerson's,  "Concord  Hymn."  There  is  splendid  chance 
for  bringing  up  history  here,  and  also  for  the  union  of  art  in  the 
statues  of  Daniel  French,  and  of  St.  Gaudens.  Their  figures 
of  the  men  of  that  period  are  excellent. 

Grade  Fi\e 

For  the  fifth  grade  I  have  planned  a  stud}-  in  biography,  and 
more  especially  in  autobiography.  I  feel  that  the  latter  should 
be  emphasized  more  because  it  is  real,  because  it  comes  closer 
to  the  author,  and  because  it  tends  toward  personalities  rather 
than  letters.  The  list  from  which  choices  are  to  be  made,  follows 
and  is,  I  think,  self  explanatory. 

Abbott,  Charles  Conrad — ^A  Naturalist's  Rambles  about  Home. 
(Simple,  sauntering,  Burroughsesque.) 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  377 

Audubon— Life  of  John  James  Audubon.    (By  his  wife)  Contains 

much  diary  material,  and  some  letters,  and  is  extremely  interesting. 

John  Burroughs  "Life  of  Audubon"   could  also  be  used  here. 

Bryant,   Wm.    C— A   Lifetime.    (Poetic   account.) 

Burroughs—Boyhood  Days  with  John  Burroughs  (Craftsman— 

22:240-52) 

Burroughs — ^John     Burroughs     Life     Revealed     (Lit.     Digest. 
48-1441-2) 

Clemens — Life  on  the  Mississippi.     (Will  appeal  to  the  roving 
boys  of  this  age.) 

Eastman — Indian  Boyhood. 

Garland — ^A  Son  of  the  Middle  Border.     (Parts  to  be  read 
by  Teacher.) 

Hawkes — Hitting    the    Dark    Trail.     (Autobiographical.) 
Homaday — Two   Years  in  the  Jungle.     (Invigorating.)     (Will 
appeal  to  those  of  scientific  turn  of  mind.) 

Howells — ^A  Boy's  Town — (Very  picturesque.)  Take  sections 
from  this  and  have  students  choose  a  subject  sug- 
gested here  for  an  account  of  their  own,  adapting 
it  to  something  in  their  life  of  which  this  reminds  them. 
Let  them  write  an  account  of  an  imaginary  trip  to 
some  one  of  the  places  studied  in  one  of  these  bio- 
graphies, or  let  them  pretend  they  are  visiting  one 
of  the  men  whose  autobiography  they  are  reading. 
Parts  of  Franklin's  "Autobiography"  will  appeal  to 
the  scientific  sort,  and  also  to  those  who  are  interested 
in  the  wittiness  of  the  almanacks.  Let  them  describe 
the  house  which  would  mean  most  to  them  if  they 
were  writing  an  autobiography.  Ask  which  auto- 
biography of  those  read  is  liked  best,  and  why.  Also, 
which  author  they  think  they  come  to  best  know 
through  the  autobiography  and  why? 
Hudson,  Wm.  H.— Book  of  a  Naturalist  (An  Englishman  Imt 
of  interest  here  because  he  is  a  contemporary,  and  l)ecause  of  his 
splendid  style. 

Larcom,  Lucy — ^A  New  England  Girlhood. 
Lewis — ^A  Journey  from  Talapsco  in  Mar>'land  to  Annapolis. 
Apr.  4,  1730.     (Worth  considering  as  a  ]mccc  of  trip  auto- 
biography.    Have    students    attcm])t    something    of    sort 


378  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

but  in  prose  of  course.) 
Longfellow — My  Lost  Youth. 

Lowell — Men,    Women    and    Ghosts — (Hoops    and    Garden 

Games)  Shows  a  bit  of  childhood  recollection.     A  place 

biography. 

Mitchell,  D.  G. — Dream  Life.     Only  short  selections  to  be  read 

from  this  by  teacher,   to   show   the   sort  of 

thought   or   dream   autobiography,    in    strict 

contrast   to   the   fact   of   the   other  authors. 

"My  Farm  of  Edgewood"  is  the  same  author's 

fact  autobiography. 

Muir — Story  of  My  Boyhood  and  Youth.     (I  should  make  this 

quite   the  most  important  work  in   the  whole  list.) 
Porter — Homing  with  the  Birds. 
Porter — ^What  I  have  Done  with  Birds. 
Porter — ^Why   I   wrote   A   Girl   of   the   Limberlost.     (World's 

Work  19:125  45) 
Porter — Life   Story   and    Ideals   of   the   Bird   Woman. 
Thoreau — Journals  (Portions  from  only) 
Whitman — ^Autobiographis. 

The  autobiographical  themes  which  will  fit  into  this  work  will 
consist  of  accounts  of  a  given  time,  a  given  occasion,  a  given 
place  and  a  given  journey.  These  will  all  be  illustrated  in  the 
works  studied  so  that  the  student  will  know  exactly  what  is  wanted. 
Biography  will  become  through  this  method,  I  think,  a  living 
factor,  and  literary  men  will  be  real  humans. 

Grade  Six 

This  is  a  period  in  which  I  should  develop  ideas  as  such.  The 
story,  the  lyric  is  forgotten,  save  as  it  strives  as  an  expression 
or  mode  for  carrying  the  idea.  The  introduction  to  this  year's 
study  can  be  found  in  Whitman's,  "There  was  a  Child  Went 
Forth."  This  is  a  study  in  the  interpretation  of  the  child.  It 
is  the  thing  which  the  grade  tries  to  do.  It  is  an  attempt  to  relate 
the  purely  natural,  the  purely  beautiful  in  art  and  the  out-of-doors 
to  the  life  of  man.  It  is  the  expression  then  of  art  and  nature 
in  terms  of  ideas.  One  of  the  cheapest  and  commonest  expressions, 
is  an  interpretation  in  terms  of  the  practical.     Yet  even  here  there 


BROWN  A  NA TU RE-STUDY  PROJECT  379 

is  poetry  and  beauty.  Harwood's,  "New  Creations  in  Plant 
Life"  which  deals  with  the  work  of  Burbank  is  of  great  interest 
in  expressing  this  relationship. 

The  first  project  of  this  grade  then  is  the  relation  of  literature 
to  the  home,  to  every  day  life  of  the  family.  This  can  be  studied 
from  such  as  the  following: 

Harlow,  Joel — The  Hasty  Pudding. 

Carleton,  Will— Farm  Ballads 

Dunbar — L3rrics  of  a  Lowly  Life. 

Frost,  Robert— North  of  Boston— (The  Code) 

Longfellow— The  Bridge— The  Old  Clock  on  the  Stairs— The 
Psalm    of    Life — Birds    of    Passage — Evangeline. 

Whittier — Snowbound . 

The  value  of  poetry  as  a  vehicle  of  fable  is  seen  in  Whittier's, 
"Double  Headed  Snake  of  Newbury,"  and  Emerson's,  "Fable." 
Prose  is  served  the  same  purpose,  in  Hawthorne's,  "Twice  Told 
Tales." 

Then  follows  a  series  of  poems  in  which  there  is  characterization 
by  application  to  the  human  attitudes  or  comprehension.  Bret 
Harte's  poems  are  excellent  descriptive,  vigorous  bits,  true  to  the 
out-of-doors.  Begin  with  those  in  which  there  is  little  of  the 
human  element  projected.  Then  continue  through  Freneau's. 
"Wild  Honeysuckle,"  Bryant's,  "June",  "To  the  Fringed  Gentian" 
Lanier's,  "The  Bee,"  "Sunrise,"  "Clover,"  "The  Corn,"  and 
Bayard  Taylor's,  "Home  Pastorals."  Then  compare  the  lone- 
liness which  nature  inspired  in  Bums  with  the  feelings  which  were 
experienced  by  nature  poets  of  this  country.  That  is,  try  to 
develop  the  difference  in  temperaments.  Conclude  this  part  of 
the  study  with  William  A.  Quayle's  account  of  "Winter  Trees" 
in  which  the  human  characterization  has  reached  a  very  high 
and  remarkable  degree. 

This  leads  to  a  characterization  of  men.  And  Lowell's, "  Agassiz' ' 
Markham's,  "Lincoln,"  will  well  serve  here.  Of  course  there 
is  a  great  sufficiency  of  statues  to  illustrate  this  work.  St.  Gaudens's 
Lincoln  is  the  most  notable  for  the  last  poem. 

Patriotism  then  through  symbols  is  easily  suggested  tlirough 
Drake's  "The  Flag,"  and  Whitman's,  " O  Captain !     My  Ca])tain !" 

From  this  we  come  to  literature  in  a  wider  sense,  for  we  are  to 
consider  literature  as  a  mysterious  vehicle  for  tlie  convcx-ancc  of 


380  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

not  characterization  now,  but  mood.  Poe  with  his  exquisitely 
exotic  flavor,  can  be  compared  with  Heam  in  his  melody  and 
rhythm.  The  symbolism  in  "The  Raven"  is  a  new  use  of  poetry 
as  well  as  a  new  use  of  what  once  was  a  bird.  Many  simple, 
pretty  little  songs  from  Bohm  can  be  introduced  in  the  interpre- 
tations of  nature  as  moods.  The  "Swallow  Song,"  "Dance  on  the 
Lawn,"  "Leaflets  in  the  Wind,"  are  examples  of  only  several 
of  many.  For  prose  at  this  time,  bits  from  Burroughs's,  "Wake 
Robin,"  and  "Birds  and  Poets,"  might  be  chosen. 

From  the  interpretation  of  moods,  poetry  goes  to  an  interpre- 
tation of  spirit.  That  is,  the  mood  is  an  individual  possession. 
The  spirit  is  the  possession  of  the  race.  And  here  we  get  the 
feeling  of  the  eternal  youth,  the  ever-returning  Spring,  the  dawn, 
the  glory  of  fresh,  new  things.  The  delicate,  beautiful  music 
of  Mozart  after  he  had  been  wandering  in  a  wood  often  has  the 
suggestion  of  the  eternal  laughing  Spring  in  it.  Bring  this  into  the 
literary  class-room.  Bohm's,  "La  Zongana"  has  the  rapid,  eager, 
pulsing,  strong  spirit  of  this  youthfulness  of  the  race.  It  is  not 
heavy,  but  pulsing,  and  eager.  Lowell's,  "To  The  Dandelion," 
is  rich  in  suggestion.  It  develops  the  idea  of  Eldorado.  The 
story  of  Spanish  conquests  with  all  of  its  symbolism  and  allegory 
can  be  brought  in  here.  Also  the  meaning  to  the  writer  (Lowell) 
of  Italy  and  of  the  eternal  sunshine. 

The  "  Chambered  Nautilus"  breathes  the  spirit  of  evolution  which 
comes  from  this  universal  spirit  of  youth.  The  mystery  of  Poe, 
of  Hawthorne,  the  mystery  which  was  like  MacDowell's,  "Will 
O'  the  Wisp,"  is  gone,  and  in  its  place  there  is  the  deeper  mystery 
of  life,  the  mystery  of  a  Beethoven  spirit  in  a  sonata  or  better  yet, 
in  a  fifth  symphony.  Use  Emerson's,  "Rubies"  and  other  lovely 
fragments  here. 

Then,  lest  this  be  too  far  for  the  student,  let  us  bring  him  back 
to  earth  in  the  last  project  of  the  year,  and  study  for  the  moment 
the  application  of  literature  to  the  prose  occupations  of  life. 
Markham's,  "The  Man  with  the  Hoe,"  illustrated  with  Millet's 
painting,  and  Whittier's,  "The  Shoemakers"  are  admirable  in  this 
connection.  The  "Simple  Cobbler"  of  Ward,  in  adaptation  can 
be  suggested.  Longfellow's  "Village  Blacksmith"  belongs  in  this 
same  craft  stud  v. 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  381 

Seventh  Grade 

To  those  who  would  find  fault  with  the  last  grade  on  the  grounds 
that  it  is  unorganized  and  too  fragmentary,  there  can  be  a  definite 
relief  in  this  work.  My  seventh  grade  project  deals  with  the 
Indian.  The  last  grade  studied  ideas  and  thoughts  in  general. 
Now  I  propose  to  center  attention  upon  a  single  piece  of  human 
thought  as  projected  in  one  long  work.  And  I  have  chosen  for 
that  work,  as  a  nucleus  of  the  year's  study,  Longfellow's,  "Hia- 
watha. "  I  do  not  think  it  is  necessarilly  made  any  greater  by  having 
been  given  this  place,  but  it  will  afford  a  guide  to  much  material 
which  I  think  the  student  needs,  and  which  he  would  not  get 
elsewhere.  The  study  outlined  briefly  follows: 
Playing    Indian.     (Introductory    to   the   poem   to   be   studied.) 

Seton — Two  Little  Savages.  (To  be  read  outside  of  school 
as  an  extra,   and  discussed  briefly  in  the  classroom.) 

Eastman,  Charles  A. — Indian  Boyhood.     (Excellent  as  a  real 
background  with  which  Hiawatha  can  be  compared  for  truthful- 
ness, detail,  beauty  and  interest.) 
Primitive  Emotions  and  Life. 

Ancestors  of  the  Indian  (Primitive  men  of  stone  age.)  Illustrate 
with  literature  upon  the  subject,  such  as  cave  and  stone  dweller 
series  and  in  art,  Bartlett's,  Primitive  Man  and  Bears,  "Barrias," 
"The  First  Burial,"  etc. 

Hiawatha.  The  basis  of  the  study.  Present  this  with  constant 
reference  to  pictures.  Illustrations  of  Indians,  paintings,  photo- 
graphs, etc. 

Present  the  meaning  of  the  woods  and  lakes  to  these  early  men, 
with  some  sort  of  definite  illustration  in  art.  That  is,  the  hold 
of  the  "  Shining  Big-Sea-Water, "  can  be  illustrated  with  reference 
to  the  Ferguson  Memorial  Fountain  of  Lorado  Taft  in  which 
Lake  Superior  stands  above  the  rest.  It  is  a  wonderful h^  pretty 
display  of  S3nnbolism  in  sculpture.  If  the  students  understand 
it  they  can  interpret  the  meaning  of  the  lake's  fascination  in 
this  Indian  legend.  Let  Taft's,  "Blackhawk"  be  in  a  cons])icu()us 
place  about  .the  room  throughout  most  of  tlie  i)rojcct.  It  is 
worthy  of  much  study  and  high  appreciation.  A  story  miglit  be 
suggested  about  it  which  would  parallel  tlie  Great  Stone  Face. 
If  the  students  have  not  already  had  it,  introduce  it  at  (his  time. 


382  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

The  customs  of  the  Indians  can  be  developed  at  length.  The 
character  will  come  out  gradually.  Use  besides,  adaptations 
from  Morton's,  "New  English  Canaan"  to  show  the  attitude  of 
an  exceptional  in  old  New  England.  Use  Irving's,  "Traits  of 
Indian  Character"  (in  Sketch  Book),  and  Philip  Freneau's, 
"Indian  Burying  Ground." 

Introduce  the  Indian's  attitude  toward  animals  with  Hiawatha's 
childhood,  but  amplify  that  with  such  things  as  Eastman's  "Red 
Hunters  and  the  Animal  People,"  "Wigwam  Evenings"  and  other 
Indian  lore.  Use  MacDowell's,  "From  an  Indian  Lodge," 
with  the  folk -tale  material.  Also  introduce  the  real  Indian  songs, 
such  as  "Worn  out  Moccasins",  "In  the  Still  Night,"  "Hiawatha's 
Departure,"  etc.  If  possible,  a  masque  or  pageant  of  some  sort 
should  be   given  which  would  represent   this   Indian  theme. 

Stray  away  from  "Hiawatha"  at  the  close,  and  take  up  the 
sort  of  Indian  which  Cooper  represented  in  the  "Last  of  the 
Mohicans."  Have  the  children  decide  as  to  the  reality  of  the 
Cooper  Indian.  Then  wander  for  the  last  several  weeks  of  study 
into  the  South-west  and  take  up  the  study  of  Jackson's,  "Romona. 
There  is  much  splendid  illustrative  art  material  here  in  Ufer, 
Henri,  Reni,  and  many  others  of  the  Taos  Pueblo  School.  Mac- 
Neil's,  "Prayer  for  Rain,"  is  very  good  as  a  sculptural  bit  upon 
this  strange  Western  land. 

Close  the  Indian  year  study  with  a  general  view  of  the  Indian. 
Use  parts  of  Eastman's,  "The  Soul  of  the  Indian."  Interpret  the 
Indian  in  the  more  himian  light  of  just  attitude,  and  unbiased 
opinion. 

Eighth  Grade 

.  This  is  again  a  period  of  ideas.  Much  the  same  as  the  sixth 
grade  in  that  it  strives  to  interpret  poetry  and  prose  in  terms  of 
ideas,  but  beyond  anything  which  that  grade  attempted.  The 
meaning  of  the  sea,  the  forest,  the  prairies,  the  lakes,  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  whole  of  Nature,  the  adjustment  of  it  to  the  moods 
and  interests  of  man  is  attempted  in  portrayal  here.  The  great 
value  of  the  course  lies  in  showing  the  general  relation  of  our  natural 
background  to  himian  thought  life.  There  is  a  more  insistent 
attempt   at    combination   of   nature   and    art    and   literature. 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  383 

Literature  in  Interpretation  of  Every-day  Life. 

Kilmer — Main  Street. 
Roofs. 

Irving — The  Farm  House.     (From  Bracebridge  Hall.) 

Courtship    in    old    New    England    (Longfellow — Courtship    of 

Miles  Standish) 

Whittier— Maud  Muller. 

Life  of  a  country  child — Porter's — ^"Laddie."  Use  with  this  the 
simple  statues  of  plain  home  life.  Walker's,  "Her  Son"  is  good 
as  illustrative  of  the  true-blue  character  of  Laddie.  "Little 
Sister"  is  a  simple,  lovable  little  character,  and  will  be  far  more 
at  home  and  more  easily  understood  by  these  pupils  than  will 
one  of  George  Elliot's.  I  prefer  taking  a  less  great  thing  artis- 
tically, and  using  the  home  appeal,  the  appeal  of  that  which  can 
easily  be  interpreted  to  arouse  students  to  a  liking  for  literature. 
Comradship  and  Brotherhood. 

Holmes — The  Boys. 

Whitman — Song  of  the  Open  Road. 
Literature  and  the  Out-of-Doors.     An  Interpretation  of  the  Essay 
Meaning. 

Abbott — Upland  and  Meadow. 

Porter — Hidden  Treasure — Intimate  study  of  the  moths  of 
Limberlost  swamp.     (Country  Life.     22:29-) 

Long — Whose  Home  is  the  Wilderness  (Illustrate  with  such 
paintings  as  Davis — Northwest  Wind  and  Twilight.  "Whistler's — 
Nocturnes. 

Porter — Moths   of   the   Limberlost.     Fuertes — Bird   Portraits. 

Porter — Music  of  the  Wild. 

Bryant — Forest  Hymn  and  To  a  Waterfowl. 

Heam — Frogs    (In    Exotics    and    Retrospections.) 
— Insect  Musicians. 

Ingersoll — Wild  Life  of  Orchard  and  Field. 

Sill — Our  Tame  Hummingbirds. 
— Cheerfulness  of  Birds. 
— Rhapsody  of  Clouds. 
— Hiiman  Nature  in  Chickens. 

Emerson — The  Rhodora. 

Mitchell,   S.   Weir— The  Comfort  of    the   Hills     (Meaning  of 
the  Hills.) 


384  NA  TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

— The  Sea-Gull     (The  silenced  song  of  unrest 

of  wave  and  wing.) 
— Stonn-Waves    and    Fog    on    Dorr's    Point, 
Ben   Harbor.     (Rich   in   imagery) 
Song — My  Heart's  in  the  Highlands     (use  with  the  Hill  and 

Mountain  urge.) 
Abbott— Notes  of  the  Night. 
Carmen — Poems. 

Burroughs — Bow    in    the    Clouds.     (Country    Life    22:24) 
Burroughs— Hay-bam  Idyl   (Atlantic   112:530) 
Burroughs — ^Animal  Wit  Indoors  and  Out  (Atlantic  109:196) 
Illustrate  all  of  above  material  with  paintings  of  out-of-door 
scenes,   and  with  such  music  as  comes  from  MacDowell,  "In 
Autumn,"     "To  a  Water-Lily,"     "A   Deserted  Farm,"    "Told 
at  Sunset,"  etc. 
Double  Nature  of  Man. 

Make  this  a  separate  project  in  the  years  work.  Take  up 
Stevenson's  "Dr.  Jekyll  and  Mr.  Hyde,"  as  a  basis  for  the  study. 
Use  Barnard's,  "I  Feel  Two  Natures  Struggling  Within  Me." 
Bring  in  the  Bible  stories  of  temptation  as  suggestion  of  the  sort 
of  myths  which  have  grown  up  around  this  figure  of  the  two  natures. 
Use  music  which  has  two  themes  playing  into  each  other  and 
struggling.  Kreisler's,  "Caprice  Viennois"  shows  in  part  what 
I  mean  by  the  musical  illustration  of  the  double  nature. 
Art  Studies. 

Markham — The  Man  with  the  Hoe. 

— The  Sower   (Illustrate  with  Millet's  painting  and 
Polasek's  statue,  "The  Sower."     Then  bring  in 
Millet's,     "Gleaners,"      and     other     pictures 
dealing  with   the   fields,    thus    completing  the 
whole  song  of  the  grain. 
Prayer  can  be  used  as  a  study.     I  would  let  the  instructor 
select  what  he  thinks  best  here.     For  simple  child  prayers,  Rey- 
nold's "Child   praying"   is   excellent.     For   some   of  the   noble 
prayers   of  leaders,    other  illustrations  will  have   to   be  found. 
And  for  the  simple  prayer  of  common  folks,  use  Millet's,  "The 
Angelus,"  and  in  music,  Massenet's,  "Thais." 
Idealization. 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  385 

Appreciation  of  htunan  character.  Many  things  may  be  chosen 
here.  I  only  suggest  one,  Whitman's,  "When  Lilacs  Last  in  the 
Dooryard  Bloomed." 

First  Year  of  High  School 

This  is  the  time  when  the  boys  are  anxious  to  be  up  and  away 
from  the  school-room.  I  believe  that  psychology  would  bear 
me  out  in  the  statement  that  often  literature  will  serve  as  a  release 
of  enthusiasm  which  might  otherwise  be  spent  in  actually  leaving 
school  and  taking  to  tramping.  That  is,  I  think  that  if  we  put 
into  our  school  work  a  period  of  reading  in  which  tramping  is 
the  project,  we  will  have  ttimed  the  interest  of  the  boys  for  the 
time  being,  away  from  leaving  school.  They  will  be  better 
satisfied  to  remain. 

Introduce  the  study  with  roaming  songs.  Horn's,  "I've 
Been  Roaming"  is  one  such.  Then  follow  something  of  the  order 
given. 

London — ^"Call  of  the  Wild."  (Excellent  background  inter- 
pretation of  the  year's  work.) 

Carman — ^Kinship  of  Nature. 

Thoreau — ^Essay  on  "Walking." 

"  "Wild  Crabs." 

Muir — ^A  thousand  Mile  Walk  to  the  Gulf — (Compare  with 
Audubon's  Journal.) 

Burroughs — Camping  and  Tramping  with  Roosevelt  (A  type 
of  sophisticated,  convenient,  polite  tramping  in  the  Yellowstone.) 

Taylor — Byways  of  Europe   (For  a  bit  of  the  exotic) 

Thoreau — ^A  week  on  the  Concord  and  Merrimac  Rivers. 
Develop  classical  allusions.  Use  Offenbach's,  "Barcarole"  for 
music.  Also  Debussy's  "Afternoon  of  a  Faun."  Use  here  also, 
Emerson,  E.  W. — "Thoreau  as  remembered  by  a  Young  Friend." 

Knowles — ^Alone  in  the  Wilderness. 

Lindsay— Adventures  While  Preaching  the  Gospel  of  Beauty. 
Sociological  value  of  the  tramp,  and  of  these  various  expeditions. 
Muir's  sohtary  expedition,  and  compare  with  this,  the  society  of 
Thoreau  and  his  brother  on  their  trip. 

Chapman,   John — (Story  of  his  life  and  work.) 

Gray— Essay  on  Sequoia  (Something  of  the  flavor  of  the  real 
tramping  botanist  is  caught  here.) 


386  NA  TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

Second  Year  High  School 

There  is  now  a  vast  wealth  of  material  which  has  come  from  the 
literature  teaching  of  the  nine  grades.  The  job  of  the  first  year 
Hi^h  should  now  be  to  assort  and  assimilate  all  of  this  material. 
That  is,  the  historical  development  of  our  literature  is  our  next 
project.  The  things  which  have  been  studied  must  be  put  in  a 
chronological  program.  They  must  be  related  to  each  other 
now,  not  in  content,  but  in  their  historical  order.  The  natural 
is  not  dealt  with  at  all,  save  as  you  bring  all  of  the  authors  studied 
into  this  year's  table.  I  can  give  very  little  in  the  way  of  sugges- 
tion for  the  work  of  this  year.  It  is  practically  an  American 
Literature  course.  There  is  this  exception,  however.  Most  of 
the  materials  studied  for  such  a  course  have  been  taken  up  in 
one  way  or  another,  so  that  the  year  can  be  given  over  largely 
to  biography.  The  short  story  has  not  been  much  used,  and  a 
certain  period  should  be  given  to  it  at  this  time.  Also,  the  drama 
deserves  attention  at  this  point.  An  interest  in  periodical  litera- 
ture may  be  excited  by  reference  to  it  for  review  of  the  authors 
studied,  and  for  short  stories  and  critical  comm.ents  upon  drama 
and  the  arts  and  literature.  I  have  followed  this  grade  with  a 
short  list  of  suggestive  materials.  Not  that  I  mean  that  all  of 
these  should  be  used,  but  it  is  the  sort  which  will  be  helpful  in  a 
formulation  of  the  course.  Of  course  the  content  of  the  course 
will  depend  most  of  all  upon  what  sort  of  thing  has  been  most 
lacking  in  the  literature  study  which  the  students  have  had 
previous  to  this  grade. 

Much  of  the  following  is  teaching  material  rather  than  the  sort 
of  thing  which  I  think  the  student  should  be  asked  to  read.  The 
instructor  should  scan  periodicals  for  intimate  studies  of  the 
men  presented.  Just  a  suggestion  of  the  sort  of  material  appli- 
cable to  this  year's  work,  follows: 

Burroughs — Fifty  Years  of  John  Burroughs — (by  D.  L.  Sharp 
in  Atlantic.     106:631) 

Burroughs — Indoor  Studies  (Especially  the  chapters  on  Gilbert, 
White,    Thoreau,    Science    and    Literature,    and    Solitude.) 

John  Burroughs'  Supremacy  as  a  Nature  Writer — Current 
Literature  49:681 

Burroughs — ^Whitman — a    Study    (For    teacher    especially.) 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  387 

Ellwanger,  George  H. — Idyllists  of  the  Countryside  (Especially 
the  chapters  on  Thoreau,  Jefferies,  Walton,  White,  Hardy,  and 
Burroughs.) 

Howells — Literary  Friends  and  Acquaintances  (Very  valuable 
as  an  infoimal,  friendly  introduction  to  American  authors  of  the 
nineteenth  century.) 

Mitchell,  D.  G. — ^Am.  Lands  and  Letters  (2  vols.)  Conversa- 
tional and  interesting.  Covers  men  from  the  time  of  John  Smith 
to  the  Concord  group. 

Mills,  Enos — Story  of  a  Thousand  Year  Pine  (For  short  story 
type.) 

Morton, — Song — (Introduce  the  convivial  lyric.  Bring  in 
Richard  Hovey  and  the  Stein  song.) 

Muir — Steep  Trails — Use  chapter  on  "Wild  Wool."  Compare 
with  Thoreau  in  his  discourse  about  nature's  ways  and  wildness. 

Traubel — ^With  Walt  Whitman  in  Camden  (Excellent  for  a 
hiimanizing  of  Whitman.     To  be  used  by  teacher  in  preparation.) 

Warner — Study  of  countries  as  given  in  "Saunterings"  and  of 
literature  and  its  relation  to  life  in  work  called,  "Relations  of  Lit- 
erature to  Life." 

Third  Year  High  School 

The  keynote  of  the  second  year's  work  would  be  localization 
of  literature.  That  is,  the  students  have  a  rather  definite  idea  of 
the  pageant  which  has  come  along  from  the  eariiest  time  up  to  the 
present.  They  know  the  great  literature  of  this  country.  Now 
let  them  work  with  the  literature  which  their  own  especial  section 
of  the  country  offers.  LocaHze  the  work  for  the  year.  If  the 
school  is  in  Indiana,  use  the  works  of  Mrs.  Porter,  of  Riley,  and 
others.  If  in  Iowa,  use  Hamlin  Garland  and  William  Quayle. 
Introduce  less  artistic  material  for  the  sake  of  relating  literature 
to  life.  Let  it  be  represented  as  something  which  is  in  the  making 
to-day.  Use  the  Braithwaite  Anthologies  as  backgrounds  for 
the  study  of  poetry.  O'Brien  for  the  short  story  and  collections 
and  criticisms  of  present  day  writers  should  be  introduced.  Then 
specialize  upon  the  authors  of  whatever  district  the  scliool  is 
located  in.  Study  the  representation  of  the  myths  of  tlic  region, 
the  legends,  the  folk-lore,  as  represented  by  the  authors  of  that 


388  NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

part.  Then  study  the  pioneer  motive.  See  where  it  has  been 
used  in  the  literature  of- that  region,  and  how  effectively  it  has 
been  introduced.  Discuss  its  further  possibilities.  Study  the 
early  lives  of  the  authors  taken  up.  Show  how  their  environment 
produced  the  thing  which  they  did  produce  in  the  literary  field. 
For  the  Western  Mountains,  Mills',  "Rocky  Mountain  Wonder- 
land," Bret  Harte's  western  tales,  Joaquin  Miller's  "Songs  of  the 
Sierras,"  and  many  other  like  materials  may  be  coordinated. 
In  the  prairie  region,  certainly  Carl  Sandburg's  poem,  "The 
Prairie"  deserves  especial  study  and  thought.  Each  teacher 
must  work  his  own  program  for  this  grade.  There  are  as  many 
possibilities  as  there  are  localities.  And  certainly  one  of  the 
pioneer  regions  of  our  country  which  has  only  been  slightly  touched 
by  literature  offers  as  full  and  interesting  material  as  does  the  older 
type. 

Then,  I  should  close  the  work  of  the  year  with  the  study  of 
some  such  book  as  Hawthorne's  "Marble  Faun."  I  know  of 
nothing  which  combines  so  successfully,  art  and  literature  as  does 
this  book.  It  is  a  marvel  of  delicacy  of  treatment.  It  will  serve 
admirably  as  an  introduction  to  the  work  of  the  following  year, 
and  will  give  the  student  the  method  of  a  careful,  exact  study  of  a 
piece  of  literature.  Of  course  there  is  a  great  deal  in  sculpture 
which  can  be  used  with  this.  And  with  this  excursion  to  the 
exotic,  we  are  prepared  for  the  work  of  the  last  year. 

Fourth   Year   of   High   School 

In  a  study  of  literature,  certainly  it  would  not  be  just  to  make 
the  study  merely  American.  We  do  not  want  such  a  well  satisfied, 
cozy,  tea-table  literature  such  as  England  is  contented  with.  And 
if  we  do  not  want  that,  then  we  must  do  all  which  is  possible, 
to  prevent  it.  I  think  that  a  study  of  connections,  or  exotics, 
in  the  last  year  of  the  teaching,  would  help  to  broaden  our  literature. 
There  is  no  especial  arrangement  of  the  countries  taken  up, 
nor  of  the  life  studied,  as  I  have  given  them,  and  the  program  is 
far  from  complete.  As  I  have  done  throughout  this  paper,  so 
here,  I  merely  give  a  few  suggestions.  Because  Lafcadio  has 
such  a  remarkable  style;  I  should  begin  with  some  of  his  things. 
He  is  part  American  at  least,  and  offers  a  starting  point,  a  landing 


BROWN  A  NATURE-STUDY  PROJECT  389 

from  which  we  can  more  easily  push  our  boat  away  from  our  own 
shores.  Also,  as  have  most  of  the  authors  taken  up  here,  there  is 
the  hint  of  the  cosmic,  the  note  of  the  universal  which  I  think 
needs  to  be  stressed  more  in  literature  at  this  time  than  ever  be- 
fore. 

From  Hearn,  then,  I  should  select  some  of  the  following: 
"Insects    and    Greek    Poetry"— Atlantic    111:618. 
"Exotics  and  Retrospectives" — Chapters  on  "A  Serenade", 
and  "Azure  Psychology." 

"Japanese  Miscellany" — Chapters  on  "Dragon-flies"  and 
"Buddhist  Names  of  Plants  and  Animals." 

Illustrate  some  of  his  Japanese  fairy-tales  with  such  suggestive 
music  as  Kreisler's  *  *  Tambourin  Chinois. ' '  It  is  typically  Oriental. 
Use  Heam's,  "Diary  of  an  Impressionist,"  for  marvelous  descrip- 
tive illustration. 

Introduce  the  English  study  with  such  things  as  Mitchell's, 
"Wet  Days  at  Edgewood."  His  literary  appreciations  of  Burke, 
Piers  the  Plowman,  and  Goldsmith,  will  be  of  help  to  the  instructor. 

Use  some  of  the  best  of  the  imagery  and  life  in  the  "Idylls  of  the 
King."  Don't  labor  over  it.  Hurry  through  the  thing,  empha- 
sizing only  occasional  passages  for  their  poetry,  but  most  of  it  for 
its  legendary  value.  Take  up  Jefferies'  "Life  of  the  Fields." 
and  "Story  of  My  Heart." 

In  the  French,  read  some  from  Fabre,  especially  the  autobio- 
graphical portions  in  the  "Life  of  a  Fly."  Compare  his  ideals  of 
life  with  Burroughs  in  such  a  thing  as  his  "Gospel  of  Nature" — 
Cent.    84:195,   or  with   Thoreau   or   Crevecoeur,   or  Muir. 

Take  up  the  Bible  as  a  literary  value.  Forget  the  Theology. 
Use  Mrs.  Porter's,  "Birds  of  the  Bible"  in  stud3dng  some  of  the 
psalm  verses.  Use  Michael  Angelo's  "Moses"  and  later,  in  con- 
nection with  the  brotherhood  ideal,  in  the  story  of  David  and 
Jonathan,  use  Michael  Angelo's,  "David."  The  union  of 
Michael  Angelo  and  the  story  of  David  is  a  colossal  undertaking 
at  any  time,  for  any  person,  but  I  believe  that  it  will  be  infinitely 
worth  while  to  get  literature  into  terms  of  sculpture  and  painting 
whenever  possible. 

Try  to  develop  criticism  and  a  sense  of  values  here.  Tliat  is. 
read  from  such  books  as  Howells's,  "Literary  Passions,"  and  get 
the  students  to  tell  why  they  like  things.     They  must  express  their 


390  NA  TURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

opinions  and  express  them  definitely.  Such  a  book  as  this  will 
help  them  to  imderstand  what  opinion  is  worth,  perhaps,  and  how 
it  is  formed. 

I  should  close  the  study  of  the  last  year  with  emphasis  upon  the 
ideal  of  the  brotherhood  of  men,  as  given  in  Whitman's  "  Calamus." 
And  then  let  that  idea  of  universal  brotherhood  work  into  and 
through  the  cosmic  ideal  as  found  in  a  brief  review  of  the  great 
pieces  of  literature  which  have  been  studied.  Whitman  brings 
this  to  one  of  its  greatest  expressions.  Emerson  urges  it  in  "The 
Whole  Soul,"  and  Lorado  Taft  has  put  it  into  stone,  in  his  "Foun- 
tain of  Time."  "Time  goes  we  say.  Oh  no; — alas.  Time  stays, 
we  go."  This  is  the  whole  culmination  of  teaching,  to  show  that 
time  goes  on,  but  we,  the  transitory  things  in  which  thought  for 
a  m.oment  flows  and  expresses  itself,  are  soon  lost.  Our  passions, 
our  emotions,  our  thoughts,  these  are  the  lasting  things  in  the 
universe,  and  it  is  to  make  these  immortal  that  poets  have  written 
and  musicians  have  sung  and  sculptors  have  worked  through  the 
ages. 


The  Story  Told  by  Hop  High 

Virginia  Baker 

Warren,  R.  I. 

My  name  is  Hop  High  but  I'm  not  a  Chinese  child.  I'm  an 
American — a  little  American  toad. 

I  was  bom  in  a  pond  last  June  and  a  very  funny  baby  I  was. 
I  had  a  tiny  head,  a  tiny  tail,  no  legs,  and  not  much  body.  You 
see  I  wasn't  a  real  frog  then.     I  was  only  a  tadpole. 

In  my  neck  were  two  wee  breathing  gills  and  instead  of  a  mouth 
I  had  two  little  suckers.  From  these  I  sent  out  a  sticky  fluid  with 
which  I  glued  myself  to  a  big  weed  growing  in  the  water. 

As  soon  as  I  felt  strong  enough  to  look  about  me  I  saw  hundreds 
of  other  tadpoles  cHnging  to  weeds  and  grasses.  I  noticed  that 
some  of  them  were  wiggling  their  tails,  so  I  beran  to  wiggle  mine. 
My!  how  fast  I  could  make  it  go. 

I  clung  to  my  weed  a  week  and  then  I  grew  very  uneasy.  I 
felt  very  brave  indeed,  so  I  plunged  right  into  the  water.  Then 
I  discovered  why  my  tail  was  made  to  wiggle  foi,  by  wigglingr  it, 
I  could  paddle  anywhere  I  chose. 


BAKER  THE  STORY  TOLD  BY  HOP  HIGH  391 

The  other  tadpoles  Dlunp^ed  into  the  water,  too,  and  we  had  a 
splendid  time.  At  fiist  we  were  afraid  to  venture  far  from  our 
weeds;  but  we  soon  became  bolder  and  chased  each  other  all  over 
the  pond,  every  one  tryinp^  to  see  which  could  make  his  tail  wig^gle 
the  fastest.     I  beat  in  that  game. 

After  being  in  the  water  a  while  my  looks  began  to  change. 
From  the  back  of  my  head  a  membrane  slowly  spread  over  my 
neck,  covering  my  gills  and  making  me  appear  to  have  no  body 
at  all.  I  found,  too,  that  I  had  a  mouth  and,  with  my  strong 
homy  jaws,  could  bite  off  the  ends  of  small  plants.  Those  plants 
tasted  good  for  I  was  hungry  all  the  time. 

The  more  I  ate  the  larger  and  stronger  I  grew.  Then  a  strange 
thing  happened.  One  day  I  found  I  had  two  long  hind  legs  and 
that,  by  using  them,   I   could  swim  about  very  swiftly. 

Next  my  eyes  began  to  grow  large  while  my  mouth  widened 
and  widened  until  it  stretched  quite  across  my  face.  At  the  same 
time  my  tail  began  to  grow  shorter  and  shorter.  Then,  suddenly, 
a  pair  of  front  legs  shot  out  from  my  shoulders. 

While  these  changes  were  taking  place  I  kept  longing  to  find  an- 
other home.  Many  times  each  day  I  went  to  the  edge  of  the 
pond  and  jumped  out  of  the  water.  I  found  I  liked  the  land  very 
much.     Hundreds  of  my  little  friends  came  out  of  the  pond,  too. 

You  see  our  gills  had  turned  into  lungs  and  we  could  breathe 
more  easily  on  land.  When  in  the  water,  we  had  to  keep  rising 
to  the  surface  to  get  fresh  air. 

Not  long  afterwards  we  lost  our  tails  entirely.  Of  course  we 
didn't  mind,  for  with  our  splendid  legs,  we  really  didn't  need  tails. 
Besides,  we  were  now  ready  and  eager  to  say  good-bye  to  the 
pond.  And,  one  night,  a  ereat  crowd  of  us  left  our  watery  home 
forever. 

Oh,  such  tiny  creatures  as  we  were!  And  how  timid  we  felt! 
We  were  so  afraid  that,  for  several  hours,  we  kept  close  to  the 
pond's  edge.  When  day  dawned  we  were  still  more  scared  and 
hid  under  the  leaves  and  grass-blades.  But  at  the  coming  of 
darkness,  again,  we  began  to  hop  about  a  little. 

For  two  or  three  days  we  remained  in  hiding.  Then,  as  nothmg 
harmed  us,  we  plucked  up  courage  and  started  olT  to  seek  our 
fortunes.  We  did  not  go  far,  however,  before  we  found  that 
there  were  enemies  all  about  us.     We  discovered  that  snakes, 


392  NA  TURE'STUDY  REVIEW 

crows,  hawks,  hens,  and  ducks  like  to  eat  tender  baby  toads. 
Many  of  us  were  killed  by  these  hungry  creatures. 

On  and  on  we  went  for  three  weeks.  One  by  one  my  friends 
found  homes  that  suited  them  in  fields  and  cellars  until,  at  last. 
I  was  left  quite  alone.  But,  one  day,  I  came  to  a  beautiful  garden 
and  then  I,  too,  stopped  for  I  knew  that  I  should  never  chance 
upon  a  more  delightful  place. 

I  was  now  an  inch  and  a  half  long  and  a  regular  roly-poly  of  fat. 
All  over  my  smooth  brown  back  little  spots  were  beginning  to  show. 

The  garden  was  full  of  bugs  and  worms  and  I  didn't  do  much 
but  eat  all  night  long.  During  most  of  the  day  I  slept  quietly 
in  a  nice  damp  place  under  a  pile  of  white  rocks.  Toads  don't 
like  warm  dry  bed-rooms. 

I  found  that  the  garden  belonged  to  a  dear  old  gentleman  and 
his  wife  who  liked  toads.  Often  I  heard  them  talking  about  me. 
They  called  me  their  "little  helper"  iDecause  I  ate  so  many  crea- 
tures that  were  harmful  to  their  beautiful  shrubs  and  flowers. 
I  was  not  one  bit  afraid  of  either  of  them. 

But,  at  last,  I  got  a  terrible  scare.  The  old  people's  little 
grandson  came  to  visit  them.  It  happened  to  be  a  rainy  morning 
and  I  was  out  of  bed  for  awhile. 

The  boy  came  racing  down  the  garden  path,  where  I  was  sitting, 
and,  at  sight  of  me,  set  up  a  shout.  I  was  afraid  to  hop,  so  quickly 
turned  upon  my  back  and  pretended  to  be  dead. 

The  boy  kept  very  still  and  did  not  touch  me.  Indeed  he  was 
so  quiet  that  I  thought  he  had  gone  away.  So,  after  a  time,  I 
decided  to  come  to  life  again.  But  the  moment  I  moved  my  little 
orange  paws  I  heard  him  laughing  again,  close  beside  me.  Quick 
as  a  flash  I  was  on  my  feet  and  hopping  off  as  fast  as  I  could  go. 

Then  the  little  boy  clapped  his  hands  and  laughed  again. 

"Oh,  Grandma !"  he  cried.  "Your  dear  little  baby  toad  jiomped 
way  up  in  the  air.      I'm  going  to  call  him  Hop  High." 

After  he  called  me  "dear"  I  wasn't  afraid  of  the  little  boy  any 
more  and  we  soon  became  fast  friends.  Near  the  garden  gate 
was  a  large  flat  stone  with  a  hollow  in  its  centre.  On  hot,  dry 
days  the  boy  kept  this  hollow  filled  with  water.  And  when  I 
came  out  at  sunset  I  would  sprawl  in  the  water  and  soak  myself 
through  and  through.     Those  nice  baths  kept  me  well  and  strong. 


BAKER  THE  STORY  TOLD  BY  HOP  HIGH  393 

Of  course  I  was  Rowing  bigger  daily  and,  at  last,  my  coat 
became  very  tight  and  uncomfortable.  So  I  took  it  off.  This  is 
the  way  I  managed. 

I  sat  down  with  my  back  humped,  my  head  bent  down,  and 
my  feet  drawn  imder  my  body.  My  skin  had  already  begun  to 
split  across  my  breast  and  down  my  back. 

Then  I  puffed  out  my  body  and  used  my  lips  and  front  feet  to 
pull  the  skin  over  my  head.  Next  I  rubbed  my  hind  legs  against 
my  body  until  they  were  free.  Lastly  I  stripped  the  skin  off 
my  throat  and  front  feet.  All  this  skin  I  swallowed  and  it  was 
a  big  mouthful. 

But  didn't  I  feel  proud  of  my  new  suit?  It  was  so  handsome 
and  so  comfortable.  Now,  as  I  grow  larger,  I  am  obliged  to  have 
new  clothes  every  few  weeks. 

I  stayed  in  the  garden  all  summer  but,  as  cool  weather  approach- 
ed, I  burrowed  backwards  into  the  ground  and  slept  snug  and  warm 
all  winter.  I  didn't  wake  again  until  spring.  And  here  I  am 
ready  to  eat  all  creatures  which  harm  flowers  and  fruits  and  vegeta- 
bles. For  anything,  from  a  gypsy  moth  to  a  spiny  caterpillar 
or  a  long  wriggly  earthworm  tastes  delicious  tome,  little  Hop  High. 


Notice 


The  publishers  are  glad  to  advise  readers  that  the  congestion  at  the  press 
is  practically  cleaned  up  and  we  can  soon  look  for  The  Review  to  appear 
on  time.  The  January  and  February  Numbers  will  be  mailed  about  the 
tenth. 


THF 

NATURE-STUDY  REVIEW 

DEVOTED  PRIMARILY  TO  ALL  SCIENTIFIC  STUDIES  OF  NATURE  IN 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

Published  monthly  except  June,  July  and  August.  Subscription  price,  including  mem- 
bership in  the  American  Nature  Study  Society  $1.50  per  year  (nine  issues).  Canadian  post- 
age 10  cents  extra,  foreign  postage,  20  cents  extra. 


Editorial 

"The  study  of  birds  and  trees  and  animals  fills  any  regular 
fellow  with  a  sense  of  justice"  was  the  statement  of  fifteen  year 
old  Jimmy  Bradley  before  the  Congressional  Committee  that  had 
in  charge  the  affairs  of  the  District  of  Columbia.  Jimmy  was 
pleading  for  the  continuance  of  nature  study  in  the  Washington 
schools  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  Committee  received  en- 
lightenment through  his  testimony.  Jimmy's  statement  is  worth 
the  consideration  of  educators;  this  phase  of  the  value  of  nature 
study  has  been  ignored  by  too  many.  As  soon  as  a  child  becomes 
interested  in  a  plant  or  a  creature  and  comprehends  the  way  it 
solves  its  problems  in  order  to  keep  on  living,  he  becomes  its 
protector  without  any  preaching  on  the  part  of  anybody.  That 
is, — ^he  does  if  he  is  "a  regular  fellow"  and  happily  to  that  honor- 
able class  belongs  a  majority  of  American  Lads. 

A  sense  of  justice  is  an  invaluable  asset  to  a  citizen  of  a  republic. 
Upon  it^depends  our  future  as  a  Nation.  As  we  wax  greater  in 
numbers  and  in  diversity  of  interests,  the  greater  is  the  danger  of 
cleavage  between  classes  struggling  for  what  they  believe  are 
their  "rights."  Therefore  it  is  most  essential  that  our  citizens 
possess  a  sense  of  justice  whose  motto  is  "Live  and  let  live." 
An  enlightened  vision  that  sees  the  other  fellow's  standpoint 
and  a  will  to  treat  it  justly  may  well  have  their  origin  in  the 
protection  of  song  birds  or  trees  given  in  early  boyhood  by  "any 
regular  fellow." 


394 


NOTICE  TO  BOKROWER 

This  card  is  to  be  kept  in  this 
pocket  and  returned  with  the 
book. 

No  book  will  be  loaned  without' 
presentation  of  the  borrower's 
card. 

This  book  must  be  returned  on 
or  before  the  last  date  stamped 
on  the  card. 

If  not  requested  by  another 
borrower  the  loan  may,  on 
application,  be  renewed. 

This  book  must  not  be  marked 
or  mutilated  in  any  way. 

In  case  of  loss  its  value  must  be 
paid  to  the  Librarian. 

Any  violation  of  these  rules  may 
deprive  the  borrower  of  any 
further  privileges  of  the 
Library. 

Defjartment  of  EduccUion,  Toronto.